BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

VOL. XXIV

FOUNDED BY WILLIAM H. LeccGeEtt, 1870,

NEW YORK.
1897.
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB,
THe New ERA Printinc Hovse,
LANCASTER, PA.

GENERAL INDEX.

(Illustrated articles are marked with an *. )

A. A. A. S. Botanical Club, Proceedings |
of the Detroit Meeting, 421.
A. ALA. A. S., Detroit Meeting, Titles of

ee Papers read before the Section of | -

' Botany, 456.
Alabama Flora, Notes on undescribed
Plants of, *19.
Alnus incana, Fertilization of, 264.
Alternaria, Notes on two Species of, *254.
Antennaria dioica, and its North American
Allies, 299.
Asclepiadaceae, Studies in the, 305.

Bidens, A new Species of, 436.

Botanical Notes, *52, 261, 314, 423, 453,
481, 537-

Botanical Serial, A New, 314.

Botanical Society of America, 314, 449.

Botanical Society of Pennsylvania, 482.

Botany of the Southeastern U. S., Studies
in the, 169, 228, 331, *487.

Botanical Rambles in Vermont, Reminis-
cences of, 350.

Catapult, A Plant, 48.
Caulinites Ad. Brong. , Affinities of, *582.
Circular of the Sul Comsndcanaae of the Pan
American Medical Congress on Medi-
cinal Flora of. the United States, 113.
Claopodiums, Revision of the, 427.
Clematis from Tennessee, A new Species
of, 209.
Compositae, New Southwestern, 511.
CONTRIBUTORS :
Autran, Eugene, 315.
Bailey, Wm. Whitman, 454.
Barnhart, John Hendley, 409.
Bennett, Henry C., 412.
Best, G. N., 427.
Bicknell, Eugene P., 86, *528.
Britton, Elizabeth G., 221, *545.
Britton, mE.) ee, 92.
Burnett, Katherine Cleveland, *1, 16.
Calkins, Gary N., *Io1.
Earle, F. S., 28.
Phlis, |. B.,-325; 207, 277, 457-
adage B. M., o 277, 457-

) Cryptogams collected near Jackman, Maine, . e

Harshberger, J. W., *178.

Harvey, F. L., 50, 65, 71, 340.

Hasse, H. E., 445.

Heller, A. A., 93, *310, 477, 537-

Hollick, Arthur, *122, *329, *582.

Howe, Marshall A., *201, 512.

Jelliffe, Smith Ely, 412, 480. :

Jones, L. R., *254.

Kain, C. Henry, obo

Kearney, T. H., Jr.,

Kelsey, F. n 207.

‘Knight, O. W. » 340.

Lovell, John H., 265.

Mohr, ’Chas., *19.

Nash, Geo. V., 37, 192.

Osterhout, Geo. E., 51.

Peck, Chas. ae YB

Pollard, Chas. Louis, 148, *404, 405.

Pringle, CG, 350:

Rusby, H. H., *79. |

Rydberg, P. A., *1, 90, *188, 243, —
292, 299.

Schneider, Albert, 32, 74, 237.

‘Schultze, E. A., 496. -S

Small, John K., *44, *46, 47, 53,62,
169, 209, 228, 331, 437, *487.

Underwood, Lucien Marcus, 81, 205.

Vail, Anna "Murray, 14, 206, 305.

Wiegand, K. M., 343, 389, "430.

Zahlbruckner, Alex., 371.

Correction, A., 537-

Crataegus Vailiae, 53. Ae

Cymbalaria Cymbalaria (L.) Wetts. in |
eastern Pennsylvania, 53.

349. 7
Cryptogams found in the Air, Some, 480. —
Cryptogamic Notes, Local, 412. ae

Dendrobangia, The Affinities of, *79.
Diatomaceous Deposit, the Santa Monica, _
with list of references to figures of _

species, é
Dicksonia dissecta, Note on, 262.

Eastern Species, two undescribed, 92.
Eastern Tennessee, New or otherwise in-
teresting Plants of, 560.
mgr {or A new Species of, from the
ao id of Southwestern aa

sas, "57 |

iv

Fasciation, 453.

Ferns from Jamaica, Three new, 259.

Ferns of the Miguel Bang collection, two
New Bolivian, 258.

Flora of the Central Gulf Region, Studies
in the, 148.

Fondation Miiller-argau, 1896, 314.

Fungi, from Alabama, Some new, 81.

Fungi from various Localities, New species
of North American, 277.

Fungi Imperfecti, New Species of, from
Alabama, 28.

Fungi, New Species of, 125, 137, 457-

Fungi, New West Indian, 207.

Galium trifidum and its North American
Allies, 389.
Gasteromycetes of Maine, Contribution to,

ok:

Gilia, An undescribed Species of, 51.

Grass from Staten Island, A new Fossil,
WI22:

Grasses, New or noteworthy American, 37,
192, 344.

Gregory, Emily L., 221.

Gyrothyra, A new Genus of Hepatica, *201.

‘Hicoria, Specimens wanted, 481.
Hydnaceae, Notes on the American, 205.

Index to recent Literature relating to
American Botany, 55, 100, 162, 219,
274, 322, 368, 423, 454, 483, 537.

Kallstroemia, from New Mexico, an unde-
scribed Species of, 206.

Lechea from Maine, an undescribed, 86.

Leguminosae, Pods and Seeds of, wanted,
454.

Leguminosae, Studies in, 14.

Lichenology, Reinke’s Discussions of, 32,

237.
Lichens, Further Considerations of the
Biological Status of, 74.
Lichens from Southern California, New
_ _ Species of, 445.
Light on certain dorsiventral Organs, Notes
on the Influence of, *116.

Maine plants, Notes upon, 50.

_ Mesophy! of Ferns, 432.

Monocotyledon, A new Fossil, from the yel-
low gravel at Bridgeton, N. J., *329.

Montana, Rarities from, *188, *243, 292.

Mosses of the Southern States, 314.

Muskeag, circular, on the Formation of,
in Tamarack Swamps, 52.

Mycological Notes, 505.

Myxogasters of Maine, Contribution to the,,.
65.

Nomenclatural Notes, 409.

Observations on a Clearing in July, 407.

Ophioglossum, Revision of the North
American species of, *545.

Oxytria of Rafinesque, The Genus, 405.

Plants from Nez Perces County, Idaho,
*310.

Plants of New Mexica, Notes on, 477.

Plants, Notes on two western, 90.

Plant World, The, 423, 482.

Polygonum from Bolivia, A new, *46.

Porella, The North American Species of,.
512.

Potentilla, Notes on, *1.

Proceedings of the Club, 53, 98, 158, 216,
269, 319, 367, 584.

Prunus, An apparently undescribed Species.
of, *44.

Pteridophytes, Chromatin-reduction and.
Tetrad-formation in, *1o1.

Reviews, 94, 210, 266, 316, 357, 415,

Revisio Lobeliacearuni Boliviensium hucus--
que cognitarum, 371.
Ribes from Idaho, A new, 93.

Salix discolor, Fertilization of, 264.
Southern States, Shrubs and Trees of, 62,,
437-

Talinum, An ecological Study of the Genus,.
*y 8. : oe

Thysanella and Polygonella, Relation be-
tween, 47. zs ee

Vermont Botanical Club, The, 261.
Violets, Two new, *404.

Washington Plants, Some rare, 343.

Wild Ginger, A new Species of, hitherto.
confounded with Asarum Canadense-
L., *528.

GENERIC INDEX.

Abies, 275, 368, 452, 463, 537, 590.

Abutilon, 484.

Abrus, 590.

Ascarospora, 239.

Acer, 64.

Acolium, 238.

Aconitum, 362.

Acroscyphus, 238.

Acrospermum, 325.

Acrostichium, 258,

Actinomeris, 212.

Actinoptychus, 497, 503.

Actinospermum, 411.

Actinospora, 563.

Adiantum, 103, 108, 149, 219, 432, 588.

Aecidiella, 208, 323.

Aecidium, 163, 208, 284, 323, 424, 452,
540, 590.

Aeschynomene, 152.

Agave, 166, 274, 537, 590.

Agrimonia, 565.

Agropyron, 327.

Agrostis, 42, 51, 166, 369.

Agyriella, 470, 539.

Agyrium, 470.

Ailanthus, 422.

Albizzia, 440.

Alectoria, 239, 341.

Alisma, 58.

Allium, 102, 188, 282, 326.

Allocarya, 58.

Alnus, 190, 264, 325.

Alphitonia, 135.

Alsine, 244, 362.

Alsodeiopsis, 80,

Alsophila, 218.

Alternaria, 254, 325.

Amblystegium, 215, 538.

Amblostima, 405.

Ambrosia, 408.

Amanita, 137, 326.

Amerimnon, 266.

Andina, 539.

Andromeda, 24, 132, 136.
Andropogon, 21, 283.

Androsace, 131.

Anema, 240.

Anemone, 50, 175, 211, 212, 352, 417.
Angelina, 281.

Aniba, 58.

Anogra, 273.

Anomalophyllites, 329.

Anomodon, 215, 314, 427.

Anona, 164.

Antennaria, 299, 454, 455, 542-
Anthericum, 405.

Anthocephalus, 539.

Anthoceros, 322.

Antigramma, 548.

Antinocyclus, 498.

Anzia, 239.

Apargidium, 343.

Aplopappus, 344.

Apospaeria, 287, 463.

Aquilegia, 245.

Arabis, 362, 455.

Arachnodiscus, 498.

Arbutus, 286, 464.

Archemora, 478.

Arctostaphylus, 280.

Arcyria, 66, 70, 342.
Arenaria, 244, 274, 332, 343, 362, 586,

590.
Arethusa, 552.
Argemone, 273.
Argopsis, 239.
Ariocarpus, 167.
Aristolochia, 100, 335, 542.
Armillaria, 140, 326.
Arnica, 58, 297, 326, 542. 4
Artemisia, 273, 296, 326, 460, 465, 542.
Arteranthis, 455-
Arthonia, 238, 448, 539.
Arundinaria, 290.
Arundo, 123, 583.
Asarum, 334, 528, 529, 542.
Ascaris, 102.
Ascidium, 239.
Asclepias, 156, 306, 474, 456, 457-
Ascochyta, 289, 464.
Ascyrum, 24.
Asimina, 149, 268. —

vi

Asplenium, 59, 165, 219, 259, 324, 353,
432, 588.

Aster, 58, 99, 100, 268, 275, 294, 339,
542, 573-

Asterella, 321.

Asterina, 126, 207, 323.

Asteridium, 163.

Asterolampra, 498.

Asteroma, 287, 291, 462.

Astragalus, 60, 127, 273, 352, 455.

Atamasco, 454.

Atragene, 212, 245.

Atrichum, 215.

Atriplex, 327.

Atropa, 99.

Aulacodiscus, 497, 503.

Aulacomnion, 367.

Auliscus, 497, 503.

Avicularia, 46.

Azalea, 407.

Bacidia, 238.
Bacillus, 452, 538.
Badhamia, 67.
Baeomyces, 239.
Balantium, 264.
Baldwinia, 411.
Bambusium, 123.
Baptisia, 291, 570.
Bartramia, 367.
Basidiobolus, 357.
Batatas, 212.
Batrachium, 343.
Bazzania, 321.
Begonia, 484.
-Bellincinia, 515.
Belonia, 239.
Berberis, 58, 424.

» 323.
Berula, 343.
Betula, 146.
Biatora, 79, 238.
Biatoridium, 239.
Biddulphia, 498.
Bidens, 408, 436, 543.
ogre 28, 281, 463, 464, 479, 473,

479.

Blechnum, 218, 219, 258, 324, 432.
Blindia, 367.

Spleens, 144, 326, 592.
Bombylospora, 239.

Boschniakia, 540.

Botrychium, 323, 540, 543, 585.

__ Botryodiplodia, 464.

Botrytis, 481, 539.

_ Bouteloua, 273.
_ Brachythecium, 215, 432.
Brasenia, 218.

Brassica, 418,
Brodiaea, 56.
Bromus, 322.
Broussonetia, 82.
Bryhnia, 215.
Bryanthus, 586.
Bryum, 215, 367, 586.
Buchnera, 573.
Buckleya, 561.
Buellia, 239, 342.
Bulbilis, 273.
Bulgaria, 540.
Buphthalmum, 411.
Buxbaumia, 367.
Bystropogon, 163.

Caeoma, 323.

Cakile, 23.

Calandrinia, 178.

Calcocera, 341.

Calicium, 238, 342.

Calochortus, 189, 326.

Calopogon, 23.

Calosphaeria, 134, 323.

Calostoma, 322.

Calothricopsis, 240.

Calvatia, 73.

Calyptridium, 178.

Calliopsis, 187.

Callopisma, 239.

Camarosporium, 289 ,464.

Camellia, 32.

Cammarum, 455.

Campanula, 182, 217.

Camptosorus, 271, 339.

Campylodiscus, 498, 503.

Campyloneis, 499.

Campylopus, 215, 314.

Canavalia, 266.

Canavali, 266.

Candelaria, 239.

Cantharellus, 56.

Canthocamptus, 111.

Caprifolium, go.

Cardamine, 50, 58, 60, 163, 175, 246, 326,
343, 455, 565, 590.

Carex, 273, 316.

Carduus, 157.

Cartesia, 158.

Carthamus, 158.

Carya, 537.

Cassia, 148, 151.

Cassinopsis, 80.

Cassiope, 344, 586.

Castanea, 287, 438, 472, 569.

Catharinea, 215.

Cattleya, 159, 484.

Caulinia, 583.

Caulinites, 582.

eis: 496.

us, 220, 468.

Vil

Celtis, 29, 62, 133, 439, 542, 560.
Cenangium, 136, 323, 468
Centropogon, 162, 371.
Cephalanthus, 539.
Cephalothecium, 481.

Cephalozia, 320.

Ceramanthus, 305.

Cerastium, 180, 217, 343.
Cerataulus, 500.

Ceratocystis, 506.

Ceratominthe, 163.

Ceratostoma, 127, 323.
Ceratozamia, 103.

Cercinella, 480.

Cercospora, 163, 473.

Cercosporella, 473.

Cestrum, 99, 333.

Cetraria, 239, 341.

Chaetoceros, 504.

Chaetomium, 541.

Chaetophora, 168.

Chalara, 505.

Chara, 358.

Chariessa, 80.

Chenopodium, 289.

Cheilanthes, 160, 216, 408, 541.
Cheiranthus, 163.
Cheiroglossa, 559.

Chiodecton, 238.

Chiogenes, 589.

Chimaphila, 485.

Chloris, 463.

Choenocrambe, 163.
Chondrioderma, 67.

Chondromyces, 543.

Chondrophora, 28.

Chorizanthe, 336.

Chrysanthemum, 454.

Chrysocoma, 28.

Chrysosplenium, 326, 540.
Chrysopogon, 21.

Chrysopsis, 58, 369, 493.

Chusquea, 327.

Cienfugosia, 266.

Cimicifuga, 561.

Cinnamomum, 591.

Circaea, 418, 572.

Cirsium, 157.

Cnicus, 157.

Cladonia, 33, 77, 182, 227, 239, 341.
Cladosporium, 159, 254.
Cladothamnus, 369
Claopodium, 427, 537.
Clasmatodon, 314.
Clasterisporium, 472.
Clastoderma, 69.
Clavaria, 33, Fig 340.
Claytonia, 178. :
Clematis, 126, 209, 212, 245, 327, 337,

542.
Cliftonia, 63, 154.

Climacosphenia, 500.
Clinopodium, 156.
Clitocybe, 140, 326, 340.
Clitopilus, 541.

Clitoria, 274.
Clypeosphaeria, 279.
Coccocarpia, 240.
Cocconeis, 412, 499.
Coelastrum, 328.
Coenogonium, 238.
Coleosanthus, 58, 474, 511.
Coleosporium, 540.
Collema, 240.
Collemopsidium, 240.
Colletotrichum, 29, 163, 466.
Collomia, 323.

Collybia, 326, 541.
Collyma, 141.
Colubrina, 207.
Comatriche, 68.

Combea, 238.
Commelina, 209.
Comptonia, 288, 463. .
Conanthus, 479.
Coniocybe, 238.
Coniothecium, 541.
Conoclinium, 212.
Conotrema, 239.
Conringia, 323. .
Coptis, 362, 484.

Cora, 35-

Cordia, 208.
Coridospermum, 326.
Coriospermum, I9gI.
Cornicularia, 239.
Cornus, 290, 569.
Corticium, 56, 125.
Coryneum, 292, 458, 467.
Coscinodiscus, 499, 503.
Coscinodon, 424.
Cotula, 344.

Cracca, 266.

Crandallia, 466, 599.
Crataegus, 53, 58, 63, 163, 475.
Craspedodiscus, 500.
Craterium, 65.
Crepidotus, 56.

Crepis, 58, 275, 299.
Critonia, 28.

Croton, 100, 159.
Crucibulum, 72.
Cryphaea, 215.
Cryptodiscus, 469.
Cryptomitrum, 321.
Cryptophallus, 147, 326.
Cryptothele, 240.
Cucurbita, 273.
Cucurbitaria, 127, 323, 459.
Culmites, 123, 583.
Curreya, 135, 280, 323.

| Cyathus, 72, 125, 323.

Viii

Cycadeoidea, 328.

_ Cycas, 96.

Cyclops, 110.

Cylindrocolla, 476.

Cylindrosporium, 29, 163, 291, 370, 422,

474-
Cylindrothecium, 215,
Cymbalaria, 53, 167.
Cymbella, 412.
Cynanchum, 306,
Cyperites, 330.
Cyperus, 323.
Cypripedium, 58, 352.
Cyrtorhyncha, 283, 455.
Cystobacter, 543.
Cystococcus, 77.
Cystopteris, 160, 216, 271.
Cytidium, 65.
Cytispora, 288, 539.
Cytisporella, 287.

Dactylina, 239.
Dactyloctenium, 86, »
Daemonelix, 266.
Dalbergia, 266. ‘°
Dalea, 14.
Danthonia, 43, 166.
Darbya, 62.
Darluca, 510.
Dasyscypha, 342.
Dasystoma, 212.
Datura, 99.
Daubentonia, 151.
Deguelia, 266.
Delophia, 323.
Delphinium, 58, 325, 362.
oe ene 79, 166,
ndrographa, 238.
Dendropthora, 370.
Dentaria, 163.
Dendrodochium, 475.
Derris, 266.
Desmodium, 266, 274.
Diamorpha, 175.
Diapensia, 351.
Diaporthe, 132, 323, 465, 475.
Diaptomus, 110.

c Perna 412.
iatrype, 134, 323.

Dichomera, 465.
Dichothrix, 168.
Dicksonia, 260, 324.
Dicranodontium, 314, 367.
Dicranum, 214, 367, 421.
Dictyophora, 72.
Diderma, 67.
Didymaria, 370, 471.
Didymella, 460.
_ Didymodon, 367. |

_ Didymosphaeria, 130, 137, 323, 461.

Didymosporium, 163.
Dilophia, 131.
Diospyros, 30.

Diplodia, 29, 163, 288, 539.
Diplopappus, 212, 294.
Disporum, 560.
Distichlis, 135.
Distichophyllum, 215.
Dirca, 220.

Dirina, 238.
Dodecatheon, 540.
Dolicholus, 266.
Dothidea, 460.

Draba, 247, 343-

Drosera, 56, 451.
Dryopteris, 218, 259, 432.
Duplicaria, 466,

Duravia, 46.

Dysodia, 273.

Eccila, 541.

Echinocactus, 167.
Echinospermum, 294.
Edwinia, 477, 537.
Eleocharis, 351.

Elymus, 327.

Embolus, 342.
Endocarpon, 241.
Endogene, 56.
Endopyrenium, 241.
Enteridium, 69

Entodon, 215, 314.
Entomosora, 219.

Ephebe, 240.

Epicampes, 369.
Epipactis, 218.

Epiphegus, 409.
Epithemia, 412.
Equisetum, 358.
Eragrostis, 325, 327.
Eranthis, 455.

Ercilla, 423, 538.
Erianthus, 37, 158, 166, 344, 541.
Erigeron, 282, 294, 326, 455, 511, 542.
Erinella, 56, 468.
Eriochloa, 327.

Eriocoma, 285.

Erioderma, 240.
Eriogonum, 273, 466, 588.
Erodium, 592.

Eryngium, 164, 369.
Erysiphe, 357, 421.

Eu pA » 130, 134, 270, 285, 325, 367,

Euchylium, 240.
Eudorima, 411.
Eudyctia, 500.
Eunotia, 214, 412.
Euodia, 500.

Euonymus, 569.

| Eupatorium, 27, 211, 455, 492.

Euphorbia, 24, 220, 543.
Eupleuria, 500.
Eupodiscus, 500, 503.
Eurhynchium, 214, 215.
Eurotia, 273.

Eustichia, 215.

Eutypa, 134.

Risyoel 3 133, 280, 323, oe
Evax, 333-

Evernia, 237.

Evolvulus, 273.

Fendlera, 478, 537.
Ficus, 133, 418.
Filago, 333.
Fimbristylis, 22.
Fissidens, 215, 314.
Fistulina, 316. .
Flabellaria, 330.
Flammula, 142, 326.
Fomes, 340.
Fontinalis, 214.
Fothergilla, 590.
Fragilaria, 412.
Frasera, 289, 312.
Fraxinus, 60, 128, 288, 465.
Fritillaria, 358.
Frullania, 322.
Fucus, 358.
Fugosia, 266.
Fuligo, 66, 342.
Furcraea, 162.
Fusarium, 476, 481.
Fusicoccum, 287.

Gaillardia, 512.
Galera, 143, 326.
Galinsoga, 50.
Galium, 389, 45% 544.
Ganoderma, 5
Gaylussacia, a” 441, 542, 586.
Gayophytum, 474.
Recta a 489, 586.

ntiana, 165, 252, is
Geothallus, 57.
Gephyria, 500. ° ;

ium, og 103, 343, 2, .

anata ays. 3+ 343, 302, 455
Geum, 56, or, 455, 565.
Gilia, 51, 166, 293, 344, 542.
Ginkgo, 96, 543.
Gleditschia, 370.
Gleichenia, 219.

ix

Glyphis, 238.
Gnaphalium, 302.
Gomontia, 538.
Gomortega, 60.
Gomphillus, 239.
Gomphonema, 412.
Gongora, 275.
Goniothecium, 500.
Gonolobus, 307.
Gonama, 209.
Grahamia, 178.
Grammatophora, 500.
Graphis, 238, 342.
Gratiola, 157, 212.
Grayia, 500.
Grindelia, 58, 343.
Grinnellia, 423, 538.
Gryllotalpa, 110.
Gutierrezia, 464, 473.
Gyalecta, 238.
Gymnoderma, 239.
Gymnogramma, 219.
Gyrostachys, 573.
Gyrostomum, 239.
Gyrothyra, 201, 325.

| Habenaria, 189, 407, 548, 571, 589.
Haematococcus, 451.
Halopteris, 358.
Haplosporella, 464, 541.
Hebeloma, 541.
Hectorella, 178.
Hedeoma, 163.

Hedera, 488.

Hedyotis, 27.
Hedysarum, 251.
Helianthella, 473.
Helianthus, 472, 484.
Helicodontium, 215.
Helicosoporium, 476.
Helleborus, 358.
Helminthosporium, 473.
Helotium, 56, 136, 342, 476.
Hemerocallis, 358.
Hemiarcyria, 69.
Hemizonia, 343.
Hendersonia, 289.
Hepatica, 212, 564.
ssa: a4 445, 539-

Holcus, 408.

Homalia, 367.
Homostegia, 135, 163, 292, 323.
Hookeria, 215.

Hordeum, 327.
Hormodendron, 481.
Houstonia, 83.

Hyalodiscus, 500.
Hydnochaete, 56.

Hydnum, 82, 168, 541.
Hydrangea, 485.

Hydrocotyle, 155.
Hydrothyria, 240.
Hygrophorus, 141, 326, 340.
Hymenoconidium, 226,
Hymenula, 541.

Hyocomium, 215.

Hyophila, 215.

Hypericum, 24.

Hypnum, 58, 214, 215, 314, 326, 367, 427.

Hypochaeris, 344.
Hypocrea, 56, 458.
Hypoderma, 463.
Hypospila, 208, 323.
Hypoxis, 164, 322.
Hypoxylon, 342.
Hypsela, 162, 387.
Hyptis, 156, 163.
Hysterium, 285.
Hysterographium, 462.

Icmadophila, 239.

Tlex, 32, 284, 485, 568, 586.
Ipomoea, 26, 273, 455, 489.
Tris, 175, 220.

Tsachne, 418.

Isaria, 127.

Isariopsis, 30, 163, 475.
Isnardia, 177.

Isoetes, 98, 163, 164, 351.
Isolepis, 22.

Isopterygium, 215.

Ithyphallus, 72, 147.
Ivesia, 4.
Ixophorus, 327.

Jamesia, 16, 477.
Jonapsis, 238.
Jouvea, 325.
Juglans, 279, 465.
uncus, 57, 466
‘nag Lig 513.
Juniperus, 88, 180.
Jussiaea, 29, 289.
Kalmia, 64, 465, 586.

Kallstroemia, 206, 328.
_Kantia, 204.

Karschia, 469.
Kneiffia, 205, 370.
Kneiffiella, 206,370.
Koellia, 50.
Kosteletzkya, 154.
Kuhnia, 28.
Kumlienia, 455.

Lachnella, 467.
Lachnobolus, 70.
Laelia, 484.
Laestadia, 129, 323.
Laminaria, 542.
Lamproderma, 69.
Lappula, 294.
Laschia, 56.
Lasiobelonium, 136, 323.
Lathyrus, 257.
Laurentia, 162, 386.
Lecanactis, 238.
Lecanora, 239, 539.
Lechea, 86, 162, 567.
Lecidea, 79, 238, 447, 539.
Lecidocollema, 240. ,
Ledum, 586.
Leibergia, 274.
Lejeunia, 322.
Lemna, 59.
Lenzites, 340.
Leontodon, 480,
Leonotis, 156, 333.
Lepachys, 410.
Lepidium, 362, 450, 542.
Lepidocollema, 240.
Lepidoderma, 67.
Lepidopilum, 215.
Lepiota, 82, 139, 168, 326,
Leprocollema, 240.
Leptamnium, 409.
Leptaulus, 80.
Leptodendriscum, 240,
Leptogidium, 240.
eptogium, 240.
Leptoglossum, 82, 168,
Leptopoda, 212.
Leptosphaeria, 131, 323, 461.
Leptothyrium, 286, 466.
Leptosyne, 448.
Leptotrichum, 215, 367.
Leskea, 132.
Lespedeza, 461.
Lesquerella, 247.
Leucobryum, 215.
Leucoloma, 215.
Leucomium, 215.
Leucothoé, 569.
Lewisia, 178.
Licea, 69.
Lichenosphaeria, 240,
Lichina, 240.
Ligusticum, 343.

xi

Lilaeopsis, 538. Meliola, 126, 323.
Lilium, 102, 111, 166, 358, 538. Melogramma, 134, 323.
Limnanthes, 362. Melosira, 412, 500.
Limodorum, 23. Melothria, 495.
Limonium, 488, 491. Mentha, 163, 489.
Linaria, 418. Mentzelia, 58, 273.
Linum, 55. Meridion, 412.
Liriodendropsis, 95. Mertensia, 455.
Listera, 334, 542. Merulius, 56.
Lithodesmium, 500. Mesadenia, 455.
Lobelia, 162 220, 338, 384, 388, 542. Mesosphaerum, 156.
Loefgrenia, » 28. Metasphaeria, 279.
Lolium, 51. 3 Micranthemum, 26.
Lonicera, 60, 90, 441, 490. Microsphaera, 342.
Lopadium, 230. Microstylis, 589.
Lophanthus, 472. Microthamnium, 215.
Lophidium, 129, 323. Microtherium, 127.
Lophiosphaera, 278. Mitella, 248, 326, 548.
Lophiotrema, 128, 323, 460. Mitragyna, 539.
Lucuma, 58. Mnesiteon, 411.
Luddemannia, 485. Minadelphus, 215.
Ludwigia, 176. Mnium, 215, 422.
Ludwigiantha, 178. ; Molleria, 56.
Luina, 344. Monilia, 481, 539.
Lunularia, 120. Monniera, 212.
Lupinus, 291, 455, 471. Monocosmia, 178.
Lycogala, 69, 342. Monotropsis, 176.
Lycoperdon, 73, 341. Montagnella, 281.
Lycopersicum, 57. Montia, 178, 362.
Lycopodium, 512. Mucilago, 541.
Lygodesmia, 273. Mucor, 480.
Lygodium, 274. Mucronoporus, 125.
Lyngbya, 168. _ | Muhlenbergia, 160, 327.
Lysimachia, 570. Mutinus, 56, 72.
Lysopoma, 386. Mycocalicium, 238.
Lythrum, 418. Myelopteris, 166.
Mylia, 327.
Machaeranthera, 511. Mylocaryum, 154.
Macromitrium, 215. Myriadoporus, 277.
Macrophoma, 30, 163, 286. Myrica, 290.
Macrosporium, 254, 466, 473, 481, 539. | Myriopteris, 409.
Madotheca, 514. Myriostoma, 163.
Magnolia, 63, 131, 288. Myrtillocactus, 274.
Mammea, 591. Myurella, 367.
anisuris, 21. Myxococcus, 543.
Marasmius, 142, 326. Myxosporium, 290.
Marsilea, 542.
Marsonia, 291. Nama, 479.
Massalongia, 240. Nardia, 203.
Mastagonia, 500. Nasturtium, 23, 362.
Maxillaria, 164, 275. Nauclea, 539.
Meesia, 214. Navicula, 412, 501, 503.
Megalospora, 239. Nazia, 327.
Meibomia, 266, 567. Neckera, 215, 367.
Melampyrum, 572. Nectria, 56, 68.
Melanconis, 288. Negundo, 292. ©
Melanconium, 290. Nematophyton, 166.
Melanomma, 128, 323. Nepeta, 127. _
Melanopsamma, 278, 458. Nephrodium, 432.
Melaspilea, 238. _ Nephrolepis, 432.

Melia, 85, 288. | Nephroma, 240, 341.

Xil

Nephromium, 240.
Nerium, 156.
Neslia, 323.
Newberrya, 344.
Nicotiana, 99.
Nidularia, 72.
Nitella, 55.-
Nitzschia, 412, 5or.
Nolina, 212.
Nummularia, 135, 323.
Nyssa, 166,

Obeliscaria, 410.
Obolaria, 540.
Ochrolechia, 239.
Ocimum, 163.
Odontia, 56.
Odontidium, 412.
Odontoglossum, 591.
Oedogonium, 328, 485.
Oenanthe, 343.
Oenothera, 128, 168.
Oldenlandia, 27, 165.
Oldhamia, 370.
Ombrophila, 56.
Omphalaria, 240.
Omphalia, 141, 326.
Onchophorus, 367.
Onoclea, 225.
Oospora, 470, 481.
Opegrapha, 238.
Ophioglossum, 95, 545, 586, 589.
Opuntia, 421, 459.
Orchis, 352.
Oreocarya, 58.
Ornithogalum, 405.
Orobanche, 410.
Orthoneis, 501.
Oryzopsis, 457.
Osmunda, 103, 407.
Otophylla, 212.
Ovularia, 471. .
Oxalis, 176, 487, 583.
Oxydendron, 477.
Oxypolis, 478.
Oxystelma, 305.
Oxytria, 405, 541.
Pachnolepia, 238.
Palaeoxyris, 317.
Panicularia, 348, 541.
Panicum, 40, 51, 59, 166, 167, 192, 280,
324, 325, 327, 328, 345, 360, 541.
Pannaria, 240. -

539.

Paronychia, 335, 542.
Parosela, 14, 168.

Parthenocissus, 408.
Paspalum, 21, 38, 166, 192.
Paullia, 240.
Peceania, 240.
Pectis, 273.
Pedicularis, 292, 326, 542.
Pellaea, 160, 216, 409.
Peltandra, 451.
Peltidea, 240.
Peltigera, 240, 341.
Penicillium, 481, 505.
Peniophora, 56, 277.
Pentstemon, 60, 485, 561.
Peponia, 501.
Perilla, 571.
Perichaena, 70.
Peronospora, 83, 168, 472, 505.
Pertusaria, 239.
Pestalozzia, 30, 163.
Peucedanum, 165.
Peziza, 357.
Phacelia, 333.
Phalaenopsis, 159.
Phalangium, 405.
Phallus, 72.
Pharbitis, 26, 212.
Phaseolus, 151, 162.
Phialea, 56, 323.
Philadelphus, 100, 561.
Philibertella, 305, 543.
Philibertia, 305.
Phlox, 284, 478.
Phlyctis, 239.
Phoenicites, 330.
Phoma, 286.
Phragmites, 122, 160, 324, 583.
Phyllachora, 56, 208, 292.
Phylliscidium, 240.
Phylliscum, 240.
Phyllitis, 455.
Phyllosticta, 31, 163, 285, 462.
Physalacria, 342.
Physalis, 126.
Physalospora, 130, 323.
Physarum, 65.
Physcia, 239, 341.
Physostegia, 275.
Phytophthora, 254.

us, 592.
Picea, 100, 275.
Pilinia, 370.
Pilophoron, 239.
Pilotrichella, 215.
Pinguicula, 344.

Pinus, on 275, 276, 324, 369, 451, 567.
2.

xiii

Plantago, 57, 83.
Platea, 80
Platanthera, 189.
Platygrapha, 238.
Pleospora, 131, 279, 323.
Pleurocybe, 238.
Pleuropetalon, 178.
Pleurosigma, 502.
Pleurotus, 56, 340.
Plicatura, 341.
Poa, 310, 327, 344.
Poacites, 123.
Podophyllum, 358.
Podosira, 502, 503.
Podosordaria, 540.
Pogonia, 370, 552, 589.
Polemonium, 252.
Polychidium, 240.
Polygonella, 47, 167.
Polygonum, 46, 50, 167, 220, 243, 334,
344, 353, 421, 541.
Polypodium, 216, 219, 260, 324, 432.
Polyporus, 82, 146, 168, 326, 340, 370,
541.
Polystictus, 125, 323, 340.
Polystroma, 239.
Pontederia, 59.
Populus, 278.
Porella, 512.
Poria, 56, 277, 340.
Porpeia, 501.
Portulaca, 178, 186, 421.
Portulacaria, 178.
Potentilla, 1, 91, 166, 249, 326.
Pratia, 387.
Prenanthes, 353.
Primula, 160, 355.
Prionodon, 215.
Prosthemium, 31, 163.
Protococcus, 77.
Prunus, 44, 167, 570.
Pseudauliscus, 504.
Pseudotsuga, 167.
Psilocybe, 144, 326.
Psora, 239.
Psoroma, 240.
Psorotichia, 240.
Pterigiopsis, 240.
Pteris, 103, 160, 409, 469, 588.
' Pterocactus, 167.
Pterotheca, 504.
Pterula, 56.
Puccinia, 86, 163, 168, 208, 282, 323,
324, 341, 457, 508, 539, 540, 591.
acinar ;
Pulsatilla, 417.
Py

Pyrenopsidium, 240.
Pyrenopsis, 240.
Pyrenothamnia, 241.
Pyrgillus, 238.
Pyrrocoma, 455.
Pyrus, 167.

Pyxilla, 502.
Pyxine, 239, 341.

Quamoclit, 212.

Quercus, 31, 62, 278, 280, 285, 291, 326,
320, 438, 448, 460, 460, 473, 527,
542, 591.

Radulum, 56.

Ramalina, 239.

Ramularia, 472.
Ranunculus, 58, 245, 310, 362.
Raphidostegium, 216, 367.
Ratibida, 410.

Ravenellia, 540.

Reseda, 581.

Reticularia, 69.
Rhabdonema, 502.
Rhabdonia, 59.
Rhabdoweisia, 367.
Rhamnus, 456, 471.
Rhaphidostegium, 215.
Rhexia, 155, 332.
Rhizocephalum, 162, 386.
Rhizopus, 480.
Rhododendron, 64, 569, 586.
Rhodora, 586.

Rhus, 130, 407, 462, 485.
Rhynchosia, 266
Rhynchostegiella, 216.
Rhynchostegium, 213, 314.
Rhytisma, 285.

Ribes, 57, 58, 93, 164, 276, 325, 460 467.
Ricasolia, 240.
Riccia, 321.

Rinodina, 239, 447, 539-
Robinsonella, 369.
Rocella, 238.

Romanzoffia, 344.
Romneya, 484.

Roripa, 58, 362.

Rosa, 456, 483.
Roseanthus, 274.
Rosellinia, 126, 277, 323, 541.
Rotala, 154.

Rottboellia, 21.

Rubus, 129, 279, 563, 570.
Rudbeckia, 410.

Ruellia, 157.

Riilingia, 417.

Rumex, 273.

Rutilaria, 502.

Russula, 340.

| Sabbatia, 26, 165, 332.

XIV

Sabicea, 418.

Saccharomyces, 480.

Sacoglotis, 164.

Sagittaria, 19, 165, 326, 331.

Salix, 61, 129, 132, 220, 264, 322, 325,
469, 542.

Salvia, 163.

Sambucus, 30, 276, 325, 458, 467, 570.

Samolus, 491.

Sanicula, 577.

Sarcanthidion, 8o.

Sarcobatus, 462.

Sarcocephalus, 539.

Sarcoscypha, 281.

Sarcostemma, 305.

Sarracenia, 23.

Saxifraga, 58, 247, 343, 356, 454.

Scheelea, 484.

Schistostega, 367.

Schizopelte, 238.

Schizophyllum, 340.

Schizothrix, 168.

Schizothyrella, 465, 466.

Schizoxylon, 136, 323, 469.

Schoenolirion, 405.

Scirpus, 22, 351, 583.

Scleroderma, 74.

Scleropodium, 213.

Scoliopus, 591.

Scolopendrium, 217, 218, 432, 455.

Scrophularia, 129.

Scutellaria, 26, 163, 176, 571.

Scyphium, 67.

Selaginella, 182, 325, 424, 515, 538.

Selaginoides, 512.

Senecio, 51, 58, 273, 275, 287, 290, 2098,
326, 455, 479, 542, 575.

Septoria, 31, 163, 289, 465.

Septosporium, 292.

Sequoia, 167, 218.

Sericocarpus, 570.

Sesbania, 151.

Sessea, 99.

Sidalcea, 362, 455.

Sieversia, 91.

Silene, 50, 244, 274, 343, 362, 426, 561.

Silphium, 493, 573.

Silvaea, 178.

Siphocampylus, 162, 373.

Siphonychia, 337.

Siphula, 241.

Sisymbrium, 23, 311.

Sisyrinchium, 60, 487.

Skeletonema, 502.

Smilax, 407.

Solanum, 26, 99, 165, 168, 257, 418.

Solarina, 35, 240.

. Solenia, 340, 469.

ee “ype 58, 132, 283, 286, 343, 454, 455,
ae 497, 573-

Solorina, 240.

Solorinella, 240.

Sophia, 58, 311.
Sophronanthe, 157, 212.
Sordaria, 458.

Sorghum, 21.

Spergularia, 365.

Sphacele, 163.
Sphaeralcea, 461.
Sphaerella, 279, 461.
Sphaerobolus, 72. ~
Sphaerophoron, 238.
Sphaerophoropsis, 238.
Sphaeroplea, 542.
Sphaeropsis, 130, 288, 463, 539.
Sphagnum, 214, 367, 513, 538, 543-
Sphyridium, 239.

Spiesia, 161.

Spilonema, 240.

Spinacia, 466.

Spiraea, 251, 542.
Spirogyra, 328.
Splachnum, 514.
Sporobolus, 167, 282.
Sporonema, 32, 163.
Sporotrichum, 56.
Spraguea, 178.

Spumaria, 68.

Stachys, 50, 163, 471, 474.

Stagonospora, 539.
Statice, 488.
Stauroneis, 412, 502.
Stegia, 541.
Steironema, 25, 571.
Stellaria, 244.
Stemphylium, 475.
Stenanthium, 344.
Stenophyllus, 22.
Stephanogonia, 502.
Stephanopyxis, 502.
Stereocaulon, 239, 341.
Stereodon, 215.
Stereum, 56.
Sterigmatocystis, 481.
Sticta, 35, 79, 240, 341.
Stictina, 35, 240.
Stictis, 288, 469.
Stictodiscus, 502.
Stigeoclonium, 370.
Stigmella, 475.
Strigula, 240.
Stipulicida, 149.
nai 158.
lopteris, 271
Stylosanthes, 565. >"
Stypocaulon, 358.
irella, 412.
Swartzia, 367.
— 912.
ymphoricarpus, 459, 467, 470, 573.
Sesatiaie. aay » 459. . 7» 47 » 573.
Syncephalastrum, 543.

Syncephalis, 543.
Sycopodium, 57.
Synedra, 412, 502.
Syrrhopodon, 215, 314.
Systephania, 502.

Tabellaria, 412.
Talinella, 178.
Talinopsis, 178.
Talinum, 178, 324.
Tapesia, 281.

Targionia, 515.
Taraxacum, 480.

Taxus, 451.
Teichospora, 127, 278, 323, 459.
Tephrosia, 266.
Tetraplodon, 367.
Teucrium, 156, 163, 490.
Thalesia, 313, 540.
Thallocarpus, 322.
Thalloidima, 238.
Thamnium, 314, 586.
Thamnolia, 241.
Thaspium, 164.
Thelocarpon, 239.
Thelephora, 206.
Theloschistes, 239.
Thelotrema, 239.
Thermutis, 240.
Therofon, 247.
Thielavia, 506.

Thlaspi, 343.

Tholurna, 238.
Thuidium, 214, 215, 427.
Thyronectria, 458, 467.
Thysanella, 47, 167.
Thysanothecium, 239.
Tilia, 280, 288.
Tillandsia, 163.
Tilmadoche, 342.

Tissa, 284.

Tolypothrix, 538.
Tolysporella, 537.
Toninia, 238.
Tormentilla, 10.

Torula, 481, 539.
Toxylon, 440.
Tradescantia, 164, 228, 327, 487, 560.
Tragopogon, 474.
Trametes, 340.
Tremellodon, 340.
Trevoria, 485.

Tribulus, 207.
Triceratium, 502, 504.
Trichia, 69, 342.
Tricholoma, 139, 326,
Trichomanes, 58.
Trichosteleum, 215.
Trichopeziza, 467.
Triclinum, 577.
Trifolium, 162, 251, 461, 568.

mY:

Trillium, 169, 327, 450.
Tripsacum, 96, 583.
Triumfetta, 208.
Trogia, 340.

Tsuga, 61, 437.
Tubercularia, 458, 510.
Tubulina, 69, 342.
Tylophoron, 238.
Typha, 542.

Ulmus, 39, 289, 330-
Umbilicaria, 239.

Uncaria, 539.

Uncinula, 484.

Uragoga, 60

Urceolaria, 239.

Uredo, 209, 284, 323, 391.
Uroglena, 166

Uromyces, 209, 282, 323, 540, 591.
Urtica, 191, 326.

Usnea, 239, 341-
Ustilago, 86, 162, 162, 282, 457.

Vaccinium, 25, 31, 64, 251, 353; 407, 441,
570.

Valeriana, 60.

Valsa, 132, 280, 323.

Valsaria, 280, 362.

Varicellaria, 239.

Vaucheria, 485, 539-

Velezia, 165.

Veratrum, 424.

Verbascum, 286.

Verbesina, 212.

Vermicularia, 370.

Vernonia, 58, 208.

Verrucaria, 240, 448, 539. |

Vesicaria, 247. :

Viburnum, 27, 211, 324, 454, 569, 573.

Vicia, 490.

Viegaria, 56.

Villaresia, 80.

Viola, 92, 163, 211, 404, 494, 569.

Vitex, 333.

Vitis, 364, 570.

Waldsteinia, 176.
Webera, 215.
Weisia, 214.
Wistaria, 48.
Woodsia, 352.

Xanthiopyxis, 503.

Xanthium, 574.

Xanthoria, 239. ©

Xanthoxylum, 280.

Xolisma, 24. 2
Xylaria, 470. ;
Xylographa, 238.

Yucca, 273.

Xvi

Zamia, 450, 484, 543. . | Zizia, 164.
Zea, 279.

Zephyranthes, 454.

Zizania, 330.

bo dd

. 266, line 22.
446, line 12.
446, line 22.
447, line 3.
496, line 32.
500, line II.
. 569, line 28.
. 570, line 13.

| Zostera, 583.
Zygoceros, 504.
Zygodon, 367.

ERRATA.

For Doticholus read Dolicholus.
For pleoispora read pleiospora.
For rediunta read redimita.
For subplebia read subplebeia.
For ten miles read two miles.
For Cerataulus read Coccone?s.
For 1.5 mm. read 1.5 m.

For 4 dm. read 15 dm.

JANUARY, 1897.

t ; : ;

aes

OF THE

NI

_A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY :

| NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

OFFICERS FOR 1897.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Presidents,

T. F. ALLEN, M. D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D.
_ Recording Secretary, ; 3 Corresponding Secretary,
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, Dr. JOHN K. SMALL,
Normal College, New York City. Columbia University, New York City,
Editor, Treasurer, . ‘
a7) Md. BRITTON, Phe Dy? HENRY OGDEN, —
“Columbia University, New York City. "11 Pine Street, New York City.
i 7 _ Associate Editors, | ee
EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph. D., ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. B.,
_ ANNA MURRAY VAIL, a BYRON D. HALSTED, Se, D.,
LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD, Pn. D. es
fe Curator, ee is Librarian,
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. wM. E. WHEELOCK, M.D,

ot oe Oe Committee on Finance, ee
go BRANES oe “Wi, WHEELOCK, M.D,

Committee on Aesiiices

CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. Dy Sha.
«99 E, sth See, New York City. - 64 W. 5sth Street, tient font a
. Library ae Herbarium Committee, Fg eas
sie "JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, = HELEN M. INGERSOLL,
_ WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D.,_ oe Rev. L. H,. LIGHTHIPE. |
: Committes om the Lecat Flora, — sagt
pre ‘THOS. c. PORTER, | "ELIZABETH Po ‘BRITTON,
_N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D. MARIA O. LE BRUN, e
‘HH. H, RUSBY, M. D., 2 SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M. D
“The sks idte cagalaety, at Columbia University, 49th Street and Madison A‘
-aue, New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each 1
except June, July, ‘August and —— mace Me Botanists
ene ETRE ee ; :

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. 24. Lancaster, Pa., january, = 28, 1897. No. 1. *

Notes on Potentilla.—VI,
By P. A. RYDBERG.

(PLATES 287, 288.)

The /Hippianae constitute a group somewhat related to the
Multijugae. They are, however, as a rule stouter than the mem-
bers of that group, and the leaves are more or less white or gray-
ish hairy, generally densely silky, villous or tomentose. The
group contains the following species :

PorENTILLA. BrEWERI S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 555. 1873.

Potentilla Brewer’ much resembles P. Plattensis. It has the—
large stipules characteristic of that species and also essentially the
the same flowers. ' The leaflets are, however, broader and less di-
vided and densely silky-villous. In the typical form the cyme is
rather dense and the flowers larger. It grows in California.

PoTENTILLA BREWERI EXPANSA S. Wats. Bot. Cal. 1: 179. 1876. —
Potentilla Plattensis leucophylla Greene, Erythea, 1:4. 1893. ||
_ This resembles P. Plattensis still more, having the open cyme _
of that species. It grows also in Nevada and is apparently oe
common than the species.

PoreNTILLA crinita A. Gray, Mem. Am. Acad. 1849: 41. 1849. -

This is of similar habit but easily distinguished by its condu- :
plicate, appressed-silky cuneate leaflets, which are slightly crenate _
at the apex. P. crinita grows on the dry plains of Abbots, New —
| — southern Uteh ane igechasol | |

2

?
PoTENTILLA EFFUSA Dougl.; Lehm. Stirp. Pug. 2: 8. 1830.

The pubescence is grayish or whitish tomentose, not at all
silky ; the branches are rather divergent and the bractlets much
smaller than the acuminate sepals, It grows on the dry plains
from New Mexico to Montana, Assiniboia and Minnesota (?).

Potentilla effusa gossypina Nutt., Torr & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 437-
1840, is still unknown. Dr. Hooker, in London Jour. Bot. 6: 219,
_ states that the plant collected by Geyer (no. 637) was labelled by
Nuttall P. gossypina. These specimens Dr. Hooker identified as
P. arachnoidea Douglas, which is P. Pennsylvanica arachnoidea
Lehm.

¥ POTENTILLA FILICAULIS (Nutt.).

Potentilla effusa fiicauls Nutt.; Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1:
437- 1840.

This is known from only two fragmentary specimens, one, the —
original of Nuttall, in the Torrey Herbarium at Columbia Univer-
sity, the other collected by Dr. J. M. Coulter, in 1872, near Fort
Hale, and preserved in Dr. Porter’s privaté collection. The stem
is very slender, filiform. As the pubescence is somewhat silky, it
is probably more related to the following species :*

PoTeNnTILLA Hipprana Lehm. Stirp. Pug. 2: 7. 1830.

Potentilla leucophylla Torr. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N, ¥. 47 197.
1827. Not Pallas.

Potentilla leneophylla Eat. Man. Ed. 5, 344. 1829.

The name used by Eaton seems to have been overlooked alto-
gether. It may be claimed that the name given was only a mis-
print for P. /eucophylla, the original name, which, however, is ante-
dated by P. leucophylla Pallas, a synonym of P. nivea. The name
P. leneophylla, which means woolly-leaved, a very appropriate name,
is not only found in the fifth edition of Eaton’s Manual, but also
in the sixth and seventh editioas and in Eaton & Wright’s North

“# Since the above was written I have found a sheet of good specimens in a colt
lection from the Iowa Agricultural College at Ames. These specimens show tha-
the plant is more nearly related to P. Hippiana than to P. effusa, having practically —
the same pubescence and sepals as that species, but is much smaller. It has often _
subdigitate leaves, and holds about the same relation to P. Hippiana as P. saximon-—

tana and P. minutifolia do to P. pulchertima, and may better be referred to the i
soa cende group.

3

American Botany. Watson in his Bibliographical Index has no
reference to any of the editions of Eaton’s Manual and gives Eaton
& Wright as a reference under P. /encophylla, which does not ap-
pear there. The Kew Index has also omitted P. /encophylla,
which should take the place of P. Hippiana, being a year older, if
it were not for the fact that it very likely is to be explained as a
misprint. 2. Hippiana is sometimes very hard to distinguish
from P. effusa, and the two seem to grade into each other. P.
Hippiana is, however, as a rule larger, silky as well as tomentose ;
the branches are more erect and the bractlets nearly equalling the
acute sepals. The species grows on the plains and the foot hills of
the Rockies, but generally in richer soilthan P. efusa. It extends
from New Mexico and Arizona to Minnesota and Saskatchewan.

_»~ POTENTILLA HIPPIANA PROPINQUA DN. n.

Fotentilla diffusa A. Gray, Mem. Am. Acad. 1849: 41. 1849.
Not Willd.

Potentilla Hippiana pulchenima §. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad.
555, in part, 1873. Not P. pulcherrima Lehm.

The stem is more diffuse or ascending, rather low; the leaflets
are more approximate and more silky, scarcely at all tomentose,
_ Often green above. In the latter case they resemble somewhat °
those of P. pulcherrima, which is a much taller plant.

POTENTILLA AMBIGENS Greene, Erythea, 1: 4. 1893.

It is strange that this very marked species should not have
been described before 1893. It was collected by Hall and Har- «
bour in 1862, Wm. A. Bell in 1867 and Geo. Vasey in1881. The
first specimens were included by Dr. Gray in P. Hippiana. On
the label of Bell’s specimens is written: “Durand suggests P.
vwularis. Gray says no!—perhaps P. campestris.’ One of Dr.

Vasey’s specimens is labeled Porentilla Thurberi,by whom I do |

_ Not know.

P. ambigens is the tallest of the group, 6-7 dm. high, rather
“sparingly grayish silky. The leaflets are 3-4 cm. long, coarsely _
_ Serrate and more or less decurrent on the rachis. The inlet, u
_ Specimens have been examined: ee |

4

Colorado: Hall & Harbour, nos. 158 and 162, 1862 (both only
in part); E. L. Greene.

New Mexico: Wm. A. Bell (Ratan Mountains), 1867; G. Re
Vasey (Las Vegas), 1867.

-PoTentiLLA Lemmont (Wats.) Greene, Pittonia, 1: 104, 1887.

Ivesia Lemmoni Wats. Proc. Am.Acad. 20: 365. 1885.

This species should, I think, be placed as an appendix to this
group. It has no relationship to any of the Ivesias, and is a true
Potentilla in every respect, except as to the number of pistils,
which are only half a dozen or so. Its nearest relative is, without —
doubt, Potentilla crinita, from which it differs by the longer, nar-
rower and fewer leaflets, the sparser pubescence, the few pistils-
and the longer hairs on the receptacle.

Graciles, This group is the most difficult in the whole genus.
It contains so many and perplexing forms, that I have not yet come
to any definite conclusion as to how to treat it. Watson united
all except the first (partly) and the last into one species. This is far
from satisfactory. It would have been much more logical to make
P. effusa a variety of P. Hippiana, P. Breweri one of P. Plattensis,
or P. emarginata one of P. fragiformis than to include P. Nuttalli
and P. flabelliformis in P. gracilis, The group contains not less:
than ten well marked American forms and about half a dozen less
marked ones. Of these ten forms all except one have been recog-
nized at one time or another as species or varieties, and as far as I
know, all but two have received names.
gard these ten as species.

This view I dare to express, as I have had chance to study
this group especially in the field. I have collected the following
myself: P. pulcherrima, Blaschkeana, flabelliformis, var. ctenophora,
Fastigiata, etomentosa and Nutiallit. 1 have seen the following grow-
ing together: pulcherrima and Nuttallii, Blaschkeana and Nuttallii,
Blaschkeana and flabelliformis, Blaschkeana and ctenophora, flabelli-
formis and Nuttall. In no case have I found intermediate
forms. In the herbaria that I have looked over I have found one
specimen between Slaschkeana and ctenophora, a few between

Nuttallii and Blaschkeana or fastigiata, etc., but asa vue ayes can
be distinguished fairly well. ste

I shall temporarily re-

5)

POTENTILLA PULCHERKIMA Lehm. Stirp. Pug. 2: 10. 1830.

Potentilla flippiana pulcherrima Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 555.
(in part) 1873.

As originally described, P. pulcherrina Lehm. has pinnate —
leaves with approximate leaflets. This was undoubtedly the reason
why Watson united it with P. diffusa Gray. As faras I know, that
plant is low, ascending, and rather silky and in all respects nearest
related to P. Hippiana (see above), while P. pulcherrima is tall, up-
right, with slender erect branches and nearest related to P. gracilis
and P. fastigiata. Watson, during King’s expedition, observed
_ the fact that P. pulcherrima had not always pinnate leaves, which,
in fact, is rather seldom the case, and consequently included in P.
fippiana pulcherrima also a form with digitate leaves. The only
character left to distinguish forms of P. Hippiana and those of P.
Sracuis was the number of carpels, in the former 10-30, in the latter
40. Unfortunately the number varies even in the same individual,
and therefore many specimens labelled P. gracilis belong to P. pul-
cherrima. My own from the Black Hills, I unfortunately labeled
thus. P. pulcherrima differs from the other members of the group
by its leaflets, which are obovate or oblanceolate, mostly obtuse,
crenate, silky and green above, densely white-tomentose beneath.
It grows in the mountains and foot hills from New Mexico and
Nevada to Saskatchewan. No specimens have been seen from
the Pacific Slope.

POTENTILLLA GRACILIS Dougl.; Hook. Bot. Mag. pl. 2984. 1829.

The true P. gracilis is a very rare plant and confined to the
northern Pacific Coast. What has gone under this name is either —
the preceding or the next following species. It differs from both
in the narrow leaflets, which are oblanceolate, acute, and coarsely
toothed with triangular teeth of the same form as in P. vecta. The
leaves are only slightly silky above and finely tomentose beneath,
and the branches of the cyme are very slender and erect. The
following specimens have been examined : ae

Oregon: Douglas; Tolmie, 1851; E. Hall, no. 1 36, 1871. |
Washington: Dr. Ruhn; Wilke’s Expedition, no. 141. . Vancouver —
Island: John Macoun, no. 182, ae canek scopantt boost 2
not giver) eh ;

6

POTENTILLA BLASCHKEANA Turez; Lehm. in Otto, Gart. & Blu-
menz. 9: 506. 1853.

Potentilla gracilis most authors, not Doug].

This differs from P. gracilis in stouter habit, ascending branches,
larger flowers and broader leaflets, which are obovate, deeply
toothed or cleft into ovate or oblong teeth, silky and green above,
silky and tomentose beneath. It must be admitted that this
species is near to the preceding. . It was merged therein by Wat-
‘son, but it is evidently not so near P. gracilts as is P. pulcherrima,
which differ only in the form of the teeth.

P. Blaschkeana is common from California to Wyoming and
northward:-as far as Kodiak, off Alaska.

~POTENTILLA CANDIDA n. Sp. _-

Potentilla gracilis var. Wats. King’s Exp. 5: 88. 1871.

Stem low, I~2 dm. high, densely white silky-strigose ; stipules
ovate, entire, nearly 1 cm. long; leaves on rather short petioles,
densely silvery silky on both sides, digitate; leaflets 7-9, obovate
in outline, 2-4 cm. long, rather thick, deeply incised or cleft into
large oblong teeth; cyme rather dense; flowers about I cm. in
diameter; calyx white-silky ; bractlets lanceolate, much shorter

than the ovate sepals; petals yellow, obcordate, a little exceeding
the sepals. (Plate 287.)

It resembles most a depauperate P. Blaschkeana, and differs
mainly in the pubescence which is very dense on both sides of the
leaves, and silky ; tomentum none.

Nevada: S. Watson, no. 337, 1868 (type). Montana: F.
V. Hayden, 1860. Wyoming: T.C. Porter, 1873.

POTENTILLA FLABELLIFORMIS Lehm. Stirp. Pug. 2: 12. 1830.

Potentilla gracilis flabelliformis Nutt.; Torr & Gray, Fl. N. Am.
1: 440. 1840.

This stands nearest to P. Blaschkeana, but I think it is without
‘doubt a good species. I have had the opportunity to watch the two
in the field and found them often grow together, but never found _
an intermediate form, and in all the collections that have gone —
through my hands there are only the specimens from one locality,
where I am in doubt to which species to refer them, and these _
may be hybrids. P. flabelliformis differs from the related species :

7

in the leaves, which are divided to near the base into linear seg-
ments. They are also white-tomentose beneath and densely
silky above. There are two forms of this species; the one with
narrow linear more or less revolute lobes and smaller flowers re-
sembles Lehmann’s figure in Hooker's Fl. Bor. Am., and is there-
fore taken as the type. The other somewhat approaches P?.
Blaschkeana in the general habit and the size of the flowers, and
may be known under the name :

# POTENTILLA FLABELLIFORMIS CTENOPHORA MN. V.

_ Stem stout; leaflets less deeply divided into somewhat broader
divisions, which are not at all revolute. Corolla over 15 mm. in
diameter, petals broadly obcordate, much longer than the sepals.

Both forms are fairly common from Wyoming and California
to British Columbia and Saskatchewan.

POTENTILLA FASTIGIATA Nutt. - bor. & Gry, Fi NN. Am. ft;
440. 1840.

Fotentilla gracilis fastigiata Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 557.
1873.

This perhaps comes nearest to P. pulcherrima, resembling it in
the form of the leaflets and the size of the flower, but it is a smaller
plant, less than 3 dm. high and with a rather crowdedcyme. The
pubescence of the leaves is also different, long, silky and with very
little tomentum beneath. It is a rather rare plant, extending from
Wyoming and California to British Columbia and Saskatchewan,

~ POTENTILLA PECTINISECTA N. Sp.

Stem slender, 3-4 dm. high, ascending, finely strigose or hir-
Sute; stipules ovate, often toothed; leaves on slender petioles,
digitate, of 5—8 leaflets, apressed-silky on both sides and sometimes
slightly tomentulose beneath ; leaflets obovate, deeply pectinately
divided into oblong or linear segments ; cyme rather dense; calyx -

appressed-silky ; bractlets linear-ianceolate,shorter thanthe broadly =

lanceolate sepals; petals yellow, obcordate, scarcely exceeding ©
the sepals.

It has gone under the names of P. gracilis flabelliformis and —
Sastigiata. It resembles P. fastigiata in general habit and pubes- —
_ cence, but is more slender. The form of the leaflets is most like
that of P. Blaschkeana and P. Nuttallii, and sometimes that of 1

8

flabelliformis, but the plant is more delicate and the pubescence is
silky and rather scant. Specimens:

Arizona: ¥E. Palmer, no. 145, 1877. Wyoming: C. E. Shel-
don, no. 72, 1884; Fremont, 2d exp. JJontana: Robert Adams,
1871. Utah: 1.. F. Ward, no. 119, 1875; M.E. Jones, no. 5554d
and 35544, 1894; no. 765, 1880; Mrs. Thompson, no. 195, 1873.

v POTENTILLA ETOMENTOSA N. Sp.

Potentilla rigida Newberry, Pac. R. R. Rep. 6: Part 3. 72.
Not Nutt.

Potentilla gracilis rigida Coville, Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 4: 96.
1893.

Stem 4-5 dm. high, slightly hairy, erect, ‘eit a stout caudex;
stipules ovate, lanceolate, entire; leaves on long petioles, digi-
tate, of about 7 leaflets, glabrate above, slightly silky-strigose be-
neath but without any trace of tomentum; leaflets obovate, 3-5
cm. long, crenate or serrate with ovate teeth ; calyx hirsute; bract-
lets oblong, a little shorter. than the ovate pointed sepals ; petals
obcordate, scarcely exceeding the sepals. .

This resembles mostly P. pulcherrima but is perfectly without
tomentum and only slightly hairy. It resembles P. Nuttal/i only
in the lack of tomentum. It has the crenate, obovate leaves of
P. pulcherrima, and if not held distinct must be regarded as a va-
riety thereof. The distribution is quite different, P. pulcherrima
not having been collected in California. The following are the
specimens seen: ;

Califoimia.:: Fremont, no. 162, 1846 (Type); J. S. Newberry

(Williamson Expedition); Munson & Hopkins, 1889; Coville &
Funston, no. 1399, 1891.

PotentittA Nourraryiu Lehm. Ind. Sem. Hort, Bot. Hamb. 1852:
12. 1852.
Potentilla recta Nutt. Gen. 1: 310. 1818. Not-L.
_~ Potentilla ngida Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7: 20. 1834, Not
Wall.
Potentilla gracilis rigida Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 557. 1873.
The general habit of this species resembles that of P. Blasch-
keana, but the plant is green, without tomentum and coasely hir-

sute. The distribution is from Colorado to es hobece dt :
Columbia and Saskatchewan.

9

POTENTILLA RECTA L. Sp: Pl: 497.0 1753.

It somewhat resembles P. Nuttal/ii in pubescence and general
habit, but differs in being paler and in its large pale yellow petals.
It is of European origin and occurs sparingly in the Eastern
States to the District of Columbia and‘to Ohio. :

The Argenteae resemble in general habit the preceding group.
The plants are very leafy, the leaflets generally 5 or those of the
upper leaves only 3, the flowers many and small, and the petals
scarcely exceed the sepals. The group is: European, only P.
argentea being also a native of North America.

POTENTILLA INTERMEDIA L, Mant. 1: 76. 1767.

_This species very much resembles P. Monspeliensis, especi-
ally var. Norvegica, and has in this country been mistaken for it
It differs mainly in the mostly 5-foliolate leaves, the perennial
root and the style. The species is sparingly introduced in the
East. Some ofthe specimens are:

New Fersey and New York: Addison Brown, 1881 and 1880.

POTENTILLA INCLINATA Vill. Hist. Pl. Delph. 3: 567. 1789.

P. canescens Besser, Prim. Fl. Galic. 1: 330. 1809.

It much resembles the preceding species, but differs in a more
slender and simple stem and the grayish pubescence. The only |
Specimens collected on this continent that I have seen are those
collected in Ontario by Fowler.

POTENTILLA ARGENTEA L. Sp. Pl., 497. 1753-
P. argentea is one of the easiest to identify, by its small flowers,
deeply dissected leaves, which are white-tomentose, especially be- —
neath, and have revolute margins. It is a native of Europe and

Asia, as well as of America. In this country it extends from Nova

Scotia and the District of Columbia to Dakota and Kansas.

“

POTENTILLA COLLINA Wibel, Prim. F]. Werth., 267. 1799.

This is another species that has been collected in the country

at least once, viz., by J. M. Holzinger (no. 30) at Winona, Minn.,”
in 1887. It differs from P. argentea, which it most resembles, by —
its prostrate or spreading habit, less white-tomentose leaves, which
have broader lobes, and ie not revolute eee oe

10

+

The 7ormentillae are a small group, characterized by the more or
less spreading, prostrate or creeping stem and long-pedicelled, ax-
illary flowers. The original Zormentillae have 4-merous flowers,
but sometimes, however, they are 5-merous, and other species that
have regularly 5-merous flowers have no other character which
would warrant the division into two. groups, much less into two
genera. The group is mainly European, only one species being
a native of North America, viz.:

POTENTILLA CANADENSIS L. Sp. Pl. 498. 1753.

It is a very variable plant, and several species have been pro-
posed. What I take as the original ?. Canadensis is a less Juxu-
riant form of what has generally been known as P. Canadensis sim-
plea (Michx.) T. & G. (P. simplex Michx.), not that small, simple,
more hairy form, only a few inches high, that grows in poor dry soil,
which is

POTENTILLA CANADENSIS PUMILA (Poir.) T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1:
443. 1840.

Potentilla pumila Poir. in Lam. Enc. Meth. 5: 594. 1804.

P. Canadensis is common from Maine and North Carolina to
Indian Territory and Minnesota. I have seen one specimen col-

lected in Nevada, but this was undoubtedly introduced. The variety
has about the same range, but is rarer.

POTENTILLA REPTANS L. Sp. PI. 499. 1753. -

This European species has been collected by Martindale in
1876 on ballast in New Jersey. It differs from P. Canadensis in
the creeping and rooting stem, smaller leaves and large, ovate or
elliptical bractlets, which exceed the sepals.

POTENTILLA NEMORALIS Nestler, Mon. Pot. 28 and 65. 1816.

Tormentilla reptans L. Sp. Pl. 500. 1753. Not Pote.tilla
reptans L..

Also a European species which has been collected in Labrador.
It differs from P. Canadensis in the 4-merous flowers and in the
leaves, which are all, except the basal ones, ternate.

Haematochri. The dark purple- or dark red-flowered species.
of Potentilla constitute a very natural group, which consist of the _

11

Mexican species: P. Lhrenbergiana, Haematochrus, fusca, and com-
arwides,a few Indian species, as for instance P. Nepatensis and
P. atosanguinea, and two species of the Southwestern United
States, viz. :

POTENTILLA THURBERI A. Gray, Mem. Am. Acad. (II) 5: 318.

1854.

As described by Gray and Lehmann, P. 7hurberi should be per-
fectly green and only slightly hairy. Such specimens have been
collected as follows:

New Mexico: Thurber, no. 1107, 1851; Dr. Henry, 1854; Dr.
Bigelow (Mex. Bound. Surv.), no. 347, 1851; E. L. Greene, 1880;
E. Palmer, 1869. Arizona: Lemmon, 1881; C.G. Pringle, 1884;
Wooton, 1895.

More than half of the specimens in our collections that are
labelled P. Thurberi do not agree with the original description, and
I take them to represent an undescribed species :

V POTENTILLA ATRORUBENS.

Potentilla Thurberi Rothrock, Wheeler Surv. 4: 113. (mainly.)
1878.

Stem 4-7 dm. high, finely pubescent and with scattered long
villous spreading or reflexed hairs; stipules ovate or lanceolate,
1-2 cm. long, often toothed ; basal and lower stem-leaves long-
petioled, digitately 5—7-foliolate, glabrous or slightly silky above,
silky and white-tomentose beneath; leaflets obovate to oblance-
olate, coarsely serrate; stem-leaves sessile, 3—5-foliolate; cyme
Open and branched; flowers about 15 mm. in diameter; calyx
silky-villous and finely pubescent, about 1 cm.in diameter; bract- _
lets lanceolate, often equalling the lanceolate-triangular, more or >

less acuminate sepals; petals dark reddish purple, very broadly 2

obcordate, exceeding the sepals; stamens 20. (Plate 288.) v

This species much resembles ?. 7iurberi,from which it has not _ &

been distinguished. {t differs, however, in several characters that
seem to be fairly constant, viz., the tomentum on the lower surface
of the leaves, the much sharper dentation, the long silky spread- |
ing or reflexed hairs of the stem and calyx, and generally more ae
acuminate sepals. [From the Mexican P. fusca and P. comarioides
it differs in the leaflets, which are serrate to the very base. Itseems —
to be more common than P. 7hurberi and has about the same range. —
_ Arizona: Rothrock, no. 399, 1874; C. G. Pringle, no. 305,
1881; 1884; no. 1,578, 1887; M.E. Jones, 1884; J. G. Lemmon,

12

Go, 2699, 1882; 1892; E. A. Mearns, no. 50,.1887 ; T. E. Wilcox.
1893. New Mexico: H.H. Rusby, no. 128, 1881.

The -Argentinae are a natural group, perhaps worth generic rank.
The plant is propagated by true runners as in /vagaria. The
style is lateral as in that genus and the achene large with thick
corky shell. These characters are not found in any other species
of Potentilla, at least not in America. All the species belonging here
have pinnate leaves more or less white silky, at least beneath, The

species of the group are P. anserinoides of New Zealand and the
following:

PoTENTILLA ANSERINA L. Sp. Pl. 495. 1753.

This well known species is found in the colder part of the
north temperate and the arctic zones of both hemispheres, ex-
tending in North America as far south as New Jersey and Ne-
braska, and in the mountains to New Mexico. The following
varieties may be distinguished :

PoreNTILLA ANSERINA GRANDIS Torr & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 444.
1840.

A luxuriant form growing among grass, with larger, erect or
ascending leaves, sometimes one foot long. It is common on
the Pacific coast from California to Alaska, but also collected in
‘Montana, Newfoundland and Greenland.

POTENTILLA ANSERINA CONCOLOR Ser. in DC. Prod. 2: 582. 1825.

It differs from the species in the leaves, which are silky white
on both the upper and lower surfaces. In America it is confined
to the Rocky Mountain Region from Mackenzie River to New
Mexico, California and Alaska.

PoTENTILLA Ecepi Wormsk. Fi. Dan. g: fase. 27. 5.
Potentilla Anservina Egedii Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 444.
1840.

Potentilla Anserina Groenlandica Tratt. Ros. Mon. 4: no. +13.
1824.

I think that this is a good species, differing from P. Anseria
in the delicate habit, the deeper and more open incisions of the leaf-
lets and the scant pubescence... In the specimens examined by me ©
: the achenes were also different in shape. In P. Lgedi they were

13

decidedly lenticular, while in P. Anserina the upper end is thicker
and rounded-triangular in cross-section.

P. Egedi is an arctic species, found from Greenland to Alaska,
and extending southward on the coasts to Maine and Oregon.

The /ruticosae differ from the other groups of North American
Potentillae in the following respects: The style is lateral, ovule
ascending, achene hairy and the plant more or less shrubby. The
American species are:

POTENTILLA FRUTICOSA L, Sp. Pl. 495. 1753.

This is a native of the north temperate zone, extending in
America from Labrador to Alaska south to New Jersey and Colo-
rado. . In mountain regions the leaflets are narrower with revolute
Margins, and this form represents P. floribunda Pursh, P. fruti-
cosa tenuifolia Lehm. The extreme is reached by the form col-
lected by Watson during the King’s expedition and described as.
P. fruticosa parvifolia Nats. It has nearly linear leaflets and
smaller long-pedicelled flowers.

POTENTILLA TRIDENTATA Soland.; Ait. Hort. Kew. 2: 216. 1789.

P, retusa Retz. is generally cited as a synonym of P. tridentata
and is much older, but P. retusa is described as having yellow flow-
ers, and in the figure of it in Flora Danica the petals are also yel-
low, while in P. tridentata, as is well known, they are white. If
made from a specimen of -P. tridentata it is, indeed, a very poor
one, as it resembles Siééaldia procumbens more than P. tridentata.
It can, however, not represent that species, as the petals exceed
the sepals. What P. retusa was, or is, is still a secret. ’

P. tndentata extends from Greenland to the mountains of N orth. :
Carolina and westward to Minnesota.

Biflorae. This contains only one species, placed by Lehmann
with P. fruticosa, P. tridentata and their allies. The style is, how-
€ver, nearly terminal, and the achenes not hairy. It resembles the
Fruticosae i in the thickish leaves, whose margins are entire, and the:
non-emarginate petals. The receptacle has also very long hairs.

POTENTILLA BIFLORA Willd.; Schlecht. Mag. Gesel. Nat. Fe
Berlin, 7: 297. 1813.. ie

It is a native of northeastern Asia, Alaska and the arctic coast —

of North America, but a rather rare plant. . sie

14

Studies in the Leguminosae.—ll.

By ANNA Murray VAIL,
os

NOTES ON PAROSELA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF
NEW SPECIES.

PAROSELA ARIZONICA N. sp.

Suffruticose, 1.5—2 dm. high, branched from the base, strongly
aromatic-glandular throughout, minutely cinereous-pubescent
below, glabrous above; stipules minute; basal leaves on the short,
old? shoots 1 cm. long or less, grayish-green, cinereous, becoming -
glabrate? the leaflets 5-9, linear, strongly involute, 2-3 mm. long,
obtuse, beset with scattered glands; upper leaves 2—4 cm. long,
yellowish-green, glabrous or nearly so, the rhachis channeled, at
length falcate, leaflets 9-21, involute, 3-6 mm. long, linear, bright
yellow-green, thick and coriaceous, glandular, falcate, somewhat
reflexed; peduncles terminal, 1-3 cm. long; heads subglobose,.
6-10 mm. long; bracts 2-3 mm. long, broadly ovate, acnte, some-.
what scarious, minutely pubescent, the outer ones obtuse at the
base, the inner ones unguiculate, bearded on the back of the claw;
calyx slightly less than 3 mm. long, membranous, contracted at
the mouth, teeth minute, acute; corolla white, very small; pod
2-5 mm. long, obliquely ovoid; seed 2 mm. long, obtuse at the
hilum, pale yellow.

A species remarkable for its numerous, low, erect branches,
bright green upper leaves, and very small heads of white flowers.
The specimens from which this description has been drawn are
preserved in Herb. Columbia University, and were sent to me by
Miss Alice Eastwood, and the label reads, “ Vicinity of Tucson,

Arizona; collected by Herbert Brown, October, 1895.”

PAROSELA THYRSIFLORA (A. Gray).

Dalea thyrsiflora A Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 5: 177. 1861.
Dalea Dominigensis var. paucifolia Coulter, Contr. U. S. Nat.
Herb, No. 2: 34. 1890. : : ‘

PAROSELA GRAYI.

Dalea laevigata A. Gray, P\. Wright. 2: 38. 1853. Not Dalea
laevigata Mog. & Sessé; in Don;-Gen. Syst. 2: 224. 1832. —

15

PAROSELA ELATIOR (A. Gray).

Dalea aurea var. elatior A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 1: 46. 1852.

Datea rubescens S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 369. 1882.

Parosela rubescens A. M. Vail, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 14: 34.
1894.

Intermediate beacon P. aurea and P. nana, The bracts
are narrower and longer than those of either of the above species,
the corolla turns red¥ish-purple and the leaves are usually less
villous.

PaROSELA WISLIZENI (A. Gray) A. M. Vail, Trans. N. Y. Acad.
Sci. 14: 34. 1894.

A little-known species which shows great variation in the
color of the flowers, some of them being lilac, others rose-colored
and others again rose-colored with the standard ochroleucous and
in the latter case closely resembling those of Parosela lasiostachya
(Benth.), which species is glabrous throughout with somewhat
fleshy leaves. P. Wislizeni may not be more than a pubescent
form of the latter species. In Herb. Canby, preserved in Herb.
N. Y. College of Pharmacy, a specimen of P. /astostachya collected
by Parry and Palmer, no. 15, from near San Luis Potosi shows the
characteristic acute leaflets of that species, the upper ones being
faintly silky villous and identical with those of some smoother
forms of P. Wislizent.

PAROSELA WISLIZENI SESSILIS (A. Gray).

Dalea Wislizeni var. sessilis A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 16: 105,
1880, |
A very noteworthy variation. A low shrub with spreading

slender branches and short racemes of showy, rose-colored flowers . a
sessile on the short, lateral branchlets. The general appearance of ae
the plant is that of Parosela formosa (Torrey), and in several in-_ a8
stances has been confounded with it. The leaflets are very small, a
greyish-green, silky-pubescent or rarely glabrate, with small dark — x

glands on the lower surface, and are not at all fleshy. The bracts

are oblong or oblong-lanceolate, caducous, the keel petals are :
remarkable ‘for the two linear-oblong glands i in the form of av ee a

the apex and the dunetoonnes So gentler

- 16

Parosela formosa has numerous short, divaricate branches, very
small, glabrous leaflets, scarious, concave, glabrous, caducous
bracts, eglandulose, bright rose-purple keel petals and a pale yel-
low banner.

PAROSELA JAMESII (Torr.)

Psoralea Jamesii Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. ¥.2: 175. 1828.

Jamesia obovata Rafin. Atl. Journ. 145. 1832.

Dalea Jamesii Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 308. 1838.

Very close to the above species is Parosela triphylla (Pav:) from
northern and southern Mexico. It has longer and more truly de-
cumbent or trailing stems and somewhat narrower leaflets which
are invariably glabrous on the upper surface. P. /Jamesu may be
only a northern form of the Mexican plant. Here also appears to
belong Parosela prostrata (Orteg.), of which I have not seen ee
specimens.

ParoseLa Wricutn (A. Gray).

Dalea Wrightt A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 1: 49. 1852.

Closely resembling P. /amesz, from which it differs in the ap-
parently more erect habit, the five oblong leaflets and the rose-
colored flowers. A closely allied species is P. Lutsana (S. Wats.)
from the north of Mexico (Schaffner, no. 808 ; Parry and Palmer,

no. 164). It is very low (4-6 cm.), with short decumbent stems,

slender leaflets and small capitate racemes of yellow flowers. No.
162, collected by Parry and Palmer;in the same region, appears
to be a very small form of P. Wright and intermediate between
it and P. Luisana. Further collections may prove them to be but
one species,

PAROSELA Fremonti (Torr.) |
Dalea Fremonti Torr.; A. Gray, Mem, Am. Acad. 5: 316.

1855.
The type specimen of D. Fremonti, no. 417, collected by Fre-

mont in the “ Pah-Utah”’ country, southwest California, May 5th,

1844, is preserved in Herb. Columbia University, and includes
many specimens since distributed as Dalea Californica S. Wats.
Proc. Am. Acad. Sci. 11: 132, 1876, the type of which is no.. 86, |
C. C. Parry and J. G. Lemmon, from southern California, 1876; _

17

These two species are so close as to make it doubtful that they are
not the same. The leaves are identical, the greatest difference
being. in the calyx, which in Parosela Californica (S. Wats.) is
smaller, more densely canescent-pubescent and more distinctly
ribbed. Parosela Fremontii is very variable and appears to inter-
grade with the three following species. |

PAROSELA JouNnsoni (S. Wats.)

Datlea Johnsoni S. Wats. Bot. King’s Rep. 5: 64. 1871.
Differing from P. Fremontii mainly in the longer, narrowly
linear leaflets which are only rarely decurrent on the rhachis.

PAROSELA AMOENA (S. Wats.).

Dalea amoena §. Wats. Am. Nat. 7: 300. 1876.

This species was described from some rather fragmentary
Specimens collected by Mrs. E. P. Thompson, near Kanab, south-
ern Utah, and now preserved in Herb. Gray. Some similar speci-
mens were collected in Utah by Captain Bishop in 1872, and are to
be seen in U. S, Nat. Herb. at Washington. The leaflets vary
from very acute to rather broadly obtuse, the three terminal ones
often cohering and appearing as if variously lobed. The most
marked characters are the slender, linear calyx-teeth, which are as
long, or nearly as long, as the tube.

PAROSELA WHEELERI N. Sp.

Apparently a low shrub; branchlets short, beset with small,
scattered, elevated, prickle-like glands; leaves 3—7-foliolate, 1-2.5
em. long, the rhachis flattish, strigose-hirsute; petioles 3-10
mm. long; leaflets 5-10 mm. long, 2-6 mm. wide, oblong to
oblong-ovate, oblong-cuneate, spatulate or ovate, strigose-
hirsute on both surfaces, less so above, glands small, scattered —
beneath, the terminal leaflet usually petiolulate, or rarely coher-
ing with one of the lateral ones; flowers in short (2-4 cm. (?)
long), few-flowered racemes; bracts not seen; calyx 5-7 mm.
long, obscurely 10-ribbed, with oblong glands between the ribs,
sparingly hirsute, at length glabrous, the subulate teeth ciliate,
much enlarged in fruit, about the length of the tube; corolla

bluish or reddish purple; legume I cm. or more long, obliquely — a

oblong, glabrous or with a few scattered hairs, beset with large
glands, nearly straight on the dorsal, rounded along the ventral
suture, beaked by the stout base of the style; seed oblong, acut-

ish at the base, brown. 3 ee ee ee

18

This description has been drawn from a few fragments belong-
ing to what appears to be a low shrub with straw-colored bark and
short, almost fascicled branchlets. I have not seen any spines:
but the apex of the peduncle seems to indicate a spinescent termi-
nation.

Original locality, Nevada, Wheeler expedition, 1872. Type in
Herb. Columbia College and U. S. Nat. Herb.

PAROSELA THOMPSONAE 0. sp.

Apparently alow shrub: branchlets short? clothed witha short,
close, whitish, retrorse pubescence or tomentum and beset with
scattered, somewhat elevated reddish glands, becoming glabrate
with age; stipules caducous, not seen; petioles 3-5 mm. long,
leaves about 1.5 cm. long, 5-7 or more foliolate; leaflets about 2
mm. long, oblong, obtuse, acutish at the base, somewhat thick,
minutely strigose-hirsute on both surfaces, margins revolute, with
a few dark glands beneath ; racemes 3-4 cm. long, loosely-flowered,
short-peduncled; bracts not seen, caducous; calyx 4 mm. long,
glabrous, conspicuously 10-ribbed, with 1-3 round or oblong red
glands between each rib below the sinus, the broadly triangular
teeth ciliate, pubescent on the inner surface, shorter than the tube;
corolla rose-purple, twice as long as the calyx, the petals with a
few slender glands near the apex; legume and seeds not seen.

A species with the calyx allied to that of Parosela maritima
(Brandegee) from Lower California, but differing in the broad,
ciliate, acutish or obtuse, short calyx-teeth and the very symmetri-
.cal arrangement of the reddish glands on the ribs of the calyx-
tube. The space between the two upper ribs is eglandulose, the
next two spaces on either side have two glands eac
the other, the remaining spaces having one glar
very fragmentary sehen examined, this va:
acter, oT

Original locality, Northern Adtiiontt

Type collected by Mrs. Thompson, 1872.

Dalea amoena in part, in U. S. Nat. Herbarium.

19

Notes on some undescribed and little known Plants of the
Alabama Flora.

By CHARLEs Monr.
(PLATES 289-291).
’ SAGITTARIA VISCOSA Nn. sp.

Monoecious, scape slender, erect, over two feet long, exceeding
the leaves, sparingly branched from the lowest verticil ; leaves mem-
branaceous, smooth, broadly ovate, rounded towards the slightly
apiculate apex ; lamina 6/—7’ wide, 12/-14’ long, deeply sagittate,
the broad lobes acute, 6’ long, at first gradually, finally widely
_ Spreading; panicle slender, main branch 12/—1 3’ long, the branches
about half its length; bracts coriaceous, papillose, rugose, viscid,
free at the base, oblong-ovate, obtuse; verticils on the main
‘stem 8-10, distant, with 2-3, rarely more flowers borne on slen-
der, rigid, erect, spreading pedicels, about 1’ long, those of the 3-4
fertile verticils little shorter ; sepals thick, and like the bracts
papillose, glutinous, ovate, lanceolate ; stamens numerous (20-25),
i long, filament two-thirds longer than the anther, scarcely at-
tenuate and strongly villous towards the base; immature achenes
with a slender erect beak, narrowly winged; flowers large, fully 34’
across. (Plate 289.)

Deep muddy borders of marsh on the Mobile river, May 28,
1896. Ona second visit to the same locality to collect specimens
with the rhizome and mature fruit the plants were destroyed by
the clearing and partial drainage of the front of the marsh.

At oncé recognized from its allies of the same group, by the thin ;
leaves, papillose viscid bracts and sepals. Type in herbarium of
the Geological Survey of Alabama.

/ SAGITTARIA Monat J. G. Smith. | a

‘‘ Leaves lanceolate-linear, long attenuate to the acute apex,

_ tapering gradually to the slender ascending petiole, 15’-20’ long
by 36’-14' wide; scape, with 6-8 verticils shorter than the leaves,

‘simple, triquetrous, weak, declining and decumbent after flowering,

frequently ripening the fruit under water; the inflorescence nar-

Towly pyramidal, bracts 34/-14’ long, connected in the middle,

fertile pedicels spreading, somewhat longer than the sterile in 3-4
Verticils, 34/54’ long ; sepals oblong, obtuse, ;/’- 18’ long, stamens _
9-12, anthers broadly elliptical; achenes crenulately cre ed,
broadly winged, the broad margins laterally unicostate or narrowly — on
‘Winged ; fruiting head globose, %{’—;’ in diameter. (Plate Je oe

20

‘Partially submerged aquatic, frequently growing in tufts at
the nodes of long horizontal stolons.’

Muddy shallow ponds near the western suburbs of Mobile city,.
August 18, 1895. Type in herbarium of ths Geological Survey
of Alabama.

In specimens from a partially dried up, shallow pool the leaves. —

are very narrowly linear or the blades entirely wanting and reduced.
to rigid, triangular phyllodia, August, 1896.

~ SAGITTARIA LONGIROSTRA AUSTRALIS J. G. Smith.

Plant 2 dm. high, the scape 4 dm.; leaves ovate-elliptical, ob-
tuse, 8-10 cm. long, the basal lobes obtuse; fertile pedicels 10-13
mm. long, exceeding the bracts; achenium 3-334 mm. long.
(Plate 291).

Collected by Dr. Charles Mohr, Cullman, Alabama, August 4,.

1896. Type in Herb. Missouri Botanical Garden.

v SAGITTARIA CYCLOPTERA (J. G. Smith.)

Sagittana graminea cycloptera J. G. Smith, Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot,
Gard. 6: 1894.

Lower pine region. In sandy shallow pine barren ponds..
Mobile and Washington county, May—June.

v SAGITTARIA CHapmanli (‘J. G. Smith.) |

Sagittaria graminea Chapmani J. G. Smith, 1. c. 1894.

Coast plain. Muddy ditches, borders of marshes and ponds.
Mobile. April and again in the fall.

By observations in the field made through the past two seasons
the superficial characters of these plants, widely differing in their
aspects from the type to which they were referred, have been.
found perfectly stable and no intermediate forms connecting them.
with the typical form or with each other, could be found.

Sacrrrarta Monrevipensis Cham. & Schlecht. Linnaea, 2: 156..
1827.

Deep grassy marshes and banks of Mobile river, August, pene

Frequent. During the season just passed this stately plant
was found in the western suburbs of Mobile in deep ditches, some.
distance from the Mobile river. It has become naturalized and i is:
most probably adventive from the La Plata ComnRTy

*

21

Manisuris CoRRUGATA (Bald.)
Rottboellia corrugata Baldwin, Am. Journ. Sci. 1: 355. 1819.
MANISURIS CORRUGATA AREOLATA (Hackel).
Rottboellia corrugata var. areolata Hackel in DC. Mon. Phan.
6: 309. 1889.
v ANDROPOGON GLOMERATUS HIRSUTIOR (Hackel).
Andropogon macrourus var. hirsutior Hackel, |. c. 6: 488. 18869.

ANDROPOGON GLOMERATUS GLAUCOPSIS ( Elliott).
Andropogon macrourus glaucopsis Ell. Sk. 1: 180. 1817.

CuRYSOPOGON ELLIOTTII.

Andropogon nutans Elliott, Sk. 1: 144. 1816. Not L.

To this species is referred the plant with the longer branches
of the loose panicle more or less drooping, and the fertile glumes
of a darker brown, covered with long silky hairs. It is. close to C.
avenaceum, but by the above characters clearly distinct.

CHRYSPOGON NUTANS LINNEANUs (Hackel).
Sorghum nutans Linneanum Hackel, in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2: Part
eae 188%,
Readily recognized by the weak decumbent stem, contracted
panicle, with the caducous spikelets scattered, and the fertile
glume of deep dark brown, with a stouter and much longer awn.
Confined to the coast region and preferring a closer soil.

PASPALUM RACEMULOSUM Nutt.; Chap. Fl. 571. 1860.
Paspalum racemosum Nutt. Fras. Am. Phil. Soc. 5: 145. 1837-
Not Lam., fide T. H. Kearney. | 3
Dry pine barrens, Mobile.
PASPALUM GLABRATUM (Engelm.)
Paspalum Floridanum var. glabratum Engelm.; Vasey, Contrib.
U.S. Nat. Herb. 3: 20. 1892. *

Smooth and glaucous throughout, of a lower and more slender : a

growth, scarcely over 214° high from a strong, horizontal,somewhat —
jointed rootstock, leaves shorter than the culm, ¢ ‘12! long by

114"-2" wide, long-acuminate, sheaths shorter than the Joints; :
ligule chartaceous, obtuse; panicle of 4-6 erect, spreading, short, *
stalked, more or less distant spikes; spikelets smaller than in

22

Floridanum, mostly in two rows on the narrow, very flexuous rha-
chis. The essential characters are to all appearances permanent.
The species is less frequent than P. //oridanum and prefers a wet to
damp sandy soil. Mobile, Washington Co., Yellow Pine.

FIMBRISTYLIS PUBERULA (Michx.) Vahl, Enum. 2: 280. 1806,

Scurpus puberulus Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 31. 1803.

Scirpus ferrugineus Elliott, Sk. 1: 85. 1817.

Fimbristylis spadicea var. puberula Chap. Fl. 522. 1860.

Found under widely differing conditions of soil, in the salty
marshes on the sea shore as well as in the dry pine barren of the
coast region farther inland, and without the slightest deviation in
its characters from those described by Michaux.

Salt marshes, Dauphin Island, Mobile Co., flat pine barrens,
Fowl river, April-May.

STENOPHYLLUS CAPILLARIS (L.) Britt. Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 30. 1894.
In part.

Scirpus capillarnis L. Sp. Pl. 49. 1753.

Fimbnstylis capillaris Gray, Man. 530. In part? 1848. |

Caespitosely tufted, low; stems filiform, weak; leaves capillary,
soft; sheaths bearded at the throat; spikelets scarcely more than
2 or 3 in a cluster, sessile, shorter or longer stalked; bracts very
‘short.

Mountain region, Clay Co., Che-aw-haw mountain. Never ob-
served in the low country. Appears to be of a more northern
distribution, and southward is confined to the mountains.

STENOPHYLLUS CILIATIFOLIUS (Elliott).

Scirpus ciliatifolius Ei. Sk. 1: 82. 1816.

Lsolepis citiatifolhus Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 3: 352. 1836.

A stouter plant than the above, growing in single tufts; stems
rigid, almost setaceous, exceeding the leaves in length; leaves
somewhat stiff, acute, sheath loosely covered with long silky hairs;
spikelets in many-rayed, compound umbels, the rays little shorter
than the bracts. Flowers and achenes as in S. cafillaris, of which
it might be more properly regarded as a strongly marked variety,
at once distinguished by its more robust habit, the rigid stems and —

23

leaves, and by the inflorescence, and as Elliott remarks, resemb-
ling somewhat Fiméristylis autumnalis in appearance and size.

Coastplain, dry sandy places, common; September—October.
Coast of South Carolina, Florida and Texas.

LIMODORUM MULTIFLORUM (Lindl.)

Calopogon multiforus Lindl. Gen. & Sp. Orch. 425. 1835.
Coastplain. Flat damp pine barrens. Mobile. Rare. April.

LimoporvuM PALLIDUM (Chapm.)

Calopogon pallidus Chapm. FI. 457. - 1860.
Lower Pine Belt. Boggy Pine Barrens. Mobile. May-June.

Roripa WALTER! (Elliott).

Sisymbrium tanacetifolium Walt. Fl. Car. 174. 1788. Not L,
Sisymbrium Walteri Elliott, Sk. 2: 146. 1824.

Nasturtium tanacetifolium Hook. & Arn. Jour. Bot. 1: 190. 1835.
Cultivated and waste ground. Mobile. February—March.

SARRACENIA FLAVA CATESBAEI (Elliott).

Sarracenia Catesbaci Elliott, Sk. 2: 11. 1824. *

Near the type, differs in habit of growth and range of distri-
bution. Leaves rarely over 12’ long, with a very narrow wing,
erect hood, dark purple veined, the lamina covered with a fine
silky pubescence. Apparently confined to the mountains of South
Carolina and Alabama.

Alabama, De Kalb Co., Lookout Mountain, bank of Little
river, about 1700 feet.

CAKILE MARITIMA GENICULATA Robinson, in Gray, Syte PIN, AL Pee
132. 1895.

Cakile maritima var aequalis Coult. Bot. W. Tex. 22. 1861,

Not Chapm.
Specimens from the seashore of Alabama and distributed as
Cakile mantima var aequalis Chapm. have to be referred to this
variety. The prostrate racemes are 8’—10’ long, strongly geniculate.
In the Alabama specimens the second joint of the ribbed pace) ust

acuminate and rather acute.

24

EuPHORBIA PILULIFERA DISCOLOR Engelm. in Torr. Bot. Mex.
= Bound. Surv. 188. 1859.

In our specimens the close, cymulose clusters are on peduncles
14’_38’ long, with hairy involucre, and small appendages, seeds
minute, acute, angled, faintly pitted.

_ Adventive, with ballast and during the past years widely dif-
fused over cultivated grounds in the vicinity of Mobile, becoming
a troublesome weed. Stem 8/10’ high, erect or assurgent, the
plant purplish.

ASCYRUM MULTICAULE Michx. F]. Bor. Am. 2: 77. 1803.

Ascyrum Crux-Andreae L. Sp. Pl. 788. 1753.(?) and of most
American authors. a

Considering the confusion existing in the nomenclature of As-
eyrum Crux-Andreae and A. hypertcoides, and the obscurity sur-
rounding the Linnaean species, Michaux’s name as the next avail-
able has been taken for this species; it comprises the northern
forms and those extending southward. which are identical with

them. Common throughout the State in various forms difficult to
define.

Ascyrum uypericores L, Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 1108. 1764. Hemsl. Bot.

Centr. Am. 1: 82. 1879-88; and also Coult.; in Bot. Gaz. 11:
80. 1886. oy:

Ascyrum Crux-Andreae var. angustifolium Nutt. Gen. 2: 16.
1818. : :

Ascyrum Crux-Andreae of all southern authors (Coulter 1. c.).
Coast plain. Damp sandy pine barrens, not infrequent.

HYPERICUM ASPALATHOIDES Willd. Sp. Pl. 3: 1451. 1803.

Hypericum fasciculatum var. aspalathoides Chapm. FI. 40.
1860.

Clearly distinct by permanent characters.

Lower pine region and coast plain. Shallow, pine barren
ponds, Mobile. September—October. Frequent.

XOLISMA LIGUSTRINA FOLIOSIFLORA (Michx.)

Andromeda paniculata foliosifiora Michx. FI: Bor. Am. 1: 25 g:
1803. . Se Se th

/

25

Andromeda frondosa Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 295. 1814.

Andromeda ligustrina var. pubescens Gray, Syn. Fl. N.A.2: Part
1, 33. .1878.

The extreme form from the Atlantic coast and Gulf region
has a decidedly different aspect from the typical form, and is dis-
tinguished by the. dense panicles with stout pedicelled flowers, 3
or 4 from the same bud, and also by its pubescence. It is inti-
mately connected with the type by intergrading forms frequently
met with farther north, and can only take varietal rank.

Coast plain, damp borders of pine barren streams, Mobile.
May. Frequent.

GAYLUSSACIA TOMENTOSA (Pursh.) Chapm.

Vaccinium tomentosum Pursh ; Gray, Syn. Fl. N. A. 2: Part
1,19. 1818,

Gaylussacia frondosa var. tomentosa Gray, Syn. Fl. N. A. 1. c.

Low, ‘slender shrub, 1°—2° high.

Alabama, ‘‘ Metamorphic Hills” and lower pine region.

Auburn, Underwood & Earle. Altitude 860 ft. Mobile,
Springhill. Altitude 220 ft. April. Rare.

v VACCINIUM STAMINEUM MELANOCARPUM n. var. Southern Goose-
berry.

Shrub 2°-3° high, branched from near the base; leaves
oblong-lanceolate, 2/—4’ long, 34’-1' wide, like the branch-—
lets smoothish or pubescent; racemes elongated, 2’-244’ long,
loosely 4-8 flowered; pedicels slender, drooping from the axils
of persistent ovate-oblong bracts; berries nearly double the size
of the typical form, fully 36’ in diameter, shining black with a
Juicy, deep purple pulp, palatable, sweetish, with a slightly tart,
pleasant flavor.

Mountain region. Rocky shaded hills. Frequent in the cen-

tral and northern part of the State.

STEIRONEMA INTERMEDIUM Kearney, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21: 26.
pl. 209. 1894. .

First collected on the summit of Alpine mountain, Talladega
county, growing abundantly between bare rocks of sandstone near
the signal station, alt., 1800 ft. September 20, 1893, past flow-
ering and with matured capsules. During the past season on the

26

Blue Ridge or Talladega. mountain,.Clay county, at the rocky
summit of Che-aw-haw mountain, alt., 2400 ft., and in rocky woods
of the Delta divide, alt., 1700 ft., in full bloom, July.

SABBATIA DODECANDRA STRICTA Gray.
Sabbatia chloroides var. stricta Gray, Syn. Fl. N. A. 2: Part 1,
LAS: 3678. :

Littoral region, Baldwin county, near Perdido Bay. Brackish
swamps, July. -

' TpoMOEA BARBIGERA (G. Don) Sweet. Fl. Gard. p/. 86. 1818.

Pharbites barbigera G. Don, Gen. Syst. 4: 262. 1838.

Matches the illustration by Sweet in every detail excepting
the inflorescence. Peduncles frequently 2, rarely more than 3-
flowered. This most vigorous and rapidly growing climber has
been. strangely overlooked by our botanists. With the fleshy
stem frequently from 1{’—14’ thick, climbing over bush and tree,
this plant is one of the most injurious of the bindweeds infest-
ing the gardens and fields in the lower belt of the. Carolinian

and in the Louisianian zone of Alabama and Mississippi. The _ |

flowers are azure, white in the throat. June-September. Com-
mon from the mountains to the coast.
Type locality. North America.

SCUTELLARIA INCANA PUNCTATA (Chapm.)

Scutellaria canescens var. punctata Chapm. Fl, 323. 1860.

Mountain region to coast pine belt. Blount Co., Cullmam
Co., alt., 600 ft.

SOLANUM HirsuTUM (Vahl) Dunal, Solan. 158. 1813.
Solanum nigrum var. hirsutum Vahl, 2: 40. 1790-94. £
Adventive from the Mediterranean countries of the old world. —

Common ballast plant. Naturalized on the coast. Mobile, border —
of swamps. June—October. ;

MICRANTHEMUM ORBICULATUM EMARGINATUM (Elliott).
Micranthemum emargiatum E\l. Sk. 1: 18. 1817.

Distinct from the typical form by the habit of growth and hab-
itat.. The stem is 4-6 inches long, submersed and floating in —

27

clear brooks, singly or a few from the same root; and never found,
in dense patches covering muddy banks or on the miry borders of
pools; leaves almost orbicular, slightly emarginate, 14’-34’ wide,
more distant, and the flowers smaller than in the type.

Baldwin Co., Ga., Elliott; Louisiana, Hale.

VIBURNUM NITIDUM Ait. Hort. Kew. 1: 371. 1789.

Viburnum nudum var. angustifolinm T. & G. Fl. N. A. 2: 14.
1841. et ee

Slender shrub 12°-15° high; differs from V. nudum by its
weak, reclining stem and drooping branches, the smooth, oblong-
lanceolate, acute or acuminate entire or obscurely crenulate leaves,
the quadrangular, sparingly scurfy branches, and the slightly acute
berries.

Coast region. Borders of sandy swamps, along pine barren
Streams. Mobile. Frequent with V. nudum. April.

OLDENLANDIA LITTORALIS N. Sp.

Hedyotis glomerata Elliott ; T. & G. Fl. N. A.2: 42. In part.
1841.

Oldenlandia glomerata Michx.; Gray, Syn. Fl. N. A. 1: Part
2,47. In.part. 1884. Chapm. Fl. 181. In part. 1860.

Perennial from a siender, somewhat ligneous root; stem erect
or slightly decumbent at the base, 8’-20’ high, simple or with
a few spreading branches, smooth or slightly hirsute, terete ;
leaves rather stiff-lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, sessile, glabrous,
roughish on the midrib and margin, %4’—%4’ wide, 34’-54’ long;
flowers in sessile or subsessile axillary and terminal clusters ;

calyx-lobes broadly triangular, as long or shorter than the smooth a

or hirsute capsule; corolla pale blue (pearl blue); seeds minute,
roundish, strongly angulate and reticulate under a lens.

Distinct from O. uniflora, with which it has been confounded,
and distinguished from it by the erect columnar stem, narrower,
sessile leaves and less foliaceous calyx-lobes.

Coast plain. Borders fresh or brackish ponds; most abund~
ant on the saline flats exposed to occasional overflow by the tide.

Mobile, August—October. *

EuPATORIUM HYSSOPIFOLIUM ANGUSTISSIMUM N. Var.
Glabrate ; leaves opposite, fasciculate in the axils, crowded on

28.

the short internodes, narrowly linear to filiform, rigid, scarcely +,
wide, acute, deeply resinous-punctate, the margins revolute ;
branches alternate ; upper leaves reduced to subulate bracts ; in-
florescence, involucral bracts, and achenium as in the typical form.

Upper division of the coast pine belt. Dale Co. Dr. Eugene
A. Smith. August, 18go.

Kouunia Kunnia (Gaertn.)

Critonia Kuhnia Gaert. Fr. & Sem. 2: 411. 1788-91.

Kuhnia Critonia Willd. Sp. Pl. 3: 1773. 1804.

Kuhnia paniculata Cass, Dict. 24: 516. 1821.

Kuhnia eupatorioides var. gracilis T. & G. Fl.N. A. 2: 78. 1840.

Dry pine barrens. Springhill. September-October. Fre-
quent.

CHONDROPHORA VIRGATA (Nutt.)

Chrysocoma virgata Nutt. Gen. 2: 137. 1818.

Bigelovia nudata var virgata T. & G. FL. N. A. @: 232. 1841.

Chondrophora nudata virgata Britt. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 5:
317. 1894.

Allied to C. nudata by the inflorescence and other floral charac-
ters, but widely differing in the habit of growth, habitat, distri-
bution and foliage.

The stout sprouts of the multicipitate rootstock are covered
with the soft, filiform leaves, forming dense tufts; leaves of the
flowering stalk filiform, 1’-114’ long, more or less distant. In the
specimens from Alabama and others from western Louisiana no
tendency towards the development of a wider leaf blade could be
observed ; on a specimen from western Texas a few linear-spatu-
late leaves were found, scarcely 1’ wide. 4

Mountain region. Rocky banks of Little River on Lookout
Mountain, DeKalb Co. altitude 1,600 ft. September. Texas,
western Louisiana.

New Species of Fungi imperfecti from Alabama.

By PF. 5, BASLE:

During the past year Dr. Underwood and I have been
preparing a preliminary list of the fungi of Alabama, which it is _

29

hoped to publish at an early day, as a bulletin of the Alabama
Experiment Station. During the course of the work a number
of species have been found that seem to be undescribed. As the
Experiment Station Bulletins do not have a sufficiently wide cir-
culation among botanists to justify their use as a medium for pub-
lishing new species, I give below descriptions of some Fungi
Imperfecti which appear to be new. Type specimens* are de-
posited in the herbaria of the Alabama Polytechnic Institute,
the Agricultural Department at Washington, Harvard Univer-
sity, Columbia University and in the private herbarium of the ,
writer. A number of other seemingly new species have been de-
tected, but publication is withheld for the present for lack of
sufficient material, or for further study.

COLLETOTRICHUM JUSSIAEAE N. sp.

On orbicular, yellowish-white, arid, purple-bordered spots,
2-10 mm. in diameter; acervuli scattered, not erumpent, small,
about 100 p43 setae few, brown, transparent, occasionally septate,
obtuse, mostly straight, from a somewhat enlarged base, about
70—-100x6-8 [ss :

On living leaves of /usstaea decurrens, Auburn, Ala., August

27, 1891. G. F. Atkinson.

CYLINDROSPORIUM CELTIDIS n. sp.

Spots small, yellowish, indefinite and. indistinct ; acervuli hypo-
phyllous, scattered, often only one on a spot, yellowish brown;
Spores cylindric or clavate, guttate, at length obscurely several
Septate, 20-25x3 yu.

On living leaves of Celtis Mississippiensis, Montgomery, Ala.
November 10, 1891. G. F. Atkinson. ‘
_ This somewhat closely resembles Cylindrosporium ulmicolum
E. &. E.,on Ulmus, but the spores are only half as long.

DIPLODIA MACROSPORA N. Sp.

Perithecia scattered, large, carbonaceous, buried, ostiole erum-
Pent, elevating and. rupturing the epidermis; spores very long,.
dark fuliginous, irregularly clavate, on short slender hyaline ba- :

*It seems useless among the fungi to attempt to distinguish between types and —
duplicate types. The descriptions have always been drawn from an examination cf
all the available materialand this has been divided into as many “type specimens”
#8 the quantity justified. . ee ee

30

sidia, unequally uniseptate, scarcely constricted, each cell often
biguttate, oozing out and blackening the epidermis, 70-80x6-8 yp.

On old weathered cornstalks (Zea Mays). Auburn, Ala,
Spring of 1896. Underwood & Earle.

This is a very striking species. The long dark. spores can be
distinctly seen with a hand magnifier scattered over the epider-
mis. The gross appearance is much like that of Diplodia Zeae
Lev., but it is easily distinguished by the much larger spores.

HETEROSPORIUM SAMBUCI 0. sp.

Effused, covering considerable areas with a black velvety tomen-
tum; hyphae long, 100-200 yp, dark fuscous, erect, often fascicled,
branching, septate, nodular, bearing spores pleurogenously at the
enlarged nodes; spores oblong, dark fuscous, 3-septate, surface con-
spicuously roughened by minute tubercles, about 20-30x5 p.

On dead and weathered stems of Samébucus, Auburn, Ala»
March 13, 1896. Underwood & Earle.

ISARIOPSIS PILOSA N. sp.

Fascicles, scattered, black, opake, large, 400-600x150-—200
clothed with numerous short fuscous hairs 4-12 » long; spores
very numerous, acrogenous, crowning the fascicles with a penicil-
late bundle, light fuscous, transparent, somewhat curved, 12 or
more septate, about 75x3 p. ;

On the bark of dead twigs of peach, Auburn, Ala., May 25,
1896. L. M. Underwood.

Macropuoma Diospyrt n. sp.

Thickly scattered over large indeterminate areas; perithecia —
buried, elevating the epidermis in prominent pustules, at length
partially erumpent, surrounded by the ruptured epidermis, large,
opening by a distinct ostiolum, dark brown, of soft cellular struc-
ture, reaching 200 »; spores cylindric, sometimes slightly curved,
ends abruptly pointed, faintly tinged with olive when seen in mass, |
contents homogeneous, not guttate nor granular, about 20x3 BS
basidia thread-like, shorter than the spores, forming an agglutin-
ated nebulous central mass. :

On half-grown fallen fruits of Diospyros Virginiana, Auburn,
Ala., July, 1896. Underwood & Earle.
PESTALOZZIA FLAGELLATA n sp.

Epiphyllous on large orbicular or irregular brown spots, bor-
_ dered by a narrow darker brown line; acervuli confined to a defi-

31

nitely limited central pallid area, usually elongate, seeming to
follow the smaller veins, rimosely dehiscent; spores blackening the
epidermis, fusoid, 4-septate, not constricted, 3 central cells dark
fuscous, end cells hyaline, about 16x64; stipe straight, slender,
about equalling the spore, the single seta or flagellum bent at an
abrupt angle, and prolonged nearly twice the length of the spore,
reaching 28 y.

On living leaves of Quercus sp. (rubra ?), Auburn, Ala., August

and September, 1891. B. M. Duggar.

PHYLLOSTICTA VACCINII n. sp.

Epiphyllous on brown irregular indeterminate spots, I cm. or
more in diameter; perithecia scattered, erumpent, of soft texture,
ostiole large, 8-10 / Size variable, 80-12 »; spores large, usually
ovate, with a large (4 4) spherical gutta near the broader end,
about 12x6 ps. i

On living leaves of Vaccinium arboreum, Auburn, Ala., April

25, 1896. Underwood & Earle.

PROSTHEMIUM PALMATUM DN, Sp.

Perithecia scattered over large whitened areas, elongate, hys-
teroid, black, carbonaceous, buried, at length partially erumpent,
Tupturing irregularly, or becoming discoid by the breaking away
of upper portion; spores cylindric, light fuliginous, 1-3 septate,
about 12-15x4 », united at base into bundles of 3 to 6, not stel-
late, but palmate or fascicled ; basidia obsolete.

On rotten wood, Auburn, Ala., March 28, 1896. Underwood
& Earle. . . |

This genus does not seem to have been reported before from
this country. The three known European species agree in the
stellate arrangement of the spores in which they differ widely —
from our species.

SEPTORIA NEGLECTA 0. Sp.

On irregular determinate angular brownish arid spots, from

« mm.-2 cm. or more, usually with a darker border; peri-

thecia epiphyllous, or amphigenous, prominently erumpent, irregu-

arly scattered, 106-120 por More; spores thread-like, continuous,
faintly guttate, 30-40xI-1% p.

On persistent living leaves of Quercus Phellos growing as an

undershrub, quite common, Auburn, Ala., February, March and =
April, 1896. Underwood & Earle. ees Oe ee,

52

SPORONEMA CAMELLIAE n. sp.

Epiphyllous on large white brown-bordered spots or areas, —
2-5 cm. in diameter; perithecia thickly scattered, buried, eleva- —
ting the epidermis, orbicular or somewhat elongate, usually n= 4
mosely dehiscent, occasionally stellate-laciniate, becoming discoid, |
of firm cellular texture, about 200 #7; spores cylindric, ends ob- |
tusely rounded, sometimes curved, usually bi-guttate, 12-18x 4-5
_ basidia short and thick, about equalling the spore, usually simple. |

On living leaves of Camellia Japonica, Auburn, Ala., March
and April, 1896. J, S. Burton. :

The spots resemble very closely those caused by Pestalozau
Guepini Desm.

SPORONEMA ILICIS n. sp.

Epiphyllous on large deadened and whitened areas, usually —
involving the apical portion of the leaf; perithecia often some-
what concentrically arranged, or thickly scattered, large, brown, —
membranous, buried in the epidermis and coming off with it, —
usually somewhat elongate, elevating the epidermis and at length —
cracking it longitudinally or stellately ; spores continuous, elliptic, —
hyaline, on short simple hyaline basidia about 12-15 x 4-6 ps.

On languishing leaves of //exr opaca, Auburn, Ala., Decembert> —
1895 ; January, February and March, 1896. Underwood & Earle.
From a fourth to a half of the leaf is usually dead and con- —
spicuously whitened. The living portion is usually bounded by |
a broad intermediate dark purplish border. The gross appearance —
is much like Phyllosticta opaca E. & E.,N. A. F. 3443, but the |
spores are entirely different. é
ALABAMA POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE, Ausurn, ALA.

Reinke’s Discussions of Lichenology.
By ALBERT SCHNEIDER.
se :
PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS OF A PHYLOGENETIC MorPHOLoGY —
OF LICHENS.* |
Acharius,f the father of lichenology, classified lichens as a dis-
tinct order of plants. This method was not followed by later

* Reinke, J. Einige Voraussetzungen einer phylogenetischen er ee :
Flechten, Pringsheim’s Jahrbiicher, 28: 39-69. 1895. sr
+ Acharius, E. Lichenographia Universalis, Gottingen, 1810.

33

botanists who included these plants sometimes with algae and
sometimes with fungi. Ndageli* placed them with the algae under
the family Lichenaceae, stating that they agree in vegetative
habit with the Stilophoreae and Fucaceae. So-called modern botany
persists in placing lichens with fungi, a procedure which the au-
thor has always considered unnatural and unscientific, because
morphologically lichens resemble green assimilating plants (algae,
etc.) and not fungi. Morphological conformation and habit is in
all cases the expression of the organization of plants as they de-
velop in obedience to the requirements of biological existence.

Sometimes plants that are widely separate as to their habits
show a great similarity of form. Nothing would however be
farther from the truth than to assume that these similarities of
gross appearance were due to identical or similar causes. As an
illustration is cited Clavaria flava and Cladonia uncials. In both
the anatomical conformations secure a maximum of surface-expan-
sion. In the former plant this is for the special purpose of further-
ing reproduction, in the latter for the special purpose.of furthering
assimilation. A few similar illustrations are given, which em-
Phasize the necessity of giving correct physiological interpreta-
tions to the structural conformations.

The author now enters upon a highly theoretical discussion of
classification. A system may be either practical and artificial or
theoretical and natural. Furthermore, the modern natural system
is supposed to be built upon the basis of phylogenesis. The author
has purposely refrained from designating the natural system as
Scientific, since the artificial system is likewise scientific. _

There is no sound basis upon which to build a phylogenetic
system. Paleontology fails us in the consideration of the most
important questions; this is particularly true in the phylogeny of
the thallophytes. Here we are almost entirely dependent, upon
evidence deduced from a study of the comparative morphology of
' existing plants. But what scientific right have we to formulate
conclusions from such comparisons? What evidence have we of
the genetic relationship of plant-types? The emphatic causes
that ontogeny represents phylogenetic development is nothing
Nagel, K. Die neuen ‘Algensysteme, und Versuch zur Begriindung eines

. 4

Signen Systems der Algen-und Florideen, Zitrich, 1847

34

more nor less than a mere thesis which is worshipped by those
whom scruples and doubt do not enthrall, and who, in their san-
guinism, accept that as truth which in their estimation is desirable.
The phylogenetic method of procedure has some scientific value.
as is evidenced from the paleontologic data of general evolution.
It is necessary in all cases to add to these phylogenetic construc-
tions certain hypothetical assumptions so as to form a rationally
appearing chain of evidence. To exclude hypothetical assump-
tions from the domains of science is impossible; they are neces-
sary in botany as well as in physics and chemistry. It is the object
of science to point out what constitutes positive facts and what is
only relatively true or hypothetical. If we ignore this distinction
we become unscientific. As an illustration, may be mentioned
the premature fruit of hyper-Darwinism, which has such a delete-
rious influence in the realms of natural science.

The parts of a plant stand to each other in the relation of a
morphological equilibrium. This equilibrium is more or less labile,
but it may acquire a high degree of stability. Ina given indi-
vidual the greatest morphological lability exists in the embryo.
It tends toward continual change. Among the higher plants (ex.,
a tree), there are as many points of labile equilibrium as there are
meristematic areas. A mature leaf has reached the state of stable
equilibrium ; it changes neither in size or form. Neoformations
may however be induced by special stimuli, producing a state of
temporary lability.

All species are in a state of morphological lability as long as
they are variable. Struggle for existence and other causes finally
produced stability of form. :

At this point the author’s arguments become peculiarly weak
and antiquated. He assumes that the majority of plants and ani-
mals now living have reached.a state of morphological stability.
Many stable forms have gone out of existence because they could
not adapt themselves to the changes in environment. As evi-
dence for the existence of such stability the author states that our ~
most common plants of cultivation have not undergone any ap- |
preciable change within thousands of years. Man is cited to il-
lustrate stability in the animal kingdom. Homer is compared
with moderns to prove that the psychological peculiarities have 4

35

mot undergone any changes within 4,000 years. He concludes
that if man were a labile organism he would have undergone some
appreciable change within that period. Temporary lability may
occur, but there is a continual tendency toward the stable forms,
or an optimum of adaptability. This peculiarly dogmatic argu-
ment has about it a certain cadaveric odor. It is in sharp con-
trast to the author’s usually scientifically rational arguments.

The discussion. of the lichen-thallus is next taken up. Sachs *
maintains that the flatness of the lichen-thallus (foliose) is due to
the direct influence of sunlight (photomorphosis). Reinke points
out that this can not be the cause, since there are numerous lichens
with fruticose thalli. Wherever or in what form the lichen-thallus
occurs, it indicates a special morphological adaptation to favor the
function of assimilation. If light and chlorophyll were the only
factors concerned, then all assimilating organs would have the
Same structure, since constant factors must produce constant
results,

Since lichens. undoubtedly have a polyphyletic origin we have
a striking illustration of the fact that identical morphological
adaptations may be produced in phylogenetically distinct series,
It demonstrates that a plant which is most suitably adapted to its
€nvironment constitutes a stable form, toward which the less per-
fect forms of the series tend. The author concludes that sexuality
is the cause of variation; therefore, lichens which are propagated
by soredia alone must have reached the highest degree of stability.
The phylogenetic development in lichens must have been the re-
sult of reproduction from spores and gonidia. If a lichen in the
Course of its phylogenetic development becomes associated with a
new alga it is changed from a stable form to a labile form. It
May also be possible that one and the same fungus may unite with
different algae (forms of Cora, Sticta, Stictina, and Solarina). This
Subject, however, requires further study. Change of algae has al-
teady been observed by Forssell.¢ According to Bonnier,{

*Sachs, J.

Flora, 78: 21 5-243. 1894.

_ $ Bonnier, G. Germination des Lichens sur les protonémas des — Bats <
a Gen. de Bot. r: 165-169. 1889. < Gi ee

t Forssell, K. B,J. Lichenologische Untersuchungen. Flora, 64: 1-8, 33-46.

36

lichens may-also utilize the protonemas of'various mosses. There
is no doubt that many of the lower lichens will develop to some
extent (in artificial media) without the algae,* but no lichen-fungus:
will develop to maturity in nature. From this we may conclude
that all fungi which have entered into the formation of lichens no
longer exist.

Phylogenetic morphology is inthesately related to classification.
It supplies science with the necessary building material for the
natural system of the future. Conversely systematists in their
various and varied attempts at classification have wereonseloosy
added to our knowledge of phylogenetic morphology.

In a natural system the oldest morphological characters serve
to limit the main divisions; the next oldest limit the families. The
more recently acquired characters serve to define the genera and:
species. It is often difficult to determine what are in reality the old
and newcharacters. In this difficulty lichens prove very interest-
ing because itis to a certain degree possible to determine the relative
ages of the phylogenetically acquired characters. The more recent
characters occur in the thallus; the oldest in ‘the apothecium and
related structures, since these are as old as the lichen plus the age
of the fungal ancestor. Accordingly ‘the main divisions of the
lichen-system should be based upon the characters of the apothecia,
and not upon the thallus-characters. This, however, does not
imply that the apothecia have undergone no variation ; the varia-
tion is even considerable, as becomes evident upon comparing the.
lecanorine type with the lecideine. The same may be said of the
spores. In general, however, the variations in the thallus are much
more considerable and represent the direct characters of adapta-_
tion.

The future system of lichens will also consider the relation of
these plants to their probable fungal ancestors. In the limitation
of the genera it will be necessary to determine whether or not a
given character was transmitted from the fungal ancestor or
_ whether it was newly acquired.

The following is a brief summary of this paper:

*Miller. Ueber die Kultur flechtenbildender Ascomyceten ohne Algen. Miinster- _
1887. ;

37

1. Morphological similarities may be. induced. by wholly dis- .
tinct causes and may serve wholly different ends.

2. The majority of species (both vegetable and animal) are
stable. Temporary lability may be induced artificially or other-
wise. All subsequent changes again tend toward the stable
form.

3. The form of the lichen-thallus indicates a special morpho-
logical adaptation to favor the function of assimilation.

4. The phylogenetic morphological characters of lichens are
of great significance in the formation of a natural system as well
as in the consideration of phylogenesis in general.

5. The more recently acquired characters uf lichens are to be
found in the thallus; the oldest in the apothecial structures.

6. The entire lichen-structure has undergone considerable
change since its phylogenetic history.

New or Noteworthy American Grasses.—V.

By Gro. V. NASH.

Ersanraus Tracy n. sp.

Culms stout, erect, 2-4 m. high, smooth and glabrous, the
nodes upwardly barbed with deciduous silky hairs, about 1 cm.
long; sheaths closely embracing the culm, shorter than the inter-
nodes, smooth, glabrous, except at the apex, where they are pubes-
cent with deciduous, long, silky, appressed hairs; ligule rounded,
about 5 mm. long; leaves 5 dm. long or more, I.5—3 cm. broad, , _
narrowed toward the base, long-acuminate toward the apex,
strongly scabrous on both surfaces, pilose on the upper side toward —

€ base; panicle ‘oblong, 3-5 dm. long, 8-12 cm. wide, cream-_
white, dense, the main axis and branches pubescent with long ap-
Pressed silky hairs, the branches usually in 2’s, much divided, :
ascending or nearly erect, 15 cm. long or less; spikelets lanceo- _
late, 5~6 mm. long, about one-half again as long as the internodes,
yellowish brown, usually marked with red, less than one-half the
length of the involucral hairs; first and second scales firm-mem- —
branous, the former a little the longer, both pubescent with silky
hairs, twice the length of the scales, the first acuminate, faintly
7-nerved at the base, 2-toothed and prominently 2-nerved at the
apex, the two nerves scabrous, the second scale acute, the nerves
ardly discernible; third and fourth scales hyaline, shorter than”
_ the first and second ones, ciliate on the margins, the third acute

38

1-nerved, the fourth narrower, acuminate, 2-toothed, conspicuously
1-nerved, the nerve excurrent as a straight or slightly twisted (not
spiral) awn, 1.5—2 cm. long.

Type collected at Starkville, Miss., on October 1, 1896, by Prof.
S. M. Tracy, in whose honor I take pleasure in naming it. C. L.
Pollard’s no. 1,341, collected at the same locality, in August of the
past year, is the same. Mr. Pollard informs me that it grows on
moist open slopes.

The larger and denser panicle, the longer hairs both on the
outer scales and at the base of the spikelet,and the longer awn,
which is straight or nearly so (not coiled), readily separate it from
E. alopecuroides L. The base of the awnin £. 7racyz, that portion
included in the outer scales, is loosely twisted, while the same por-
tion in £. alopecuroides is closely coiled.

At the present time I only have specimens from Mississippi,

and would be exceedingly glad to receive more material from other
localities.

PaspaLuM BLopGetit Chapman.

It would seem best to maintain the above name, although per-
haps not the oldest, for the plants that have been referred to |
P. caespitosum Fluegge. Chapman’s type is preserved in the Her-
barium of Columbia University, so that the positive identification
of that species is possible. One of the forms which has been
placed here is very different and surely worthy of specific rank.

I have taken it out and described it below as new. Its differences
» from the plants here under consideration are there pointed out.

The reason which seems to make it desirable to maintain
Chapman’s name instead of Fluegge’s is the inability to make the
plants in my possession, which have been referred to P. caespitosum,
agree with the description of Fluegge. He says, among his dif-
ferentiating characters, that the scales are 5-nerved and the rachis
as broad as the spikelets. In all the specimens at my disposal
the scales are only 3-nerved and the rachis but one-half to two-
thirds as wide as the spikelets. If this should be found to be ©
true in all the specimens that have been referred to this species
it would throw considerable doubt upon the validity of past deter-
minations. As no certainty is possible in the matter of Fluegge’s _

name until his type can be seen, it would seem preferable to _

39

adopt, for the present at least, Chapman’s name, about which
there can be no doubt, as above stated. The P. caespitosum longi
Solum of Dr. Vasey would seem to me hardly worthy of the rank
of a variety, as both long and short leaves occur on the same
plant.

PaspaLum SIMPSONI n. sp.

Culms, upper sheaths, and surfaces of the leaves smooth and
glabrous. Culms erect, slender, 2-8 dm. tali; sheaths loosely em-
bracing the culm, the basal ones short and appressed-villuos, -
the remainder longer and usually much exceeded by the inter-
nodes of the mature culms, the uppermost one elongated; ligule
very short and truncate; leaves erect or ascending, lanceolate, or
linear-lanceolate, 2.5-14 cm. long, 2-10 mm. wide, rounded or
slightly cordate at the base, acuminate at the apex, ciliate, glau-
cescent above ; inflorescence 8-16 cm. long, the first internode of
the main axis 3.5-5 cm. in length, the remainder gradually be-
coming shorter; spikes usually strict, 3-5, spreading or ascending,
2.5-7.5 cm. long, pubescent and pilose at the base, the rachis flat,
winged, one-half to two-thirds as broad as the spikelets, narrower
and more or less flexuous:toward the apex, minutely scabrous on
the margins; spikelets in 4 rows, in pairs on flattened minutely
scabrous shorter pedicels, obicular-obovate, 1.5 mm. long, the two
outer scales membranous, 3-nerved, the first one concave, pubes-
cent with short spreading glandular-tipped hairs, the second flat,
glabrous, or sparingly pubescent at the very base, the third scale
chartaceous, concave, smooth and shining, yellowish, enclosing a
palet of equal length and similar texture.

Collected by J. H. Simpson on No Name Key, Florida, in May,
1891, no. 184. I take pleasure in naming this grass in honor of
Mr. Simpson, whose extensive collections in southern peninsular
Florida, have added much to the knowledge of the flora of that —
Most interesting region. The Paspalum in question has been cun-
founded with P. caespitosum Fluegge, a discussion of which species
Occurs above under P. Blodgettii, and Mr. Simpson’s plant, referred
to Previously, was distributed under the former name. Curtiss
No. 5440, collected at the same locality on June 26, 1895, is this _
Same plant and was also distributed as P. caespilosum, — :

This grass is readily distinguished from P. Blodgetti, to which
it is related, by its smaller and differently shaped spikelets, the *
Pubescence of which is short, spreading and glandular-tipped, and a
by the broader and manifestly ciliate leaves. — The spikelets a

40

P. Blodgettii are eiiptic or elliptic-obovate, about one-half longer,
and the pubescence scantier and composed of much longer hairs,
which are ‘appressed and not glandular-tipped; the leaves, more-
over, are sparingly, if at all, ciliate.

“PASPALUM VILLOSISSIMUM N. sp. :

~ Whole plant, except the culm and spikelets, densely vilous,

particularly the lower sheaths. Culms erect, smooth and glabrous,
5-10 dm. tall, from a thick and more or less branching rootstock,
extending, when mature, much beyond the uppermost sheath,
branching at the highest node, the usually single branch exserted
but little beyond the sheath; nodes purple; sheaths loosely em-
bracing the culm, those at the base short and overlapping, the
remainder elongated, the uppermost sometimes without a leaf
blade; ligule truncate, less than .5 mm. long; leaves erect, linear-
lanceolate to lanceolate, 3-20 cm. long, 3-10 mm. wide, truncate
or slightly rounded at the base, long-acuminate toward the apex,
a ring of long hairs at the very base immediately above the ligule;
spike single, rarely with an additional one below, slender, usually
strict, or the longer a little arcuate, 7-11 cm. long, the rachis flat,
about two-thirds as wide as the spikelets, wing-margined, some-
what flexuous, the margins serrulate; spikelets orbicular-obovate,
.8—.9 mm. long, .75 mm. wide, by pairs, in four rows, on hispidu-
lous pedicels about one-half their length; first and second scales
membranous, strongly pubescent with short spreading glandular-
tipped hairs, the former concave and 3-nerved, the latter flat with
inrolled margins, 2-nerved; third scale similar in shape to the
first, greenish white, chartaceous or coriaceous, enclosing a palet —
of equal length and similar texture.

Type collected by the writer at Eustis, Lake County, Florida,
early in June, 1894, no. 946, and distributed as P. sefaceum, from
which it seems clearly distinct, the shorter and broader leaves and
the pubescent spikelets readily separating it from that species. It
resembles P. dasyphyllum E\l\. in its pubescence, but its slender

-long-exserted culms and the slender spikes, usually single, serve
well to distinguish it. In P. dasyphyllum the culm is much
stouter, and the thicker spikes 2-4 in number, rarely 1.

Nos. 2019, collected at the same place, and 2416a at Tampa,
both in 1895, belong here.

“PANICUM ALBO-MAKGINATUM Nf. sp.

~ Whole plant, with the exception of the spikelets and the lower-_
most sheaths, smooth and glabrous. Culms erect, slender, 1.5-4.5 _
dm, tall, somewhat branched toward the base; sheaths short, often ,

41

sparingly ciliate on the margins, those on the culm one-third the
length of the internodes or less, 1.5—2.5 cm. long, those on the
branches:shorter and overlapping, 1 cm. long or less; ligule a ring
of short hairs about .25 mm. long ; leaves thick, erect, lanceolate,
1.5-4.5 cm. long, 2-8 mm. wide, acuminate, somewhat narrowed
and rounded at the base, with a prominent thick, white, cartilagi-
nous, serrulate margin about .25 mm. wide; panicle ovate in out-
line, the primary ones long-exserted, 2.5-4 cm. long, the branches
ascending ; the panicles on the branches smaller, shorter than the
uppermost leaf; spikelets 1.5 mm. long, broadly obovate, obtuse,
diverging from the branches; first scale orbicular, glabrous, one-
fourth to one-third as long as the spikelet ; second and third scales
membranous, 7-nerved, strongly pubescent with short spreading
hairs, the latter enclosing a hyaline palet about one-half its length ;
fourth scale chartaceous, oval, obtuse, 1.25 cm. long, about .8 mm.
wide, enclosing a palet of equal length and similar texture.

Collected by the writer in the low pine land at Eustis, Lake
County, Florida, early in June, 1894, no. 925. In habit it is much
like P. sphaerocarpon Ell. It is probably the P. nitidum of Elliott.

* Panicum Latrrouium L.

It may be, of interest to call attention to a remark of Trinius
in relation to this species, although the evidence as to what plant
‘Linnaeus had in mind is so strong that it would hardly seem worth
while to allude to it further. Trinius (Mem. Acad. St. Petersb.,
VI.,.3: Pt. 2, 262, 1834), in the latter part of his description of
this species, makes the following statement in parenthesis :

“Ob quam notam et ob Sloanei iconem optimam de Linnaei
planta dubium nullum.”

PANICUM LEUCOTHRIX n. sp, |
Culms caespitose, 1-4.5 dm. tall, erect or ascending, somewhat
branched, spennehe Sabaieett with ascending hairs, the nodes
glabrous. Sheaths less than one-half as long as the internodes, 2
cm. long or less, usually purplish, pubescent with ascending or
nearly appressed long white hairs, those at the base of the sheath
more dense and spreading; ligule a ring of long white, erect hairs ;
leaves erect or nearly so, lanceolate, 2-6 cm. long, 3-7 mm. wide,
acuminate at the apex, truncate or rounded at the partly clasping
base, 7~9-nerved, rough and glabrous above or with a few pg 8
scattered hairs, pubescent below with short appressed hairs; Or
Cle ovate or oval, 2.5-6 cm. long, 2-4 cm. broad, its branches ee
spreading or ascending, 2.5 cm. long or less; spikelets obovate,
about .65 mm. long, .4 mm. wide; first scale oor ana sega |
+ Quarter to one-third as long as the spikelet, orbicular-ovate, ot spaces:

42

‘I-nerved; second.and_ third .scales,membranous, equal in-length, |
7-nerved, strongly pubescent with short spreading hairs; fourth —
scale chartaceous, elliptic, yellowish-white, enclosing a palet of |
equal length and similar texture. :

Type collected by the writer in the low pine land at Eustis, 4
Lake County, Florida, in the latter part of July, 1894, no. 1338. J
Nos. 334 and 467, of the same collection, also belong here.

/
PaNnicuM MANATENSE nN. sp.

~ Whole plant, with the few exceptions described below, smooth
and glabrous. Culms 2-4 dm. long, strongly striate-grooved, de- —
cumbent, much branched, the lower and longer internodes arcuate; —
nodes often yellowish on one side; sheaths loose, ciliate along the
margins, at least when young, the lower ones much shorter than: _
the internodes, those at and toward the extremities of the branches
crowded and overlapping; ligule truncate, very short; leaves erect —
or nearly so; lanceolate 3.5-9 cm. long, 7-15 mm. wide, acumi- —
nate at the apex, rounded at the sparsely ciliate base, 9-1 3-nerved;
panicle ovate in outline, 4-6 cm. long, its branches single and
divided almost to the base, 1.5-3 cm. long, ascending; spikelets
on ascending pedicels usually longer than themselves, elliptic
about 3.5 mm. long, 1.3 mm wide, very acute; first scale mem-
branous, slightly exceeding one-third the length of the spikelet, —
ovate, acute, I—3-nerved; second and third scales 7~9-nerved, —
membranous, acute, strongly pubescent with spreading hairs, the
latter with a hyaline palet about one-third its length; fourth scale
chartaceous, elliptic 2.5 mm. long, strongly apiculate, enclosing 2 —
palet of similar texture as long as itself.

Collected by the writer on August 21, 1895, near a sulphur
well in a wet hammock northeast of Palmetto, Manatee County»
Florida, no, 2428a. Approaching P. commutatum Schult. in
habit and general appearance, but the large and very acute spike-
lets readily distinguish it from that species. ;

/AGrostis IDAHOENSIS n. sp.

“Culms caespitose, slender, 2~4 dm. tall, erect, bearing usually
two distant leaves below the middle; sheaths loosely embracing
the culm, the lower ones short, the uppermost one elongated 4.5—
9 cm. long; ligule membranous 3-4 mm. long, obtuse, cut-toothed
at the apex, minutely pubescent on the outside; leaves narrowly
linear, erect, 4~9 cm. long, I-2 mm. wide, acuminate at the apex,
rough, particularly on the margins; panicle oblong, 6-12 cm. long,
2.5-4.5 cm. wide, the axis smooth below, slightly scabrous above
as are the branches and pedicels; branches of the panicle ascend-
ing 5.5 cm. long or less, usually in 5's, the secondary branches

43

more or less spreading ; spikelets lanceolate and acuminate when
closed, 2 mm. long, generally about equaling the pedicels, which
are decidedly thickened at the apex and usually more or less
spreading; empty scales acuminate, purplish, scabrous on the
keels, the first longer than the second; flowering scale about
three-fifths as long as the first scale; palet wanting.

Collected by A. A. and E. Gertrude Heller, at Forest, Nez
Perces County, Idaho, on July 16, 1896, at an altitude of 3,500
feet, no. 3431. A very delicate and beautiful member of the
genus and perfectly distinct from any species of that region with
which I am acquainted.

DaNTHONIA GLABRA n. sp.
———

Whole plant, with the few exceptions noted below, glabrous.
Culms 4-7 dm. tall, erect, simple, striate, slightly rough just below.
the panicle, and puberulent for some distance below the brown
nodes ; sheaths smooth, only those at the base of the culm exceed-
ing the internodes, the remainder much shorter than their inter-
nodes ; ligule densely ciliate with silky hairs 1-2 mm. long; leaves
smooth excepting at the apex, I.5-3 mm. wide, erect, those on the
Sterile shoots 1.5 dm. long or more,.those on the culm 5-10 cm.
long, the basal ones shorter than the rest; panicle 5-8 cm. long,
its axis, together with the erect or occasionally spreading branches,
hispidulous; spikelets, including awns, 1.7-2 cm. long, 5—-8-flow-
ered, on hispidulous appressed pedicels, 2.5-7 mm. long; empty
Scales acuminate, the first 3-nerved,’I.3-1.7 cm. long, equalling or
slightly shorter than the 5-nerved second; flowering scales 5-6
mm. long to base of the teeth, pubescent on the lower half of the
Margins, and occasionally sparingly so on the mid-nerve near the
base, with erect silky hairs about 2 mm. long, teeth including awns
1.5~3 mm. long, one of the awns usually shorter than the other,
the central awn 9-12 mm. long, more or less spreading, yellowish

Town at the base, strongly hispidulous toward the green apex,
about once twisted ; palet about reaching to the base of the awn or
nearly so, strongly ciliate on the two nerves. os

Type specimens collected by Dr. John K. Small, on Little
Stone Mountain, DeKalb County, Georgia, on July 5, 1895. In
this the flowering scales are entirely glabrous on the. back. In
another form from New Jersey the flowering scales are sparingly
Pilose on the back near the base. This latter form was secured
by Dr. John Torrey, at Quaker Bridge, in May, 1830; also bya
Party of the Torrey Botanical Club at Forked river, on May 30,

: 1896. wae eee s ¢ a reer

44

This is abundantly distinct from D. sericea Nutt., to which it is
allied. In that species the sheaths are densely villous, and the
marginal hairs of the appressed-pubescent flowering scales are
about 3 mm. long, instead of 2 mm. as in D. glabra,

An apparently undescribed Species of Prunus from Connecticut.
By Joun K, SMALL,

(PLATE 292.)

To venture to describe a new species of Prunus from the long a
explored territory of the State of Connecticut may seem to some _
to be questionable, but so clear a. case has recently come to my
notice that to do otherwise would be unjust to nature.

The plant in question is a low slender branching- shrub, reach- 3
ing a maximum height of about twelve decimeters. The main _
stem is clothed with a dark rough bark and, like the principal —
branches, is leafless, the ascending twigs and branchlets only pro- ?
ducing leaves. The small white flowers are confined to the —
branchlets just below the leaf-producing parts. The small globose S
drupe is deep purple or almost black, covered with an abundant —
light blue bloom. To the taste the fruit is bitter and astringent. “—

The species occurs on a cross-shaped area, on a low gravelly
ridge near Long Island Sound, at Groton, Connecticut, and is re-
lated to Prunus maritima, which grows in the immediate neighbor- |
hood and under precisely the same conditions, thus affording an
excellent opportunity for a comparison of characters: a

1. The new species is lower, more slender and delicate in
habit than Prunus maritima, maturing both its leaves and fruit
earlier in the season. _

2. The small suborbicular type of leaf, as against the larger
elongated type characteristic of the beach plum. This character
is very apparent from the time the buds begin to unfold. —

3. The smaller flowers with the suborbicular petals, which are —
about 5 mm. in diameter and abruptly narrowed at the base, as
compared with the larger broadly obovate petals of Prunus mart
_ dima, which are gradually narrowed at the Me C8

45

4. The smaller always globose short-pedicelled drupe, in place
of the longer often ‘elongated and long-pedicelled fruit of the
beach plum.

5. A small and very turgid stone (nearly as thick as broad),
which is pointed only at the base. The stone of Prunus maritima
is flatter and usually pointed at both ends.

6. Sprouts arising from the ground never produce flowers, as
they frequently do in the case of Prunus maritima.

This plum was discovered by Dr. Charles B. Graves, of New
London, Connecticut, to whom I am indebted for specimens and
much of the substance of this paper, and whose name I wish to
associate with the plant as

’ Prunus GRAVESII n. sp.

A low, unarmed shrub; stems erect or ascending, reaching a
maximum height of 12 dm., much branched, clothed with a dark
rough bark, leafless like the ascending branches; twigs and.
-branchlets less leafy, usually puberulent ; leaves orbicular or oval-
orbicular, varying towards orbicular-obovate, 2-4 cm. long, rounded
or retuse and apiculate at the apex, sharply serrate or those of

the shoots crenate-serrate, abruptly narrowed, rounded or truncate
_ at the base, sparingly pubescent or glabrate above, more pubes-
cent beneath, especially on the nerves; flowers pure white,
1-3 cm. broad, solitary or 2-3 together, scattered on the twigs.
near the top of the shrub; pedicels stiff, stout, 6-10 mm. long,
pubescent; calyx pubescent like the pedicels, the tube campanu-
late, the segments oblong, as long as the tube; petals sub-orbi-
cular, about 5 mm. in diameter, abruptly narrowed at the base ;
drupe globose, solitary, 10-15 mm. in diameter, usually 13.5-13.
mm. in diameter, deep purple or almost black with an abundant
light blue bloom, bitter and ‘slightly astringent; stone broadly
oval, broadly crested, 7.5-9 mm. long, 7-8 mm. broad and 6-6.5
mm. thick, very turgid on one side, acute at the base, rounded at.
the apex.

In the year 1895 the species flowered during the last week oe
May and matured its fruit the first week of September.

46

A new Polygonum from Bolivia.

By JouHn K. SMALL.
(PLATE 293.)

POLYGONUM FALLAX f. sp.

Annual or perennial by a long somewhat spiral root, low, dull
green. Stem more or less densely and caespitosely branched near
the top of the root, the branches spreading or prostrate and as-
cending, 2-12 cm. long, very leafy except at the base; leaves
varying from ovate-oblong to obovate-oblong, 3-5 mm. long, ob-
tuse, somewhat revolute and crisped, narrowed at the base, wrinkled.
above, slightly nerved beneath, the mid-nerve keeled beneath, es-
pecially near the base, obliquely articulated at the base of the —
ocreae; ocreae funnelform, 4 mm. long, imbricated, especially to-
ward the ends of the branches, at length lacerate to a little below —
the middle; flowers numerous and often crowded; calyx 2.5 mm. —
long, 5-parted, 4 segments green, with whitish margins, 1 wholly
included and hyaline, all rounded at the apex, stamens usually
5 or 6; filaments dilated their whole length into a broadly ovate —
hyaline petal-like organ; style two-parted, .4 mm. long; achene
lenticular, ovoid, 2.5 mm. long, reddish, nearly smooth, shining, 1S _
faces convex, its angles rounded, sometimes faintly margined.

A species of especial interest collected in Bolivia by Mr. Bang ©
and communicated to me by Dr. Rusby. Although it belongs to
the subgenus Avicu/aria, its fruit possesses characters heretofore —
unknown in that subgenus. The several natural groups of Polyg-
onum bear two kinds of achenes, some lenticular, others trique-
trous, while in a few cases both forms appear. Avicularia has —
been known to produce only the triquetrous achenes developed —
from a three-angled ovary with a more or less three-branched’
style, but in Polygonum fallax we are confronted with a species of
subgenus Avicularia bearing only lenticular achenes developed
from lenticular ovaries with two-branched styles. :

A second peculiarity is exhibited in the pericarp which most —
closely resembles that of the different members of the subgenus —
Duravia, both in texture and color, but the styles are not those of
that group. Another interesting point is found in the androecium} _
the filaments are dilated into broad petal-like organs, which form —
a cup around the ovary. I know no other case like this in the —

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 293.

POLYGONUM FALLAX SMALL.

47

genus. Notwithstandimg these exceptions, the species for the
present must be referred to Avicu/aria and forms the first excep-
tion to its normal morphology as far as I have observed, and an
interesting one.

Explanation of Plate 293.
- Whole plant, natural size,
- Leaf, enlarged.
- Flower, enlarged.
. A stamen, enlarged,
- Achene, enlarged.
. Cross-section of achene, enlarged.

Aun & wb

The Relation between the Genera Thysanella and Polygenella as shown
by a hitherto unobserved Character.

By Joun K. SMALL,

The genus Thysanella has generally, and apparently without
g00d reason, been included in Polygonum.

In a former paper * I stated that Zhysanella was a perfectly
distinct genus, related to Polygonella and not to Polygonum.

A glance at ThysaneHa fimbriataand any member of the genus
Polygonella ought to be sufficient to convince any one of the strong
relationship between the two genera. The habits of the two are

almost identical, while the vegetative organs of 7/ysanellamuch

more closely resemble those of Polygonella than they do or 2
member of Polygonum. ;

Oming to special morphological characters let us gn es Toes
Sider the flower. Here we find the special development in eh

inner series of sepals ; likewise in Polygonella it is the inner we
that develop special organs. In Polygonum the outer sepal

. :; ies ee ; -
Specialized if any development at all takes place, the inner seri

being practical odified ee
y unmodified. | re
Besides the foregoing considerations I have a
character in both the genera Thysanella and day Sneied ‘me
Possessed by no other member of the family Polygonac open

_ *Mem, Dept. Bot. Col. Coll. ihr cua

48

one species of 7/ysanella and in all the species of Polygonella the
branching is not nodal, but internodal.

The internodal branching is brought about by the adnation of
a secondary axis to a primary axis for a greater or less distance
above a secondary node, usually about one-half the distance from
node to node. The true condition is more plainly shown in 7/y-
sanella, where the union of the two axes is not as complete as in
Polygonella, a shallow but usually distinct groove showing the :
place of union. :

Explanation of the Figure,

A. FPolygonella Americana (F. & M.) Small.

B. Thysanella fimbriata (Ell.) A. Gray.

a. Nodes.

b. Point where the adnate axis diverges.

A Plant Catapult. 2

In the process of enlarging the College in collection a quart ©
or so of the pods of the Chinese Wistaria were recently brought —
into the laboratory for their seeds. Some of'the ‘pods, that might

49

be easily mistaken for the fingers of a soiled buckskin mitten,
were placed upon a radiator to dry while others were deposited
upon a table near by. Some were hung in my son’s sleeping
room to note the effect upon a young person unversed in the
methods of plant dissemination. Upon the third day the pods
upon the laboratory radiator began their bombardment. The first
shot provoked surprised in a person in a adjoining room, the
report being in volume not unlike that made by a Fourth of July
toy pistol. In a few minutes the first shot was followed by a
second and the pieces of the horny pod were seen to rise for sev-
eral inches, while the large seeds hit the high ceiling with consid-
erable force. A third pod was taken to the middle of the room and
watched for an explosion. Within five minutes the efforts were
rewarded by first a low snap, followed quickly by a high somer-
sault of the pod and the expulsion of the seeds to a vertical and
lateral distance of ten feet. Of the four seeds only two were
recovered, the others being lost among papers and books not far
away. In another instance the seed was flung from a pod with
such force as to strike the window, producing a sharp sound as if
asmall stone had been thrown against the pane. If the window
had been open the seed would have reached the side of a neigh-
boring building fifteen feet away. ‘

It is an easy matter to cause the dry Wistaria pods to explode
by holding by the stem end and bringing them down witha sharp
‘ap upon one of the two edges. The pods open uniformly by the
ventral suture, and if the pod is struck by this edge the seeds do |
not fly out so readily, but by reversing the edges they are flung _
upward, and may rise to the height of many feet. ee,

One of the pods “ popped” in my boy’s room just as the lad
was awaking in the morning, and drew from him the remark that
he was “scared awful.” He also said that “if those things were
made to hold seeds they were not of much use.”

These statements are repeated here to enforce the fact that the
noise made by the Wistaria seed-pods may be positively alarming
in the quiet of the early dawn to an unsuspecting child. Older
Persons, still earlier in the morning, might experience a surprise as
Should one of these spring traps fly open with its attendant mae cae
Cracking sound. — Nee ee Vee gd:

50

The pods average from four to six inches long, bearing two,
three and four seeds, which are flat upon one side and convex upon
the other and a half-inch in diameter. The wall of the pod is
quite thick and develops in drying a remarkable degree of ten-
sion. Other members of the Leguminosae are noted for their
casting of the seeds; but the undersigned has observed noth-
ing that will compare in volume of sound or of projection distance

with the Wistaria. Byron D. HALsTeED.
DECEMBER 9, 1896.

Notes upon Maine Plants,

BY Foie HARVEY.

The following Maine plants were detected during the past
season. Several are not recorded in Fernald’s Catalogue or Sup-
plement. Some are added for locality.

Anemone cylindrica Gray. Pastures, E. Auburn, Me., une, :
1896. E. D. Merrill.
- Cardamine PennsylvanicaMuhl. Rocky hillsides at the base
of a shaded cliff. Abundant. Growing as though native, E. Au-

burn, June to Oct., 1896. E. D. Merrill.

Silene nivea Otth. Bank of the Stillwater River near Orono,
Me., on a north hillside. The patch was nearly a rod square.
July, 1896. F. L. Harvey. :

Koellia flexuosa (Walt.). MacM. (Pycnanthemum linifolium
Pursh). Field, Brownfield, Me., August, 1896. E. D. Merrill. .

Stachys palustris L, This was excluded from the Maine Flora |
by Mr. Fernald, as no station was known. Growing abundantly
on the islands of Penobscot Bay. Two Bush Island, F. L. Har-
vey; Pond Island, O. W. Knight, August, 1896.

Polygonum lapathifolium nodosum (Pers.) Small. Waste places,
E. Auburn, E. D. Merrill. We also found this at Jackman last
season.

Polygonum littorale Link. Waste places, Orono, Me., 1896.
O. W. Knight.

Galinsoga parviflora Cav. A single robust specimen growing
near a garden in E. Auburn. E. D. Merrill.

51

Senecio viscosus 1.. Quite abundant on Western Sister Island,
near Mt. Desert, Long Island, Penobscot Bay, August, 1896. F,
L. Harvey. Growing with Solanum nigrum.

Panicum agrostidiforme Lam. (Panicum agrostodés Muhl.).
Along roadsides, Brownfield, Me., August, 1896. For locality.
E. D. Merrill.

Panicum lanuginosum Ell, A form with long soft hairs was re-
ferred to Prof. Scribner, who named it as above doubtfully. Our
Panicums need’ careful study. E. Auburn, July, 1896. E. D.
Merrill.

Lolium temulentum L. A few specimens found near the Still-
water river, Orono, Me., July, 1896. F.L. Harvey. Probably in-
troduced.

Agrostis Novae-Angliae Tuck. Low ground. Grasslands,
E. Auburn, July, 1896. E. D. Merrill.

An undescribed Species of Gilia.

‘ GILIA LAXIFLORA (Coulter).

Giha Macombii laxiflora Coulter, Cont. U.S. Nat. Herb. 1: 44. 18g0.
This Gi/ia is undoubtedly worthy of specific rank, and its rela-
tionship seems to be with Gilia longifiora Don, rather than with
the species of which it was made a variety. It may be character-
ized as follows: 7
Annual, about 3 dm. high, erect, branching, glabrous except _
the calyx, pedicels and growing stem, which are minutely glandus _
lar; leaves pinnate with slender divisions, mucronate-tipped, the
upper few-lobed or entire; inflorescence scattering, with flowers _
on slender pedicels 1-2 cm. long, the corolla white or bluish _
tinted, slender, 10-15. mm., the lobes ovate, pointed, 4-5 mm. long,
the filaments included, unequally inserted; tube of the calyx 5 _
mm. long, with subulate teeth 134-2 mm. long; capsule 10 mm. S
long, having 6 seeds in each cell, which develop mucilaginous =
threads when wetted. ce
It is found on the plains about New Windsor, Colo., and has
quite an extensive range. It blossoms from June to September.
The flowers are smaller and are not showy as are those of Guha
/ongiftora. 1 intended to describe this Gilia under another name;
but Mr. P. A. Rydberg compared it with type specimens 18

52

Harvard herbarium and identified it with Gia Macomi var. laxt-
flora Coulter.

To Mr. Rydberg I am also indebted for the citation .
of former collections: Colorado: James (Long expedition), Dr. G.
W. Hulse, 1870, O. A. Farwell, no. 1068; Zeras: Bigelow (Whip-

ple expedition), 1853, Reverchon, 1882, G. C. Neally, 1889 ; South-
eastern Utah: Alice Eastwood, no. 77, 1895.

Gro. E. OSTERHOUT.
New WInDsor, COLORADO.

Botanical Notes.

On the Formation of Circular Muskeag in Tamarack Swamps—
A Correction.

In Professor MacMillan’s paper published in the De-
cember Bulletin, 1896, the description of the figure printed on
page 502 was accidently reversed ; it should read as follows:

mM

meme g
se
,

ESAT
Tames

ae Central Sphagnum and Utricularia.
Zone of Ledum and Lriophorum.
Zone of Picea Mariana.

Zone of Larix laricina.

Ridges with Pinus divaricata.

It is requested that this correction be indicated at the place
noted.

[Ep.]

53 :

Cymbalaria Cymbalaria (L.) Wetts. in eastern Pennsylvania.
Yor some years I have observed and collected the above-named
plant at several places along roadsides between Lancaster and
Safe Harbor. During the past summer I found it established in
the extreme southern part of Lancaster County, near Pleasant
Grove. J. K. SMALL.

CRATAEGUS VAILIAE n. sp. A shrub, 3°-6° high, the branches
stout, light gray; thorns about 1’ long; leaves oval, 1/-3’ long,
short-petioled, pubescent on both sides, but becoming glabrate
_and slightly shining above, acute at both ends, or some of them
obtuse at the apex, sharply serrate nearly all around, sometimes
slightly 3-lobed, those of young shoots sometimes nearly orbicu-
lar, the petioles sparingly glandular, or glandless ; stipules narrow,
very glandular; corymbs 2-6-flowered; pedicels and calyx densely
pubescent; calyx-lobes lanceolate, 4-6’ long, deeply incised,

glandular, nearly as long as the petals, reflexed in fruit; pome
globose, yellowish green, 4-5” in diameter.

Collected by Miss Anna Murray Vail, on the bank of the Roa-
noke River, Roanoke, Va., May, 1890, and by Dr. John K. Small,
at the Falls of the Yadkin River, N. C., August, 1892. It is
_earest to C. uniflora Muench. N. L. Britton.

Proceedings of the Club.

ANNUAL MEETING, TuESDAY EVENING, JANUARY 12, 1897.

The President occupied the chair and there were 33 persons _
present. : i
; The following persons were elected active members: Miss .

Edith K. Joyce, Mr. A. J. Grout, Mr. W. N. Clute, Mr. M. A.
Howe, Dr. H. N. Richards, Dr. H. B. Ferguson. & 2

The following were elected corresponding members: Mr. E. .
M. Holmes, Curator, Museum Phar. Soc. of Great Britain; Mr. J. :
H. Hart, Director Royal Botanic Garden, Port of Spain, Trinidad, _
West Indies. |

The Committee on the death of Mr. Rudkin presented the fol
lowing report: | S

Resolved, That in the death, on the 13th of November, last, of

Mr. William H. Rudkin, one of the early members of the Torrey
Botanical Club, we have lost a most valued friend, a long and

54

faithful: nvember, officer and coadjutor, and an endeared compan-
ion in all the work, the excursions, and the enjoyments of our or-
ganization. ADDISON BROWN,
N. L. Britron,
HENRY OGDEN,
Committee.

It was unanimously resolved that the report be published in
the BuLLETIN, and that the Secretary forward a copy thereof to
Mr. Rudkin’s surviving brother.

Miss Ingersoll, Curator, reported a large amount of work per-
formed upon the herbarium during the year, and that the latter
was progressing rapidly toward a very satisfactory condition. In
accordance with a recommendation contained in this report, it was
unanimously resolved that the Curator and the Editor be appointed
a committee to prepare and print a Jist of the Club’s desiderata
for the local herbarium, and to distribute the same to the members.

The Treasurer, Mr. Ogden, reported a cash balance of $56.89
in the general fund and $514.14 in the Buchanan fund.

The Recording Secretary, Dr. Rusby, reported an average at-
tendance of 31 persons at the 15 meetings held during the year,
2 deaths, a net gain in active membership of 28, a present active
membership of 219, corresponding membership 150, honorary
membership 4, scientific papers presented 37, of which 22 had
been published. Several hundred new species and a number of
new genera had been communicated, and there had been’a marked
increase in attention given to anatomical and cryptogamic subjects.
It was recommended that provision be made in the new consti- _
tution and by-laws for a standing committee on scientific pro-
gramme and an order of business for the annual meeting. The
recommendations were approved.

The Editor reported that Vol. 23 of the BuLLETIN had aggre-
gated 548 pages and 34 full-page plates, and that two numbers of the
Memoirs, aggregating 206 pages, had been issued. There was 2
cash balance from publications of $48.09 in addition to the balance
already reported by the Treasurer. The Editor also presented a
special report referring to the special sale of publications to secure
funds for reprinting certain exhausted numbers of the BULLETIN.
About $105 additional would be required, thus enabling the sale
of $424 worth of BuLLeTiN sets. It was recommended that this _

Hs)

sum be appropriated from the treasury for the purpose. After
discussion this recommendation was adopted. The discussion de-
veloped the fact that the BuLLETIN had more than supported itself
financially.

Officers for 1897 were elected as follows: President, Addison
Brown; Vice-Presidents, T. F. Allen, H. H. Rusby; Treasurer,
Henry Ogden; Recording Secretary, Edward S. Burgess; Cor-
responding Secretary, John K. Small; Editor, N. L. Britton;
Associate Editors, Emily L. Gregory, Arthur Hollick, Anna M.
Vail, B. D. Halsted, Lucien M. Underwood; Curator, Helen M.
Ingersoll ; Librarian, William E. Wheelock.

A communication was presented from the American Naturalist,
requesting that abstracts of the proceedings of the Club be regu-
larly furnished for publication in that journal. The request was
granted.

The scientific programme of the evening was then taken up as
follows:

By Mr. A. J. Grout, «« Notes on some American Brachythecia.”

By Dr. N. L. Britton, “Zinum Virgmianum and its Relatives.”

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany,

Allen, T. F. A new Species of WVisel/a, belonging to the WV. flextlis
Series, with a Review of the allied Species. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
23: 533- pl. 284. 28 D. 1896.

N. faxa n. sp, from Japan. :

Allen, T. F. New Species of Mitel/a belonging to ihe monoecious — .
acuminatae Group, with a Review of the allied Species. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 23: 534-536. p/. 285, 286. 28 D. 1896.

V. stellaris n. sp. from Indian Territory and WV, cafitulifera n. sp. from Japan. ee

Arthur J. C. Laboratory Apparatus in Vegetable Physiology. Bot. Ly
Gaz. 22: 463-472. pl. 24, 25. 24 D. 1896. —

Arthur, J. C. New Apparatus for Vegetable Physiology. Proc. Ind. | :
Acad. Sci. 1894: 62-64. O. 1895. 5

Atkinson, G. F. Albert Nelson Prentiss. Science (II. 4 523. a oO.
1896.

Bailey, L. H. Instructions for taking pheuslenics! Observations.
Monthly Weather Review. S. 1896. Jjeucem ee a

06

Bailey, L. H. On the untechnical Terminology of the Sex-relation in
Plants. Science (II.) 3: 825-827. 5 Je. 1896.

Proposes to apply the terms of sex to asexual structures in alternating life-histories.

Bailey, L. H. The Philosophy of Species-making. Bot. Gaz. 22:
454~462. 24 D. 1896.

‘Baker, J. G. The Genus Brodiaea and its Allies. Gardn. Chron.
20: 213, 241, 459, 687. 1896.

Numerous figures are given.

‘Bastin, E. S., and Trimble, H. A Contribution to the Knowledge

of some North American Coniferae. Am. Journ. Pharm. 68: 199,
321, 409, 554, 642. 1896.
Numerous figures are given.

Beringer, G. M. The Leaves of Drosera filiformis. Am. Journ.
Pharm. 68: 675. D. 1896.

Bessey, C.E. The Botanical Seminar of the University of Nebraska.
Science (II°) 4: 822, 823. 4D. 1896.

Bicknell, E. P. Geum Canadense flavum (Porter) Britton, a valid
Species. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 523-525. 28 D..1896.

Bicknell, E. P. The North American: species of Agrimonia. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 508-523. p/. 282, 287. 28 D. 1896.

Describes seven N, A. species, among them 4, Arittoniana, new.

Bresadola, A. J. Fungi Brasilienses, lectia Cl. Dr. Alfredo Moller.
Hedwegia, 35: 276-302. 30 O. 1896.

New species in Pleurotus, Cantharellus, Crepidotus, Ganoderma, Polystictus,
Loria, Laschia, Merulius, Odontia, Hydnochaete, n. g., Radulum, Stereum, Corti-
cium, Feniophora, Clavaria, Pterula, Helotium, Phialea, Erinella, Ombrophila,
Endogene, Milleria, n, g., Nectria, Hypocrea, Phyllachora, Sporotrichum and Vie-
“warta.

Britten, J. Arruda’s Brazilian plants. Journ. of Bot. 34: 242-250.
Je. 1896.

Britton, E. G. An Race tn of the Plants collected by H. H.
Rusby in Bolivia, 1885-1886.—II. Musci. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
23: 471-499. 28 D. 1896. ,
Includes numerous new species.

‘Britton, N. L. Botanical Gardens. Science (II.) 4: ae 45.
1896.

Burt, E. A. The Development of Mutinus caninus hain Fr. fs
Ann. Bot. 10: 343-372. A/. 77, 78. S. 1896. ie

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB,—PLATE 287.

POTENTILLA CANDIDA RYDBERG.

—

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB—PLATE 288.

POTENTILLA ATRORUBENS RYDBERG.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 289.

9

SAGITTARIA VISCOSA C. MOHR-

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 290.

SAGITTARIA MOHRII J. G. SMITH.

. BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 2091.

SAGITTARIA LONGIROSTRA AUSTRALIS J. G. SMITH.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 292,

PRUNUS GRAVESII SMALL.

aT

a
Campbell, D. H. The Development of Geothallus.tuberosus Camp-
bell. Ann. Bot. 10: 489-510. p/. 24, 25. D. 1896.

Campbell, R. The Flora of Montreai Island. Can. Rec. Sci. gt
146-151. Jl. 1896.

Clute W. W. Young Fern Fronds. Fern Bull. 5: 5. Ja. 1897.

Cockerell, T. D.A. A Gall-making Coccid in America. ‘Science
(II.) 4: 299, 300. 45S. 1896.

Coulter, S. Saxifragaceae in Indiana. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1894:
103-107. QO. 1895.

Coville, F. V. Juncus confusus, a new Rush from the Rocky
mountain Region. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 10: 127-130. 14 N.
1896.

Coville, F. V. Ribes erythrocarpum. A new Current from the Vi-
cinity of Crater Lake, Oregon. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 10: 131.
14 N, 18096.

“Cunningham, A. M. Certain chemical Features in the Seeds of P/an-
tago Virginica and P. Patagonica. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1894: 121-
123. . QO, 1896.

Davenport. G. E. On the Use of the Term Frond as applied to
Ferns. Bot. Gaz. 22: 497, 498. ‘24 D. 1896.

Eaton, A.A. Lycopodium alopecuroides in Massachusetts. Fern Bull.
5+ 3-5. Ja. 1897.

Elmore, C. J. -The Classification of Diatoms (Bacillariaceae). Am.
Nat. 30. 520-536. Jl. 1896.

Fink, B. Pollination and Reproduction of Lycopersicum esculentum.
Minn. Bot. Stud. 1: 636-643. 30 N. 1896.

‘Galloway, B. T. A Rust and Leaf-casting of Pine Leaves. Bot.
Gaz. 22: 433-453. pl. 22, 237. 24 D. 1896.

‘Galloway, B. T. The Buitenzorg Gardens. Bot. Gaz. 22: 496.
24 D. 1896.

‘Ganong, W. F., Director, and Canning, E. J., Head Gardener. List

of Seeds collected in 1896. Bot. Gard. Smith Coll. Circ. 2. D. 1896.
‘Gorman, W. J. Economic roe of S. E. Alaska. Pittonia 3: ~
85. 1 Je. 1896.
“Greene, E. L. Critical Notes on certain Violets. ‘Pittonia, = 33-42.

16 My. 1896. ees ae

58

Greene, E. L. New or Noteworthy: Species. XVII. Pittonia, 3: 91-
116. N. D. 1896.
New species in Ranunculus, Delphinium, Sophia, Roripa, Berberis, Crataegus,
Mentzelia, Coleosanthus, Solidago, Chrysopsis, Grindelia, Aster, Arnica, Senecio,
Crepis, Allocarya, Oreocarya, Alisma, Ribes, Saxifraga and Card.mine.

Greene, E. L. Remarks on acaulescent Violets. Pittonia, 3: 139-
145. 16D. 1896,

Greene, E. L. Some Fundamentals of Nomenclature. Science (II.)
3: 13-16.. 3 Ja. 1896.

Harper, R. A. Ueber das Verhalten der Kerne bei der Fruchtent-

wickelung einiger Ascomyceten, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 29: 655-685.
pl. 11. 1896.

Harshberger, J. W. Is the Pumpkin an American Plant? Science
(11.) 3: 889-891. 19 Je. 1896.

Heacock, E.H. Methods of Infiltrating and Staining in toto the Heads
of Vernonia, Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1894: 120,121. O. 1895.

Hemsley, W.B. Antba perutilis. Hook. Icon. Pl. 25: pl. 2485.
Jl. 1896.

Hemsley, W. B. Lucuma multiflora A. DC. Hook. Icon. Pl. 25?
pl. 2498. Ji. 1896.

Hickman, J. B. Notes on Monterey Conifers. Erythea, 4: 194. 19
D. 1896.

Holzinger, J. M. A new Hysnum of the section Caliergon. Minn.
Bot. Stud. 1: 691. pl. 379. 30 N. 1896.

Jenman, G.S. TZrichomanes Roraimense Gardn. Chron. 20: 716-
12 D. 1896.

A new species from Guiana.
Knowlton, F. H. How Plants are grouped. Merck’s Market Rep.
5: 655, 656. 15 D. 1896.

MacDougal, D. T. A tropical Laboratory. Bot. Gaz. 22: 496. 24
D. 1896.

MacDougal, D. T. Duplication of Contributions. Bot. Gaz. 22:
498. 24 D. 1896.

MacDougal, D. T. Poisonous Influence of various Species of Cypri-
pedium. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1894: 136-137. O. 1895.

MacDougal, D. T. The Mechanism of Curvature of Tendrils. Ann.
Bot. 10: 373-402. f/. zg. S. 1896. ie

59

MacDougal, D. T. The Physiology of Color in Plants. Science (II.)
4: 350. 11S. 1896.

MacDougal, D. T. Ueber die Mechanik der Windungs- und Krum-
mungsbewegungen der Ranken. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. 14:
I51-154. 27 My. 1896.

MacDougal, D. T. Water-culture Methods with indigenous Plants.
Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1894: 60. O. 1895.

Macloskie, G. Internal Antidromy. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 5 36.
28 D. 1896.

MacMillan, C. Current Problems in Plant Morphology. On some
characters of floral galls. Science (II.) 3: 346-349. 6 Mr. 1896.

Macmillan, C. On the Formation of circular Muskeag in Tamarack
Swamps. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 500-507. ~/. 279-287. 28 D.
1896.

McClatchie, A. J. Zemna gibbain southern California. Erythea, 4:
195. 19 D. 1896.

Magnus, P. Eine nordamerikanische Ustilaginee auf Panicum Crus-
Sali, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. 14: 216-221. p/. 15. 28 Jl. 1896.

Martin, G. W. Cell Structure of Cyanophyceae. Proc. Ind. Acad.
Sci. 1894 :. 133. O. 1895.

Martin, G. W. Notes on Flcrideae. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1894:
127-129. O. 1895.

Meehan, T. Pontederia cordata. Meehan’s Month. 7: 1. pi. 2. Ja.
1897.

Millspaugh, C. F. Second Contribution to the Coastal and Plain Flora
of Yucatan. Field Columb. Mus. Bot. Series, 1: 281-339. D. 1896:

Murrill, W. A. Asplenium ebenoides in Virginia. Fern. Bull. 5: I~3-
Ja. 1897. :

Olive, E. W. Observations on some Oklahoma Plants. Proc. Ind.
Acad. Sci. 1894: 101-103. O. 1895.

Osterhout, W.J. V. On the Life-history of Rhabdonia tenera J. Ag.
Ann. Bot. 10: 403-427. pl. 20. 5S, 1896.

Peckolt, T. Medicinal Plants of Brazil. Pharm. Rev. 14: 51, 80,
154, 246, 278. 1896.

Pieters, A. J. The Influence of Fruit-bearing on the Development of —
mechanical Tissue in some Fruit-trees. Ann. Bot. 10: a ec ae :
1896. : :

60

Piper, C. V.. Another Compass Plant. Bot. Gaz. 22: 491, 492. 24
D_ 1896.

' Piper, C. V. Newand pretibial Washington Plants. Bot. Gaz. 22:
488-491. 24 D. 1896.

New species in Cardamine, Astralagus, Valeriana and Pentstemon.

Purdy, C. The Lilies of our Pacific Coast. Gard. & For. 10: 4.
6 Ja. 1397.

‘Ramaley, F. On the Stem-anatomy of certain Onagraceae. Minn.
Bot. Stud. 1: 674-690. p/. 36-38. 30 N. 1896.

Reiche, K. Zur Kenntniss von Gomortega nitida Ruiz und Pav. Ber.
Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. 14: 225-233. pl. 76. 19 Au. 1896.

Rendle, A. B. Sisyrinchium Californicum Dryand. Journ. of Bot.
34: 494-495. pl. 364. D. 1896.

Rolfe, R.A. A Revision of the Genus Vani//a. Journ, Linn, Soc. 32:
439-478. 1896.

Sargent, C. S. Valeriana Sitchensis. Gard. & For. g: 516. f. 74
23 D. 1896.

‘Sargent, C. S., Editor. ovnicera sempervirens. Gard. & For. 9:
496. f. 70. 9g D. 1896.

Sargent, C.S., Editor. Patton’s Spruce. Gard. & For. 10: f. I-2.
6 Ja. 1897.

Sargent, C.S., Editor. The Western Larch. Gard. & For. 9: 49!-
7-72. 9 D. 1896.

Schneider, A. The Comparative Anatomy of the Roots of Rio Ipecac
(Uragoga Ipecacuanhae Baill.) and Carthagena Ipecac (Uragog
Granatensis Baill.) Journ. Pharmacology, 4: 1-11. figs. Ja. 1897-

‘Setchell, W. A. Notes on Cyanophyceae.—lI. Erythea, 4: 189-
194. 19 D. 1896. ;

Setchell, W. A. The Elk- Kelp. ai bicvien 4: 179-184. ph 7- 19
D. 1896. ;

Shannon, W. P. The Buckeye Canoe of 1840. Proc. Ind. Acad.
Sci. 1894: 130. O. 1895.

Shannon, W.P. The Range of the Blue Ash, Fraxinus guadrangu-
fata. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1894: 107. O. 1895.

Smith, E. F. The Bacterial Diseases of Plants: A critical review of

the present state of our knowledge. Am. Nat. 30: 626-643; 716-—
731; 796-804; 912-924. 1896. ee

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College,

[The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ]
VoLuME I.

No. 4. A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By
N. L, Britton and H. H. Rusby (1887), . .... . . , 25 cents.
No. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
CIBSS) oy eee Par ariys Mone eer ae tee ats PAA eee y 25 cents,
No. 6. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.) .
No. 7. The Genus //icoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . 25 cents.
No. 9. A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L.
Britton.
The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains.
and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . . . 25 cents.
No. 11.. Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa,
Adans. By N. L. Britton (1889),. ....... . . . 25 cents.
No. 13. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
(IBS) ag a ee ee . . 25 cents,
No. 15. A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera, By Wm. E. Wheel-
OCk. (8tgnt ECCS aes ag Panne IO ees 25 cents,
No. 16. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L.. Britton.
IMG a RoE Ponte he eo Sena ea arg so 5 @§ Cente:
No. 17. The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos, Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
No. 20. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, 1V. By N, L. Britton,
CRD Races Ca ee a ee eA ac Se centec
No. 21. . Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
CUB a a eee ea ._. _25 cents.
No, 22. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
(1891) i ee a ge ae _+ _, 25 cents,
No. 24. Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
adh ice) ere ree ne ce apoe laure ne _+ + + +25 cents.
No. 25. A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus Meibomia occurring in the-
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents
Vo.tume II. :
No. 26. A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North
America: _ By N. L. Britton.(4892),. 55. s050 6 : + , 25 cents:
No, 27, Note ona Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N
Ts. Britton €1892)5 635 a Ge ee ee -. .. 25 centa,
No. 29. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton
GS eres reer ge Sik AS dss ee
No. 30. Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Alles. By N. L.
Battie LIGGG Ne i a pegs ks cee ees 25 cents.
No. 31. A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By ageing
ie ge Ee ora A eT ee ae eS :
No. 33. A New SRS of Listera, with Noteson Other Orchids. By eyes
I i oes Pk ee eileen Aer prs gray peek Neat ay oy te |, aes ae ier a) See Oe - 5 . io
No. 35 re psc ldri of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay,
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong oi N. L. Britton, with the vigor oi’
Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), ..- + - + 2+ + + $1.50
No, 37. Further Notes on yale e: Species of Polygonum. By John ee
(18 eee tes ee ee ae en oa nee er ee Skt Ob Oj s z *
No, 38. New oe cecansethe tals American Phanerogams, VII. By N. seedy
(189 > ee oe cee CoWare be hte Ob ee ares at I sf
No. 39. Coates to American Bryology, III.—Notes on the North American.
Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, 25 cents,
No, 40. New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H._H. Rusby 1893), 25 cents,
No. 41. : The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian ee
tem. B ohn K, Small I > aed tat pee Sik eee! 0O. Mee *
No. 42. Notes wines ended as bog a and other Orders. By Thomas.

Moromg (1893)y. visio. csia aun om iad i 9 0 6th’ ow oy no AS CODE,

Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T, H. Kearney, Jr
OM ee oe eS ee ee ee _. , 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum—tIl. By Elizabeth G, Britton (1894), . 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K. -

MUMS CEAOA A site ek ieee ee rh Ree 2. 725 Coe
Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other
Species, By A. A. Heller (1894) 2... 004 . - 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
WN CHORD 2k RR Bes ee Nee 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the- North-American .
Species of Wetssia (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of ©

Caiscuta. =. By WoT. Matthew CiSea) ho oe es ee 25 cents.
A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America. By Anna Murray Vail
CT ieee SMa ek ee we aos ea ae 25 cents.

VotumE IIT.
Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.

By Di be Reon CASA yy ee a ee a ste ed 25 cents. a
Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum. 4
By Pusabeth (Briton: (1804), nk ee ee a 25 cents. J

New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the Genus Phys-
comitrium. By Elizabeth G, Britton (1894), ........ 25 cents.
The Genus Cassia in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
A Revision of the Genus Zechea. By N. L. Britton (1894), . . 25 cents.
New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
COMORES fog ce ee as ee se en gn irae 25 cents.
A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Capitan (CUM CINGM)s . 40k ee as oon a igs ay ORs
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.
SiMe Cited), cs PORES Bar etn oe iets
Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus

25 cents.
A preliminary Revision of the Genus Zathyrus in North America. By
Thasdens Gi Witte (1500) Se 25 cents.

Two Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (1894) . . . 25 cents.
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Folygonum. Sy John K. Small
CBO Ge as er ery aie og ee ee ee 25 cents.
Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents.
Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby( 1894), 25 cents.
Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), . . 25cents-
A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. By
Anes Murray Vail (1090) 5 SG er Se 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, IX. A Revision of the Genus Scoz-
ps with Description of one New Species. By Elizabeth G. Britton.
1895),

Studies ds the

Titl (1896) . . egos ;
itle-pages for Vols. I., II., III. and IV. can be supplied.

. Tog,

VoLUME IV,

The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1895), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. L. Britton

ee a Su ore PRs eae. Ne 25 cents.
The Genus Cexchrus in North America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States. By John K. Small

eh ee eek . 25 cents,
New or Noteworthy American Grasses—I. By Geo. V. Nash (1895).25 cents.

gee fe ae eee an a ce Deey

25 cents,

Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei-
er C1605), 2 os See pn en i ieeg . . . 2§ cents.
A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna. Murray Vail
eeG ee eS ies ee Pee Cee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895).
25 cents.

1 i new 65 ge Se CONE,
A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), . . . 25 cents,

: cog ty) MEE a eS CONTE.
The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Sisyrinchium).

OLnothera and its Segregates. By John K, Small (1896),. . . 25 cents.
A preliminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae. By A. J.

Stat (3000) se oe nae rae 25 cents.
Revision of the Genus Asimina in North America, By Geo, V. Nash (1896).
25 cents.

Notes on Potentilia,1.,11. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) .. . 25 cents.
A neglected Species of Oxa/is and its Relatives. By John K. Small (1896).

25 cents.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VI. By John K.

Small (1 Oe Uae Ce eee eran e Ges a . 25 cents.

Notes on Fotentilia—IlI. By P. A. Rydberg (1896)... .. 25 cents.

On a new Species of Scrophularia hitherto confounded with S. Mary-

landica, By Eugene P. Bicknell (1500). i ee 25 cents.
VOLUME V.

The Genus Cepha/ozia in North America. By L. M. Underwood (1896).

25 cents.

New and Noteworthy Species of Saxifraga. By John K. Small (1896).

25 cents.

Notes on Potentilla—IV. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) .. . . 25 cents.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VII. By John

is SOWA NBODY se aia ce Oe

Notes on Potentilla—v. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) ..... 25 cents.

Foire Bm a aha cat “Le One OEY OR Bae fet, nee SeEhA SECET

— Series as above listed will be supplied for $15. :
ples of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,
may be had for $2, Address

Pror. L. M. UNDERWOOD,

Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY.

ISSUED AUG. /5TH.

AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA

— OF THE —

NORTHERN STATES AND CANADA,
Westward to the 102d Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA.

By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN,
with the assistance of SPECIALISTS in various groups.

Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and FIG-
URED. Cuts, over 4,000. With Keys to species and genera, the SyNonyMy, the
English Names, the REVISED NOMENCLATURE, and revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE
of Families.

The First complete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country.

For Students and all Lovers of Plants.

Vol. I. now ready; royal) 8vo, pp. XII.4612; figured species, 1425; uncolored.
Ferns to CARPET-WEED. Vols. II. and III. will appear during 1897.

Price, $3.00 per Volume.

Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers,

Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York,
or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York

++ COMMENTS...

« Everyone who has seen it is delighted with it.”—JoHN RosInson, Salem, Mass.

“The copy of your Illustrated Flora is a delight tome. You should have the
congratulations and thanks of every botanist everywhere.—Pror. Byron D. HALsTED,
Rutgers College.

“ Please accept my congratulations at having completed so useful and complete
a work. I am using it with much profit and a great deal of pleasure.” —ProF. CHAS.
A. Davis, Alma College.

«I am so much pleased with the first volume of your Flora that I cannot refrain
from expressing my high appreciation of your work, and my congratulations on its fine
appearance.”— Benj. lf. Smiru, Philadelphia.

«I have seen your first volume and am more than delighted ‘with it. It is so
good in every way that. I am recommending it to every working botanical friend [
meet.”—-Rev. W. M. BEAUCHAMP, Baldwinsville, N. Y.

“I have received the illustrated Flora of the Northern States, and I am well
pleased with it. A work of this kind has long been needed, and yours 1s excellent.” —
Pror, L. H. PAMMEL, Iowa Agricultural College.

“As we carefully study the beautifully printed pages of this work, we are more
and more impressed with its magnitude and importance. It will give renewed life and
vigor to systematic botany and doubtless will be the means by which many a student
will be led to the study of the more difficult families.”—Pror. C. E, BEssEY 1”
American Naturalist.

“There is no work extant in the whole series of American botanical publications
which deals with descriptions of the flowering plants that can for a moment be com-
pared with it, either fora skillful and delightful presentation of the subject-matter OF
for modern, scientific and accurate mastery of the thousand-fold mass of detail of
which such a work must necessarily consist.”—-Pror. ConwAY MACMILLAN 1»
Science.

: i i ienti i d at the same
“In the line of books bearing the stamp of scientific authority, an :
time adapted for popular use, this is unquestionably the best work ever issued on the

flora of an

y part of the United States.”—FREDERICK V. COVILLE, U. S. Dept. of

Agriculture, Div. of Botany, Washington, D. C.

i i i ble contribution ever
“It will be no exaggeration to pronounce this the most valua’
made to American Dotty, so far as the area covéred by Gray’s Manual—somewhat

extended.

- + . . The authors deserve the thanks of every botanist for this success-

ful ending of a great task.” —Meehans’ Monthly, Philadelphia.

} : ‘ ts of flowers; for
“This work should be in the library of all lovers and studen

while it is the most exhaustive and complete work on systematic Se Aa hare Serv :

published in this country, it affords at the same time an em in

ners through its illustrations.””— The Churchman, New York.

4é

consider hi

We cannot too highly commend the volume before us, and no flower-lover can

s library complete without it.”— Tze Advance, Chicago.

“The work should find an enthusiastic welcome in the private study, as well as
in the college class-room.’’—Chicago Tribune.

‘A book of rare excellence, doing on a much enlarged scale for this country what

: wa Besides the accu-
1s accomplished for Great Britain by Bentham’s Illustrated Flora. : ed
Tate description, we here have an authentic portrait of every North American species

The treatm

ent is popular, but at the same time eminently scientific. A complete cy-

i ry, of
clopaedia of American systematic botany.’—PROFESSOR W. WHITMAN BAILE
Brown University.

; ae Since
lished, . ,

i i i lants has been pub-
the t f Linnaeus no such important book on p 1
: Z What is eekliae to this work and what will give to it a value for

i i t of illustra-—
the general reader that is possessed by no other, is the accompanimen -¢
tions. . . . It will be adopted immediately in this country as a standard.”’—Arooklyn

Eagle.

“An important new scientific book. The labor bestowed na! "ee a work as this
throws ofdinary book-making quite in the shade.”—. ¥. Herald.

j tise
‘As far as the present volume enables us to judge, we have here a trea

which will

i i to make
exert a wide influence in inducing large numbers of persons

ithi imi i hich will at the same
otany within these limits a pleasant recreative study, and which =
time afford to those who are fond of systematic botany a convenient work of re

ence.

i i ae
A large proportion of the drawings are excellent in all respects.

ifici exam-
attificial keys are excellent throughout. Ail of them appear, so far as our ex

ination has
1S extremel
ScTutiny as

le work
gone, to be carefully prepared. ... . The Ln eonmicaa st coy beled
y attractive, and every feature of its mechanical arena pelcag heg toal ee
regards both workmanship and sound taste. The au

i i 6 ion from all
ily congratulated on their genuine success in securing vont tna tomate of Lieek:
their coadjutors and thus making a worthy contribution to the

est in our native flora

In this treatise we have an admirable addition to the

Se oe on ee

j », ing Post.
Working appliances of all lovers of North American plants.’”—V. Y, Evening

: i to be proud of
.. — The work has finally a eared, and its friends have every reason Aahine |
eee The iiinetrations 7 are remarkably clear and characteristic . . . ands =

of nomenclature... _ It puts the student in the proper ee ee is a
ingdom, and it is bound to work a genuine reform. We are :

gTeat work

i — k Sun.
vegetable world and has worked them out fearlessly and logically.” —New Yor

; t of the
- It has taken the latest convictions of the methods of ascent o

Century II. of American Algae.

Issued by JOSEPHINE E, TILDEN,
University of Minnesota, MINNEAPOLIS, MINN.

The specimens in this century are from the Atlantic and Pacific coast localities
and from a number of inland stations, including Minnesota, Wisconsin, Dakota, Mon-
tana, Idaho, Wyoming, Colorado and Ontario. A variety of species from thermal
waters of the Yellowstone region were personally collected upon a special
expedition during 1896, and several of these are issued with Century II., while others
will follow in Century III. Some new species of rock-forming algae are also included.

Price of Century II., bound or unbound, $10.00 net. Orders may be
sent to the address given above.

... FOR SALE. ...

A COPY OF
Rabenhorst’s Deutsche

Kryptogamen Flora—Fungi.
PRICE, $25.00. ;
Address, DR. CHAS. MOHR, Mobile, Ala.

The Eastern Oregon Flora.

It is the intention of the subscriber to botanize throughout
Eastern and Southeastern Oregon during the coming season. A
limited number of sets of plants will be sold to subscribers only.
Botanists desiring further particulars will please correspond im-
mediately with

WM. C. CUSICK, Union, Oregon.

PRINGLE’S MEXICAN FUNGI.

Nos. 1-10. Postpaid $1.00.

Sets of Economic Fungi, Grasses, Ferns, Myxomycetes, Lichens.
All kinds of Plant Material for Study in Laboratories. Moss Anthe-
ridia and Archegonia just received. Fern Prothallia always growing.

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,
Cambridge, Mass.
Everything Useful to Botanists.

ESTABLISHED 1851.

EIMER & AMEND,

, MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, —

205, 207, 209 & au Third Ave, — ao

Corner of 18th Street, NEW YORK.

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES. ei
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

E. March’s Szline Chemical Stone
Ware. =
‘Schleicher & Schuell’s : ae
Pure and Common Filter Paper. ¢
Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome-
ters (Polariscopes).
Prof. Jolly’ s Specific Gravity. Bab
ances, etc. eC

| Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co., of 2
Paris, Platinum... —_g ie

1H. T ronesdorff’s CoP: Chemicals.

_ SPECIALTIES; :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass-
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem
jan and. German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pur
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, ‘Copperware, Bunsen
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, — seis selma and - (Chemicals for
Sugar Chemists. __

“LaporaToRy overs aS

; ; hot Sy OR ge me i
FERTILIZERS, “ASSAYERS, ‘UNIVERSITIES. AND COLLEGES
Guass-Biowmne, Ercan, G

PUBLICATIONS oF THE CLUB.

a ) THE BULLETIN.

* "This journal has been published consecutively smce 1870, beginning with four
_ pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with |
many f full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.
_. Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 1o shillings. Agents for
agiend, Messrs, .Dutau & Co.,,37 Soho Square, London, England.
Back NumBers.—The BuLLerIN was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive :
in n yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years, The price, of, these
five volumes is $5.00, The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 16 have been indexed se’
rately, and a general index to Vols, 7 to 16 printed in pamphlet form, which may be had
tor 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 and 23 are indexed

ar ely. Price of each $2.00, Vols, 8 and 17 cannot now be inl Bist

The keane price is heat at $ 3.00 per volume in estas:
so be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Those
salted Sak tots Jt Onc Ds Jet Sopa ;
_ Volume 1, No. 2—A List of the Marine Algze hitherto observed on the Coasts
; By Isaac C. Martindale.

h America, with’ descriptions: of. many new species. By Richard Spruce.

75cents,
No. 4.—On Seedléss Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. hice. 75 cents. :
Volnme 2, No, 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding
Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, so cents.
No. 2,—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two. plates. By Anna
Marray ail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents.
No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polyga
‘By William E. Wheelock. Pree, 75 cette oa. fe
Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western owt Carolina and contiguous ter:
ritory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. ,_ Price;
No. 2.—A Revisi
_ By Thos. Morong. rice
3—An Enumeration of the Plants ‘collected in Bolivia by Mig
a ~ eee BAe of cents. -

7 FEBRUARY, 1897, _

BULLE

Ns

‘A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF B

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
OFFICERS FOR 1897.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Presidents,

T. F. ALLEN, M. D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D.
Recording Secretary, : Corresponding Secretary, en
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, Dr. JOHN K, SMALL, ~ Cee
Normal College, New York City. Columbia University, New York City.
Editor, — Oe _ Treasurer, e

SNe Le BRITTON, Ph Di : HENRY OGDEN,

Columbia University, New York City. eee Street, New York City. re

; ‘Associate Editors, age
EMILY L. GREGORY, TH: Dy ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. ss Sea

_ ANNA MURRAY VAIL, ‘BYRON D. HALSTED, Se. me

a LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD, Pu. D.
Curator, — ; Linden. ae

HELEN M. INGERSOLL. WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D. 20 a

Pere aN “Committee on Finance,
JL KANE. eae Saar : WM. E, WHEELOCK, M. Bi

Comenstaas: on Admissions. Ast oe
: CORNELIS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, MD : .

-_ 399 E. s7th Street, New York City. _ 6 W. sth Street, New York City.
Library ad Herbarium Committee, ! see A
| JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, - HELEN M. INGERSOLL, ee

Rev. L He LIGHTHIPE. —

WM. EB WEEE dD.

- Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, |
__N. L. BRITTON, Ph, D,
es HL RUSBY, ee

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Shrubs and Trees of the Southern States.—lI,

By Joun K. SMALL.

TsuGa CaroLintana Engelm. Coult. Bot. Gaz. 6: 223. 1881.

I have already reported this rare hemlock from Georgia* and
can now record a second station, at Tallulah Falls, several miles be-
low the first one. At the second station the trees grow in a more
accessible position and reach a better development, there being
plenty of soil. The station is towards the lower end of the cafion,
On the south side, where the bank slopes at an angle of 45° or
more, and about 1000 feet above the river. Owing to a drenching
rain which prevailed during my stay at Tallulah I could not ascer-
tain the extent of this grove.

Pinus puncens Michx. f. Hist. Arb. Am. 1: 61. /. 5. 1810.

I can now report this most locally distributed of our mountain-
inhabiting pines for the flora of Georgia, having encountered it in
the lower part of the cafion at Tallulah Falls. For the same rea-
son given in the foregoing paragraph, I am unable to tell the size
of the grove, but it is extensive and the trees are larger than I
have seen them elsewhere in the southern mountains.

Satix Warpi! Bebb, Gard. & For. 8: 363. 1895.
At the Falls of the Yadkin river in North Carolina both Sa/ix
migra and Salix Wardii are plentiful, the black willow growing
along the water’s edge on the south side of the river, while Sa/ix

*Bull. Torr. Club, 22: 45.

62

Wardu occurs on the opposite shore hardly two hundred yards
distant, the two species being respectively confined to the north
and south sides of the river. The form of Sa/zx Wardi occurring .
there is peculiar; the bushes are smaller than any heretofore ob-
served, diffusely branched and the branches decumbent or almost
prostrate, spreading radially and forming large, tangled mats,
seldom rising more than six inches.above the ground.

Quercus NANA (Marsh.) Sarg. Gard. & Forest, 8: 93. 1895.

I was much surprised to find quantities of this scrub oak on the
summit of King’s and Crowder’s Mountains near the southern
boundary of North Carolina in the summer of 1894. The locality
is within several miles of South Carolina and about one hundred
miles east of the Blue Ridge.

QUERCUS RUBRA L. Sp. Pl. 996. 1753.

The existence of the red oak in Georgia was unknown to bot-
anists before 1893. In that year I discovered a few trees just
south of the North Carolina boundary, on the summit of the
Thomas Bald, at an altitude of 5200 feet. The trees were stunted
and irregular, as is characteristic at high altitudes. Last year,
however, I found a remarkable development of the species in the
northwestern ‘corner of Georgia, in Catoosa county. The species
abounds in the limestone «bottoms ;” trees three feet or more in
diameter are not uncommon, their trunks, naked often for seventy-
five feet from the ground, are so straight that it is impossible to tell
which way they will fall when cut off at the base. The thick bark
is more or less mottled, whence the local name “ Leopard Oak.”

CELTIS MIssissiPPlENSIS Bosc, Encycl. Agric. 7: 577. 1822.

Although extending over most of the western part of Georgia,
this species of hackberry reaches its greatest development in the
rich limestone “ bottoms” in the region east of Lookout Moun-
tain. Gigantic trunks, three or four feet in diameter, are very
common, and are covered with innumerable corky warts, which
range from one to two or even three inches in height.

DarBYA UMBELLULATA A.Gray, Am. Journ. Sci. (II.) 1: 388. 1846.
I have lately discovered a new station for this rare plant. It

63

grows in limited quantities on the south banks of the Yellow River,
near McGuire's Mill, Gwinnett county, Georgia. I found it in
company with its near relative, Comandra umbellata.

MAGNOLIA TRIPETALA L, Sp. Pl. Ed. 2,756. 1763.

Another species new to the flora of Georgia, apparently never
found so far southeast of the Blue Ridge. I first encountered
Some trees at the northern base of Stone Mountain, and later at
several localities near the mountain. The trees are small and
slender, and the species does not thrive as it does farther north.

CRATAEGUS ELLIPTICA Ait. Hort. Kew. 2: 168. 1 787.

On several occasions, while collecting between Tallulah Falls
and Toccoa Falls and in the Nacoochee Valley in northern Georgia
Thave observed numerous groves of Crataegus elliptica growing
on the barren slopes of low hills, usually above streams, at alti-
tudes varying from 1000-1 500 feet. After several seasons’
study of this form in the field I can see no reason for uniting it
with Crataegus fiava as a variety, as has lately been done.* Be-
sides characters in the habit, the leaves, the fruit and seeds, which
Serve to separate it specifically from Crataegus flava, I find an ap-
Parent trustworthy distinction in the bark of the trunk. The
bark of Crataegus flava is black and in high narrow ridges, while
that of Crataegus elliptica is a light brown and in thin broad scales.

CRATAEGUS ROTUNDIFOLIA (Ehrh.) Borck. in Roem. Arch 1: Pt. 3,
87. 1798.

This species of Crataegus is very common in the southern Al-
leghanies and extends southward almost to the Gulf of Mexico.
In 1895 I found it throughout the southern part of Georgia, where
its favorite situation is the low ridges in the pine barrens, where
the different species of hardwoods abound.

CuiFronta MONOPHYLLA (Lam.) Britton, Bull. Torr. Club, 16: 310.
1889.

This curious and local plant forms remarkably dense thickets
in the swamps and districts bordering streams in the vicinity of
the Altamaha river, especially north of Jesup, Georgia. The
Beppe

* Silva of N. A. 4: 114.

64

stems there range from one-half of an inch to one foot in diame-
ter, and the thickets they form remind one of those made by the
growth of Kalmia latifolia and Rhododendron maximum on the
higher mountains of North Carolina.

ACER LEUCODERME Small, Bull. Torr, Club, 22: 367. 1895.

When first described, this species was thought to be confined
to the middle country of the Southern States, but my extensive —
journeys in Georgia last season brought to light two new stations
in the foothills of the Blue Ridge and the Alleghanies; one is the
deep cajion just below the precipice of Toccoa Falls, the other a
shallow cafion along the Little Chickamauga creek near Ringgold.
Both stations are similar to the Sree and at both the tree holds
all its characters.

Acer FLoripaAnum (Chapm.) Pax, Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 7: 243
1886.

This characteristic maple is apparently very common in the
river swamps of the Flint River in southwestern Georgia. Last
summer I encountered a remarkable growth just below Albany.
It probably follows the river to its mouth, for I again met it in the
vicinity of Bainbridge. The trees are conspicuous on account of
their close white bark and very dark foliage. Although said to bea
small tree 1 measured many trunks that were three feet in diam-
eter.

VACCINIUM HIRSUTUM Buckl. Am. Journ. Sci. 45: 175. 1844.

In April, 1893, I discovered this local and little-known huckle-
berry on the southern cliffs of the cafion at Tallulah Falls, Georgia.
This apparently is the first collection since the original discovery
by Buckley in Cherokee County, North Carolina. In 1894 Prof-
A. Ruth found the shrub on the Cade’s Cove Mountains in eastern
Tennessee, thus adding the third station and the third State in
which the species is known to exist.

65

Contribution to the Myxogasters of Maine.—ll,

By F. L. Harvey.

The excessive rainfall in Maine during the season of 1896
made the conditions most favorable for the growth of all kinds of |
fungi. We have never before seen such magnificent specimens of
fleshy fungi, nor such fine myxogasters. The favorable season,
together with more careful research, made by Mr. E. D. Merrill,
a member of the Junior Class at the Maine State College, and
myself, has brought to light nearly thirty species not before re-
ported from the State. Quite a number of these are rare in the
United States and a few new to this country. They are recorded
below. Appended is a list of new localities by numbers, which
refer to a former list (But.etin, Aug., 1896) and to the num-'
bers of this. Our specimens have been carefully determined
with the compound microscope and the results confirmed by Mr.
A. P. Morgan, who has kindly examined all the species offering
any difficulties. Notes upon some of the species reported in a
former list will be found in their proper places in the text. Some
there mentioned will have to be combined as synonyms, while
Some included doubtfully have been confirmed. Mr. Merrill’s
Specimens were collected on’ the shores of Lake Auburn, where,’
in a week, he obtained over forty species.

Orb. PHYSARACEAE.

87. Cytidium globuliferum Bull. Orono, Aug., 1896. On fallen”
trunks, (Harvey.) E. Auburn, Nov., 1896. (E. D. Merrill.) On fallen
hemlock. The sporanges of Mr. Merrill’s specimens were rather
small for the species, but otherwise characteristic.

88. Cytidium rufipes A. & S. Orono, Oct., 1896. (Harvey.)
Nov., 1896, E, Auburn. (Merrill.) Specimens scanty on fallen, de-
caying leaves, The above includes P. aurantium rufipes A. &. S.

89. Craterium minutum Leers. = C. pedunculatum Trentepohl.
On decaying leaves. Orono, Sept., 1896. (Merrill.) Oct., 1896.
(Harvey.) E. Auburn. Nov., 1896. (Merrill.)

90. Physarum cupripes B. & R. Orono, Sept., 1896. (Harvey.)
_ Mr. Morgan says of our specimens. “ Fine! Capillitium with
~ Much lime.”

66

ol. P. connexum Link. Greenfield, Sept., 1896. (Harvey.}
Abundant on dead wood and bark. Included by Lister in P.
compressum Alb. & Schw. Our specimens answer to P. affine Rost.
nearly.

92. P. imitans Racib. Orono, Oct., 1896. (Harvey.) On moss as-
sociated with Avcyria and Diderma, scanty. A small species with
sporanges .5 mm. diameter and liable to be overlooked. Mr. Mor-
gan says of a specimen sent him “its large sharp pointed nodules
are apparent even under a 34-in. objective.”

93. P. ornatum Peck. Greenfield, Sept., 1896. (Harvey.) On
dead wood. Morgan says “ this is a fine species and yours is an
elegant specimen.”

94. Physarum diderma Rost. Orono, Oct., 1896. (Harvey.)
Mr. Morgan made the following note on a specimen sent him:
“This is exactly like my specimens, which I refer to P. diderma
Rost. I have found it only twice and distributed it to Rex, Mc-
Bride and Sturgis who agree with me. I do not regard it as P.
diderma Lister.” This is a rare species heretofore only collected
by Mr. Morgan and only twice by him. To find it in Maine is
interesting.

95. P. striatum Fr. Western Sisters’ Is., Penobscot Bay, Aug.,
1896. (Harvey.) We sent Mr. Morgan a specimen and he says
‘It is referable to the above species. I have the yellow form also,
which is P. aurantium Pers. From what little material I have, I
am inclined to think the two may stand for a good species.”
Both have disappeared from Rostafinski’s monograph and from
Lister’s work.

96. Fuligo candida Pers. Head of Pamedomcook Lake, Oct.,
1895. (Harvey.) Two specimens taken, which were referred to
Mr. Morgan who makes the following note: “I never saw any-
thing like it. It is not Fuligo cinera Schw. The spores are oval
to oblong, minutely warted, 10-11 x 9-10 mic. and the lime nod-
ules are different. The specimens are good ripe ones showing
the internal structure nicely. We will call it F. candida Pers. The
cortex is whitish, fragile, and soon breaking into small patches.
This form is included under Hxigo septica Link (Gruel) by Sac-
cardo, but is very different. Persoon’s species should be restored. a

Q6a. Fuligo muscorum A, &S. Eastport. Prof. W. G. Far-
low. Omitted from our former list. :

67

97. Badhamia verna Rost. Orono. Me. Oct., 1896, (Harvey.)
' This is an exceeding rare species. It = Physarum vernum Som-
merfeldt sent by him to Fries in litt. (See Fries S. M. 3: 146.)
Rostafinski cites but one other specimen, found at Freiberg by
De Bary. To find it in this country is remarkable. Lister merges
it with &. panicea Rost., but wherever placed the species is new to
this country. The sessile sporanges are hard to detect on the
mossy logs where it grows. We have never found it but once,
and then in very small quantity. Mr. Morgan, to whom a speci-
men was sent, thinks “it is just as near as can be to the specimen
described by Fries.”

98. Badhamia capsulifera Bull. Orono, Oct., 1896. (O. W.
Knight.) Lister puts this under B. hyalina Berk. He says that
the spores are like those of 2. hyalina Berk. The plasmodium
from which our specimens come was very large and at one end
the sporanges were finely obovate and at the other end globose
and some of the*sporanges were lobed. Some were long stalked
and others sessile. The large plasmodium would suggest B.
utricularis Berk. if that is a distinction between B. hyalina Berk.
and &, wtricularis Berk. Our specimens were regarded as the above
species by Mr. Morgan, who includes in his description (M. M.
V., p. 106) B. hyalina Rost. We incline to Massee’s view a
polymorphous species for the above and B. utricularis Bull.

99. Scyphium rubiginosum Chev. Orono, Oct., 1896. (Merrill.)
Nov., 1895. (Harvey.) Mr. Merrill’s specimens were found on
Moss, sticks and on the base of alders near a brook. My speci-
mens were found on the base of a fir tree in deep woods. Not
abundant.

Orb. DiIpDyMIACEAE.

100. Lepidoderma tigrinum Schr. Orono, Oct., 1896. (Harvey.)
Only a few scattered sporanges found amongst moss on the under-
Side of a declining trunk, two feet from the ground. A rare species.
Mr. Morgan says it is scanty in Ohio.

101. Diderma radiatum Morgan=Chondrioderma radiatum Rost.
Orono,Oct.,1 896. (Harvey.) Scanty specimens were found amongst
lichens on hemlock bark. Mr. Merrill found this species much |
More abundant at E. Auburn, showing finely the radiate structure

68

of the ruptured sporanges and the columella. The outer per-
-idium breaks up in patches and the sporanges were hard to detect,
resembling the scaly growth of a young Parmela. This isa rare
species in this country but promises to be abundant in Maine.

102. D.spumariodes Fr. E, Auburn, Nov., 1896. (Merrill.) A
single plasmodium found on decaying leaves. A species with
small subglobose sessile contiguous sporanges, whitened by a coat-
ing of lime, Rare in Maine. ,

103. Spumaria alba Bull. Head of Pamedomcook Lake, Octo-
ber, 1895. (Harvey.) Growing onmoss. Two specimens taken,
Orono, October, 1896, and E. Auburn, Nov., 1896. (Merrill.) On
sticks and grass. Specimens taken by Mr. Merrill at Orono were
infested by the rare fungus Hypomyces candicans Plow., which has
never before been recorded from this country, and by nobody
abroad except Plowright. He found it on a Myxogaster, but did
not know the species. Our specimens have well developed asci.
The form described by Mr. Ellis as Nectria Rexiana (Eli), and
found by Dr. Rex on Chondrioderma spumarioides, is the young of
the same thing. Wesent Mr. Ellis a specimen and he said it was
the same as his Vectria Rexiana Ell.

104. Didymium lobatum Nees, Greenfield, Oct., 1896. (Harvey).
This form is included by Rostafinski under D. farinaceum Schrad.
It may be distinct.

Orp. STEMONITACEAE.

Remarks: Comatriche crypta Schw. Greenfield, Aug., 1896. (Har-
vey.) Nov., 1896. E.Auburn. (Merrill.) Mr. Morgan said of our
Greenville specimens that they were well grown and typical. The
form which Dr. Rex described as C. wregularis, and which Lister
makes a variety of Peck’s C. /onga is only a ragged, poorly developed
state of C. crypta. We find this and the type in the same plas-
modium. Abundant in Maine, forming plasmodia several inches
across. This is no. 38 of a former list.

Comatriche nigra Pers, Greenfield, Aug., 1896. (Harvey). A
few scattered sporanges on decaying wood. Reported in a
previous list (no. £7) as C. obtusata Preuss. Lister includes

the above, together with another form which we find at Orono _

_ that was described as C. Suksdorfii by Ellis in his C. obtusata
_ Preuss, The latter may prove a distinct species.

69

105. Lauprokerina scintillans B. & Br. E. Auburn, Nov., 1896
(Merrill.) A small cluster of sporanges on decaying wood.

106. Clastoderma DeBaryanum, Blytt. Orono, Oct., 1896.
(Harvey.) A few scattered sporanges on rotten wood. A small
species easily overlooked.

Orb. RETICULARIACEAE.

107. Reticularia splendens Morgan. Oldtown, Greenfield,
Orono. (Harvey.) E. Auburn. (Merrill.) This was reported as
Enteridium Rozeanum. (No. 53 of former list.) We have sent
specimens to Mr. Morgan, who pronounces them his &. splendens.
He insists that his species is distinct from European specimens
called £. Rozeanum.

108. 2. umbrina Fr.= R. Lycoperdon Bull. Oldtown, Green-—
field, Orono. (Harvey.) E. Auburn. (Merrill.)

Mr. Morgan thinks 2. atra Fr. (No. 43 of former list)= 2.
umbrina Fr.

Orb. LICEACEAE.

Remarks: Licea minima Fr., Orono, Oct., 1896. (Harvey.)
This species was reported in a previous list (No. 50) from crushed
Specimens in the Blake Herb. collected by Blake. The rediscov-
ety establishes this form as a Maine species. It is rare. Mr.
Morgan wrote us he had never seen the species before, but that it
agreed exactly with Fries’ description. The spores are 11-13 p.
Licea fragiformis (Bull.) Nees. Orono. Oct., 1896. (Harvey.)
This may prove to be distinct from TZuéulina cylindrica Bull.,
_ With which it is merged by Lister.

_ 109. Lycogala flavofuscum Ehr. Brunswick, 1896. (Kate Fur-
bish.) A single specimen among some {ungi sent for determina-
tion. Habitat not known.’ -

; Orb. TRICHIACEAE.

110. Trichia fragilis Sow. E. Auburn., Nov., 1896. (Merrill.)
This was growing with Hemiarcyria rubiformis Pers., which it re-
Sembles somewhat in color.

Remarks: Morgan puts 7: /acki' and 7. affinis DeB. (Nos. 58
and 65) of our former list together. He says of our specimens:
“They are genuine 7. Jackii Rost., if you want to take spore
: ‘Sculpture for species.” i ee

70

Regarding specimens of Hemiarcyria sent Mr. Morgan he says
“your specimen is genuine H. clavata Pers. and the only one I
ever saw.” This species seems to be common in Maine.

Orb. ARCYRIACEAE.

111. Heterotrichia Gabriellae Massee. E. Aubuin, Nov., 1896
(Merrill). Growing on wood. The only specimens before reported
are from South Carolina. Morgan says of our specimens that
they are all right both for genus and species and that it is a re-
markable species. We are unable to see how Lister can unite this
to Arcyria ferruginea, which is a common species in Maine and
very unlike the above in habit and structure.

112. Arcyria pomiformis Rost. = A. ochroleuca Fr. = A. lutea
Schw. Orono, 1890. (Harvey.) Mr. Morgan says “ this is a good
species, wholly distinct from A. cinerea Pers., with which Lister
merges it. I always get it in like your sample with only a few
sporangia to the specimen. I-have had it only from S. Carolina
before. It is a minute species and is certainly extremely rare in
America.” It is not common in Maine.

Remarks: Of aspecimen of Arcyria we sent Mr. Morgan he says
“it is exactly A. aurantiaca Raunkier. I have his work with this
species elaborately illustrated and it agrees exactly. The calycu-
lus of your specimen is minutely warted, not reticulate. The
sculpture of the thread is finer than in A. ferruginea,”

113. Lachnobolus incarnatus A. & S. Orono and Greenfield.
(Harvey.) Our specimens agree with what Prof. McBride de-
scribed as the above species. Lister merges it with L. circinans
Fr. Our form is probably a distinct American species, deserving
a new name.

Orb. PERICHAENIACEAE.

114. Perichaena microcarpa Schroeter. Orono, Oct., 1896-
(Harvey.) Only a single specimen found which was sent to Mr.

Morgan, who says it puzzles him exceedingly, but he thinks it

nearest to the above. He makes the following notes: “ Spores
14-17 mic., strongly spinose, but the color is yellow-brown ; threads
not yellow, but hyaline. I cannot discover lime anywhere; the

wall is yellow, or when more thickened, yellow-brown. Evi- — :

dently rare and new tc the country.”

71

115. P. marginata Schw., Orono, etc. (Harvey.) E. Auburn,
Nov., 1896. (Merrill.) The specimens a little weathered, but the
internal characters all right. Not abundant. We have seen this
at several localities, but thought it the young of some other
Myxogaster until this season.

New Locatities FoR MAINE MyxoGASTERS.

The numbers refer to a previous list (BULLETIN, Aug., 1896),
and to the numbers of this article.

Eastport: Prof. W. G. Farlow, Bull. Bussey Ins. 1876, p. 430.
Nos. 40, 47, 96a.

Brunswick ; Kate Furbish, No. 109.

Western Sisters’ Island, Penobscot Bay, near Mt. Desert, Long
Island: F. L. Harvey, Nos. 19, 26, 34, 35, 76, 81,95.

Head of Pamedomcook Lake: ¥. 1. Harvey, 96, 103.

Orono: O. W. Knight, No. 98; E. D. Merrill, Nos. 48, 89, 99,
102, 103; F. L. Harvey, Nos. 50, 87, 88, 89, 90, 92, 94, 97, 99»
100, 101, 106, 107, 108, 112, 113, IT4.

Greenfield: F. 1. Harvey, Nos. 37, 38, 91, 93, 108, 113.

£. Auburn: E. D. Merrill, Nos. 1, 10, 13,14, 17, 18, 19, 26, 32,
34, 38, 42, 47, 52, 54, 55,57, 58, 59, 61, 62, 65, 68, 69, 73, 75, 81
82, 86, 87, 88, 89, 99, IOI, 102, 103, 105, 107, 108, I10, III, 115.

Contribution to the Gasteromycetes of Maine.

By F. L. Harvey.

This list embraces all the gasteromycetes known by the writer
to have been collected in Maine.

It includes all the species referred to in the literature at hand,
besides the species found in the collections of the Portland Society
of Natural History and the Blake Herbarium of the Maine State
College. The species detected by the writer and his pupils are
also included, No special efforts have been made to do exhaus-
tive collecting, and the list may be regarded as preliminary. Cor-
Tespondence with parties interested in Maine Cryptogams is so-
licited, and additional references to Maine species of the above
order will be gratefully received and credited.

12

We are under obligations to Mr. A. P. Morgan and Prof. Tre-
lease for the examination of specimens.

We have followed Saccordo in most cases in the arrangement
of the genera.

GASTEROMYCETES.
I. Orp. PHALLOIDEAE.

1. Phallus daemonum Rumphius = Dzetyophora daemonum
Lev. Growing at base of a pine stump in apasture. Not abun-
dant. Orono, Sept., 1894. Three specimens taken. (Harvey.)
Odor offensive. :

2. Phallus impudicus Linn.=Ithyphallus impudicus (L.) Fr.
Growing in a meadow near the woods. Two fine characteristic
specimens taken, Sept., 1896, (Harvey.) Offensive.

3. Mutinus brevis B. & C. = M. Ravenelii (Berk. & Curt.). Found
in abundance for several seasons on the ground about the roots of
a clump of lilac bushes; also seen in several other places. The most
common fhalloid in Maine. Found about sink holes sometimes. -
Offensive. Orono, Me, (Harvey.)

Fam. II. NipuLariAceae.

4. Midularia pulvinata (Schwein.) Fr. Rotten logs. Orono.
(Harvey.)

5. Cyathus striatus (Huds.) Hoffm. Sacc. Syll. 7:33. On the
ground and upon railroad ties. Orono, Me. (Harvey.)

6. C. vernicosus (Bull.) DC. Sacc. Syll. 7:38. Orono, Me.
(Bartle, Harvey.) |
7. C. stercoreus Schw. Ground. Orono. (Harvey.)

8. Crucibulum vulgare Tul. Sace, Syll. 7:43. P.S. N. H. Coll:
No. 28. (Fuller), Portland (Bolles), Blake Herb. Cumberland —
(Blake), Orono (Harvey). Common on decaying twigs, logs and
boards.

9. Sphaerobolus stellatus Tod. Sacc. Syll. 7:46. Abundant upon
decaying wood and on the ground. Orono. (Harvey.) The
peridium of this species opens with a stellate border. The inner
wall protrudes until it is obovate in form and finally bursts with

force, throwing the sporangium several inches. We put some of —

_ these plants into a cigar box once, and in a few hours many spo- i
rangia were found fastened to the sides of the box.

73

10, S. ¢vbulosus Fr. Rather common about Orono on decay-
ing boards. Orono, Sept., 1896. (Harvey.)

II. Orp. LYcoOPERDACE.

It. Geaster hygrometricus Pers. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist. No. 36.
Old Orchard (Fuller), Blake Herb. Maine State College; Wells
(Blake), Cape Elizabeth (Fernald), Belfast (Upton), Western
Maine (Miss Furbush). On the ground.

12. Calvatia cyathiforme Bosc. Several specimens found in
pasture near Orono last of Aug., 1896. Some specimens about 6
inches in diameter. A large handsome species. (Harvey.)

13. Bovista plumbea Pers. Sacc. 7:96. Common in pastures,
Orono. (Harvey.)

14. B. circumscissa Berk. et Curtis. Sacc.7: 104. Cumberland.
(Blake.)

15. B. pila Berk. et Curtis. Sacc. 7: 104. Common in pastures.
Orono & Jackman. (Harvey.)

16. Lycoperdon gemmatum Batsch. Sacc. 7: 106. Harrison
(Blake), Orono, Greenville, Norcross (Harvey), Brunswick (Fur-
bish). Most common species. On decaying logs and stumps, also
onthe ground. Quite variable as to form and coating of spines.
Aug.~Sept.

17. L. gemmatum molle Pers. Sacc. 7: 107 = L. molle Peck =
L. muscorum M organ.

18. L. bovista L. Sacc. 7:109. There is a specimen of this
Species in the Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. collections as Lycoperdon gigan-
teum Batsch. We have not detected this species in Maine.

19. L. furfuraceum Schaeff. Sacc. 7: 110 == L. pusillum Batsch.
Cumberland (Blake), Orono (Harvey). Pastures and roadsides.

20. L. Wnghti B. & C. Sacc. 7:111. On the ground in
Pastures, etc. Orono and vicinity. (Harvey.) Variable as to
spines,

21. L. pyriforme Schaeff. Cumberland (Blake), Orono, Jack-
man, Norcross (Harvey), E. Auburn (Merrill), Brunswick (Kate
Furbish).

22. Lycoperdon asterospermum D.& M. Orono. (Harvey.)

23. L. glabellum Peck. Orono, 1896. _—, On ground
in woods. Not abundant.

74

24. L. Turnert E. & E. Ground pastures and open woods.
Orono, Greenfield, Sept. and Oct. (Harvey.)

25. L. subincarnatum Peck. Growing in clusters on decaying
wood, Greenville. Orono and Norcross. (Harvey.) August.

26. L. Curtisa Beck. In pastures. Orono. (Harvey.)

27. L. separans Peck. Ground in pastures, Orono, Me. Very
abundant in October. (Harvey.)

28. L. pedicillatum Peck. Ground and on rotton wood. Orono,
Me. (Harvey.)

29. Scleroderma vulgare Hornem. Western Me. (Blake.)
Orono, under fir trees and at Pea Cove on decaying logs. (Har-
vey), Belfast (Uptom) E. Auburn (E. D. Merrill).

Further Considerations of the Biological Status of Lichens.

By ALBERT SCHNEIDER.

In a previous number of the ButteTin I have given a brief
statement of the biological status of lichens. The paper was ¢s-
sentially a restatement of Reinke’s views on the subject. The
present object is to continue the discussion and to present different
phases and other details. Limited space will not permit entering
into lengthy discussions, nor is this called for, since the details
here touched upon have already been fully discussed elsewhere.
The intended function of this paper is primarily educational,
pointing out the best method by which the conscientious student
may arrive at a rational conclusion relative to the nature of
lichens. This seems necessary since many botanists (in verbal
communication) are most persistent in designating and classifying
lichens as fungi (in agreement with Schwendener). And this is
not all; some so-called lichenologists are just beginning to take
notice of Schwendener’s theory and wonder “whether there is
anything in it,” while others have not even heard of this theory
or ignore it entirely.

The stubborn resistance offered to the recognition of lichens as
a distinct class (in the sense of Reinke, not Tuckerman, Acha-
-rius and others), may be said to have a beneficial influence upon
the general progress of lichenology. Controversy and difference

7)

of opinion is to science what the governor is to the engine, it in-
Sures a more steady progress by urging more thorough study and
greater care and consistency in formulating conclusions. It is,
however, a fact which cannot be denied that (with a few excep-
tions) the most vehement objectors to Reinke’s theory are those
who have little scientific perspective and who have done little or no
Scientific work in lichenology. Among the more scientific class
of botanists the principal cause of the difference of opinion lies
in the difference of the point of view. The Schwendenerians are
essentially morphologists (histologists) of the older school who
consider structure and not function of prime importance. The
followers of Reinke are the product of the modern school of bio-
logical investigation which teaches that the morpho-physiological
method is the true one. That is, it should be the investigator's
Purpose to give a proper physiological interpretation to the mor-
Phological conformation. Peculiarly enough Schwendener is quite
universally recognized as the founder of this school. It should
also be borne in mind that at the present time Schwendener raises
NO serious objection to Reinke’s views.

Until recent years the pure systematists held full sway. Mor-
Phological studies were resorted to simply as an aid to classifica-
tion; hence those structures which proved most useful in forming
or perfecting a system received first attention. In the various
Systems of fungi the characters of the spore-bearing tissue was
found most useful, On comparing the apothecia of lichens with
the reproductive organs of fungi, certain morphological simi-
larities were noted and at once the conclusion was reached that
lichens must be fungi. No efforts were made to demonstrate
whether or not the spores of lichens were functionally the same
as those of the fungi. The study of the thallus was neglected be-
Cause it was not clear what practical use could be made of it in
classifying lichens as fungi. Schwendener himself, as well as many
investigators before and after him, made careful morphological
investigations of the various lichen-thalli. Schwendener indeed
demonstrated that the gonidia in the majority of lichens were true
algae, but he did not give a true explanation of the relationship
existing between the fungus and the enclosed algae (gonidia).
Reasoning from the standpoint of morphology he concluded that

76

lichens were the result of the parasitism of fungi with algae, a
conclusion without any physiological basis, as later investigators
have demonstrated.

Eminent investigators, after years of careful study attempting to
give a corresponding physiological interpretation to the morpho-
logical specializations as they occur in the lichen-thallus, have con-
cluded that it cannot be compared to any fungal structure.

The recent progress in the study of the phenomena of mutual-
istic symbiosis has a very important bearing upon the recognition
of the true nature of lichens. There are botanists who are scien-
tifically so unprogressive as to recognize no other form of sym-
biosis * than “ parasitism” (antagonistic symbiosis). Such will, of
course, persist in maintaining the “ parasitic’? nature of lichens.

There are all gradations between mutual antagonistic symbiosis
(mutual parasitism) and complete individualism.; Upon a recog-
nition of these phenomena depends the proper consideration and
treatment of lichens. Furthermore, the phenomena of symbiosis
have an important bearing upon the modern conception of the
cell, some problems in evolution, and upon the interdependence
of plants and animals. It is intended to define and discuss these
phenomena in some future paper.

Symbiosis has also a direct bearing upon the consideration of
what constitutes a morphological unit. When a form of symbi-
osis has reached the stage of complete individualism there can be
no doubt that the resulting structure constitutes a morphological
unit in the true sense of the word. The important question at
this phase of the subject is whether or not the form of symbiosis
as it occurs in lichens is sufficiently specialized that the resulting
structure may be recognized as being autonomous. In attempt
ing to solve this problem it is necessary to consider the following:
1, Is the lichen-structure morphologically and physiologically
distinct from the symbionts? 2. Have the symbionts wholly or
partially lost the power of independent existence?

* The term is here used in its broader meaning. It includes all forms of contigu-
ous associations of two or more morphologically distinct organisms accompanied by #
loss or acquisition of assimilated food-substances, :

+ Complete individualism is a form of mutualistic symbiosis in which none of the —
symbionts can exist independently (examples: some of the higher lichens, the cell).
Semi-individualism is a form of mutualistic symbiosis in which at least ove of the Kine
biants cannot exist independently (the Collemas and other lichens). .

77

The first question has already been answered in the affirmative
by Reinke, Bonnier, Bornet and others. The second will receive.
some further consideration. As far as lichens are concerned in-
vestigators are quite generally agreed that the fungal symbiont
can no longer lead an independent existence. It is absolutely
dependent upon its symbiotic association with the algae. It is also
generally believed that the algae (gonidia) can exist independently.
At least, many of the lichen-algae have been cultivated in artificial
media. Some recent experiments in this line would lead me to
conclude that the algae of some of the higher lichens can not exist
independently for any considerable period of time. . It became ap-
parent at once that related single-celled algae occurring free in na-
ture develop more readily than the lichen-algae when placed in or
on artificicial media. Repeated attempts to cultivate the algae
(Cystococcus humicola Nig.) of Cladonia have only partially suc-
ceeded. The algae would soon acquire an impoverished appear-
ance; changing from bright green to yellowish green and finally
toa pale straw color. Cell-division occurred only rarely and at
long intervals during the beginning of the experiment. Soon cell-
division and growth ceased altogether. In some of the experi-
ments a species of natural algae (Profococcus viridis and another
Species) accidentally introduced developed rapidly, soon forming
a green layer over the substratum (schistose rock, sandstone, lime-
stone). These natural algae frequently occur upon the surface of
the lichen-thallus and are apt to gain access to the culture media.
They can, however, readily be gotten rid of by the isolation
method. Culture attempts with algae (Cystococcus humicola Nig.)
from several species of Parmelia gave similar results. In no case
was it possible to develop a colony of, any considerable size nor
could the growth of the culture be maintaned for any considerable
period of time. From these experiments the conclusion seems
justifiable that the algae of some of the higher lichens are no longer
capable of leading a continued independent existence. Fungus
and alga, during their association as lichen, have become mutually
adapted so that they are complimentary in their relationship as a
morphological whole. It is safe to conclude that at least some of
the lichens form absolute individualism. Even the most prejudiced,
therefore, cannot hesitate in recognizing such lichens as morpho- |

78

logical units. In regard to the lower lichens and some of the
higher (Nostoc-bearing) there seems to be evident semi-individual-
ism, though further carefully conducted experiments are necessary
to settle this point.

Without entering into details I shall briefly summarize the es-
sential differences between lichens and the ascomycetous fungi.
This summary is deduced from. the.results, obtained by the most
scientific lichenologists during the past forty or fifty years. These
statements are especially intended for those who are continually
forgetting that there is a difference between fungi and lichens.

1. The morphological adaptions of the vegetative portion of
lichens is primarily for the furtherance of the function of ch/oro-
phyll-assimilation ; in fungi it is for the furtherance of the function
of reproduction (distribution of spores, etc.).

2. Fungi are essentially parasitic and saprophytic. Lichens
have partially or wholly lost the saprophytic or parasitic function
and have phylogenetically acquired the power of converting inor-
ganic substances into organic compounds by a process of photo-
synthesis. Morphologically and physiologically lichens resemble
other chlorophyll-bearing plants; fungi do not.

3. In lichens the mechanical tissues * are specially adapted to
support: and»protect the .assimilation tissue; in fungi the mechan-'
ical tissue is specially adapted to support and protect the sporoge-
nous tissue.

4. The soredia of lichens are special phylogenetically-derived
propagative organs and have no homologues among the fungi.
The cyphellae and cephalodia are also phylogenetically derived
lichen-structures.

5. The spores of fungi can develop into mature fungi; the
spores of lichens cannot develop into mature lichens. In other
words fungi may develop from spores, lichens cannot.

6. Lichens are better adapted to resist extremes of tempera-
ture and dryness. Fungi are better adapted to dark moist places.

7. In general lichens are long-lived while fungi are short-lived.
Some of the higher as well as the lower lichens (C/adonia, Par-

—

* More fully described by Zukal and in my Text-book of General Lichenology
now in press. In this book the citations of the more important literature on lichen-
ology will be given.

79

melia, Sticta, Lecidea, Biatora) have an indeterminate existence.
The life-period does not terminate with the maturation of the
spores, as with the majority of fungi.

8. The spore-bearing tissue of lichens is of little functional
value, hence it degenerates or becomes converted into a chloro-
phyll-bearing assimilating tissue (sterile Parmelias and Cladonias ;
podetia of C/adonia, thalloid exciple). Among the fungi the
Sporogenous tissue becomes functionally more and more spe-
cialized.

9. Lichens contain chemical compounds (lichenin, acids, etc.)
which do not occur among fungi.

10. Morphological similarities (in the vegetative tissues of
lichens and fungi they rarely occur) do not indicate similarity in
function. (See 1.)

Finally I will again urge the necessity of conducting modern
biological research from the standpoint of morpho-physiology.
It will be productive of reliable and harmonious conclusions.

The Affinities of Dendrobangia Rusby.*

By H. H. Russy.
(PLATE 294.)

The family Olacineae, as treated by Bentham and Hooker
(Gen. Plant, 1: 342 and 995) comprises four tribes. Olaceae has
the ovary normally 3~-5-celled, occasionally 1-celled by suppres-
sion, with two pendulous ovules in each cell. Opilieae has the
‘Ovary I-celled, with one erect ovule. Icacineae has the ovary
formally t-celled with two, rarely one by abortion, unilaterally
dendulous ovules. Phytocraneae has characters very similar to
those last mentioned.

Dr. Engler (Pflanzenfamilien, 3: Abt. 5, 233) separates the two
tribes last mentioned, under the family Icacinaceae, grouping them
With the Aceraceae, Celastraceae and Anacardiaceae, referring the
Euphorbiaceae, also to this group. ‘ The two tribes first mentioned
he retains in the family Olacinaceae and groups them with the
Aristolochiaceae, Loranthaceae and Urticaceae.

*Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 6: 19.

80

The affinities of Dendrobangia are clearly with the Icacinaceae.
Of this Dr. Engler makes three sub-families, to one of which, the
Icacinoideae, with 1-celled ovary, Dendrobangia pertains. Of the
four tribes of this sub-family, three comprise only climbing plants
and their floral characters exclude the genus under consideration,
which is clearly a member of the tribe Icacineae. In this tribe Dr..
Engler recognizes 26 genera, all but 7 of them having the calyx
gamosepalous, thus excluding Dendrobangia, the sepals of which
are barely coherent at the base. Of these 7 genera, Vi//aresia is
the only one known to have representatives in America. Villaresta
has the petals imbricate, while in Dendyobangia they are perfectly
valvate. From the six foreign genera the plant is distinguished
as follows: Cassinopsis, of Africa, has the stamens opposite the
petals. Leptaulus, of Africa, has a slender infundibular corolla.
Alsodeiopsis, of Africa, has the filaments free from the corolla-tube.
Platea, of Polynesia, is polygamous, and has the stamens free.
Sarcanthidion, of New Caledonia, has the petals imbricate, like
Villaresia. It may be said that, in addition to the characters given,
none of the above have apical appendages to the petals, while this
is a most important character of Dendrobangia. Although the
remaining genus, Chariessa, of New South Wales, has such append-
ages, they are very different from those of Dendrobangia. The
petals of Chariessa, moreover, are distinct, except at the very base,
and its stamens are free. The characters of filament and anther
and the absence of a style would also certainly exclude Dendro-
bangia from that genus. It appears, therefore, that the plant is
strikingly distinct from any other genus, and that it combines in a
remarkable manner the characters of the associated genera. It
agrees with Vi//aresia in the general ovary-characters, with A/so-
deiopsis and Leptaulus in the partially gamopetalous corolla, with
Leptaulus in the adnate filaments, with P/a¢ea in the sessile stigma,
and with Chariessa in having apical petal-appendages.

In the description of the plant already published, a number Of
points were misinterpreted or overlooked, and that description
should be amended as follows: The sepals are barely coherent at
the base, which fact, taken in connection with its general charac-

ters, must place it in the first section, described as having a chori-

sepalous calyx. The term ‘corolla-lobes” and not “ petals,” oe

81

should be used, as the corolla is gamopetalous nearly to the mid-
dle. The ‘corolla-appendages are lacerate-toothed rather than
“bearded.” The mature stamens are more than “ half the length
of the corolla exclusive of its appendages.” The appendages of
the petals appear to elongate considerably during the opening of
the bud, and they are widely explanate when the flower is expanded,
becoming early detached. They appear to act as pollen-holders.
Their mode of origin is peculiar. They are not continuous with
the tips of the petals, but originate from the inner face of the latter.

Explanation of Plate 294.
Fig. 1. Flowering branch, slightly reduced,
Fig, 2. A bud,
Fig. 3. Longitudinal section of bud, showing concave lateral face of theca.
Fig, 4. Anther, showing attachment of connective.
Fig. 5. A petal with its appendage.

Some new Fungi, chiefly from Alabama.

By Lucien Marcus UNDERWOOD.

In certain favorable seasons the Southern States offer fine op-
portunities for field work in mycology. It is fortunate that we are
beginning to have intelligent field workers that are resident in-
Stead of transient collectors, for it is only by persistent resident
work that anything like a clear understanding of the flora can be
obtained. While much is still to be desired in many of the South-
€rn States, it can safely be said that the States of Alabama and
Mississippi, at least, are now fairly well equipped with local workers,
as compared with neighboring States, if one or two workers for
an area of 50,000 square miles can be regarded as a fair equip-
ment. Many species are comparatively ephemeral, and only the
local observer who is at hand at the favorable moment is able to
gather the harvest. The fall season of 1895 was. specially un-
favorable for field work, on account of excessive drought, and this
condition prevailed more or less throughout the spring season.
In fact, not until July, 1896, were the rains sufficient to bring out
the normal hymenomycetous flora. Since that time, and particu-
larly during the months of October, November and December,

82

1896, Professor Earle reports a very prolific growth of fleshy spe-
cies, and among them he sent a very interesting series of the cen-
tral and lateral stemmed forms of the genera Polyporus. These,
together with a few others collected by myself in the same region,
and one or two from elsewhere, are described below. For con-
venience the genera and species are arranged alphabetically.

HyYDNUM CHRYSOCOMUM DN. sp.

Resupinate, forming areas 2-6 cm. each way; mycelial strands
-wide-creeping, more or less branched, bright orange-yellow, ex-
panding here and there to form a membranous subiculum bear-
ing the bright orange-yellow spines; subiculum thin, whitish
fimbriate at the margin, yellowish within and later bright orange-
yellow ; spines crowded, I mm. or more long, often confluent so
as to appear flattened, terete when single, concolorous, rather
obtuse.

Growing under much decayed sticks, New Dorp, Staten Is-
land, New York, October 17, 1896. Smaller and imperfect
specimens had been previously found in Indiana and Alabama,
with well-developed mycelium and scanty spines. A well-marked
species and easily recognized by its brilliant mycelial strands and
the color of its spines.

LEPIOTA MAMMAEFORMIS 0. sp.

Pileus thin, white, with a dull brownish strongly umbonate
disc, 5-8 cm. in diameter, mealy squamulose, the margin strongly
sulcate-striate, somewhat incurved; gills rather narrow, moderately
close; stem 12-18 cm. long, flexuous, hollow, tapering upward
from an elongate thickened base, over 1 cm. at its greatest thick-
ness, the narrow distant annulus often finally deciduous.

Growing caespitosely from near the base of a decaying Arous-
sinetia on the streets of Auburn, Alabama, July 1896. The gills
turn darker in drying and the umbo becomes strikingly prominent.

LeEptToGiossuM ALABAMENSE N. sp.

Black throughout, gregarious, 2-3 cm. high. Ascoma about
1 cm. long, flattened, in the dry condition about 2 mm. wide and
0.5 mm. thick, blunt or rounded, horny, yellowish within; stem
roughened, somewhat enlarged at base; spores hyaline, straight or
slightly more or less curved, biseriate in. the asci, becoming 4-
septate, 18-20x 4; paraphyses abundant, thickened and darker
colored at the tip.

On the ground, Auburn, Alabama. July.

83

PERONOSPORA PLANTAGINIS N. sp.

Mycelium parasitic in well-defined yellow areas of the leaf,
occupying -the entire width and a length of 1-3 cm.; conidiophores -
usually solitary, long exserted, irregularly 5-6 times dichotomous ;
ultimate ramulae short, unequal, recurved, 4-12 long; conidia
narrowly oval or lemon-shaped, pointed at each end, dark, almost
black by reflected light, brownish violet by transmitted light, 40—
44x 16-18». Odspore unknown.

On leaves of Plantago aristata, Auburn, Alabama, May, 1896.

F. S. Earle.

PERONOSPORA SEyMOURII Burrill n. sp.

. Sparse, forming white patches or lines on leaves and stems;
oospores on floral organs. Mycelium large, distorted, haustoria
knob-like ; conidiophores slender, seven or eight times dichoto-
mous, branches flexuous, spreading, tips short or of moderate
length, subulate ; conidia subglobose to elliptical, variable, 12-18
by 14-27, brownish; odgonia with firm, rather thick brownish
walls, reaching 70 in diameter; odspores dark brown, opaque,
thick-walled, rough, 27-45 Be

On Houstonia sp. Union and Jackson counties, Illinois, April
11-28, 1882. (A. B. Seymour.)

The above description was furnished me by Professor T. J.
Burrill. Having found what appeared to be an undescribed
species of Peronospora on Houstonia patens, in Auburn, Alabama,
I learned by accident that a species had been found on the same
host many years ago and that its description written at the time
by Mr. Seymour had laid in manuscript untilnow. The Alabama
Specimens appear to be the same species, but no odspores were
found. In the Alabama specimens the conidiophores were about
400 » long, with a diameter of about 6»; the branching was alter-
nate, the main branches being 70-90 long and the ultimate
branches or sterigmata 6-10 1; the conidia were more often ovate,

21 by 11-14 p.
POLYPORUS DECURRENS D0. sp.

‘Mesopous; terrestrial ; pileus nearly circular, 5 cm. in diameter,
plane or slightly depressed at the centre, brown or bay-colored,
covered with a thin crust which is glabrous except where it is
raised at certain points to simulate, when dried, an imbricated sur-
face ; pores nearly white, forming a layer about 2 mm. deep, de-
current on the stem and vanishing in faint reticulations just above

84

the base, slightly angular,o.5 mm.in diameter; dissepiments thin,
entire; context white, probably fleshy when fresh, compact,
homogeneous, about 7 mm. thick at the centre, gradually becom-
ing thinner; margins thin, slightly involute when dry; stem some-
what bulbous at base, 3 cm. or more long, tapering above, I cm.
in diameter at the apex, 1.5 cm. below, somewhat darker than the
pores.

Growing in soil on the side of a cafion near the Soldier’s Home,
near Los Angeles, California. Feburary, 1896. Dr. H. E. Hasse.
(Communicated by A. J. McClatchie.) :

A very characteristic species; the pileus in drying presents a
very irregular surface, certain points which have the appearance »
of slight imbrications remaining more elevated, while the inter-
mediate spaces become deeply depressed; it is hoped that more
material can be secured of this interesting plant and that its char-
acters may be noted in the field. The measurements were made
from the dry specimen and are naturally somewhat less than in the
fresh condition.

PoLyporus EARLEI n. sp.

Mesopous; terrestrial ; stem 4-5 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. or more
thick, colored like the pileus; pileus 7-12 cm. each way, cinereous,
slightly darker towards the centre; margin very thin, much in-
curved in drying; context soft-fleshy, grayish, drying to a thin
layer; pores I-2 mm. deep, somewhat whitish-stuffed when
young, cinereous gray, paler when young and, towards the mar-
gin, small (less than 0.5 mm.), the dissepiments rather firm, entire.

Pine woods, Auburn, Alabama, Nov., 1896. Prof. F. S.
Earle.

The plant is cinereous throughout and retains this color when
dry. It gives me great pleasure to associate with this plant, the
name of my former genial co-laborer and companion in many
“ fungus forays,” who is contributing largely to our knowledge of
mycology in a much neglected section of the Union.

POLYPORUS FLAVO-SQUAMOSUS N. sp.

Pleuropous; terrestrial; stem 7-8 cm. long, 4-5 cm. thick,
slightly flattened, irregularly roughened, colored like the pileus;
pileus 15 cm. each way, yellowish, with a slight tinge of greenish;
covered with rather small floccose imbricate scales, which form a

very thin fragile crust, channeled behind where the edges nearly — ;

meet ; margin rather acute, more or less incurved in drying ; con-
text white or slightly yellowish, fleshy, firm, becoming almost
woody when dry; pores 5 mm. deep, rather large (about 1 mm.),

85

‘irregular, angular, with thin dissepiments, slightly decurrent, white,
‘changing to greenish where wounded, yellowish when dry; spores
oval or ovoid, 9 x 6 », with a single large highly refractive gutta.

Growing in clayey soil, Auburn, Alabama, 23 Nov., 1896.
Mrs. F. S. Earle.

POLYPORUS IRREGULARIS 0. sp.

Pileus irregular, more or less branching, brownish, paler to-
wards the margin, uneven, subtomentose, with a thin imperfect
crust, the under layer of which is darker colored, forming a deli-
cate brown line in section; 4-6 cm.long, 3-4 cm. wide, the margin
usually thin; context white, floccose-felty pores white, 5 mm. or
more deep, irregular, more or less angular, small (0.25 mm.), the
dissepiments rather thin, firm, even.

Growing irregularly underneath a pine log, Auburn, Alabama,
Feb., 1896.

The older portions are ferruginous brown above, and the
free margins, when developed, are thin and distinctly paler brown
for a space of about 1 cm. The extreme margin is sterile, and
the pores which are normally even, become irregular and oblique

as the margin tends to become erect.

Potyrorus MELIAE fn. sp.

: Pileus convex, dirty white, subtomentose, anoderm, 5-8 cm.
in diameter, occasionally coalescing; margin obtuse, sometimes
extending nearly or quite around the pores; cortex floccose-
corky, whitish; pores cream white, becoming darker with age,
more or less rimose, 5-6 mm. deep, minute (about 0.2 mm.), the
dissepiments firm, slightly uneven, usually with obtuse edges;
Spores narrowly oblong, 6x3, hyaline.

On branches of Mea Azederach, Auburn, Alabama, Oct., 1895.

In very old specimens the layer of pores becomes cracked in

all directions and very much discolored.

POLYPORUS RETIPES N. Sp.

Terrestrial; stem excentric, 4-6cm. long, 2cm or more thick,
yellowish-white towards the base; pileus 6-15 cm. each way,
brown, appressed tomentose, finely areolate-rimose so as to appear
finely mottled; context fleshy, rather thick (2 cm. or more) be-
coming quite thin in drying, whitish ; margin acute; pores de-
current half the length: of the stem, shallow, whitish, large (1.5
mm. or more), mostly hexagonal, the dissepiments thin and finely
lacerate. : as

86

The young pores are very shallow and the stem appears reticu-
late-veined nearly to the base. As the pores become older they
deepen and those nearest the base of the stem become more or
less obscured.

In pine woods, Auburn, Alabama, Dec., 1896. Mrs. F. S.
Earle.

PUCCINIA POLYSORA N. Sp.

II., 111. Amphigenous; sori very small, short, very numerous
but irregularly scattered, remaining long enclosed in the tough
epidermis of the host, at length rupturing by a narrow slit ; uredo-
spores large, broadly oval, 35 x 30 y, scarcely echinulate, the epi-
spore of medium thickness, pale rusty brown; teleutospores varia-
ble, usually short, irregularly oblong, often somewhat constricted
at the septum, averaging 25 x 40 p, the cells often irregularly angled,
the upper usually broader than long, blunt or rounded above ; apex
not thickened ; pedicel usually short.

On Titpsacum dactyloides, Auburn, Alabama, August and Octo-
ber, 1891, B. M. Duggar.

USTILAGO SPARSA N. sp.

Parasite infesting occasional ovaries and transforming them
into somewhat sphaerical olivaceous pustules covered by the
changed and roughened seed coat, 1-3 mm. in diameter, the re-
mainder of the inflorescence unchanged; spores regularly oval,
distinctly echinulate, about 7-9 » in length.

Related to U. neglecta Niessl. and U. spermophora B. & C.,.but
distinguished from them by its larger pustules and smaller spores.
It has nothing in common with U. Dactyloctaenti P. Henn. Die
Pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrika, 5 : 48 which occurs on the same host, has
dark violet horn-shaped sori and sm oth spores, 10-14 p.

In scattered ovaries of Dactyloctenium Aegyptium, Auburn, Ala-
bama, November, 1895, and October, 1896. Underwood & Earle.

Febrvary 8, 1897.

An undescribed Lechea from Maine.

By EvucGeEne P. BICKNELL.

One of the most characteristic plants of York Harbor, Maine,
is a species of Lechea which abounds in dry open places, especially

87

over the weedy downs near the sea. . Upon visiting York Harbor
some years ago my attention was at once arrested by this plant,
which was obviously neither Lechea intermedia nor Lechea maritima,
the only eastern pinweeds which could be considered at all in
connection with it. Subsequent investigation discovered that the
plant, though it had never been discussed in print, had not been
overlooked by botanists, but had been a long-standing puzzle vari-
ously solved, it appeared, in terms of one or the other of the
Species named above. Material from different collectors which
had formed part of Mr. Leggett’s collection and bore his penciled
memoranda showed that the plant had perplexed that careful stu-
dent of the genus, who had at different times referred it doubtfully
both to Lechea intermedia and to Lechea maritima and had at least
entertained the idea that it might be referable to the more western
Lechea stricta. It may be said here that Mr. Leggett’s material
was not fairly representative of the plant and was quite insufficient
to form a basis for any safe conclusions. For this reason the
Same material was passed over by Dr. Britton in his revision of the
genus ( Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 244~253, 1894), which therefore
affords no help in the present case. In Dr. Robinson’s re-
cent critical treatment of the genus (Syn. Fl. 1: Part 1, 192-194,
1895) we find the first published notice of the Maine plant. It is
there mentioned under Zechea stricta as being nearly related to
that species, but as probably to be referred to Lechea intermedia.
The case, therefore, stands to-day just as it was left by Mr. Leg-
gett over fifteen years ago.

During several visits to York Harbor in August this pinweed
has claimed my particular attention, and I have realized in the
field that the problem it presented was indeed a perplexing one.
The main facts in the case seem to be these: The plant has much
the aspect of Lechea stricta, and is hence frankly distinguished in
appearance from Lechea intermedia; nevertheless, though closely
allied to the former it is not that species, but is a more or less
immediate derivative of the latter, as is shown by the occurrence
of forms not satisfactorily referable to either plant.

Technically, therefore, on the evidence, the plant is a variety
of intermedia—an incompletely detached derivative of that species.
Actually it has reached a degree of differentiation which, measured

88

by the slight differences separating species in this group of plants,
is certainly remarkable, and may fairly be taken as of species value
despite the apparently intergrading forms. Indeed, so distinct
from zztermedia does the typical plant appear that it may well be
questioned whether intergradation between the two is not, after
all, more apparent than real. When we recall instances of per-
fectly distinct species exhibiting an apparent identity up to the
time of full maturity of flower or fruit we find ourselves less ready
to assign doubtful specimens to the category of intergrades. It
may be readily conceived that between certain individuals of nearly
related plants an inherent distinctness may be completely disguised
to the eye as a result of retarded development or other cause. Be
this as it may, I am sufficiently satisfied of the expediency of
recognizing as a species the Zechea here discussed. To refer
it to either of its near allies would be to evade a difficulty
through a makeshift, and as for varietal rank the grade variety
has been misused out of. all definite meaning. Species are neces-
sarily of different values. Closely similar but trenchantly distinct
plants range side by side with species far more divergent from
each other, yet inter-related through medial forms. The relega-
tion of such well-characterized plants to the vague rank of variety
surely involves a disregard of the facts of nature not to be excused
by an appeal to the supposed requirements of a system of nomen-
clature necessarily more or less artificial.

For the new plant I propose the name Lechea juniperina in
allusion to the appearance of its densly leafy narrow panicle,
which is often suggestive of a spiry red cedar (Juniperus Vir-
giniana) in miniature.

LECHEA JUNIPERINA 0. sp.

Tufted from a descending and branched woody root, 2-5 dm.
high. Stems erect, often from an outcurved or ascending base,
mostly purplish and naked below the middle at flowering-time,
branched above the middle to form a dense narrow panicle;
branches short, numerous, closely ascending, mostly 2-5 cm. long
(1-9 cm.); pubescence consisting of fine white hairs, at first
densely appressed, becoming loosely substrigose-hoary or even
subtomentose-canescent; leaves numerous, crowded, ascending
or appressed, thickish, slightly revolute in drying, only the mid-
vein evident, glabrous above, below with the midrib finely strigose-

89

pubescent, and with some loose marginal hairs, the petioles 1~2.5
min. long, appressed white-pubescent on the under side; stem-
leaves linear to oblong-linear and oblanceolate, mostly tapering
towards the base and more abruptly narrowed at the apex, acute or
subacute, 1-2.2 cm. long, 2-4 mm. wide, those of the branches
much smaller, narrowly linear, acute; inflorescence forming a dense
and leafy narrow panicle, 10-20 cm. long (in reduced plants much
smaller and more or less terminal), the numerous short-pedicelled
flowers crowded in short axillary racemes and clustered at the
ends of the branches; fruiting calyx ovoid-ellipsoid, 1.5-2 mm.
long; pedicels 1-3 mm. long, often very short in the clustered
terminal flowers; inner sepals elliptic, subacute, nerveless or
faintly 3-nerved, reddish-purple, at least on the margins, the
Shorter outer sepals usually bright green in marked contrast;
capsule ovoid-subglobose, 1.52 mm. long ; petals reddish-purple,
oblong-linear, with only a mid-vein, about 2 mm. long by I mm.
wide; leaves of basal shoots narrowly elliptic, acute at each end,
somewhat pilose-hairy on the midrib and margins or nearly
glabrate. The plant blooms in August. The basal shoots do not
begin to develop until September.

In reduced states the plant is only 1-3 dm. high and linear in
general outline, the more persistent leaves appressed, the shortened
Panicle more or less terminal and sometimes only 1 cm. wide.

A form which grows in the shade of Copses or park-like woods
is more slender and less leafy than the typical plant of neighbor-
ing open ground, the leaves looser and often spreading, the more
Open panicle much less floriferous and more racemose-paniculate.

Specimens have been examined from various localities along
and near the Maine coast from York Harbor to Mt. Desert.

Lechea intermedia Leggett differs from L. juniperina in less
tufted habit and often larger size, becoming 7 dm. tall. The pu-
bescence is somewhat coarser and more strigose, and composed of
shorter, less whitened hairs, never becoming tomentose or canes-
cent. Thestem is usually greener, with the more persistent leaves |
less crowded and appressed and with more verticillate tendency.
The leaves are often larger and longer, becoming 2.8 cm. long and
5 mm. wide, and are rarely if ever distinctly oblanceolate. The
Panicle is more or less loose and open with fewer and larger, more
globose, longer-pedicelled flowers, which are mostly loosely race-
mose and never glomerate-clustered. The broader usually orbicu-
lar sepals are green or only with the slightest purplish tinge and
strongly nerved, the nerves often five in number and branched;

-

90

the petals are larger and broader and mostly 3-nerved, the stigmas
twice as large, the outer sepals commonly shorter and closer. The
leaves of the basal shoots are often larger and relatively narrower
and usually more hairy.

Lechea stricta Leggett, as compared with L. juniperina,is a
paler, more silky-canescent plant, especially when young, the nar-
rower acute leaves more pubescent, even pubescent over the lower
surface and sparsely hairy above, the branches longer and massed
above to form a broader panicle, the rather smaller and more glo-
bose longer-pedicelled flowers not at all glomerate, but distinctly
racemose-paniculate and showing little or no purple. —

L. juniperina appears to occupy a somewhat intermediate posi-
tion between L. intermedia and L. maritima Leggett, although it
need never be confused with the latter. Z. sarztima is, in fact, very
distinct from all our species and is strongly characterized by its
rigidly bushy-branched habit, dense tomentose-canescence and
the oblong densely-pubescent leaves of the basal shoots.

Notes on two western Plants.

By P. A. RYDBERG.

LONICERA GLAUCESCENS.

Lonicera parviflora var.? Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. Am. 2: 7 ‘oaitiyy
1840.

Lonicera Douglasti Hook. Fl, Bor. Am. 1: 282, 1833. Not
Caprifolium Douglasii Lindl. Trans. Hort. Soc. London, 7: 244.
1830.

Lonicera hirsuta glaucescens Rydb. Cont. U.S. Nat. Herb. 3:
503. 1896.

After seeing more material I have become perfectly convinced
that this is just as good a species as any in the genus. The same
conclusion has been reached independently by Dr. J. K. Small,
_ who intended to describe it as new, not noticing my description
cited above. He has also informed me of some of the localities
given below. To the characters given in my description in the
Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 1. c., I can add a feature which then
escaped my observation and which distinguishes L. g/aucescens

oe See aa

91

from all forms of Z. hirsuta. The leaves of the former always
have a chartaceous margin which is also common in L. dioica,
but never occurs in L. hersuta.

The following localities are to be added to those given in the
Contributions. These localities are based upon specimens in the
herbaria of the Ohio State University, Oberlin College, Lafayette
College and Columbia University :

Pennsylvania: S. W. Knipe, 1868; 1871; Guttenberg, 1879;
C. E. Smith, 1864; McMinn.

Ohio: F. B. Mason; Andrew Auten, 1896; Mr. Krebs, 1891;
W. A. Kellerman, 1895.

Michigan: Dr. Pitcher, 1829; F. E. Boyce, 1883.

Isle Royale: T. C. Porter, 1865.

Ontario: Dr.and Mrs. Britton and Miss M. Timmerman, 1889;
T. J. W. Burgess, 1881.

Saskatchewan: E. Bourgeau (Palliser Exp.), 1858.

South Dakota (Black Hills): W. S. Rusby, 1887.

_ GEuM (SIEVERSIA) TURBINATUM,

Potentilla nivalis Torr. Am. Lyc. N. Y. 1: 32. 1827. Not
Lapeyr, 1 782.

Geum, Rossii Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. Am. 1: 424. In part. 1840.
Not Steversia Rossii R. Br.

This has gone under the name of Geum Rossii (R. Br.) DC.
without any question ever since Torrey and Gray’s Flora was pub-
lished in 1840. Sieversia Rossii was described from specimens col-
lected on the Melville Island by Lieutenant Ross during Captain
Parry’s first voyage. Geum Rossii is a distinctly arctic species,
Tanging from the Baffin Bay Islands to Alaska. Geum turbinatum
is found in the higher Rockies of Colorado, New Mexico, Ari-
zona, Utah, Nevada and Southern Wyoming. It is not found in
the mountains of British North America, and I have no record of
its having been collected in Montana or Idaho. The two species are
therefore separated by a distance of almost 2,000 miles. The
arctic plant has much larger flowers, from 2 to 2% cm. wide, while
in the Rocky Mountain plant the flower scarcely exceeds 114 cm,
In the latter the bractlets are narrowly lanceolate and much shorter
than the tube of the calyx, which is decidedly turbinate, espec-

92

ially in fruit. In the true G. Rossi the bractlets are usually broadly
ovate and about the length of the tube. It has, as a rule, a more
hairy calyx and upper part of the pedicels. In G. ¢udinatum the
leaves, as a rule, are much deeper cleft and with narrower segments.
The pedicels are also much more slender and longer. The upper
stem-leaves and bracts are much reduced, entire, or with linear seg-
ments, while in G. Rossi the segments, as well as the stipules, are
broad and large.

G. humilis (R. Br.) Steud., (Sreversta humilis R. Br.), is not
found in the United States. The G. Rossi humile of Torrey and
Gray’s Flora and Watson’s Report of the Botany of King’s Ex-
pedition has nothing to do with Sieversia humilis R. Br. from
Unalaska. It is simply a more hairy G. turdinatum, not worthy
of varietal rank, Of the true G. humile, I have seen only one
specimen, collected by John Chapman, in 1893, also on Unalaska.
It resembles G. Rossii, but is more coarsely hairy and the leaflets
are broader and incised rather than divided. Whether it should
be regarded as a variety of G. Rossi or a distinct species I cannot
decide from the insufficient material seen.

Two undescribed eastern Species.
By N. L. Britton.

“ Vio_a ATLANTIICA.

Glabrous, or with a few scattered hairs, acaulescent; rootstock
thick, erect. Flowering scapes very slender, 4/-8’ high, mostly
longer than the leaves; petioles much longer than the blades;
blades broadly ovate to reniform in outline, 1-3’ wide when ma-
ture, deeply subpedately parted into linear or oblanceolate, acute or
acutish lobes, the lobes with a few low distant teeth, or entire, the
middle one somewhat the broadest; sepals linear-lanceolate, long- —
acuminate, 4’~5”” long; petals blue, longer than the sepals, at least
the lateral ones bearded; capsule oval-oblong, nearly 6” long,
glabrous.

Eastern Massachusetts to southern New Jersey, in sandy soil
along the coast. Simulates V. delphinifolia. May—June.
“ GERANIUM BICKNELLII.

Similar to G. Carolinianum but taller, the stems usually more :
slender, loosely pubescent. Leaves slender-petioled, somewhat —

93

angulate in outline, the segments oblong or linear-oblong, mostly
narrower; peduncles slender, 2-flowered, the inflorescence loose;
sepals lanceolate, awn-pointed ; ovary-lobes pubescent; persistent
filaments longer than the carpels; beak about 1’ long, long-point-
ed, its tip 2-3’ long ; seeds reticulated.

Nova Scotia (?) Maine to Western Ontario and southern New.
York.

A new Ribes from Idaho.

’ RIBES- LEUCODERME.

A shrub, four to six feet high, freely’ branching above, the
branches inclined to droop; main stem rather stout, covered with
thin light gray epidermis, which peels off in shreds ; branches, es-
pecially the younger ones, pubescent with very short and thick
white tomentum, the growing ends furnished with long-stalked
yellow glands; infrastipular spines solitary, or sometimes in pairs
on young branches, nearly an inch long when mature, slender and
very sharp, from a stout base, slightly curved downward, yellow-
brown; leaves broadly ovate, or almost orbicular in outline, the
largest two inches in diameter, deeply three-lobed, the lateral
lobes sometimes cut, so as to give the leaf the appearance of being
five-lobed, the lobes all coarsely crenate-serrate, pubescent on both
sides with short white hairs, and usually resinous-dotted, ciliate ;
petioles slender, pubescent, usually as long as the blade ; flowering
rachis an inch in length, or less, furnished with stalked glands,
two-flowered ; flowers’ approximate, on short, glabrous pedicels ;
bracts very small, shorter than the pedicels, almost orbicular,
fringed with stalked glands; calyx tubular, nearly a half-inch in
length, glabrous on the outside, hairy within inthe throat, greenish
white, or sometimes tinged with purple, the lobes narrowly ob-
long ; petals narrow, obovate, little more than half the length of
the calyx-lobes, white; anthers on glabrous filaments; style
Pubescent ; fruit spherical, four lines in diameter, unarmed, pur-
Plish when fully ripe.

Collected at Lake Waha, in the Craig mountains, Nez Perces
county, Idaho, by Mrs. Heller and the writer, June 2,1896. Type,
number 3175, in flower. It was also collected in fruit at Forest,
Nez Perces county, by Mr. H. E. Brown, in August, no. 17. It
1s common on the Craig mountains, growing on the edge of the.
forest, and in moist copses, at elevations of 2,000 to 3,500 feet.

It is the plant called Rises oxyacanthoides, by Holzinger, in Contr, 2

94

U.S. Nat. Herb. 3: 225. It is apparently common in northern
Idaho and adjacent Washington and, although found in various
collections, has always been referred to the very different 2.
oxyacanthoides, which seems to be confined to the eastern part of

the continent.
A. A. HELLER.

UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA,
MINNEAPOLIS, MINN,

Reviews:

Flora of the Amboy Clays.* After many vexatious delays the
Flora of the Amboy Clays has appeared. It makes a handsome
quarto volume, uniform with other U.S. Geological Survey Mono-
graphs, of 260 pages and 58 plates. Its distinguished author
was one of the fathers of American paleobotany and it is much
to be regretted that he could not have lived to see the publication
of his valuable material. But it was not to be, and it is fortunate,
indeed, that so able an editor was found to carry on the book to
its completion. It will stand as a monument to the painstaking
discrimination and acumen of the one and the careful judgment
of the other.

The so-called Amboy Clays take their name from Perth Am-
boy and South Amboy, in New Jersey, and embrace some 350
feet of clays, usually of much commercial importance, that are
there best exposed. As a formation, however, the Amboy Clays
extend from northeastern Maryland diagonally across the State

of New Jersey, the southern portion of Staten Island and the
north shore of Long Island to the southern counties of Massa-

chusetts. These clays have furnished the rich flora, which is the
subject of the present monograph.

Biologically speaking the Amboy Clay flora is of much inter-
est. It consists of 156 species, of which just 100 are described —
as new to science, besides a number of more or less doubtful
fragments. The most striking feature of the flora is the great

* Flora of the Amboy Clays. By John Strong Newberry. A posthumous work, a

edited by Arthur Hollick, Monographs U. S. Geol. Surv, Vol. 26: Wash.,Gov- —
érnment Printing Office, 1895 (1896). pp. 260. p/. 58. :

95

preponderance of phanerogams, there being only 10 species not
belonging to this class. This approaches somewhat closely to
the proportions existing in the present between the higher crypto-
gams and the dominant types, and suggests at once the compara-
tive modernness of the Amboy flora.

Of the 10 cryptogams enumerated, one is regarded as an alga,
one as an hepatic, and the remainder are ferns, one of the most
interesting being an undoubted Ophioglossum. The Cycadaceae
are represented by 3 genera and 5 species, and the Coniferae by
15 genera and 19 species. No monocotyledons were obtained.
The angiospermous dicotyledons are represented as follows:
Juglandaceae, 1 genus and species; Myricaceae,1 genus and 7
species; Salicaceae,2 genera and 5 species; Fagaceae,1 genus
and species ; Ulmaceae, I genus and species; Moraceae, I genus
and 3 species; Proteaceae, 2 genera and 3 species; Magnoliaceae
3 genera, II species, of which the remarkable Lzriodendropsis is
described as new ; Menispermaceae, I genus, 2 species; Lauraceae,
4 genera, 8 species; Rosaceae, I genus and species; Leguminosae,
7 genera and 10 species; Aquifoliaceae, 1 genus and species;
Celastraceae, 2 genera, 11 species; Aceraceae, I genus and species ;
Rhamnaceae, 2 genera and 2 species; Vitaceae, I genus, 2 species ;
Tiliaceae and Passifloraceae each with 1 genus and species;
Myrtaceae, 1 genus, 5 species; Araliaceae, 3 genera, 12 species;
Cornaceae, 1 genus and species; Ericaceae, I genus, 4 species;
Myrsinaceae, 1 genus, 3 species; Sapotaceae, Ebenaceae, Asclepia-
daceae and Caprifoliaceae each with a single genus and species;
uncertain affinities, 8 genera and 19 species.

This brief enumeration brings out clearly the great diversity
of the flora, for there are not less than 30 well marked modern
families represented, and often with a goodly number of species.
It seems unreasonable to suppose that this complex dicotyledonous
flora should be anywhere near the actual beginning of this great
class of plants, as has recently been suggested. It must have had a
long period of development before such diversity could have been
attained.

From the geological side this work furnishes a valuable and
timely contribution to the controversy regarding the presence of
Jurassic strata along the Atlantic border. The Amboy Clays are

96

shown to be higher than the Potomac of Virginia, and to have
strong affinities with the Dakota group, the Atam and Patoot
“beds of Greenland, the Cretaceous clays of Aachen, Germany,
and the upper Cretaceous rocks of Bohemia. The geological po-
sition and the abundant angiospermous flora furnish a complete
refutation of the contention that the Amboy Clays can belong to
the Jurassic.

The task of editing a posthumous work is always a delicate
one, since the editor is in constant fear of not correctly interpret-
ing the author. In this respect Mr. Hollick seems to have been
very judicious, and has made only such changes in the original
Manuscript as were necessary on account of discoveries made or
publications issued subsequent to the time when the author ceased
active work. These changes are presented in the form of foot-
notes over the editor’s initials ; the work, therefore, is essentially
Dr. Newberry’s.

The plates, in point of mechanical finish, are unquestionably
the best that have thus far been made of this class of objects by
the Geological Survey. The printing is also of good quality, but
it is unfortunate that the book should be marred by an incorrect
date of issue. It appears from the letter of transmittal that it was
submitted in March, 1894. It bears on the title page the date of
1895, whereas it was only issued in the last days of 1896.

Spermatozoids in Phanerogams. The leading articles in recent
numbers* of the Botanisches Centralblatt are contributed by two
Japanese botanists, Prof. S. Ikeno, of the University at Tokio, and
Dr. S. Hirase, of the same institution. In these two rather brief —
papers is announced a discovery of great interest to the botanical
world—that of spermatozoids in Ginko biloba and Cycas revoluta.
If confirmed, this will prove one of the most significant additions
to the comparative morphology of the higher plants that has been
made since the time of Hofmeister.

While more details are promised in papers that are to follow, —
enough is given in these preliminary contributions to inspire a good
degree of confidence. In Ginko biloba, according to Dr. Hirase, 4

*Botanisches Centralblatt, 69: 1-3; 33-35. 1897.

97°

pollen-tube is formed, which penetrates the ovule, but does not
come in contact with thearchegonium. The nucleus of the pollen-
tube divides, parallel to the long axis of the tube, into two daughter
nuclei, one of which continues to grow and divides again into twoin
asimilar way. The latter two daughter-cells become the ciliated mo-
tile male gametes. These spermatozoids are described as exhibiting
a nucleus completely surrounded by cytoplasm, They are of an
ovoid form, 82 long by 49 » broad; the head consists of three
spiral turns, these bearing numerous cilia, and a pointed tail is also
present. As soon as the spermatozoids escape from the pollen-
tube into a fluid which by this time has accumulated in the nucleus,
they swim quite actively about with whirling movements.

The writer does not state that he has traced out the course of
events from this time on. Prof. Ikeno has found in Cycas revoluta
Spermatozoids similar in structure and development to those of —
Ginko, but has not seen them in motion, as his observations were
confined to material collected at a distance and treated with various
fixing reagents. MarsHa.Lyt A. Howe.

Contributions towards a Monograph of the Laboulbeniaceae. By
Roland Thaxter. Memoirs Am. Acad, 12: 187-429. pl. 1-26.
D. 1896.

This is one of the most elaborate works that has yet appeared
on American mycology and has set a pace that it will be diffi-
cult for many to follow. The author has been peculiarly for-
tunate in having before him an almost open field, since, of the 158
Species known, 130 are American and with one or two exceptions
have been described by the author himself; he has, moreover, de-
Scribed several of the exotic species. It isa privilege that few
can enjoy to enter a field so free from the necessity, to borrow an
€xpression from a colleague, “ of first clearing the Augean stable
of synonymy.” The limits of species and genera have thus been
a new problem and the group is fortunate in thus having its out-
lines marked by a skilled investigator. Besides the careful diag-
noses of genera and species, there are twenty-six plates that are as
nearly perfect as the art both of the author and of the engraver
can make them; these illustrate all the species described. The
author also gives some general discussion of the group and brings
Out more fully than in his former papers the two most important —

“98

features of the group: (1) that they are true ascomycetes, and (2)
that they possess a sexual method of reproduction. The group is
an obscure one, its members living parasitic on insects and having
a simple structure and microscopic size, but inconspicuous as the
group is, it is likely to throw much light on the origin and rela-
tions of some of the higher fungi, and is certain, at least, to throw
doubt on the Brefeldian conclusions regarding the origin of the
ascomycetes. American botany is indebted to the author for his
laborious work on this unknown group of fungi and for his elab-
orate monograph. L. MA}

Ferns and Fern Allies of New England. By Raynal Dodge. Pp. 52.

Binghamton, N. Y., Willard N. Clute & Co. 1896.

This little handbook, which can be slipped into the pocket,
will be a convenient companion for fern-hunters in the region
which it covers. It also indicates a renewal of interest in the pop-
ular study of these plants which, in the past twenty years, has been
of much service in bringing to light the fuller knowledge of their
distribution and variation. Two species of Jsoe¢es are described,
and a series of field notes on these plants is included; these are —
timely, since this obscure group, more than any other, is in need
(1) of careful and extended observation in the field, and (2) care-
ful study under variation of water supply with special reference to
its influence on the development of structures that have been used
hitherto in classification, and (3) of comparative study in anatomical
structures and their illustration. To none who have made greater
or less contributions to the knowledge of this group in America
has this possibility of the study of fresh material been possible, and
there is much to be gained by those to whom the opportunity is
open to study habits as well as comparative structures. If this
booklet succeeds in stimulating this sort of observation it will have
done a good work. L. M. U.

Proceedings of the Club-

WEDNESDAY EVENING, JANUARY 27, 1897.

In the absence of the President, Vice-President Rusby occu-
pied the chair. There were twenty-one persons present.

99

Dr. H. Zahlbriickner, Natur-historische Hof-Museum, Vienna,
Austria, was elected a corresponding member.

The scientific program of the evening was as follows :

By Dr. H. H. Rusby, “Remarks on some Solanaceae.”

By Mr. A. A. Tyler, “The Nature and Origin of Stipules.”

By Dr. J. K. Small, “Aster gracilis Nuttall.”

By Mr. Geo. V. Nash, “New and Noteworthy American
Grasses.”

Dr. Rusby exhibited a number of Solanaceous plants and
remarked upon their relationships. It was pointed out that the
general appearance and chemical and physiological characteristics
of these plants frequently fail to indicate their structural affinities.
Cestrum and Sessea, Atropa and Datura were cited as illustrations
of the separation of otherwise naturally related groups through
their possession respectively of baccate and capsular fruits. Mico-
tiana was referred to as connecting those tribes having a radial
symmetry, with the tribe Salpiglossidae, having a bilateral sym-
metry and thus connecting the family with the Labiales. The
Androcera and Andropeda sections of the genus So/anum were
instances of the appearance of this bilateral symmetry in a widely
Separated part of the family where radial symmetry is otherwise
the rule.

Dr. Britton discussed the subject and remarked upon this in-
stance of development of two divisions of a group along different
lines, in this case through baccate and capsular fruits. He cited
Similar parallelisms in other families tending to produce different
resulting characters, as in Capparidaceae; and remarked that an
indication of the lines along which these genera have been derived
may be indicated by these characters.

The second paper by Mr. A. A. Tyler on “The Nature and
Origin of Stipules,” presented conclusions derived from studies
extending through several years. The subject was treated at
length in the light of geological, morphological, anatomical and
developmental evidence. Discussing Mr. Tyler’s paper, which
will shortly be published in full, Dr, Britton remarked that the
Outcome of this very important paper is most interesting; it em-
Phasizes the significance of basal scales and those of buds and
Tootstocks; and it is the more convincing from the nicety with

100

which it accords with the seemingly haphazard distribution of
stipules widely but irregularly here and there through the vege-
table kingdom.

Of the remaining papers, that by Mr. Nash was read by title ;
it is printed in the January BuLLetin; that by Mr. Small was, on
account of the lateness of the hour, deferred until the next meeting.

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Beal, W. J. Grasses of North America. 1: pp. 457. figs. 175s
Lansing, 1887. 2: pp. 706. jigs. 126. New York, 1896.
Clute, W.N. Notes on Cucumber Evolution. Asa Gray Bull. 4: 61.
N. 1896.

Davis, W. T. The Hop-Hornbeam at the Narrows. Proc. Nat.
Sci. Assn. Staten Id. 6: 9. 12 D. 1896.

Fernald, M. L. Aster tardiflorus. Gard. & For. 10: 14. jig. 4
1897.

Hooker, J.D. Aristolochia clypeata. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: pl. 7512+

Ja. 1897.
Native of New Granada.

Hooker, J.D. Signonia buccinatoria. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: p/. ss
Ja. 1897.

Native of Central Mexico.
Hooker, J.D. Croton Eluteria. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: pl. 7575. Ja

1897.
Native of Bahama Islands,

Kerr, W.C. Buttressed Roots. Proc. Nat. Sci. Assn. Staten Island,
Gi 33,38... & yas 1897.

Knowlton, F. H. Wonders of the Sundew. Pop. Science News,
30: 246. N. 1896.

Koehne, E. hiladelphus. Gartenflora, 1896: 450-461. 1896.
[Reprint.]
A revision of the genus.

Kurtz, F. Cyperaceae et Gramineae (Terra del hoy. Rev. Mus.
La Plata, 7: 383-391. [Reprint.] 1896.

Lawson, G. Remarks on the distinctive Characters of the Canadian
Spruces—Species of Picea. Can. Rec. Sci. 7: 162-175. 1896. .

_ BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. PLATE 294.

DENDROBANGIA RUSBY.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

{The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ] a
VoLumE I.
No. 4. A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By
N. L, Britton and H. Hl. Rusby (1887),.......... 25 cents.
No. 5. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
(1888) ics cel sede Av er os aay ae 25 cents,

Britton.
The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains
and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. .... 25 cents.
No. 11. Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus Zissa,
Adans, - By N..L. Bitton C10) 8 eae 25 cents.
No. 13. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
(1880), i a Se ee 25 cents,
No. 15. A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
OG: (RBBB) ie ee Bs ee e 25 cents.
No. 16. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton

COE ea 25 cents.

(1890),
No. 17. The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
No. 20. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

oS oe, CP mea ee ee

on ECS eee ee epee re oe Mee ar eee a 25 cents.
No. 21, Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
CU8GT) eo a eae es ee 25 cents.
No. 22. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
C1898) a ke ee ee ae ee eee 25 cents,
No. 24. Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
Ries (ipa) 4 5s Soe re 25 cents.

Votume II.

No. 26. A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North
America. “By, No Coibrton CiMge st oe oe pce ee a

No. 27. Note ona Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
LL, MGtton TINO ce a eek eee 25 cents.

No. 29. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton
ONS as aoe te Ee ee eee a 25 cents,

No. 30. Ranunculus repens andits Eastern North American Allies, By N. L.
Bation TUG) a cea ee eek oi mie ee 25 cents,

No, 31. A Sew List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
(1 yes ee ear See Pe ee ee ee ae. te ett 25

No. 33. A New cee of Listera, with Noteson Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong
80S) e as ee a . 25 cents.

) ;
No. 35- An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay,

Miss Anna Mursay. Vail (1899-1803), . = - +usse cso’ _ $1.50

No. 37. Further Notes pipe He Species of Polygonum. By John K. —
(8003) eg ae a ee i ee a + 25 cents.

No, 38. New ails North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton
(MNOS eo ce tbo ie dso eee . . 25 cents,

i —Notes on the North American

No. 39. Contributions to American Bryology, ILI.
Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, . . . . 25 cents.

No. 40. New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H H. Rusby (1893), .25 cents.
No. 41. The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Apalacia biooian Sy

tem. ohn KGa LPBOO), pine i wie bose ce <=
No. 42. tales ane ious Species of Iridaceze and other Orders. By Thomas
+ Mami LAB) id osc de ivr raine te .€ aieie woes rosoenrers 85 Conte,

Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr
(B03). Se eee ee a ee ge gc eee ee 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum—Il. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K.
SINAI(IBOA). ere Se . . 25 cents.

Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other

Species: By As Heller: (2894) os oases a a 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
Ree a a a ee ee ee eS 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American
Species of Weissia (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents. *
A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of

Cusrain. By, Wald, Matthew (1893) 60 65 9 kw Se 25 cents,
A Study of the Genus Psora/ea in America. By Anna Murray Vail
BGA) es Pere. oes ee a ar Genuine G 25 cents.

VotumE III.
Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.

By We La DIMRON CI S065 is cae ei ee hoi eo 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.
By Elvabeth: G. Britton Gitea)sc 2. 6 eS 25 cents,

Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the Genus P#ys-

comitrium. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), ........ 25 cents.
The Genus Cassia in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
A Revision of the Genus Lechea, By N. L. Britton (1894), . . 25 cents.
New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.

CTO ee ae eae cee ee oe 25 cents.
A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Carioom<s Gants (IOGear s ee 25 cents.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.
Suwall (1864), 6 SoS, es Cae ae Pere ay 25 cents.
Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus
Sruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth

(S, DHOR (EBON i a ve et ey tw eae 25 cents.
The Smilaceze of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894)
25 cents.

A preliminary Revision of the Genus Zathyrus in North America, By
Theddors Go Witte (iba) ee ee SP See 25 cents.
Two Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (1894) ...... 25 cents.
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. Sy John K. Small
ot are ae ee eee ge ei 25 cents.

Bowe eee ee ae

Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), . 25 cents.
A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. By
Anwa: Matray Vall (1096)5 2s oe eee eG 25 cents.

MOOG epg ae gs esas Pe eo eee . 25 conte.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K.
Sena (45ers ; . 25 cents.

i ee eg ae ek ee ae 8 - 25

. . . 25 cents.
An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penatd in Colorado during the |
summer of 1892. By N. L. Brittonand Anna Murray Vail (1895).50 cents:

VoLuME IV.

No. 76. The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1895), . 25 cents.
No. 77. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. L. Britton
(0) ee Sate 6 oe ea 25 cents.
No, 78. The Genus Cenchrus in North America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents.
No. 79. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States. By John K. Small
CAMO Ao gz at ineenig oe ee . 25 cents.
No. 80. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—I. By Geo. V. Nash (189 5).25 cents.
No. 81. Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1895.)
25 cents.
No, 82, Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei-
GOr C1NG ee fe as ae eve . . . 25 cents.
No, 83. A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail
Pi wy Rms eran be i ee oe ee _ 25 cents.
No. 84. New or Notew rthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo, V. Nash (1895).
25 cents.
No. 85. Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents.
No. 86. Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell.
CSB OO Ye ee Re PE 2) ay conti.
No. 87. A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax-
; ifragaceae. By Wm. E. Wheelock. (1896),. .. .....- 25 cents.
No. 88. A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), . . . 25 cents,
No, 89, Notes on some Florida Plants. II. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), . . 25 cents.
No, 90, Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—V, By John K.
Beet (1006) a Con ten eee
No. 91, The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Stsyrinchium).
By Eugene P, Bicknell (18060)).,-5 5. res 3 25 cents,
No. 92, Newor noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo, V. Nash (1896), 25 cents.
No. 93. O£nothera and its Segregates, By John K, Small (1896),. . . 25 cents.
No. 94. A preliminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae. By A. J.
CHOUPTIDOG ee Sah +. 25 cents,
No. 95. Revision of the Genus Asimina in North America. By Geo, V. Nash (1896).
25 cents,
No, 96. Notes on Potentilla, 1.,1I. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) . . 25 cents.
No. 97. A neglected Species of Oxa/is and its Relatives. By John K. Small (1896).
; 25 cents,
No. 98. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VI. By John K.
Small (1896) . . Bee ges aie! him Y oot : +. 25 cents.
No. 99. Notes on Fotentil/a—IIl. By P. A. Rydberg (1896)... .. 25 cents.
No. 100, On a new Species of Scrophularia hitherto confounded with 5S. A/ary-
landica, By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896). ......-... 25 cents.

VoLUME V.
No. 101. The Genus Cephalozia in North America. By L. M. Underwood (1896).
25 cents.
No. 102. New and Noteworthy Species of Sexifraga. By John K. Small (1896).
25 cents.
No. 103, Notes on Potentilla—IV. By P. A. Rydberg (1896). . . __. 25 cents.
No. 104. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VII. By John
otic ee oe cre
No. 105. Notes on forentilla—V. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) ..... 25 cents.
No, 106. Reinke’s Discussions of Lichenology. By Albert Schneider (1896), 25 cents.

No. 109. Terminology among the Orders of Thallophytes. By L. M. Underwood

A ee ee We pl Me

The series as above listed will be supplied for $15.

Mie of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,

Cc
may

had for $2, Address
PrRor. L. M. UNDERWOOD,
: Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY.

ISSUED AUG. I5TH.

AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA

— OF THE —

NORTHERN STATES AND CANADA,
Westward to the 1024 Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA.

By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN,
with the assistance of SPECIALISTS in various groups.

Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and FIG-
URED. Cuts, over 4,000. With Krys to species and genera, the Synonymy, the
English Names, the REVISED NOMENCLATURE, and revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE
of Families.

The First complete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country.

For Students and all Lovers of Plants.

Vol. I. now ready; royal 8vo, pp. XII.4-612; figured species, 1425; uncolored.
FERNS to CARPET-WEED. Vols. II. and III. will appear during 1897.

Price, $3.60 per. Volume.

Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers,

Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York,
or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York

«++ COMMENTS...

“The copy of your Illustrated Flora is a delight to me. You should have the
congratulations and thanks of every botanist everywhere.—ProFr. Byron D. HALSTED,
Rutgers College.

“Please accept my congratulations at having completed so useful and complete
a work. I am using it with much profit and a great deal of pleasure.”—-PRoF. CHAS.
A. Davis, Alma College.

“I am so much pleased with the first volume of your Flora that I cannot refrain
from expressing my high appreciation of your work, and my congratulations on its fine
appearance.” — Benj. H. Smiru, Philadelphia.

“I have seen your first volume and am more than delighted with it. It is so
good in every way that I am recommending it to every working botanical friend L
meet.”-—RrEv. W. M BEAuCHAMP, Baldwinsville, N. Y.

“As we carefully study the beautifully printed pages of this work, we are more
and more impressed with its magnitude and importance. It will give renewed life and
vigor to systematic botany and doubtless will be the means by which many a student
will be led to the study of the more difficult families."—-Pror. C. E. BEssEY in
American Naturalist.

«There is no work extant in the whole series of American botanical publications
which deals with descriptions of the flowering plants that can for a moment be com-
pared with it, either for a skillful and delightful presentation of the subject-matter or.
for modern, scientific and accurate mastery of the thousand-fold mass: of detail of
which such a work must necessarily consist.” — Pror, CONWAY MACMILLAN in
Science.

_ “In theline of books bearing the stamp of scientific authority, and at the same:
time adapted for popular use, this is unquestionably the best work ever issued on the
flora of any part of the United States.”—FrepeRIcK V. -CoviLue, U.S. Dept. of
Agriculture, Div. of Botany, Washington, D. C.

“It will be no exaggeration to pronounce this the most valuable contribution ever
made to American botany, so far as the area covered by Gray’s Manual—somewhat
Qxtended. . . . . The authors deserve the thanks of every botanist for this success-
ful ending of a great task.” —Mechans’ Monthly, Philadelphia.

.. This work should be in the library of all lovers and students of flowers; for
while it is the most exhaustive and complete work on systematic botany that has been
published in this country, it affords at the same time an easy introduction to begin-
nets through its illustrations. °— The Churchman, New York,

“We cannot too highly commend the volume before us, and no flower-lover can
consider his library complete without it.’—7ke Advance, Chicago.

. The work should find an enthusiastic welcome in the private study, as well as
in the college class-room.’’—Chicago Tribune.

. ‘A book of rare excellence, doing on a much enlarged scale for this country what
1s accomplished for Great Britain by Bentham’s Illustrated Flora. Besides the accu-
Tate description, we here have an authentic portrait of every North American species,
The treatment is popular, but at the same time eminently scientific. A complete cy-
Clopaedia of American systematic botany.”—PROFESSOR W. WHITMAN BAILEY, of
Brown University,

As far as the present volume enables us to judge, we have here a treatise
which will exert a wide influence in inducing large numbers of persons to make
otany within these limits a pleasant recreative study, and which will at the same
time afford to those who are fond of systematic botany a convenient work of refer-
ence... . A large proportion of the drawings are excellent in all respects. .
artificial keys are excellent throughout, All of them appear, so far as our exam-
ination has gone, to be carefully prepared. . ... .
is extre
Scrutiny as regards both workmanship and sound taste. The authors are to be heart-
ily congratulated on their genuine success in securing earnest codperation from all

.. |The work has finally appeared, and its friends have every reason to be proud of
it... ; + Theillustrations . . . areremarkably clear and characteristic . . . and show
the salient features of the plants as well as atty small figures can..... This excel-
lent work will have a most pronounced effect in stereotyping this particular system
of nomenclature... . , It puts the student in the proper attitude toward the plant
kingdom, and it is bound to work a genuine reform. e are confident that itis.a
great work. It has taken the latest convictions of the methods of ascent of the
vegetable world and has worked them out fearlessly and logically.”—Wew York Sun.

‘I have had your first volume in hand for several months, and examined and re-
¢xamined it with the greatest care. ‘The more I use it the more it commends itself
to my favor.”—Hon. Davip F. Day, Buffalo, N. Y.

“The appearance of the first volume of the “Illustrated Flora” marks a distinct
advance a systematic botany, and in the literature ve eg o poneeag a ee very
€ work should tend to greatly popularize the study of plants. €p :
moderate for such a comprehensive volume, and every botanist should subscribe at
once for it.”—American Journal of Pharmacy.

“The work is going to do an immense amount of good in popularizing syste-
matic botany, and aroeding a greater interest in such study.” PRor. THos. A,
Wittiams, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.

. lam delighted with it, and congratulate you on the success you have achieved
in the issue of this Bab onl A volume. Your work cannot fail to highly appreci-
ated by every botanist in the country, and to make the study of the science more
Popular than ever.”.—Dr. CHAS. MOoHR, Mobile, Ala.

“The peculiarity of the book is that every species is figured. This, together
with the cork rh of scope and inclusion of the latest information on the topic,
makes the ot ea of extteme value as a book of reference, while its moderate price
brings it within the reach of all botanical students. It fills a gap, accomplishing for
American Botany what has already been done for Great Britain and northern Europe.
(tr mechanical execution of text and drawings is admirable.”— Zhe Congregation-

zst, Boston,

Century II. of American Algae.

Issued by JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN,
University of Minnesota, MINNEAPOLIS, MINN,

The specimens in this century are from the Atlantic and Pacific coast localities
and from a number of inland stations, including Minnesota, Wisconsin, Dakota, Mon-
tana, Idaho, Wyoming, Colorado and Ontario. A variety of species from thermal
waters of the Yellowstone region were personally collected upon a special
expedition during 1896, and several of these are issued with Century II., while others
will follow in Century III. Some new species of rock-forming algae are also included.

Price of Century II., bound or unbound, $10.00 net. Orders may be
sent to the address given above.

Jasiabaneiaille

_..FOR SALE....
A COPY OF
Rabenhorst’s Deutsche

Kryptogamen Flora—Fungi.
PRICE, $25.00.
Address, DR. CHAS. MOHR, Mobile, Ala.

The Eastern Oregon Flora.

It is the intention of the subscriber to botanize throughout
Eastern and Southeastern Oregon during the coming season. A
limited number of sets of plants will be sold to subscribers only.
Botanists desiring further particulars will please correspond im-
mediately with

W. C. CUSICK, Union, Oregon.

Chapman’s Southern Flora.

Third Edition Ready in March.
Sent postpaid on receipt of price, $4.00.

Published by

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

1286 Massachusetts Avenue, Opposite College Library,
Cambridge, Mass

ESTABLISHED 1851.

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & 2 Third Ave.,,

Corner of 18th Street. NEW YORK.

| SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES

OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

|B. March’s Szline Chemical Stone

. Ware.

Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically
Pure and Common Filter Paper.

Doctor -C. Scheibler’s Saccharome-

. ters {Polariscopes).

_| Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bai-

Mig ances, etc.

@ Le Brun F. Desmontes & Ca., of

i Paris, Platinum.

if Wronedaks Ch Chemical:

. valanetn oy :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass-

ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, feiysbeas and — for ee :
Sugar Chemists. ete ae

LABORATORY OUTFITS
FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, _ UNIVERSITIES ND COLLEGES, S) eh
Grass Browns, Eremmwo, Grinpine AND ‘REparRiNc. . ie

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(1) THE BULLETIN.

This journal has been published consecutively smce 1870, beginning with fone
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with |
many full page illustr-‘ions were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.

Terms for Engiund and the Continent of Europe, 1o shillings. Agents for

England, Messrs, Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England, .

e Back NuMBERS.—The BULLETIN was published from 1870 to 1875, ingles
ys yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
Tun on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
_ The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 16 have been indexed sepa-
-gately,and a general index to Vols. 7 to 16 printed in pamphlet form, which may be had —

_ tor 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 and 23 are indexed

separately. Price of each cubes Vols. 8 and ae cannot now be supplied complete.

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

+. The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The | numt oT

°- ean- » alsa: be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. age
a omitted cece, this list cannot be had separately,
Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the.
of New Jersey and Staten Island, By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. _
No, 3—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rus
South America, with descriptions of many new Species. Se: Richard. Spruce.
oe Cents: ee
aN 4—On Seedless Fruits. ‘By E. Yews Sturtevant.

Price, 75 cents. :
"Volume 2, No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Bu uds and rot
Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 5o.cents. = .
No. 2,Contributions to the Botany of Vi irginia, mil to. plates. ye
urray | ail sore ape go rice, 75 cents. ;

By W: heelock. Price, 75 cents. _ ie
‘Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and —_

PMOL. 24. MARCH, 1897. No. 3.

DU ELE TIN

OF. FHE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY
NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

“AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB:

CONTENTS:

PAGE. 2 PAGE.
Chromatin-reduction and Tetrad-formation in New Species of Fungi from various Localities:
Pteridophytes : Gary N. Caikins (PLATES ¥. B. Eltis and 8. M. Everhart... , 125
ee Nees BRR ee ee ea ee zor | New Species of Fungi: Chas. H. Peck. . © 137
Notes on the Influence of Light on certain Studies in the Flora of the Central Guif Re-
dorsiventral Organs: Xatharine Cleve- gion—L: Charles Louis Pollard ... . 148
land Burnett (Pirate cee Reema ee ae 116 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB ...... - 158

thur Hollick (PLATE O96} se eae rao! AMERICAN BOTANY 2... 5-4: + . (262

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB,

"Tus New Era PRINTING Hovss,
Lancaster, Pa.

OFFICERS FOR 1897.

President,
_ HON. ADDISON BROWN.

pact: Ga Vice Presidents,
_T. F. ALLEN, M.D. - HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D.
| Recording Spann

Pror. EDW.3S. BURGESS,
Normal College, New York City.

chee Editor, : : Treasurer,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D, |. HENRY OGDEN,
Columbia University, New York City.

Corresponding ‘Secretary,
Dr. JOHN K. SMALL, ©
Columbia University, New York City.

Bis Pine Street, New York City.

see wera on ohdeebsiae..

‘CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, _ JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D.,
mie syth Street, New York City. 64 W. sot Phone, the Fick 17:
Library and Herbarium Committee, ee

A ‘JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, + HELEN M. INGERSOLL, :
Mala is MERLOT: M.D oe Rev. L. H. LIGHTHIPE.
pas Committees on the Local maou wen

‘PROF. THOS. Cc PORTER, - ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,

N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D, = MARIA O. LE BRUN,
H. H. RUSBY, M. D., _ SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M. D.
The Club meets regularly at Columbia University, 4oth Street and Madison A

ease York ee the second Tuesday and last Reiuerec dsl in os

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Chromatin-reduction and Tetrad-formation in Pteridophytes.

By Gary N, CALKINS.
(PLATES 295, 296.)

From the time when Van Beneden, in 1883, found that mature
reproductive cells have only half as many chromosomes as the
. Ordinary somatic cells, until the present time, cytologists have
endeavored to explain the meaning of this reduction and to show
how it takes place. These efforts have not as yet been attended
with complete success.

One of the most widely known theories as to the meaning of
reduction is that of Weismann who accepted the earlier concep-
tion of Roux (1883) as to the significance of mitosis and built
upon it an elaborate theory of development. In this he predicted
that a form of mitosis would be found in the maturation of the
reproductive elements “in which the primary equatorial loops
are not split longitudinally” (p. 371) and “by means of which
each daughter nucleus receives only half the number of ancestral
germ-plasms possessed by the mother nucleus” (p. 375).

Weismann’s prediction has been confirmed by recent observa-
tions on the copepod crustacea, and it is now known that in this
group of animals at least, the chromosomes of a maturing cell un-
dergo a transverse division, giving reduction in the Weismann
sense. This process of reduction, wherever definitely made out,
is invariably preceded by an arrangement of the chromatin into
four-parted chromosomes, to which the name “ Vierergruppen” or
“tetrads”’ has been given. These tetrads are always half as nu-

102

merous as the chromosomes of the somatic cells and often differ
widely from them both in shape and size.

The entire question of reduction rests upon the manner of
tetrad-formation, but unfortunately, observers are diametrically
opposed in their descriptions of the process. On the one hand it
has been shown beyond question, that in some cases (the copepod
crustacea) two of the four parts of the tetrad are formed by longi-
tudinal division of the spireme-segment, while the other two arise
by transverse division. In such cases two successive mitoses
divide the tetrads, first into two dyads and second into single
elements. By these two divisions the resultant reproductive cell
receives one-fourth of each of the original tetrads. On the other
hand, in another case, Ascaris megalocephala, where the facts also
seem to be beyond contradiction, Brauer has shown that the tetrads
arise by double longitudinal division of the spireme-segments and
that no transverse division takes place. In this case reduction is
purely quantitative and not qualitative.

The botanists Guignard (1891) and Strasburger (1888) have
maintained that in plants also, a reduction in the Weismann sense
does not take place. Neither Guignard nor Strasburger found
tetrads, They described the spireme as breaking up into half the
normal number of chromosomes which undergo simple longitu-
dinal division at each successive mitosis.

It would be remarkable if a process so general in animal cells
as the formation of tetrads should not be found in plant cells, and
with the hope of finding some evidence of this in plants I under-
took the study of reduction in the group of Pteridophytes, the re-
sults of which are given in the following section.

I. OBSERVATIONS.

Guignard and Strasburger found that in Zz/iwm and in Allium
the pollen-grain after reduction, undergoes subsequent mitoses,
in each of which the same reduced number of chromosomes is re-
tained. This led Overton (1892) to suggest that reduction in the
higher cryptogams, where sexual and asexual generations alternate,
might take place as far back as the formation of the spore. . He also
suggested that all of the cells of the sexual generation might have
the reduced number of chromosomes, and in 1893 he strength-

103

ened his position by showing that the cells of the endosperm in
the Gymnosperm Ceratozamia, divide with the reduced number.
But it was Strasburger (1894) who proved it, beyond doubt, by
showing that in the fern Osmunda all the cells of the’ prothallus
have the reduced number of chromosomes; in other words that
all cells derived from the spore have half as many chromosomes
as the cells of the asexual generation. Reduction in ferns, there-
fore, takes place during the formation of the spore waa here, if
anywhere, we must look for the tetrads.

A. Material and Fixation—Two fern species (Preris tremula and
Adiantum cuneatum) were selected, which were found in a fernery
in October, to be in various stages of spore-formation. The pin-
nae were removed and cut into small pieces before fixation. The
fixing agents used were 1, Herman’s platino-aceto-osmic mixture ;
2, Von Rath’s fluid; 3, corrosive sublimate; 4, sublimate-acetic;
and 5, picro-acetic. The best results were obtained with I, 3 and
4. The pieces were imbedded in paraffine and cut horizontally in
sections about 4 to 5 » thick. The stains used were Heidenhain’s
haematoxylin, either alone or with orange G or Congo red as
counter stains in the majority of ad eel orem although Flemming’s
triple stain gave good results.

B. Terminology.—In animals three periods are recognized in
the development of the reproductive cells (O. Hertwig). 1. A “ di-
vision period,’ during which the primordial germ cells («« oégonia”
and spermatogonia”) increase by ordinary mitoses; 2, a
“ growth-period,” during which the primordial germ cells enlarge
=e during which tetrads are formed. These cells are known as

“primary odcytes” and “ primary spermatocytes,’ and 3, the
“‘maturation-period,’ during which the nuclei with tetrads are
divided by mitosis into nuclei with dyads (‘« secondary odcytes ”
and “secondary spermatocytes’). These are again divided to
form eggs or spermatids.

As regards the periods of maturation it can now be shown
that both male and female cells in many animals, and reproductive |
cells in some plants (Pteridophytes), conform to the same type. It
is well known that in spore formation of Pteris, the single primor-
dial cell ultimately gives rise to sixty-four spores. It is also known
that there are sixteen so-called “ spore-mother-cells ” in each spor-

104

angium, and that from these sixteen cells the final spores are
formed. The stage between the first spore cell and the sixteen
cells is directly comparable with the “ division-period ” in animal
maturation. The sixteen-cell stage (see next page) is the stage of
enlargement and of tetrad-formation and corresponds with the
“srowth-period.” Finally the “ maturation-period”’ is recognized
by the two consecutive divisions of the sixteen cells to form the
sixty-four spores.

As the maturation phenomena are so closely parallel in plants
and animals, it would be of advantage to have the corresponding
cells designated by analogous names. In some cases the present
botanical names are unwieldy and inappropriate. The ‘ spore-
mother-cell” as a designation for the cells of the sixteen-cell stage
is incorrect as well as clumsy; for, if we consider the nuclei alone,
these cells do not give rise to the spores, but to the “ mother-cells ”
of the spores, and are therefore the “ grandmother-cells” of the
spores. I propose, therefore, to use the term ‘‘ primary sporocyte”’
for the cells of the sixteen-cell stage, and “ secondary sporocyte ”
for cells of the thirty-two-cell stage. These terms are directly
analogous to “ primary” and “ secondary” “‘ odcyte,” and “ sperma-
tocyte” in animal cells. The term ‘‘sporogonium,” which in this
connection would be analogous to the term “ odgonium ” or “ sper-
matogonium ” is, unfortunately, already used in a different sense
in botanical nomenclature and | shall therefore designate the first
eight cells in spore formation as ‘‘ archesporial cells” in accordance
with botanical usage.

C. Observations.

It is beyond the scope of this paper to describe in detail the
formation of the sporangium, with its annulus and tapetum, or
to describe the degeneration of the tapetal cells. Nor is it neces-
sary to give aminute account of the mitoses leading up to the
formation of the sixteen sporocytes. They all agree with the
division of the “ archesporium” and the number of the chromo-
somes apparently remains the same, although they are so numer-
ous that it is impossible to give the absolute number. From care-
ful counting in several cases, I estimate the number to be between
one hundred and twenty and one hundred and thirty.

The unicellular archesporium, which is destined to give rise to

105

all the spores of the sporangium, can be readily distinguished
from the surrounding somatic cells. It is larger, and the chroma-
tin of the nucleus stains much more deeply than that of the other
cells. The chromosomes are large and distinctly looped, and in
the metaphase of karyokinesis they are split by’a longitudinal
division (Fig. 17). After each division the daughter-nuclei pass
into the resting stage, during which the cell-walls are com-
pletely formed and each daughter-cell becomes completely sepa-
rated. The resting stages are comparatively long and the division
stages short.

1. The growth-period.

After the sixteen primary sporocytes are formed the nuclei
pass as usual into the resting stage (Fig. 1). The nuclei are at
first comparatively small (10.3 » in diameter), the chromatin-reti-
culum does not stain intensely, and there are usually from one to
threeor more nucleoli in each. Meantime the tapetal cells degener-
ate, giving room for growth of the reproductive elements. This
growth must begin very soon for the cells in the resting stage
(Fig. 1) are not frequently found. When fully grown, the nuclei
measure about 14.5 in diameter, an increase of nearly 50 per
cent. During this enlargement the chromatin reticulum is con-
verted into a delicate moniliform spireme. This is a single thread
of chromatin, very much coiled and interwoven and at first distri-
buted evenly throughout the nucleus (Fig. 2). From this condi-
tion of extreme delicacy and expansion the chromatin soon passes
into. a stage of greater localization and the spireme becomes
thicker. Evidence of the beginning of concentration can be seen
in Fig. 2 an early stage, where the nucleolus has not disappeared.
In a later stage, to which Farmer has given the name “ Synapsis,”
the meshes are drawn towards one side of the nucleus into a much
more compact chromatin mass (Fig. 3). This mass next becomes
loosened and the filaments more or less isolated. In exceptionally
favorable preparations the spireme in this stage is seen to be
double (Fig. 3 x).

The concentration of the chromatin at the same time with the
thickening of the spireme seems to indicate: a coalescence and
union of the formerly distinct granules of chromatin in the deli-
cate moniliform spireme.

106

2. Period of tetrad formation ; pseudo-reduction.

In the case of animals when the spireme thread breaks up into
segments destined to form tetrads, the number of these segments
is, in. general, half the number of chromosomes in the somatic
cells. There is a reduction in number of chromatin masses, but
the nucleus still contains all the chromatin it held at first, so that
actual reduction has not yet taken place. Riickert (1894) has ac-
cordingly proposed the expressive term “ pseudo-reduction” for
this preliminary halving of the number of chromosomes.

Pteris forms no exception to this rule. The double spireme
breaks up into short and well defined chromatin segments (Fig.
5 a) each of which gives rise to a tetrad. The number of these seg-
ments is difficult to determine; in several cases I counted about
sixty. This is about half of the number in somatic cells where, as
nearly as I can make out, there are between one hundred and
twenty and one hundred and thirty chromosomes. It is an inter-
esting fact that the process of tetrad formation is subject to some
variation and does not, apparently, conform exclusively to any
one type. This conclusion is based upon the following facts.
The spireme segments are, from the beginning, invariably double
(Fig. 5 a). The same nuclei contain various modifications of the
double segment. Some of them are split in the center while the
ends remain connected, giving rise to ring forms (Figs. 4, 5, 19 C):
In some there is no separation at all, in others the ends separate,
giving rise to “cross” forms (Fig. 61 and Fig. 19 a) and in still
others one half the segment may slide along on the other half till
the ends are no longer contiguous (Fig.6dande). There may
be still further modifications of the double segment in the same
nucleus (Fig. 5 x). In none of the nuclei which I have examined
does any of these types predominate ; and from their various and
diverse shapes it is impossible to regard them as developmental
stages of a single type. I am forced, therefore, to the conclusion
that, in these ferns, tetrads may be formed in a variety of ways.
The various methods can be grouped into three types, which I
will describe separately as (a) the “ring type;” (b) the “rod
type ;” and (c) the “ cross type.”

a. The “ving type.’ Almost every primary sporocyte contains
from one to several (8 or 9) ring forms in different stages. In

107

some cases the chromatin portion is thin and the opening com-
paratively large (Fig. 4c, §c,19c). Inno case is the ring thin
and delicate as in Heterocope robusta (Riickert, 1893, Fig. 23). The
ring stage begins with a lateral bulging of the two halves of the
spireme segment (Fig. 6 i); this is followed by the appearance of
a furrow at the center. This furrow enlarges until it forms a cir-
cular space, and, the ends of the segment remaining attached, the
chromatin forms a closed ring (Fig. 19 c). The chromatin then
begins to accumulate in four parts, each half of the originally
double spireme forming two (Figs. 6J,19 cand 20c), These parts
become more and more distinct and individualized; more com-
pact and tightly packed together, until finally the tetrad is com-
pleted (Fig. 7). The tetrad is, therefore, derived first, by a lon-
gitudinal splitting of the spireme segment, and second, by the
transverse splitting of the two halves.

6. The “rod type.’ The tetrad begins as before with the
short and somewhat thickened double spireme-segment, but here
no separation of the two parts of the segment takes place (Fig.
5a). The chromatin segregates at the two ends in four swellings
(Fig. 6b). These swellings enlarge, become more definite and the
segments become shorter by the gradual drawing together of the
ends. The ends finally round out and tetrads are formed by what
would seem to be the simplest method possible.

There are some modifications of this type. In some cases the
two halves of the spireme segment slide along on each other until,
in an extreme case, the opposite ends may become contiguous
(Fig. 6d, e). The resultant tetrad does not differ essentially from
one formed in thesimpler manner. There is the same segregation
of chromatin at the four ends, the same shortening of the segment
and finally the same end result, although at first the tetrad is some-
what distorted. In the rod type, therefore, the tetrad originates
first by a longitudinal division of the spireme, and second, by
transverse division of the halves and is equivalent in all respects to
the tetrad of the “ ring type.”

c. The “cross type.’ In this type the halves of the double
spireme segment, instead of separating in the centre as in the
“ring type,” or of remaining parallel to each other as in the “ rod
type,” become separate at the two ends but remain attached to

108

each other in the centre. (Fig. 6a,1., etc.) These ends sepa-
rate farther and farther until each half segment forms a loop
which lies in contact with the other half segment only at the
center of the convex side (Fig.6c). It is the opposite of the
ring type. In some cases the segregation of the chromatin begins
at an early period (Fig. 6 a), and, as separation continues, the
segregation becomes more marked, until finally there are four dis-
tinct swellings lying at right angles to each other (Fig. 6 c, 19 a).
The loops meantime become shorter and shorter, until finally the
four parts of the chromosome are brought together, and a tetrad
is formed similar in all respects to those of the “ring’’ and “ rod”
types (Fig. 6 k).

Like the “ rod type,” the “ cross type” shows some modifica-
tions. After the ends have begun to diverge as in the normal
cross type, one of the loops may swing around through an angle
of 90 degrees on the point of attachment as a pivot (Fig. 6 f).
It thus comes to lie in a plane at right angles to its original posi-
tion. Segregation of the chromatin gives rise to the four parts of
the chromosome as before. Various other modifications of this
type are found (Fig. 5 x), but in all of them the result is the same.
Here, therefore, as in the other types the tetrad originates first by
a longitudinal division of the spireme-segment and second by
transverse division of the halves.

3. Period of Reduction.

It is in this period of spore development that reduction of the
chromosomes actually takes place. It begins with the arrange-
ment of the mature tetrads into the nuclear plate of the primary
‘sporocyte spindle. Before this arrangement the tetrads are dis-
tributed throughout the nucleus (Fig. 7). The nuclear membrane
disappears, and after this, for the first time, it can be clearly seen
that the nuclear space is filled with almost parallel spindle fibres
(Fig. 8). The latter at this stage could not be traced to definite
points at the poles. The tetrads lie in various positions on the
spindle fibres (Fig. 9), but they gradually collect at the equator of
the spindle. The migration towards the equator of the spindle is
clearly shown in Fig. 10 for Pvers and Fig. 20 for Adiantum, while
Fig. 11 shows the completion of the spindle in Preris and the
definite formation of the nuclear plate. In this stage the tetrads

109

are closely packed, and are so numerous that counting is impossi-
ble. In the early stages, however (Figs. 8 and 10), it can be seen
that the number is about sixty.

The compact arrangement of the tetrads in the nuclear plate
leaves no chance for orientation. It is impossible, therefore, to
tell from this division whether the tetrad divides through the line
of original cleavage, or through the secondarily acquired trans-
verse cleavage. In other words, it is impossible to tell whether
the division of the primary sporocyte is a reducing or an equation
division. There is, however, good reason to regard this as an
equation division, and the division of the secondary sporocyte as
transverse, and, therefore, as a reducing division. The second
mitosis follows closely on the first, but in the short interval the
two parts of each dyad, which at first appear like two small balls
closely pressed together (Figs. 12 and 21), now become drawn out
in the direction of their common axis, which is probably the
original longitudinal axis of the spireme-segment (Figs. 13 and
14). It is immaterial in the final spore cells whether the first or
the second division is a reducing division in the Weismann sense.
That one of them must be is shown by the method of tetrad
formation; but, from the manner in which the dyads elongate, the
probability is certainly strong that reduction is effected by the
second mitosis. The change in shape of the chromosomes in the
secondary sporocyte-spindle makes the general appearance of the
nuclear plate conform more nearly with that of the somatic cells
(cf. Figs. 13 and 18), although they are fundamentally different.

4. The spore.

The cylindrical shape of the daughter chromosomes as they
come from the division of the dvads in the secondary sporocytes
is retained until late in the anaphase (Fig. 14). The resulting
four daughter-nuclei lie freely in a single cell which, until the cell-
plates are formed, is a syncytium. In the division of multinuclear
cells it has been frequently noted that the nuclei are connected by
spindle fibres. This occurs in ferns, and long after division, and
-even as late as the telophase after the cell-plates are formed and
the nuclei have gone into the resting stage, fibres can still be seen
connecting each nucleus with all the others (Figs. 14 and I 5).
While the cell-plates are forming, the chromosomes gradually dis-

110

integrate and pass into the reticulum although their outlines
can be dimly made out even after the reticulum is well formed
and the nucleoli have reappeared (Fig. 16).

5. Lhe centrosome.

It is extremely difficult to stain, and correspondingly hard to
find the centrosomes in this material; even at the spindle-poles
its identification is not easy. I was able, however, to make it out
in two different stages (Figs. 11,12 and 13). One of these was
in the mitosis of the primary sporocyte, the other in that of the
secondary sporocyte. In the first of these the centrosome at the
spindle-poles was double (Figs. 11 and 12), in the second it was
single (Fig. 13).

II. TETRAD-FORMATION.

In cases where reduction in the Weismann sense is actually
known to take place, there have been wide variations in the ac-
counts of the process. It was first described by a former pupil
of Weismann’s, Ishikawa, who did not find tetrads and who held
that reduction in the copepod Diaptomus is accomplished by the
separation of entire chromosomes. This result is entirely contra-
dictory to the more recent results obtained by the subsequent
study of Diaptomus and other copepods.

Vom Rath, apparently the first to correctly interpret the for-
mation of tetrads, gave a different account of reduction in the in-
sect Gryllotalpa. He found that the spireme is double before it
breaks up and that there are half as many of the double segments
as there are chromosomes in the somatic cells. The halves of the
double segment separate, except at the ends, and a ring is formed.
Later the tetrads arise by concentration of the chromatin at four
points of the ring, a method by which the four parts of the tetrad
originate by longitudinal division represented by the original divi-
sion of the spireme, and by a transverse division.

Hicker gave still another description of tetrad-formation in
Cyclops strenuus. His details have been denied by Rickert, who,
however, accepted the general results and agreed with him that
the tetrad is formed as in Gryllotalpa by a longitudinal and a
transverse division of the original spireme segments. Riickert
(1893 and 1894) has found two modes of tetrad formation, each

111

giving, however, the same results, viz.: the formation of tetrads
by a primary longitudinal and a secondary transverse division of
the spireme. The first method (Cyclops, Canthocamptus) agrees
almost exactly with what I have here described as the “ rod type.”
The spireme is divided longitudinally before segmentation into
half the normal number of chromosomes. The chromatin then
begins to collect into a much thicker double rod; the rod then
divides transversely and tbe tetrad is formed by longitudinal and
transverse division. The other method described by Riickert
takes place in Heterocope and Diaptomus and agrees very closely
with what I have described as the “ring type.” The double
spireme breaks as before, but the double segment, instead of re-
Maining contiguous throughout, becomes separated in the middle,
while the ends alone remain in contact. A ring is thus formed
and tetrads arise later by two divisions, one through the diameter
of original cleavage, the other at right angles to this line.

Enough has been given in this account to show that certain
methods tetrad-formation are characteristic. of certain species of
animals. Up to the present time it has always been found that
the tetrads in a single nucleus are formed by one method, either
by the “rod type” or by the “ring type” alone. My observa-
tions on the fern, however, show that tetrads in the same nucleus
may be formed by both methods or even by a third. From these
facts the conclusion seems inevitable that all the types of tetrad-
formation mentioned above are merely modifications of the same
process and have no significance in themselves so long as'a com-
mon result is obtained.

It seems remarkable that such obvious structures as tetrads
should have been hitherto overlooked in the plant reproductive cells.
Many observers have noticed that the mitosis in the sporocyte
differs from that of all other cells, whether somatic or archesporial.
This difference was early recognized by Guignard and Strasburger.
Overton and Belajeff also were struck by the peculiar shape and
appearance of the chromosomes in this mitosis; the latter especi-
ally described them as agreeing in all particulars with Flemming’s
account of heterotypical mitosis. Finally Farmer (1895), in speak-
ing of the pollen-mother-cell of Lilium Martagon, refers to

112

structures which can be explained only as early stages in tetrad
formation: “Die Form der Chromosomen ist sehr unregelmiassig,
zuweilen erscheinen sie als Bander, oft als Ringe mit einer oder
zwei Protuberanzen, letzteres tritt namentlich in etwas spateren
Stadien auf. Ich habe viele Zeit geopfert, mit dem Versuch zu
einer festen Entscheidung dariiber zu kommen, ob die Ringahnliche
Form wirklich primitiv vorhanden oder einer inneren Spaltung zu-
zuschreiben ist, die das Chromosom noch nicht vollstindig ge-
theilt hat. Ich neige stark zu letzterer Annahme und betrachte
desshald die Ringform, wo sie verkommt als ein friihes Anzeichen
der Langstheilung des Chromosoms” (p. 58). Again he says:
“Es braucht kaum bemerkt zu werden, dass diese heterotype Form
der Mitose auf die Pollenmutterzellentheilungen sich beschrankt
und sich weder in den vegetativen, noch in den friiheren Arche-
sporialen Theilungen derselben Pflanze findet” (p. 64). And
finally: «Was die zweite Kerntheilung in Pollenmutterkorn be-
trifft, so zeigt sie gar nichts von den eigenthiimlichen (hetero-
typischen) Vorgiange, welche die erste Mitose characterisiren, sie
weicht nur durch die behaltene reducirte Chromosomenzahl von
einer vegetativen oder eine friihen Archesporialen Kerntheilung
ab. Es ist daher wahrscheinlich, dass die der ersten Theilung
besonderen eigenthumlichkeiten mit der plotzlichen Chromosomen-
zahlverdnderung in einer directen und causalen Beziehung stehen ”
(p. 67).

The still later work of Miss Sargant (’95), on the chromosome
of the pollen-mother-cell of Lz/zwm Martagon, shows that a trans-
verse division of the chromosomes probably takes place. She
does not mention the formation of rings which were described by
Farmer as preceding the nuclear plate stage, nor does she men-
tion tetrads. But as Wilson first pointed out (’96 p. 197), her
description of the dividing chromosomes give strong reason to
believe that these structures are to be interpreted as tetrads.

The fact that so many observers have described phases which
suggest more or less clearly the formation of tetrads in different
groups of plants, together with my own observations on the ferns,
render it probable that further study will show the reduction of
chromosomes through tetrad formation to be a phenomenon of
as wide occurrence anions plants as it is already known to be
among animals.

113

SUMMARY.

1. The spore maturation in Pteridophytes agrees step by step
with the maturation of sexual cells in animals.

2. As in animal maturation, the process of spore-formation can
be divided into three periods of division, growth and maturation.
The division-period is the interval between the archesporium and
the sixteen-cell stage of the sporangium. The growth-period is the
interval during which the sixteen cells enlarge and tetrads are
formed. The smaturation-period includes the two successive divi-
sions of the nuclei in the sixteen-cell stage, and the formation of
the spores.

3. Different terms are used to designate the cells in the differ-
ent stages of maturation. Those of the “division-period” are
known as the “ archesporial cells.” Those of the “ growth-period ”
have hitherto been known as the “‘spore-mother-cells.” The term
“spore-mother-cell’’ is, however, inaccurate and clumsy, and I
Suggest the term primary sporocyte in its place, also secondary
Sporocyde for the daughter-cells of the primary sporocyte. These
are the mother-cells of the spores and by their subsequent division
the sixty-four spores are formed.

4. The “ growth-period”’ is the most important stage in matu-
ration. It begins with a distinct enlargement of the cell. The
chromatin then forms a delicate moniliform spireme before the
nucieolus has disappeared. A much thicker spireme is subse-
quently formed from the moniliform thread. The thickened spireme
then splits longitudinally. It next breaks up into half as many
double spireme-segments as there are chromosomes in the somatic
cells ; each of these double elements forms a tetrad.

5. Three types of tetrad-formation are found in each nucleus.
These may be called the “rod type,’ the “ring type” and the
“cross type.” In the first type the halves of the double spireme
Segment are completely separated; in the second, the halves be-
come separated in the center but remain connected at the ends;
in the third type the halves become separated at the ends but re-
main connected at the centre.

6. In all three types the tetrads are finally formed by « a trans-
verse division of the halves of the double spireme-segment, giving
reduction in the Weismann sense.

114

7. These methods of tetrad-formation have no significance in
themselves so long as a common result is obtained. They may
be considered as modifications of the same process.

CoLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY,
February 8, 1897.

REFERENCES.

1894. Belajeff. Zur kenntniss der Karyokinese bei den Pflanzen.
Flora, 1894.

1883. Van Beneden. Recherches sur la maturation de_l’oeuf, la

- fecondation et la division cellular. Archives de Biologie IV.

1891. Boveri. Befruchtung. Merkel und Bonnet’s Ergebnisse. J.

1893. Brauer. Zur kenntniss der Spermatogenese von Ascaris
megalocephala. Arch. f. Mik. Anat. XLII. :

1895. Farmer. Uber Kernteilung in Zéium-Antheren, besonders
in bezug auf die Centrosomenfrage. Vora, 1895.

1891. Guignard. Nouvelles etudes sur la fecondation. Aum. d.
Se. Nat, Bot. XIV.

1893. Haecker. Das Keimblaschen, seine Elemente und Lagever-
anderungen. Arch. f. Mik. Anat. XLVI.

1895. Id. Die Vorstadien der Eireifung. Arch. f. Mik. Anat.
XLV. ,
1893. Overton. Uber die Reduction der Chromosomen in den

Kernen der Pflanzen. Ann. Bot. VII.

1892. Vom Rath. Zur Kenntniss der Spermatogenese von Gee:
talpa vulgans.. Arch. f. Mik. Anat. XL.

1883. Roux. Uber die Bedeuting der Kerntheilungsfiguren.
Lewpsig.

1894. Riickert.. Zur Eireifung bei Copepoden. Anat. Hefte, 1894.

1895. Sargant. Some Details of the first nuclear Division in the
Pollen-mother-cells of Lilium Martagon. Journ. Roy. Mic. Soc.
1895, pi. 3-

1894. Strasburger. Ueber periodische Reduktion der Chromoso-
menzahl im Entwicklungsgang der Organismen. Biol. Cen-
tralbl, XTV. |

ee | Weismann's Essays. First series.

1896. Wilson. The Cell in Development and Inheritance. New
York, 18096. .

115

Description of Plates 295, 296.

Figures 1-18 are stages in Preris; figures 19-21 are Adiantum; all figures are
drawn with a Zeiss Camera lucida, :

Fig. 1. Early sporocytes in the resting stage subsequent to the last division of
the archesporial cells. >< 1800,

Fig. 2. Primary sporocyte after growth. Chromatin arranged in a delicate,
single, moniliform spireme, nucleolus persistent. >< 1800,

Fig. 3. Primary sporocyte with thickened and concentrated spireme. The end
(x) is double. >< 1800,

Fig. 4. Primary sporocyte showing different stages in tetrad formation, C-ring
forms. >< 1800. :

Fig. 5. Primary sporocyte; portion of nucleus showing stages in tetrad formation.
A-double spireme segment; C-ring forms; X-divergent forms, >< 2300.

Fig. 6. Various types of tetrad formation; A, B, C, F, G, H, K, L, show the
“ cross type,” Dand E the * rod type,” I and J the “ ring type.” >< 3600.

Fig. 7. Primary sporocyte with finished tetrads. > 1800.

Fig. 8. Primary sporocyte showing spindle fibres, loss of nuclear membrane, and
distribution of the tetrads. .< 2300. :

Fig. 9. Primary sporocyte section showing fewer tetrads and the arrangement on
the spindle fibres. >< 2300.

Fig. 10. Primary sporocyte, a prophase showing concentration of the tetrads into
the nuclear plate. >< 2300.

Fig. 11, Primary sporocyte; metaphase showing completed spindle. C-centro-
some. >< 2300,

Fig. 12. Primary sporocyte, anaphase showing division of tetrads into dyads.
D-dyads. C-centrosome. > 1800.

Fig. 13. Secondary sporocyte; metaphase showing arrangement of elongate dyads
in the nuclear plate. C-centrosome. 1800.

Fig. 14. Late anaphase of the division of the secondary sporocyte showing the four
nuclei free in the cell, with connecting spindle fibres, >< 2300. .

Fig. 15. Early spores. The cell plates have formed; remnants of the spindle
fibres can still be seen. >< 1800.

Fig. 16. Young spore, Nucleoli have reappeared, >< 1800.

Fig. 17. Primary archesporium; a few of the chromosomes during the early stage
of division, They are distinctly double. >< 2300.

Fig. 18. Somatic cell from a young fern plant, in division. >< 2300.

Fig. 19. Primary sporocyte (Adiantum) showing formation of tetrads. C-ring
form. A-cross form. >< 2300.

Fig. 20. Primary sporocyte showing division of tetrads into the nuclear plate.
C-ring forms, >< 2300.

Fig. 21. Primary sporocyte showing division of the tetrads to form dyads. (D).

X 2300.

116

Notes on the Influence of Light on certain dorsiventral Organs,
By KATHARINE CLEVELAND BURNETT.

(PLATE 297.)

The influence of light on morphology and anatomy of dorsi-
ventral organs comprises a most important part of plant physi-
ology. It is necessary therefore to explain that the work set forth
in this paper is of a very limited character, owing to the short time
available in a laboratory course, so that the subject should be
limited to the study of the influence of light on the morphology
and anatomy of dorsi-ventral organs of two plants studied during
the months of March, April and May.

The influence of light on a plant may be negatively studied by
watching its behavior when deprived of light. The results of this
deprivation are morphological, anatomical and physiological, and
are known as the phenomena of etiolation.

Some of these results are well known and prominent, many are
exceptional and disputed.

As a general thing, we notice morphologically the lengthening
of the internodes and the smallness of dorsi-ventral leaves; also, ©
that the leaves make a very small angle with the stem.

Studied from an anatomical point of view, the vascular and
thick-walled tissues are found to be much less developed in the
internodes, and no differentiation of palisade and spongy tissue is
found in the leaves ; this is almost a physiological point, being con-
nected with the non-formation of green chlorophyll pigment. A
green plant deprived of light forms no green chlorophyll pigment
and even loses that which it already has formed.

It has been stated by various authorities that a dorsi-ventral
leaf owes its differentiation of palisade and spongy tissue entirely
to the influence of light, and ¢at for a distinct purpose. Accord-
ing to Vines,* «‘ palisade layers occur always beneath the epidermis
of those surfaces which are directly exposed to the sun’s rays. If
a plant be grown in the shade the palisade layers are imperfectly
differentiated even if they can be detected at all. Development
of palisade layers is clearly a peculiarity of leaves which are ex-
posed to sunlight. Bright light promotes assimilation and oxida-

* Vines. A Students’ Text-Book of Botany, 686-687.

sa7

tion and decomposition of chlorophyll. Palisade tissue affords
protection from the latter effect. When there is diffuse daylight
the chlorophyll corpuscles are arranged horizontally along the
upper surface of the cells. In direct sunlight they are vertical.
The elongated form of the palisade tissue facilitates this with-
drawal. The spongy tissue is especially adapted to transpiration,
so in submerged water plants we find no palisade nor spongy tis-
Sue. First, the light is not intense. Second, they do not tran-
spire.”

Furthermore, MacDougal, in his Experimental Plant Physiology,*
says that if young leaves of beech be turned so that the morpho-
logical under surface becomes the upper, the palisade will be found
on what was originally the under surface.

The following investigations were made for the purpose of
verifying these statements, and, furthermore, to see if the tissues —
of the leaf could be changed after the anatomical differentiation
had taken place, that is, after the palisade tissue had formed could
the leaf then be turned and palisade tissue be formed on the side
now exposed to light.

The plant experimented with was the Sale alba. Young
twigs were obtained April 17th with buds % cm. long, slightly
swollen but still covered with scales, the leaves, therefore, were not
exposed directly to the influence of sunlight (a).

On cross-sectioning a bud the tissue of the leaves showed
regularly arranged parenchymatic tissue with no differentiation of
palisade or spongy (b).

The twigs were put in water, some in the dark and some ex-
posed to light, to see whether the willow showed any exceptions
to the ordinary facts of the etiolation. Ten days later, April 27th,
the willow grown in darkness showed well marked etiolation.
The terminal bud had grown 3% cm., being now 4 cm. long, the
the lateral buds only from 1-2 cm. The internodes varied in
length from 4% cm. tot cm. The leaves were small, from % to 34
cm.in length; they made a small angle with the stem and had
no green chlorophyll pigment.

On cross-sectioning, the anatomy had changed but little from
that of the bud studied ten days earlier. There was a very slight

* Pp. 73-74.

118

lengthening, vertically, of the first layer of cells under the epi-
dermis of the upper surface, but no further differentiation, merely
a growth in size and number of cells.

The bud grown in light had developed in six days (April 23)
as follows: (c) The entire bud had lengthened, being now I 4 cm.;
all but one scale had fallen off. The outer, lower leaf was 34 cm.
long and ofa delicate green color, the leaves showed no sign of
hyponasty, but were closely folded around the stem. The bud
was then cross sectioned to see the anatomical changes, if such
had occurred. The outer lower leaf showed a slight indication of
palisade tissue by the lengthening of the first row of cells under
the upper epidermis (d.) This surface had not been exposed to
direct rays of light, the under surface directly exposed to light
showed no sign of palisade tissue. These facts indicate that the
formation of palisade tissue is the result of an inherent quality of
the leaf, only assisted and not induced by light.

An inner, upper leaf of the bud, still enclosed by the outer
leaves on the cross section, showed no differentiation of palisade
and spongy tissue.

On April 27th, on examining the bud grown in light, we find
a different morphology and far greater anatomical changes than in
the etiolated bud grown the same length of time. The bud is 1%
cm. long, the outer lower leaf 1 cm. long, large leaf and short
internodes as opposed to small leaves and long internodes of the
etiolated bud examined. This outer leaf forms a small angle with
its stem for 34 of its length when its upper surface has grown very
rapidly, so that the remaining ¥4 of the blade makes an angle of
go° with the stem, so that this part of the surface receives direct
rays from the sun. This leaf is bright green. On examination
by cross sectioning we see decided development; a well formed
layer of palisade tissue under upper epidermis, spongy tissues
on under surface, many stomata and large air spaces.

On April 30th, after two weeks’ growth, the leaves are open-
ing still further. The outer lower leaf, corresponding to the leaf
studied, April 27th, makes an angle of 45°, half its length from
the base and the rest of the way an angle of 90°. The second
leaf just above is at an angle of 45° throughout its entire length.
The other leaves are still folded about the stem. The anatomical

119

differences are slight. The lower leaf shows no change. The
one above it (f) just showing hyponasty is forming palisade and
spongy tissues, and corresponds in its anatomy to the outer leaf
studied April 27th. The next leaf, still folded on the bud, (g)shows
a layer of palisade tissue and a slight formation of spongy tissue.

To sum up: in all these cases examined, the leaves, whose upper
surfaces were appressed against the stem and so had in no case
been directly exposed to light, showed beginning of formation of
palisade tissue. The under surface being at this same time ex-
posed to direct rays of sunlight, formed no palisade tissue whatever.
Therefore, the results of these observations show that the general
statements made regarding change in form of tissues in young leaf
do not always hold true, as the palisade tissue is already formed
on morphological upper surface before it has been exposed to
direct sunlight and before the leaf can be turned.

There remains now the second consideration, namely, to see
if, after the leaf has been turned, the tissues can be changed.

Two methods for experimenting were adopted. In the first
the bud was tied April 30th, so that the leaf could not turn its upper
Surface to the light (h). On May 6th, six days later, on cross
sectioning this leaf, the upper surface showed two well formed
layers of palisade tissue (i). On the morphological under surface
exposed to light, two rows of palisade tissue were formed, but not
directly under the epidermis, the layer immediately under the
epidermis being ordinarily formed cells with intercellular spaces.
Another leaf, grown normally, was examined the same day, May
6th, and was found to be typical, that is with two rows of palisade
tissue on upper surface and very loose spongy tissue on under
surface.

The second method adopted was to turn the leaf over on its
petiole so that the morphological under surface becomes the upper,
and fasten the leaf with a split match. Owing to the leaf having
been disturbed at various times, the result was not very success-
ful. On examination the morphological upper surface turned
away from the light still showed two rows of palisade tissue, but
the cells have intercellular spaces as though taking on the nature
of spongy tissue. The under surface now exposed to light shows
tissue with less indication of intercellular spaces, but the cells are

120

not lengthening in palisade form. This latter was not a fair test, as
the plant had not been properly cared for. The results obtained
in the tied leaf were more satisfactory, indicating that palisade
tissue already formed could not be changed, but that the paren-
chymatic tissue of the under surface, if exposed to light for a long
time, would take on the palisade characteristics for the protection
of the leaf from too intense light.

The Lunularia, being a plant whose dorsi-ventrality is marked
by its structural peculiarities, was next investigated.

It may be well to speak briefly of its normal structure.* Camp-
bell describes it thus: “ The thallus is made up largely of paren-
chyma. The dorsal part occupied by a single layer of definite air
chambers opening at the surface by a single pore, seen from the
surface they form a network. The thallus is fastened by unicel-
lular rhizoids from the dorsal surface. One of the methods of
asexual reproduction is by the so-called gemmae. These gemmae
are produced in special receptacles upon the dorsal side of the
thallus, and are crescent-shaped in Lumnularia. These cups are
specially developed air chambers, which open. The gemmae arise
from the bottom as papillate hairs; one papilla projects, and a
wall is formed, separating this projection from the surface of the
cup ; this outer cell is again divided by horizontal walls until four
are formed. Each of these four primary cells is divided by a
vertical wall, the young thallus being but one layer in thickness
(k, 1, m, n, 0.}, but later walls appear in the central cells parallel
to the surface, so it is lenticular. As it grows older, two growing
points are established and lie in a depression so the older gemma
is fiddle-shaped. The gemma is vertical, therefore has no dis-
tinction of dorsum and ventrum. The further development de-
pends upon light. Whichever side touches the ground develops
rhizoids ; as soon as it becomes fastened to the ground the dorsi-
ventrality is established.’’"} Sachs says: “Certain cells on both
convex sides are destined, according to circumstances, to grow out
into root hairs; if both surfaces are equally illuminated, those
grow which are able to follow influence of gravity. Zimmerman
says influence of light is stronger, as if lower surface is illuminated

* Mosses and Ferns, 45-46,
+ Physiology of Plants, 526.

121

the roots of shaded side develop.” Pfeffer suggested it was partly
due to action of gravity and effect of contact with substratum, but
chiefly to influence of light.

The Lunulana (k,1, m,n, 0.) in the laboratory had well de-
veloped gemmae cups ¥{ cm. in the long diameter, in which were
gemmae in all stages of development, from four-celled up to de-
tached gemmae of plates of several layers. These last were the
characteristic fiddle shape and were .45 to .5 mm.in size. Several
dozens of these tiny gemmae were planted in moist earth March
2d. Three days later (March 5th), tiny rhizoids .1 mm. long had
grown on surface touching the earth, the gemmae had grown to
-97 by 0.5 mm. in length and breadth.

Several were then /urned so that the upper side now became
the side touching the earth, and allowed to grow four days, from
March 5th to 9th. On examination long rhizoids 1 to 1.05 mm.
in length had grown on what had been the upper surface, so we
had the curious phenomenon of a gemmae with rhizoids on both
surfaces. (p.a. q.b.)

We next tried to find at what stage of development the ana-
tomical characteristics become permanent, so that no change can
be induced by change in position.

Gemmae grown six days and having formed long rhizoids from
I to 2 mm., on being turned, did not develop rhizoids on the dorsal
surface,

Full grown thallus, with tips turned, produced no result, so that
the conclusion here is that, though dorsi-ventrality can be induced
by light and other accessory assistants, yet, after a certain devel-
opment of the thallus, and that early in its history, the dorsi-ven-
trality becomes permanent and turning produces no change.

Explanation of Pilate 297.
Young twig of willow, buds still covered with scales, 3.

. Cross section of a leaf from one of the buds, 90.

Bud with leaves still folded, & 1%.

. Section of outside leaf showing first indication of palisade tissue, circa 190.
Bud unfolding showing leaves I, 2, 3, X 1%.

Cross section of leaf 2, showing palisade tissue, circa 190.

g. Cross section of leaf 3, showing palisade tissue, circa < 190.

h. Leaf tied so under surface is exposed to light, >< 14.

i. Cross section showing palisade tissue on both under and upper surfaces, circa

xX 190.

oP

mem Bo

122

k, Thallus of Zuzu/aria with gemmae cups, * 2.
1, m, n, o. Stages in development of gemmae, circa > 50.

. < Gemmae with rhizoids aa. bb. grown on both ends, circa 30.

A new fossil Grass from Staten Island.
By ARTHUR HOLLICK.

(PLATE 298.)

PHRAGMITES AQUEHONGENSIS N. sp.

Culms round, narrowly striate longitudinally, articulate, occa-
sionally dotted with one or more circular scars immediately above
the articulations ; internodes short; rhizomes tuberous, branching,
consisting of irregularly rounded, articulated parts, which are
longer than broad, with knots or scars either at the joints or be-
tween them ; leaves wanting.

Locality: Clifton, Staten Island, N.Y.

The first discovery of specimens representing this species was
made in 1894, but these merely consisted of a few fragments of
jointed stems and I referred them at the time to Eguzsetum.*

Subsequently better specimens were obtained, consisting not
only of jointed stems, but also of tuberous rhizomes, and their
affinity with the monocotyledons was then satisfactorily estab-
lished.t

The generic name Phragmites has been finally adopted largely
for the reason that similar fossil fragmentary remains have been
described and figured under that genus, and not necessarily because
our specimens are supposed to belong in it without question, al-
though they certainly represent some grass. The specific name is
coined from “ Aquehonga,” the Indian name for Staten Island.

The specimens figured are fairly representative of the material
collected. They consist of fragments of culms and rhizomes, pre-
served in a conglomerate of yellow gravel, cemented with limonite.

This conglomerate is not in place where found, but forms part
of the drift material, beneath the bowlder till, on the extreme
southern edge of the terminal moraine. It was uncovered by rea-
son of an excavation having been made there for building sand

* Proc. Nat. Sci. Assn, Staten Isld, 4: 37.
+ Ibid, 6: 12,

123

and is associated with “ kaolin” and white plastic clay, presumably
of Cretaceous age; yellow gravel and sand, representing. probably
a recent Tertiary horizon and water-worn fragments of serpentine
rock. These materials form a sort of hummock, beneath and dis-
tinct from the typical red bowlder till on top and afford every evi-
dence of having been carried forward by the advancing glacier of
the Ice Age, which, upon melting, deposited on top the debris
which we call the bowlder till.*

The conglomerate, with its included fragments of vegetation,
is, therefore, certainly pre-glacial in age. The direction of gla-
cial movement on Staten Island was from the northwest, and
as a line from the locality in question towards this point of the
compass would cross the serpentine and limonite area of the Is-
land we would naturally infer that it was from there that the con-
glomerate was derived. Throughout this area there are numerous
deposits of limonite, associated with yellow gravel under favorable
conditions, occupying basin-like depressions in the serpentine and
evidently representing old swamps, around or in which a semi-
aquatic vegetation flourished, prior to the advent of the Ice Age.
Furthermore, as no such combination of yellow gravel, limonite
and serpentine is known to occur elsewhere on the line of glacial
movement, towards the locality where the conglomerate was
found, we are justified in inferring that our specimens are native
to Staten Island.

The problem of the exact geologic age of the yellow gravel
conglomerate and, therefore, of the vegetation contained in it, has
not been completely solved. Upon stratigraphic grounds Pro-
fessor R. D. Salisbury decided it to belong to his Beacon Hill for-
mation, which he classes as Miocene Tertiary in age.+ It is,
therefore, of interest to ascertain how the evidence afforded by
fossil plants compares with this conclusion.

Grasses, as fossils are comparatively rare, and are not definitely
known prior tothe Tertiary period, although monocotyledons under
the generic names of Poacites, Bambusium, Culmites, Arundo and

*For the geological features of the locality see description in Proc. Nat. Sci. Anss,
Staten Isld. 2: 8; 3: 8; 3: 45-47, and Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. IT: 1045 14: 15,

S8- 4
+ Ann. Rept. State Geol., N. J., 1894, 100; 1895, 3.

124

Phragmites, have been described from Cretaceous and even older
horizons, but fossils which can be unquestionably referred to the
grasses can hardly be said to date back beyond the Eocene
Tertiary.*

The figures with which ours may be most closely compared
are of species from either Eocene or Miocene strata in the Old
World or Greenland, included under the genera Phragmites + and
Arundo.t 1 do not know of any having been heretofore described
from the eastern United States, although broad grass-like leaves,
which I am inclined to refer to Phragmites, occur in the yellow
gravel sandstone at Bridgeton, N. J., as previously noted by me.§

The flora of the Bridgeton sandstone is almost certainly
Miocene or early Pliocene in age, and we may safely refer our
species to about the same horizon. Itis greatly to be desired that
leaves should be found in connection with the Staten Island speci-
mens and that culms and rhizomes be found at Bridgeton. . Should
such discoveries be made, a more exact comparison between the
two floras would be possible.

*For a general discussion of this subject see « Fossil Grasses,” J. Starkie Gardner,
Proc. Geologists Assn. 9: No, 6, in which copious references may be found.

+P. Oeningensis Al. Braun.

Heer. Fl. Tert. Helvet. 1: 64. p/. 22, figs. 5a-e; 24; 27, fig. 2b; 29, fig. 8¢.

Ludwig, Palzontog. 8: 80. p/. 16, figs. 1-10 ; 18, figs. 2-21; 24, fig. 7.

Ettingsh. Fl. Bilin, 97 [21] pl. 4. figs. 6-70.

$A. (Donax) Goepperti (Miinst.) Heer, Fl. Tert. Helvet. 1: 62. pi. 22. Sigs:
2p Of ay

Ettingsh. Fl. Bilin, 95 [19] A/ 4. figs. 2-4.

Ludwig, Palzontog.8: 80. p/. 77.

A, anomala (Brong.) Heer, Fl. Tert. Helvet. 1: 63. pl. 22, fig. 4.

§Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 19: 330-333.

125

New Species of Fungi from various Localities.
By J. B. ELtis AND B. M. EVERHART.

HYMENOMYCETES.
PoLysTICTus OBESUS E. & E.

On the ground, in contact with, and partly attached to decay-
ing pine limbs partly buried in the soil, Newfield, N. J., and Fair-
mount Park, Philadelphia, Pa.

Stipitate. Stipe central, spongy, velutinous, dark cinnamon,
4-6 cm. high, %4-1¥% cm. thick above, enlarged below to 1-3 cm.;
pileus convex then depressed in the center, obconical at first with
the margin obtuse, then spreading out with margin acute, color
lighter than that of the stipe, yellowish-cinnamon, surface uneven,
velutinous, sub-colliculose, not zonate, 4-6 cm. across ; pores irreg-
ular, short (1 mm.), at first round with margins thick, finally irreg-
ular and subsinuous, 1%—-I mm. across, margins acute; spores
elliptical, ferruginous, 7-8 X 4-5y.

This might, perhaps, be considered a thick-fleshed form of
Polystictus perennis (L.). The tomentose-velutinous covering of
the pileus and stipe is the same as that of Mucronoporus tomen-

Zosus (Fr.), but the hymenium is unarmed.

CORTICIUM PORTENTOSUM CRYSTALLOPHORUM E. & E.
On bark of dead trees or logs, St. Martinville, La., December,

1895. (Langlois, no. 2438.)

Closely adnate, roughened by the inequalities of the bark, .
cream-color, about 1% mm. thick, in parts, stratose, tough, cori-
aceous, margin determinate, texture of densely and closely inter-
woven fibrils, enclosing abundant coarse amorphous crystals,
confluent for 10 cm. or more, and 4—6 cm. wide; margin here
and there obscurely and briefly subfimbriate. Has the general
appearance of C. deve Pers.

Differs from the type in the abundant amorphous crystals.

CYATHUS RUFIPES E. & E.
Underside of old sods, in a plowed field, Rooks Co., Kansas,

July, 1893 (E. Bartholomew).

Peridium slender-obconical, about 1 cm. high and 4 mm. wide,
thin, dark lead color and smooth inside (not striate above, covered
outside with a coarse tow-colored strigose-tomentose coat, and
with a tuft of reddish-brown tomentum at the base, margin conni-

126

vent, uneven; sporangiola discoid, 114 mm. in diameter, becoming
dark, concave and wrinkled when dry, the surface overrun with
slender (3 » thick) brown interwoven threads. Spores globose or
elliptical, 20-27 * 15—20p.

Growing (sec. Mr. B.) “head downward.” Distinguished by
its slender growth, large spores, and the tuft of reddish-brown to-
mentum at the base.

MELIOLA ACERVATA E & E.

On leaves of Physalis Peruviana, Kaui (S. I.). 1895. (A. A.
Heller, no. 2773.)

Epiphyllous. Perithecia globose, 150-200 in diameter, of
coarse cellular structure and like the mycelium unarmed, collected
in little heaps or dense clusters I mm. in diameter or less, and
fringed with abundant brown branching mycelium of the usual
type; capitate hyphopodia alternate, obovate, 12-14 X 8-10 p;
mucronate hyphopodia less abundant, smaller, ovate, opposite,
with a slender straight beak 6-8 » long; asci oval, short-stipitate,
40 X 20 p, 2-4-spored; sporidia oblong-cylindrical, obtuse, 4-sep-
tate, scarcely constricted, 30-35 X 12 y.

ASTERINA SPHAERELLOIDES FE. & E.

On leaves of Clematis perswacfolia, Sandwich Islands, 1895.
(Heller, no. 2394.)

Mycelium reticulated, brown, forming small black suborbicular
spots (I mm. diameter), often subconfluent; perithecia seated on
the mycelium, black, ovate-globose, papillate, 80-90 in diameter;
asci oblong, sessile, aparaphysate, 30-35 X 10-12»; sporidia ir-
regularly biseriate, pyriform, uniseptate, brown, not constricted,
10-12 X 3-34».

There was also an immature J/e/iola on the same leaves.

ROSELLINIA CONFERTISSIMA E. & E.
On rotten wood, Ohio. (Morgan, no. 1173.)

Perithecia superficial, densely gregarious, globose, 350-500
in diameter, thin-walled and brittle, farinose-pubescent, becoming
nearly glabrous; ostiolum prominent, mammiform; sporidia
elliptical, 8-10 X 4 », continuous, brown.

ROSELLINIA MACRA E, &. E.

On leaves of some monocotyledonous plant, Florida. (Morgan
no. 1134.)

127

Perithecia gregarious, superficial, convex-flattened, 1/—14 mm. in
diameter, not polished, ostiolum papilliform, minute; asci (in the
specimens examined) not seen; sporidia oblong-elliptical, brown,
subacute, 20-30 X 10-12», some of them with a paler streak
across the middle but not truly septate.

Differs from A. sublimata Dur. & Mont. in its much smaller
thinner perithecia, and from R. hemispherica Sacc. & Paol. and
R. amblistoma Berl. & Sacc. in its much smaller spores. Peri-
thecia almost as in Microthyrium.

CERATOSTOMA BIPARASITICUM E. & E.

On the stipe of /saria farinosa (Dicks.) Fr. Ohio (Lloyd).

Perithecia ovate, 80-100 » in diameter, enveloped in a white
mucedinous subiculum of loosely interwoven hyaline threads
about 3 thick, enveloping the lower part of the /saria stipe, and
bearing subglobose hyaline conidia 2X1% w; asci clavate-lan-
ceolate, p. sp. 20X64, short-stipitate (paraphysate?); sporidia
fasciculate, 8 in an ascus, oblong-cylindrical, olivaceous, 6-2 X 1% p.
The beak of the perithecium is of a grayish-brown, of fibrous
structure and about 1 mm. long X 35-40 » thick.

TEICHOSPORA NEPETAE E. & E.

On dead stems of Nepeta Catana, Granton, Ontario, Canada,

August, 1895. (J. Dearness, no. 2351.)

Peritheciascattered, superficial, depressed,220-—250, indiameter,
collapsing; ostiolum papilliform, distinct; asci clavate-cylindrical ,
nearly sessile, gradually narrowed downward, 70-80 X 12-15 »;
paraphyses linear, stout, 2-2%4 » thick ; sporidia biseriate, cla-
vate-oblong, slightly curved, 5-7-(mostly 6-)septate, sometimes
strongly constricted in the middle, 20-22 X 6-7 » (exceptionally
reaching 25 X 10), yellow-brown, one or two cells divided by a
longitudinal septum.

Closely allied to Zeichospora vitalbae De Not. but that (sec.
Berlese) has perithecia 300-350 in diameter, and asci cylindri-
cal, 120-130 11-13. T. clavispoa E. & E. has rather larger
(250-300) perithecia, not collapsing, and longer 8—10-septate

sporidia.

CucURBITARIA ASTRAGALI E, & E.
On dead stems of Astragalus sp., Rooks county, Kansas.
August, 1895. (E. Bartholomew, no. 1894.)

128

Perithecia gregarious or crowded, erumpen‘-superficial, globose-
hemispherical, minutely roughened, 500-650 pin diameter, finally
collapsing above; ostiolum black, conic-papilliform ; asci cla-
vate-cylindrical, stipitate, paraphysate, 85-100 X 9-10 »:; sporidia
overlapping, uniseriate, oblong-fusoid, sub-acute below, obtuse
above, 3-septate, slightly constricted at the middle septum, hya-
line at first, then pale yellow, generally with one cell (sometimes
two cells) divided by a longitudinal septum, 15-20 X 6-8 4;
stylospores in similar perithecia, oblong-elliptical, uniseptate,
scarcely constricted, nearly hyaline, 6-8 X 3-3% p.

MELANOMMA CUPULATA E. & E.

On decorticated Salix, Mt. Paddo, Wash., alt. 7000 ft.
(Suksdorf, no. 484.) -

Perithecia scattered or gregarious, superficial, brownish-black,
membranous, clothed with short (20-402) continuous
spreading subundulate brown hairs, finally collapsing to cup-
shaped, with a papilliform ostiolum. Where the perithecia stand
close together the surface of the wood is often covered with a felt-
like olive-black subiculum, formed of branching brown closely
septate hyphae; asci clavate-cylindrical, 45-60 X 8», with in-
distinct paraphyses ; sporidia biseriate, oblong-fusoid, pale brown,
3-septate, not constricted, 10-12 X 3%4-4 p. :

Closely allied to C. pilosel/a Karst., but perithecia collapsing
and asci and sporidia somewhat smaller.

LOPHIOTREMA FRAXINI E. & E.

On decorticated Frazinus viridis, Rooks Co., Kansas, March
30, 1896. (Bartholomew, no. 2101.)

Perithecia scattered or gregarious, semi-emergent, depressed-
spherical, brown, 400-500» in diameter; ostiolum variable,
papilliform, compressed-conical, or extending % across the peri-
thecium ; asci clavate-cylindrical, 85-90 10; sporidia biseri-
ate, fusoid, acuminate, hyaline, 5- or more nucleate, becoming

3- or more septate, scarcely constricted, 35-42 X 414-6 », mostly
about 5 » thick. :

L. Fontanesiae Pass. and L. Coryli H. Fabre have sporidia about
the same as this, but differ otherwise.

LopHIOTREMA OENOTHERAE E, & E.

On dead stems of Ocnothera biennis, Newfield, N. J., Aug., 1895.

Perithecia subgregarious or scattered, erumpent-superficial,
minute (about 14 mm.), ovate-globose, with a narrow, but promi-

129

nent, compressed ostiolum ; asci clavate, 45-55 X 7», paraphysate;
sporidia biseriate or oblique, oblong-fusoid, 4-nucleate, becoming
faintly 3-septate and slightly constricted. in the middle, hyaline
subobtuse, straight or slightly curved, 12-13 X 3-3% pu.

LopHIDIUM TRIFIDUM E. & E.

On decorticated Salix, Mt. Paddo, Wash., alt. 7000 ft. (Suks.
dorf, no. 483.)

Perithecia gregarious, ovate-conic, about I mm. in diameter
the broad base lightly sunk in the wood, mostly with an acutely
elliptical depression at the top, in the center of which is the nar-
row, inconspicuous ostiolum. When old and empty, the perithecia
open above with three broad laciniae; asci cylindrical, 130-150
X 12 yp, including the short stipe; sporidia uniseriate, oblong-ellip-
tical, 5-septate, with one or more cells divided by a longitudinal
septum, slightly constricted in the middle, 20-23 X 12 p.

Comes near C. Populi H. Fabre.
LopHIDIUM RUDE E. & E.

On weather-beaten cottonwood shingle, Smith Co., Kansas,

April, 1896. (Bartholomew, no. 2102.)

Perithecia scattered or gregarious, semi-emergent, subglobose,
brown, not polished, 14-34 mm. in diameter; ostiolum short-
cylindrical, only slightly compressed; asci cylindrical, 8-spored,
paraphysate, p. sp. 75-80% 12-14»; sporidia uniseriate, ob-
long-elliptical or oblong-cylindrical, brown, 4-8-septate, not con-
stricted, obtuse, with a longitudinal septum, more or less distinct,
running through two or more of the cells, 22-35 X 8-12.

Many of the sporidia show no longitudinal septum.
LAESTADIA RUBICOLA E. & E.

On dead stems of Rubus strigosus, Granton, Ontario, Canada,

Aug., 1895. (J. Dearness, no. 2353.)

Perithecia thickly scattered, subcuticular, depressed-hemi-
spherical, collapsing, and by the falling away of the papilliform
ostiolum, broadly perforated above; asci clavate-cylindrical, stipi-
tate, 60X 7-8», (p. sp.), narrowed and acute above and below;
paraphyses obscure, shorter than the asci; sporidia biseriate,
oblong-elliptical, hyaline, 2-nucleate, ends obtusely rounded, 12-14
X 5-6p.

LarsTaDIA SCROPHULARIA E. & E.
On dead stems of Scrophularia, London, Canada, August,

1895. (J. Dearness, no. 2342.)

130

Perithecia scattered, subcuticular, 100-130 » in diameter, vis-
ible through the epidermis which is slightly raised; asci clavate-
cylindrical, 35-40 (p. sp. 25-30) X6-7 »; sporidia biseriate, ob-
long, obtuse, nucleate, continuous, hyaline,9-12 X 3= 3-34».

In L. Epilobii Wallr., the perithecia collapse and the sporidia

are larger (13-17 X 3-4 1).
DIDYMOSPHAERIA MAJOR E. & E.

On decorticated wood of Rhus glabva, Rooks Co., Kansas,
September, 1895. (Bartholomew, no. 1934.)

Gregarious, covered by the blackened surface of the wood
which is raised into pustules pierced by the papilliform ostiola;
perithecia buried in the unchanged substance of the wood, about
300, in diameter; asci cylindrical, 90-105 X 10-12 », short-
stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored; sporidia uniseriate, mostly ob-
lique, oblong-elliptical, uniseptate, slightly-or not at all constricted,
pale brown, obtuse, 12-18 X 7-8 p.

Differs from D. rhoma E. & E. on the same host, in its larger
asci and sporidia.

DIDYMOSPHAERIA RHOINA E & E.

On weather-beaten, decorticated limbs of Rhus glabra, Rooks
Co., Kansas, September, 1895. (Bartholomew, no. 1935.)

Perithecia gregarious, covered, ovate-globose, 350-450y in ©
diameter, with a conic-papilliform erumpent ostiolum; asci cylin-
drical, short-stipitate, paraphysate, 60-70 X 6 y; sporidia uniseriate,
elliptical, pale brown, scarcely constricted, 7-8 X 4-5 p.

Differs from D. conoidea Nessl. in its rather smaller elliptical

sporidia, and its rather smaller permanently covered perithecia.

PHYSALOSPORA SUBERUMPENS E. & E.

On bark of dead Eucalyptus globulus, California (McClatchie).

Perithecia gregarious, at first covered by the pustuliform-
elevated epidermis, then semi-erumpent, white inside, 4{-%{ mm.
in diameter, the erumpent apex conic-hemispherical, crowned
with the strongly papilliform or conic-papilliform ostiolum; asci
broad, clavate-cylindrical, 80-100 X 18-20 »; sporidia irregularly
crowded, elliptical or ovate-elliptical, hyaline, 18-21 Q-I1 p.

Accompanied by a Sp/aeropsis in similar but rather larger peri-
thecia, with oblong-elliptical brown sporules, 18-22 X 10-12 pe

AMPHISPHAERIA SEPARANS E. & E. ;
On old cottonwood shingle, Smith Co., Kansas, April, 1896.
- (Bartholomew, no. 2104.) :

131

Perithecia subgregarious, ovate-conical, grayish-brown, about
¥y mm. in diameter, 1 mm. high, base slightly sunk in the wood;
ostiolum stout, short-cylindrical, black, rough, obtuse; asci
cylindrical, 110 12 », paraphysate, 8-spored ; sporidia elliptical,
narrowed at the ends, but obtuse, brown, uniseptate, deeply con-
stricted and easily separating at the septum, 20-23 X 9-II p.

LEPTOSPHAERIA RHOINA E. & E.

On decorticated wood of Rhus glabra, Rooks Co., Kansas,
Sept., 1895. (Bartholomew, no. 1933.)

Perithecia gregarious, buried in the surface of the weather-
beaten wood which is raised into small pustules over them, globose
or short-elliptical, 200-250 in diameter; ostiolum papilliform,
erumpent; asci clavate-cylindrical, 60-70 X 8-10», short-stipi-
tate, paraphysate; sporidia biseriate, fusoid, slightly curved,
3-5- (mostly 5-) septate, constricted at the septa, yellow-brown,
16-22 (mostly 20) X 5-6% pv.

Closely allied to L. Bagge: (Awd. and Niessl.), which has rather
larger perithecia, broader asci (70-90 X 16-20) and longer
sporidia. bg

PLEOSPORA CRANDALLU E. & E.

On dead stems of Androsace Chamacjasne, above the timber ‘
_ line, Cameron Pass, Colo., alt. 12000 feet, July 6, 1894. (Prof.
C. S. Crandall, no. 237.)

Perithecia scattered, semi-erumpent, obtusely conical, 200 » in
diameter, with a papilliform ostiolum; asci oblong, subsessile,
with very short nodular stipe, 75-80 X 20-22, with indistinct
paraphyses; sporidia crowded, biseriate, oblong or slightly obo-
vate-oblong, 5-septate, scarcely constricted, 2 or more of the cells —
divided by a longitudinal septum, 20-22 X 10-12», ends obtusely
rounded.

Differs from P. media Niessl. in its smaller conical perithecia —
not collapsing.
| - -Diropura Macnouaz E. & E.

On dead limbs of Magnolia Fraseri, Nuttallberg, West Va.,
May 12, 1896. (L. W. Nuttall, no. 849.)

Perithecia in circinate clusters of 3-6, seated on the inner bark,
ovate-globose, membranous, %4-34 mm. in diameter, with the
short cylindrical, subsulcate-cleft or smooth ostiola slightly
erumpent in a rather loose fascicle; asci clavate-cylindrical,

short-stipitate, 90-110 X 8-10”; paraphyses inconspicuous or
none; sporidia biseriate, oblong-fusoid, hyaline, becoming I-

132

(3-?) septate, 20-23 X 5-6», slightly curved, with a slender
hyaline bristle-like appendage 15-30» long at each end; stylo-
spores in ovate-conical scattered erumpent perithecia, with spor-
ules shaped like the ascospores, only smaller (14-16 X 4-5 ) and
lacking the bristle-like appendage. When the outer bark is
stripped off, the perithecia either adhere to it or remain attached
to the surface of the inner bark.

DIAPORTHE AORISTA E. & E.

On dead stems of Solidago sp., Newfield, N.J., July, 1896. (N.
2. 3432)

Perithecia scattered or gregarious, often 2—3 subconfluent, some-
times subseriately arranged, slightly sunk in the unaltered sub-
stance of the stem without any black circumscribing line, slightly
raising the epidermis which is not discolored, or at most only
slightly blackened where the perithecia stand close together, glo-
bose, small (300-350); ostiola exserted, stout, roughish, conic-
cylindrical, short; asci oblong-cylindrical, p. sp. 35-45 X 84;
sporidia biseriate, oblong, uniseptate, slightly constricted, 2-4-
nucleate, obtuse, hyaline, 11-13 X 4-4¥% pn.

Differs from D. orthoceras (Fr.) in its rather smaller, only slightly
buried perithecia and broader sporidia. WD. exercitalis Pk. also has

narrower sporidia and distinctly seriate perithecia.

DIAPORTHE LIGUSTRINA E. & E.

On dead Andromeda ligustrina, Newfield, N. J., April, 1896.

Perithecia thickly scattered, buried in the unaltered substance
of the bark, about 1% mm. in diameter ; ostiola subconical, tuber-
culiform or subglobuse, often seriate in longitudinal cracks in the
bark, distinctly erumpent so as to appear like superficial perithe-
cia; asci clavate-oblong, 50-60 X 8-10 w; sporidia subbiseriate,
fusoid at first but when mature obtusely rounded at the ends and
constricted in the middle, about 10 X 4 » or 9-II X 3%4-4¥% p.

VALSA SOCIALIS E & E.

On dead limbs of Salix cordata, Rooks Co., Kansas. (E. Bar-
tholomew, no. 2099.)

Stromata circinate or gregarious, cortical, not circumscribed,
small (1-2 mm.), raising the epidermis into small pustules often
arranged in a circle around acentral one ; perithecia buried in the
unaltered substance of the bark, 14 mm. in diameter, abruptly
contracted into slender necks with the minute black ostiola at
first covered by a pale white disk, but finally erumpent though not
exserted ; asci subcylindrical, about 60 X 6 » (p. sp.); sporidia sub-

133

biseriate, allantoid, obtuse, moderately curved, hyaline, 12-16 K %—
3 #; each of the small stromata contains 1-6 perithecia.

Vasa Cettipis E. & E.

On dead limbs of Celtis occidentalis, Rooks county, Kansas,
March, 1896. (E. Bartholomew, no. 2082.)

Stroma cortical ; perithecia circinate, immersed in the unaltered
substance of the inner bark, ovate, with coarsely cellular mem-
branous wall, about % mm. in diameter, with necks convergent
and obscure ostiola united in an erumpent black disk; asci ob-
long-lanceolate, 40-50 X 13-15 »; sporidia biseriate, oblong or
oblong-elliptical, very slightly curved, 14-18 X 5-6, ends
rounded and obtuse; the perithecia occur in subconfluent groups
of 12-20 and are often laterally collapsed; the young stromata
are multicellular, orbicular and depressed, the cells filled with al-
lantoid, hyaline spermatia, 5—6 X 1% », exuding in nearly black
thick wax-like cirrhi.

VatsA AMORPHAE E. & E.

On dead limbs of Amorpha fruticosa, Rooks Co., Kansas,

Feb., 1896. (E. Bartholomew, no. 2048.)

Perithecia circinate, 6-10 or more together, buried in the un-
changed substance of the inner bark, ovate-globose, 300~350, in
diameter, with coarsely cellular walls, often collapsing below when
the bark is loosened;. necks stout, cylindrical, convergent, their
obtusely conical smooth black ostiola piercing the epidermis, and
rising slightly above it, sometimes at first united in a black disk,
which is soon obliterated; asci clavate-cylindrical, 75-80 X 10-
12, obscurely parayhysate, 8-spored, stipitate; sporidia subbi-
Seriate, allantoid (often elliptical at first), hyaline, 10-18 X 3%4-
4h.

Possibly this might be considered a dwarf form of Valsa dissepta
Fr., but all the specimens of that species in the different exsiccati
have the perithecia and sporidia larger. This must not be con-
founded with Autypella Amorphae E. & E. which is very distinct.

Evtypetia Fici E. & E.
On dead limbs of /icus, St. Martinville, La., March, 1896.

(Langlois, no. 3443.)

Perithecia in subcircinate clusters of 4-6, depressed-globose,
11% mm. in diameter, buried in the unaltered substance of the
inner bark which is uniformly blackened on the surface, not pene-
trating to the wood or surrounded by any circumscribing line;
ostiola short-cylindrical, 4-sulcate at the subacute tips, rising to-

134

gether in a close fascicle which pierces the epidermis, but rises
only slightly above it; asci (p. sp.) clavate, 15-20 X 3%-4»;
sporidia subbiseriate, yellowish, allantoid, curved, 3-3% XI p.

This might, perhaps, be considered a variety of £. capillata
FE. & E., but the habit is different and the perithecia smaller.

CALOSPHAERIA ACERINA E. & E.

On dead limbs of maple, London, Canada, Sept., 1895. (Dear-
ness, no. 2361.)

Perithecia subcuticular, circinate, 4-12, depressed-globose,
thinly clothed with a gray villosity, black and shining inside, the
inner substance of the wall white when cut through, inner cavity
about 200» in diameter. Ostiola convergent and united in a
minute disk which raises and finally perforates the epidermis, but
projects but slightly above; asci clavate, p. sp. 35-40 X 6n;
paraphyses 2~3 times as long as the asci; sporidia biseriate, al-
lantoid, a little narrower at one end, only slightly curved, hyaline,
8-12 X 2-2% ». The ostiola are scarcely exserted.

DIATRYPE LINEARIS E. & E.

On Eucalyptus globulus, California. (McClatchie.)

Stroma narrow, 2-6 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, sunk in the
weather-beaten surface of the wood, erumpent but only slightly
projecting, nearly flat above and bordered on each side by the
raised fibers of the wood, acute at the ends and bearing consider-
able resemblance to Glonium lineare; perithecia 6-15, sunk in
the stroma, globose, with rather thick coriaceous walls, 400-500 »
in diameter, dull white inside, roughened above by the slightly
projecting papilliform or subconical ostiola; asci (p. sp.) about
60 X 7 » or, including the filiform stipe, 120 long, paraphysate, 8-
spored, sporidia subbiseriate above, allantoid, brownish, slightly
curved, 7-10 X 2-2% », mostly about 8 X 2% p.

Differing from D. hochelagae E, & E. in its narrower sunken
stroma.

MELOGRAMMA HORRIDUM E. & E.

On dead beech, London, Canada. (Dearness, no. 2369.)

Stromata elongated, % cm. high, 2-3 mm. broad, densely
caespitose-crowded and subconfluent, the surface colliculose, and
roughened by the quadrisulcate stout spine-like ostiola like those
of Eutypa spinosa, to which this bears outwardly a striking re-

semblance; perithecia ovate-globose, 4-4 mm. in diameter, __

with rather thin coriaceous walls, black and shining inside, sunk
in the surface of the wood-colored stroma; asci cylindrical, 100-

135

110 X 1oy (p. sp. 80-85 X 10 4); sporidia uniseriate, elliptical,
hyaline, 3-septate, each cell with 2 nuclei, hardly constricted, 14—
16 X 7-8 », possibly becoming muriform.

NUMMULARIA ALBOSTICTA EI]. & Morgan.
On decaying hickory wood, Preston, Ohio. (Morgan, no.
1178.)

Stroma effused, thin, 1 mm. thick or a little over, 3-4 X I cm.,
mostly with a thin erect margin, slaty black, smooth, but dotted
with the minute dirty-white punctiform ostiola ; perithecia oblong,
1X 4-\% mm., crowded, asci cylindrical, 130 X 8-9 », stipitate,
paraphysate; sporidia uniseriate, oblong-elliptical, subacute, pale
at first, finally dark brown, 14-16 X 7-8 p.

HoMOSTEGIA DIPLOCARPA E. & E.

On Distichlis maritina, Rooks Co., Kansas, Sept., 1895.
(Bartholomew, no. 1923.)

Stroma subcuticular, black, convex, subelliptical, 1-2 mm. in
diameter ; ascigerous cells minute, subseriate, producing two kinds
of stylospores: minute suballantoid hyaline 5-7 X 1% y; and
cylindrical nucleate spores, becoming 3-septate, 14-23 X 4-4% p,
hyaline, becoming subolivaceous.

CURREYA SANDICENSIS E. & E.

On living leaves of Alphitonia ponderosa, Sandwich Islands
(Kaui), 1895. (A. A. Heller, no. 2758.)

Stromata hypophyllous, globose, 1-134 mm. in diameter,
erumpent, yrayish-black ; ascigerous cells minute, globose, peri-
pherical or subpolystichous, buried in the stroma which is dotted
with the minute black punctiform erumpent ostiola ; asci oblong-
obovate, abruptly contracted below into a short stipe, 8-spored ;
sporidia irregularly crowded, cylindric-oblong, 3—5-septate, with
one or two cells divided by a longitudinal septum, yellowish,
19-22 X 6-8 yp, not constricted.

The upper surface of the leaf opposite the strome is marked by

a small, dark colored depression.

DISCOMYCETES.
PHIALEA AMPLA E. & E.
On decaying wood of Salix, Mt. Paddo, Wash. (Suksdorf, no.

493.) :

_Gregarious, stipitate, obconic, or clavate at first, at length ex-
panding, 3-4 mm. in diameter, and shallow cup-shaped; disk
lemon-yellow, outside paler, farinose-pubescent or minutely striate,

136

margin involute and entire; stipe stout, 1-2 mm. long, generally,
in the mature plant, less than the diameter of the cup; asci cla-
vate cylindrical, 110 X 6; paraphyses filiform ; sporidia uniseriate,
overlapping, narrow, obovate, hyaline, 11-12 X 34-4.

Differs from Helottum citrinum, in its involute margin and
larger size.

CENANGIUM ALBOATRUM E, & E.

On a decorticated decaying chestnut log, Nuttallburg, West
Virginia, Jan., 1896. (L. W. Nuttall, no. 788.)

Gregarious, obconical, short-stipitate, closed at first, then dis-
coid-plane, 34-1 mm. in diameter, hymenium slate-color with a nar-
row white margin, finally dark throughout; asci clavate, short-
stipitate, 35-45 X 6; paraphyses linear; sporidia subuniseriate,
ovate-elliptical, hyaline, continuous, 3-4 X 2-21%4'n.

Differs from the usual type of Cezangium in its scattered
growth.

CENANGIUM TRYBLIDIOIDES E. & E.

On decorticated Saiz, Mt. Paddo, Washington., alt. 7000 feet.
(Suksdorf, no. 482.)

Gregarious, sessile, black, glabrous, of fibrous texture, later-
ally compressed, about 1 mm. long, lips incurved, margin whitish
or faintly transversely rugulose ; hymenium pallid; asci clavate-
cylindrical, stipitate, 55-60 X 8 yw, paraphysate, 8-spored ; sporidia
oblong or oblong-elliptical, hyaline, continuous, 6-10 X 2%4-3 p,
slightly curved, suballantoid.

LASIOBELONIUM SUBFLAVIDUM FE, & E.

On wood of Salix, Mt. Paddo, Wash. alt. 7000 ft. (W.N.,
Suksdorf, no. 489.)

Scattered, short-stipitate, between light yellow and brick color,
closed and clavate and light yellow at first, then open, shallow
cupshaped, I-1% mm. across, of fibrous texture, clothed with ap-
pressed hairs and margin fimbriate with brown sparingly septate
hairs 2-2 % p» thick ; asci slender, clavate-cylindrical, 85-95 < 67/ ;
paraphyses filiform ; sporidia fusoid, hyaline, slightly curved, not
constricted, 15-20 X 2-2% p. -"

SCHIZOXYLON MICROSTOMUM E. & E.
On dead stems of Andromeda ligustrina, Newfield, N.J., April,
20, 1896.

Ascomata scattered or gregarious, conic-papilliform, orbicular
or subelliptical, 1-114 mm. in diameter, at first covered by the pus-

137

tuliform-elevated epidermis, then suberumpent exposing the small
(% mm.) black circular disk with a slightly raised paler margin;
asci cylindrical, 250 X 12-14, abruptly contracted at base into a
short stipe and surrounded by abundant filiform branching para-
physes ; sporidia cylindrical, hyaline, fasciculate, nearly as long as
the asci, readily separating into cylindrical 3-6-septate segments,
10-20 (exceptionally 30) X 34 yw, more or less constricted at the
septa.

This has the general appearance of Didymosphaeria grumata

Cke.

New Species of Fungi.
By Cuas H. PEck.

AMANITA CANDIDA.

Pileus thin, broadly convex or nearly plane, verrucose with
numerous small erect angular or pyramidal easily separable warts,
often becoming smooth with age, white, even on the margin, flesh
white; lamellae rather narrow, close, reaching to the stem, white;
stem solid, bulbous, floccose-squamose, white, the annulus attached
to the top of the stem, becoming pendent and often disappearing
with’ age, floccose-squamose on the lower surface, striate on the
upper, the bulb rather large, ovate, squamose, not margined,
tapering above into the stem and rounded or merely abruptly
pointed below; spores elliptical, .0004 to .0005 in. long, .0003 in.
broad. Pileus 3 to6in. broad; stem 2.5 to 5 in. long, 5 to 8 lines
thick, the bulb 1 to 1.5 in. thick in the dried specimens.

Woods. Auburn, Alabama. October. L.M. Underwood and
F.S. Earle

This is a fine large species related to A. solitaria, but differing
from it in the character of its bulb and of its annulus. The bulb
is not marginate nor imbricately squamose. Its scales are small
and numerous. Nor is it clearly radicating, though sometimes it
has a slight abrupt point or mycelioid-agglomerated mass of soil
at its base. The veil or annulus i$ large and well developed, but
it is apt to fall away and disappear with age. Its attachment at
the very top of the stem brings it closely in contact with the
lamellae of the young plant and the striations of its upper surface
appear to be due to the pressure of the edges of these upon it.
It separates readily from the margin of the pileus and is not —

138

lacerated. In the mature plant the warts have generally disap-
peared from the pileus and sometimes its margin is curved up-
ward.

AMANITA ABRUPTA,.

Pileus thin, broadly convex or nearly plane, verrucose with
small angular or pyramidal erect somewhat evanescent warts, white,
slightly striate on the margin, flesh white; lamellae moderately
close, reaching the stem and sometimes terminating in slightly
decurrent lines upon it, white ; stem slender, glabrous, solid, bulb-
ous, white, the bulb abrupt, subglobose, often coated below by the
white persistent mycelium, the annulus membranous, persistent ;
spores broadly elliptical or subglobose, .0003-.0004 in. long,
.00025-.0003 broad. Pileus 2-4 in. broad; stem 2.5—4 in. long,
3-4 lines thick.

Woods. Auburn, Alabama. July. Underwood.

The chief distinguishing mark of this species is its abrupt
nearly globose bulbous base of the stem. This is somewhat flat-
tened above and is sometimes longitudinally split on the sides.
The small warts of the pileus are easily separable, and in mature
specimens they have often wholly or partly disappeared. The
remains of the volva are not present on the bulb in mature dried
specimens, which indicates that the species should be placed in the
same group with A. rudescens, A. spissa, etc. The latter species
has the bulb of the stem similar to that of our plant, but the color
of the pileus and other characters easily separate it.

AMANITA PRAIRIICOLA.

Pileus thin, convex, slightly verrucose, white, more or less
tinged with yellow, even on the margin, flesh white ; lamellae rather
broad, subdistant, reaching the stem, white ; stem equal or slightly
tapering upward, somewhat squamose toward the base, white or
whitish, the annulus persistent ; spores large, broadly elliptical,
.0005—.00055 in. long, .0003—.00035 broad. Pileus 1.5-3in. broad;
stem 2~—2.5 in. long, 2—4 lines thick.

Bare ground on open prairies. Kansas. September. E. Bar-
tholomew.

This species belongs to the same tribe as the preceding one.
The only evidence of the presence of a volva shown by the dried
specimens is found in a few inconspicuous, but separable warts on
the pileus. There is no well marked bulb to the stem and no evi-
dent remains of a volva at its base. |

129

-LEPIOTA SUBLILACEA.

Pileus thin, convex, obtuse or umbonate, dry, floccose-squamu-
lose, brownish tinged with lilac, flesh white; lamellae rather
broad, free, subdistant, whitish ; stem short, solid, colored like the
pileus, but paler at the top, the annulus slight, evanescent; spores
elliptical, .o004 in. long, .0002 broad, commonly containing a sin-
gle large shining nucleus. Pileus 6-12 lines broad; stem 6-12
lines long, 1—2 lines thick.

Bare ground in pastures. Kansas. September. Bartholomew.

This plant appears to have some points of resemblance to
L. lilacea, from which it may be separated by its solid stem and

larger spores.

TRICHOLOMA ACRE.

Pileus fleshy, but rather thin, broadly convex, nearly plane or
even slightly depressed in the center, often wavy on the margin,
dry, innately fibrillose, whitish or pale gray, flesh white or whitish,
taste acrid; lamellae close, adnexed, subventricose, white; stem
equal or slightly tapering downward, short, slightly fibrillose,
stuffed or hollow, white; spores subglobose, .0002—.00025 in.
long, .00016-.0002 broad. Pileus 1.5-2.5 in. broad ; stem I—2 in.
long, 3-5 lines thick.

Thin woods of deciduous trees. Worcester, Massachusetts.
October. Dr. G. E. Francis.

The species is closely related to the European 7: cmpolitum,
from which it appears to differ in its paler pileus not becoming
rimose-squamose, and inits stem, which is not at all squamose and
which is stuffed or hollow rather than solid. Besides, its taste is
only hot or peppery and not at all salty as in that species.

‘TRICHOLOMA PALLIDUM.

Pileus fleshy on the disk, thin towards the margin, convex or
nearly plane, obtuse, glabrous, sometimes obscurely spotted on
the disk with thin appressed brownish squamules, someWhat shin-
ing, whitish tinged with yellow or brownish-yellow, flesh white,
sometimes slowly assuming a faint pinkish hue where cut or
broken, taste mild ; lamelJae broad, subdistant, rounded behind or
adnexed, often eroded on the edge, white; stem equal or slightly
thickened at the base, glabrous, white ; spores elliptical, .0002—
.00025 in. long, .00016 broad. Pileus 1-2.5 in. broad; stem 1-2
in. long, 3-6 lines thick.

Thin wood of deciduous trees. Worcester, Massachusetts.

October. Francis.

140

ARMILLARIA APPENDICULATA.

Pileus broadly convex, glabrous, whitish, often tinged with
ferruginous or brownish-ferruginous on the disk, flesh white or
whitish ; lamellae close, rounded behind, whitish ; stem equal or
slightly tapering upward, solid, bulbous, whitish, the veil either
membranous or webby, white, commonly adhering in fragments
to the margin of the pileus; spores subelliptical, .0003 in. long,
.0002 broad. Pileus 2~4 in. broad; stem 1.5-3.5 in. long; 5-10
lines thick. :

Auburn, Alabama. October. C. F. Baker.

The general appearance of this species is suggestive of Zitcho-
loma album, but the presence of a veil separates it from that
fungus and places it in the genus Armillaria. The veil, however,
is often slight lacerated or webby and adherent to the margin of
the pileus.

CLITOCYBE TARDA.

Pileus fleshy but rather thin, easily splitting when old, but firm
when young and fresh, convex becoming nearly plane or some-
what centrally depressed, sometimes slightly umbonate, glabrous,
hygrophanous, brown when moist, grayish or grayish-brown when
dry, the margin at first deflexed or incurved, flesh white, in-
odorous; lamellae subhorizontal, moderately close, rather fragile,
adnate or slightly decurrent, often eroded on the edge, at first with
a pale violaceous tint, becoming whitish; stem short, equal or
tapering downwards, solid, fibrillose, colored like the pileus;
spores elliptical, .0003 in. long, .00016 broad. Pileus 1-3 in.
broad ; stem about I in. long, I—3 lines thick.

Ground in greenhouses. Lynn, Massachusetts. December.
Mrs. A. P. Doughty. :

The species is referable to the second section of the tribe Orbi-
formes.. The stem, when viewed by the aid of a lens, appears to
be longitudinally and interruptedly rimulous from the separation
of the fibrils. These are somewhat reticulately connected as in
the stem of C. cyathiformis. The lamellae easily split transversely,
and sometimes separate from the pileus at their inner extremity.

There are two forms. The darker colored one may be taken
as the typical form. It is firmer, more regular, and under a lens
sometimes appears to be minutely innately fibrillose> The other
may be designated as

CLITOCYBE TARDA PALLIDIOR.

Pileus paler, more fragile and irregular, more apt to be cen- _

141

trally depressed, somewhat striate on the margin when dry, some-
times eccentric; lamellae of the young plant with a flesh-colored
tint.

The species is separated from C. diatreta by its darker and dif-

ferently colored pileus and by its solid stem.
HyYGROPHROUS CUSPIDATUS.

Pileus thin, subcampanulate, glabrous, cuspidate, bright red;
lamellae broad, ventricose, yellow ; stem slender, equal, glabrous,
hollow; spores elliptical, .00045-—.0006 in. long, .00025—0003 broad.
Pileus 6-10 lines broad; stem 1-2 in. long, about 1 line thick.

Ottawa, Canada. September. J. Macoun.

This fungus is closely allied to A. conicus, of which it might
easily be taken to be a variety, but its more slender habit, its
strongly cuspidate pileus and its longer and comparatively more
narrow spores lead me to separate it. Asin that species the plants
are apt to turn more or less black in drying..

COLLYBIA LUXURIANS

Pileus thin, convex or subcampanulate, often irregular from its
mode of growth, obtuse or umbonate, glabrous, moist, brown;
lamellae narrow, close, whitish; stems caespitose, equal, flexuous,
hollow, brown, thinly clothed above with a minute grayish pulver-
ulent villosity which is often more dense and tomentose toward the
base; spores elliptical, .00025-.0003 in. long, .o0016 broad.
Pileus 2-4 in. broad; stem 3-4 in. long, 2-3 lines thick.

Under brush heaps. Auburn, Alabama. July. Underwood.

This is a large caespitose and luxuriant appearing species, but
as the specimens were not accompanied by notes of the char-
acters of the fresh plant it can only be imperfectly described,
The pileus was said to be very moist when fresh and it was prob-
ably hygrophanous. In the dried state it is a dull, reddish brown,
closely approaching Mars’ brown. Its margin is more or less
wavy, lobed and striate. The species is apparently related to C.
confluens, but it is a much larger plant with a darker colored
pileus. Its place is probably among the Confertipedes.

OMPHALIA PUBESCENTIPES.

Pileus thin, convex, umbilicate, glabrous, reddish-tawny, some-
times paler on the margin; lamellae moderately close, decurrent,
whitish; stem slender, pubescent, tawny with a tawny mycelioid
tomentum at the base; spores elliptical, 00025 in. long, .00016
broad. Pileus 2-4 lines broad; stem about 1 in. long, .5 line
thick. ae ee o

142

Decaying wood and vegetable mold. Alabama. December.
Earle.

The downy or pubescent stem is the distinguishing character
of this species.

MARASMIUS PLICATULUS.

Pileus submembranous, convex or subcampanulate, glabrous,
even when moist, commonly sulcate or striate when dry, dark
vinous red inclining to bay brown; lamellae subdistant, narrowed
behind, adnexed, whitish; stem slender, hollow, glabrous above,
shining, blackish-brown, red at the top, radicating and clothed at
the base with a copious dense whitish villosity or tomentum ;
spores subelliptical, apiculate at one end, somewhat narrowed
toward the other, .0004-.0005 in. long, .c002—.00025 broad. Pileus
6-12 lines broad ; stem 2.5—5 in. long, about 1 line thick.

Among fallen leaves and other decomposing vegetable matter.
Common in Southern California. A. J. McClatchie.

The colors of this plant are very similar to those of Marasmzus
pulcherripes, but it is a much larger plant and differs in the attach-
ment of its lamellae and in the character of the base of the stem.
In the dried specimens the stem is striate and the pileus has a
velvety appearance, but it is glabrous.

I find that the name Marasmius badius, Bull. Torr. Club, 22:
487, 1895, was preoccupied and I would substitute for it MaRas-
MINUS BADICEPS.

FLAMMULA EDULIS.

Pileus fleshy, convex, obtuse, glabfous, moist, brown, grayish-
brown or alutaceous-brown, sometimes rimose, flesh whitish ;
lamellae rather broad, close, decurrent, bright tan color, becoming
brownish-ferruginous ; stems caespitose, equal, stuffed or hollow,
brown ; spores subelliptical, .0005 in. long, .0002~.00025 broad.
Pileus 2-3 in. broad; stem 2-3 in. long, 3-6 lines thick.

Grassy ground, along pavements, in gutters and by the
side. of wooden frames of hotbeds. Haddonfield, New Jersey.
October. C. McIlvaine.

The collector of this species informs me that the flavor of the
fresh plant is slightly bitter, but that this disappears in cooking
and the fungus furnishes a very good and tender article of food.
Successive crops continued to appear for a month. In the dried
specimens the stem is striate.

143

GALERA ANGUSTICEPS.

Pileus thin, narrowly and irregularly conical or subcylindrical,
obtuse acute or abruptly acuminate at the apex, even, glabrous,
viscid and dark ochraceous when young and moist, nearly white
when old and dry, the margin somewhat incurved and appressed
to the stem; lamellae close, narrow, adnate, somewhat white-
margined, more or less anastomosing, brownish-ferruginous when
mature; stem slender, glabrous, hollow, equal or slightly
thickened at the base, whitish or tinged with yellow, shining when
dry; spores elliptical, .0004-.0005 in. long, .0003 broad. Pileus
8-15 lines long, 4-6 lines wide; stem 1.5—3 in. long, I-1.5 lines
thick.

Grassy ground in streets and pastures. Pasadena, Los Angeles
and Compton, California. McClatchie.

This species is closely allied to G. /ateritia and G. semilanceata,
from both of which I have separated it because of its viscid pileus
the absence of striations and the darker color of its mature lamellae.
The pileus also scarcely expands, so far as shown by the speci-
mens seen, and the notes of the collector say that the margin is

“ permanently incurved.”
GALERA ALBA.

Pileus submembranous, campanulate, very fragile, moist, striate,
splitting on the margin, white; lamellae narrow, close, white, be-
coming brownish-ferruginous; stem fragile, hollow, glabrous, white;
spores elliptical, .o005—.0006 in. long, .0003-.0004 broad, com-
monly containing one to three nuclei. Pileus 8-12 lines broad;
stem 1.5-2.5 in. long, 1-2 lines thick.

Rich ground in the shade of weeds. Brookings, South Dakota.
Summer. T. A. Williams.

It occurs after rains in warm weather. It is more fragile when

fresh than when dried.
GALERA VERSICOLOR.

Pileus thin, fragile, convex or subcampanulate, moist or slightly
viscid, glabrous, striate on the margin, whitish pale-yellow or
brownish tan color; lamellae close, white or pale yellow, becom-
ing reddish-ferruginous; stem equal, fragile, hollow, slightly mealy
or pruinose, often tomentose at the base, white; spores very un-
equal in size, .0005-.0008 in. long, .0003-.0005 broad, generally
containing one to three nuclei. Pileus 1-2.5 in. broad; stem 2-4
in. long, 1-2 lines thick. .

Manure and other decaying vegetable matter. Brookings,

South Dakota. Spring and early summer. Williams.

144

The species is remarkable for the variability in the color of the
pileus and in the size of the spores. These vary in the same in-
dividual. The prevailing color of the pileus is pale yellow.

GALERA FRAGILIS.

Pileus submembranous, very fragile, broadly campanulate,
glabrous, dull flesh color; lamellae ascending, adnate, subdistant,
dark yellow or subochraceous, becoming ferruginous ; stem slender,
flexuous, hollow; spores elliptical, .0004 in. long, .0002 broad.
Pileus 3-5 lines broad; stem 10-15 lines long, .5 line thick.

Among short grasses in pasture. Kansas. Bartholomew.
A very small and very fragile plant.

PSILOCYBE SABULOSA.

Pileus convex, subumbonate, glabrous, yellow; lamellae broad,
subdistant, ventricose, adnate, becoming purplish-brown, whitish
on the edge; stem equal, hollow, pallid or straw-color ; spores el-
liptical, .0005—.0006 in. long, .0003 broad. Puileus 8-12 lines broad;
stem I-1.5 in..long, about I line thick.

Sandy soil in pastures. Kansas. August. Bartholomew.

The pileus in the dried specimens has a somewhat shining ap-
pearance. The umbo in some specimens is quite prominent, in
others it is wholly wanting. The species is quite distinct from
P. arenulina, which is hygrophanous and has smaller spores.

PSILOCYBE OBSCURA.

Pileus thin, convex, hygrophanous, striate, more or less flecked
or scurfy with a white floccose tomentum, brown or reddish-
brown; lamellae broad, subdistant, adnate, brown, becoming al-
most black, white flocculent on the edge; stem slender, hollow, a
little paler than the pileus, whitish tomentose at the base; spores
elliptical, .o004-.0005 in. long, .00025-.0003 broad. Pileus 4-9
lines broad; stem I-1.5 in. long, about I line thick.

Rich leaf mold in woods, Kansas. August. Bartholomew:

BOLETUS FISTULOSUS.

Pileus convex, viscid, glabrous, yellow, the margin at first in-
curved or involute, flesh yellow; tubes plane or subventricose,
medium size, round with thin walls, adnate or sometimes de-
pressed around the stem, yellow; stem rather slender, subequal,
viscid, glabrous, hollow, yellow, with a white mycelioid tomentum
a the base; s__ res elliptical, .0005 in. long, .00025 broad. Pileus
about I in. b, ad; stem 2-4 in. long, about 3 lines thick.

145

Grassy woods. Auburn, Alabama. July. Underwood.

A small but pretty species of a yellow color throughout. It is
remarkable for its hollow stem, which is suggestive of the specific
name. It is referable to the tribe Viscipelles.

BOLETUS FRATERNUS.

Pileus convex, becoming plane or depressed, slightly tomen-
tose, deep red when young, becoming dull red with age, flesh yel-
low, slowly changing to greenish-blue where wounded; tubes
rather long, becoming ventricose, slightly depressed about the
stem, their walls sometimes slightly decurrent, the mouths large,
angular or irregular, sometimes compound, bright yellow, quickly
changing to blue where wounded; stem short, caespitose, often ir-
regular, solid, subtomentose, slightly velvety at the base, pale red-
dish yellow, paler above and below, yellow within, quickly chang-
ing to dark green where wounded; spores .0005 in. long, .00025
broad. Piieus I-1.5 in. broad; stem 1I-1.5 in. long, 3-6 lines
thick,

Shaded streets. Auburn, Alabama July. Underwood.

The species is apparently allied to R. rudeus, but is very dis-
tinct by its small size, caespitose habit, color of the flesh of the
stem and by the peculiar hues assumed where wounded. When.
the pileus cracks the chinks become yellow as in 2. sudbtomentosus.
The species belongs to the tribe Subtomentosi.

BoLetus UNDERWOODII.

Pileus rather thin, convex, becoming nearly plane, slightly
velvety, bright brownish-red, becoming paler with age, flesh yel-
low, changing to greenish-blue where wounded; tubes adnate
or slightly decurrent, greenish-yellow, becoming bluish where
wounded, their mouths very small, round, cinnabar red, becoming
brownish orange ; stem equal or slightly tapering upward, some-
what irregular, solid, yellow without and within; spores .coo4—
- 0005 in. long, .0002 broad. Pileus 2-3 in. broad; stem 3-4 in.
long, 4-6 lines thick. :

Grassy woods. Auburn, Alabama. July. Underwood.

The species is remarkable for its adnate or subdecurrent tubes
in which it departs from the character of the tribe to which it be-

longs according to the colors of the tubes.

BOLETUS PARVUS.

Pileus convex, becoming plane, often slightly umbonate, sub-
tomentose, reddish, flesh yellowish white, slowly changing to —

146

pinkish where wounded ; tubes nearly plane, adnate, their mouths
rather large, angular, at first bright red, becoming reddish-brown ;
stem equal or slightly thickened below, red; spores oblong, .0005
in. long, .00016 broad. Pileus 1-2 in. broad; stem I-—2 in. long,
2~3 lines thick.

Grassy woods. Auburn, Alabama. July. Underwood.

This is one of the smallest species of the tribe. It is referable
to the tribe Luridi.

BOLETUS FRUSTULOSUS.

Pileus thick, convex or nearly plane, subglabrous, rimosely
areolate, white or whitish, flesh whitish; tubes equal to or a little
longer than the thickness of the flesh of the pileus, depressed
about the stem, whitish, becoming pale brown; stem equal, solid,
whitish, reticulated above; spores .0006-.0007 in. long, .0002—
.00025 broad. Pileus 3-5 in. broad; stem 1-2 in. long, 6-10
lines thick.

Open ground and clay banks. Ocean Springs, Mississippi
and Akron, Alabama. May and June. Underwood.

The deeply cracked surface of the pileus is the most notable
feature of this species. This sometimes is seen even in quite
young plants. The areolae are quite unequal in size. The deep
chinks with sloping sides cause them to appear like frustra of
polygonal pyramids. In some specimens the reticulations of the
stem extend nearly or quite to its base, and make the place of the
species ambiguous between the Calopodes and Edules.

BOLETUS ISABELLINUS.

Pileus convex, firm, minutely tomentose, whitish, becoming
darker and smoother with age, flesh isabelline; tubes adnate, mi-
nute, sometimes larger near the stem, nearly round, whitish ; stem
nearly equal, subglabrous, hollow, whitish; spores subelliptical,
.0003-.00035 in. long, -0002-.00025 broad. Pileus 2~3 in. broad;
stem 1-2 in. long, 4-6 lines thick.

Woods. Ocean Springs, Mississippi. June. Underwood.

The species belongs to the Cariosi.

Potyporus Burr.
Pileus dimidiate, 1-2 in. broad, tough, sessile or effuso-reflexed,

minutely tomentose, smoky whitish or pallid, flesh 1~2 lines thick,

pallid; pores .5-1 line long, unequal, angular, extending to the
margin, smoky black, their dissepiments thin.

_ Yellow birch, Betula lutea, Middleburg, Vermont. December.
oo AS. A. Burt,

147

This fungus is closely allied to Polyporus adustus, of which it
might easily be considered a mere variety, but from which it
differs as P. fragrans does from P. fumosus. Its unequal angular
pores with thin dissepiments and the absence of a sterile margin
to the pileus separate it from P. adustus. Its colors are nearly the
same as in that species.

CRYPTOPHALLUS gen. nov.

Receptacle consisting of a stem and pileus bearing the gleba
on its external surface but covered by the persistent remains of
the upper part of the volva.

A genus of Phalleae differing from /tiyphallus simply in hav-
ing a volva which ruptures in a somewhat circumscissile manner,
the upper part of it being carried up and remaining on the pileus
and persistently concealing the stratum of spores.

It is with some hesitation that I have given generic value to
this plant, it seemed at first so probable that the persistency of
the remains of the volva on the pileus was an accidental circum-
stance. But having received two specimens of the same kind,
one collected in Kansas and the other in Canada, the probability
of its being a mere accident seemed greatly lessened and I have
concluded to recognize the fact in a formal manner. The spori-
ferous stratum is sandwiched between the surface of the pileus
and the continuous covering formed by the remains of the volva.
What purpose in nature is subserved by this arrangement is not
clear, except that perhaps the spores are less exposed to the rapid
and sudden washing of heavy rains and are better reserved for
dissemination and dispersion by the agency of insects.

CRYPTOPHALLUS ALBICEPS.

Pileus subcampanulate, about one inch high and nearly as |
broad, obtuse or rounded at the apex, covered by the whitish re-
mains of the ruptured volva whose surface is minutely tomentose ;
stem cylindrical, holluw, 214-4 in. long, 5-8 lines thick, whitish
or pallid, inserted at the base in the cup-like remains of the lower
part of the volva; veil none; spores narrowly elliptical, .coo16-
.0002 in. long, about .0001 broad.

In acornfield. Kansas. June. Bartholomew. At the base of
astump. Canada. J. Macoun.

The species is similar to /typhallus impudicus, except in the

covering of the pileus.

148

Studies in the Flora of the Central Gulf Region.—I,

By CHARLES Louis POLLARD.

The Central Gulf Region, comprising the States of Alabama
and Mississippi, has been neglected by collectors to an extent
that is surprising in view of the interest attaching to its flora; a
condition of affairs, doubtless due to the fact that Professor S. M.
Tracy and Dr. Charles Mohr, both zealous field workers, have
been most generous in supplying material for investigation. In
the course of several months’ study of Mississippi and Alabama
Cassias, 1 had observed that in these southern specimens, as well
as in Florida material, there was apt to be uniform variation from
northern types as I understand them. With the object, therefore,
of supplementing herbarium work by field observations, I spent a
month in Mississippi during the past summer, for the most part
exploring the Gulf coast, although some time was put in at
Waynesboro, near the northern limit of the pine belt and at the
Agricultural College, on the northeastern quarter of the State.
During this visit over four hundred plants were collected, and I
- have since been afforded the opportunity of examining the collec-
tions made later in the summer, throughout substantially the same
area, by Mr. T. H. Kearney, of the Department of Agriculture, to
whom I am greatly indebted. Mr. Charles Schuchert, of the Na-
tional Museum, made a collection of plants late in the fall, in the
neighborhood of Meridian and Waynesboro, Mississippi, and in
adjacent portions of Alabama; these specimens, which are of
great interest as containing a number of the characteristic fall
composites, Mr. Schuchert kindly turned over to me, and they
will be reported upon in a subsequent paper. Professor S. M.
Tracy, of the Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station, also
placed in my hands a large number of specimens obtained in
every quarter of the State, and for these, as well as for his many
kindnesses and cordial hospitality, I would return sincerest grati-
tude. I havethus been enabled to examine a large portion of the
known flora of Mississippi and to verify, by actual observations in
the field, a number of conclusions previously drawn.

Probably the most conspicuous, and certainly the most inter-
esting feature of this flora, is the extension of types from the

149

Florida peninsula westward along the Gulf coast. It is acommon
experience to find in southern Mississippi, for example, a plant
which, according to Dr. Chapman’s work, is.an exclusive inhabi-
tant of south Florida; and it is quite as often that species actually
assigned to Mississippi do not match the characters given for them
in the book. These circumstances serve to emphasize the neces-
sity for much critical field work in this area, and a careful study
of southern species in the light of modern taxonomic principles.

The following notes are based on my own collections, the first
set of which is deposited in the United States National Herbarium,
the remainder having been already distributed. The determina-
tions of the Gramineae were made by Professor Tracy, and of the
Cyperaceae by Dr. N. L. Britton, to whom I would extend thanks,
as also to Dr. J. K. Small, Mr. Frederick V. Coville, Dr. J. N.
Rose, Professor L. M. Underwood, Mr. P. A. Rydberg, Mr. G. B.
Sudworth, and Dr. G. N. Best, for their courtesy in naming cer-
tain groups.

ADIANTUM CAPILLUS-VENERIS L.

This beautiful fern was found for the first time in Mississippi,
as far as I have been able to ascertain, at Waynesboro, Wayne
County, near the Alabama line. On my arrival at the village I at
once observed it growing in pots. and hanging baskets about the
veranda of the hotel, and supposed it had been brought from some
distance; but inquiry elicited the fact that the locality was only a
few miles away, and the son of my good landlady, a young man
whose knowledge of local plant-names is very extensive, readily
volunteered his services as guide. The fern grew on the steep
banks of the creek, in rather damp soil, the fronds for the most
part pendent, and growing so dense that other vegetation was en-
tirely excluded.

STIPULICIDA SETACEA Michx.

_A single specimen was obtained on Deer Island, in Biloxi Bay,
and others were observed; the range is thus extended consider-
aby westward.

ASIMINA PARVIFLORA (Michx.) Dunal.
One specimen, with nearly ripe fruit, was collected at Waynes- —

150

boro, but Prof. Tracy kindly furnished me with additional material
obtained by him in the previous spring at Columbus, in the north-
ern part of the State.

CASSIA MULTIPINNATA Pollard, Bull. Torr. Club, 22: 515. 1895.

This species, together with the low, diffuse C. multipinnata
Nashi, is the only small-flowered Cassza in the coast region, as it
is in Florida. I visited the type locality for C. Mississippiensis*
near Ocean Springs, but the extremely abundant form mistaken
by Prof. Tracy for this species proved to be beyond question mu/-
tipinnata, The distinguishing feature of the latter is found in its —
very numerous and exceedingly narrow leaflets. In travelling
northward through the state, we find that the mzu/ltipinnata belt
overlaps the belt of the true wzctitans, and occasionally specimens
of evident hybrids may be collected. In the mountains of north-
ern Alabama, Dr. Mohr has found typical zzctitans, but it barely
enters Mississippi.

The late-blooming feature of su/tipinnata was again observed.
At the time of my departure from the State on August 20, no trace
of a flower could be detected on any of the plants examined, al-
though here in Washington at the same time the seed-pods of
nictitans were rapidly maturing. Prof. Tracy supplied flowering
specimens of multipinnata from Starkville on September 1, and
from Biloxi on September 15. (Nos. 1349 and 1422.)

CASSIA DEPRESSA Pollard, Bull. Torr. Club, 22: 515. 1895.

This occurs in some abundance along the coast, blooming in
September. (No. 1423.) C. Chamaecrista is not common until
the interior is reached, but abounds everywhere northward, being
at its prime in August.

CASSIA ROBUSTA Pollard.

Cassia Chamaecrista robusta Pollard, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 219.
1894.

The type of this species is a specimen in the herbarium of
Columbia University, collected by Dr. C. W. Short in the moun-
tains of Kentucky. It is without fruit, and I did not at the time
feel warranted in giving it more than varietal rank. Last year a
plant similar in appearance was sent me by Professor Tracy, bear-

* Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 219, 1894.

151

ing mature pods which at once attracted attention by their recurved
position. I cultivated garden specimens from seeds of this plant,
and when in Mississippi visited the locality whence it was origin-
ally obtained. Not having access to my former type, and ap-
preciating its distinctness from Chamaecrista 1 gave a partial
diagnosis of it as a new species in a note presented before Section
G at the Buffalo meeting of the Association. The plant must, of
course, assume the varietal name originally assigned to it. (No.

1276.)
CASSIA ASPERA Monril Pollard, n. var.

Aspect of C. aspera: hispid pubescence and leaflets as in that
species, except that both surfaces of the leaflets are hoary with
stiff white hairs ; petiolar gland depressed-cupuliform, substipitate.

Type in the herbarium of the U.S. Geol. Surv. of Alabama,
collected in Mobile in 1878 by Dr. Mohr, to whom the variety is
dedicated.

PHASEOLUs sINUATUS Nutt. T.& G. Fl. N. Am., 1:279. 1838.

Specimens of this were obtained, not yet in flower, near Ocean
Springs. (No. 1017.) I have not been able to find a previous
record of its appearance west of Florida.

DAUBENTONIA LONGIFOLIA (Cav.) DC. Mem. Legum. 285. 1825.

The discovery of a plant on the coast of Mississippi (No. 1001)
hitherto known only from Texas and Mexico, and as a ballast im-
migrant at Pensacola, Florida, is of interest as illustrating the ten-
dency of the western gulf flora to move eastward, just as the Florida
peninsula flora in so many cases exhibits a northwestward exten-
sion. While undoubtedly originally introduced, this showy plant
now figures prominently along the sea-beach at Biloxi and other
coast towns, and with its large, bright yellow flowers and four-
winged, many-seeded pods, ought never to be mistaken for the
nearly-related Glottidium Floridanum, which grows in the same
region. The characters of the legume separate Daudentonia and
Glottidium from Sesbania fully as clearly as similar characters dis-
tinguish any Mimosaceous genera. In Sesbania we have a pod
which is narrow, elongated, tetragonal, and many-seeded, usually —
torulose. Glottidium has a short compressed pod, two-seeded, —

152

with a thick, coriaceous epicarp splitting away at maturity from
the membranous endocarp, which remains investing the seeds.
Daubentonia has a several-seeded, compressed and often torulose
legume, the central portion of the winged vaives becoming indur-
ated over the seeds, and hence never dehiscent.* A more striking
contrast of characters in a group of nearly related genera it would
be hard to find elsewhere in the Leguminosae.

The bibliography of the species is involved in some obscurity,
owing to the fact that all copies in this country of one of the works
concerned, Ortega’s Hortus Matritensis, are apparently incomplete,
and to the resultant fact that the synonymy has been thrown into
confusion by later writers. The genus Daudentonia was based by
De Candolle upon AL schynomene longifolia Cav.,and Piscidia punicea
Cav. Reference to the latter’s work shows the plate of A. /ongz-
Solia to be an excellent and unmistakable reproduction of our Tex-
ano-Mexican plant.

In addition to the two species of Daudbentonia, De Candolle de-
scribes in Prodromus 2: 265 a species of Sesbania under the name
of S. longifolia, for which he cites as a synonym Ortega’s A Eschy-
nomene longifolia, referring to the plate of the latter in the ninth
decade of the Hortus. In his characterization of the species he
uses the words “‘ leguminibus linearibus torulosis acutis,” which can-
not apply to anything but a true Sesdamia. It is thus evident that
De Candolle understood with great clearness the fact that Ortega
and Cavanilles had described two different plants under the same
binomial appellation (A Lschynomene longifolia), the former of which
he transferred to Sesbanza, and the latter he raised to generic rank;
by this means he preserved the same specific for each. It is due
to the efforts of later botanists to combine both forms under Ses-
éania that most of the trouble has originated. Among British
authorities, especially, there has been a surprising tendency to
jump at conclusions, and, as it would seem, to avoid the proper
verifications of referemces, since a very superficial examination of
the pages abo would have affordeda solution.

The genu: tonia is taken up by Torrey and Gray, and
the citations are correctly given.t On the other hand, Hemsley,

2 * For a good figure of this type of legume, see Fig, 117, Engl. & Prantl. Nat.
es 47% 1894, wader Seshawis punicea.
Bixee Sencn* Am. 1: 294. oP. a

153

in Vol. I, p. 263, of the Biologia Centrali-Americana, enumerates
Sesbania longifolia DC., with its synonym ALschynomene longifolia
Ortega, but refers, for an example, to Parry and Palmer’s No. 209,
from Central Mexico, which is beyond question Daubentonia. No
mention whatever is made of Cavanilles’ plate, and we are forced
to conclude that Mr. Hemsley imagined the two species to be
identical. Dr. Watson appreciated this error, and remarks * “Ses-
ama Cavanillesa Watson, Daubentonia longifolia DC., * * * No.
209, Parry and Palmer belongs to this species, not to S. longifolia
DC., which, according to the description is very different.” The
Index Kewensis makes matters worse, as follows:

AEschynomene longifolia Cav. Icon. 4: 8. t. 316.= Piscidia longi-
Solia.

AEschynomene longs boag Orteg. Hort. Mat. Dec. 9: 70.=Ses-
bania Cavanillesit.

This is most remarkable when we recollect the fact that both
the synonyms cited belong exclusively to the AZschynomeng
of Cavanilles, not to that of Ortega, which should, of course, have
been referred to Sesbania longifolia DC., a name admitted by
the Index in another place, as that of a valid pecies.

In Coulter's Botany of Texas+ appears a very good diagnosis
of our plant under Watson’s name, Sesbania Cavanillesi. It is
there quoted as “ abundant on the lower Rio Grande and also
near San Antonio.”’ Specimens in the National Hebarium are as
follows: Texas, Dr. Schlottman; Schott, 1853, Bravo del Norte ;
J. F. Joor, 1875, Harrisburg ; Berlandier, no. 3132; Palmer, San
Antonio, 1880, no, 278; Harvard, 1884; Nealley, 1889, no. 76;
Florida, Pensacola, Curtiss, no. 590.

Specimens of Sesbania longifolia DC., are represented as fol-.
lows: Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico, Palmer, no. 237, 1886;
Pringle, no. 4738, 1894. These specimens are instantly recog-
nizable as true Sesbanias, having linear torulose legumes and
ovate-lanceolate leaflets. ‘ss

It is, therefore, quite evident that whether these two species
are regarded as congeneric or are separated, one of them must
take a name other than /ongifolia, which belongs, by right of pri-

* Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 342. 1882.
+ Contr. Nat. Herb. 2: ee 1891.
Bis 2h

154

ority to the plant of Cavanilles.* The Mexican plant must, there-
fore, take a new designation, and the synonymy and citation of
the two species will then stand as follows:

SESBANIA MEXICANA nom, nov.
AEschynomene longifolia Orteg. Hort. Matr. Dec..g: 70. 1800.
Not Cav.
Sesbania longifolia DC. Prodr. 2: 265. 1825.
Mexico, state of Jalisco.

DAUBENTONIA LONGIFOLIA (Cav.) DC. Mem. Legum. 285. 1825.
AEschynomene longifolia Cav. Icon. 4: 8. pl. 376. 1797. Not
Orteg. > 3°
Piscidia longifolia Willd. Sp. Pl. 3: 920. 1800.
Sesbania Cavanillesti S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 342. 1882.
Mexico and southern Texas along the Gulf coast to western
Florida.

CLIFrONIA NITIDA Banks; Gaertn f. Fruct 3: 246. p/. 225. 1805.

Mylocaryum lgustrinum Willd. Enum, Hort. Berol. 454. 1809.

Chiftoma ligustrina Sims; Spreng. Syst. 2: 316. 1825.

A rare plant in many localities, but in Mississippi not uncom-
mon on the coast. (No. 1040.)

KOSTELETZKYA VIRGINICA SMILACIFOLIA Chapm. FI. S. States 57.
1860.

It is with some hesitation that I refer no. 1164 to this variety.
The hastate leaves agree entirely with Dr. Chapman’s description
but the flowers in my specimens are pure white. This plant, as

well as typical A. Virginica, was obtained in the vicinity of Biloxi.

AMMANNIA CoccinEA Rottb. Pl. Hort. Havn. Descr. 7. 1773.

Specimens of unusual size were collected at the Agricultural
College (No. 1309), and distributed erroneously as a new species
of Rotala. The status of our American Ammannias is somewhat
uncertain, owing to the ambiguity of the Linnaean A. /atifolia.
Dr. Koehne thas very properly distinguished two species, one with
_ long style and capsule and fugacious petals, for which he adopts the

_* The ninth decade of Ortega’s work did not appear before 1800, as stated by De
Candolle, whose reference I have not at hand.
+ Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 1: 249-251. 1880.

155

name coccinea of Rottboell, and another of more southerly range
with very short style and no petals, for which the name /adfolia is
taken up. The question yet in doubt, it seems to me, is whether
the type of Linnaeus’ species was really a short-styled plant. The
only figure cited is from Hans Sloane’s History of Jamaica,a work
which I have been unable to examine. Dr. Britton has described
still a third species.* A. Koehnei, which apparently combines the
characters of the other two in having the petals of coccinea and
the short style of /atfolia; but it is by no means certain that this
floral character is constant.

RHEXIA Fioripana Nash, Bull. Torr. Club, 2: 150. 1895.

Another illustration of the northwestward extension of the
Florida flora. Typical specimens of this Rhexia were collected at
Biloxi on July 29 (No. 1096), and were easily distinguishable by
their narrowly linear leaves and the dark olive-green hue of the
whole plant from the abundance of R. Mariana growing in the
immediate vicinity.

RHEXIA LANCEOLATA Walt. Fl. Car. 129. 1788.

A species accepted by Torrey and Gray, but reduced by Cog-
niaux in his Monograph} to R. Mariana. The totally different
color of the flowers, a feature of importance in this genus, as well

as the glabrous calyx of FR. /anceolata, points to its specific valid-
ity. Specimens were obtained at Ocean Springs (No. 1077).

HyprocoTyLe Bonariensis Lam, Encycl. 3: 153. 1788.

Mr. J. N. Rose furnishes me with the following note on this
rare species: “ The collection of Hydrocotyle Bonariensis, a south-

ern Mexican and South American species, in Mississippii is of in-

terest. This species is entirely new to the United States, except
that the variety Zerana occurs in a single locality in southern
Texas. It belongs, of course, near //. umbellata, and may some-
times be mistaken for that species. The inflorescence, however,
is different, as H. umbéellata usually has a simple umbel, while /.
Bonariensis has numerous elongated rays with a number of inter-
rupted whorls of flowers.”

* Bull. Torr, Club, 18: 271. 1891.
+ Cogn, in DC. Mon. Phan. 7: 388. 1891.

~

156

SABBATIA BRACHIATA Ell. Bot. S.C. & Ga. 1: 284. 1817.

It is quite possible that Michaux had this plant in mind as the
type of his Chironia angularis var. angustifolia ;* the description of
the latter is too meagre, however, to warrant a change inthe name
without further research.

NERIUM OLEANDER L. Sp. Pl. 209. 1753.

Abundant on the beaches along the coast as an escape from
gardens and in many places apparently spontaneous.

ASCLEPIAS VERTICILLATA LINEARIS (Scheele).

Asclepias linearis Scheele, Linn. 21: 758. 1848.

Asclepias verticillata var. subverticillata A. Gray, Proc. Am.
Acad..23: 71. 1870.

Only two specimens of this variety were obtained (no. 1006,
Ocean Springs). It is distinguishable from the type by the oppo-
site rather than verticillate leaves.

ASCLEPIAS AMPLEXICAULIS Michx.

Abundant in the sand on Deer Island, off the coast of Biloxi.
(No. 1186). Walter’s characterization of his A. humistrata as
‘‘ floribus rubris” leads me to doubt the propriety of taking up his
name for the species.

LEONOTIS NEPETAEFOLIA R. Br.

A tropical African plant sparingly adventive throughout the
South, but in the coast region of Mississippi a common weed.

MESOSPHAERUM RUGOSUM (L.).

Clinopodium rugosum L.. Sp. Pl. 588. 1753.

Hyptis radiata Willd. Sp. Pl. 3: 84. 1800.

This labiate is common in southern Mississippi. The genus
Mesosphaerum, founded by Patrick Browne in 1756, has thirty
years’ priority over Hypzis of Jacquin.

Teucrium Nasu Kearney, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 484. 1894.

My specimens of this handsome Zeucrium, collected on Prof.
Tracy’s grounds near Biloxi (no. 1075), exactly match Mr.
Kearney’s type from Florida.

* Fl. Bor. Am, 1: 146. 1803.

157

GRATIOLA HISPIDA (Benth.).

Sophronanthe juspida Benth.; Lindl. Intr. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 445.
1836.

Gratiola subulata Baldw.; Benth. DC. Prodr. 10: 405. 1846.

This little plant, which bears when growing an aspect similar
to that of a small P4/ox, was found in abundance on Deer Island
(No. 1187). I am by no means convinced that a comparative
study of the species of Graziola will not justify Bentham’s original
segregation of G. /ispida as a distinct genus.

RUELLIA HUMILIS Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. (II.) 5: 182. 1833-7.

Ruellia ciliosa var. longiflora A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 2: Part 1, 326.
1878.

This species was found by Nuttall on iss low, scarcely caules-
cent plant of which my number 1221, collected at Waynesboro, is
representative. Specimens are in the National Herbarium ob-
tained by Curtiss in Florida (no. 149), and also by Nash (no.
183) in the same State. Dr. Gray afterwards included it in his
variety /ongiflora of R. ciliosa Pursh. The original description
gives no warrant for applying the name Aumilis to the tall leafy
plants that are known everywhere as typical cosa; and even in
cases where the stem is more than usually elongated, the obovate
obtuse leaves are always so distinguishable from the ovate more
or less acute leaves of the latter species.

Carpuus Leconte! (T. & G.).
Cirsiuin Lecontei T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 2: 456. 1841.
Cnicus Virgintanus Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 48. 1835. Not

Pursh.
A single specimen of this handsome species was collected ina

moist pine barren near Ocean Springs.
Carpuus Nutratiu (DC.).
Cirsium Nuttalhi DC. Prodr.6: 651. 1837.

Cnicus glaber Ell. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 2: 270. 1824. Not Carduus
glaber Nutt. Gen. 2: 129, 1818, nor Steud. Nom, Ed. 1, 152.

462%;
This species being exclusively southern in its range, it is prob-
able that Nuttall’s Carduus glaber, referred in his description to

New Jersey, is a form of C. muticus.

158

STOKESIA LAEVIs (Hill) Greene, Eryth. 1: 3. 1893.

Carthamus laevis Hill, Hort. Kew. 57. f/. 5. 1760.

Stokesia cyanea L’ Her. Sert. Angl. 27. 1788.

Cartesia centauroides Cass. Bull. Philom. 1816: 198. 1816.

This beautiful plant, usually considered the rarest of the Com-
positae, is extremely abundant along the whole length of the Mis-
sissippi coast, growing in dry or moist pine-barrens, and bearing
a striking resemblance to a large As¢er.

Errantuus Tracyi Nash, Bull. Torr. Club, 24: 37, 1897.

A fine new species of Zrianthus, collected only in a single lo-
cality in the vicinity of the Agricultural College, near Starkville.
(No. I 341.)

Proceedings of the Club.

Tugspay EveNiINnG, FEBRUARY 9, 1897.

The President occupied the chair and there were about 200
persons present.

The minutes of the last meeting were read and approved.

The President reported the following appointments of Com-
mittees : ae

Committee on Finance: J. I. Kane, Wm. E. Wheelock, M.D.

Committee on Admissions: Cornelius Van Brunt, ,Jeannette
B. Greene, M.D.

Library and Herbarium Committee: Eugene P. Bicknell,
Helen M. Ingersoll, Wm. E. Wheelock, M.D., Marie L. Sanial.

Committee on Local Flora.—Phanerogamia: Prof. Thos. C.
Porter, N. L. Britton, Ph.D., H. H. Rusby, M.D. Cryptogamia:
Prof. L. M. Underwood, Maria O. Le Brun, Smith Ely Jel-
liffe, M.D.

Committee on Mosses: Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton.

The regular program was then taken up, being a lecture by
Henry A. Siebrecht, entitled “ Orchids, their Habitat, Manner of
Collecting and Cultivation.”

The paper was handsomely illustrated with lantern slides by
Mr. Cornelius Van Brunt, colored by Mrs. Van Brunt.

159

Mr. Siebrecht in his paper referred to the hardships undergone
by the orchid-collector, and paid a tribute to the energy displayed
by three friends of the speaker, Carmiole, an Italian, who had come
to New York when the speaker was a‘’boy; Féstermann, who
died about two years ago, the victim, like most collectors, of
disease contracted in that enterprise ; and Thieme, who had made
three trips for Mr. Siebrecht, and who went last to Brazil in
search of the Ca/tleya autumnalis, but was never heard from.

Mr. Siebrecht referred also to three trips of his own in quest
of orchids, to the West Indies, Venezuela, Brazil and Central
America. He then exhibited the lantern views, which were of
remarkable beauty and evoked frequent applause. They included
numerous representatives of the chief tropical genera cultivated,
also with views of interiors showing a house of Catdeyas in full
blossom, etc. Slides showing numerous species native to the
eastern United States followed.

Mr. Siebrecht then described the culture of orchids and classed
their diseases, as chiefly because too wet, when the “ spot” closes
the stomata, or too dry when they collect insects. He referred to
their insect enemies at home, the “ Jack Spaniard,” which eats the
marrow from the bulb, and the cattleya-fly, now introduced into
English houses. He mentioned the ravages of Cladosporium, and
the great difficulty with which orchids of the genus Phalaenopsis
are preserved from fungal diseases.

The subject was further discussed by the President, Dr. Brit-
ton, Mr. Samuel Henshaw and Mr. Livingston, the latter referring
to his recent experience as an orchid collector. A slide was ex-
hibited, made from a photograph taken by Mr. Livingston, show-
ing his orchids packed upon oxen and so carried down from the
mountains to Magdalena.

Mr. Henshaw spoke of his visit to Mr. Siebrecht’s nursery in
Trinidad, and of the growth made there by Cvofons, as much in
one year as here in four or five. In those gardens they divide
their plants by rows and edges of Crotons which are sheared off
as we would trim a privet-hedge. Mr. Henshaw also paid a de-
served tribute to Mrs. Van Brunt for the wonderful success of her

coloring of the orchid slides.

160

WEDNESDAY EVENING, FEBRUARY 24, 1897.

In the absence of the President, Vice-President V. P. Allen
presided. There were 28 persons present.

The scientific program was as follows:

1. By Mr. Arthur Hollick, “A fossil Phragmites from Staten
Island.”’ (Published in this issue of the BULLETIN.)

2. By Mr. E. O. Wooton, “ Remarks on some of the rarer
Plants of New Mexico.”

Mr. Wooton sketched briefly the botanical regions of New
Mexico, dividing the territory by differences in the flora into (a)
the river valleys, (b) the table-lands or mesas,(c) the dry, rocky
and narrow mountain ranges, and (d) those areas which are of
uniformly high altitude and have numerous mountain ranges
closely associated and more or less timbered. He also traced
upon a map the routes traversed by most of the botanical collec-
tors who have visited New Mexico, beginning with Pike and in-
cluding Long, Gregg, Wislizenus in 1846, Emory, Marcy, Sit-
greaves and Woodhouse, with the work of the Mexican Boundary
and other surveys, 1849 and after. Mr. Wooton was himself
practically the first to make collections in the southeast section of
the territory, a very interesting botanical region, with high moun-
tains, some of which were illustrated by photographs. Specimens
of Mr. Wooton’s collecting were then shown, exhibiting about 35
flowering plants and ferns, and including among those familiar in
the East: Pellaea atropurpurea, Cystopteris fragilis, Pterts aquilina
and Cheilanthes tomentosa.

Discussing Mr. Wooton’s presentation, Dr. Rusby spoke of
his own former travels in New Mexico, and of various incidents of
that journey, as of the discovery of Primula Parryi on the top of
Gray’s Peak (central Arizona), blooming on July 3d under three
or four inches of snow which had just fallen.

Mr. Rydberg compared some of the features presented by the
sand region of Central Nebraska, referring to Muhlenbergia pungens
and other so-called “ blow-out grasses” of the sand-hills, and de-
scribing the formation of the characteristic “ blow-outs,” or hol-
lows, originating in spots where the grasses had died out, and
deepening rapidly, sometimes to 300 feet, producing a country
where the hills are moving every year, and where he, when camp-

161

ing, could find no fuel except roots of sand cherries exposed along
fresh “ blow-outs.”

Discussion by Dr. Allen, Mr. Wooton and Dr. Rusby followed
relative to the loco-weed poison. Mr. Wooton said that Spresia
Lamberti is the chief /oco-weed about Flagstaff, Arizona, that cat-
tle men claim that the well-fed animal will not touch it, but that
those which have formed the taste will not eat anything else.
Reasons were urged by the speakers for the belief that the results
of the /oco-weed are due simply to mal-nutrition, or to effect of
seeds alone, or to a poison (as extracted by Sheldon) diffused in
very minute quantities throughout the plant.

3. By Dr. H. M. Richards “On some of the Reactions of
Plants toward Injury.”

Dr. Richards spoke on certain effects of wounding upon the
functions of various plant organs as shown by his own experi-
ments in Germany last summer. Diagrams illustrating the effect
of injury upon both respiration and temperature were shown. In
the former case it was seen that the respiration is greatly increased
by wounding, attaining its maximum about 24 hours after the in-
jury was inflicted, this increase depending both on the stimulus of
the wound itself and upon the access of atmospheric oxygen to
the tissues. The occurrence of a corresponding rise in tempera-
ture of a local nature, was also briefly referred to, the tempera-
ture curve corresponding closely to that described by the increased
respiratory activity. The thermoelectric apparatus used was de-
scribed, its delicacy is such as to indicate a difference of x}, of a
degree, the result with potatoes showing a maximum rise of tem-
perature of a little over ;7; of a degree at the end of the second
day, falling to the end of the fifth day. A remarkable tempera-
ture rise in the onion of nearly 314 degrees was explained by the
fact that here the rise was not local, but affected the whole onion
in accordance with its morphological structure, and with the fact
that metabolism is carried on very fast in the onion.

The paper was discussed by Dr. Jelliffe and by Dr. Britton,
especially with regard to the sudden escape of CO, after wound-
ing, Dr. Richards considering it to be due largely to contents of
intercellular spaces, but partly to solution within the cells; pota-
toes contain a very considerable amount of enclosed CO,, a quart

162

of it being obtained from a pound of potatoes. Dr. Richards dis-
tinguished carefully the coincident but independent escape of a
slight amount of CO, always given off, even in pure hydrogen; to
be called “ intermolecular respiration.”

4. The next paper was a contribution read by title, from Dr.
Alexander Zahibriickner, of Vienna, a corresponding member of
the Club, entitled, ** Revisio Lobeliacearum Boliviensium hucusque .
cognitarum.” The paper, which is in Latin, enumerates all the
species, giving synonomy and references to the literature, and cites
collectors and their numbers. There are 39 species, as follows:
9 in Centropogon, 2 new; 20 in Siphocampylos,7 new; 1 in Lau-
rentia; 2 in Rhizocephalum; 3 in Hypsela; 4 in Lobelia. The
paper will be printed in the BULLETIN.

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Arnold, F. Lichenologische Fragmente, 35. Newfoundland. Oéester-
rich. Bot. Zeitsch. 46: 128-131; 176-182; 213-220; 245-251; 286-—
292; 326-332; 359-363. 1896.

Arthur, J.C. The common Ustilago a Maize. Bot. Gaz. 23: 44-40.
20 Ja. 1897.

Notes the proper binomial as Usizlago Zeae “(Beckm. ) Unger.

Backer, J.G. urcraea macrophylla. Hook. Icon. Pl. 26. f/. 2501.
F. 1897.

Beal, W. J. Botanic Gardens. Bot. Gaz. 23: 51-53. Ja. 1897.

Beal, W.J. Mounting plants for use in popular Lectures. Bot. Gaz.
az: 128. 19 F. 1897.

Bergen, F. D. Popular American Plant-names—IV. Bot. Gaz. 23:
473-487. 24 D. 1896.

Bicknell, E.P. An undescribed Zechea from Maine. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 24: 86-90. 28 F. 1897.

Lechea juniperina n. sp.
Blasdale, W.C. Notes onthe Flora of Humboldt, Trinity and Shasta
Counties. Erythea, 4: 184-189. 19 D. 1896.
Trifolium scorpoides n. sp.
Bonnet, E. Le Haricot (Phaseolus vulgaris L.) était-il connu dans
-Vancien monde avant la découverte de?l’Amérique. Journ. Bot. 11:
14-20; 35-39; 48-57; 1 Ja.—1 F. 1897.
_Briquet, J. Fragmenta monographiae labiatarum. Bull. Herb. Boiss.
4: 676-696; 762-808 ; 847-878. O.-D. 1896.

163

Species in the following genera: Mentha, Hyptis, Bystropogon, Sphacele, Salvia,
Stachys, Scutellaria, Hedeoma, Satureia, Ocimum and Teucrium, are newly described
or noted from North and South America. Ceratominthe n.g., with two species is de-
scribed from South America.

Britton, N. L. Crataegus Vailaen.sp. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:

53- 28 Ja. 1897.

Britton, N. L. Two undescribed Eastern Species. Bull. Torr. Bot.
' — Club, 24: 92-93. 28 F. 1897.

Viola Atlantica and Geranium Bicknellii, new species.

Chodat, R. Herborizations au Costa Rica. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5:
15-30. Ja. 1897. Conclusion.

Chodat,R. Polygalaceae novae vel parum cognitae—VI. Bull. Herb.
Boiss. 4: 898-9t2. D. 1896.

Several South American species are referred to.

Cunningham, K. M. New Diatomaceous Deposit in Alabama.
Journ. New York Microscopical Society, 13, 6-10. 1897.

Cook, M. T. Myriostoma coliforme Bot. Gaz. 23: 43-44. 20 Ja.
1897. Notes occurrence of this rare plant in Ontario (Point Abino).

Coulter, J. M. Notes on the Fertilization and Embryogeny of Conifers.

Bot. Gaz. 23: 40-43. pf. rand fig r. 20 Ja. 1897.

Coulter, J. M. Editor. Opportunities for Research in Botany offered

by American Institutions. Bot. Gaz. 23: 73-94. 19 F. 1897.
Dodge, R: A new Quillwort. Bot. Gaz. 23: 32-39. 7%. 4-5. 20

Ja. 1897.

Tsoetes Eatoni n. sp.

_ Earle, F. S. New Species of Fungi imperfecti from Alabama. Bull.

Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 28-32. 28 Ja. 1897.

New species in Colletotrichum, Cylindrosporium, Diplodia, Heterosporium,
Tsariopsis, Macrophoma, festalozzia, Phyllosticta, Prosthemium, Septoria and
Sporonema,

Ellis, J. B. and Everhart, B. M. New West American Fungi—IIl.

Erythea, 5: 5-7. 31 Ja. 1897.

"New species in Asteridium, Homostigia, Didymosporium, Cercospora, Puccinia
and Aecidium,

Fernald, M. L. Tillandsia Dugesii. Gard. & For. 10: 44, f. 7.

3 F. 1897.

Greene, E. L. Studies in the-Cruciferae—I. Pittonia, 3: 117-138.

16 D. 1896.

Unites Dentaria and Cardamine and publishes Choenocramée, n. g. New species
in Cheiranthus.

164

Halsted, B. D. A plant Catapult. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 48-
50. 28 Ja. 1897.

Harvey, F. L. Contribution to the Gasteromycetes of Maine. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 71-74. 28 F. 1897.

Harvey, F. L. Contribution to the Myxogasters of Maine—II. Bull.
Torr, Bot. Club, a4: G5—71. 28 F..1897.

Harvey, F.L. Notes upon Maine Plants. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:
$6, St: 45. Ja: 1807;

Hedrick, U. P. Paradise Valley. Gard. & For. 10: 53. 10 F. 1897
Notes on the Flora of Mount Rainier.

Heller, A. A. A new Aides from Idaho. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:
93,94. 28 F. 1897.
Ribes leucoderme new species.

Hemsley, W. B. Azona Prestoei. Hook. Icon. Pl. 26: p/. 2579

and 2520. F. 1897.

Native of Tropical America.

Hemsley, W. B. LZryngium longipetiolum, E. paucisquamosum, E.
Beecheyanum, E. spiculosum, E. sparganophyllum, E. cryptanthum,
£. Galeottit, E. columnare. Wook. Icon. Pl. 26: pl. 2504-2572.
F, 1897.
£. sparganophylium isa native of New Mexico; the remaining are new species

from Mexico.

Henderson, L. F. A new J/soetes from Idaho. Bot. Gaz. 23: 124,
125. 19 F. 1897.

Lsoetes Underwoodi n. sp.

Hemsley, W. B. Sacoglotis Amazonica. Hook. Icon. Pl. 26: £7.
gear, P. 180%:

Native of Trinidad and the delta of the Amazon.

Hemsley, W. B. TZradescantia orchidophylla. Hook. Icon. PI.
26: pf. 2522. F. 1897.

Native of Mexico,

Hill, E.J. Zizia aurea and Thaspium aureum. Bot. Gaz. 23: 121-
124. 19 F. 1897.

Holm,T. Ayfoxis erecta Linn. A bibliographical study. Bot. Gaz.

" gps’ aag-1a0. PL JF, 19 F. 3807,

Hooks, J. D. Maxillaria Sanderiana, Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: #4. 7578.
F. 1897.

Native of Ecuador,

Humphrey, J. E. The Tropical Laboratory. Bot. Gaz. 23: 50, 51-
20 Ja. 1897.

165

Jepson, W. L. A new West American Pewcedanum. Erythea, eae 6
31 Ja. 1897.

L. erosum Nn. sp.

Jepson, W.L. Botanical Exploration in California in 1896. Erythea,
5: 7-9. 30 Ja. 1897.

Jepson, W. L. Velesia rigida L. Erythea, 5: 28-29. 26 F. 1897.

Johnson, C.G. Solanum Carolinense. Am. Journ. Pharm. 89: 76-
$4. 7. 7-8. F. 1897.

Klebahn, H. Kulturversuche mit heterécischen Rostpilzen. Zeit-
schr, Pflanzenkr. 6: 257-270; 324-338. D. 1896~Ja. 1897.

Kusnezow, N. J. Subgenus Zugentiana Kusn. generis Gentiana
Tournef. Acta Hort. Petr. 15: 3-160. A/. 1-5. 1896.

Leiberg, J. B. General Report on a Botanical Survey of the Coeur
d’Alene Mountains in Idaho during the Summer of 1895. Contr. U.
S. Nat. Herb. 5: 1-85. 25 Ja. 1897.

‘Lemmon, J. G. Notes on West American Coniferae—VII. Erythea,
5: 22-25. 26 F. 1897.

Lindau, G. Zwei neue Polygonaceen. Notizbl. K. Bot. Gart. Mus.
Berl. r: 213-215. 15 D. 18096.

MacDougal, D. T. The tropical Laboratory Commission. Bot. Gaz.

_ 23: 54-129. 20 Ja.; 19 F. 1897.

Macoun, W. T. Notes on the Fruiting of some Trees and Shrubs at
the Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, 1896. Ott. Nat. 10: 147.
N. 1896.

Macoun, W.T. November Notes from the Arboretum at the Central
Experimental Farm. Ott. Nat. 10: 149. N. 1896.

Macoun, J. M. List of the Plants known to occur on the Coast and ~
in the Interior of the Labrador Peninsula. Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv.
Canada, 8: [reprint, pp. 14]. 1896.

Macdougal, D. T. Botanic Gardens. Pop. Sci. Month. 50: 172-
186; 312-323. D. 1896-Ja. 1897.

Meehan, T. Asplenium Felix-foemina. Meehan’s Month, 7: 21.
pt. 2. F. 1897.

Merritt, A. J. Notes on the Pollination of some Californian Mountain
Flowers—III. Erythea, 5: 1-4. 31 Ja. 1897; IV. 15-22. 26 F.
1897.

Mohr, C. Notes on some undescribed and little known Plants of the
Alabama Flora. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 19-28. p/. 289-292.
28 Ja. 1897.
New species in Sagittaria and Olden/andia.

~

166

Moore, G. T., Jr. Noteson Uroglena Americana Calk. Bot. Gaz. 23:
105-112. ff. 10. 19 F. 1897.

Nash, G. V. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—V. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 24: 37-44. 28 Ja. 1897.

New species in Erianthus, Paspalum, Panicum, Agrostis and Danthonia,

Osterhout, G. E. An undescribed species of Gz/a. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 24: 51-52. 28 Ja. 1897.

Palmer, T. C. Demonstration of Absorption of Carbon Dioxide and
of the Generation of Oxygen by Diatoms. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. 1897: 142, 143. F. 1897. [Reprint.]

Pammel, L. H. Notes on the Flora of western Iowa. Proc. Iowa
Acad. Sci. 3: 106-125. 1896.

List of species with localities.

Pammel, L. H., and Carver, G. W. Fungus Diseases of Plants at

Ames, Iowa, 1895. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 3: 140-148. 1896.

Pammel, L. H., and Scribner, F. L. Some Notes on Grasses col-
lected in 1895, between Jefferson, Iowa, and Denver, Colo. Proc.
17th Meeting Soc. Prom. Agric. Sci. 1896: 94-104.

Penhallow, D. P. Myelopieris Topekensis n. sp. Bot. Gaz. 23: 15-
at. OF. 2, 3. . 00 Ja, 1607.

Penhallow, D. P. <Mematophyton crassum, Can. Rec. Sci. 7:
151-156. p/. 2. 1896.

Pollard, C.L. The Acaulescent Violets. Bot. Gaz. 23: 53. 20 Ja.
1897.

Purdy, C. Zééum Humboldt and allied Species. Gard. & For. 10:
Aa. > BROT.

Rose, J. N. Agave attenuata. Gard & For. 10: 95. f. 72. 10 Mr.
1897.

Rothrock, J. T. yssa sylvatica. Forest Leaves, 6: 8. F. 1897.
With illustrations of the gum tree in Pennslyvania,

Rusby, H. H. Concerning Exploration upon the Orinoco. Alumni
Journ. Coll. Pharm. N. Y. 3: 185-191. Au. 1896.

Rusby, H. H. The affinities of Dendrobangia Rusby. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 24: 79-81. p/. 294. 28 F. 1897.

Rusby, H. H. Why the Parenthesis should be used in citing the
Authors of Plant Names. American Druggist,-10 F. 1897. [Re-
print. ]

Rydberg, P. A. Notes on Potentilla—VI. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:
1-13. pl. 287, 288. 28 Ja. 1897.

Potentilla candida, P. pectinisecta, and P, etomentosa, new species,

167

Rydberg, P. A. Notes on two western Plants. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
24: go-92. 28 F. 1897.

Sappin-Trouffy. Recherches histologiques sur la famille des Urédi-
nées. Le Botaniste, 5: 59-244. fig. 1-69. 1 D. 1806.

Sargent, C. S. Pseudotsuga macrocarpa. Gard. & For. 10: 24.

fig, §- 20 Ja. 1897.

Sargent, C.S. Pyrus occidentalis. Gard. & For. 10: 86. fig. 11.
3 Mr. 1897.

Sargent, C. S. The Height of the Redwood (Sequoia gigantea).
Gard. & For. 10: 42. 3 F. 1897.

Schneider, A. Further; considerations of the biological Status of
Lichens.. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 74-79. 28 F. 1897.

Schneider, A. Reinke’s Discussions on Lichenology—III. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 24: 32-37. 28 Ja. 1897.

_ Schumann, K. Neue Kakteen aus dem Adengebiet. Monats. Kak-
teenk. 7: 6-10. 20 Ja. 1897.

Lterocactus Kuntzei and Ariocarpus sulcatus are the new species described.
Schumann, K. Neue Kakteen aus Siidamerika. Monats. Kakteenk. 7:

wel. ES-2. 390%.

Echinocactis Pampeanus Speg. and EL. platensis Speg. are described.
-Setchell, W. A. The Elk-Kelp. Erythea, 4: 179-184. p17. 16
‘ D. 1896.

Shinn, @. H. The Visalia Oaks. Gard. & For. 10: 52. f. 8 10 F.

1897.

Sirrine, E., and Pammel, E. Some anatomical Studies of the
Leaves of Sforobolus and Panicum. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 3: 148—
159. fl. 6. 1896.

Small, J. K. An apparently undescribed Species of Prunus from Con-
necticut. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 44, 45. fd. 292. 28 Ja. 1897.
Prunus Gravesii n. sp. :

Small, J. K. A new Po/ygonum from Bolivia. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,

24: 46, 47. pl. 293. 28 Ja. 1897.
Polygonum fallax n. sp.

Small, J. K. Cymbalaria Cymbalaria (L.) Wetts. in eastern Saul
vania. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 53. 28 Ja. 1897.

Small, J. K. Shrubs and Trees of the Southern States—I. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 24: 61-64. 28 F. 1897.

- Small, J. K. The Relation between the Genera Zhysanel/a and Poly-

gonella as shown by a hitherto unobserved ae Bull, Torr. Bot.

Club, 24: 47-48. fig. 28 Ja. 1897,

168

Smith, J.D. Undescribed Plants from Guatemala and other Central
American Republics—XVII. Bot. Gaz. 23: 1-14. fi. 4. 20 Ja.
1897.

Teyber, A. O£nothera Heiniana (OEnothera muricata Murr.
OEnothera biennis L.). Verh. K. K. Zool. Bot. Gesells. 46: 469.
25 Ja. 1897.

Thrush, M.C. Solanum Carolinense. Am. Journ. Pharm. 69: 84-
89: 7. 7-5. . F. 1897.

Tilden, J. E. Some new Species of Minnesota Algae which live in a cal-
careous or siliceous Matrix. Bot. Gaz. 23: 95-104. p/. 7-9. 19 F.
1897.

New species in Dichothrix, Lyngbya, Chaetophora and Schizothrix.

Underwood, L. M. Some new Fungi chiefly from Alabama. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 81-86. 28 F. 1897.

New species in Hydnum, Lepiota, Leptoglossum, Peronospora, Polyporus, Puc-
cinia and Ustilago.

Vail, A. M. Studies in the Leguminosae—I1. Notes on Parose/a with
Description of new Species. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 14-18. 28
Ja. 1897.

Farosela Arizonica, P. Wheeleri, and P. Thompsonae, new species.

Wainio, E. A. Lichenes Antillarum, A. W. R. Elliot collecti. Journ.
of Bot. 34: 238-266; 292-297. 1896.

Weaver, C.B. A comparative Study of the Spores of North Ameri-

- can Ferns. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 3: 159-161. p/. 7. 1806.

West, W., and West, G.S. Onsome North American Desmidieae.

' Trans. Linn. Soc. (II.) 5: 229-274. p/. 12-18. D. 1896.

List of 168 species, many new, including Dichotomum n. gen.

Wright, J.S. A Guide to the Organic Drugs of the United States

Pharmacopoeia. 2d edition, 12 mo., pp. 162. Indianapolis, 1896.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. PLATE 295.

GN. i del. MELIOTYPE PRT ing £0, 3057 ON

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. PLATE 296.

GN. C. del, HELICTYPE PROATING Co, BOSTON,

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 297.

INFLUENCE OF LIGHT ON DORSIVENTRAL ORGANS.

_ BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 298.

PHRAGMITES AQUEHONGENSIS HOLLICK.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

No, 40.

No. 4t.

No. 42.

[The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ]

VoLuME I.
A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By
NN. da, Demin. one i. oe Rosy (ier), | oe 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
CUBR Nees a ee is a ea a ee 25 cents,

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus //icoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
ee and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L.

ritton.

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . 25 cents,
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7zssa,
Alans, By N. 1. Britton (1889), 0 68 Crs x . . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
(ISSO) be SS ee ee 624 25 cents.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
OOK: CIPO so i ee ae Se eee ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
gt Ty take reer ney enue ar en eis ea teiraie, (fF oT EM SY . . . 25 cents.
The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.
CIM ae ale ae ea Oa ee 25 cents.
Notes se. ‘the North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
CORT a oe ee ee ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
CIBQL) oe es Se Se ee _ , 25 cents,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
Ries (1809) eg i ee ee ee. 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus J/ersomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents
VotumE II.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North
America. By N. Li: Britten (180g oS ee 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from pate Bolivia. By N.
Ey Deine C1800) ee ee . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. " ByN. L. Britton
ROR) ee ee ee ey 25 cents.
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Alhes. By N. L.
Britton CiS92) 2 es ee ay 25 cents,
A Preliminary List of American Species of /olygonum. By John K. Small -
(308i ee ee ee 25 cents.
A New Species of Listera, ‘with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos: Morong
CRS ee ee a ce ee . 25 cents.
An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay,
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of
Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), .. ... 2.7... $1.50
Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. og John K, Small
CAB ee . 25 cents,
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIL. "By N. L. Britton
(RO ey ee Se . , 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, III.—Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, 25 cents,
New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H H. Rusby (1893), 25 cents.
The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian Mountain Sys-
tem... By John K: Small (1893). 3 oS ok es ee 25 cents,
Notes upon various Species of iridacese and other Orders. By Thomas

Morong (1893), . . ee ee ee * Ce ee te Be ee mae . - 25 cents,

No, 43. Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
CR, cinreret h s ee 25 cents.

No. 44. - Conttoncions to American Bryclogy, IV. Notes on the North American

Species of Orthotrichum—Il. By Elizabeth G. Britton (7894), . 25 cents,

No. 45. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K.

WAR a ae ei ee ee 25 cents.

No. 46. Plants from Virginia; new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other

Setcia:: Oe A, Ae eller: (0008) oe se a sce 25 cents.

No. 47. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
Oe eo ea a ee re 25 cents.

No. 48. Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American

Species of Weissia (Ulota),. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.

No. 49. A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of

Cuscuta. By W. D. Matthew ( 1893), See se a ea 25 cents.

No. 50. A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America. By Anna Murray Vail
qin.) her eee an Save we ea ee we aS eae 25 cents.

Vorume III.

No. 51. Our Conception of « Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.
By NN. i. Britton. (1606), | vis a vie ee 25 cents.

No. 52.. Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.
By Eucheth -Gy Briton (1894), <0 os Sores ee} 25 cents.

No. 53. Newand interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
No. 54. Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the Genus Piys-

comitrium. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), .. . 2... . ", 25 cents.

No. 55. The Genus Cassza in N. America, By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.

No. 56. A Revision of the Genus Lechea, By N. L. Britton (1894), . . 25 cents.

No. 57. New or little known Plants of the Souther States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
LUO es er a Se eg ee ol ye ee ee 25 cents.

No. 58. A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By

Carlton C, Camis (iseai 6 se ee 25 cents.

No. 59 Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.

Smet, fie sg ee eS a eae 25 cents.

No. 60. Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus
Sruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species, By Elizabeth

CrP ChOR 6b a a PE eee 25 cents.

No. 61. The Smilaceze of North and Central Aina: By Thomas Morong (1894)

25 cents.

No. 62. A preliminary Revision of the Genus ZLathyrus in North America. By
‘Shpomore U. White (1866), a tas a 25 cents.

No. 63. Two Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (i864) ce OS Ce
No. 64. Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small

CUA ol ea di eit ae eee a ee . . 25 cents.

No. 65. Some new Florida Plants. By TH. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents.
No. 66. Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia, By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents. —
No. ng Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), .. . 25 cents.
No. 68. A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus. Cracca. By
Atte (Murrky Vail (3899), ee aes 25 cents.

No. 69. Contributions to American Bryology, IX. A Revision of the Genus Scou-
feria with Description of one New Species. By Elizabeth G. Britton.

Ct) es eee oe . 25 cents.

No. 70, Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, IIL. By Tons K,
inkl (iSes), 6 ee _ . 25 cents.

No. 71. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U. S.
A. and others, in Southeastern Arizona during the years 1892-1894. By

N. L. Britton and T. 11. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . 4 3c cz 50 cents.

No. 72. Contributions to American Bryology, X. 1. The Systematic Position of
Physcomitrella patens. 2. Ona Hybrid growing with Aphanorhegma

serrata Sull, 3. On a European Hybrid of Physcomitrella patens.* By

Elizabeth G. Brito B | 0G ee ee . , 25 cents.

No. 73. we a" hybrid from the Southern States. By John K. Small

z I 5. Pa a Fe a ea ae er ep a aad a a eo ees 2. cents.
No. 74. Notes on some Florida Plants. By Geo. V Nash. (1895,) . . pecgerenss
No. 75. An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in alsediaaaron the

summer of 1892. By N. L, Britton and Anna Murray Vail (1895).50 cents. _

VOLUME IV.

The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1895), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. L. Britton

(3908), oo ee Te eh ee Oe te So 25 cents.
The Genus Cexchrus in North America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents.

CBOS ar ee eg . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy American Grasses—I. By Geo. V. Nash (1895 ).25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1895.)

: 25 cents,

Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I, By Albert Schnei-
WES CLOG a es ea ee . . . 25 cents.
A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail
Ce i ee ae aoe eS . 25 cents,
New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895).
25 cents,

Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents.
Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell.

(2806), Oe es oe ee i oes nee
No, 87. .A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax-
ifragaceae. By Wm. E, Wheelock. et Nae are ae + 6x0 25 CEDIB.
No, 88. A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896),. . . . 25 cents,
No, 89. Notes on some Florida Plants, II. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), . . 25 cents.
No, 90, Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—V. By John K,
Small: (1866p oe Lig mens aie ee
No. 91, The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Sisyrinchium).
By Eugene P, Bicknell (1806), 15. ¢ 5 4c. . . 25 cents,
No, 92. New or noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo, V. Nash (1896), 25 cents.
No, 93. Onothera and its Segregates. By John K. Small (1896),. . . 25 cents,
No. 94. A preliminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae. By A. J.
: Grom C1806), os sie Gen rae rao pee 25 cents,
No, 95. Revision of the Genus Asiminain North America, By Geo, V. Nash (1896),
25 cents,
No. 96. Notes on Pofentilla,1.,11. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) . . 25 cents.
No. 97. Aneglected Species of Oxa/is and its Relatives. By John K. Small (1896).
~ 25 cents,
No. 98. Studies inthe Botany of the Southeastern United States——VI. By John K,
Real (sO0b) ers ae Oe Ne. . . 25 cents.
No. 99. Notes on Fotentilia—III. By P. A. Rydberg (1896)... .. 25 cents.
No, 100. On a new Species of Scrophularia hitherto confounded with S. A/ary-
landica. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896). . .... +++ 25 cents.
VoLuME V.

No. 101. The Gerius Cepha/ozia in North America, By L. M. Underwood ( sac
: 25 cents.
No. 102. New and Noteworthy Species of Saxifraga. By John K, Small —

25 cen
No. 103. Notes on Fotentilla—IV. By P. A. Rydberg (1896). . _ 25 cents.
No. 104. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VII. By John
Mi, Sa (1896) Oo ear 25 cents.
No. 105. Notes on Fotentilla—V. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) .....- 25 cents.
No. 106. Reinke’s Discussions of Lichenology. By Albert Schneider (1896), 25 cents.
No. 107. Two Nuttallian Species of Oxa/is. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents.
No, 108. The North American Species of Agrimonia—Geum Canadense flavum
(Porter) Britton, a valid Species. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), 25 cents.
No. 109. Terminology among the Orders of Thallophytes. By L. M. Underwood

oe a oe

. . » 25 cents.

Saye. Cate eee Peake

The series as above listed will be supplied for $15. gate os
Copies of the Coneeved Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,

may be had for $2, A

PRoF.L.M. UNDERWOOD,

ISSUED AUG. /5TH.

AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA

— OF THE —

NORTHERN STATES AND CANADA,
Westward to the 1024 Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA.

- By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN,
with the assistance of SPECIALISTS in various groups,

Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and FIG-
URED. Cuts, over 4,000. With Keys to species and genera, the SyNoNyMy, the
English Names, the REVISED NOMENCLATURE, and revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE
of Families.

The First complete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country.

For Students and all Lovers of Plants.

Vol. I. now ready; royal 8vo, pp. XII.+612; figured species, 1425; uncolored.
Ferns to CARPET-WEED. Vols. II. and III. will appear during 1897.

Price, $3.00 per Volume.

Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers,

Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York,
or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York

-»+- COMMENTS...

“The copy of your Illustrated Flora is a delight to me. You should have the

congratulations and thanks of every botanist everywhere —Pror. Byron D. HALSTED,
Rutgers College.

« Please accept my congratulations at having completed so useful and complete
a work. I am using it with much profit and a great deal of pleasure.”—-Pror. CHAS.
A. Davis, Alma College.

«I am so much pleased with the first volume of your Flora that I cannot refrain
from expressing my high appreciation of your work, and my congratulations on its fine
appearance.”— Benj. H. Smiru, Philadelphia.

“T have seen your first volume and am more than delighted with it. It is so
good in every way that I am recommending it to every working botanical friend [
meet.”—Rev. W. M BeaucHamp, Baldwinsville, N. Y.

“As we carefully study the beautifully printed pages of this work, we are more
and more impressed with its magnitude and importance. It will give renewed life and —
vigor to systematic botany and doubtless will be the means by which many a student
will be led to the study of the more difficult families..—Pror. C, E. Bessey in
American Naturalist.

“There is no work extant in the whole series of American botanical publications
which deals with descriptions of the flowering plants that can for a moment be com-
pared with it, either for a skillful and delightful presentation of the subject-matter or
for modern, scientific and accurate mastery of the thousand-fold mass of detail of
cine such a work must necessarily consist.” Pror, Conway MACMILLAN in

ence.

“In the line of books bearing the stamp of scientific authority, and at the same
time adapted for popular use, this is unquestionably the best work ever issued on the
flora of any part of the United States.”—FrepErick V. Covitie, U.S. Dept. of

Agriculture, Diy, of Botany, Washington, D, C. ;

“It will be no exaggeration to pronounce this the most valuable contribution ever
made to American botany, so far as the area covered by Gray’s Manual—somewhat
extended... .. . The authors deserve the thanks of every botanist for this success-
ful ending of a great task.” —Meehans’ Monthly, Philadelphia.

“This work should be in the library of all lovers and students of flowers; for
while it is the most exhaustive and complete work on systematic botany that has been
published in this country, it affords at the same time an easy introduction to begin-
ners through its illustrations.””— The Churchman, New York.

‘““We cannot too highly commend the volume before us, and no flower-lover can
consider his library complete without it.”— 7e Advance, Chicago.

“The work should find an enthusiastic welcome in the private study, as well as
in the college class-room.”—Chicago Tribune.

‘A book of rare excellence, doing on a much enlarged scale for this country what
is accomplished for Great Britain by Bentham’s Illustrated Flora, Besides the accu-
rate description, we here have an authentic portrait of every North American species.
The treatment is popular, but at the same time eminently scientific. A complete cy-
clopaedia of American systematic botany.’’—PROFESSOR W. WHITMAN BAILEY, of
Brown University. :

“As far as the present volume enables us to judge, we have here a treatise
which will exert a wide influence in inducing large numbers of persons to make
botany within these limits a pleasant recreative study, and which will at the same
time afford to those who are fond of systematic botany a convenient work of refer-
ence, ... A large proportion of the drawings are excellent in all respects. . . . The
artificial keys are excellent throughout. All of them appear, so far as our exam-
ination has gone, to be carefully prepared. ... . The appearance of the whole work
is extremely attractive, and every feature of its mechanical execution will bear strict
scrutiny as regards both workmanship and sound taste. The authors are to be heart-
ily congratulated on their genuine success in securing earnest codperation from all
their coadjutors and thus making a worthy contribution to the advancement of inter-
est in our native flora... .. In this treatise we have an admirable addition to the
working appliances of all lovers of North American plants.’”—WV. VY. Evening Post.

“The work has finally appeared, and its friends have every reason to be proud of
Was Theillustrations . . . are remarkably clear and characteristic . . . and show
the salient features of the plants as well as any small figures can. . . . . This excel-
lent work will have a most pronounced effect in stereotyping this particular system
of nomenclature. ... . It puts the student in the be, 8 attitude toward the plant
kingdom, and it is bound to work a genuine reform. e are confident that itisa
great work. It has taken the latest convictions of the methods of ascent of the
. vegetable world and has worked them out fearlessly and logically.”,-—New York Sun.

“‘T have had your first volume in hand for several months, and examined and re-
examined it with the greatest care. The more I use it the more it commends itself
to my favor.””—Hon. Davin F. Day, Buffalo, N. Y.

“The appearance of the first volume of the “‘ Illustrated Flora’ marks a distinct _
advance in systematic botany, and in the literature of that science in America... .

The work should tend to greatly popularize the study of plants. The price isvery __

moderate for such a comprehensive volume, and every botanist should subscribe at _
once for it.’—American Journal of Pharmacy. gee

“The work is going to do an immense amount of good in popularizing syste- _
matic botany, and eeonatede a greater interest in such study.’’ Pror. THos. A.
WILLIAMS, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. ; eos

‘Tam delighted with it, and congratulate you on the success you have achieved —
in the issue of this splendid volume. Your work cannot fail to highly appreci-
ated by every botanist in the country, and to make the study of the science more
popular than ever.”’—Dr.-CHaAs. Mour, Mobile, Ala. 2a

‘The peculiarity of the book is that’ every species is figured. This, together
with the com atenins of scope and inclusion of the latest information on the topic,

Century II. of American Algae.

Issued by JOSEPHINE E. TIDEN,
University of Minnesota, MINNEAPOLIS, MINN.

The specimens in this century are from the Atlantic and Pacific coast localities
and trom a number of inland stations, including Minnesota, Wisconsin, Dakota, Mon-
tana, Idaho, Wyoming, Colorado and Ontario. A variety ot species from thermal
waters of the Yellowstone region were personally collected upon a special
expedition during 1896, and several of these are issued with Century II., while others
will follow in Century III. Some new species of rock- forming algae are also included.

Price of Century II., bound or unbound, $10.00 net. Orders may be
sent to the address given above.

... FOR SALE. ...

A COPY OF

Rabenhorst’s Deutsche

Kryptogamen Flora—Fungi.
Price, $25.00.
Address, DR. CHAS. MOHR, Mobile, Ala.

The Eastern Oregon Flora.

It is the intention of the subscriber to botanize throughout
Eastern and Southeastern Oregon during the coming season. A
limited number of sets of plants will be sold to subscribers only.
Botanists desiring further particulars will please correspond im-
mediately with

W. C. CUSICK, Union, Oregon.

Chapman’s Southern Flora.

Third Edition Ready in March.
Sent postpaid on receipt of price, $4.00.

Published by

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

1286 Massachusetts Avenue, Opposite College Library,
Cambridgse Mass

4

ESTABLISHED 1851.

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & an Third Ave,,

Corner of 18th Street. NEW ; YORK

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STA
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR :

E. March’s Saline: Chemical Stone
Ware. : ost
Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemic:
Pure and Common Filter P;
Doctor C. Scheibler’s Sacc
ters (Polariscopes). ne
Prof. Jolly’s Specific bard ‘Bat-

ances, ¢fc.

Paris, Phatisum:

i. Tronesdorif’s C. P. x

a fall page Masih igus! were issued, The acbecriptiog price is $2 per annum.
rms for ee and the Continent of oo 10° deta oe for :

lumeés ‘$5.00. The numbers feeah ae to. ey. dace were Nice:
mn as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
a” nf this volume as: tay Volumes 7 to 16 have been indexed sepa-

A

a each $2.00. : Vol 8 and 17 Saku now be supplied complete.

@ THE MEMOIRS.

. price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers
singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each, Those

: this list cannot be had separately.

2,—A List of the Marine Alge hitherto observed on the Coasts
‘Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents.

-An Enumeration of the Hepaticz collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in
th descriptions of many new species. By Richard Sprite.* Prite. + * >

Qn § dless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. :
ume 2, No. 1.—OQn Reserve Food Materials in Bu uds and Surrounding —
‘with two plates. By Byron D, Halsted. Price, 50 cents. a
Yo. 2.Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two. plates. By Anna Z
y Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents.
o. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala.
Wog w Wheelock. dest 75 cents.

OF
Thos. iebie. "Pride $2.00.
An Enumeration of the Plants collected | in | Bolivia a
: Price, 50 cents. _
0, 1.—Indes ‘Hepaticarum Part

t on the Botanical Exploration. of V
etal and Sa ene Vail.”

Nou 24. ey

EDITED BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF [HE CLUB.

APRIL, 1897.

BULLE TEIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY,

CLUB.

CONTENTS: © a

PAGE.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern

United States.—IX.: Jokn K. Small .. 169
An ecological Study of the Genus 7aldinum
with Descriptions of two Species (PLATE
299): FW. Harshberger oo ee 178
Rarities from Montana.—l.: P. A. Rydberg
RPEATES 400; s0rF Se ce os ine
New or noteworthy American Grasses. —VL.:
Gen: So Wag op ee ob oe wee, 192

Gyrothyra, a new Genus of Hepaticae:
Marshall A. Howe (PLATES 302, 303. . 201

Notes on the American Hydnaceae. —I.: Lue
cien Marcus Underwata <a es 208

An undescribed Species of Kalistroemia
from New Mexico: Anna Murray Vatl. 206

Iypex To Recent LITERATUR RELATING TO

%

2 PAGE, ©
New West Indian Fungi: ¥ 8. £é/is and
PATE PLOY iia Nigh a es a 5 OT:
A new Species of Clematis from ‘Taishan: er
ole Fo SME er a ee ee 20g.

Revigews.—Flora of the southern United
States, Third Edition; Catalogue of the |
Hanbury Herbarium; Demonstration of -
Absorption of Carbon Dioxide and of the —
Generation of Oxygen by Diatoms; Bei-
trage zur’ Moosflora von Nord-America;
Nouvelles Contributions a la Flore Bryolo-
gique du Bresil; Die penne R
cherches sur les Bacteriaceés fossiles ..

PRocEEpInes OF THE Crum

Pe 2 ie

AMERICAN BOTANY. . .. 4 0s see

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB. me

Tee New — eg

"OFFICERS FOR 1897.
«President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

t

7. F. ALLEN, M. D, _ HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D.

Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,
Pror, EDW. S. BURGESS, _ ‘Dr. JOHN K. SMALL,
Normal Cotas, New York City. ~ : Columbia University, New York City.

aie . ‘tie ‘Treasurer, ae
N. Ac BRITTON, Ph. D, ; HENRY OGDEN,
Columbia University, New York City. "a Pine Street, New York City.

Committee on Admissions. £

RNELI Ss VAN BRUNT, | _ JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. Dy
sth Steet, ‘New York City. 64 W. 5st Street, New York ieee
eas - Library ond Herbarium Committee,
. HELEN M. INGERSOLL,
WM. es WHEELOCK, M. D., Rev. L. H. LIGHTHIPE.
| Committees on the Local Flora,
CRYPTOGAMIA,

ELIZABETH G. BRITTON, |
MARIA 0. LEBRUN, —_
SMITE ELY sae: M. D

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States.—IX,

By Joun K. SMALL.

1. THE SESSILE-FLOWERED TRILLIA OF THE SOUTH-
ERN STATES.*

In the spring of 1896, Professor Underwood and the writer in-
dependently became interested ina species of 77i//ium native in the
southern Atlantic and the Gulf States.f Professor Underwood
collected his material in Alabama, while I received specimens col-
lected in western North Carolina, by my friend Mr. A. M. Huger.

The plant in question, judging both from descriptions and
specimens preserved in our larger herbaria, has without exception
been included in 77/ium sessile. As 1 shall show, this is an error,
and was committed by Linnaeus himself and both general bot-
anists, and monographers of this group have apparently followed
his disposition of the plants to the present time.

Without doubt the original 7i//ium sessile of Linnaeus} was
a composite species, for after his description, “ Trillium flora ses-
sile erecto,” he quotes descriptions from the three authors, Grono-
vius, Plukenet and Catesby, as follows:

* This study has been furthered by the loan of material from the herbaria of an
Harvard University and the United States Department of Agriculture. eae

+ After extensive field observations during the spring and summer, Professor Vee

derwood read a paper on the sessile 7ri//ia before Section G of the American Associ

ation for the Advancement of Science at its last meeting. | He expected to finish and os

‘Publish the results of the study, but, being presed for time, requested the writer to
complete the work already well advanced. _ Wea a
a nee th ee

170

“Paris foliis ternatis, flore sessile erecto. Gron. virg. 44.
Solanum virginianum triphyllum, flore tripetalo atropurpureo in
foliorum sinu, absque pediculo, sessile. Pluk. alm. 352. t. 111. f. 6.
Solanum triphyllum, flore hexapetalo: tribus petalis purpureis,
caeteris viridibus reflexis. Catesb. car. 1. p. 50. t. 50.”

The habitat given is ‘‘ Virginia, Carolina.” The first of these
three descriptions throws little or no light on the subject, but the
second and third quotations each refer toa plate. A comparison of
these two plates indicates a great discrepancy, the figure of Plukenet
representing a small plant with oval leaves, while the Catesby
drawing illustrates a large robust plant with ovate-lanceolate leaves.
If only these two plates had to be considered, there would be no
doubt not only as to there being two distinct species involved,
but we should have no trouble in deciding to which plant the
name 7rilium sessile must be applied. The first quoted description
being wholly indefinite, left this important question in doubt. In
order to settle this point definitely, Dr. Britton sent specimens of
both the small and large plants to Mr. Edmund G. Baker, at the
British Museum, and I can not do better than print his reply:
“ * = * hg We have the Gronovian plant and
also a plant in the Plukenet Herbarium, written up by Plukenet,
but not the one apparently the figure was done from, as you will see
from the tracing I enclose. The Gronovian and Plukenet plants
are fairly similar and more like no. 2 (the small plant with oval
leaves) than the much larger no. 1 (the large plant with ovate-
lanceolate leaves). Neither of the specimens are particularly
good ones, but I have tried to make tracings of them, such as
they are, these will show the outline of the leaf if they do
nothing else. You may like to have exact measurements of the.

Plukenet plant: Leaves broadly oval, 2 in. long, breadth 1,7, in.,

pe i
sepals 3 in., petals 14 in. * * * % »

Thus we see that the first and second quoted descriptions in
the Species Plantarum are represented by specimens which agree -
with each other in all essential particulars, while the third quota-
tion is founded wholly on a plate, which represents a species totally
distinct from that on which the first and second descriptions were —
founded. Therefore the name 77i//ium sessile must be associated —
with the small oval-leaved plant, and the large plant must receive |
aname, which will appear in the appended dees The solution

171

of this ong-standing error naturally excited my interest in this
whole group of Zrvilium, and a study of the different species
leads me to print the following key and specific descriptions which,
I Hope, will lead to a better understanding of these interesting
plants.

As far as I can see, this group of 7/iium has always been very
unfairly treated; most authors seem to have taken it for granted
that the number of species. was very limited and that that number
could not be naturally increased. If an author did put his con-
victions in print, described a new species, pointed out excellent
characters for a species and distributed specimens, that species was
almost certain to find itself in synonymy or reduced to varieta,
rank of another species at an early date. This state of affairs
continued and reached a climax in Dr. Watson’s treatment of the
group in his revision of the North American Liliaceae,* where
only two forms are given specific rank, while the rest are included
in the synonymy or varietal ranks under a much distorted nomen-
lature, for example, Z7ri/iium viride Beck appears as a synonym
of Trillium sessile L., Trillium discolor Wray appears asa variety of
Trillium sessile under the new name Wrayi, Trillium viridescens
Nutt. (7: viride Beck) also appears as a variety of the Linnaean
species under the new name Nuétallii and Trillium lanceolatum
Boykin mss. is set down as a variety of Zrillium recurvatum, which
is fortunate enough to have retained specific standing.

Key to the Species,
Petals sessile, of one color throughout.

Sepals oblong or oblong lanceolate; petals broadly spatulate.
1. 7. discolor.

Sepals lanceolate ; petals lanceolate, elliptic or oblanceolate.
Leaves oval or suborbicular, 4-8 cm. long; anthers 3-4 times longer than the

filaments ; styles elongated, nearly straight. 2. T. sessile,
Leaves ovate-lanceolate to ovate-orbicular, 8-18 cm. long; anthers subses-
sile; styles almost wanting, stigmas recurved. * T. Underwoodii.

‘Petals clawed, the blade and claw often of different colors.
Leaves sessile; blades of the petals linear or linear-oblong. *
- Stems anal pubescent at least above; leaves ovate or oblong ; sepals 26-5 ou

cm. long; filaments—1-} shorter than the anthers. 4. 7: viride.
Stems smooth; leaves lanceolate or elliptic; sepals 2-2.5 cm. long; fila- i
ments about as long as the anthers. Se 7. lanceelatan, oe
ves of the bene or ae
on agen poner ‘tic Su ~ aete a

172

1. TRILLIUM DISCOLOR Wray ; Hook. Bot. Mag. f/. 3097. 1831.*

Trillium sessile var. Wrayi S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 14: 273.
1879.

Perennial by a rootstock, bright green, glabrous. Stems erect,
1—2 dm. tall, smooth; leaves oval, 6-7 cm. long, obtuse, or short-
acuminate, 3-5-nerved, mottled, rounded at the base, sessile;
flowers sessile; sepals oblong or oblong-lanceolate, 2 cm. long,
obtuse or acute, spreading; petals broadly spatulate, about %
longer than the sepals, greenish, sessile, rounded and one promi-
nently apiculate at the apex; stamens less than % as long as the
petals, the filaments nearly wanting ; berry not seen.

Georgia.

Apparently a rare species and not lately collected, but very
distinct, differing from all its relatives in the peculiar broadly
spatulate petals, one of which is distinctly apiculate.

2. TRILLIUM SESSILE L. Sp, Pl. 340. 1753.

Perennial by an-erect or ascending corm-like rootstock, deep
green, glabrous. Stems solitary or clustered, erect, 1-2 dm. tall,
slender ; leaves oval or suborbicular, 4-8 cm. long, obtuse or acute,
rounded at the base, sessile, 3-5 nerved, not mottled ; flowers ses-
sile ; sepals lanceolate, 2-3 cm. long, acute or acutish; petals nar-
rowly elliptic, slightly shorter than or longer than the sepals, sessile,
acutish, purple; stamens about ¥% as long as the petals; filaments
- dilated at the base, 4-1 shorter than the anthers; styles elong-
ated, nearly straight, berry not seen. $

In woods, Pennsylvania to Minnesota, south to Florida and
Mississippi. April and May.

3. TRILLIUM UNDERWOODII n. sp.

Perennial by a horizontal rootstock, bright green, glabrous.
Stems solitary or clustered, 1-3 dm. tall, stout; leaves varying
from ovate-lanceolate to ovate-orbicular, 8-18 cm., long, acute or _
short-acuminate, undulate, sometimes crisped, with a velvety lus-

tre, mottled with 3 shades of green, rounded or subcordate at the a
base, sessile; flowers sessile, musk-scented; sepals lanceolate, 4.5- _
5.5.cm. long, obtuse or acute, erect or spreading, green or purplish-

green; petals lanceolate, elliptic or oblanceolate, 5.5-8.5 cm. long, _
sessile, acute or obtuse, erect, purple; stamens 3-4 times shorter _
than the petals, filaments very short, anthers 1.5-2 cm. long, sub-
sessile; styles almost wanting; stigmas recurved; berry ovoid. __

*I am indebted to Dr. B. L. Robinson for a tracing of the original plate of
Trillium discolor. ye Meigs eer

173

In woods and fields, North Carolina to Tennessee, south to
Florida and Alabama. Apriland May. Ascends to 950 metres
in North Carolina. Trillium sessile and Trillium Underwoodit are
remarkably constant in comparative size. The two species can
readily be segregated on size and habit alone and of course com-
parative measurements of organs would serve as an excellent basis
of separation. But this is not necessary since we have such
good specific characters as exist in the flower, especially as re-
spects the stamens and styles.

4. TRILLIUM VIRIDE Beck, Am. Jour. Sci. 11 17 78. 1826.
Trillium viridescens Nutt. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. (II.) 5:155.

1837.
Trillium sessile var. Nuttallii S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 14; 273.
1879.
Perennial by a short corm-like rootstock, bright green, more or
less pubescent. Stems solitary, or several together, 1-4 dm. tall,
purple, rough-pubescent at least near the top; leaves oblong, ovate,
or broadly ovate, 5-11 cm. long, acute or obtusish, 3—5-nerved,
usually blotched, more or less pubescent on the nerves beneath,
abruptly short-attenuate at the base; flowers sessile ; sepals linear
or linear-lanceolate, 2.5—-5 cm. long, bright green, acute or obtuse,
erect or spreading; petals clawed, the blades linear or nearly so,
2.5—-6 cm. long, surpassing the sepals, light green or purplish green,
acute or obtuse, on brown or purple claws; stamens about 4 as long
as the petals; filaments flattened, 1-1 shorter than the anthers ;
berry not seen.
In woods and glades, Missouri to Tennessee, south to Missis-
sippi and Arkansas. April and May.
Prof. Beck published a good description of this species in the
year 1826. Mr. Nuttall described an apparently extreme form
of the same species eleven years later. With these two full de-
scriptions and the original specimens of Mr. Nuttall extant, it _
seems strange that Zrillium viride Beck, and Trillium viridescens
Nutt., being one and the same species, should, on the one hand,
be made a synonym and on the other a variety of a species to
which it is only distantly related ; the clawed petals, among many =
other characters, primarily prevent it being associated with Zi/-
lium sessile. Its true relationship is with Zri#lium recurvatum, ——
Mr. Nuttall collected the original specimens of Trillium aren

aw

%

174

descens in Arkansas, and of this collection there are good speci-
mens preserved. Prof. Beck’s plants came from St. Louis and,
although I have not seen his original specimens, we have a speci-
men from the same place collected by Riehl in 1841, and, in addi-
tion tothis, Mr. Henry Eggert has sent me excellent material from
the vicinity of St. Louis collected during the past few years. All
these plants, as well as those from the extremities of the known
geographic range cited above, agree with each other in essential
specific characters. |

5. TRILLIUM LANCEOLATUM Boykin; S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad.
14: 274. Assynonym. 1879.

Trillium recuratum var.(?) lanceolatum S. Wats. Proc. Am.
Acad..14: 273. 1879. ie

Perennial bya rootstock, bright green, glabrous. Stems erect,
1—4 em. long, slender, purplish, smooth; leaves lanceolate or el-
liptic, 7-9 cm. long, acute or acutish, more or less constricted at
the base, sessile; flowers sessile; sepals linear or linear-lanceo-
late, 2—2.5 cm. long, acute, green, spreading ; petals clawed, 3-3.5
cm. long, the blades linear or linear-oblong, acute, the claws about
twice as long as blades; stamens about ¥ as long as the petals ;
filaments about as long as the more or less incurved anthers;
berry not seen.

In moist woodlands and river bottoms, Georgia to Alabama,
and Louisiana, (?) April and May.
The following label accompanying Dr. Boykins’ original speci-
men may be of interest: “ Zri/lium lanceolatum. This is cer-
tainly a new species of sessile Zri//ium. It grows universally in
stiff clayey river bottoms. Flowers March and April. The fruit
is more bellied than S. Trillium, and deep grooving formed by the
stamina, rendering it hexagonal. Stamina incurved.”

6. TRILLIUM RECURVATUM Beck, Am. Journ. Sci. 11: 178. 1826.

: Trillium unguiculatum Nutt. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. (IL) §:
154. 1837. :

- Perennial by a short horizontal rootstock, light green, gla-
brous. Stems solitary, or several together, 1-4 dm. tall, smooth,
usually slender ; leaves petioled, the blades ovate-lanceolate, oval or
suborbicular, obtuse or acute, 5~9 cm. long, rounded or sub-cor- _
date at the base or rarely attenuate, often mottled; petioles —
winged, several times shorter than the blades ; flowers sessile, pur- _

175

ple ; sepals lanceolate, 2-3 cm. long, acute, finally deflexed ; petals
clawed, the blades ovate, obovate or elliptic, usually acute, about
twice longer than the claws; stamens hardly % as long as the
petals; filaments about % or ¥% as long as the more or less in-
curved anthers ; berry not seen.

In woods, Ohio to Minnesota, south to Mississippi and Arkan-
as. April and May.

2. NOTES ON CRITICAL SPECIES.

IRIS VERNA L. Sp. Pl. 39. 1753.

I have seen two collections of the spring Iris during the past
season, both from North Carolina; the one was made by Mr. A.
M. Huger in the mountains and the other by myself in the central
part of the State. I find that two of its striking features have not
been recorded: first, the remarkable elongation of the leaves, which
often reach a length of 3-4 decimeters, and second, the odor of
the flowers, which almost exactly imitates the fragrance of sweet
violets.

ANEMONE TRIFOLIA L. Sp. Pl. 540. 1753.

While walking along a small stream just west of the Falls of
the Yadkin river, last spring I was astonished to find fine plants
of Anemone trifolia. The species has only been known to exist in
America on the higher parts of the Alleghanies, chiefly in the
Southern States, but here, in the central part of North Carolina at
an elevation of only 200-300 feet above the level of the sea, the
species appears as typical as anywhere.

_ CARDAMINE PARVIFLORA L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2,914. 1763.
Virginia seems to have been the southern recorded limit for
this species but now Mr. A. M. Huger sends us good specimens
from the mountains of Polk County, North Carolina.

DiaAMoRPHA PUSILLA Nutt. Gen, 1: 293. 1818.

The geographic range of this curious plant is gradually ex. oes

panding. I have recently found the species at various points in

northern Georgia andin 1894and 1895 met withit on Dunn’s Moun- .
tain in Rowan County, North Carolina. The outlying stations zi see

its distribution as we pave it haahcaayons Py. specimens are:

176

Cumberland Mountains, Tennessee, Prof. Kirby Smith.
Mountains of North Carolina, Mr. G. R. Vasey.
Habersham County, Georgia, Mr. Buckley.

Warren County, Georgia, Dr. Chapman.

Stone Mountain and vicinity, Georgia, various collectors.

WALDSTEINIA FRAGARIOIDES (Michx.) Tratt. Ros. Mon. 3: 107.
1823.

Like Anemone tifolia this is normally an Alleghanian species,
but I have found quantities of it in the central part of North Caro-
lina growing in dark ravines which branch from the cafion at
the Falls of the Yadkin. The altitude of the locality is little over
150 feet.

OXALIS RECURVA E]I. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1: 526. 1821.

During the summer of 1895 I collected a few specimens of
this beautiful and strongly characterized: Ova/is at Stone Mountain
and in the vicinity of Augusta, Georgia.

Monotropsis oporaTA Ell. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1: 479. 1817.

This rare plant has lately been rediscovered by Mr. A. M.
Huger on the mountains of Polk County, North Carolina.

SCUTELLARIA CAMPESTRIS Britton, Mem. Torr. Club. 5: 283. 1894.

In former papers of this series I have reported a number of
typically prairie plants which occur east of the Appalachian
mountain system ; Scutellaria campestris must now be added to
the increasing list. In April, 1896, I found several patches above
the bluffs at the Falls of the Yadkin River, North Carolina. The
latest record of its distribution is given by Drs. Watson and

Coulter* as southern Illinois and Kansas. Both Prof. Bain and.

Mr. Bicknell have collected specimens in Tennessee. It is an ex-

cellent species and doubtless has a considerably wider range than
our present material indicates.

3. NOTES ON EPILOBIACEAE.

The genus Ludwigia as it is now generally interpreted has
always seemed to me to contain too many distinct generic vee

* A. Gray, Man. Ed. 6. 418.

177

I think Linnaeus’ idea of holding /snardia palustris generically
separate from Ludwigia alternifolia is the proper way of disposing
of these widely divergent species and their respective relatives.
There are three clear generic lines in Ludwigia as it is limited
by most authors and I think it is much more satisfactory to treat
these groups as separate genera than to associate them as sub-
genera in a composite genus.

I append a synopsis which will serve to emphasize the diag-
nostic characters :
Leaves opposite ; stems prostrate or decumbent, creeping or floating.

Flowers sessile ; petals wanting or very small; leaves petioled ; capsules short,

sessile, straight, with a flat or depressed top. 1. Jsnardia,

Flowers long-stalked; petals large and conspicuous; leaves sessile; capsules

elongated, long-stalked, curved, with a prominent 4-lobed stylopodium.
2. Ludwigantha,

Leaves alternate ; stems erect or ascending. 3. Ludwigia.

1. ISNARDIA L. Sp. Pl. 120. 1753.

Key to the Species.
Petals usually none; capsules 2.5—4 mm. long.

Pubescent; capsules 2.5-3 mm. long. 1. J. spathulata,
Glabrous ; capsules 3-4 mm. Jong. 2. L, palutris.
Petals usually present; capsules 6-7 mm. long. 3. J. natans.

1. ISNARDIA SPATHULATA (T. & G.).

Ludwigia spathulata T. & G. FI. N. A. 1: 526. 1840.
Around pine barren ponds, middle Florida.

2. IsSNARDIA PALUSTRIS L. Sp. Pl. 120. 1753.

Ludwigia apetala Walt. Fl. Car. 89. 1788.

' Ludwigia nitida Michx. F1|. Bor. Am. 1:57. 1803.
Ludwigia palustris Ell. Bot. S.C. & Ga. 1: 211. 1817.
Isnardia palustris var. Americana DC. Prodr. 3: 61. 1828.
Isnardia ascendens Hall; Eaton & Wr. N. A. Bot. 285. 1840.
Ditches, streams and ponds, throughout eastern North America.

3. IsNARDIA NATANS (EIl.).

Ludwigia natans Ell. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1: 518. 1817.
Streams and marshes, North Carolina to lie and Mexico.

178

7 .2, LUDWIGIANTHA.
: on tiedae section J wealeeon ating ‘eG Fe NA YT: ba

1840. |
1. LUDWIGIANTHA ARCUATA (Walt.).

Ludwigia arcuata Walt. F). Car. 89. 1788.

Ludwigia pedunculosa Michx. F\. Bor. Am. 1: 88. 1803.
Isnardia pedunculosa DC. Prodr. 3: 60. 1828.

Swamps and marshes, Virginia to Florida.

3. LUDWIGIA LL Sp. PL ris. 175%.
Represented by fifteen species in the southern United States.

An ecological Study of the Genus Talinum with Descriptions of two
Species.

By J. W. HARSHBERGER.
(PLATE 299.)

There are admitted by Engler and Prantl in their voluminous
work, “ Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien,’ seventeen genera of
the family Portulacaceae, and, according to the Index Kewensis,
the distribution of the species of these several genera is as follows:

Number | Western Hemisphere in- | Eastern Hemisphere in-
Genus. ae cluding N. and S. Ameri- | cluding Asia, Africa, Eu-
Species. ica and Islands. rope and Oceanica,

1. Talinum,.. . 30 25 5
2. Calandrinia . . 125 100 25
3 ‘Spragnea .. .-. 2 2 —
4. Calyptridium, 3 3 sini
5. Talinopsis. . . I I pee
6. Pleuropetalon . 2 2 —
7. Grahamia. . , I © —
8. Anacampseros , 12 — 12
g. Claytonia . . 25 21 4
10. Hectorella. 2 _ 2
13. Montia. 2... — — li
12. Monocosmia. . 2 2 Ps
54. Silvaes 2 2, 4 4 eas
14. Portulacaria , . 2 ae 2
15. Talinella . . 1 _ I
16, Portulaca . . . 54 20 34
27, Lewis 2. 2 2 aie

268 183 85

179

It is at once apparent from an inspection of this table, that more
than one-half of the genera are American, and of those found in
the eastern hemisphere all are represented by species in the west-
ern hemisphere. Out of a total number of 268 species in 16
genera, 183 species are confined to the western hemisphere and
85 species to the eastern. The larger number of species of the
eastern hemisphere, numbering some 71, belong to three genera
Calandrinia, Anacampseros and Portulaca. Broadly speaking, the
order Portulacaceae is an American order, and is interesting to the
botanist morphologically, as well as ecologically. There is no
more interesting genus from an ecologic standpoint than the genus
Latinum. .

It will be seen, if the American species of this genus are ar-
ranged geographically, that the greater number of well-defined
species range from Cnili and Peru, where proportionally the greatest
number of species is found, through Mexico where the genus is
represented by at least 5 species to western North America to
New Mexico and Texas.

COUNTRY. : Number of Species.

Chi "4 Bay CS ae we eee a ee oe ore ee we 6
ROR, i ee oe oe Se Ware a ele 4S 2
WERORNMIR i ais ae een tia ey idee I
PME BION Ee SA ei ee eer i eRe 2
scant CP ET AN Geet met ST aay cae eo mee Mo ce 5
Ws TG NE ee a a eS ees 4
Nu o Mek. 36 se ROR ES ae ee eae eo I

ORS ae aie Bea ees pig ie A ee ele 2
SO Oe ag es ee Se er I
AMS DOS 3 Bes 8 GS es CRs Beer ee 3

The greater majority of the species of the genus Zalinum
range, therefore, along the backbone of the continent, and the
Species are discovered in greatest abundance in Mexico and
western South America. A few species are isolated, and are
Separated from the main regiment as_ stragglers.
teretifolium is one of these species, ranging over the eastern and

Takaem

central United States. From Prof. Thos. C. Porter, I learn that — oe

in the Herbarium of Lafayette College there mee: specimens of :
Talinum teretifolium collected in the following localities, in addition

180

to the commonly known one on the serpentine ranges of Chester
County, Pennsylvania.

1. Dunn’s Mt. and Roan Mountain, N.C. (Small.)

2. Sapulpa, Indian Terr. (B. F. Bush.)

3. Summit, Yonah Mt., Ga. (T. C. Porter.)

4. Sandy Barren, Oquaka, Ill.

5. Arena, Wisconsin.

6. Little-Stone Mt., De Kalb Co., Ga.

7. Rocky Knob, Caldwell Co., N. C.

The following observation by Mr. E. J. Hillis to the point.*
Talinum teretifolium was found in 1832 on rocks above Taylor's
Falls. “It is occasionally met with from Pennsylvania westward
to Minnesota in our northern flora, being more common in Min-
nesota than elsewhere in this range of States.” It has also been
found at Miller’s, Lake County, Indiana. In Illinois, it is found
in sandy prairies and barrens. This disconnected distribution in
isolated patches of country is hard to explain, unless we accept
two propositions, both of which, or either of which may suffice as
an explanation. 1. That its distribution as a species is due to the
lightness of its seeds. 2. That being at one time a wide spread
plant, it has been destroyed over the greater part of its range with
the exception of a few localities, where it is still pretty abundant.

It is important also to draw attention to the distribution of the
plant as influenced by the soil or rock formations. It is found
abundantly in some places on the serpentine outcrops in Chester
County, where I. have observed its growth. These serpentine
outcrops trend in a general southwesterly direction through
Delaware and Chester counties, reaching their greatest extent in
Pennsylvania on the Maryland line. These serpentine outcrops
are essentially rocky oases, which have in some respects a peculiar
flora. These barrens are characterized by the presence of the Red
Cedar, Juniperus Virginiana, which, although scattered elsewhere -
in the neighborhood, is never so abundant, nor so closely grouped,
as on these stony places. Not all of the serpentine barrens have
the same association of species, for instance, Cerastinm oblongifolium
and Zalinum teretifolium are not found on all of the serpentine
ledges, but are localized to particular ones. So it is with other

* 1891. E. J. Hill, Botan. Gaz.16 : 112, Notes on Flora of St. Croix Region.

181

associated species. They may be abundantly present in one spot,
but absent in another. These facts make the study of the flora of
the serpentine barrens especially inviting. According to Dana,*
serpentine is a hydrous magnesium silicate like talc, but contain-
ing more water and less silica. It is of a green color, often
clouded and has been made through the alteration of anhydrous
magnesian silicates, as chrysolite. It is used asa building ma-
terial in Philadelphia, the main college hall of the University of
Pennsylvania being built of it. Because the plant Zalinum tereti-
Jolium is confined in Eastern Pennsylvania to soil formed by the
decomposition of serpentine rocks, it is interesting to inquire
whether the chemical composition of the rocks has anything to
do with its distribution, especially, as magnesium is so prominent
an element in the rock’s constitution. The first analysis of the
plant made from meagre material by Dr. Owen Shinn of the Har-
rison Chemical Laboratory (Univ. of Pa.) led me to believe that
such was the.case. Farther analysis with more abundant material
made by Prof. Henry Trimble, of the Philadelphia College of
Pharmacy, led to a somewhat different opinion. His letter sub-
mitting the analysis is here quoted. “The overground portion
contained so much water that there was not enough material in
which to more than determine moisture and ash.

Ash in Abso-
Moisture lutely Dry
Substance,
Overground portion 86.65 % 13.63%
Underground portion 24.12% 11.15%

“The ash of the underground portion consisted of potassium —
sulphate and potassium chloride, also calcium and magnesium
Phosphate, the magnesium phosphate being very abundant.

The ash of the overground portion contained the same compounds,
but apparently in different proportions from what there existed in
the underground portion, potassium chloride being in this over-
ground portion in great abundance. How this plant gets so much
potassium from a magnesian soil is almost a mystery. Certainly
it is interesting.” It is known that potassium has to do with
the formation of carbohydrates. If a plant does not find any po-
tassium in the soil its growth ceases, and the leaves do not oe

* 1886. Dana, Manual of Mineralogy and Petrology (1894) 33°.

182

velop the power of starch formation within the chlorophyll grains.
As starch is stored abundantly in Zalinum teretifolium, it may be
that the potassium chloride plays this réle, but this has not been
certainly determined. It is interesting, however, to note that the
phosphate of magnesium is present in the perennating stem, hav-
ing been taken up by the roots. Whether its presence in the

plant determines the plant’s distribution is still a physiological
enigma.

The plant has been recorded from other formations. Gray's’

manual saysserpentine rocks. Upham* records it as occurring on
ledges of rock (trap, syenite, granite and quartzite). It was found
by Hill in the silicious sands at Miller’s, Lake County, Indiana.
In Illinois, it is found on sandy prairies and barrens, At Taylor’s
Falls, three other plants are associated with it on trap rocks, viz.:
Campanula rotundifolia, Selaginella rupestris and Cladonia rangi-
ferina. A mention of the habit of the plant in other places than
southeastern Pennsylvania shows that Zalinum teretifolium chooses
many different soil formations, and the name of one locality Arena,
Wisconsin, is suggestive.

Several species of the genus 7a/inum were found by me in

Mexico this last summer growing on the bare faces of rocks. On —

the Cerrode Guadalupe, a rocky hill on the south front of which
is situated the Holy Shriné“ of Our Lady of Guadalupe”
(Nuestra Senora Guadalupe) were found two species on the face
of the weather worn rocks, namely 7: pafens and 7. aurantiacum.
These plants grew in an extremely dry situation, and exposed to
the full blaze of the sun. The flat succulent leaves of 7: padens
were rolled up at their edges, so that the plant had a peculiarly
curled appeared. This was no doubt an adaptation on the plant’s
part to meet the direct rays of the sun. The root of this plant is
large, fleshy and succulent, and penetrates to a considerable depth
(8-10 in.) into the crevices of the rocks.
consolidated more than 7. patens, and hasa strong swollen tap-
root, somewhat tuber-like in appearance. The leaves are linear,
thick and grooved by two longitudinal grooves, as if the mar-

gin had been inflexed. Two other Mexican species 7. Green- :
mani and 1. napiforme were discovered on exposed volcanic —
* 1891. Upham, Botan, Gaz. 16: 112. : Te

;

7. aurantiacum-—is

a a

183

rocks. Z. Greenmanii occurs on volcanic ground, Sierra de Ajusco,
8500 feet altitude; 7: xapiforme in the Pedrigal at Thapam, 7300
feet altitude. Both of these plants are succulent, consolidated and
well adapted to stand the long periods of draught which are the
rule in these volcanic regions. The roots penetrate into the vol-
canic pockets, where they find enough of soil for their needs.
The leaves of both are terete, clustered at the base and surround a
much abbreviated flower-stalk. It is interesting to note, that two
other species of the genus, namely 7: confertiflorum,* and 7.
humile,+ are found in the Pinos Altos mountains, New Mexico.
Another species, Zalinum spinescens, is also adapted to dry situa-
tions, as shown by its dwarf habit and terete leaves. It was
discovered by T. S. Brandegee on bare hills east of Ellensburgh,
Washington.

Before describing the particular structure of 7alinum tereti-
folium, as determined by microscopic examination, it is expedient
to describe the two species, one new, found by me this summer
while botanizing with the veteran collector and botanist, Mr.
C. G. Pringle.

I. TALINUM NAPIFORME DC.

Roots perennial, somewhat tuberous, I-2 in. long, % in. broad,
swollen with rounded button-like knobs and covered with corky
scales of a dark brown color and bronze-like lustre ; scales protec-
tive, root fibres long and rooting in the crevices of the rocks;
acaulescent; leaves terete, smooth, waxy-green, flattened at base,
rounded acute, 1-244 in. long, clustered at top of root; scape 3-8
in. tall, cymosely many-flowered ; bractlets small, sessile, acute ;
flowers small, ¥%. in. across; sepals 2;+ petals 5,§ white veined
with purple; stamens 5 ; ovary short, rounded ; style short ; stigma
capitate, hispid; fruit small, 1 in, long, 3-cornered, sutural dehis-
cence; seeds small, black, spirally grooved. (Plate 299, fig. 3.)

Valley of Mexico, Tlalpam, Pedregal, growing on volcanic
rocks. Resembling 7. confertiforum of E.L.Greene. Distributed

in Pringle’s Plantae Mexicanae as no. 6487.

2. TALINUM GREENMANII 0. Sp. :
Tap-root spindle-shaped, forked or straight, 2 in. long ; acaules-

* E. L. Greene, Bull. Torr. Club, 8: 121.
+ E. L. Greene, Bot. Gaz. 6: 183.

$ Called bracts by Warming,

§ Called perianth by Warming.

184

cent, or with stem I-2 in. long; leaves terete, 1-3 in. long, acute,
green, clustered at top of short stem; inflorescence cymose not
exceeding the leaves, branched with 5-8 flowers; sepals 2; petals
5; bright yellow; stamens 7-8, filaments long; ovary round; style
short; stigma three-grooved; fruit rounded, triquetrous; seeds,
small, smooth. (Plate 299, fig. 4).

Volcanic gravel, Sierra de Ajusco, Mexico. 8500 feet. . Possibly
it is 7. humile described by E. L.Greene. Distributed in Pringle’s
Plantae Mexicanae as no. 6472. Named in honor of Mr. Jesse
Moore Greenman, of the Gray Herbarium, Cambridge, Mass.

Talinum teretifolium belongs to that group of the genus with
round leaves, as distinguished from those species which have leaves
more or less flattened, as 7: patens, lineare and brevifolium.* Talinum
teretifolium is interesting not only on account of its geographical
distribution, but also from its significance from an histological and
ecological standpoint. The stem is tuberiform, provided with
closely appressed scale-leaves (induviae). During the active grow-
ing season, the perennating stem becomes more or less elongated,
from which the green succulent stem arises bearing the terete
foliage leaves. In the fall, just before the cessation of growth,
rounded, tuberiform branches appear, which finally break from
the main perennating stem as the plant withers. These small —
tuberous branches remain dormant during the cold of winter, their _
contents being protected by a thick corky layer until spring opens,
when they give rise to new foliage shoots. One of these tuberi- —
form branches, or stems, was planted in a pot January 21, 1896, 4
and watered carefully to determine whether these branches propa- —
gated the plant non-sexually. On March 25, 1896, a green out- —
growth appeared. By the end of March the green sprout had
reached the height of an inch and had eight well-formed terete
Jeaves. (See Plate 299, fig. 2). It is probable, also, that these —
ball-like branches aid in the distribution of the plant, rolling from
place to place.

Ffistology. The root is long, and in cross section is surrounded
with cork from six to eight layers thick. As the long, elastic —
roots are exposed frequently to the drying action of winds, this —
cork envelope becomes all the more necessary. Internal to the ©

*1893. Thomas Howell, A Rearrangement of American Portulacaceae. Erythea, 3
pias a

185

cork, the cortex is found surrounding the central bundle, or stele.
The stem consists of two distinct regions, a lower induviate, peren-
nating, cork protected portion, and an upper green foliage portion.
The cork in the lower portion is many layers thick, and when
sections are cut and mounted in acetic acid as a preservative, the
cork cells are found, after the lapse of a year, to have undergone a
change. The walls are found covered with peculiar yellowish
beads in chains. The appearance which the walls assume reminds
one strongly of a suberized cell-wall, which has been acted upon
by potash. The cause of this beaded appearance in Zahnum is
not known. It is probably caused by the long action of the acetic
acid.

The cortex of the lower perennating portion consists of paren-
chyma cells which are filled with starch, as a reserve material. If
specimens of Zalinum teretifolum are gathered when the active
storing of starch begins, beautiful leucoplasts in which are im-
bedded compound, or aggregate starch grains are discovered. In
the thicker stems, no chlorophyll is found, except in the region
immediately beneath the corky envelope. The bundles of the
tuberiform stem are collateral, the phloem is present as soft bast,
which in the green foliage portion of the stems adds on the out-
side some bast fibres for support and strength. In the green por-
tion, the cork has disappeared.

The bundles of the scape of Zalinum teretifolium illustrate
that the development of the various cells of the mechanical tissue
is dependent upon the strain imposed upon them. Consequently,
the bast fibres here become clearly accentuated and are of a glist-
ening white color, closely investing the wood by a continuous
ring. Beneath the epidermis, collenchyma for strength is also
found. fio
The leaves are terete, 1-3 in. long, sessile with a flat base.
In section, a leaf is somewhat crescentic at the base, the xylem
portion of the vascular strand is toward the upper surface, and the
bast toward the lower face. The bast fibres at the base of the leaf
are conspicuous for strengthening purposes, and their cell-walls _
are of a yellowish tinge. A more distal section is the same as to”

the position of the elements, but the thickened bast elements are

wanting. Beneath the epidermis, a zone of chlorophyll tissue

186

completely surrounding the leaf is seen, and if a section be cut —
near the apex, the chlorophyll is found to reach completely to the —
bundle, which is not the case farther down. The guard cells of —
the stomata are slightly sunken and, when viewed from above, are
together somewhat ellipsoidal in shape. |

The rounded succulent leaves with slightly depressed stomata —
and waxy bloom are well adapted to withstand the hot suns which .
beat in summer on the bare exposed ledges of serpentine in Ches- —
ter county, Pennsylvania. Of Zalinum humile, confertiflorum,
Greenmanii, napiforme, spinescens with terete leaves, the same thing —
may be said. Inthe flat-ieaved Portulacaceae, although the leaves —
are somewhat fleshy, the same adaptation is not so clearly marked.

A repetition of the observation made above on Tahnum patens —
needs to be repeated at this point. I found this plant growing on
a rocky hillside with a southern exposure called Cerrode Guada-—
lupe in the Valley of Mexico. The leaves in the hot sun of mid- |
day were found more or less inrolled, thus giving to the plant a
remarkably curled appearance. I have no doubt, although my —
observations did not extend long enough to fully justify the con-_
clusion reached that, as in other plants, the leaves were inrolled as —
a protective adaptation. An observation of Mr. Meehan, on the
night closing of the leaves of purslane, shows that such motions —
do occur in the Portulacaceae. Mr. Meehan notes* (Proc. Phila.
Acad. Nat. Sci.) that in the list of plants having diurnal or noc-—
turnal motion Portulaca oleracea does not appear. “ At sundown
the leaves at other times at right angles with the stem rise and
press the upper surface against it. The morning ex: ansion be-
gins with dawn, and soon after sunrise the leaves are fully ex.
panded. Mr. Isaac Burk has observed the same thing, not only
in Portulaca but also in an allied plant of the West Indies, Za/inum
patens.” The last observation of Mr. Burk shows that in 7. :
patens the motion of the leaves is effected either by the approach >
of night, or by too great illumination and heat. These facts are
in line with the behavior of other plants, notably certain sensitive
Leguminosae. Vilmorin says of this plant that «It keeps fresh

in spite of heat and drouth, and will grow vigorously on unshaded .
rocks.’’+ | :

*1882. Meehan, Bull. Torr, Club, 9: 153.
+ Les Fleurs de pleine Terre, 1124.

187

The inflorescence is a dichasium. In Zaknum teretifolum it
is tall and much branched; in 7: xapiforme the stalks are thin and
wiry; in Z: Greenmanii, the inflorescence scarcely rises above the
leaves.

The flowers in Zalnum teretifolium are small (24 in. broad),
with two sepals or, as some morphologists would have it, two
bracts and five petals, or a five parted perianth with parts imbri-
cately arranged. The petals are of a bright rose-purple, ephem-
eral; stamens 15-20; capsule globular, triquetrous, three-valved,
many-seeded. The flowers open regularly at a definite time dur-
ing the flowering period. Darlington, in his Flora Cestrica (3d
ed, p. 35), says, “ Flowers bright purple, appearing in succession
opening in sunshine at midday for three or four hours, then
closing and shriveling.’’ Mr. Meehan observes the same thing
more accurately. He finds* that its flowers always open regu-
larly at 1 P. M.; though for one season they closed promptly at
2, and the next time between 2 and 5 P. M.t In order to finally
decide the matter as to opening of the flowers in this species, a
visit was paid by me to a serpentine outcrop near Westtown,
Chester County, Pa., on June 24, 1896.

Observations on the spot, the day being warm and bright,
showed me that the flowers opened between 12:30 and 1 P. M.,
when the flowers were visited by certain hymenopterous insects,
namely the male of Calliopsis flavipes Smith, and the female of
Calhopsis andreniformis Smith.t

The other species of Zal/imum differ from T. teretifolium, as to
the time of opening of the flowers, so that this peculiarity of the
plants is specific. E.L. Greene says,§ with reference to 7: humile:

“ The flowers at 2 o’clock P. M., had not yet opened, hence it is © . : :
one of those one whose flowers open at evening and closein

the morning.” Prof. Trelease very kindly had one of his pupils

make some observations for me on Zalinum patens growing in the -

Missouri Botanical Garden. In a letter to me, dated Aug. 7,

1896, he says: “ The flower was fully open at 3:15, and by 4:39 —
* 1881. Meehan, Bot. Gaz. 6. 280.
+E. J. Hill, Bot, Gaz, 16: 112.
tThese insects were determined for me x William ies of the Academy of me

Natural Sciences, Phila. Re ae

- § Bot. Gaz. 6: 183.

188

nearly all of the flowers far enough advanced to open, had fully
opened. At 6:00 P. M., none had closed. When the next obser-
vation was made at 7:30, nine-tenths of the flowers had closed, and
by 7:45 all were closed.”
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA.
Explanation of Piate 299.

Fic. 1. Zalinum teretifolium, showing induviate stem, and copiously brancheé
dichasium. ‘s

Fic. 2. Tuberiform branch of 7. eretifolium, produced in the fall of 1895, and
sprouted in the spring of 1896, eS

Fic, 3. Talinum napiforme DC,

Fic. 4. 7alinum Greenmanii n. sp.

Rarities from Montana.—l.

By P, A. RYDBERG.
(PLATES 300, 301.)

YALLIUM FIBROSUM n. sp. PL. 29°

Bulb with a fibrous coating; stem 2-3 dm. high, subterete,
somewhat striate; leaves flat, thickish, 3 mm. wide, 1-1%4 dm.
long; umbel with numerous bulblets and few flowers on pedicels
about I cm. long; perianth-segments lanceolate-oblong, obtuse,
6 mm. long; filaments slightly dilated below, 14 shorter than the
segments, and a little longer than the style; anthers oblong; ovary
evidently 6 crested, with short rounded crests. (Plate 300.)

This somewhat resembles A. Canadense,from which it is dis-
tinguished by the smaller size, the bright red bulblets, and the
crests of the ovary. From A. reticulatum and A. Geyeri, it is
easily distinguished by the presence of the bulblets. Collected on
a high dry mountain side near Lima, Mont., June 29, 1895, by P-
A. Rydberg, (no. 2606). :

ALLIUM Sipiricum L, Mant. 562. 1767. (Allium Schaenoprasum
&8L. Sp. Pl. 301. 1753. Allium Schaenoprasum Authors.)
This has generally been confused with A//um Schaenoprasum,

but it is evidently a good species. It is much taller than that

_ plant, being generally 5-6 dm. high, has only one basal leaf and

generally several stem-leaves, these thick, about 5 mm. in di-

ameter, and broader perianth-segments. A//ium Schaenoprasum i: is

only 2-3 dm. high, and its base is surrounded by nau narrow :
leaves.

189

In rocky places, Sweet Grass Cafion, Crazy Mountains. (Alt.
7000 ft., no. 349.) It has also been collected at Deer Lodge,
July 9, 1895, by myself (no. 2601).

~CALOCHORTUS ACUMINATUS N. sp. PL. Sol.

Stem about 2 dm. high, with a secondary bulb in the axis of
the first leaf; leaves 3-5 cm. long, very narrow and involute from
a broader sheathing base ; sepals narrowly lanceolate, scarious-mar-
gined, acuminate, equalling, or more often, exceeding the petals;
petals white, rhombic, obovate or oval, acuminate, hairy at the
base around the oval-oblong gland ; filaments a little dilated, espec-
ially below ; anthers linear, with slightly sagittate base, tapering a
little upward, but not acute; stigma rather large and thick.
(Plate 301.)

Dry Mountains, near Lima, P. A. Rydberg, no. 2600, Aug. 5,
1895.

It is apparently nearest related to C. Muttallii, from which
it differs by the longer sepals, longer and tapering anthers and the

acuminate petals.

HABENARIA DILATATIFORMIS. (Platenthera gracilis Lindl. Gen. & Sp.
Orch. 288. 1835-9. Habenaria gracilis S. Wats. Proc. Am.
Acad. 12: 277. 1877. Not Hook. Exot. Fl. p/. 735. 1825.)
In general habit this most resembles H. hyperborea, from

which it differs in the larger white flowers, in the lip, which is

broadened at the base as in H. dilatata, although less so, and in
the spur which is thickened at the end, From #. dilatata it
differs in the less dilated lip and the shorter more saccate spur,
which is slightly shorter than the lip. ;

Common in marshy places at an altitude of 5000-6000 feet

Spanish Basin by J. H. Flodman (nos. 360 and 361); also collected

by P. A, Rydberg, in 1895, at Bozeman (no. 2607), and at Deer

Lodge (no. 2608). :

HABENARIA STRICTA (Lindl.). Platentera stricta Lindl. Gen. & Sp.
Orch. 288. 1835-9. :

This differs from the preceding in the greenish or purplish ies
flowers, the narrower lip and the very short and much more sac-
cate spur, which is scarcely more than one-half as long as the lip.
flabenaria saccata Greene, Erythea, 3: 49, 1895, seems, from” the

description, to be the same. It is fairly common 1 ey

190

places of central Montana. Spanish Basin, collected by J. H.
Flodman (no. 362), and by myself in 1895, near Mystic Lake, no,
2609. _

v ALNUS sINuATA (E. Regel).

Alnus viridis 8 Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 157. 1837.
Alnus viridis sinuata E. Regel in DC. Prod. 16: Part 2, 183.
1868.

Shrub 1-5 m. high; young bark brown and glossy with scat-
tered white lenticels; older bark grayish; leaves 3-10 cm. long,
oval, acute or acuminate at both ends, sinuately lobed and doubly
and sharply serrate, thin, green and glabrous on both sides, very
glutinous when young, in age shining ; peduncles racemiform, very
warty; staminate catkins 2 cm. long, sessile; pistillate ones
shortly ellipsoid, 8-1o mm. long and 6-7 mm. in diameter, on

pedicels 3-15 mm. long.

It most resembles A. vzridis, but is easily distinguished by the
thinner, more shining leaves, which are always more or less lobed ©
and quite without any development of pubescence. In A. viridis, the
veins on the lower surface are more or less ferruginously puberu- _
lent. In the same species the pistillate catkins are generally over
Icm.long. A. sézuata has also been confounded with A. éenut-
folia Nutt., which, according to Sargent, is an older name for A.
incana glauca Regel or A. tncana virescens Wats. I have not ac-
cess to Nuttall’s Sylva and am not able to verify this point. In the
plate of A. ¢enuifolia in the Silva of North America, the leaves re-
semble more the present species than A. ixcana glauca, but Prof.
Sargent’s description and synonomy belongs evidently to the lat-
ter. In A. tenuifolia,i. e., A. incana glauca, the leaves have much»
rounder lobes and less shay dentations, are less acuminate, thicker,
and generally somewhat pubescent on the veins. The pistillate
catkins are, as a rule, nearly sessile on the common peduncle.

It is fairly common in the mountain regions of Montana.
(Flodman, no. 369, Spanish Basin, July 10,1896.) In the Colum-
bia herbarium there are three specimens of this species, viz.: one
collected by Mertens at Sitcha, one by Scouler (no. 59) from the
Columbia, and one received from Hooker, but without any in-

dication of collector or locality. Probably it was seected by
Douglas. .

191

“ URTICA CARDIOPHYLLA N. sp.

Citica dioica (?) Rydberg, Contr. Nat. Herb. 3: 179. 1895.

Stem about I m. high, angled and striate and, as well as the
leaves, nearly devoid of bristles; leaves broadly cordate, or the
upper somewhat narrower, 6-10 cm. long, coarsely toothed, very
thin, dark green, perfectly glabrous and shining; petioles about
3 cm. long, very slender; flower clusters small, rather few-flowered,
in the specimens seen scarcely more than half as long as the peti-
oles; stipules linear-ianceolate, 5~10 mm. long, very thin.

On a wooded creek bank, near Castle, Montana, Aug. 1, 1896,
J. H. Flodman, no. 370.. A specimen was collected by the au-
thor near Whitman, Neb., in 1893. In the report it was doubt-
fully referred to U. dioica (Rydberg, no. 1790). It is evidently
near U. gracilis, from which it differs in the broader thinner leaves,
the smaller flower-clusters and the nearly complete absence of
bristles.

CORIOSPERMUM VILLOSUM N. sp.

Stem 2-4 dm. high, much branched from near the base, the
branches divergent, striate, when young with the leaves and
bracts villous with many branched hairs, in age glabrate; leaves
linear, 2-4 cm. long, 1-3 mm. wide, cuspidate-mucronate; spikes
rather dense, with more or less imbricated bracts; lower bracts
linear-lanceolate, 5-10 cm. long, the upper ovate-acuminate and
cuspidate, 4-5 mm. long and about 3 mm. wide with broad
Scarious margin ; achene 2~2%4 mm. long and 2 mm. wide, acutely
margined but scarcely at all winged.

The following specimens belong to this species: Montana:
P. A. Rydberg, no. 2623, 1895, from Manhattan, in flower.
Colorado: Isabel Mulford, from Salida, in fruit. S. Watson, no.
993, from Carson Desert, Nevada, 1867, seems also to belong here. ©

There are at least three species of Coriospermum in the United
States, viz.:

C. hyssopifolum L. with a low branching stem, more or less —

pubescent when young, very dense spikes with imbricated bracts, — -
which are all broadly ovate, generally over 5 mm. long, and large

achenes about 314-5 mm. long and with broad wing margins. It
grows around the Great Lakes and northward to the Arctic and
westward to Washington. : Le

C. nitidum Kit (C. hyssopifolium microcarpum Wats.), with tall —

slender perfectly glabrous stem, ascending branches, lax spikes,

x

192

whose bracts are not overlapping each other and are much
narrower and shorter, 3-4 mm. long and generally narrower than
the small, 2 mm. long, broadly winged achenes. I have compared
the American form with the European and cannot find any char-
acter by which to separate it. It grows from Texas, Kansas,
Nebraska to Arizona and Washington (?).

C. villosum, described above, which resembles C. hyssopifolium in
the spikes and the low branching, and C. mitidum in the size of
bracts and achenes and narrow leaves, but differs from both by the
lack of the wing-margin and by the longer pubescence.

New or noteworthy American Grasses.—VI,
By Gero. V. Nasu.
PASPALUM BIFIDUM (A. Bertol.)

Panicum Floridanum Trin. Mem. Acad. St. Petersb. (VI.) 3: Pt.
2,248. 1834. Not Paspalum Floridanum Mx. 1803.

Panicum bifidum A. Bertol. in Mem. Acad. Sci. Bolog. 2: 598.
pl. gt. f. 2,é-h. 850.

Panicum Alabamense Trin.; Steud. Syn. Pl. Gram. 64. 1855.

Paspalum racemulosum Nutt.; Chapm. Fl. S. St. 571. 1860.

Paspalum interruptum Wood, Classbook, 783. 1861.

The above seems to be the oldest available name for this
plant, the Panicum Floridanum of Trinius being excluded by the
Paspalum of the same name previously published by Michaux.
The excellent plate and description of Bertoloni, and the fact that
his plant was from Alabama, leaves little to be desired in its iden- _
tification. I have been unable to ascertain where Dr. Chapman
secured the name of P. vacemulosum Nutt. The publication by
Nuttall of such a name I have failed to discover up to the present. —
The only name resembling that accredited to Nuttall by Chapman
is P. vacemosum, published by the former in the Transactions of
the American Philosophical Society ( (II.) 5: 145. 1837), but
this is antedated by that of Lamarck. Nuttall secured his plant
in southeastern Indian Territory, and just what he had I am as
yet unable to determine. From a comparison of our plant with |
his description, I think it will become apparent at once that what- _
ever plant he did have, it was some other than that which has —

193

been known for so long as Paspalum racemulosum Nutt. The
racemes in his species are described as “ brevibus” and the rachis
as “pilosis,” neither of which characters are to be found in our
plant, which has the racemes exceptionally long for this genus.
«Clavellate receptacle of the flowers pilose” and “ calix villous”
are surely not descriptive of these parts in this grass, the spikelets
of which are very glabrous and the pedicels only puberulent.

There is in the herbarium of Columbia University a specimen
ticketed as follows: «‘ Panicum Alabamense’ Trin. in lit. 11. Jul.
1832. Alabama, Dr. H. Gates, 1831.” This is apparently in Dr.
Torrey’s hand writing, and is pretty clear evidence as to the plant
of Trinius published by Steudel. I can discover no essential dif-
ferences between it and Paspalum bifidum. The leaves are some-
what broader and the racemes more numerous, but the habit,
character of the spikelets, racemes and pubescence, and its distri-
bution are the same. Other specimens from the Gulf States are
similar to the one labeled.as above.

Judging from the description given by Prof. Beal in Grasses of
North America (2: 87, 1896), Itake the P. racemosum of that work,
which he has accredited to Lamarck, to be this plant. I am ata
loss to understand, if the description has been seen by him, why.
he should adopt this name, as a mere casual comparison of La-
marck’s description with our plant would show the error of such a
decision. The P. racemosum Lam., was originally published in his
Illustrations (1: 176), but a much more extended description, in
which a reference is made to the first publication, is given in the
Encyclopedia Methodique (5: 32), where it is stated that the plant
is remarkable for its branching culms, and, further, that the inflo-
rescence is composed of a large number of short spikes, 40-50,
and that the rachis is flat. He also remarks that his plant came
originally from Peru. This would hardly describe the grass which
I think Prof. Beal had in mind, in which the culms are never
branching but always simple, the racemes unusually long for this _
genus and erect, and the rachis somewhat triquetrous and narrow
but not flat. Moreover, one would hardly expect to find native in oo
the southern Atlantic and Gulf States a Plast which i is indigenous aa
to Peru. ads

_ © Panicum BICKNELLII n. sp.
Whole plant, with the exceptions noted below, smooth and

nn

194

glabrous. Culms erect, or sometimes decumbent, slender, 2-4

dm. tall, at length somewhat branched, the lower internodes.

puberulent, the nodes sparingly barbed; sheaths generally longer

than the internodes, ciliate on the margins, the lowermost pubes-
cent; ligule a fringe of very short hairs; leaves elongated, in- —

creasing in length toward the top of the culm, erect, linear, acum-
inate at the apex, narrowed toward the ciliate base, scabrous on
the margins, 7-9 nerved, the midnerve prominent at the base, the
primary leaves 8-16 cm. long, 5-10 mm. wide, the uppermost one
usually about equalling the panicle, the leaves on the branches
shorter, the upper ones much exceeding the panicle; primary pani-
cles ovate, 6-8 cm. in length, the main axis scabrous as are also
the ascending slightly flexuous branches, the secondary panicle
much smaller with usually appressed branches; spikelets obovate,
obscurely pointed, 2.5-3 mm. long, the first scale broadly ovate
or triangular, acutish, one-quarter as long as the spikelet, sparsely
pubescent, I-nerved, the second and third scales membranous,
equal in length, 9-nerved, pubescent with short spreading hairs,
the latter enclosing a hyaline palet about one-half its length, the
fourth scale chartaceous, yellowish, oval, obtusely apiculate, en-
closing a palet of equal length and similar texture.

The type specimens were collected by Mr. Eugene P. Bicknell,
in whose honor I take pleasure in naming it, in Bronx Park, on
July 21,1895. It wasalso obtained by Dr. Thomas C. Porter, on
the slate hills near Chambersburg, Pennsylvania, on July 30, 1896.

A most peculiar grass, resembling much in habit P. depaupera-
ium, and evidently allied to it, but the leaves are much broader
and of a different shape and the spikelets smaller and but ob-
scurely pointed.

Panicum BritrToni n. sp.

Whole plant, with the exception of the spikelets, smooth and
glabrous. Culms coarsely striate, densely caespitose, slender,
erect, rigid, 1-2 dm. tall, simple or sparingly branched; sheaths
closely embracing the culm, striate, less than one-half the length
of the internodes ; ligule a ring of short hairs, about .5 mm. long;

leaves longer than the sheaths, the basal ones broadly lanceolate, —

more or less spreading, 1.5 cm. long or less, 3-4 mm. wide, those
on the culm three in number, the middle one the longest, I-3 cm.
long, 15-3 mm. wide, strictly erect, acuminate at the apex,
generally somewhat narrowed toward the rounded base, primary
nerves 5~7; panicle broadly ovate, 2-3 cm. long, the branches

spreading or ascending, the lower ones 1-2 cm. long, the ultimate
divisions sparingly scabrous, twice as long as the spikelets or —
longer ; spikelets obovoid, or nearly oval, obtuse, about 1 3mm,
long, the first scale about one-third as long as the spikelet, mem-

195

branous, usually purplish, glabrous or sparingly pubescent, acutish,
the second and third scales equal in length, membranous, broadly
oval, 7-nerved, densely pubescent with slightly ascending hairs,
the third scale enclosing a hyaline palet about one-half its length,
the fourth scale chartaceous, yellowish, oval, obtusely apiculate,
enclosing a palet of equal length and similar texture.

In moist sand in the “ pine barrens” at Forked River, N. J.
Collected by Dr. Britton during an excursion of the Torrey Botan-
ical Club to that region May 29-June 2, 1896.

‘ PANICUM CILIFERUM 0. sp.

Culms caespitose, 2-8 dm. tall, erect, at length much branched
and decumbent, hirsute, except a naked ring below the barbed
nodes, with ascending or nearly appressed hairs, which are usually
more scanty at the summit or nearly wanting. Sieaths papillose-
hirsute with ascending or nearly appressed hairs, the basal ones
crowded, the remainder shorter than the internodes; ligule a ring
of hairs about 1 mm. long, often with an upper supplemental row
of much longer hairs ; leaves rough and pubescent on the lower
surface with short rigid appressed hairs, at least at first, the upper
Surface smooth and glabrous, or sometimes a few scattered long
hairs near the base, ciliate with ascending hairs, 9-11-nerved,
rounded at the base, acuminate at the apex, oblong-lanceolate to
lanceolate, erect or ascending, those toward the base of the culm
more and more spreading, shorter and broader, the primary leaves
2.5-9 cm. long, 3-12 mm. wide, those on the branches 6 cm. long
or less, 2-5 mm. wide; mature primary panicle broadly ovate, 7-9
cm. long, 6-10 cm. wide, the branches spreading or slightly as-
cending, the longer 5-6 cm. in length, the panicles on the
branches much smaller and exceeded by the leaves, with the
bases included ; spikelets obovate, somewhat acute, 3 mm. long,
the first scale glabrous, about one-half as long as the spikelet,
I—3-nerved, acute or obtuse, or sometimes 3-toothed, the second
and third scales equal in length, 9-nerved, strongly pubescent
with somewhat ascending hairs, the latter scale enclosing a hya-
line palet about one-half its length, the fourth scale chartaceous,
iver, obtusely acute, enclosing a palet of equal length and similar
exture.

Type collected by the writer in the “high pine land” at

Eustis, Lake Co., Florida, March 12-31, 1894, no. 147. Nos. aD ;
75, 79, 94, 96, 103, 1118, 1231, and 1518 of the same collection

also belong here ; as well as no. 1857, collected in the same place
in 1895, and well representing the late and much-branched vegier |
The harsher papillose pubescence, the broader and geese

196

leaves, glabrous above, and the larger more open panicle readily
separate this from P. malacon, which is described below.

I was at first inclined to consider this the P. ovale of Elliott,
but after a careful comparison with the description and with a
specimen so named by Elliott, I feel justified in the above disposi-
tion of it.

PANICUM GLABRIFOLIUM N. sp.

Whole plant, except just below the lower nodes, smooth and
glabrous and somewhat shining, especially the panicle and spike-
lets. Culms caespitose, 1.5-4 dm. tall, erect, rigid, slender, leafy
to the top, the longer culms pubescent for a greater or less dis-
tance below the lower nodes, at length somewhat branched ; nodes
purplish, the lower ones generally upwardly barbed; sheaths
strongly striate, the lowermost ones pubescent, particularly at the
base, 3 cm. long or less, closely embracing the culm, a tuft of
hairs on each margin at the apex; ligule a fringe of hairs .5 mm.
long; leaves narrowly linear, 7-9-nerved, erect, rigid, thickish,
long acuminate, narrowed toward the base, those on the sterile
shoots 15 cm. long or less, 3-4 mm. wide, those on the fruiting
culms 3-9 cm. long, 1-3 mm. wide; panicle ovate, 4-6 cm. long,
3-4 cm. wide, its branches spreading or somewhat ascending, sin-
gle, the longer branches about 2 cm. long, bearing 3 or 4 distant
ultimate divergent divisions which are 2-6 times as long as the
spikelets; spikelets slightly exceeding .5 mm. in length, tinged
with purple, obovate, the first scale less than one-half the length

- of the spikelet, membranous, orbicular-ovate, obtuse, I-nerved, the
second and third scales broadly oval, membranous, 5—7-nerved,
the latter enclosing a hyaline palet one-half its length, the fourth —

scale oval, chartaceous, white, enclosing a palet of equal length
and similar texture.

Collected by the writer in the “ flatwoods” at Tampa, Florida,
on August 20, 1895,no. 2415a. It grows in dense tufts, the long

narrow erect leaves and the wiry culms giving it a striking ap-
pearance.

/ Panicum LINDHEIMERI n, sp.

Whole plant, with the exception of the lower sheaths, usually
the lower internodes, and the spikelets, smooth and glabrous.
Culms slender, erect, at length branched, the lower internodes
sparingly papillose-hirsute, or sometimes glabrous; nodes often
barbed with spreading or somewhat reflexed hairs; sheaths shorter
than the internodes, somewhat loosely embracing the culms, ciliate _
on the margins, the lower ones sparingly papillose-hirsute; ligule _
a fringe of hairs about 2 mm. long; leaves ascending, 2-7 cm. long, |

197

4-12 mm. wide, thickish, narrowly oblong-lanceolate, acute at
the apex, rounded or truncate at the somewhat clasping base,
7-9-nerved, the margins scabrous; primary panicle orbicular-ovate,
4-5 cm. long, its branches spreading, the longer 2-3 cm. long,
single, dividing at or near the base into 3-5 branches which sub-
divide into 1-3 branchlets, these usually appressed ultimate divi-
sions rarely exceeding twice the length of the spikelets, the second-
ary panicles somewhat smaller; spikelets obovate, 1.5 mm. long,
the first scale about one-third as long as the spikelet, white, gla-
brous, broader than long, rounded or almost truncate at the apex,
sometimes slightly apiculate, I-nerved, the second and third scales
equal, membranous, yellowish green, broadly oval, 9-nerved;
strongly pubescent with spreading hairs, the latter enclosing a
hyaline palet one-half its length, the fourth scale chartaceous,
broadly oval, yellowish white, enclosing a palet of equal length
and similar texture. .

The type was collected by F. Lindheimer in 1846, no. 565.
The following also are to be referred here:

Heller, Kerrville, Kerr Co., Texas, 1894, no. 1752.

Nealley, Base of House Mt., McCulloch Co., Texas, June, 1890.

Wright, New Mexico, no. 2085.

'PANICUM MALACON nf. sp.

Whole plant often purplish, pubescent with white ascending
hairs, those on the sheaths and culms longer, scantier on the upper
sheaths and the upper part of the culms, the pubescence of the
surfaces of the leaves dense and short. Culms caespitose, at first
‘simple, erect, later branching at all the nodes and decumbent at
the base; nodes barbed with spreading hairs ; sheaths loosely em-
bracing the culm, shorter than the internodes in the simple state, in
the branching condition much crowded; ligule a fringe of hairs about
I mm. long; leaves firm, rigid, sometimes sparingly ciliate, linear,
acuminate at the apex, truncate or somewhat rounded at the base,
5—9-nerved, the midnerve prominent on both surfaces, the primary
leaves 3-11 cm. long, 3-7 mm. wide, ascending, or the upper ones
erect, those on the branches strictly erect, 5 cm. long or less,
3-4 mm. wide; primary panicle but little exserted, 7-10 cm. long,
2-4 cm. wide, its branches ascending or erect, the ultimate
divisions 3-10 times as long as the spikelets, appressed to the ©

branches, capillary but rigid, the lower and longer branches

4-6 cm. long, usually more contracted than those on the upper

part of the panicle; spikelets obovate, a little exceeding 3mm.in

length, the first scale more or less pubescent, about one-half as

long as the spikelet and 3-5 nerved, acute, the second and third ‘
scales membranous, equal, g-nerved, densely pubescent with i

ascending hairs, the latter scale enclosing a hyaline palet sepa

198

one-half its length, the fourth scale chartaceous, oval, enclosing a
palet of equal length and similar texture.

Collected by the writer in the “high pine land” at Eustis,
Lake County, Florida, May 1-15, 1894, no. 628, and distributed
as P. pauciflorum Ell. It appears quite distinct from a specimen of
that species, so named by Elliott, preserved in the herbarium of
Columbia University, the character of the pubescence and the
spikelets serving well to distinguish it.

vPANICUM MALACOPHYLLUM nh. sp.

Whole plant, except the leaves, papillose-hirsute with rather
soft long spreading hairs. Culms 4 dm. tall or less, erect, at
length branching toward the summit; nodes densely barbed with
reflexed hairs; ligule a ring of hairs about I mm. long; sheaths
shorter than the internodes, loosely embracing the culms; leaves
erect or ascending, narrowly oblong-lanceolate, narrowed toward
the rounded base, acuminate at the apex, softly pubescent on both
surfaces, rough on the margins, 7-nerved, the primary leaves 5-8
cm. long, 4-11 mm. wide, the leaves of the branches 4 cm. long
or less, 3-5 mm. wide; panicle slightly exserted, ovate, 3-5 cm.
long, the branches spreading, somewhat flexuous, the lower 1.5-2
cm. long, bearing 4-8 spikelets on pedicels shorter than them-
selves; spikelets obovate, 3-3.5 mm. long, acute, the outer three
scales membranous, densely pubescent with long spreading hairs,
the first scale orbicular-ovate, acute, about two-fifths as long as
the spikelet, 1-nerved, the second and third scales equal in length,
broadly oval, 9-nerved, acute, the latter enclosing a hyaline palet
about one-half its length, the fourth scale chartaceous, broadly

oval, yellowish white, enclosing a palet of equal length and similar
texture.

Type collected by Mr. B. F. Bush on May 19, 1895, at
Sapulpa, Indian Territory, no. 1228. The grass secured by Dr.
Edward Palmer in 1868, on the False Washita, between Fort
Cobb and Fort Arbuckle, Indian Territory, no. 383, belongs here.
Dr. Gattinger also obtained it in the cedar barrens of Tennessee,
in May, 1880.

This appears to be sufficiently distinct from P. Scribnerianum
to warrant giving it specific rank. Its more slender habit, the
long hirsute pubescence of the culm and the panicle, including its
branches and pedicels, the densely barbed nodes, the softly pubes-
cent leaves, and the somewhat smaller acute spikelets which are ~
densely pubescent with hirsute hairs, appear to make the above ©
disposition of the plant necessary. In P. Scribnerianum the pu- —

199

bescence is much more rigid, the culm and panicle glabrous, or
rarely with a few scattered hairs, and the leaves and spikelets
glabrous, or the latter occasionally somewhat pubescent with
shorter hairs.

Dr. Palmer’s no. 382, collected probably in the same locality
as his no. 383, referred to above, is P. Scribnerianum, and strik-
ingly shows the differences, already noted above, between this and
P. malacophyllum, when growing in the same region.

PANICUM NEURANTHUM Grisebach, Cat. Pl. Cub. 232. 1866.

There is no doubt as to the occurrence of this species in the
United States, its range extending, so far as the specimens to
which I have had access indicate, from southeastern Virginia, thus
bringing it into the region covered by the Illustrated Flora, to
Florida, and westward to Louisiana.

Grisebach based his species on Wright’s Cuban Collection no.
3453. This exactly matches the plant collected by A. H. Curtiss,
in Duval Co., Florida, no. 3567*, and also my no. 1243, secured
at Eustis, in the same State, during July, 1894.

I would refer to this species, in addition to those already cited
above, the following :

N. L. Britton, Virginia Beach, Va., Sept. 10, 1895.

Ravenal, Aiken, S. C., May 28,1867.

J. K. Small, near Valdosta, Lowndes Co., Ga., June 6-12, 1895.

J. H. Simpson, Sanibel Island, Fla., March, 1891, no. 298.

Chapman, Appalachicola, Fla.

S. M. Tracy, Ocean Springs, Miss., Aug. 3, 1889, no. 421.

C. L. Pollard, Biloxi, Miss., July I, 1895, no. 1417.

Drummond, New Orleans, 1832.

Curtiss’ plant, and also my own, both cited above, well repre-

.

sent the late and much branched state, while Simpson’s no. 298, © 3
and the plant collected by Ravenal, both also alluded to ‘above, oe

Present the state of the plant in its early and simple condition.
This is closely related to P. angustifolium Ell., a specimen aie

which, so named by Elliott, is in the herbarium of Columbia Vee :

versity. The smaller obtuse spikelets which are broader in pro-
Portion to their length and the branches of the primary panicle re-
Maining contracted for some time readily separate it from the . P.

eons EIL, in which he esate bask agate

=

200

siderably larger, and the primary panicle branches not remaining
contracted, but spreading at once.

As this grass is apparently quite common, there may be an
older name than the above, but up to the present search has
failed to reveal it. When a proper disposition is made of the
species of Elliott and Michaux, and some of the other early
southern botanists, some name among them may be found to
apply to this plant. There can be no doubt, however, as to this
grass being the P. xewranthum of Grisebach, for, as stated above,
it exactly matches the form upon which he based the species.
PANICUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Ell. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1: 129. 1817.

P. neuranthum var. ramosum Griseb. Cat. Pl. Cub. 232. 1866.

As stated above, this appears to be clearly distinct from P.
neuranthum Grisebach. The specimen on which Grisebach based
his variety ramosum, no. 3454 of Wright’s Cuban Collection,
matches the late and much branched condition of Elliott’s P. an-
gustifolium, well represented by Curtiss’ nos. 4028 and 4678. In
addition to those cited already, I would refer the following to this
species :

Vasey, Norfolk, Va., in pine woods, 1884.

Ravenal, Aiken, S..C., June 1, 1867.

M. A. Curtiss, N. C.

A. H. Curtiss, Florida, Duval Co., no. 3583*; Jacksonville,
nos. 4028 and 4678.

Nash, Eustis, Florida, 1894, nos. 319, 560, 598, 926, 1226,
1425 and 1436; 1895, no. 1856.

S. M. Tracy, Mississippi, Crystal Springs, no. 117; Biloxi, no.
3091.

Langlois, Louisiana, October 1, 1890.

‘PANICUM POLYCAULON n. sp.

Plant yellowish green, with the habit of P. ciliatum EIl., —
smooth and glabrous, excepting the margins of the sheaths and
leaves, and the axis of the panicle which is sparingly pilose.
Culms densely caespitose, the upper portion naked, 2 dm. tall or
less, erect, simple, or at length somewhat branched; sheaths
coarsely striate, ciliate on their margins, the lower loose, 2.5 cm.
long or less, the uppermost one longer than the remainder;
ligule a ring of very short hairs; leaves erect or ascending, nar-
rowly oblong-lanceolate, 2-7 cm. long, 2-8 mm. wide, somewhat
narrowed toward the rounded base, acuminate at the apex, ciliate _

201

on the margins with somewhat ascending hairs, 7—9-nerved, the
mid-nerve prominent ; panicle broadly ovate, 3 cm. long or less,
its branches spreading or ascending, their ultimate divisions several
times longer than the spikelets, the main axis and usually the
lower branches sparingly pilose; spikelets about 1.5 mm. long,
divergent from the branches of the panicle, obovate, obtuse, the
first scale about one-half as long as the spikelet, thin membra-
nous, orbicular-ovate, obtuse, I—nerved, the second and third scales
equal in length, membranous, broadly oval, 7-nerved, the latter
enclosing a hyaline palet about one-half its length, the fourth
scale chartaceous, oval, white, enclosing a palet of equal length
and similar texture.

Type specimen collected by the writer on Aug. 20, 1895, in
the “flatwoods” at Tampa, Florida, no. 2420a. A specimen in
the Columbia University herbarium collected by Chapman be-
longs here; no. 3875 of Wright’s Cuban Collection of 1865, dis-
tributed as P. dichotomum L., is also to be referred to this species.

The narrower leaves, more slender culms, and smaller and
glabrous. spikelets well distinguish this from P. ciatum EIl., to

which it is most nearly allied.

Gyrothyra, a new Genus of Hepaticae.

By MARSHALL A, Howe.
(PLATES 302, 303.)
GYROTHYRA.

_ Stem creeping, foliose, subsimple or somewhat sparingly branch-
ing, radiculose. Leaves succubous, entire, alternate ; underleaves
Present, free, bifid, segments narrowly lanceolate or subulate; —
walls of the leaf-cells with triangular thickenings at the angles.
Antheridia short-stalked, in the axils of smaller saccate leaves, form-
ing short median or, at first, terminal spikes. Involucral leaves
2-4 pairs (commonly 3 pairs). Perianth terminal, confluent for
half its length or more with the bases of the involucral leaves, the
greater part of the calyptra, and the tissues of the stem, to form a
thick-walled tube(perigynium), with a small bulbous orsaccate base;
perigynium erect or ascending, making, at maturity, nearly a right
angle with the stem. Capsule cylindrical, long-exserted, dehiscing
Spirally by four very long and slender valves ; capsule-valves
of two layers of cells, whose walls are wholly destitute of spiral, ne
Semiannular, or other local thickenings. laters free, bispiral,

202

acute or bluntly pointed ; spores minutely papillate. “ Involucel-
lum” of the sporogonium foot well developed. (Name from
yopos, twisted, and @0a, door.)

GYROTHYRA UNDERWOODIANA.

Dioicous. Plants rather large, 1-2 cm. long, 2-4 mm. wide,
mostly in compact light green tufts; stems creeping, thick, often
slightly flattened dorso-ventrally, .5-.65 mm. in diameter, about
15 cells wide in cross section, very densely radiculose, slightly
ascending at apex, subsimple or with a few irregularly disposed
lateral branches, in female plant innovating from near base of
perigynium ; root-hairs long, nearly colorless or of a dilute yel-
lowish-brown hue, sometimes tinged proximally with purple,
springing in older parts of the stem from oblong or linear dark-
purple callosities, made up of the closely coherent root-hair bases
and of other ventrally elongated cells; leaves obliquely inserted,
lingulate or oval, succubous, rather close, translucent, alternate,
scarcely decurrent dorsally, often crowded and suberect at stem
apex, marginate, commonly concave below, apex decurved,
1.4-2 mm. X 1.7-4 mm.; cells of the margin quadrate or ob-
long, equalling in size the adjacent or twice as large; other leaf-
cells mostly quite regularly pentagonal or hexagonal, 25—70 p» in
diameter, oblong and larger towards the base ; all with conspicu-
ous trigones ; under-leaves free, often wine-colored, .6—1 mm. long,
bifid %4-% the length into narrowly lanceolate or subulate seg-
ments, usually running out into a single series of cells at apex,
concealed by the dense mat of root-hairs, except in the younger
portions of the stem; perigynium tubular, 1-1%4 mm. in diameter,
and, with the free portion of the perianth, 3-4 mm. long, erect or
ascending, nearly at right angles with the stem, tinged with pur-
ple ventrally, bulbous or saccate at base; wall of perigynium-
tube 5-20 cells in thickness; involucral leaves 2-4 pairs (com-
monly 3 pairs), entire or repand, similar in form to the cauline,
margins approximate at base dorsally, distant ventrally ; upper-
most pair inserted at about middle of perianth-tube or, more
rarely, at two-thirds its height, erect, apex and dorsal margins nar-
rowly reflexed and exposing the perianth, or closely appressed and
wholly concealing it; next lower pair usually inserted at about
one-third height of perianth-tube, more broadly reflexed ; the one
or two basal pairs but slightly attached to perigynium ; involucral
underleaves inconspicuous, sometimes subentire and slightly ad-
herent to base of involucral leaves; bulbus of perigynium with-
out radicles, but a dense tuft of root-hairs springs from the stem
just back of the bulbus and long root-hairs come from the cells

_of the involucral leaves near their bases; perianth free for 4-%
its length, free portion nearly echlorophyllose, subtubular, some-

203

what inflated below, contracted and lax above, crenulate at mouth,
3-5 cells thick at juncture with perigynium-tube, 2 cells thick at
mouth ; calyptra fleshy, upper third or fourth free at maturity, 3—
6 cells in thickness; archegonia several, the unfertilized raised on
the base of the free portion of calyptra.

Capsule long-cylindrical; valves very slender, 3.3-6 mm.X.13-
.17 mm., widely spreading when dry, attached spiro-radially to a
basal disc composed of large hyaline cells, flexuous, contorted, or
spiral, on moistening,—always with a spiral twist at the apex ; foot
of sporogonium forming a more or less goblet-shaped “ involu-
cellum ”; seta 114-2 cm. long; elaters bi-spiral, very rarely tri-
Spiral, acute or sub-obtuse, 210-420 X 12-15 »; spores about 12 yz,
minutely papillate.

Male plants more slender; antheridia (1-6) in the axils of
smaller saccate leaves, forming spikes of 3-6 pairs of leaves de-
creasing in size upwards, appressed, apices patent or recurved,
or, in uppermost pair, erect; antheridia ellipsoidal or pyriform,
-I5 X .24 mm., on pedicels 4 as long; slender stems (male?) oc-
casionally gemmiferous at apex, gemmae unicellular, 10-24» in
‘diameter..

Collected by the author on clay banks near Eureka, Humboldt
Co., California, June, 1896; also by Prof. John Macoun (Herb.
Underwood), on earth ina brook, Burrard Inlet, British Columbia,
April 6, 1889, and on rocks, British Columbia, April 29, 1889.

The leaves of the British Columbia plants stand with their mar-
gins more often erect than in the California specimens, upon which
our description and figures have been based. In the sterile con-
dition, Gyrothyra somewhat resembles the larger forms of ardia
scalaris—also collected by Macoun on Vancouver Island (Can.
Hep. 80)—but can readily be distinguished by the margined,
lingulate, more translucent leaves and by the bifid underleaves.

The involucral leaves, though more or less apparently paired,
are in a strict sense alternate like the cauline, and a single unpaired

leaf is sometimes found to occur inside the pair we have dee

scribed as the uppermost.

It should be remarked that but few capsules of the plant have
been seen and that these were already open or so young as to be
‘still enclosed within the calyptra, so the actual dehiscence has not
been observed, but the extremely long valves, which on being

soaked out take easily a position strongly suggestive of the p ari 'S .
of an apple, the spiro-radial attachment to the basal disc, ee

never failing spiral twist of the ve-apex, and the spiral Hoes: |

204

readily discernible on the surface of the embryo capsule (fig. 10)
make, in the judgment of the writer, the induction that the de-
hiscence is spiral so safe and certain that he has felt no hesitation
in so describing it and in basing the generic name upon this char-
acter. The absence of thickenings in the walls of the
cells of the capsule valves is noteworthy. Schiffner states* of
all the /ungermaniaceae akrogynae: “Die reife Kapsel besitzt
eine aus 2 bis mehr Zellschichten bestehende Wand, deren Innen-
schicht in ihren Zellen stets Verdickungsleisten enthalt.” In
Gyrothyra, the transverse walls of these cells usually appear a
trifle thicker than the longitudinal, but the walls are otherwise
wholly without traces of local thickening.

In respect to structure of the sporogonial envelopes, Gyrothyra
is one of several very interesting transitions from the ordinary Jun-
germania type to the various pouch-bearing genera. Considered
from this point of view and from certain other gametophytic
characters, its nearest affinities are undoubtedly to be found in
that section of Wardia represented by Nardia haematosticta (Nees)
‘Lindb., of Europe. In manner of dehiscence of capsule it recalls
the marsupiiferous genus Kazta; but the valves of Gyvothyra are
much longer and their cell-walls lack the local thickening, while,
of course, no generic comparison of the two can be made so far
as the gametophyte is concerned.

It is with pleasure that the author associates with this novel
plant the name of one who, by his numerous papers upon the
American Hepaticae, as well as by his unfailing generosity, has
placed the younger workers in the same field under lasting obli-
gations. It should be noted that, although Professor Macoun’s
specimens were without the capsules, which reveal the distinctive
generic character of Gyrothyra, Professor Underwood had already
recognized that they represented something undescribed.

Explanation of Plates 302, 303.
1. Entire 9 plant. \ 5.
2. Cauline leaves. )< 18.
3- Marginal and adjacent leaf-cells. >< 225.
__ 4, Transverse section through marginal portion of leaf. ae 216.
_ §- Underleaves. >< 24.

oo * Engler and Prantl, Nat. Pf. Fam, 1: Abt. 3, 71. . nah as os

205

6. Transverse sections of stem 22, showing ventral callosity from which the
root-hairs arise.

7. Antheridium. x 40.

8. Median sagittal section of perigynium and adjacent portions of stem, showing
embryo sporogonium with capsule, seta, foot,and “involucellum,” also unfertilized
archegonia, perianth, insertion of involucral leaves, root-hair callosity, etc. < 23
(slightly schematized). The free part of the perianth as drawn here and in the next
is proportionally rather too short and not sufficiently inflated below.

9. Sagittal section of mature perigynium from which the seta has been detached,
showing fully developed calyptra and the unfertilized archegonia raised upon the base
of its free portion, s< 20 (slightly schematized).

10. Surface view of embryo capsule, exhibiting the spiral lines, which presumably

bound the valves. KO:
II, Valves of capsules, showing position taken by them when moistened. >< 12.

12. Apex ofasingle valve. >< 12,
13. Base of dehisced capsule from above, showing spiro-radial insertion of valves.

X 36. .
14. Cells of inner surface of capsule valve. >< 150.
15. Elater and spores. > 137.

CoLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY,
April 9, 1897.

Notes on the American Hydnaceae.—I.

LuciEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD.

KNEIFFIELLA.

The revival of Kneiffia Spach, Hist. Veg. Phan. 4: 373, 1835,
as a genus of Epilobiaceae, necessitates the selection of a new
name for the hymenomycetous genus of the same name founded by
Fries three years later.* The genus belongs with a group of Te-
Supinate plants usually classed with the Hydnaceae, but forming
outliers from the typical members of the family in the direction
of the simpler Tomentellaceae. Three species are reported from
the United States and others are found in the West Indies and
elsewhere. The synonymy of the American species is here re-
corded since it becomes necessary to use them ina publication
elsewhere that might not be desirable as a medium of publishing a
new names since it has primarily a circulation that is not botanical. 8

rey

* Kneifia Fr, Epicrisis systematis Mycologici, 529. 1836-1838.

206

I. KNEIFFIELLA ASPERA.

Thelephora aspera Pers. Mycol, Europ. 1: 153. (excl. icon.) 1822.
Thelephora setigera Fr. Elenchus, 1: 208. 1828.*
Kneiffia setigera Fr. Epicrisis, 529. 1836-1838.
For this species which is the type of the genus, Fries adopts a
‘name of his own, but at the same time cites in the synonymy an
earlier name by Persoon, which it is proper to restore to its place
in the necessary change of the genus.

2. KNEIFFIELLA CANDIDISSIMA.
Kneiffia candidissima B. & Rav. Grevillea, 1: 147. 1873.

3. KNEIFFIELLA TESSULATA.

Kneiffiia tessulata B. & C. Grevillea, 1: 147. 1873.

The first named species appears to have a rather widespread
distribution in the United States and Europe. The other two ap-
pear from present information to be southern in distribution,
though much is still to be desired in regard to them.

Calkins reports Kvneiffia ambigua Karst. from Florida (Journ.

Mycol. 3: 70), but I have seen no specimens.
March 9, 1897.

An undescribed Species of \Kallstroemia from New Mexico.

By ANNA MurRRAy VAIL.

KALLSTROEMIA BRACHYSTYLIS.

A diffuse herb ; stems prostrate, branched, slightly enlarged or
swollen and very brittle at the nodes, sparingly pubescent with
short appressed slightly twisted hairs, and fewer longer spreading
cilia ; stipules lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, 4-5 mm. long, ciliate,
at length caducous ; petioles shorter than the leaflets; leaves 2-5 cm.
long; leaflets 3-4 pairs, 6-15 mm. long, obliquely oblong or oval-
oblong, slightly falcate, obtuse, or some of the lower ones acutish,
ciliate on the margin above with somewhat stiff white hairs, paler,
hirsute when young, at length glabrous beneath, the basal leaflets

* I cite the usual date given by Pritzel, Saccardo and others without the means
at hand of verification. In my copy of Fries Systema, the « Elenchus” is bound im
with volumes 1 and 2 and bears on the title page the date 1830 and the same title as
the original Systema with the addition of « Supplementa voluminis, primi.”

207

usually much smaller than the terminal ones; flowering peduncle
6 mm. long (or longer ?), in fruit 1.5-2 cm. long, enlarged below
the calyx ; sepals lanceolate, caducous before maturing of the fruit;
corolla orange-yellow, less than I cm. broad; fruit minutely pubes-
cent, splitting into 10 1-seeded bony cocci, each with 2-4 very
short obtuse tubercles or excrescences on the back, the persistent
style 1-2 mm. long, very short and obtuse.

Mesa near Las Cruces, New Mexico, alt. 3900 feet. Collected
by E. O. Wooton, August 12, 1895.

“ New Mexico” C. Wright, no. 912, 1851, in Herb. Columbia
University ?

A species intermediate between K. Californica and K. maxima.
It has the leaf form and general appearance of the latter species, the
small flowers (though of a darker orange-yellow) and the caducous
sepals of K. Californica. The specimen of Wright's collection, re-
ferred to above, is probably this species, but is too immature’
for certain determination ; the young fruit has the short stout ob- -
tuse style which is one of the prominent characters of K. drachy-
Sstylts.

To this species may possibly be referred a specimen from Guay-
mas, Mexico, collected by Dr. Edward Palmer, no. 107, 1887, and
catalogued by Dr. Watson as 7ribulus maximus var. in Proc. Am.
Acad. 24:43, but the fruit is too young for entirely satisfactory
comparison.

New West Indian Fungi.
By J. B. Erxis AnD F. D. KEtsEy.

The species here described were collected by Mr. A. E. Rick-_
secker, in the Island of St. Croix, Danish West Indies, January

and February, 1896.

ASTERINA COLUBRINAE Ell. & Kelsey.

On leaves of Colubrina reclinata, no. 26.

Hypophyllous. Perithecia scattered, superficial, discoid, orbi- |
cular, grayish black, 200-275 y diam., without any distinct myce- —
lium; asci obovate, short-stipitate, a > Hi oe ae
paraphyses, 8-spored; sporidia irregularly arranged, gees
long, uniseptate, only slightly constricted, hyaline, 7-8 x 2-214 fe

208

Very near A. stomatophora E. & M. but perithecia larger and

lacking the reticulate margin and asci, and sporidia somewhat
smaller.

HyposPILA CORDIANA Ell. & Kelsey.
On leaves of Cordia collococca.

Perithecia sunk in the parenchyma of the leaf, small, globose,
covered by a black suborbicular thin stromatic shield % mm.
in diameter or less. These black stromatic specks are concen
trically arranged and seated on pale yellowish bullate indefinite
spots about 1% cm. diameter on the upper side of the leaf; asci cla-
vate-cylindrical, short-stipitate, 8-spored (paraphysate ?), 70-80 X
10-12; sporidia biseriate, fusoid, 3-4-nucleate, greenish-hya-
line, 15-20 X 3%4-4 », mostly a little narrower and pointed below.
No septa were seen but the nuclei indicate 3 septa, when mature.

‘The perithecia are very imperfect, hardly more than mere cavi-
ties, so that the fungus might with reason be referred to Phy/lachora.

Sometimes two or even three perithecia are covered by the same
stromatic shield.

PuccInIA VERNONIAE Cke. Grev. 10: 126.
On leaves of Vernonia sp.

. IL. Sori hypophyllous, rusty brown, 4—14 mm. diameter, scat-
tered, or collected on pale yellowish spots, visible on both sides of
the leaf; uredospores subglobose, 20-22», or elliptical, 22-27 *
20-22 », subtubercular-roughened, pale brown; teleutospores ob-
long-elliptical, 40-50 X 20-22,, only slightly constricted, epi-
spore smooth and almost colorless, scarcely thickened above, but
mostly with a narrow papilla which is often prolonged into a
hyaline spike-shaped appendage 5-6, long, appearing like the
remains of a broken pedicel.

Whether this is really P. Vernoniae Cke. cannot be certainly
known from the imperfect description in Grevillea.

AECIDIELLA EIL & Kelsey, n. gen.
Differs from Aecidium only in its uniseptate spores.

AECIDIELLA TRIUMFETTAE EIl. & Kel.
On leaves of Triumfetta, sp.

Spots light brown, 2-3 mm. diam., with a pale light yellow
shaded border; pseudoperidia crowded on the spots, hypophyl- —
lous, short-cylindrical, rounded at the top, then truncate with the
margin subentire, the component cells oblong or elliptic-oblong,

209

25-30 X 15-20 », punctate-scabrous; aecidiospores subglobose or
obovate, often subangular, smooth, 20-23 X 15-20 y Mostly uni-
septate.

UREDO COMMELINACEA Ell. & Kelsey.

On leaves of Commelina elegans.

Sori amphigenous, scattered, or seated on suborbicular in-
definite dead brownish spots, 3-5 mm. diam., covered by the
epidermis which is raised into hemispherical ferruginous pustules
%-I mm. diam., finally ruptured in the center and often umbili-
Cate ; spores echinulate, globose, 19~21 y, or elliptical, 22-27 X 20-
22», ferruginous; the spots are subbullate.

U. Spegazzinu De Toni has larger smooth spores and U. Com-
melinae Kalch. smaller glabrous spores. Possibly this may
belong to Uromyces Commelinae Cke.

Urepo GouanisE EIl. & Kelsey.

On leaves of Gouania Domingensis. +

Sori hypophyllous, scattered, minute, hardly %4 mm. diam.,
Trust-color, not on any definite spots, but the leaf, especially above,
1S mottled with light yellow indefinite spots; spores obovate-
echinulate, pale brown, 22-27 X 18-20 p.

A new Species of Clematis from Tennessee.

CLEMATIS GATTINGERI N. sp.

_ A perennial bright green vine. Stems. angled, climbing over
bushes and rocks, 1-3 meters long, densely glandular, considerably
branched; leaves 1~1.5 dm. long, pinnate; petioles 2-4 cm. long,
less densely glandular than the stem; leaflets membranuus, lanceo-
late, or broadly lanceolate, 1.5—5 cm. long ; more or less pilose and
glandular on both sides, acute or somewhat acuminate, glandular-
Ciliate, subsessile, or short-petioluled, paler beneath than above; |
peduncles stoutish, 3-5 cm. long, glandular like the stem; bracts
vate, 5-10 mm. long; flowers purple, 10-13 mm. long; sepals
elliptic or elliptic-lanceolate, felt-like, often recurved from the
middle, crested near the sides below the apex, minutely pilose,
ribbed, narrowed into caudate tips which are curled back ; stamens
pubescent; filaments longer than the anthers which are clothed _
with ascending hairs especially at the tips, achenes ovate-oval .
elliptic, with an ovate or elliptic impression, 6-7 mm. long, minute- —
ly pubescent, the styles erect or nearly so, recurved from below
the middle, 2—2.5 cm. long, plumose, tawny-green. — ee Kee

210

Banks of the Cumberland River, near Nashville, Tennessee.
Summer.

A remarkable and handsome little species of Clematis, a mem-
ber of the section Viorna, and, although more closely related to
Clematis Viorna than to any other of its relatives, it is not very
suggestive of that species. Dr. A. Gattinger, for whom it is named,
discovered some plants on the banks of the Cumberland river,
above Nashville, Tennessee, several years ago. He at once saw
that it was different from any other species with which he was
acquainted; he collected specimens and grew the species in his
garden, where the plants have since thrived, the species holding
all the characters it exhibited in its native habitat.

The slender habit, the densely glandular pubescence of its
foliage, the small flowers with caudate sepals and the short plu-

mose styles all serve to separate Clematis Gattingeri from Clematis
Viorna.

J. K. SMAtt..

Reviews.

Flora of the Southern United States. By A.W.Chapman. Third

Edition. Pp. 655. Cambridge, 1897.

It is now over thirty years since the first edition of Chapman’s-
Southern Flora was given to the public; and during this time the
author has had the satisfaction of seeing his work become and re-
main the standard text-book of systematic botany for the region
involved. At an advanced age, Dr. Chapman has just brought to
completion a third edition of his flora, successfully capping a
botanical career covering nearly three-quarters of a century, and
_ he is entitled to the hearty congratulations of botanists through-
out the country, by whom he is universally held in affection and
esteem.

The book has been entirely reprinted from fresh plates, and the —
typography and superior grade of paper employed are altogether
satisfactory. A hasty proof-reading has however resulted in a
number of unfortunate typographical errors, as Pimpernella, Ane- —
morella, etc. It is gratifying to observe that the substance of the ©
long appendix to the second edition has been properly incorpo- _

211

rated in the text, so that students will no longer need to search for
a given species under two distinct headings.

In the style of presentation and in nomenclature, Dr. Chap-
man adheres closely to old traditions, preferring group-characters
interspersed through the specific descriptions rather than artificial
keys placed at the commencement of a genus, the usage in most
modern systematic works. The disadvantage of the former
method is the difficulty which the eye encounters in correlating
two or more headings when confused by an intricate maze of dag-
gers and asterisks. Yet the task of constructing systematic keys
where none had previously existed would have been too great a
labor to undertake in a work intended primarily as a revision. ©
Neither could Dr. Chapman be expected to undertake the bibli-
ographical research necessary to place the nomenclature of his
_ flora on a modern basis. But it is to be regretted that he did not
see fit to make such corrections as recent studies have shown to be
_ €ssential, such as the substitution of Anemone quinguefolia L. for
the European A. nemorosa, and of Viola tenella Muhl., for V.
‘ncolor var. arvensis DC. Many of these changes were made
€ven in the first fascicle of Gray’s Synoptical Flora, issued last year,
and thus certainly bear the stamp of conservative authority.

The lack of all system in the employment of citations is, as it
has always been, a defect in this work. Botanical bibliography has
now assumed such enormous proportions that full citations should
be given wherever possible ; and in a manual in which space does
not permit the practice, careful attention should be bestowed on
the verification of references. Dr. Chapman indicates new species
for the most part by an appended “ . s.,” but occasionally these
Teceive no indication whatever, as in Eupatorium incisum, requit-
ing an inspection of all the other editions to ascertain that the
plant is here described for the first time. The absence of an
authority in general signifies a new name given to an old species,
as ‘ Viburnum molle Michx., var.? tomentosum,’” the synonym
cited being “ V, scabrellum Flora,” and the reader being left to —
infer that the « Flora” mentioned is an earlier edition of the same
work, and not the name of a botanist. “

In his earlier writings Dr. Chapman was inclined to ge more —
liberal than his contemporaries with regard to age binisatiqnts: s

212

recognizing such genera as Atragene, Conoclinium, Diplopap-
pus, Leptopoda, Quamoclit, Batatas and Pharbits. He has now
adopted a more conservative view, uniting all the above mentioned
genera and many others, with their nearest allies; in this, how-
ever, he is by no means consistent, for we find Hepatica included
in Anemone, while Actinomeris is distinguished from Verbesina and
if Otophylla and Dasystoma are both to be separated from Ger-
ardia, Monniera, in the same family, should most certainly be re-
moved from /erpestis, and Sophronanthe from Gratiola.

About a dozen new species and innumerable varieties are de-
scribed in the course of the work, several of them being unpub-
lished names of Dr. Engelmann and other writers. The author
has adhered to a rigid rule of exclusion in connection with the
numerous new forms proposed during the last few years by other
students of southern botany, remarking in the preface, “Ina region
so vast * * * * there still must remain much to reward the labors
of future explorers, and many new species have been proposed by
recent collectors as occurring within my limits. These, which are
unknown to me, when duly confirmed, * * * * will have place
in future issues.”

As a future issue embracing any extended revision is a matter
of some uncertainty, it is to be deplored that Dr. Chapman did
not make some effort to obtain material for examination at least
in those genera in which he himself contemplated the establish-
ment of new species. The omission of these well-marked forms —
is less of an injustice to the botanists who have devoted time and
careful study to the plants than it is to the field student who con-
stantly discovers specimens which he cannot match with any of
those described. It would be difficult for the chance collector of
Clematis Addisoni to reconcile it with the diagnosis of C. Viorna,
or Nolina Brittoniana with that of N. Georgiana; and yet there is :
no other recourse for one who is dependent upon this flora alone.
We are glad to note, however, that many excellent species of 3
Buckley, Curtis and Shuttleworth, long suppressed by other a
writers, have been properly reinstated by Dr. Chapman. The

chief annoyance to botanists resultant from the omission of re- 3

cently described species will be the addition to an already over-

burdened synonymy which some of the wy numerous new varie- ;
ties must make.

2138

Such defects as these, are, however, attributable rather to the
conditions under which the work was carried out than to any in-
tentional discrimination on the part of the author. A revision
can never assume the proportions of an entirely new book; and
the attempt to remodel every feature of a portrait often destroys
the likeness. At least until the production of some more com-
prehensive and more modern volume Dr. Chapman’s flora will be

indispensable to every student of southern botany. 8
Tack.

Catalogue of the Hanbury Herbarmm, in the Museum of the Phar-
maceutical Society of Great Britain. Pp. 160, Compiled by E. M.
Holmes, Curator of the Museum. Published by the Society.
The Daniel Hanbury Herbarium was donated to the Phar-

maceutical Society of Great Britain by Mr. Thomas Hanbury,

brother of its deceased owner, on condition that it be kept separate
from all other collections, and carefully guarded. Thus main-
tained, it has been of the greatest service, not only to British phar-

Mmaceutical botanists, but to many foreigners who have visited it,

Or who have sent specimens for comparison to its learned and

obliging curator.

The families represented in the Catalogue are arranged in the
Benthamian sequence, while the species in each are arranged al-
phabetically. The specimens under each species are lettered, the
character of each indicated and the locality and date of collection
stated. Notes and extracts from letters which accompany the
Specimens in the herbarium are also printed. Most of these are
by the collectors, but in many cases they represent critical cor-
respondence concerning them from specialists. The number of spe-
cies catalogued is 610, the number of specimens probably three
times as great. Appendix No. 1 isa list of books quoted in the
herbarium, No. 2, a list of the herbaria so referred to, and there is
4 copious index giving the common as well as the botanical
Names. There is no need of such a catalogue as this in the United
States, as we have no such collection on any extensive scale.

HH. &.

214

Demonstration of Absorption of Carbon Dioxide and of the Genera-
tion of Oxygen by Diatoms. By T. Chalkley Palmer. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sciences, Phila. F. 1897.

This paper describes a method of demonstrating the normal
process of carbon dioxide assimilation in diatoms. It rests upon
a color test and is substantially as follows: A dish of suitable
size and shape is filled with spring water tinted pale red by a solu-
tion of haematoxylin. A glass tube is filled with this solution, its
mouth closed with a rubber stopper in which a quill tube is in-
serted and the whole hung over the dish so the quill tube dips
under the surface. Carbon dioxide from the lungs is blown into
the remainder of the water in the dish until it loses its reddish
tint and becomes brown. Two tubes are now filled with this
water, into one of which a few clean living diatoms are put. Both
tubes are corked and hung in the same manner as the first. On
exposing the apparatus to a bright light, gas rises in the tube con-
taining the diatoms and at the same time the color of the liquid
begins to change. In about fifteen minutes it is pale red like that
in the first tube, the color deepens until it is blood red, showing
that the carbon dioxide has disappeared and oxidation has taken
place. The diatoms used for this experiment were the long fila-
mentous forms of Eunotia, E. major of Rabenhorst. E. L. G.

Beitrige zur Moosflora von Nord-Amerika. Dr. Julius-Roell. Hed-

wigia, 36: 41-66. 1897.

This is an enumeration of several collections sent to Dr. Roell
from Ohio,’ Michigan, Wisconsin, Indiana, Arkansas, Missouri,
Washington, Labrador and Greenland, with four species collected
by himself at New Durham, New Jersey. It includes long critical _
notes on several species of Sphagnum, especially F. Austini Sull.
and its forms, and the following new species and varieties:
Dicranum Miquelonense var. crispatulum, Meesia tristicha vat. :
Purpusu; Plagwthecium Roesti Hpe. (P. Sullivantiae Sch.) vat. a
longifolium Roell; Hypnum (Campylium) simulatum Kindb., -
Hypnum pratense var. Purpusti Roell; Dicranum flagellare vat
brevifolium Roell; Thutdium lignicola var. Roellii Ren. & Card.
Hypnum arcuatum var. ramosum Roell ; Eurhynchium strigosume vat.
sobustum Roell; Fontinalis denticulata Kindb.; Hypnum fluitans vat

215

excurrentinerve Kindb.; Sphagnum Mendocinum var.recurvum Roel;
S. platyphyllum var. molluscum Roell ; and Weisia Grénlandica Kindb.
The range of several species is greatly extended, notably Dicranum
Miquelonense, D. Canadense and Muium decurrens from New Jersey;
Cylindrothecium concinnum from Michigan; Leucobryum sediforme,
fissidens Garberi, Leptotrichum Schimpert, Webera Lescuriana,
Atrichum xanthopelma, Hypnum Coloradense and Amblystegium

distantifolium Kindb. from Hot Springs, Arkansas.
rh FD,

Nouvelles Contributions a la Flore Biyologique du Bresil. V.F.
Brotherus. Bih. till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 21: 1-76. 1895.
This contribution includes an enumeration of the collections

of M. Mosen, N. Puiggari, W. Schwacke and others. The author

has availed himself of the studies on the flora of Brazil made by

Duby, Geheeb and Hampe; has received special assistance from

Ch. Miiller, and has brought together a list of 70 genera and about

300 species including 65 new ones in the following genera: Am-

blystegium, Anomodon, Bryum, Campylopus, Catharinea, Cryphaea,

D. istichophyllum, Lntodon, Eustichia, Fissidens, Helicodontium, Hook-

eria, Hyophitla, Hypnum, Tsopterygium, Lepidopilum, Leucobryum,

Leucoloma, Leucomium, Macromutrium, Microthamnium, Mniadel-

phus, Neckera, Papillaria, Pilotrichella, Prionodon, Rhaphidostegium,

Stereodon, Syrrhopodon, Thuidium and Trichosteleum. The largest

number of species are found in the genera /issidens and Hook-

era, with Campylopus, Papillaria, Rhaphidostegium and Syrrhopodon
also represented by numerous species. EGE

Die Laubmoose. K. G. Limpricht. Rab. Kryptfl. 4: (3) 129-256.
1897.
This includes parts 29-30 beginning with the remainder of the

Brachythecums, describing the two varieties of B. rivulare and

recognizing 2. latifolium. Bryhnia and Hyocomium do not include

any American species. Of the four species of Scleropodium three
are American, including H. purum ; in Eurhynchium there are only

7 out of 22, of these £. civrhosum is described with fruit and three

Varieties are recognized. In Rhynchostegium the only American

Species, 2, rusciforme, is described with five varieties, and in Raphi-

216

dostegium, R. demissum is figured. The subgenus Rhynchostegulla
is raised to generic rank with 5 species, of which H, curvisetum has
been found in America.

| a OS:

Recherches sur les Bacteriacees fossiles. By M. B. Renault. Ann.
Sci. Nat. 65 : 275-349. pl. 46. 1896.
Until recent years the most ancient known bacteria were those

discovered in the bones and teeth of Egyptian mummies. In 1879

M. Van Tieghem noted their existence in remains of fossil plants

from the environs of St. Etienne. M. Renault in this learned and

interesting study describes and illustrates numerous species pre-
served in animal and vegetable fossil remains from various parts

of France. A. M. V.

Proceedings of the Club,

Tugespay Evenine, Marcu 9, 1897.

There were 32 persons present, President Brown presiding. :
The Secretary read a letter stating conditions of a grant of
money offered from the Newberry research fund. This letter was
from Dr. N. L. Britton as Secretary of the Council of the Scien-
tific Alliance of New York, and indicated that the award for the 3
present year is to be in Geology or Paleontology, to amount to a
$50, payable July 15, 1897. The award applies to researches yet 2 -
to be begun or completed, and which are to be embodied in a pa a
per submitted to the Council within three months from the present —
notification. Each society within the Scientific Alliance is invited
to nominate a recipient.

The scientific program was then taken up, the evening being
devoted to the subject of Ferns with papers as follows: ;

1. Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, « Notes on some Mexican Fenua
presented, in Mrs. Britton’s absence, by Dr. Rusby, with exhibi-
tion of numerous specimens, including species of Pellaea, Polypo- :
dium, Cystopteris and Cheilanthes. Dr. Rusby, having been him-_
self present at their collection, described vividly the tongues of
hard, black lava on which the collectors walked, and whic:3 a 98

217

filled with large cavities often forming caves, containing some ac-
cumulation of soil and crowded with a luxuriant growth of ferns,
although in November and practically the winter season.

2. Mr. Willard N. Clute, “« The New York Stations for Scolo-
pendrium.” Mr. Clute contrasted the wide distribution of the
Hart’s-tongue Fern in the old world, from Great Britain to Japan,
with the extremely local North American occurrence, in five areas
only, Mexico, Tennessee, Central New York, Owen Sound in On-

_tario, and New Brunswick. The Central New York locality was
made known early in the present century by Pursh in July, 1807,
who found it five miles west of Syracuse on the farm of J. Geddes,
where it has recently been rediscovered. About 1827 Wm.
Cooper discovered it at Chittenango Falls, where Mr. Clute found
hundreds of plants growing last summer. Mr. Clute described
the Chittenango ravine and its ferns. On sunny exposures of the
limestone walls of the ravine grow rue spleenwort and purple
cliff-brake in quantities; in shady places, the slender cliff. |
brake; on the talus, upon the larger bowlders, the walking fern,
and in the shade of these bowlders, the Scolopendrium, with fronds
chiefly in clusters of 6 to 12, at first erect, finally somewhat |
drooping. The spores are ripe in September. Mr. Clute added
that the species seems to be increasing at Beet being now
under the protection of an association.

Prof. Burgess remarked upon the former ane of the fern
in that locality as reported to him by Dr. Torrey, of Chittenango,
about 1874, and by Dr. Morong, who could find none at his visit
about 1876.

Prof. Underwood spoke of the Jamesville locality, also on the
corniferous limestone in Onondaga County, where 20 years ago
he found it quite common about two small lakes, but becoming
soon exhausted as the one most frequently visited. He queried
Why it should not occur at other ledges of the corniferous lime-
Stone throughout western New York, and why it should confine
itself to that rock here; while in England it frequents sandstone,
Shale and limestone indifferently. Dr. Britton then remarked that
in Europe (and Nova Scotia) Campanula rotundifolia grows in
meadows, but here on rocks; Cerastium arvense also grows in

Europe in fields, but here on rocks.

218

Dr. Britton said that Scolopendrium is probably a case like that
of Seguoia and Brasenia of originally much wider distribution,
where the isolated plants owe their survival to favorable condi-
tions, He cited Epzpactis among orchids as a parallel in distribu-
tion, confined here to central New York and Ontario, but wide-
spread in the old world.

Mr. Benj. D. Gilbert added an interesting comparison of the
growth of Scolopendrium at stations where he had collected it at
Jamesville and Chittenango Falls, also in southern France, north-
ern Italy, and Undercliff in the Isle of Wight. In the warm
shelter of the latter place, it is more luxuriant than anywhere else,
showing great tendency to sport, displaying forking tips and
deeply cordate bases, as at Chittenango Falls.

3. The third paper was by Mr. B. D. Gilbert, of Utica, N. Y.,
entitled, “ New and interesting Ferns from Bolivia,” with exhibi-
tion of specimens of two new ferns, a Blechnum and a Dryopteris,
the first peculiar in being fully pinnate, the second in being a one-
sided dwarf persistently under a foot and a-half high, instead of
4 or 5 feet as its type. The paper will be printed in the BULLETIN

4. The fourth paper, also by Mr. Gilbert, Jamaica, the Fern-
Lover’s Paradise,” described the abundance of species and of in-

dividuals which the speaker had collected there, illustrating the a

subject by numerous specimens. He remarked that Swartz in his
Species Filicum, 1783-86, enumerating all then known ferns, de-
scribed 709 species, of which 140 were from Jamaica; the Jamai-
can number was raised to 300 by Grisebach and now to 500 by
resident botanists there, an estimate confirmed by Mr. Gilbert. :

Probably no other equal area produces half that number. —
Among reasons which account for this are the warm latitude of
Jamaica, its south shore sheltered from cooler breezes by a moun-
tain-wall, its mountains themselves rising to 7,000 feet and reach-
ing into a cool temperate climate, and its great variation in

moisture, with daily rains in the mountains and sometimes but ©

twice in six months on the plain. Mr. Gilbert described in pat- — :
ticular his experiences with the tree-ferns reached by a long jout- ee
ney on foot, high in the Blue mountains, there forming unmixed
groves, their stems supplying the only wood readily obtainable.

One, Alsophila armata, reaches 50 feet in height, though its slen-

219

der stem is but a few inches in diameter. No class of ferns is as
yet so poorly described as the tree-ferns; description should be
from the living specimen and at the locality ; the only such in
English are those in Thwaites’ Flora of Ceylon. Jamaica is re-
markable in particular for its numerous Filmy Ferns, 26 species
(out of 280 known); these are all in the three eastern parishes.
In the east part Blechnum occidentale is the common fern of the
roadsides ; Polypodium reptans was seen everywhere, now growing
erect; one bank 30x25 feet, was completely covered with Gleichenia
pectinacea. The great number of endemic species is surprising; as
if the work of differentiation had gone on there with greater ac-
tivity and vital power than anywhere else in the world; every genus
in Jamaica shows one or more endemic species.

Mr. Gilbert closed by exhibiting specimens of three new spe-
cies from Jamaica, belonging to Asplenium, Dryopteris and Polypo-
dium, and also of a number of rare species as Eutomosora Camp-
bellii, Gymnogramma schizophylla and Adiantum Candolle. His
Paper was discussed by President Brown, Prof. Underwood and
Dr. Rusby, the latter referring to the uses made of tree-ferns in
New Zealand, as compared with the use for timber and for posts
in Jamaica.

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Barnes C. R., and Heald, F. de F. Analytic Keys to the Genera
and Species of North American Mosses. Bull. Univ. Wisc. 1: 157-
368. 1897.

Bockeler, O. Diagnosen neuer Cyperaceen. All. Bot. Zeit. 1: 186—
187. O. 1895; 2: 143; 17-215 33-353 53-595 29-793 933 7°9-
1135 141-143; 1553; 157-160. 1896.

Carleton, M. A. Variations in dominant Species of Plants.—Il.
Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 14: 45. 1896.

Dietel, P., et Neger, F. Uredinaceae chilenses.—I. Engl. Bot. Jahrb.
22: 348-358. 22 My. 1896.

Durand, T., et Pittier, H. Primitiae Florae Costaricensis. Bull.
Soc. Bot. Belg. 35: 151-297. 17 N. 1896. |

220

Fink, B. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Lichens of Minnesota—l.
Lichens of the Lake of the Woods. Minn. Bot. Stud. 1: 693-701.

30 N. 1896.

Gerard, W. R. Plant Names of Indian Origin. Gard. & For. 9:
252, 262, 282, 292, 302. 1896.

Gilg, E. Beitrage sur Kenntniss der Gentianaceen.—I. Engl. Bot.
Jahrb. 22: 301-347. 22 My. 1896.

Greene, E. L. Studies in the Compositae.—IV. Pittonia, 3: 146-
149. 16 D. 1896.

Hanson, G. Ceanothus in the Landscape of the Sierra Nevada. Gard.

& For. 10: 102. 17 Mr. 1897.

Jenman, G.S. Ferns: Synoptical List, XXXII—XLIH. Bull. Bot.
Depart. Jamaica, 3: 20, 45, 66, 93, 110, 141, 162, 188, 211, 236,
260. 1896. ,

Lista, R. Plantas Patagonicas. Ann. Soc. Cient. Argentina, 42: 385-
395. N. 1896.

A list of eighty species.

Macoun, J. M. Contributions to Canadian Botany. Can. Rec. Sci.

6: 198-210; 264-276; 318-329; 405-415. 1895.

Meehan, T. Lodelia syphilitica. Meehans’ Month. 7: 61. pl. 4
Ap. 1897. @

Plank, E.N. A Botanical Journey in Texas. Gard. & For. 9: 62,
73, 113, 193, 232. 18096.

Plank, E. N. A Botanical Journey through New Mexico. Gard. &
For. g: 322. 12 Au. 1896.

Pound, R., and Clements, F. E. A Rearrangement of the North
American Hyphomycetes—I. Minn. Bot. Stud. 1: 644-673. 30 N-
1896.

Purdy, C. The Flora of the California Coast Range—I. II. II. Gard.
& For. 9: 192, 213, 233. 1896. :

Purdy, C. The Redwood Flora in April. Gard. & For. g: 272- 8 —
Jy. 1896.

Robertson, C. Flowers and Insects\—XV. Bot. Gaz. 21: 72-81-

18 F. 1896.

Insect visitors of Polygonum Pennsylvanicum and P. hydropiperoides; Dire@
palustris; Euphorbia corollata; Salix cordata and S. humilis; Iris versicolor. a
Robertson, C. Flowers and Insects.—XVII. Bot. Gaz. 22: 154-165: i

31 Au. 1896. :

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 299.

STUDY OF THE GENUS TALINUM.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 300.

ALLIUM FIBROSUM RYDBERG.

~

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 301.

CALOCHORTUS ACUMINATUS ! RYDBERG.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 302.

X40

E.
GYROTHYRA UNDERWOODIANA HOW

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 303.

Se
=

12

il
X {2

x /2

x50

GYROTHYRA UNDERWOODIANA HOWE.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

No. 33.

No. 40.
No. 41.

No. 42.

[The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ]

VoLuMmE I.
A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By
N. L, Britton and H. HH. Rusby (1887), 0 4; oo 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
(1RS8)» 5 5 e'nwciecie os BUN as eee ee ee ee ae 25 cents,

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus Aicoria of Rafinesque. By. N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents .

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
ee and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L.

ritton.

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (ISEB) kes 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa,
Adans. . By N. 1. Broton (1880), se a 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
(1889), oe: a eos ew 9 ek ee ee 25 cents.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
Ock (1800), iF ee er a te ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III, By N. L. Britton
(1890) 5 5 Bris i Ss, Vs eee ee . . 25 cents.
The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.
C1801 3 ee 25 cents.
Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaules. By Thos. Morong
CHOOT 5 i Popes Cake ay VEN ND) Sgt Boum Cet et ke ak maha in eat 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
(HOD ee ee ee ee ee “s+. 25 cents,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
Ries (1869). ees ee’ ay es pe + + + +25 cents.
A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus A/eibomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents
VotumE II. ae
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpusand Rynchospora occurring in North
America, : By N. L. Britton (1892); . . 2. ee - : -, 2§ cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
L. Britton (i008), 6 ee : . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. = —
oe} Ree oem eats: Pee ge eae .
Pik repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L.
Brittoa: (1806) a ee a ._. . 25 cents,
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By en ae
(1809)) oo ge ee ei ee Zee ee
A New Y sales of Listera, with Noteson Other Orchids. By ager ato
1893)7 0 2 ee eee oe
As Tateawne of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay,
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance
Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), .. +--+ s+? K hom
Further Notes on American Species of Solygonum. By John prdueen
K1803), 6 a a “oe
New ce, Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. a pean
(1 ee ee oe ie ee kee ig? Bigs gett tae gin wai ink GS.
Coane oe to American Bryology, III.— Notes on the North ne
Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, es ee yee
New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H H. ec (1895). Pl rag
The Altitudinal Distribution et the Ferns of the A paneer dn a2
tem. By John K. Small (1 3s. + Psy Ue re” Nr ent IR AR IR gt he a8 Re eS
Notes upon various Species of Iridacezx other Orders. pi fd oreng : .

Mocong (1893)) 73546 05 ee ee

No. 43.
No. 44.
No. 45.
No. 46.
No. 47.
No. 48.
No, 49.
No. 50.

No. 51.
No. 52.

No. 53.
No. 54.
No. 55.
No. 56.
No. 57.
No. 58.
No. 59

No, 60.

No, 61,
No. 62,

No. 63.
No. 64.

No. 65.
No. 66.

No. 67.
No. 68,

No. 69.

No. 70,
No. 71.

No. 72,

No. 73.

No. 74.
No. 75.

Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
OR ee Ee ee a a 25 cents,

Sib ele agra He Bae 5 cents
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
i eee 25 cents.
Species of Weissia (Ulota), By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species iy
une ee 25 cents,
A Study of the Genus Psoralea ‘in America. By Anna Murray Vail
25 cents.

Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.
See etek ie h vipat Gilet a aa hee 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orth
ee dM ge a ak cg ua oe Un aay gare 25 cents.
New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents. —
Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the Genus Piys-
comitrium. By Elizabeth G. Britton I oak 3 aa 25 cents.
By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
By N. L. Britton (1894),. . 25 cents.
New or little known Plants of the Southern States, By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
CNA ss yg ie ee ee eo eee 25 cents.
A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Carlton C, Civtie (gg <u a ee
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.
Savill (IMG ea Se ee ae » . 25 cen
Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus

fs RRR CERN ik eo oe ge 25 cents.
The Smilacez of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894)
25 cen

(10a) Sg bee eee
Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents.
Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents. a
Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), . .25cents.
A Revision of the North American Species of the Ceri Cracca. BY

Anna Murray Vail (1895),
Contributions to American Bryology, IX. A Revision of the Genus Scou-

aga ene iy Ale eM! Pa a eee Oe aes

Lair rnd ie. ean eed ere eee Mee Pama cas) Des Pea ka at a

LA SE Ud Sos gate Soe ae ek CO See wet SR eS

MRE doa 50 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, X. 1. The Systematic Position of

serrata Sull. 3.

On
Elizabeth G. Britton 189
Some new hybrid Oaks a

Lane ay. Sets setae er

Coke Cons tore eee meee
from the Southern States. By John K. Small

(1895), nl we I nslicbohtne oe 2k, es ee a yok ergs See Se

25cents.

No. 76. The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1895), . 25 cents.
No. 77. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. L. Britton
N Gi Ue ee ee ae 2 PRS i 25 cents.
0, 78. The Genus Cenchrus in North America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents.
No. 79. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States. By John K. Small
me (1898); 6. ck ae ee ee . 25 cents.
0. 80. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—I. By Geo. V. Nash (1895).25 cents.
No. 81. Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1895.)
25 cents,
No. 82, Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei-
der (1895)... os re ee eee . . . 25 cents.
No. 83. A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail
(1805 oe Ds a ee _ 25 cents.
No. 84. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo, V. Nash (1895).
25 cents.
No. 85. Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents.
No. 86. Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell.
(1866), ee ee . . . 25 cents.
No. 87. A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax-
ifragaceae. By Wm. E, Wheelock. (1896),. . - . + = «0 1» 25 cents,
No. 88. A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), 85 Cente.
No. 89. Notes on some Florida Plants. II. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), ._. 25 cents.
No, 90, Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—V. By John K.
Small. {1806),. 65 Se ee se ber mee es ae 25 cents.
No. 91, The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Sisyrinchium).
By Eugene P, Bicknell (1896),. . - +> .. 25 cents,
No, 92, New or noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), 25 cents.
No, 93. O£n othera and its Segregates. By John K. Small (1896),. . . 25 cents.
No. 94. A preliminary Revision of the North ‘American Isotheciaceae. By A. J.
Grout (1896)). 6 anne ees Sees pie 25 cents.
No. 95. Revision of the Genus Asimina in North America, By Geo, V. Nash (1896).
25 cents,

No. 96. Notes on Posentilla,1., 11. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) . - 25 cents.
No. 97. A neglected Species of Oxa/is and its Relatives. By John K. Small (1896).
25 cents.
No. 98. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VI. By John K.
Small (1806) one ee ee re . . 25 cents
No. 99. Notes on Potentilla—Ill. By P. A. Rydberg (1896)... >» 2 cents.
No. 100. On a new Species of Scrophularia hitherto confounded with S. AMary-
landica, By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896). .+++--***°* 25 cents.

VoLuME V.

No. ror. The Genus Cephalosia in North America. By L. M. Underwood (1896).
25 cents.

VotuME IV.

102, New and Noteworthy Species of Saxifraga. By John K. Small (1896). —
25 cents.

. 103. Notes on Potentilla—IV. By P. A. Rydberg (1896)... . 25 cents.
. 104. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VII. By John

_ 25 cents. ©
, 25 cents.

Pe ree a

K, Small (1896) 6.

eo,

. 105. Notes on Potentilla—V. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) _ es
. 106. Reinke’s Discussions of Licheaology: By Albert Schneider (1896), 25 cents. :
107. Two Nuttallian Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (1896), 25 pace | :

Geum Canadensé

108. The North American Species of Agrimonia.— px
1 i P. Bicknell (1896),25 cents.
; M. ioderwood

. Io9. Terminology among the Orders of

(Porter) Britton, a valid Species. By Eugene
Thalloph es. By L.
ee

oe for Vols. I., II., so and IV. on per ied.
© series as above listed will be supp r DI5- : pce ue
Copies of the Ca et en tant io tw eee Cee bet, LE

may

had for $2. U : es oe
ROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD,
sf " “Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY

fea

ISSUED AUG. /5TH.

AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA

— OF THE —

NORTHERN STATES AND CANADA,
Westward to the 102d Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA.

By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN,
with the assistance of SpPECIALISTs in various groups.

Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and FIG-
URED. Cuts, over 4,000. With Krys to species and genera, the Synonymy, the
English Names, the REVISED NOMENCLATURE, and reyised SysTEMATIC SEQUENCE
of Families.

The First complete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country.

For Students and all Lovers of Plants, :

Vol. I, now ready; royal 8vo, pp. XII.4-612; figured species, 1425; uncolored,
FERNS to CARPET-WEED. Vols. II. and IIL. will appear during 1897.

Price, $3.00 a Volume.

Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers,

Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York,
or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York

eee COMMENTS. ee

“ The copy of your Illustrated Flora is a delight to me. You should have the

congratulations and thanks of every botanist everywhere.—Pror, Byron D, HALSTED,
Rutgers College.

« Please accept my congratulations at having completed so useful and complete

a work. I am using it with much profit and a great deal of pleasure.”—Pror. CHAS.
A. Davis, Alma College.

“I am so much pleased with the first volume of your Flora that I cannot refrain
from expressing my high appreciation of your work, and my congratulations on its fine
appearance.” — BENJ. H. SMITH, Philadelphia.

“TI have seen your first volume and am more than delighted with it. It is so
good in every way that I am recommending it to every working botanical friend I
meet.”—Rerv. W. M. BEAUCHAMP, Baldwinsville, N. Y.

“As we carefully study the beautifully printed pages of this work, we are more
and more impressed with its magnitude and importance. It will give renewed life and
vigor to systematic botany and doubtless will be the means by which many a student
will be led to the study of the more difficult families.’—Pror, C. E. BEssey in
American Naturalist.

“There is no work extant in the whole series of American botanical publications
which deals with descriptions of the flowering plants that can for a moment be com-
pared with it, either for a skillful and delightful presentation of the subject-matter or
for modern, scientific and accurate mastery of the thousand-fold mass of detail of
be such: a work must necessarily consist.” — Pror, Conway MAcMILLAN in

tence.

“In the line of books bearing the stamp of scientific authority, and at the same
time adapted for popular use, this is unquestionably the best work ever issued on the :
flora of any pet of the United States.”FrepeRick V. Covitte, U.S. Dept. of
Agriculture, Div. of Botany, Washington, D. C, See yee

“Tt will be no exaggeration to u i ibuti
1 pronounce this the most valuable contribution ever
> baal American egies h = as the ask Tstar ten by Gray’s Manual—somewhat
= a ee ors deserve the thanks of every botanist f is ‘
ful ending of a great task.”—Meehans’ Monthly, Philadelphia. pe alga de

“This work should be in the lib

Sees ; rary of all lovers and students of flowers; for

Mia et Ces ee ies pony, eae work on systematic botany that has been
this affords at the same ti i i in-

ners through its illustrations.’ ’—The Churchman, ‘New York. ee

“
We cannot too high!
: ann y commend the volume before us, and no flower-lover
consider his library complete without it.”’— Tze Advance, Chicago. sib:

“The work should find an iasti i i
enthusias
in the college class-room.”—Chicag ° Thee ake eee

““A book of rare excellence, doi i
: : ce, doing on a much enlarged scale for this coun what
goa py for Great Britain by Bentham’s Illustrated Flora. Besides re fo
The trates ion, we here have an authentic portrait of every North American species.
Coenedia she boi Ps tangpel ae at the same time eminently scientific. A complete cy-
Brown University. systematic botany.”—PROFESSOR W. WHITMAN BAILEY, of

“As far as the present volume enable j i
: : rese! : s us to judge, we have here a treatise
“ing we ort a wide influence in inducing large numbers of persons to make
Hove Canad a these limits a pleasant recreative study, and which will at the same
hone ‘; those who are fond of systematic botany a convenient work of trefer-
artificial i arge proportion of the drawings are excellent in all respects. .. . The
feasts ts eys are excellent throughout. All of them appear, so far as our exami-
ise secant gone, to be carefully prepared. ... - The appearance of the whole work
rh ely attractive, and every feature of its mechanical execution will bear strict
ily ee be ce dria both workmanship and sound taste. The authors are to be heart-
their pote ated on their genuine success in securing earnest codperation from all
orig i jutors and thus making a worthy contribution to the advancement of inter-
ut native flora. .... In this treatise we have an admirable addition to the

working appliances of all lovers of North American plants.””—. Y. Evening Post.

it. The i 1 ts friends have every reason to be proud of
ga eillustrations . . . are remarkably clear and characteristic . . . and show
ient features of the plants as well as any small figures can... .. This excel-

i particular system

2 have had your first volume in hand for several months, and examined and re-
a a it with the greatest care. The more I use it the more it commends itself
y favor.”—Hon. Davin F. Day, Buffalo, N. ¥.

“Tlustrated Flora’ marks a distinct
nee in America. ...

GOT og appearance of the first volume of the
ce in systematic botany, and in the literature of that scie

the study of plants. The price isvery

The work should i

tend to greatly popularize

ae for such a comprehensive volume, and every botanist should subscribe at
ce for it.’—American Journal of Pharmacy.

‘
‘The work is going to do an immense amount of good in popularizing syste-
woe botany, and arousing a greater interest in such study.” Pror. THos. A.
LIAMS, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.
1 have achieved

. _\‘Tam delighted with it, and congratulate you on the success
ot issue of this splendid volume. Your work cannot fail to be highly appreci-
po by every botanist in the country, and to make the study of the science more
pular than ever.”—Dr. CHAS. MouR, Mobile, Ala.
cies is figured. This, together

__ “©The peculiarity of the book is that spe
— the completeness of scope and inclusion 0 the latest information on the topic,
es the volume of extreme value as a book of reference, while its moderate
cal students. It fills a gap, accomplishing for

brings it within the reach i ie
: of all botani i é‘
American Botany what has already been done for Great Britain and northern E -

The m ; ; ae coe
alist, ram execution of text and drawings 18 2 < ; cha chigathnds aaa

Century II. of American Algae.

Issued by JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN,
University of Minnesota, MINNEAPOLIS, MINN.

The specimens in this century are from the Atlantic and Pacific coast localities
and from a number of inland stations, including Minnesota, Wisconsin, Dakota, Mon-
tana, Idaho, Wyoming, Colorado and Ontario. A variety of species from thermal
waters of the Yellowstone region were personally collected upon a special
expedition during 1896, and several of these are issued with Century II., while others
will follow in Century III. Some new species of rock-forming algae are also included.

Price of Century II., bound or unbound, $10.00 net. Orders may be
sent to the address given above.

.-.-FOR SALE....

A COPY OF

Rabenhorst’s Deutsche

Kryptogamen Flora—Fungi.
PRICE, $25.00,
Address, DR. CHAS. MOHR, Mobile, Ala.

The Eastern Oregon Flora.

It is the intention of the subscriber to botanize throughout
Eastern and Southeastern Oregon during the coming season. A
limited number of sets of plants will be sold to subscribers only.
Botanists desiring further particulars will please correspond im-
mediately with

W. C. CUSICK, Union, Oregon.

Chapman’s Southern Flora.

Third Edition Ready in March.
Sent postpaid on receipt of price, $4.00.

Published by

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

1286 Massachusetts Avenue, Opposite College Library,
Cambridge Mass

ESTABLISHED 1851.

-EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

«

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,
205, 207, 209 & 2i1 Third Ave,

Corner of 18th Street. NEW YORK

eee AGENTS FOR THE UNITED | ‘STA’
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR es

E. March's Seline ‘Chemical fires
Schleicher & Schuell’s ee
- Pure and Common Filter E

Doctor C. Scheibler’s s :
ters me Panes)

ian saa German Gian, ‘Filter presi Ag : te
Harimered Platina, Balances _ and wae. Cop ppt

ice of this. witume: is are oo. Volumes 7 to 16 have been indexed sepa-

y,and a general index to Vols. 7 to 16 printed in pamphlet form, which may be had

tor socents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 and 23 are indexed
separtely: Price of each $2.00. Vols. 8 and %% cannot now be oe Nee ges!

ay. THE MEMOIRS.

"3 The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in bedhasode “The t num
can also be purchased singly and an invariable . price will be fixed for each.
omitted from this list cannot be had separately.
lume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algze hitlierto cheered: on the Coasts
' New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, so cents.
No. 3.—An Enumeration of the. Hepatic collected by Dr. H. H. “Rusby. in

So with descriptions of men new species. | ae Richard. wi iietiee

By E. pees Sturtevant 750 cents.
-1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds and
two Sates By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 ce ;
Contributions to the Botany of
ur Hollick. Price, 75 cents.
mograph of the North American Species of the: Genus Polyga
y. William E Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. —

aN » t.—On the Flora of Wasorn North Carolina a ane contiguous er

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTA

“AND OTHER MEMBERS: OF THE |

= i Gregory 2 Elizabeth ee ‘Britton

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUI
‘OFFICERS FOR 1897

President,
HON. ADDISON mies dkin

Vice Presidents,

T. F. ALLEN, M. D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M. rene
Recording Secretary,
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS,
- Normal College, New York City.
. Editor, —
“N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D.,
Columbia University, New York City.

Corresponding Secretary,
Dr. JOHN K. SMALL,
Columbia University, New York Coe

ae reasurer,
HENRY OGDEN, _
11 Pine Street, New York sit
Committee on Admissions

_ CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT,

JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. Dis
mE sith Street, New York eee

- 64 W. ssth Street, New York City. _
Library ‘nnd Herbarium Committee,
"JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, HELEN M. INGERSOLL,
WM. E WHEELOCK, M. oh: Rev, L. H. LIGHTHIPE

. _ Commitices on the scans Flora,

Progr. THOS. C. PORTER,

__N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D,,
HL H, RUSBY, M.D,

CRYPTOGAMIA,
ELIZABETH G.. BRITTON,
MARIA 0, LEBRUN,
SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M. D. :
The Club meets regularly at Columbia University, 49th Street and Madison A
nue, New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month
eet, Jute, lly, Agee snd. — Ae Seri: cor-

‘Memmers OF i Gi noe aces wield Saeee “ais
gis ae Reara baie Bybee New r York

OTTO, PHOTO. BUFFALO, N, Y. ARTOTYPE, E. BIERSTADT, N. Y.

BULLETIN OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL cLhus.
Mar, 1807.

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Emily L. Gregory.
By ELIZABETH G. BRITTON.

Botany and Barnard College have lost an earnest and devoted
worker by the death of Doctor Gregory. Her loss is particularly
sad just now when Barnard is at the threshold of its new and en-
larged career, its scope and accommodations widened and its new
home nearly ready for occupancy. That Dr. Gregory was one of
the principal attractions of the College in the early days of its ca-
reer, cannot be denied, for at first, the number of special students in
botany exactly equalled, for three successive years, the total num-
ber of students in the College. She gave herself enthusiastically
to her work and spared neither her time nor her strength in her
devotion to her pupils, encouraging them to do original investiga-
tion and showing them by her own work and guidance in the
laboratory how to do it. Her own attainments were high and
diverse and she sometimes, perhaps, failed to realize that she be-
fitted more advanced and special work than her students were
qualified to accomplish, but whatever achievements are recorded
from those who have worked with her, have always been of true
scientific merit and often worthy of publication. Several have
been read before the Torrey Botanical Club and published in the
BuLLetin and elsewhere. Besides this Dr. Gregory did her share
of “ popularizing” botany by assisting with her pupils at the three
“ Annual Exhibits of the Progress of Science,” held by the Acad-
emy of Sciences of New York in the spring of 1 895-96 and 1897.
and by various private evening classes of men a acheapeoee The
high and special character of her training guided her studies en-

222

tirely into the lines of Morphology and Physiology, and for Sys-.
tematic Botany she had very little interest, other than what was
necessary for the accomplishment of her work in her own chosen
fields. Neither can it be claimed that she accomplished a great deal
of original investigation on widely different lines, but her frequent
reviews in the BULLETIN show that she kept informed on the most
advanced German investigations and theories and her little text-
book on the “ Elements of Plant Anatomy ” demonstrates that she
had thoroughly mastered a wide range of subjects and adapted
them for the use of her pupils. She was not clear nor concise in
her lectures and quizzes, but this came from her desire to impart
all that she could of the wealth of information she had in store and
is amply compensated for by the lasting influences which she has
left among those who have had the advantage of studying with
her.

Personally Dr. Gregory was extremely attractive, not only for
her cheery good temper, but for her faculty in making friends and
for her kindly and personal interest in all with whom she came in
contact. She was simple and domestic in her tastes, preferring
quiet and social pleasures to any show or ostentation, enjoying
her “work for the work’s sake,” loving the truth and living an un-
selfish life which ended without any long or gradual failure of her
powers, or any serious suffering or painful iliness. She died
peacefully, believing in the faith of her parents, with full confi-
dence that everything had been done for her comfort by the
friends and relations about her and was accompanied to her grave
at Angola, N. Y., by loving friends and beautiful flowers. Her
memory remains among us, full of gayety and kindliness and
sweet content.

BIOGRAPHY.

Emily Loriva Gregory was born at Portage, New York, on
December 31st, 1841. She received her early education at Albion
Seminary and after graduating from there she taught at Dunkirk
(Fredonia) Friendship Seminary and earned enough to go to Cor- a
nell University in 1876, where she studied botany and literature,
taking her degree as Bachelor of Literature in 1881. She held a
position at Smith College from 1881-1883 as teacher of botany, —

223

and the following winter had charge of the laboratory work in
botany of the Harvard Annex. In 1883-1884 she went abroad
and studied for two years at Strasburg under Prof. Wigand and
one year at Ziirich, where on July 23d, 1886, she received her de-
gree of Doctor of Philosophy, having been one of the earliest of
American women to whom this honor was accorded. On her re-
turn to America she held a position at Bryn Mawr for two years
as associate in botany to Prof. E. B. Wilson, who was then pro-
fessor of biology at that institution. She resigned this position
because: it was not congenial to her, and during the following
winter was associated with Prof. W. P. Wilson at the University
of Pennsylvania in developing its botanical laboratory.

In the spring of 1889 she was appointed instructor in botany
at Barnard College, and spent the summer abroad studying with
Prof. Schwendener, at Berlin, and purchasing microscopes, charts,
models and books for the new laboratory, the funds for the equip-
ment of which were supplied from private subscriptions by mem-
bers of the Torrey Botanical Club. She also spent her summer
vacations abroad in 1893, 1894, and 1896, and always came back
with renewed energy and zeal, as well as stores of books and
fresh knowledge.

Her department grew rapidly in popularity and in numbers,
and it soon became necessary to secure the assistance of Miss
Effie Southworth, now Mrs. Volney M. Spalding, and later of
Miss Jean Howell. The collections for the laboratory were first
begun with the herbarium of Elizabeth G. Knight as a nucleus,
and subsequently that of Dr. Thomas Morong was added by pur-
chase, also with a fund raised by private subscription among the ©
members of the Torrey Botanical Club. A fellowship in botany —
was also endowed by Mrs. Esther Herrman, one of our members.

The laboratory soon outgrew its cramped accommodation on
the top floor of 343 Madison avenue and in 1895 it was moved to
the top floor of No. 518 Fifth avenue. In 1896 Dr. Gregory was
appointed full Professor of Botany and Dr. Herbert M. Richards
was called to assist her. Together they had planned the ygaed
courses and laboratories in Brinckerhoff Hall, but Dr. Gregory did
Not live to see them completed, dying on April 21, 1897, just as the ie
arrangements for moving her residence and laboratory had — .

224

made. She will be missed at the meetings of the Torrey Club at
which she read several original papers. She has been connected
with the BULLETIN as associate editor since 1889 and _ has contri-
buted thirty-five articles and reviews to its volumes, beginning
in 1886. She was also an occasional contributor to the Botan-
ical Gazette and an active member of the Society of American
Naturalists, whose yearly meetings she frequently attended. She
was elected a member of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science in 1892, having attended the meeting at Rochester
of that year and read a paper before the Botanical Section. She
had also studied for a brief period at Woods Holl, where she had
planned to spend the coming season. Her death leaves the
botanical laboratory without any natural successor, though its
founders hope that one may be secured who will continue the
policy which she so ably represented.

The following minute was adopted by the Executive Committee
of the Board of Trustees of Barnard College at their meeting on
Thursday, April 22, 1897:

Professor Gregory gave to Barnard College, through the eight ©
years of its existence, a service in the highest degree loyal, en-
thusiastic and successful. Her influence in creating and maintain-
ing a high standard in scientific work was of great importance in
determining the character of the college. She had the good for-
tune to possess, together with great intellectual gifts, the graces of
character to make them effective, and her scholarship was in the
service of kindliness, of courage and of truth. The college bears
witness not only to her love of sound learning, but to the modesty
and openness of mind which were the rare and beautiful setting of
her powers.

The following preamble and resolutions were adopted by the
Club at its meeting, held May 11, 1897:

WHEREAS: our esteemed fellow-member, Miss Emily L. Gregory
is lost to us by death, therefore it is

Resolved: that in realization of our loss we express our deep
sorrow for this sad event, at this untimely period when she was
just about to enter upon a new era in her career as a teacher, to 4
which we all, with her, had looked forward with happiest anticipa-
tion, and :

Resolved: that we have lost in her an accomplished scientist,
a devoted teacher, a warm hearted, generous friend, and _

225

Resolved: that a copy of these resolutions be presented to her
Surviving relatives, to whom we extend our sincerest sympathies.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 13: 197-204. 1886. Illustrated. « Zhe
Pores of the Libriform Tissue.”

2. Bot. Gaz. 12: 16. 1887. “Death of Dr. Wigand.”

3. Bot. Gaz, 12: 298. 1887. “Systematic Botany.”

4. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 15: 86-89. 1888. Review of K.
Goebel, « Ueber hiinstliche Vergriinung der Sporophylle von
Onoclea Struthiopteris Hoffm.” (Ber. d. deutsch. bot. Gesell.
5: LXIX, 1887.)

5. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 15: 139-143. 1888. Review of F.
Noll, «« Experimentelle Untersuchungen tiber das Wachsthum der
Zellimembran.” (Abh. d. Senck. nat. Gesell. 15: 101. 1887.)

6. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 15: 194-198. 1888. Review of A. F.
W. Schimper, « Die Wechselbezeichnung swischen Pflanzen und
Ameisen in tropischen Amerika.” (Jena, Gustav Fischer. 1888.)

7. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 15: 237-238. 1888. Review of L.
Kny, « An attempt to answer the question whether the freezing
of the seed influences the development of the plant afterward de-
veloping from the same.” (Sitz. d. Gesell. Nat. Fr. z. Berl. 193.
1887.)

8. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,15: 269-271, 1888. Review of G. von
Krabbe, « Aix Beitrag sur Kenntniss der Structur und des
Wachsthums vegetabtlischer Zellhaute.” (Pringsh. Jahrb. 18: 346.
1887.)

9. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 16: 15. 1889. Review of Paul Haupt-
fleisch, “Ox the Cell-membrane and gelatinous Envelope of the
Desmids.”’ (Greifswald, 1888.)

fo. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 16: 25-28. 1889. Review of Alfred
Moeller, « Zhe so-called Spermatia of the Ascomycetes.” (Bot.
Zeit. 46: 422. 1888.) ne

11. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 16: 28-30. 1889. Review of Gaston
Bonnier’s criticisms of Alfred Moeller “On the Culture of
Lichen-building Ascomycetes without Algae” and ‘* The Germina- nee
tion of Lichen-spores on Moss protonema and on Algae which are ee

226

not like the Gonidia of the Lichens.” (Nat. Wiss. Rund. 27. O-
1888.)

12. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 16: 79-80. 1889. Review of some Ex-
periments by Hartig “Ox the Red Beech in reference to the [nflu-
ence of Seed production on the Increase in Growth and the Reserve-
material of the Tree,” the results of which were presented before
the Botanical Society of Munich. (Bot. Centr. 36: 388.
1888.)

13. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 16: 80-82. 1889. Review of Hugo
Zukal, “On the Discovery of Hymenoconidium petasatum.”
(Bot. Zeit. 47: 62. 1889.)

14. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 16: 82. 1889. Review of an article
by G. Haberlandt, “ On the Chlorophyll bodies of the Selaginellae.

. (Flora, 71: 291. 1888.)

15. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 16: 113-116. 1889. Review of J-
Reinke, ‘ Studies on the Tilopterideae.” (Bot. Zeit. 47: 102-
1889.)

16. Bull. Torr, Bot. Club, 16: 222-224. 1889. Review of Otto
von Mueller. “ Durchbrechungen der Zellwand in ihren Besteh-
ungen sur Orisbewegung der Bacillariaceen,.” (Ber. d. deutsch.
bot. Gesell. 7: 169. 1889.)

17. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 16: 224-225. 1889. Review of C. von
Wisselingh, “Ox the Walls of suberous Cells.” (Bot. Centr.
38: 710. 1889.)

18. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 16: 279-280, 1889. Review of Arthur
Meyer,‘ Ox the Structure of the Vittae in the Fruit of the Umbel-
liferae.” (Bot. Zeit. 47: 342, 374. 1889.)

19. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 16: 297-304. 1889. “Notes on some
Botanical Reading done in the Laboratory of Professor Schwen-
dener, in Berlin, in June and July, 1889.”

20. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 16: 332-333. 1889. Review of an
article by Dr. H. Schenck, “ On Aecrenchyma.—A new Paper on
Plant Aeration.” (Pringsh. Jahrb. 20: 526. 1889.)

21. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 17: 16-17. 1890. Review of Fritz
Mueller on “ Freze Gefassbiindel in den Halmen von Olpra.”
(Flora, 47: 414. 1889.) *<

22. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 17: 38-39. 1890. Review of G. Haber- ae
landt on “ The Encasing of Protoplasm in Reference to the Funchom
of the Cell-nucleus.” (Journ. Vienna Acad. ‘Sci. Ue

227

23. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 17: 39-40. 1890. Review of M. Biis-
gen on the “ Capture of Insects by Utrcularia.” (Ber. d.
deutsch. bot. Gesell. 6: LV. 1888.)

24. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 17: 76-77. 1890. Review of A. Wieler,
“ Ueber Anlage und Ausbildung von Libriformfasern in Abhan-
Sighkeit von ausseren Verhiltnissen.” (Bot. Zeit. 47: 517, 533,
549. 1889.)

25. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 17: 247-255. pi. 109. 1890.
“ Notes on the Manner of Growth of the Cell-wall,”

26. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 18: 20-22. 1891. Review of Dr.
Overton, “Ox the Histology and Physiology of the Characeae.”
[Bot. Cent. 44: 1, 33. 1890. ]

27. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 18: 22-23. 1891. Review of E. Loew
on “Beitrage sur blitenbiologischen Statistik.” (Verh. bot. Ver.
d. Prov. Brandbg. 31: 1-63. 1890.)

28. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 18: 61-64. 1891. Review of Dr. Julius
Wiesner, “An Attempt to explain the Growth of the Plant Cell.”
(Ber. d. deutsch. bot. Gesell. 8: 196. 1890.)

29. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 18: 126-127. 1891. Review of Dr.
Frank “ On the Assimilation of the Free Nitrogen of the Air by
Leguminous Plants.” (Ber. d. deutsch. bot. Gesell. 8: 292.
1890.) :

30. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club; 18: 153-156. 1891. Review of F.
Keinitz-Gerloff on the “ Protoplasmic Union between the neigh-
boring Elements of the Plant.” (Bot. Zeit. 49:1, 17, 33, 49: 65.
1891.)

31. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 19: 75-79. 1892. pl. 125. “ On
the abnormal Growth of Spirogyra Cells.” ,

32. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 19: 132. 1892. Review of H. Zukal
on “ Halb-Flechten.” (Flora, 74: 92-107. 1891-) :

33. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 19: 157-158. 1892. Review of
Gregor Kraus «Ox Calcium Oxalate in the Bark of Trees. (Bot.
Centr. 4g: 181. 1892.) | : :

34. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 19: 313-317. 1892. Review of G.
Krabbe, «“ Zhe Lichen Genus Cladonia.” (Univ. of Berlin
1891.) . : :

35. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 20: 100-107. 1893. “Anatomy as a ee
Special Department of Botany.” Read before the A.A. A.S. at —
Rochester, 1892. pe er ee Ee

228

36.“ Elements of Plant Anatomy.” Ginn & Co. Boston. 1895.

37. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 278-281. 1896. ‘ What 7s meant
by Stem and Leat.”

38. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 214. 1897. Review of T. Chalk-
ley Palmer, “Demonstration of Absorption of Carbon Dioxide
and of the Generation of Oxygen by Diatoms.” (Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1897.)

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States.—X.

By JOHN K. SMALL.

THE GENUS TRADESCANTIA IN THE SOUTHERN
STATES.*

Six years’ experience with Zvadescantia, both in the field and in
the herbarium, has convinced me that there is something funda-
mentally wrong in the several existing treatments of the genus. —
Since I became interested in the forms occurring in the Southern
States Dr. J. N. Rose has arranged to monograph the North
American Commellinaceae and I publish these notes with his
knowledge and consent.

Linnaeus described a single North American species, namely, 7.
Virginiana.t Of American authors, Walter,t Michaux,§ Parsh,||
Elliott § and Darby,** each described two species, while Chap-

* I have had the privilege of examining material in the herbaria of Lafayette Col-
lege, through Professor Thos. C. Porter, and of Franklin and Marshall College, through »
Professor J. S. Stahr. Professor S. M. Tracy has sent me specimens at various times.
I have also received material from regions beyond the area with which this paper is
concerned, from Mr, B. F, Bush, Rev. E. J. Hill and Rev. J. M. Bates.

+ Sp. Pl. 283.

} FL Car. 119.

§ Fl. Bor. Am, 119.

| Fl. Am. Sept. 218.

Jj Bot. S. C. & Ga. 380-381.

** Bot. S. States, 547-548.

229

man* added a third, Zradescantia pilosa. With the exception of
Walter all these authors used the same two specific names, apply-
ing Ventenat’s Zradescantia rosea properly and making Tiadescantia
Virginiana elastic enough to embrace everything else savoring of.
Tradescantia that existed in their respective regions. Walter ap-
plied the name /rginica not to the Linnaean type, but to the form
that Ventenat later described as 7iadescantia rosea and proposed
the name cristaca for one of the larger forms which most authors
thought was the real Zradescantia Virginiana of Linnaeus, but judg-
ing from Walter’s description I am inclined to think he had in
mind a later described species.

Rafinesque’s work on the southern Tradescantias must needs be
mentioned. This eccentric author described no less than twenty-
six species and varieties in eastern North America, thus treating
the genus from the standpoint of extreme segregation just as the
authors mentioned above treated it from the standpoint of ex-
treme aggregation. Rafinesque apparently founded a species on
nearly every specimen he collected and of course his work needs
extensive reduction, but to what previously described species to
refer many of the Rafinesquian names is a difficult task. How-
ever, several of the forms he described, prove to be excellent
Species, for example, Zradescantia brevicaulis which Dr. Morong
restored several years ago t and Tradescantia reflexa which I re-
Store in this paper.

An attempt to segregate the material in an herbarium on the
lines laid down in the several different works above referred to
must at once prove futile and not until we recognize the several
segregates into which the Virginiana type naturally separates it-
self can we hope for a clear or scientific interpretation of the
group from a specific standpoint. :

Key to the Species.
racts.

Umbel-like cymes peduncled, subtended by small or minute b
Leaves ovate or ovate-lanceolate; sepals 2-3 mm. long. 1. 7. Floridana.
Leaves linear or almost filiform; sepals 5-6 mm. long.

Umbel like cymes sessile, subtended by large leaf-like bracts.

Leaves linear or linear-lanceolate, 12-50 times longer than broad, more or less

involute; plants glabrous, villous, hirsute or glandulgf

2. T. rosea,

* FL S. States, 498.
+ Bull. Torr. Club, 20: 470.

230

Stems abbreviated, 1 to rarely 10 cm. long; bracts longer than the leaves.
3. T. brevicaulis.
Stems elongated, 20-100 cm. long; bracts shorter than the leaves.
Sheaths not imbricated at the base of the stem. :
Stem glabrous; pubescence, when present on other organs, villous
and silvery. :
Plant bright green; pedicels 2.5-5 cm. long, villous; sepals
12-18 mm. long, villous, about twice as long as broad,
becoming membranous. 4. T. Virginiana.
Plants glaucous; pedicels 2-2.5 cm. long, glabrous; sepals
8-1o mm. long, with a tuft of hairs at the apex, 3-4
times as long as broad, leathery. 5. 7. reflexa.
Stem hirsute ; pubescence brownish. 6. 7. hirsuticaulis.
Sheaths imbricated for 5—20 cm. at the base of the stem.
Plant densely glandular; sepals linear-lanceolate or linear-oblong,
I cm, long. 7. T. longifolia.
Plant glabrous except the villous sheaths at the base of the stem;
sepals ovate or oblong, 7 mm. long. 8. 7: foliosa.
Leaves lanceolate or narrowly lanceolate, 4-10 times longer than broad, flat;
plants glabrate, pilose or villous,
Stem clothed with long villous hairs. 9g. 7. comata,
Stems glabrous, or pilose.
Plant usually slender; stems mostly strict ; umbels solitary and terminal
or on corymbed branches; flowers 2-2.5 cm. broad; species
Alleghenian. 10. 7. montana.
Plant usually stout; stems mostly flexuous; umbels terminal and sessile
in the upper axils ; flowers 2. 5-3 cm. broad ; species campestrian-
11. 7. pilosa.

1. TRADESCANTIA FLORIDANA S. Wats.

Tradescantia Floridana S.Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 381. 1882.

Perennial by creeping stems, slender, nearly glabrous, bright
green. Stems procumbent, more or less matted, flaccid, 1-3 dm.
long, rooting at the lower nodes; leaves ovate or ovate-lanceolate,
1-2 cm. long, thinnish, acute, ciliolate; sheaths funnelform, min-
utely roughened, fringed with long white cilia; cymes solitary oF
2 together, terminal, their peduncles .5-1.5 cm. long, subtended
by ovate or ovate-lanceolate bracts; pedicels filiform, 2-6 mm.
long, villous and somewhat glandular; sepals ovate, about 2-3
mm. long, acutish, purple, pubescent; petals white; filaments
glabrous; anther-cells contiguous; capsules oval, neatly 2 mm.
long, glabrous.

Damp shady places, peninsular Florida: Miss Reynolds ; Mer- — 3
-ritt's Island, A. H. Curtiss, 2995 (two collections under the one

231

number); Sumpter county, J. D. Smith; Indian River, W. M.
Canby.
2. TRADESCANTIA ROSEA Vent.

Lradescantia Virginica Walt. Fl. Car. 119. 1788, Not 7. Vir-
Siniana LL,

Lradescantia rosea Vent. Hort. Cels, p/. 2g. 1800.
_ Perennial by rootstocks, slender, nearly glabrous, bright-green.
Stems erect or nearly so, often densely tufted, 1-5 dm. tall, usually
simple; leaves narrowly linear or nearly filiform, 1-3 dm. long,
flat or involutely folded, acuminate, sometimes surpassing the
peduncles ; sheaths cylindric or funnelform, .5—1 cm. long, fringed
with long white cilia; cymes usually solitary, or sometimes 2 to-
gether, terminal, their peduncles 8-15 cm. long, subtended by
linear bracts; pedicels 1-1.5 cm. long, glabrous; sepals lanceolate
Or ovate-lanceolate, 5~6 mm. long, acutish, petals pink or rose-
color, orbicular-oblong, obtuse; filaments glabrous, anther-cells
contiguous ; capsules subglobose, 4-5 mm. in diameter.

Sandy soil, Maryland to Missouri, south to Florida and Texas.

Spring and summer.
3. TRADESCANTIA BREVICAULIS Raf.

Tradescantia brevicaulis Raf. Atl. Journ. 150. 1832.
Lradescantia pumila Raf. New FI. Part 2, 86. 1836.
Tradescantia Virginica var. villosa S. Wats.; Wats. & Coult. in

A. Gray, Man. Ed. 6, 539. 1890.

Perennial by a cluster of slender roots, low, stoutish, more or
less villous, bright green. Stems solitary or usually Sepiaie
erect, almost wanting or I~I0 cm. tall, simple; leaves linear or
narrowly linear, 1.5~3 dm. long, flattish, acute or sometimes rather
obtuse, sheaths 12.5 cm. long, mostly imbricated ; involucre of 2
nearly equal leaf-like bracts which are longer and broader than the
leaves; pedicels stoutish, 3.55.5 cm. long, villous; flowers etd
Purplish-blue, 5-15 in an umbel-like cyme, about 2 cm. pained
Sepals ovate or oblong-ovate, 10-11 mm. long, obtuse; t sags
suborbicular, obtuse, delicately nerved; mature capsule not seen.

Hillsides gud woods, Illinois to Missouri and Kentucky, ‘May ia

to June. De ae aaa
4. TRADESCANTIA VIRGINIANA L.
Tradescantia Virginiana L. Sp. Pl. 288. 1753.
Tradescantia rupestris Raf. Atl. Journ. 150. 1832.

Perennial by a cluster of rather thick white or yellowish roots,
stout or stoutish, glabrous or nearly so, L apleulees epee

yellowish roots,

232

usually clustered, erect, 2 dm. or mostly 3-4 dm. tall, nearly
straight, simple; leaves linear or linear-lanceolate, I or usually
2-7 dm. long, acuminate, more or less curved, nearly flat or in-
volutely folded; sheaths 1-3 cm. long, sometimes slightly ciliate;
involucre of 2 lanceolate or linear-lanceolate nearly equal or very
unequal leaf-like bracts which are usually much smaller than the
leaves; flowers dark blue or purplish or rarely white, large, 3-4
cm. broad; pedicels 2.5—5 cm. long, sepals large, elliptic, ovate or
ovate-lanceolate, 12-18 mm. long, obtuse or acutish, villous with
long non-glandular hairs about twice as long as broad, becoming
membranous; petals sub-orbicular, 1.4—2 cm. in diameter ; capsule
5-7 mm. long, glabrous; seeds oblong, about 3 mm. long.

Hillsides and along streams, New York and Illinois, Virginia
nd Arkansas. May-June.

5. TRADESCANTIA REFLEXA Raf.
? Tradescantia canaliculata Raf, Atl. Journ. 150. 1832.
Tradescantia reflexa Raf. New Fl. Part 2,87. 1836.

Tradescantia veflexa var. drepisia Raf. New Fl. Part 2, 88.
18 36.

Perennial by a rootstock and numerous rather delicate roots, ~ :

slender or stout, glabrous, glaucous: Stems solitary, erect, 4-9
dm. tall, nearly straight, commonly much branched, sometimes
purplish; leaves linear, 2-5 dm. long, straight, or somewhat
curved, long attenuate; sheaths large, 1-3 cm. long, glabrous or
rarely slightly villous; involucres of 2 unequal finally reflexed
leaf-like bracts ; flowers blue, or often red, 2—3 cm. broad, the um-~
bel-like cymes at maturity usually dense; pedicels slender, 2-2-5
cm. long, crowded; sepals oblong or elliptic, apparently lanceo-
late by the involute edges, 8-10 mm. long, hooded, mostly with a
tuft of hairs at the apex, sometimes glabrate, 3-4 times as long as
broad, leathery ; petals suborbicular ; capsule ovoid or oblong, 5-O
mm. long, glabrous, constricted above the middle ; seeds oblong,
3 mm. long, with irregular transverse ridges.

In sandy or clay soil, in the Gulf States and from South Caro-
lina to Indian Territory and Texas; ascends the Mississippi Valley
to Minnesota. May—August.

South Carolina: Elliott; Georgia: Small; Florida: Garber, |
Nash; Alabama: Earle and Underwood; Mississippi: Tracy;
Texas: Drummond; Indian Territory: Palmer. ee

Conspicuous on account of its tall and proportionately slender
habit, its narrow elongated leaves and usually very dense flower
clusters. I have adopted the specific name refexa of Rafinesque

233

because the original description agrees very well with the speci-
mens I have collected in the Southern States and the original lo-
cality lies within the bounds of the range shown by my specimens.
The plant is usually glabrous except a more or less distinct tuft of
hairs near the apex of the sepals.

6. TRADESCANTIA HIRSUTICAULIS Nl. sp.

enna! by a cluster of coarse elongated (1-2.5 dm.) roots,
tall AS hirsute throughout with long brownish hairs, or par-
vend glabrous above, otherwise bright green. Stems several to-
Sh €r, erect or nearly so, 3-4 dm. tall, leafy throughout, densely
sia simple; leaves narrowly linear, 2-3 dm. long, more or less
She rit involutely folded, less densely hirsute than the stem;
“tg S rather pale, 1-2.5 cm. long, conspicuously ribbed; in-
aes of two linear very unequal leaf-like bracts which ate some-
el at smaller than the stem leaves; pedicels slender, 2-2.5 cm.
Ong; flowers purple, large, 2.5-3 cm. broad; sepals variable in the
same flower, ovate or lanceolate, 9-15 mm. long, rather villous
and somewhat glandular ; petals suborbicular, broader than long
and undulate ; mature capsule not seen.
Sandy places, Georgia to Florida; occurs at 400 meters on Stone
Mountain. May to July. ~
Florida: Chapman, Wood; Georgia: Stone Mountain, Small.
A very distinct and beautiful species related to Zradescantia reflexa
but much more slender in habit. Remarkable for the abundant

development of brownish hirsute pubescence on the stem, leaves

and inflorescence. The flowers are larger and of a deeper blue

than those of Tradescantia reflexa.

- 7. TRADESCANTIA LONGIFOLIA Nl. Sp.

Perennial: by a short rootstock and slender roots which are

1 dm. or rarely 2 dm. long; rather slender, glandular-pilose, dull
Steen. Stems solitary, erect or assurgent, 4-5 dm. tall, strict,
Simple or sparingly branched above, densely glandular; leaves
linear or nearly so, chiefly basal or confined to the lower part of
the stem, 2-4 dm. long, even the lower ones surpassing or almost
equalling the stem, gradually narrowed from near the base, flat,

densely glandular-pilose like the stem; sheaths 2-2.5 cm. long,
involucre of two small

Ciliate with long hairs, imbricated below; : :
leaf-hke bracts, or one often almost wanting; pedicels stoutish, =
1.5-2 cm. long; flowers deep blue, 2.5—3 cm. broad; sepals linear- —
lanceolate or linear-oblong, 1 cm. long, obtuse,1% to 2 times —
shorter than the pedicels; filaments at length as long as the sepals,

234

spirally twisted; capsule oblong, 8-9 mm. long, glandular-pilose ;
seeds oblong or ovoid, more or less flattened, gray, conspicuously
marked with irregular transverse ridges.

Sandy soil in pine barrens, Florida: Curtiss, 2996 and 4680;
Nash, 1574. '

Many 7Zvadescantias possess more or less glandular pubescence,
but in this Floridian species, we find the whole plant covered
with a short glandular pubescence which extends even to the
petals. Its affinities are with Ziadescantia hirsuticaulss, from which
it differs primarily in the pubescence and the broader and elon-
gated leaves which are chiefly confined to the base of the stem
which they either surpass or nearly equal. The sepais are narrow
and conspicuously elongated.

‘ 8. TRADESCANTIA FOLIOSA n. sp.

Perennial by a cluster of slender much elongated (more than
3 dm.) roots, rather stout, glabrous above, villous at the base, dull
green. Stems solitary, erect, 4-7 dm. tall, simple or nearly so,
very leafy near the base, glabrous or glabrate; leaves narrowly
linear, 2-6 dm. long, nearly equalling or surpassing the stem, long-
attenuate, crowded at the base; sheaths large, often densely vil-
lous, imbricated and sheathing the stem for 1-2 dm., prominently
ribbed; involucre of 3 unequal leaf-like bracts; pedicels slender,
I-1.5 cm.long; flowers blue, about 2 cm. broad, the cymes at ma-
turity dense; sepals ovate or oblong, about 7 mm. long, obtuse,
two strongly hooded and with a tuft of hairs near the apex, one
scarcely hooded and nearly glabrous at the apex; capsule oblong,
5-6 mm. long, glabrous; seeds irregular, 2-2.5 mm. long, not
much longer than broad.

In clay soil, chiefly on hummocks, eastern and southern Flor.
ida: Keeler; Nash, 610 in part. May to June.

As in the case of Tradescantia longifolia, the leaves of this
plant are crowded toward the base of the stem but they are much
more numerous. The sheaths are loose, densely imbricated and
villous, with very long delicate hairs. The upper part of the plant
is apparently glaucous, the flowers are small, the sepals short and
the fruiting calyx small and plump. The plant is destitute of
glandular pubescence.

’9. TRADESCANTIA COMATA n. sp.

Perennial, stoutish, pubescent with long villous hairs. Stems 2 . :
_ €rect or ascending, 3-5 dm. tall, simple or ‘sparingly branched, ee

235

very villous; leaves lanceolate or narrowly-lanceolate, 1-3 dm.
long, acute or short-acuminate, ciliate, villous on both surfaces or
glabrate above, somewhat narrowed near the base; sheaths vil-
lous like the stem, 1-3 cm. long; involucre of I~2 bracts like the
leaves but smaller; flowers blue, 1.5-2 cm. broad; pedicels usu-
ally densely villous; sepals oblong or elliptic-oblong, 7-9 mm.
long, villous, acute or acutish ; capsules oblong, 4-5 mm. long,
glabrous; seeds oblong, 3 mm. long, tuberculate-ridged.

Upper districts and mountains of Georgia ; Chapman, two col-
lections.

Allied to Tradescantia montana, but readily distinguished by the

conspicuous villous pubescence.

10. TRADESCANTIA MONTANA Shuttl.
Tradescantia montana Shuttl. ; Britton, in Britton & Brown,

Ill. Fl. x: 377. 1896.

Perennial by a cluster of elongated roots, slender, nearly
glabrous, dark green. Stems usually solitary, erect, 3-7 dm. tall,
straight or nearly so, simple or sparingly branched above; leaves
narrowly lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, 1-3 dm. long, usually
minutely pubescent, or rarely glabrate, acuminate, flat; sheaths
1-2 cm. long, ciliate ; involucre of two lanceolate leaf-like bracts,
one of which is at least one-half smaller than the other; flowers
blue, small, 2-2.5 cm. broad; pedicels slender, I-1.2 cm. long ;
Sepals ovate or oblong,sometimes apparently lanceolate by the invo- ,
lute edges, 5—6 mm. long, pilose or villous, obtuse, hooded, often
minutely glandular; petals sub-orbicular or orbicular-ovate ; cap-
sule oblong or oval, 5~6 mm. long, glabrous, or pilose especially
above the middle; seeds oval-oblong, 3 mm. long, irregularly
tuberculate and coarsely granular. ie

Sandy hillsides in the Allegheny mountains from Virginia to :
North Carolina and South Carolina; ascends to 1200 meters in
North Carolina. June to August.

Virginia: Britton, Small; North Carolina: Rugel, Porter,

Small & Heller; South Carolina: Small. tae
Tradescantia montana appears to be strictly Alleghenian in its
distribution. It is more closely related to Tradescantia pilosa

than to any other species, but it is smaller throughout, with a
straight or almost straight stem, narrower and thinner leaves and

usually less pubescence.

Last July I found this plant abundantly on Paris mountain, ve :

near Greenville, South Carolina. It grew on the upper slopes and

236

top of the mountain, chiefly in thickets. The species is apparently
a late bloomer; although the season was far advanced the plants
had not produced any capsules.

11. TRADESCANTIA PILOSA J. G. C. Lehm.

Tradescantia pilosa J.G.C. Lehm. Nov. Act. Leop. 14: Part 2,
822. pl. 48. 1828. .

Tradescantia flexuosa Raf. Atl. Journ. 150, 1832.

Tradescantia axillaris Raf. New FI. Part 2,87. 1836.

Tradescantia axillaris var. flexuosa Raf. New Fl. Part 2, 87.
1836.

Tradescantia Virginica var. flexuosa S. Wats.; Wats & Coult.
in A. Gray, Man. Ed. 6: 539. 1890.

Perennial, stout, pilose and more or less puberulent, dull green;
stems erect or ascending, 4-8 dm. tall, flexuous, often puberulent,
or glabrate, leafy to the top, simple or sparingly branched ; leaves
lanceolate or sometimes rather narrowly lanceolate, 1-2.5 dm. long,
acuminate, dark green above, paler beneath; sheaths I-1.5 cm.
long, ciliate, inconspicuously ribbed; involucre of 2-3 bracts simi-
lar to the leaves, one about twice as long as the others; pedicels
normally slender, 1.5—2 cm. long, villous-pilose, or often glabrate;
flowers pale blue or deep blue, large, 2.5~-3 cm. broad, the cymes
usually crowded at maturity ; sepals ovate or oblong, about 7 mm.
long, apparently lanceolate by their involute edges, two strongly
hooded, the third not hooded, mostly villous-pilose; petals ovate-
orbicular, obtuse ; capsule globose-oblong, 5 mm. long, constricted
at the middle, pilose at the summit; seeds oblong or ovoid, 2-3
mm. long.

Thickets and shady hillsides, Ohio to Missouri, south to West
Virginia and Tennessee. Naturalized about Bartram’s Garden,
Philadelphia. May to August.

In size, habit and leaf form, especially in the breadth of the
leaves, this is our most conspicuous Zyadescantia; the lanceolate
leaves with their pilose pubescence, the normally flexuous stems
and the usually axillary flower-clusters readily separate it from all
other species. In range it is campestrian with Kentucky and
Tennessee as its center of distribution; it is unknown west of the
Mississippi river except in eastern Missouri.

257

Reinke’s Discussions of Lichenology.—IV,

By ALBERT SCHNEIDER:

IV. OUTLINES OF A COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY
OF THE LICHEN THALLUS.*

Numbers IV. and V. of Reinke’s papers treat of the same
subjects, that is the polyphylogeny, relationships and comparative
morphology of the genera. -

The author considers the system of Tuckerman as being the
nearest approach to a natural arrangement. Reinke’s system dif-
fers in that the relative position of tribes as well as of the families
and genera has been modified. While Tuckerman proceeded
from the higher to the lower, Reinke bases his system on the re-
verse arrangement. The author wishes to have it distinctly un-
derstood that the proposed system is by no means perfect; it is
Only an attempt at a natural arrangement of lichens based upon
the very deficient data obtained from the study of the phyloge-
netic history of these plants.

The profuse illustrations accompanying the papers represent
the Morphological characters of generic types. The illustrations
of sections of the thalli and apothecia are more or less semi-dia-
gTammatic, no attempt being made to give exact anatomical de-
tails, which is rather to be regretted in a work otherwise so com-
Plete. It seems also that the author has in many instances relied
wholly upon the observations of others.

V. THE NATURAL SYSTEM OF LICHENS.+

The author precedes the consideration of the arrangement of
lichen groups by a lengthy theoretical discussion of the phylo-
genetic relationship of the groups to each other and to fungi.
Much of it is a repetition of what had been stated in preceding
Papers. The same may be said of the general considerations of

the sub-classes, families and genera.
*Reinke, J. Skizzen zu einer vergleichenden Morphologie des Flechtenthallus. fas

_ Jahrbiicher fur wissenschaftliche Botanik, 28: 70-150, 359-486. Pk tle ee
tReinke, J. Das natiirliche Flechtensystem. Jabrbiicher fir wissenschalllche —

Botanik, 29: 171-236. 1896. — oo ee a es

238

The following is the arrangement proposed by Reinke. The
symbiotic algae and fungal affinities are deduced from a consid-

eration of previous papers.

The results plainly show that much

is yet to be done in the investigation of the lichen-algae and
in the study of the relationship of lichens to fungi.

I, CONIOCARPI.

(a) Caliciacet,
1. Mycocalicium.
2. Calicium.
3. Coniocybe.

(4) Acoliacet.
1. Acolium.
2. Pyrgillus.
3. Tylophoron.
4- Tholurna.
5. Acroscyphus.
6. Pleurocybe.

7. Sphaerophoron,

II. DISCOCARPI.
A. GRAMMOPHORL.
(2) Graphidacei.
1. Melaspilea.
2. Arthonia.
3. Lecanactis,
4. Placographa.
5. Platygrapha.
6. Pachnolepia.
7- Opegrapha.
8. Graphis,
g. Glyphis.
10. Chiodecton.
11. Schizopelte.
12. Dendrographa.
13. Dirina.
14. Rocella.
_ 15. Combea,
(4) Xylographacet,
1. Xylographa.
B. LECIDIALES.
(a) Gyalectacei,
1. Coenogonium,
2. Gyalecta,
3. Jonaspis.
(6) Lecideacet,
1, Lecidea.
2. Biatora.

5: Sphaerophoropsis.

. Toninia.

LICHENES.

Symbiotic Algae.

No algae.

Pleurococcus.
sé

Pleurococcus,
“

66
sé
te
sé
“

Chroolepus.
6

Protococcus,
Chroolepus,
ee. -

Pleurococcus.

Cladophora.
Protococcus.
Chroolepus,

Chroolepus,

Pleurococeus.

“
“

Protococcus.
Gloeocystis.

Approximate fungal affini-
ties.

Fatellariacet.

(Protocaliciacet.)

Fatellariacet.
(Protocaliciacet.)

Hysteriacet,
Mycomelaspilea.
Mycarthonia.
Patinella.
Mycoplacographa.

Hysterium.

fHysteriacet,

Patellariacet.
( Stictideae.)

Patellariacei.
Patinella,

Mycobacidea.

7. Bombylospora.

8. Lopadium.
(¢) Umbilicariacet.

1. Psora.

2. Umbilicaria.
(2) Cladoniacei.
Icmadophila.
Pilophoron.
Stereocaulon.
Argopsis.
Pycnothelia.
Baeomyces,
Cladonia.
Glossodium.

Cie ere

10. Sphyridium.
11. Gymnoderma.
12, Gomphillus.

€. PARMELIALES.

(2) Urceolariacet.
1. Conotrema.
2. Ascidium.
3. Gyrostomum.
4. Thelotrema.
5. Polystroma.
6. Belonia.
7. Urceolaria,
(6) Pertusariacet.
1. Megalospora.
2. Ochrolechia. °
3. Pertusaria.
4. Varicellaria.
5. Phlyctis.
(c) Parmeliacei.
. Lecanora.
. Parmelia.
Cetraria.
Dactylina.
Evernia.
Usnea.
. Cornicularia.
. Alectoria.
. Heterodea.
Ramalina.
(2) Physciacei.
1. Buellia.
2. Rinodina.
3. Pyxine.
4. Physcia.

5. Anaptychia.
(¢) Theloschistacet.
1. Callopisma.

2. Candelaria.

3- Placodium.

4. Xanthoria.

5. Theloschistes.
{fy Acarosporacet,
1. Biatoridium.

SO ONION AW NH

Thysanothecium.

239

Protococcus.

Protococcus.

Chroolepus.
“ce

ee
“

Protococcus.

Protococcus.

Pleurococcus.

Protococcus.
“

Protococcus.

“
+“

Patellariacei,

Patellariacet.

Stictideae.

Patellariacet.

Patellariacei.

Patellaricei.

Lomener

psc
Karschia ?

D. CYANOPHILI. .

(2) Lichinacei.
1. Calothricopsis.
2. Lichina,
(6) Ephebacet.
1. Thermutis.
2. Pterigiopsis.
3. Ephebe.
4. Spilonema,
5. Lichenosphaeria.
(¢) Pannariacei.
. Parmeliella,
. Placynthium,
. Polychidium,

. Leptogidium.
. Pannaria,
Heppia.

. Heterina.

. Coccocarpia.
to, Hydrothyria.
11, Erioderma,
12, Psoroma.

I 13: Lepidocollema.
4. Leprocollema.

(@y ‘Stictacei,

1. Massalongia.
2. Stictina,

CO OM OU Pw DH

(¢) Peltigeracet.
1. Peltigera.
2. Peltidea.
3. Nephromium.
4. Nephroma.
5. Solorinina.
. Solorina.
7. Solorinella.
(/) Collemaceit.
1. Lecidocollema.
2. Pyrenocollema,
3. Collema.

4. Leptogium.
(g) Omphalariacei.
1. Cryptothele.

2. Pyrenopsis.

3- Synalissa,

4. Peceania.

5- Phylliscidium,

6. Paullia.

7. Omphalaria.

8. Anema.

9. Psorotichia.

1o, Euchylium,

11, Collemopsidium.
12. Pyrenopsidium.
13. Phylliscum,

III. PyRENOcARPI.

(@) Verrucariacei.
1. Verrucaria.
2. Strigula.

Leptodendriscum.

240

Rivularia.
it %

Scytonema.

Stigonema.

“
ity

Nostoc.
Scytonema.
“

“

“
Protococcus.
Scytonema.

‘Protococcus,

Nostoc.

Nostoc.

6

Protococcus.

“ce

Protococcus.
“
Nostoc.
Protococcus.
Nostoc.
Protococcus.

Nostoc.

“es

Fatellariacet.
Patinella ?

Fatellariacei.
Patinella.

Fatellariacei..

Fatellariacei.

Fatellariacei..

Fatellariacet.

fatellariacet.

Sphaeriaceae.

241

3. Endopyrenium, Chroolepus.
4. Endocarpon, -
5. Pyrenothamnia, “

LICHENES IMPERFECTI.

1. Thamnolia. Protococcus.
2. Siphula, etc.

The following diagrams show the probable phylogenetic rela-
tionships of the genera of some of the families. The remaining
families are not sufficiently well understood to indicate this rela-
tionship.

Pleurocybe Sphaerophoron

Coniophyllum Acrocyphus Tholurna

Pyrgillus —_——Acolium__Tylophoron

[Mycacolium ]
Acoliacet.

Argopsis

Cladonia Stereocaulon Thysanothecium

Ws

Dactylina as Alectoria.
Ramalina Cornicularia
Heterodea Parmelia
Lecanora
[ Biatora ]
Parmeliacet
Nephroma — us : Solorinina Solorina
Solorinella
Peltidea noe
[ Hydrothyria]
Peltigeracet
Coccocarpia Erioderma
Leptogidium Stictacet
Psoroma
Leptodendriscum
Polychidium Heppia Pannaria Lepidocollema
Placynthium [ Parmeliella]—Leprocollema

243

Omphalaria
rele Collemopsidium
P :
ec - Anema Enchylium
a Phylliscidium Psorotichia Phylliscum
Synalissa Pyrenopsidium

Pyrenopsis
[Cryptothele]
Omphalariacet

Rarieties from Montana.—ll.
By P. A. RYDBERG.

(Plates 304-3°7-)

Potyconum Austinaz Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. 2: 212. 1885.*

This little interesting Polygonum
one of the highest peaks of the Crazy
1896, at an altitude of 8000 feet.

Potyconum ENGELMANNU Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. 1: 126. 1884.

This has hitherto only been collected

- of Colorado. It is not uncommon in centr
tude of 6000 feet or more. Cottonwood Creek, July 3% 1896,

® This and the meat ave been cuterminetl by J- Smal een

was collected on the side of i
Mountains, September ats

244

Flodman, no. 400. Sweet Grass Caiion, Crazy Mountains, Sep-
tember 8th, no. 399.

SILENE REPENS Patrin, in Pers. Syn. 1: 500. 1805.

This Siberian species has been collected in Montana at the
following stations: Spanish Basin, July 11, 1896, Flodman, no.
412; Mystic Lake, Bozeman Cajfion, July 24, 1895, Rydberg, no.
2635. As far as I can find, there is no reference in print regard-
ing its occurrence in America. Dr. B. L. Robinson, to whom the
specimens were sent for identification and who has determined it
as well as the next following species, writes:

‘‘Your specimens of S. repens are very interesting. I have
seen specimens from Alaska, but never before from other parts of
North America. I have no doubt, however, of the identity of
your plants with the real Asiatic plant, having just made careful
dissections of the two alongside of each other. However, the
matter of distribution is not so surprising after the discovery of
Stellaria dichotoma in Montana some years ago.”

‘ ALSINE CALYCANTHA (Ledeb.)
Arenaria calycantha Ledeb. Mem. Acad. St. Petersb. 5: 534-
1812.
Siellaria calycantha Bong. Veg. Ins. Sitcha, 127. 1831.
This species was collected in a damp place just below a little
patch of snow near the top of Yogo Baldy in the Little Belt
Mountains, August 24, 1896, Flodman, no. 432.

ALSINE LONGIPES Epwarpsir R. Br.

Stellana Edwardsii R. Br., Parry’s tst Voy. 271.
This is, I think, the first time this variety is reported from
within the United States. Only a few specimens were collected,

at an altitude of 8000 feet on Spanish Peaks, July 14, 1896, Flod-
man, no. 429. sh

’ ARENARIA SUBCONGESTA (Wats.)
Arenaria Fendleri subcongesta Wats. Bot. King’s Exp. 40. 1871. .
A. congesta subcongesta Wats, Bot. Cal. 1: 69. 1876.

Arenaria congesta subcongesta as generally understood, I think, S
contains more than one distinct type; at least, that is the cas¢ —

245

with the material in the Columbia herbarium. The form repre-
sented by Watson’s original from the King Expedition and the
common plant of Montana, I think, is perfectly distinct from both
A. Fendleri and A. congesta, and the relationship is rather with A.
capillaris. Depauperate specimens of A. sydcongesta resemble
strikingly A. capillaris nardifolia. \t differs, however, in the scarious
bracts and the more acute sepals, which are nearly as broad as in
A. capillaris. It surprises me that it ever could have been made a
variety of A. Fendleri, which has very narrowly lanceolate atten-
uate sepals. I do not.see any reason for uniting it with A. congesta,
which has lanceolate, decidedly carinate sepals and headlike in-
florescence, while in A. subcongesta the sepals are ovate rather than
lanceolate, are not carinate, but three-nerved, and the inflores-
cence is open. As stated before, it comes in every respect nearer
to A. capillaris, but I think it has just as good right to specific
rank as any of the species mentioned.

A. subcongesta is common in central ‘and southwestern Mon-
tana. F lodmapn, nos. 433 to 438, Rydberg, 2642, etc.

AQUILEGIA JonEsii Parry, Am. Nat. 8: 211. 1874.

This rare little columbine was collected in fruit on a mountain
top near the Neihart Pass in the Little Belt Mountains, August
10, 1896, Flodman, no. 451.

ATRAGENE TENUILOBA (Gray) Britton, Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 206. 1895.
| Clematis alpina var. occidentalis subvar. tenuiloba A. Gray in
Newton & Jenney, Rep. Geol. Black Hills, 531. 1880.

Clematis Pseudoatragene var. subtriternata Kuntze, Verh. Bot.
Ver. Prov. Brand. 26: 160. 1884.

This species has been reported hitherto only from the Black
Hills and Colorado Mountains. In the Little Belt Mountains near
Neihart Pass, at an altitude of 7000 ft., Aug. 10, 1896, Flodman
No. 467; also near Helena in 1895, Rydberg, no. 2652.

Ranuncutus Sasint R. Br.in Parry's 1st Voy. App. 264.
Specimens collected near the snow on Long Baldy, altitude

8000 ft. in the Little Belt Mountains, agree fully with the as is »

_ tion of R. Brown's species. It is not to be meee to ®. ode

246

macus, neither does Brown’s description, especially that of the
flower, agree with that species. Flodman, no. 469.

RanuncuLus SuxsporFu Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 21: 371.

The range of this species is much extended eastward by its
discovery on the Spanish Peaks at an altitude of 8000 ft., July 14,
1896, Flodman, no. 471.

’ RANUNCULUS SUBAFFINIS (Gray).

R. Arizonicus subaffinis Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 21: 370. 1886.

R. subsagittatus subaffinis Greene, Pittonia, 2: 110. 1890.

The author agrees fully with Prof. Greene that both the varie-
ties of R. Arizonicus ought to be removed from that species, but is
inclined to believe that suésaffinis is specifically distinct from
subsagittatus. I have seen Prof. Greene's specimens from the San
Francisco Mountains, as well as others collected by Dr. Mearns and
by Mr. Wooton in the same region; Flodman’s no. 472, from the
Bridger Mountains, July 28, 1896, agrees in every respect with them.

’ CARDAMINE UNIJUGA n. sp.

Stem from a very slender rootstock, slender, glabrous, simple,
Strict, 2~3 dm. high; basal leaves simple, about %4 cm. in diame-
ter, broadly cordate or reniform in outline, round-sinuately 3-
lobed; lower stem leaves with a pair of oblong leaflets below the
terminal one, which resembles the basal leaves or is a little more
rhomboid in outline; upper leaves similar but with all the leaflets
oblong; raceme slender and narrow; flowers about 2 mm. in
length, white; sepals ovate, obtuse; fruiting pedicels about 1 dm.
long, nearly erect; silique erect, 15-18 mm. long and about 1 mm.
wide, with a short thick style and 8-12 seeds. (Plate 304.)

The inflorescence and the silique much resemble those of C-
oligosperma, but the plant is more slender and simple and the
leaves in all specimens seen have only one pair of leaflets and the
basal ones are simple, while in C. oligosperma the basal and lower
stem leaves have 3-5 pairs. Spanish Basin, July 18, 1896, Flod- —
man, no. 494.

CaARDAMINE Leteerait Holz. Cont. U.S. Nat. Herb. 3: 212. 1895-

This species was rediscovered by myself in 1895, but only a
few specimens were preserved. It was growing in canons at two

247

aimee stations, viz., near Lima, in Beaverhead County,
" 8 — in Bozeman Cafion in Gallatin County, no. 2664.
te net a depauperate C. Breweri, but differs in the much

more angular toothed leaves. The latter species is
very common in Montana.

-
ESQUERELLA ALPINA (Nutt.) Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 23:° 254
1888.

Vesicaria alpina Nutt; T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 102. 1838.
erie L. alpina has been found by me at the following sta-
i as ma, no. 2666; Melrose, no. 2667, both in 1895. Most

specimens named L. alpina in the herbaria belong to Z.
spathulata Rydberg.

Drapa venstroura Nutt; Torr. & Gray, Fl.N. Am. 1: 104. 1838.

D. glacialis var. pectinata Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 23: 260.
es a very doubtful if this is a variety of D. g/acialis. The more
ed habit, the more flattened, more hairy and few- (4-6) seeded
we may well give it the rank of a species. Under all circum-
RN the name densifolia is much older than Watson’s name and
a fe be suppressed. Mr. Flodman’s specimens from the
| Mountains, Aug. 10, 1895, no. 499, are nearly identi-
with Nuttall’s type in the Torrey herbarium. It was also col-
: ected by the author at Silver Bow in 1895, no. 2669.

Drasa ovicosperma Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 51. 1830.
This has been merged into D. g/acialis, and yet has still more
night to a specific rank. It has a very slender flowering and
fruiting stem, much smaller leaves, and a pod that is not half the
Size and with only 2-4 seeds. It was collected growing with the
Preceding. Flodman, no. 488. Also collected by the author

©n a mountain near Lima in 1895, no. 2668.

THEROFON HEUCHERAEFORME.

Saszifraga Jamesti Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 47. 1833. Not Torr.
Caespitese- with a thick scaly caudex, glandular-hirsute, 1-2
m. high; basal leaves round-reniform, deeply and often doubly
crenate, on petioles about % dm. long; raceme simple or some-
what compound; calyx campanulate or turbinate,

tinged with =

purple ; sepals ovate, erect ; petals obovate-oblanceolate or oblong- : o ae

248

spatulate, dark violet, about equalling the sepals; stamens 10;
styles free. (Plate 305, fig. 3.)

This has generally been confused with 7. James, which it much
resembles in habit. The main characters that distinguish the two
are: in 7. heucheraeforme the petals are dark bluish violet, scarcely
exceeding the sepals and comparatively narrow, and the styles
free (see plate 305, fig. 3); in 7: Jamesi the petals are reddish
purple, orbicular on a long claw, and often twice as long as the
sepals, and the styles are united to near the top (see fig. 4). Both
have 10 stamens, and differ in that respect as well as in habit
from the other species of 7kerofon. In habit they much more re-
semble Heuchera. They may constitute a fairly good genus; but
the arctic 7: Richardsonii seems to connect them with the other
species with 5 stamens, small white flowers and diffuse panicles.

T. heucheraeforme extends from the Black Hills of South Da-
kota to the Teton range of Wyoming and northward. The follow-
ing specimens from Montana have been seen: Flodman, no. 514,
July 28, 1896, from Bridger Mountains ; P. A. Rydberg, no. 2677,
July 23, 1895, from Bozeman Cafion; Frank Tweedy, no. 255,
1887, from East Boulder. 7. Jamesi (Torr.) Wheelock, is as far
as I know, confined to the alpine peaks of Colorado.

\ MITELLA VIOLACEA n. sp.

Stem from a perennial rootstock, slender, about 3 dm. high,
leafless, finely puberulent and with a few long silky hairs. Basal
leaves on petioles 5—10 cm, long, the blade and petiole sparingly
hispid, broadly cordate in outline, slightly 5—-7-lobed with rounded
finely crenate lobes; raceme very short with small nearly sessile
flowers ; flowers about 2 mm. in diameter ; sepals ovate, rather ob-
tuse, very thin and petal-like, veined and tinged with violet; petals

oblanceolate, entire or slightly 3-cleft, a little exceeding the sepals
(Plate 305, figs. 1-2).

In the form of the flower this stands nearest to JZ. adwwersifolia
Greene. The sepals and petals are of the same size and form,
but the former are generally tinged with violet and the latter less
deeply 3-toothed, or entire. The leavesare broader and rounder
in outline, the lobes shallower and rounder and evidently crenate.
In other words the leaves are almost identical with those of J.
pentandra Hook,, from which the plant is easily distinguished by _
the small, nearly sessile flowers and the form of the petals. With _

249

M. trifida, which also has 3-cleft petals, it can scarcely be con-
fused, as that species has reniform leaves, larger flowers, and the
segments of the petals are filiform.

Type: J. H. Flodman, no. 527, Spanish Basin in the Madi-
son Range, Montana, July, 11, 1896, altitude 6000 ft.

POTENTILLA CANDIDA Rydberg, Bull. Torr. Club, 24: 6. 1896.
A few specimens of this species were collected by me in 1895,
at Deer Lodge, no. 2688, and at Lima, no. 2687.

POTENTILLA CONVALLARIA N. Sp.

_ Stem tall, erect, 4~10 dm. high, long-villous but not very dyensel _
So, glandular or viscid, especially above, branched above with
long erect branches. Stipules ovate or lanceolate, more or less
toothed, about I cm. long; basal leaves several, with villous
petioles 5-10 cm. long, pinnate of 4-5 pairs, glabrate or slightly
pubescent ; leaflets 2-5 cm. long, broadly obovate and obtuse,
Coarsely serrate and incised with ovate teeth; stem leaves with
fewer more acutish leaflets ; cyme with rather elongated upright
branches, but with short pedicels, and therefore rather elongated
and narrow; flowers 10-18 mm. in diameter; calyx densely
glandular-viscid, villous, not much enlarged in fruit, 8-10 mm. in
diameter ; petals broadly obovate, white, in drying turning yellow,
a little longer than the sepals; bractlets lanceolate, much smaller
than the ovate-lanceolate sepals; stamens about 25, anthers flat,
slightly cordate at the base. (Plate 306.)

This species resembles P. arguta, but is more slender. The
branches of the cyme are rather elongated, the calyx smaller, the
Stamens fewer and the leaflets rounder and nearly glabrous.
The leaves most resemble those of P. glutinosa, from which the
Plant differs mostly in its smaller and white petals and in the nar-
Tow cyme. It has been labelled Potentilla arguta whenever col-
lected. It is apparently a rather rare plant, representing that
Species in the valleys of the northern Rockies. The following
specimens have been examined:

Montana: Rydberg and J. H. Flodman, no. 602, in the Elk
Mountains ; no. 603 in the Spanish Basin; no. 604 (type) near
Bozeman; no. 605 in the Bridger Mountains, all in 1896. F. L.—
Scribner, no. 42, 1883. :

Washington: Wilkes Exp. no. 817; C. V. Piper, no. 1528, —

Assiniboia: J. Macoun, no. 41, 1880.(?) hes

250

Idaho: A. A. & Gertrude Heller, no. 3230, 1896.

Wyomng: T. H. Burglehaus, 1894; E. Stevenson, no. 72,
1894.

Alverta(?): Macoun, no. 623, 1885 (Kananaskis).

POTENTILLA PSEUDORUPESTRIS Nn. sp.

(?) Potentilla rupestris Presl, Epim. Bot. 198. 1849. Not L.

Potentilla glandulosa Nevadensis Wats. Bot. Cal. 1: 178. In
part. 1876. Not P. Nevadensis Boiss. :

Stem erect, slender, striate, 2~5 dm. high, branched, with slen-
der ascending branches, sparingly glandular-villous. Stipules
ovate, more or less toothed. Basal leaves several on rather short
petioles, pinnate with 3-4 pairs, sparingly and finely pubescent or
glabrate; terminal leaflet obovate-cuneate-flabelliform, the lat-
eral ones obliquely elliptical or nearly orbicular, all coarsely ser-
rate and incised with ovate mucronulate teeth; stem leaves gen-
erally few, 2-paired or ternate with more rhomboid leaflets ; cyme
open, with ascending branches and slender pedicels; flowers
15-20 mm. in diameter; calyx more or less glandular-viscid, vil-
lous, in fruit not much enlarged, 8-1o mm. in diameter; petals
white, drying yellowish, broadly obovate, exceeding the sepals by
¥% ; bractlets oblong or lanceolate, much shorter than the ovate
lanceolate pointed sepals; stamens about 25; anthers flat, a lit-
tle cordate at the base. (Plate 307.)

This species is exceedingly similar to the European P. rupestr7s,
from which it differs only in the smoother leaves and the longer
pubescence of the stem. It differs from the other white-flowered
American species in the open cyme, the slender pedicels and the
larger petals, which nearly equal in size those of fissa and glutinosa.
It grows in the mountains at an altitude of 2000 to 3000 m. The
form growing at lower elevations is more leafy, with larger
and glabrate leaflets and less viscid stem; this I took for
P. lactea Greene, but Professor Greene has assured me that it is
not that plant. In alpine regions it is more glandular viscid and
with smaller leaflets. The following specimens have been eX-
amined:

Montana: Rydberg and J. H. Flodman, Long Baldy, Little Belt
Mountains, no. 598 (type); Yogo Baldy, no. 499: Spanish Basin,
nos. 597 and 600; Little Belt Mountains, no. 601 (altitudes, 6-8000
feet); R. S. Williams, no. 754, 1888.

Idaho: B. W. Evermann, no. 363, 1895; J. H. Sandberg, no.
164, 1888; J. B. Leiberg, 1890.

251

Calfornia: W. H. Brewer, no. 1714, 1863; Kellogg & Har-
ford, no. 211, 1868-9.

Washington: W.H. Suksdorf, 1885.

Yellowstone National Park: T. H. Burglehaus, 1893.

Rocky Mountains of British America: Dawson, nos. 7471,
7870, 18734, 1430, 1881; J. Macoun, no. 10474, 1895.

SPIRAEA DENSIFLORA N utt.; T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 414. 1840. Under
S. detulacfolia.

S. chamaedrifolia @ Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beechy,123. 1841.

S. betulacfolia rosea in herb., not Gray.

This seems to be well distinct from S. lucida, which is common
in the same region. The latter grows mostly in open places,
while 5S. densiffora is found only in the deeper woods. Bridger
Mountains, Flodman, no. 543, and Little Belt Mountains, no.
544. The following specimens also are in the Columbia Her-
barium: Nuttall (type) Rocky Mountains of Columbia; Beechey’s
Voyage, Kotzebue’s Sound; J. M. Macoun, British Columbia,
1890.

’ HEDYSARUM SULPHURESCENS.

HZ, flavescens Coulter & Fisher, Bot. Gaz. 18: 300. 1893. Not
Regel & Schmalh.

This was collected by J. H. Flodman in 1896 in the Spanish
Basin, no. 650, and in the Bridger Mountains, no. 651, and by
the author in 1895 near Bozeman, no. 2720.

Trirotium Haypenu Porter in Hayden’s Surv. 1871: 480. 1871.

This was referred to 7: Kingii by Watson, but has nothing to
do with it. It is rather common in certain localities of central
and southwestern Montana. Flodman, no. 623, from the Bridger
Mountains, and no. 624, from the Spanish Peaks; Frank Tweedy,
Park Co., Montana, 1887, and in the Yellowstone Nat. Park, 1884.
Also collected by the author and T. A. Williams in the Spanish
Basin. :

* VACCINIUM MICROPHYLLUM (Hook.)

V. Myrtillus var. microphyllum Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 33:

I 834. /
In my opinion this is just as good a species as any, differing from

252

V. Myrtillus in the bright green branches, the small leaves, which
are more pointed and scarcely half the size of those of that species,
in the smaller nearly sessile flowers and the small bright red ber-
ries, which become dark purple only when fully ripe, never bluish
black as in V. Myrtillus. It is common in Montana and was col-
lected by Flodman in the Spanish Basin, no. 712.

GENTIANA CALYCOSA MONTICOLA.
G. calycosa stricta Griseb. Gen. & ae Gent. 292. 1839. Not
G. stricta Willd., nor Klotzsch.
This beautiful little gentian was collected on the top of Yogo

Baldy in the Little Belt Mountains, Aug. 24, 1896, Flodman,
no. 726.

PoLEMONIUM viscosuM Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phil. (IL) 1: 154.
1847. Not Gray.

In describing P. viscosum, Gray* states that it has rounded
calyx-lobes, and gives as reference: Pl. Gamb. 154 mainly, ex-
cluding what relates to the “ elongated lanceolate segments of the
calyx.” The Plantae Gambellii were published in the Journal
above cited. Nuttall describes there the calyx-segments as being
elongated lanceolate, both in the Latin description and in the gen-
eral notes written in English. In order to settle the matter I have
written to the Curator of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences,
Mr. Stewardson Brown, who has kindly loaned me Nuttall’s type.
This is not a very good specimen, is past blooming, but it is satis-
factory for my purpose. It shows that the inflorescence was sub-
capitate or subspicate and that the calyx-segments were elongated
lanceolate. On the same sheet as Nuttall’s type there is another
specimen collected by T.S. Brandegee in the state of Washington;
under the two specimens is penciled in the handwriting of the late
Mr. Redfield the following remarks: «These all seem quite differ-
ent from P. co.fertum in the flowers and mode of flowering. Yet I
cannot fit them to Gray’s description of what he regards as Nutt-
all’s P. viscosum.”

From the more complete material I have at hand, viz.: speci-

mens collected by J. H. Flodman, no. 742, Fiori eek 19, 1896,0n

* Syn. Fl, 2: part 1, 150.

253

the top of Long Baldy, Little Belt Mountains, and by Frank
Tweedy, 1887, in Park County, Montana, I can easily see that P.
viscosum Nutt. is a near relative to P. confertum Gray. It has the
Same general habit and inflorescence. The corolla is, however,
shorter, more open-funnelform and dark blue and the segments of
the leaves are much smaller and rounder. The plant is very
strong scented.

What Dr. Gray regarded as P. viscosum, I think I know, as
there is a specimen in the Torrey herbarium, received from Dr.
Gray and labelled in his handwriting. This specimen agrees also
fully with Dr. Gray’s description. It should be known under the
name

POLEMONIUM PARVIFOLIUM Nutt. mss.

P. Mexicanum Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phil. 7: 41. 1834. Not
Cerv.

P. viscosum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 280. Not Nutt.

I have also examined Nuttall’s type of P. Mexicanum col-
lected by Wyeth, on the Flathead River. It differs from Gray’s
P. viscosum in no respect except that the calyx-lobes are a little
longer. Nuttall himself has changed the name on the label to
Parvifolium probably because he had found that the name P. JZexi-
canum had been used before. ‘That Gray had seen this specimen
can be seen from a postal card from him, pasted on the same
sheet, dated January 6, 1880, and on this, he states that he re-
Sarded it as being near P. pumilum var. pulchellum, and adds: “ If I
had to do it over, I would add a var. parvifolium to it.” As P.
Mexicanum and P. parvifolium are both based on the same speci-
mens it is strange to find that Dr. Gray in 1886,* makes the fol- —
lowing remark under P. foliosissimum. “To this probably belongs
P. Mexicanum Nutt. Journ. Acad. Philad. 7 : 41, from the northern

Rocky Mountains.” It is evident that the Nuttallian specimens oe

of P. Mexicanum both in the Philadelphia and the Torrey herbaria
belong to the same species as Gray’s P. viscosum, which is a very
near relative of P. pulchellum, at least as that species is under-
stood in America, differing mainly in the smaller flowers. Flod-

man, Spanish Basin, nos. 739 and 740. 1896. oe

*Syn. Fl. 2: part 1, Suppl. 412.

254

Notes on two Species of Alternaria.
By L. R. Jones anD A, J. GROUT,

(Plate 308.)

During the summer of 1896 we were engaged at the University
of Vermont in the study of certain plant diseases, particularly
the early blight of potatoes. The economic results of the work
have beeri fully treated: by Professor Jones in the Ninth Annual
Report of the Vermont Agricultural Experiment Station of 1895,
issued in December, 1896.

The present article aims to deal more fully with the taxonomic
results of the work than was possible in the article cited above.
Careful cultures, which were begun by Mr. C. C. Tracy the win-
ter before, were carried on for several months and established be-
yond a doubt that two entirely distinct species of A/¢ernaria were
found on the cultivated potato; and a study of material from
many different localities has also shown that these two species
have not been distinguished by most students of the early blight,
but have both passed under the name of Macrosporium Solani E. &
M. Even Dr. Paul Sorauer (Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzen Krankheiten,
6: Heft I.,) failed to distinguish the two species, although
he made cultures from diseased leaves bearing both fungi, as is
clearly indicated by his figures and the fact that both species
were raised from potato leaves sent Professor Jones by Dr.
Sorauer.

The significance of this separation of the two species lies _
in the fact that one of the species is an active parasite causing the
destructive early blight of the potato, while the other is in no way
parasitic but a saprophyte growing on most decaying vegetable
matter of every sort, being easily compared in this respect to the
omnipresent Cladosporium herbarum. The true Macrosporium So-
Jani E. & M.,is the parasitic species. It is very destructive to the
leaves of the potato early in the season before Phytophthora i-
festans begins to affect them. It forms peculiar “ target boards” .
markings on the leaves as shown in this figure.

In the central portions of these spots the characteristic spores
may usually be found. We have seen whole fields with foliage so

<

tiddled with these « target boards” that the growth of the crop
was stopped and the plants practically killed, showing only a little
sreen at the top of the stems. The parasitism of this species was
fully proved by experiments which are described in detail in the
report above mentioned. | : re
To state the case in a word, healthy plants under normal out- eS
of-door conditions were successfully inoculated with ‘spores from a
Pure culture made in the University of Vermont Laboratory. _

256

Usually he spores of this species are borne singly, but in one
particularly luxuriant pure culture they were found in chains as
is here shown. This places the species in the genus A/fernana.

The other species, which ought to be known by the name
Alternaria fasciculata, for reasons given below, is found abundantly
_on the dead leaves of the potato, but all attempts at inoculation
of living tissues failed to produce any infection, even under the
most favorable green house conditions.

During the same summer studies of fungus diseases of the
onion were undertaken and on some of the dead onion leaves a fun-
gus was found which so closely resembled A/ternaria fasciculata as
to be indistinguishable from it. Spores of Alternaria fasciculata
from a pure culture from potato leaves were sown on dead onion
leaves still attached to a living plant. A rank growth of mycelium
bearing the characteristic A/ternaria spores soon appeared on the
inoculated spots, but none elsewhere. This experiment thor-
oughly demonstrated the undiscriminating nature of the plant,
for a fungus which will grow on dead leaves of onions and of
potatoes can scarcely be restricted to any group or groups of
plants.

When later on in the summer the study of the tomato rot was
taken up, it was found that the fungus which causes the black
patches on the rotting fruit was an A/fernaria not distinguishable

from the one on the onion and the potato. It was further proved _

that this fungus did not cause the rot, for green tomatoes inocu-

257

lated with spores from a pure culture from the tomato remained
for ten days in a moist chamber until they ripened without show-
ing signs of the rot, and cultures made from tomatoes just begin-
ning to rot would not yield the Al/ternaria. Alternaria Jasciculata
was found on the dead leaves of beans, cabbage, Lathyrus palustris,
on hulls of oats and dead stems of buckwheat; also on dead leaves
of corn where it equals Macrosporium maydis E. & E., on paste-
board, equalling JZ. chartarum Pk., on ripe pods of radish, equal-
ling MW. fasciculatum E. & E.

Doubtless, further investigations will identify many other
Macrosporium species with this omnipresent saprophyte, and
doubtless an older name than the one given above will be given
to it.

ALTERNARIA Sorant (E. & M.) Sorauer, Zeit. Pfl. Krankh. 6: 6.
1896.

Macrosporiuim Solani E. & M. Am. Nat. 16: 1003. 1882.

Conidiophores dark brown, erect or ascending, somewhat
curved, septate, 50-90 by 8-gy; conidia obclavate, brown, 145-
370 by 16-18y, terminating in a very long hyaline septate beak, —
€qualling fully 14 length of spore, body of spore with 5-10 trans-
verse septa, longitudinal septa few or lacking.

Forming characteristic target-board markings on leaves of

Solanum tuberosum ; sporulating sparsely in pure cultures. (PI. 308,
figs. 1, 2, 3.)
ALTERNARIA FASCICULATA (C. & E.)

Macrosporium chartarum Pk. 25th N. Y. Report. 93. 1873.

Not Preuss. 1848. S
Macrosporium fasciculatum C. & E. Grevillea, 6: 6. pl. 96.

1877.
Macrosporium Maydis C. & E. 1. c. 87.
Macrosporium tomato Cooke, Grevillea, 12: 32. 1883-84.
Conidiophores brown, erect or ascending, irregularly curved,
solitary or caespitose, septate, diameter uniform, 40-1 30 long by
34 wide; conidia dark brown, oblong-ovate, a
9-14» wide by 35-90» long, endochrome transversely 2~7-septate, =
With usually several longitudinal septa, the apical cell short or
elongated into a straight somewhat hyaline beak. es
Fruiting freely in pure cultures. On dead leaves and decaying.

vegetable matter of all kinds. (Pl. 308, figs. 4, 5, 6) ‘ : oe

minutely apiculate, __

258

The spores vary a great deal according to the stage of develop-
ment, as seen in the figures, which accounts for the discrepencies
in the descriptions.

There has been no opportunity of comparing this species with
Alternaria chartarum Preuss; (Sacc. Syll. 4: 546,) consequently
the above binomial has been used.

Careful comparisons have been made with Ellis & Everhart’s

- Fungi Columb. 396, Macrosporium chartarum and 399, M. fascicu-
latum.

Two new Bolivian Ferns of the Miguel Bang Collection,

By B. D. GILBErr.

There are about fifty species of ferns belonging to the Miguel
Bang collection yet to be published. All of them, however, be-
long to well established and recognized species except the two
described below. The only other genus of the collection contain-
ing especially desirable species is Acrostichum, which is particu-
larly strong; and while the specimens do not always contain
fruited fronds, they are of such a character that little doubt can
be entertained in regard to the identity of the species.

The new species and variety are as follows:

BLECHNUM NIGRO-SQUAMATUM nf. sp.

Stipes 1 ft. long, stout, 1% in. diameter, furrowed, thickly
clothed for 6 in. from base with narrow lanceolate acuminate black
scales 1%4—34 in. long ; rachis strong, stramineous, naked, deeply
channeled on upper side, with a wing on each edge in upper 34
of frond connecting the pinnae; frond 4-414 ft. long, 1 ft. broad
in center, fully pinnate in lower quarter, tapering rather abruptly
upward and moderately downward; pinnae numerous, 6-7 in.
long in middle of frond, %4~—5¢ in. wide, dilated on both sides at
base and slightly connected except in lower quarter; lower pin-
nae 2 in. apart, reduced to 2 in. long, but broader in comparison,
blunt but not rounded at tip, mid-pinnae about same. width
throughout until within 1-14, in. from tip, where they decrease
and become acute; edge finely serrate and wavy; texture cori-
aceous, both surfaces naked; costae stramineous, conspicuous ;
veins distinct, simple and occasionally forked ; sori extending
from near the base of costa on each side, to about 1 in. from tip

259

of pinna, sorus on upper side of costa shortest at the base; in-
dusium broad, conspicuous, dark brown.

This species is intermediate between B. nitidum Presl. and B.
Finlaysonianum Wall. It differs from B. nitidum by its much
larger size, longer stipes thickly clothed with black scales, reduced
lower pinnae and fully pinnate character. It resembles B. witidum
in general cutting of frond, in having undulato-dentate pinnae and
a conspicuous indusium. It comes nearest B. Finlaysonianum in
size, but differs in color and vestiture of stipes, narrower pinnae
which are connected in upper part of frond, serrate edges and less
reduced lower pinnae.

Growing in running water, Colapampa. Collected July 4,
1894 (2314). , |
DRYOPTERIS VILLOSA INAEQUALIS Nn. var.

_ Frond 1-1% ft. long, tripinnatifid, pinnae on one side 6-10
in. long, 2-31/ in. wide; on the other side 3-5 in. long, 34-114 in.
wide; stipes and rachis very scaly to within 6,in. of tip of frond;
Sori small, indusium inconspicuous. ;

This differs from the type by its much smaller size, by its very
unequal pinnae on the two sides of the rachis, by having nearly
the entire stipes and rachis scaly as well as pubescent, the sori
few in number and smaller and the indusium much less prominent.
Had there been but one frond of the Dryopteris, it might possibly
have been looked upon as an abnormal form of D. villosa; but
there were two separate fronds, both of them identical in character,
and it seems quite certain that they may be regarded asa true
Variation from the original type. Uchimachi, Yungas, August
22, 1894. Growing in wet mould, forest-shade (2394).

Three new Ferns from Jamaica.
By B. D. GILBERT.

ASPLENIUM BIANTHEMUM DP. SP.
. . late dull
Caudex very small, crowned with short ovate lanceo t
brown or almost black scales; stipes 4 to I i. ar pci!
pubescent; rachis green-margined throughout, cutee rid % to
the frond and proliferous at summit ; fr ond 3 has nso Mag size |
34 in. wide in middle of frond, pinnae gradually dec sg ren pei

260

each way but not so small at base as at tip of frond; pinnae 12 to
18 on side alternate stalked, rhomboidal in center, flabellate at tip
of frond lower side cut straight at right angle to rachis, inner edge
truncate, upper and outer edges slightly sinuate toothed ; veins,
two main ones, superior once forked, inferior with 4 to 5 branches,
lowest branch parallel with inferior edge; sori 1 to 3, generally 2
at outer end of pinnae, lower one parallel with lower edge of pinna,
upper one oblique, forming a V with the other, the broad end of
V opening outward; indusium broad, whitish, distinct, opening
toward center of pinna,

Between A. projectum and A. viride, larger than A. projectum
but with same rooting rachis. Pinnae more rhomboidal than in
A. viride, less toothed and with fewer sori, which are at outer end
of pinnae instead of inner end.

Blue Mt. Peak, Jamaica, growing on trees. Collected by ©
Alexander Moore.

DRYOPTERIS CONTERMINA BISYMMETROS DN. Vv.

Stipes about 6 in. long with a few scales at base, rather stout,
dirty brown, finely pubescent, rachis similar; frond 10-15 in.
long, 3-6 in. broad, lanceolate, tapering from middle to both ex-
tremities, pinnate ; end of frond long and narrow, pinnato-entire,
rigidly chartaceous; upper surface nearly naked, rachis costae and
costulae on under side densely villose; pinnae narrow, lanceolate,
spreading, numerous, sessile, alternate to tip of frond, pinnatific
nearly to midrib, segments blunt, hardly subfalcate, lowest seg-
ments on superior edge diminished in size, middle pinnae 2 in. long,
lower pinnae 34-1 in. long with some auricles on stipe below,
rather remote, several of lowest pairs same shape as frond tapering
to each end, small upper pinnae entire, connected by narrow wing ;
veins all free and simple, 6-8 on a side; sori near the edge naked
or indusium early evanescent.

Fern Gully, Jamaica, collected by myself.

This variety differs from D. contermina proper by its more
rigid texture, its stronger and darker colored stipes and rachis, and
especially by the shape of the pinnae which are spindle-shaped in-
stead of having the basal segments enlarged as in D. contermina.
Both the frond and the segments are spindle-shaped, which was

the reason for giving it the varietal name of disymmetres.

POLYPODIUM LEUCOLEPIS n. sp.

Caudex rather stout, ascending, covered at summit with lan-

_ ceolate acuminate dark brown ciliate scales; stipes of young

aa

261

fronds covered with soft brown hairs, which fall away with age
except at very base, reddish brown, 214-5 in. long; mature frond
“II in. long, 2-3 in. wide, pinnate, tapering abruptly at base to
auricles, but gradually to tip of frond, sometimes 5 in. of upper
end of frond being about 54 in. wide throughout, while sometimes
the shape is very regular, tapering to a blunt point and almost
Pinnate to the end; pinnae opposite or alternate, nearly linear,
blunt, notched on lower side at base, slightly auricled on upper
side, irregular in length but presenting a generally uniform char-
acter; surfaces naked, rachis only pubescent; costae and veins
very distinct beneath, blackish purple; veins all simple, terminat-
ing short of the edge, each bearing at the end a round sorus with
€dge of frond showing beyond it; edges and ends of pinnae
ciliate with scattered hairs of the same color as veins, which fall
away with age; receptacles punctured through to upper side of
pinnae, each one bearing a white button, after the fern reaches a
certain age; texture coriaceous, veins not showing on upper side.

Nearest to P. Plumula but differs in texture, in larger size, in
broader pinnae, in more distinct venation and in the white buttons

©n upper side of frond.
Blue Mountains, Jamaica, collected by Alexander Moore.

Botanical Notes.

Lhe Vermont Botanical Club held an extremely interesting
Session at its second annual meeting on February 5th and oth
1897.
The meetings were held in one of the lecture rooms in the
new Williams Science Hall. Papers were read in person by Presi-

dent Ezra Brainerd and Profs. E. A. Burt and H. M. Seeley, of eae

Middlebury College; Profs. L. P. Jones, G. H. Perkins and F. A.
Waugh, of the University of Vermont; Mr. C. G. Pringle, of
Charlotte, Vermont, and several others.

Mr. Pringle’s paper, which will be printed in full in another
issue of the BuLLETIN, was probably the most highly appreciated
of all. We have all known of Mr. Pringle’s great achievements as

a collector and explorer, but I think very few realize what a de- 4

lightful speaker and writer he is when induced to lay aside his

habitual timidity and reserve. oe ares a
The importance of a botanical survey of the State —_

262

urged upon all interested in Vermont botany by Prof. Jones, Prof.
Burt and others, and it was decided to publish in ’98 or ’99 a new
State Flora which shall embody the large amount of information.
collected by members of the club and others since the publica-
tion of Prof. Perkins’ Flora in 1888. It is intended that the list
shall contain not only a list of Phanerogams and Pteridophytes,
but also of the Musci and possibly of the Hepaticae and Fungi. |

The meetings of the club. were attended not only by members
but by many others, the attendance varying from fifty to one hun-.
dred. The air was fairly electric with botanical enthusiasm, affect-
ing even the reporters present.

It has been the aim of the club to arouse a general interest in
botany and foster enthusiasm by bringing together all persons in
the State who are at all interested in the study of plants. Its
marked success in this direction is due very largely to the efforts —
of President Brainerd and Prof. Jones, both of whom have been
indefatigable in the work of interesting others in our varied and
interesting flora.

The success of this club ought to encourage the organization
of similar associations elsewhere. The first meeting was held
on July 4, 1895, in the heart of the Green Mountains in Stratton,
where half a dozen enthusiasts had gathered to celebrate by col-
lecting rare carices. A temporary organization was formed with
President Brainerd as president and Prof. Jones as secretary, and
a committee was appointed to arrange for the first in-door meet-
ing in February, ’96. That meeting was successful beyond all
anticipations, as was the field meeting and excursion to Mt-
Mansfield in July, ’96.

An excursion to Mt. Willoughby or some other point of
botanical interest is planned for the summer.

A. J. GxouT.

Note on Dicksonia dissecta Sw. Considerable discrepancy exists
among authors concerning the synonymy of species in the genus
Dicksonia, Swartz, who was the original author of D. dissecta,
as well as of its congeners D. cicutaria and D. apitfolia, describes
it as “very decompound, pinnules oblong, obtuse, sinuato-pinnatifid,
laciniae obtuse giddous subcrenulate.” Hooker, in the “Species
Filicum,” described D, dissecta Sw. as a fern “ which might with-

263

out violence to nature be considered a variety of D. cicutania.”
Judging from his description this is true, for it reads as if it might
have been drawn from a frond of that species. Grisebach, how-
ever, while still] retaining Swartz as the author of the species, gave
it as “ non Hook,” thus showing that he did not agree with Hook-
er’s description. Then came the « Synopsis Filicum,” which gave
D. dissecta asa synonym of D. adiantoides 1.B.K., a bipinnate
fern, and also gave it as “ Grisebach, non Hooker,” thus agreeing
with Grisebach who gave “LD. adiantoides W. non Hook,” as a
synonym for D. dissecta. This still further complicated the matter.
The latest author to treat of the subject is Mr. G. S. Jenman in
his “ Ferns of Jamaica,” 1891. He makes D. adiantoides H.B.K.
the same as D. Pavoni in Hooker's « Species,” and places it next
to D. Plumient HK. which has sori extending all around the edge
of frond. His D, dissecta is placed next after D. cicutaria and D.
apifolia, thus making it accord with them in a general way, as it
undoubtedly does, :

The Synonymy of D. dissecta is therefore decidedly mixed;
but I accept Mr. Jenman as my guide, not only because he has
been the latest to investigate the subject, and has enjoyed the
Privileges of the Kew herbarium and library, but also because he
was for years an active collector in the field, an extremely careful
observer, and had unrivalled opportunities for the comparison of
living plants in their native habitats. Besides, his descriptions
are taken from Jamaica specimens, and it was from this island
that Swartz obtained his specimens from which the species was
Originally described. The only important point which Jenman’s
description omits is the fact that the sori of D. dissecta are not “in
a crenature near the base,” but on the summit of a tooth near the
base, the whole width of which they cover, being about twice as
broad as they are deep. Perhaps the “gibbous” feature of
Swartz’s description may refer to this hump near the base of the
crenature,

The fact is that while the cutting of the frond quite closely
resembles that of D. cicutaria, the situation of the sorus and the
character of the sorus itself are distinctly different from that species. |
The sorus is twice as broad as long, the involucre proper is scariose, —
and the edge of frond is not changed in texture and hardly ever

.

264

reflexed. As the sporangia mature they simply push down the
involucre, and almost, if not quite, cover and conceal it, but the
edge of frond remains unchanged. In other words the involucre
is distinctly two-valved, instead of being united with the edge of
frond and therefore cup-shaped or campanulate; and I should be
inclined to place it in the broad, two-lipped Aalantium group, in-
stead of the cup-shaped Patania group where D. cicutaria belongs.

Fertilization of Alnus incana and Salix discolor—{1) Alnus in-
cana (L.) Willd. Anemophilous; self-fertilization is prevented by
the amentiferous branches curving downward at the end, bringing
the pistillate aments above the pendulous staminate. Usually
monoecious, but the number and condition of the two kinds of
aments varies greatly upon different plants. Many of the bushes
have the staminate aments large and fully developed, a part of the
branches bearing no other kind, the number of staminate ones to a
branch then increases from 3 or 4 to 6,8 or 9. On the other hand,
a part of the bushes have the staminate aments small and poorly
developed, many branches bearing only the pistiliate kind, which
are then more numerous than when the branch is monoecious.
It is not rare for a large bush to produce only pistillate aments,
which are then larger in size (about 1” longer) and a deeper
brownish red. Young plants generally produce only staminate
aments (from 4 to 7 branches are amentiferous) but this is never
true of medium or large-sized bushes. The staminate aments are
frequently injured by insect larvae. A branch two feet in length
bore 297 aments of both kinds. The pistillate are much more
numerous than the staminate ; of 663 aments examined on several
branches of a single plant 471 were pistillate, 192 staminate. A
staminate ament 2%’ long was composed of 31 scales, 77 flowers
and 310 stamens. The parts of the flower are usually in fours,
petals none, but occasionally a flower is five-parted, when five
petal-like scales alternating with the sepals may be present. The
pollen is abundant and easily set free by the wind.

Visitor: During eight years I have never, except in one in-
stance, seen this species of A/zus visited by insects. On April 6,
1892, on a sunny hillside { observed a score or more of the honey-
bee, Apzs mellifica 3, collecting pollen, Examination shower that oe
the « poles teases ” were loaded with SS i

268

(2) Salix discolor Muhl. Entomophilous, but probably de-
scended from anemophilous ancestors. Dioecious, blooming in
early spring before the appearance of the leaves, when the bright
yellow anthers render the staminate plants very conspicuous, odor
marked and agreeable, honey and pollen abundant. A staminate
ament about 1’ long contained 270 flowers. The pollen is not
easily dislodged when a branch is shaken, and it is often retained
by the silky hairs with which the ament is clothed after it has fal-
len from the anthers.

In a pistillate ament 1’ 1/ long there were 142 pistils, stigmas
two, bilobed, nearly sessile, honey-yellow, papillose; the honey is
Secreted on the tip of a small flat gland at the base of the ovary
on the inner side.

Owing to the pollen, of which there is a large store, the stami-
hate aments attract a more numerous company of insects than the
Pistillate. Both bees and diptera are very common. Numerous
black ants climb the stems and steal the honey, I have alao seen
them Struggling over and carrying off living Rhamphomyia.

According to H. Muller (Fertilization, p. 524) many species of
Andrena visit the willows almost exclusively in search of food for
their young,

Visitors: A. Hymenoptera—{1) Apis mellifica 3 , (2) Andrena
SP. (3) Halkictus parallelus’s, (4) Nomada bisignata; B. Diptera—
(5) Myops vicaria, (6) Pristiphora tdiota, (7) Borlorus sp. (8) Goma
Jrontosa, (9) Lucillia cornicina, (10) Homalomyia scalaris, (11), (12)
(13) Rhamphomyia three species ; C. Coleoptera—{ 14) Cyphon ob-
scurus, (15) Dorytomus sp. D. Hemiptera, one species. (Taken
on aments of both kinds, April 20-24, Waldoboro, Me.)

Norr.—In the identification of insects I am indebted to Dr

Henry Skinner, of Philadelphia. Joun H. Lovett.

WALDOBORO, MAINE.

266

Reviews.

.

Catalogue of the African Plants collected by Dr. Friedrich Welwitsch
in 1853-61. Dicotyledons, Part I. By William Philip Hiern,
M.A., F.L.S. Pp. 336. 8vo. London. Printed by order
of the Trustees of the British Museum, 1896.
The volume under discussion is the first of a series and contains

Ranunculaceae to Rhizophoraceae. Many new species are de-

scribed and the very copious notes in reference thereto add ma-

terially to the value of the work and bear testimony to the inde-
fatigable ardor and ability of the collector, who had all the usual
concomitants of African travel to struggle against, as well as to
the patience and skill ofthe compiler. Dr. Welwitsch’s African col-
lections have been estimated at upward of 5,000 botanical species
and some 3,000 species of insects and other animals, a large
proportion of which were new toscience. A second part will finish
the Dicotyledones and a third one will be devoted to the remain-
ing groups. In the nomenclature line there is much of interest,
and among generic changes the following should be noted:

Chienfugosia Cav. (1786) replaces Fugosia Juss.; Cracca L. (1753):

Lephrosia Pers. (1807); Meibomia Heister (1732) ex Fabric. (1759),

Desmodium DC. (1813); Canavali Adans. (1763), Canavalia DC.

(1825); Doticholus Medik. (1787), Rhynchosia Lour. (1790)3

Amerimnon P. Br. (1756), Dalbergia L. f. (1781); Deguelia Aubl.

I , Derris Lour. (1 *

sal ie A. M. V.

Nature, Structure and Phylogeny of Daemonelix. E. H. Barbour.

Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. 8: 305-314. pls. 37-39. Ap., 1897-

In this contribution we have the author’s final conclusions in

regard to this exceedingly interesting organism—conclusions

_which are amply defended by an array of facts which skeptics

will find it difficult to controvert.

What. appears like phylogeny is represented by the vertical
arrangement of the organisms in well-defined zones, beginning
with simple fibres and evolving upwards through “cakes” and
“balls” of matted fibres into “ fingers” and finally into the gigan-
tic coiled stems at the summit—a vertical range all told of some _
75 meters. A

267

The structure, as demonstrated by the microscope, is undoubt-
edly vegetable and the author finally says : “The study of the great
tubes of Daemonelix, made possible by the recent discovery of per-
fectly preserved specimens, threatens to make radical, if not revo-
lutionary change—removing Daemonelix altogether from the do-

minion of the algae and exalting it to that of the dicotyledons,”
A. H.

Stratigraphy and Paleontology of the Laramie and related Forma-
tions in Wyoming. By T. W. Stanton and F, H. Knowlton.
Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. 8: 127-156. F. 1897.

How the Laramie formation should be limited and defined has
been a burning question with geologists for more than a quarter
ofa century. Numerous local sub-divisions have been included
or withdrawn, and the limits expounded or contracted by one
‘authority or another, and its position in the geological column
has been shifted back and forth between the Cretaceous and Ter-
tiary periods.

The authors have wisely avoided depending upon one class of
evidence only in drawing their conclusions and have drawn freely
from both invertebrate palaeontology and palaeobotany, in trying
to determine the relative ages of the several beds and the limits of
what should be called the Laramie formation. Apparently the
formation is defined by the authors as lying between the highest
marine Cretaceous beds of the Rocky Mountain region at the base

and including the lowest of the Fort Union plant beds : the
ACH.

summit.
The American Fruit Culturist. By John J. Thomas. 20th edition,
revised and enlarged, by Wm. H. S. Wood. fos
A timely book, sure to receive a hearty welcome. First writ-
ten about thirty years ago, editions have quickly succeeded ana
another until the twentieth, now under consideration. It isa handy
volume of less than 800 pages, presenting in a condenses, —
always clear and practical form, a survey of the whole field of —
fruit culture, from the pineapple, banana and Pas of ecm
tropical Florida, to the many common small fruits of northern
gardens. The only two omissions noticed are the almond _ ;
olive which have, perhaps, as good a claim to gn ve a |

268

fig and date. All varieties which have approved themselves to the
experimenters of later years, and become standard, are carefully
described, while many others of lesser importance are relegated to
a convenient descriptive index. The editor has sought the aid of
experts in their several specialties and made diligent use of the
copious literature from the State Experiment Stations, so that
every subject is fully up to date. An admirable feature of the
work is its wealth of illustration, all cuts of fruit being from nature
and life-size. An interesting, but too short chapter is that on
« Wild Fruits,” including Buffalo berry, Huckleberries, June berry
and Papaw (Aszmina triloba). Under this head, but in a larger
book, the reviewer might also expect to see several species ot bar-
berry, choke-cherry, yucca, cereus, opuntia, etc.

This work aims chiefly at the imparting of “ practical direc-
tions for the propagation and culture of all fruits adapted to the
United States,’ and in so far is certainly very successful. The
botanical part, that is the scientific naming and classification of
species and varieties, was apparently considered of little relevancy
and importance, and neglected accordingly. Yet I cannot help
thinking that in a standard work of this kind proper efforts at a
scientific arrangement of the many kinds of fruits described, re-
ferring them, so far as known, to their parent species, varieties
and races, would give it a distinct additional value. Under black-
berry, currant, grape, etc., the generic, still less the specific names
are not even mentioned, the various kinds being arrranged mostly
according to color. Raspberry, plum and strawberry fare much
better, being naturally classified. The improved cultivated forms
of hickories are referred to the “shellbark (Hicoria Jlaciniosa)”
instead of the shagbark (1. ovata). Valuable fruit trees seemingly
are the black walnut and butternut “whose nuts are highly ap-
preciated and much used ;” the better and more promising fruit of
the California walnut is not mentioned.

Despite these little imperfections, showing the lack of a botan-
ist’s touch, this book remains our best manual of fruit culture, and
the most useful guide and counsellor for all fruit growers. .
V. H.

269

Plants and their Childyen, By Mrs. William Starr Dana. Illus-
trated by Alice Josephine Smith. Pp. 272. American Book
Company, 1896.

The author presents in a popular form the study of plant life
so as to bring it within the comprehension and adapt it to the
tastes of a child.

An appreciation of the psychologic truth,
of childhood” is shown by the attention accorded to the special
contrivances and mechanisms by which insects are trapped and
attracted, and seeds disseminated. Vital processes, similar to
those in the child’s experience such as sleep, respiration and cir-
culation are simply and clearly treated. Several cuts, reproduced
from the Natural History of Plants, translated from the German of
Kerner von Marilaun, add to the general attractiveness of the
book, which might profitably be used at times as a reader to sup-
Plement the work of a class studying botany.

Mi Ad:

“activity is the law

Proceedings of the Club.

WepneEspay Eventnc, March 31, 1897.

In the absence of the President, Vice-President Allen presided.
There were twenty persons present.

The first paper, by Dr. Albert Schneider, “The Phenomena of
Symbiosis,” and a paper by Leonard Baron on “ Horticulture in
Botanical Gardens,” were read by title, owing to unavoidable
detentions.

The evening was occupied by a paper by Professor Edward S.

Burgess on “ Aster macrophyllus and its Allies,” illustrated by

charts of relationship and by numerous specimens.
The speaker sketched briefly the history of the species Aster

macrophyllus, in which it has been the custom of American
botanists to include all large-leaved Asters. He showed how di-
verse these Asvers are and in what confusion their assignment to a
Single species results, and indicated the characters according to
which they form two groups each of several species and varieties.

The paper which will soon appear in print, was discussed by

270

Mr. E. P. Bicknell, who confirmed the distinctions offered by the
results of his observations about New York, and by Dr. Britton,
who paid a tribute to the masterly manner in which Dr. Gray had
treated the subject of the genus Aséeyso far as material was then
available and who referred to the special need for extended field-
work and further collaboration which this genus had long
presented.

Turspay Evenine, April 13, 1897.

In the absence of the officers, Dr. N. L. Britton presided.
There were thirteen persons present. Mr. Ellis A. Apgar and
_ Mr. Charles H. Coffin were elected active members.

In pursuance of a resolution adopted at the next previous
meeting, the Secretary announced the following Field Committee
for 1897: Chairman, Dr. John K. Small; Committee-members,
Dr. N. L. Britton, Mr. John H. Stotler, Mr. L. G. Fay, Mr. W. A.
Bastedo.

The subject of a nominee from the Club for the forthcoming
award from the Newberry Research Fund was then considered,
and the application of Mr. Arthur Hollick for that nomination
was read. Action was deferred to the next meeting.

The scientific program was then taken up. Dr. Albert
Schneider presented a paper entitled, “ Methods employed in the
Examination of Powdered Drugs and their Adulterants.”

He described certain microscopic structural features which he
had investigated with a view to find characters by which'to dis-
tinguish the more important drugs, giving details of such charac-
teristics determined by him for mace, senna, leaves of Eucalyplus
globulus, etc.

Dr. Britton spoke of the utility of this work and its object in
behalf of the new edition of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia.

The paper was followed by an early adjournment to facilitate
the attendance of members upon the annual exhibit given by the
N. Y. Microscopical Society.

WepnespaY Eventne, April 28, 1897.
In the absence of officers, Prof. Underwood was elected
chairman of the meeting and Prof. Britton, secretary. There
were twenty-six persons present.

271

The application of Mr. Arthur Hollick for recommendation to
the Council of the Scientific Alliance for the grant of $50 for
original research in palaeontology from the Newberry Research
Fund, was endorsed and the secretary of.the club was in-
structed to certify this action to the secretary of the Council of the
Scientific Alliance, and to transmit with the certification a copy of
Mr. Hollick’s application.

Dr. Small, Chairman of the Field Committee, reported progress
in the arrangement of excursions for the season.

The Chairman announced to the Club the recent death of Dr,
Emily L. Gregory, Professor in Botany in Barnard College, and
remarked on her life and works. Dr. H. M. Richards, Dr. H. H.
Rusby and Miss Alexandrina Taylor were appointed a committee
to draw suitable resolutions and report them to the club at a sub-
sequent meeting. :

The Corresponding Secretary reported that all the correspond:
ing members recently elected had accepted their elections. _

The scientific programme comprised the following papers :—

1. By Prof. L. M. Underwood, “ Notes on the Ferns of Japan.”

The immediate occasion of this paper was the receipt during
the past year of two separate collections of Japanese ferns of about
fifty species each, which, being from different portions of the
island, scarcely duplicated each other. Some of the more interest-
ing were shown, includin g Camptosorus Sibiricus, Cystopterts Japonica,
- and Struthiopteris orientalis.

The insular position of Japan together with a considerable
range of latitude, equalling that from St. Paul, Minn., to Mobile,
Ala., gives Japan a larger proportion of ferns than we have in the
United States, although the area of the islands is only that of the
northeastern States as far as the Virginias, together with about
one-half of Ohio.

The forms are those of temperate climates and agree well with
those of the adjacent mainland so far as the latter are known. #
few subtropical forms enter the flora, but the really tropical species
do not reach the islands.

Many species are common inhabitants of Furope as well as the
eastern United States, but the ferns of Japan offer very little support .
_to the once prevalent notion of the great similarity of its flora to”

272

that of the eastern United States. In fact about as many Japanese
species have as many near allies in Pacific America as in other
portions of the country, if we exclude the species quite generally
distributed through the north temperate zone.

Discussing the paper, Prof. Britton cited a number of in-
stances among spermatophytes, in which species supposed to be
common to Japan and eastern North America had been shown to
be distinct. He maintained that the theory of migration, as ordi-
narily accepted, was insufficient to account for such similarity be-
tween the floras of the two regions as actually exists. Mr. T. H.
Kearney, Jr., remarked that in comparing the grass-flora of the
two regions he had found that, exclusive of circumboreal species,
only two species are in common.

The second paper was by P. A. Rydberg, entitled « Floral
Features of Western Nebraska.” It is a popular misconception
that the country from Illinois to the Rocky Mountains constitutes
one undifferentiated region. In fact there are two entirely differ-
ent regions, viz.: 1. The Prairie Region with rich loam and a com-
paratively good supply of rain and extending into the Eastern
Dakotas, Nebraska and Kansas. 2. The Region of the Great
Plains, with dry hard soil and scanty rainfall and comprising the
western portion of said States, Eastern Colorado and Montana and
the larger portion of Wyoming. In Nebraska the prairie region
includes the eastern and south central portion of the State. The
north central portion constitutes a region unique to Nebraska, the -
Sand-Hill Region, described at one of the February meetings of
the Club. Mr. Rydberg corrected a statement made by him then,

z.: that he had seen “ blow outs” in that region 300 feet deep ;
he had intended to say 300 feet in diameter and 60 to 70 feet
deep.

The western portion of the State is made up of high plains, ex-
cept a small portion of the northwestern corner containing the
“Pine Ridge” and the “ Bad Lands” of White River and Hat
Creek. The plains have very few rivers, and the drainage is
mostly by means of “sand-draws.” Seen from a hill a sand-draw
resembles a well-beaten and winding sandy road. It is a stream
with no visible water. The water is running from one to fifteen

feet below the surface. Even the larger streams, as the Lodge Rote. ae

a and South Platte, sometimes sink down in the sand.

273

The plains are mostly covered by short grasses, the so-called
Buffalo grasses. In the hot dry autumn, these become self-cured,
and form an excellent winter pasture for the stock. A little hay
is cut on the lowlands and fed to the animals during snowstorms.
Otherwise the cattle and horses feed out during the whole winter.
The Buffalo grasses are: the original Buffalo grass, bulbs dacty-
‘odes, Blue and Black Grama, Bouteloua oligostachya and B, hir-
suta and “ Nigger Heads,” Carex filifolia.

In a region where the rainfall is comparatively scant and dis-
tributed only during certain seasons of the year, the plants must
be so constituted as to be able to withstand a good deal of drought»
In other words the evaporation must either be reduced to a mini-
mum or the plant must have special stores of water. The planst
peculiar to this region may be divided into the following groups:

I. Very hairy plants generally covered by thick pannose
pubescence, which retain the moisture; as species of Eviogonum,
Astragalus, Lturona, Senecio, volvulus and Artemisia.

2. Plants with glaucous foliage having a hard epidermis, as
Yucca glauca, Rumex venosus, Argemone alba,and several grasses.

3. Plants with white often shreddy bark, as species of Mentzelia
and Anogra.

4. Plants with very narrow and often involute leaves, as Lygo-
desmia juncea, L. rostrata and several grasses and sedges.

5. Plants with fleshy stems in which the surface is reduced to
@ minimum and no leaves as the Cacti.

6. Plants with a deep-seated, enlarged root as the Bush Morn- |
ing glory, Jpomoea leptophylla, and the Wild Pumpkin, Cucurbita
Soetidissima. Mr. Rydberg had seen a root of the former three :
feet long and almost two feet in diameter.

7. Plants covered with glands, containing essential oils, as
Dysodia papposa and Pectis angustifolia. The oils are supposed by
some to have a cooling effect, partly by taking up heat when

evaporated, and partly by surrounding the plant with a cooler at- : a

mosphere, their specific heat being much less than the air.
Numerous specimens were exhibited.

Two papers followed by Dr. J. K. Small, (a) “The Sessile-

flowered Trillia of the Southern states.” (b) - tte saps Eo ‘
ceae.”’ Both papers are published in the April anes a he BE

274

Dr. Britton exhibited a specimen of Silene conica L., collected
by Mr. A. D. Selby, at Clyde, Ohio. ‘This species is a recent im-
migrant from Europe.

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Bailey, L. H., Jr. Sketch of the Relationship between American and
Eastern Asian Fruits. Yearbook, Dept. of Agric. 1894: 437-442. |
1895.

Baker, J.G. Agave Haselofit. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: f/. 7527. Ap.
1897.

Baker, J.G. Agave Kewensis. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: p/. 7572. My-
1897.

Native of Mexico.

Bassett, F. L. Some rare New Jersey Plants. Gad. & For. 10: 68.
2 ¥, 48597.
Notes on Lygodium palmatum, Arenaria lateriflora, Clitoria Mariana and Des-

modium rotundifolium.

Bureau, E. et Schumann, C. Flora Brasiliensis, 8: 230—451-
pl. 97-121. Bignoniacee—II. Leipzig, F. 15. 1897.

Claassen, E. List of the Uredineae of Cuyahoga and other Counties
of Northern Ohio, together with the Names of their Host-plants. Ann.
Rep. Ohio. State Acad. Sci. §: 68. 1897.

Claassen, E. Other Additions to the List of Phenogamous and Vascu-
lar Cryptogamous Plants. Ann. Rep. Ohio State Acad. Sci. 5: 73-
1897.

Claassen, E. Second List of Erysipheae Lev. (White Mildews) of Cuy-
ahoga and other Counties of Northern Ohio, together with the Names of
their Host-plants. Ann. Rep. Ohio State Acad. Sci. 5: 67. 1897-

Cogniaux, A. Roseanthus, a new Genus of Cucurbitaceae from
Acapulco, Mexico. Contr. U. S, Nat. Herb. 3: 577, 578. f¢. 28. 5
Au. 1896.

Console, M. Jfprtiliocactus, nuova generi di Cactaceae. Boll. R.
Orta Bot. Palermo, 1: 8-10. f. 7-2. 1897.

Coulter, J. M., and Rose, J.N. Zetergia, a new Genus of Um-
belliferae from the Columbia River Region. Contr. U. S, Nat. Herb.
9: 575. p/..27... § Au. 4596. :

275

Coville, F. Vv. Crepis occidentalis and its Allies. Contr. U. S. Nat.
Herb. 3: 559-566. Al. 27-26. 5 Au. 1896.

Derick, C. M. A few Notes on Canadian Plant-Lore. Can. Rec. Sci.
7? 220-227. 1897.

Fernald, M. L. Aster junceus Ait. Gard. & For. 10: 64. f. 9. 17 F.
1897.

Fernow, B. E. Forestry for Farmers. Yearbook, Dep’t. of Agricul-
ture, 1894: 461-500. f/f, 116-130. 1895.

Harshberger, J. W. John Evans and his Garden. Gard. & For.
10: 183. 412 My. 1897.

Hitchcock, A. S. Report on a Collection of Plants made by C. H.
Thompson in Southwestern Kansas in 1893. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb.
3* 537-558. 5 Au. 1896.

Hooker, J. D. Gongora. tricolor. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: pl. 75370.
Ap. 1897.

Hooker, J.D. Maxillaria Houtteana. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: 24 7533.
My. 1897. :

A native of Guatemala and Venezuela.

Hooker, J. D. Senecio Smithit. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: p/. 7537. Ap.
1897.

Jack, J. G. Notes on the Eastern American Spruces. Gard. & For.
IO: 62, 29; *2 1897;

Keller, I. Notes on underground Runners. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
1897: 161-165. f/. 37. 1897.

Lemmon, J. G. Three West-American Conifers. Gard. & For. 10:

183, 12. My. 1897.
Notes on Pinus scopulorum nom. nov., Ficea Columbiana nom, nov. and Adies
Shastensis nom, nov, The above three names are taken up for eae ponder ose var.
Scopulorum Engelm., Picea Engelmanni Engelm. and Adies nobilis( Lindl.) Engelm. pa
MacMillan, C. Notes for Teachers on the Geographical Distribution
of Plants. Journ. School Geog. 1: 1-6. [Reprint.] Ap. 1897.
Meehan, T. Physostegia Virginiana. Meehans’ Month. 7: 81. My.
1897. ne :
Merriam, C. Hart. The Geographic Distribution of Animals and
Plants in North America. Yearbook, Dep’t. of Agriculture. 1894:
203-214. /. 20. 1895. ; -
Radlkofer, L. Three new Species of Sapindaceae from heh ne
ico and Lower California. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 1: 367. 31 ee

276

Renauld, F. and Cardot, J. Musci Americae Septentrionalis exsic-
cati. Notes sur quelques espéces distribueés dans cette collection.
Bull. Herb. Boiss. 4: 1-19. Ja. 1896.

Rose, J. N. Plants from the Big Horn Mountains of Wyoming. Contr.
U.S. Nat..Herb. . 3: 567-576. 5 Au. 18096.

Rose, J. N. Report on a Collection of Plants made in the States of
Sonora and Colima, Mexico, by Dr. Edward Palmer, in the years
1890 and 1891. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 1: 293-366. pl. 24-35.
31 Jae 1895.

Rusby, H. H. Botanical Nomenclature. Am. Druggist, 25 Mr. 1897.
(Reprint. )

Sargent, C.S., Editor. Sinus flexilis. Gard. & For. 10: 162. /.
rg. 28 Ap. 1897.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. Ribes erythrocarpum. Gard. & For. 10:
184. f. 27. 12 My. 1897.

Sargent, C.S. Editor. Sambucus letosperma. Gard. & For. 10: 174.
J. #00 35 My. 1897;

Scribner, F. L. Grasses as Sand and Soil Binders. Yearbook,
Dep’t. of Agric. 1894: 421-436. 7. 200-10. 1895.

Selby, A. D. Some Ohio Metaspermae. Ann. Rep. Ohio State Acad.
Sci. 5: 70. 1897.

Selby, A. D. Unlisted Ohio Fungi. Ann, Rep. Ohio State Acad.
wel Et 90... 1097.

Stevens, F.L. Additions to Ohio Fungi. Ann. Rep. Ohio State
Acad. Sci. 5: 66. 1897.

Toumey, J. W. Notes on the Pine Forests of Southern and Central
Arizona. Gard. & For. 10: 152. 3 Ap. 1897.

Ward, L. F. Some Analogies in the Lower Cretaceous of Europe
and America. Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv. 16: 463-540. 1896.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 304.

CARDAMINE UNIJUGA RYDBERG.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 305. .

1-2 MITELLA VIOLACEA RYDBERG.
3 THEROFON HEUCHERAEFORME RYDBERG.
3 THEROFON JAMESII (TORR.) WHEELOCK.

POTENTILLA CONVALLARIA RYDBERG.

ae

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 306.

\ \
= ett Bil, La) FG iH]
.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 307.

POTENTILLA PSEUDORUPESTRIS RYDBERG.

NICAL CLUB.—PLATE 308.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTA

ALTERNARIA.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

Zz
Fs
won

No. 26,
No. 27,
No. 29,
No, 30.
No. 31,

No. 33.
No, 3 5.

No. 37.
No. 38.
No. 39.

No. 40,
No. 41.

No. 42.

[The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ]

VoLuME I.
A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By
N. L, Britton and H. H. Rusby (1887),. . . .- ++ + 2+ 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
(1888) 5. seca he oe ec oe ee 25 cents,

America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)
The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents.
A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
i Se and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By NN; ks
ritton. 5
The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),.. - - - 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus . 7zssa,
Adans. By N. L. Britton (1889),. - . « s+ s+. —s 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, Il. By N.L. Britton
(1889), 05 ea 25 cents.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
Ook. (1890), 4.6 fos a ee ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, Ill. By N. L. Britton
(1800)) 3 aca Ae ee See . 25 cents.

The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams,

(1891),6 gs a a ae 25 cents.
Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
(1801); 6 ok i a ee a 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, Vv. By N. L. Britton
(1801); sk ea ee “. +. 25 cents,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
Ries (1892); c6 i 6 ee ee fee ees OS cents.
ia occurring in the

A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus Meibom
United States and British America.
VotuME II.

A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North
America. By N. L. Britton (1598)i ps 8 ot st Re Paget
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potos!, Bolivia. By N.
L. Bitton (i8ea}0e3 ss beget eee eee Se
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. ByN. ma —
(1892), ee ee Ce ee ie er Ge re ed SOR Me ee eres Sees
Rowse repens andits Eastern North American Allies. By Nae
Britton-(4898);. 6s ee ee A a es BS. fre
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By J depron
(3898)0 5 oF sees poge ass yee
A New Soles of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By leas raping
(ROS) ees ee ee ee ee \.
An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay,
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and NL. Britton, with the epee ba
Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), - s+ fe 64 oe
Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John bane
(1893), Piet aie cee Tae Sey oe eg id, Mee PaO ee ee pee
New a Ycadwcetay North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. i, cane:
I a Ae Oe re ° . . ° * ° . . . * . * . . .
Connsteceioas to American Bryology, III.—Notes on the North page

Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, . |» + °
New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H H. Rus 1893), .25 acy
The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the pron AR ountain

*

Ne eS

25cents, ae
tem, By John K. Small (1893 oot a
aties of iridaces” and other Orders. oi ak oy

Notes upon various
Morong (1008) io 6 et An

No. 43.
No. 44.
No. 45.
No. 46.
No. 47.
No. 48.

No, 49.

No. 50.

No. 51.
No. 52.

No. 53.
No. 54.

No. 55.
No. 56.
No. 57.
No. 58.
No. 59

No, 60.

No. 61.
No. 62.

No. 63.
No. 64.

No, 65.
No. 66.

No. 67.
No. 68.

No. 69.

No. 70,
No. 71.

No, 72.

No. 73.

No. 74.
No. 75.

Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
CISG3) ss ie Oe re ee beg ee es 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum—Il. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, 1. By John K.
SE CHUB Ne ee ee as 25 cents.
Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other
Soectes... By Ay A, Melier (1668): 5 a Oe es 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
ota atig MRE Oe ar Ge oP gas ae 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American
Species of Weissta (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of

Gisesia. By Wi Ds Matthew. C1893); Se eo ee 25 cents.
A Study of the Genus Psora/ea in America. By Anna Murray Vail
CON a a a ea eee ae a 25 cents.

VotuME III.
Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.

By N. L. Britton (1894),. . . Jaan ee ee ee eae 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.
By Elizabeth G, Britton (1806355 5. oe 6 25 cents.

New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the Genus /#ys-
comitrium. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), ......-+.. 25 cents,
The Genus Cassia in N. America, By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
A Revision of the Genus Lechea. By N. L. Britton (1894),. . 25 cents.
New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
CREGH ee aa ie Shee one es ae ee & 25 cents.
A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Carlton C. Corts (1800); 6 3G rs viuptece sass . . 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.
Samkll (1BQG Ga a a ad Sey 25 cents.
Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus

Go Firitom. (2096 yooh ee see tes 25 cents.
The Smilaceze of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894)
25 cents.

A preliminary Revision of the Genus Za¢hkyrus in North America. By

NeOGnTe Gite CIO, a ee See es 25 cents.
Two Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (1894) .. . . . 25 cents.
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. Sy John K. Small

ROO oe ee i ee ee a a 25 cents.

Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents.
Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By TT Reo tiscay, 25 cents.

Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), . . 25 cents.
A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. By
Anne Murky Vail (100635 5 eo ee 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, IX. A Revision of the Genus Scou-
feria with Description of one New Species. By Elizabeth G. Britton.
(S905) es a ea Chak an. 2 eae

_ Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K.

Small (1895), . .

Elisabeth G. Britton (1806) )) orn. mw wwe cee ki 25 cents.
oe rei hybrid from the Southern States. By John K. Small
Reis Gea eo CoE! alate ee . . 25 cents.
Notes on some Florida Plants. By Geo. V Nash. gi 8 Gare ps cents.
An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in o during the

No. tor,
No. 102.

No. 103,
No. 104.

]yo. 105.
No. 106.
No. 107.
No. 108.

No. 109.

VOLUME IV.

(TROD ooh oe ee et er ee 25 cents,
New or Noteworthy American Grasses—I. By Geo. V. Nash (1895).25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1895.)

25 cents,

Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I, By Albert Schnei-
Ger CGeh ee Ere ee ee eae oy ~ «2 a5 cents,
A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail
CRG ye ee ea es a wey . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895).
25 cents.

Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents,
Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell.
(ISQGs ; pode igect ge J°3 35 Cente.
A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax-
ifragaceae. By Wm. E, Wheelock. (1896),. . . . . . » . 25 cents,
A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896),. . . . . 25 cents.
Notes on some Florida Plants. II. By Geo. V. Nash (1896),. . 25 cents,
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—V, By John K.
Small. €1806)5 2 ui, iin cr ee Oe Cente
The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Sisyrinchium).
By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896),. . . why Seg. ae Cente.
New or noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), 25 cents.
O£n othera and its Segregates, By John K, Small (1896),. . . 25 cents.
A preliminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae. By A, J.
Grout (1800)6 «453-5 ae wis tp a 25 cents.
Revision of the Genus Aszzznain North America, By Geo, V. Nash (1896).

25 cents,
Notes on Potentilla,1.,1I1. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) .. 25 cents.
A neglected Species of Oxa/is and its Relatives. By John K. Small Sosa-o:
25 cents,
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VI. By John K,
Small. (1896) 0-605 ba ees a ae . . 25 cents.
Notes on Pofentilia—IlI. By P. A. Rydberg (1896). . . , . 25 cents.
On a new Species of Scrophularia hitherto confounded with 5. Mary-
landica. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896). .....+.+.-- 25 cents.
VoLUME V.
The Genus Cephalozia in North America. By L. M. sapere £ isi
New and Noteworthy Species of Saxifraga. By John K, eet ones
Notes on Potentilla—IV. By P. A. Rydberg (1896). . . ._. 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VII. ay 28

K. Small (1896). 65 Gos ne ee EY
Notes on Fotentilla—V. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) . . . . . 25 cents.
Reinke’s Siecestioies of Lichenology. By Albert Schneider (1896), 25 cents.

ne P. Bicknell (1896), 25 cents.

Terminology among the Orders a eRtaonats By L. ” estes

oes A

The series as above listed will be supplied for $15. (1889) by N. L. Britton,

. L. M. UNDERWOOD, |
Rcgirertsk University, NEW YORK OITy.

AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA

— OF THE —

NORTHERN STATES AND CANADA,
Westward to the 102d Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA.

By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN,
with the assistance of SPECIALISTS in various groups.

Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and FIG-
URED. Cuts, over 4,000. With Keys to species and genera, the Synonymy, the
English Names, the REVISED NOMENCLATURE, and revised SysTEMATIC SEQUENCE
of Families.

The First complete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country.

For Students and all Lovers of Plants.

Vols. I. and II. now ready. Vol. ILI. will appear late in 1897.

- Price, $3.00 per Volume.

Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers,

Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York,
or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York

COMMENTS ON VOL. IL

«The copy of your Illustrated Flora is a delight to me. You should have the
congratulations and thanks of every botanist everywhere.—Pror. Byron D, HALSTED,
Rutgers College.

** Please accept my congratulations at having completed so useful and complete
a work. I am using it with much profit and a great deal of pleasure.”—-PRror. CHAS.
A. Davis, Alma College.

«IT am so much pleased with the first volume of your Flora that I cannot refrain
from expressing my high appreciation of your work, and my congratulations on its fine
appearance.”— Benj. H. SMITH, Philadelphia.

“I have seen your first volume and am more than delighted with it. It is so
good in every way that I am recommending it to every working botanical friend I
meet.”—Rrev. W. M. Beaucuamp, Baldwinsville, N. Y.

“ As we carefully study the beautifully printed pages of this work, we are more
and more impressed with its magnitude and importance. It will give renewed life and
vigor to systematic botany and doubtless will be the means by which many a student
will be led to the study of the more difficult families.’—Pror. C. E. BEssEY in
American Naturalist.

«There is no work extant in the whole series of American botanical publications
which deals with descriptions of the flowering plants that can for a moment be com-
pared with it, either for a skillful and delightful presentation of the subject-matter or
for modern, scientific and accurate mastery of the thousand-fold mass of detail of
fete such a work must necessarily consist.”— Pror, Conway MACMILLAN in

ence,

LE In the line of books bearing the stamp of scientific authority, and at the same
time adapted for popular use, this is unquestionably the best work ever issued on the
flora of any at of the United States.”—-Freprerick V. Covitiz, U.S. Dept. of
Agriculture, Div. of Botany, Washington, D. C.

“It will be no exaggeration to pronounce this the most valuable contribution ever
made to American botany, so far as the area covered by Gray’s Manual—somewhat
extendeds: 6252; The authors deserve the thanks of every botanist for this success-
ful ending of a great task.”—Meehans’ Monthly, Philadelphia.

“This work should be in the library of all lovers and students of flowers: for
while it is the most exhaustive and complete work on systematic botany that has been
published in this country, it affords at the same time an easy introduction to begin-
ners through its illustrations.”°— The Churchman, New York.

““We cannot too highly commend the volume before us, and no flower-lover can
consider his library complete without it.”— The Advance, Chicago.

_ _““The work should find an enthusiastic welcome in the private study, as well as
in the college class-room.’’—Chicago Tribune.

“‘A book of rare excellence, doing on a much enlarged scale for this country what
is accomplished for Great Britain by Bentham’s Illustrated Flora, Besides the accu-
tate description, we here have an authentic portrait of every North American species.
The treatment is popular, but at the same time eminently scientific. A complete cy-
clopaedia of American systematic botany.’’—PROFESSOR W. WHITMAN BaILEy, of

Brown University.

“As far as the present volume enables us to judge, we have here a treatise
which will exert a wide influence in inducing large numbers of persons to make
botany within these limits a pleasant recreative study, and which will at the same
time afford to those who are fond af systematic botany a convenient work of refer-
ence. ... A large proportion of the drawings are excellent in all respects. . . . The
artificial keys are excellent throughout. All of them appear, so far as our exam-
ination has gone, to be carefully prepared. . . . . The appearance of the whole work
is extremely attractive, and every feature of its mechanical execution will bear strict
scrutiny as regards both workmanship and sound taste. The authors are to be heart-
ily congratulated on their genuine success in securing earnest cooperation from all
their coadjutors and thus making a worthy contribution to the advancement of inter-
est in our native flora. .... In this treatise we have an admirable addition to the
working appliances of all lovers of North American plants.”’—/V. Y. Evening Post.

ae Oe ee ie

= first volume in hand for several months, and examined and re- —
‘ cunmlone wiicee eae care. The more I use it the more it commends itself
to my favor.’’—Hon. Davin F. Day, Buffalo, N. Y.

& aran f the first volume of the ‘‘ Illustrated Flora ’’ marks a distinct
advadie in een: oka and in the literature of that science Lk ers bangs ee
The work should tend to greatly popularize the study of pie ay price iy iy
moderate for such a comprehensive volume, and every botanist sho subscri
once for it.’—American Journal of Pharmacy.

“The work is going to do an immense amount of good in

matic botany, and arousing a greater interest in such study.”

WILLIAMS, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.

i have achieved
“‘T am delighted with it, and congratulate you on the success you h d
in the issue of this splendid volume. Your work cannot — to be highly gene
ated by every botanist in the country, and to make the study o more

ularizing syste-
yaa. TuHos. A.

popular than ever.”’—Dr. CHaAs. Mour, Mobile, Ala.

Publications from the

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University,

forwarded postpaid on receipt of price.

Synoptical Flora of North America.—/o/ypeta/ae Fascicie I,
Ranunculaceae to Frankeniaceae, $2.60. Fascicie II, Caryophylla-
ceae, Ficoideae, Portulacaceae, Tamariscineae, Elatinaceae, Hypert-
caceae, Ternstroemiaceae, Cheiranthodendreae, Malvaceae, Sterculia-
ceae, Tiliaceae, Linaceae, Malpighiaceae, Zygophyllaceae, Gerania-
ceae, Rutaceae, Simarubaceae, Burseraceae, Anacardiaceae, Melia-
ceae, Aguifoliaceae, Cyrillaceae, Olacinaceae, Celastraceae, Rham-
naceae, Vitaceae, Sapindaceae, and Polygalaceae. Just issued, $2.60.

Botany of California, 2 vols. 4to., bound in cloth, postpaid and re-
gistered $11.00 (delivered by express at purchaser’s expense $10.00).

Allen's Check-list of the plants in the 6th edition of Gray’s
Manual of the Northern U. S.—In paper, 10 cents each, three
for 25 cents, five for 40 cents, ten for 75 cents. In leatherette, 25
cents each, three for 60 cents, 6 for $1.00. Small and portable,
convenient for field notes and herbarium exchange lists.

Sundry scientific papers, reprints, etc., by Gray, Watson, Sul-
livant, and others, can also be supplied. Prices on application.

ADDRESS ORDERS TO
B. L. ROBINSON, Curator, - - Cambridge, Mass.

Mosses of the Southern United States.

Now REapy.
The First 51 Numbers of the Distribution, Price, $5.00.
Address, J. K. STIALL,

41 E, 49th St., New York.

Third Edition.
Sent postpaid on receipt of price, $4.00.

Published by

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

1286 Massachusetts Avenue, Opposite College Library,
Cambridge Mass’

“ESTABLISHED 1851.

EIMER & AMEND,

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & au Third Ave,

- Corner of 18th Street, : NEW YORK.

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED Mig
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

B. March’s Saline Chemical ‘Scone
Ware.

Sobiichice & Schuell’s ae
Pure and Common Filter Paper.
eo Doctor. Cc. Scheibler’s Saccharome-
ters (Polariscopes). ie :
Prof Jolly’ $ Specific Grviy ae
ances, etc.

Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co, i
- Paris, Platinam. "

SPECIALTIES: :—Bacterioscopical ad Normal Gcahiecd 1 Gi
ware, Porcelain from the Roval pees and Meissen, Laporte oh

"PUBLICATIONS TF THE CLUB.

| (1) THE BULLETIN. .
This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with
many full page illustr~tions were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.
Terms for Engiund and the Continent of Europe, to shillings, Agents for
ane an ithe Messrs, Durau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.

_ Back Numpers.—The BULLETIN was published from 1870 to 1877, inclusive
i. yearly yolumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these —
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to.
ram on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
"The price of this volume is $5.00, Volumes 7 to 16 have been indexed sepa-_
rately, ‘and a general index to Vols. 7 to 16 printed in pamphlet form, which may be had
_forsocents. The price of eachis $1.00, Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 and 23 are indexed
ee: Price of each $2.00, Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied complete,

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers —
_¢an also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. — Tho
$ omitted from this list cannot be had separately. ae
a Volume 1, No. 2—A List of the Marine Algze initiesiets observed on the Coasts #
: of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. ig
No, 3—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in
- South America, with descriptions of many new species. x3 Richa, Spruce. Rabie :
75 cents. e
No, 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 ent AS
Volume 2, No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding —
Parts, with two plates.. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents. :

No, peer terrae to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. ‘By Anna
Murray: Vail and Arthur Hollick. ° ‘Price, 75 cents.

Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous t ter
ory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents. ©
‘No, 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadaces with ilastrations of a

Pi

eos

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
OFFICERS FOR 1897.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

: Vice Presidents,

T. F. ALLEN, M. D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D.

Recording Secretary,

_ Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS,
Normal College, New York City.

Corresponding Secretary,
Dr. JOHN K. SMALL,
Columbia University, New York City.
Editor,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D.,
Columbia University, New York City.

Treasurer,

HENRY OGDEN,
11 Pine Street, New Yorb City.

Committee on Admissions.

CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT,

JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D.,
3% E. s7th Street, New York City.

| 64°W. ssth Street, New York City.
Library and Herbarium Committee,
JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS,

HELEN M. INGERSOLL,
WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D.,

Rev. L. H. LIGHTHIPE.
Committees on the Local Flora, :

Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, _ ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,

N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., MARIA O. LE BRUN,

H. H. RUSBY, M.D, _ SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M. Dees 20
‘The Club meets regularly at Columbia University, 4gth Street and Madison Ave-
“nue, New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, Se
as except June, July, August = September, ‘at 8 o’clock, P. M. —— are sao

So MEMBERS or THE CLuR will plete rent their anal dus for 1897, no
“utes abines Speer Open ete ere er eee

| Associate hes Se
ae EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph. D., ARTHUR: HOLLICK, Ph. | .

BYRON L HALSTED: Se. ‘D.

f ANNA MURRAY VAIL,
3 ee LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD, (PR Dee
: HELEN M, INGERSOLL.

daredes:
we, E. - WHEELOCK, M.D.

BULLETIN |

“TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
Vol. 24. Lancaster, Pa., June 29, 1897. No. 6.

New Species of North American Fungi from various Localities.

By J. B. Etxis AND B. M. EVERHART.

HYMENOMYCETES.
MyYRIADOPORUS SUBSULPHUREUS E. & E.

On decaying wood, Denver, Colo., May, 1897. (Prof. E. Bethel,
no, 239.)
__ Effused, immarginate, wood-color or grayish-white outside,
light sulphur-yellow within, of a brittle corky texture, stratose,
4-5 mm. thick, extending continuously for 5-6 cm. or more;
pores imperfectly developed, not continuous and cylindrical, but
mere cavities scattered irregularly through the substance, more
abundant near the surface. :

Has the general appearance of Pona vulgaris Fr. or P.

obducens Pers.

PENIOPHORA OCCIDENTALIS E. & E.
On dead limbs of deciduous trees, Canada to Colorado, west-

ward. N.A.F. 2314. Ze

Effused for 4-6 cm. in extent, with margin more or less re-
flexed and strigose-tomentose, dirty white, not zonate ; hymenium
pale lilac color, fading out, farinose; cystidia slender, rugulose-.
roughened and slender-pointed, 75-110 13-16y; spores ellipti-

cal, 1-2 nucleate, 12-15 X5—7p.
PYRENOMYCETES.
ROSELLINIA SUBCOMPRESSA E. & E.
On old decorticated cottonwood limbs, Aberdeen, So. Da-
kota, Apr., 1897 (D. Griffiths, no. 7).

Gregarious, depressed-globose, about Y mm. diam., base :

278

slightly sunk in the surface of the wood; ostiolum papilliform ;
asci cylindrical, short-stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored; sporidia
uniseriate, elliptical, compressed, 6-9X 5—6y and about 3%y thick.

The sporidia are obtusely rounded at the ends when viewed in
front, but subacute when seen edgewise.

AAMPHISPHAERIA MELANTERA E. & E.

On bark of Quercus undulata, Deansbury, Colo., Apr., 1897.
(E. Bethel, no. 230.)

Perithecia erumpent-superficial, ovate-globose, black, 14-34
mm. diam., scattered; ostiolum obscure, at length perforated ;
asci oblong-cylindrical, subsessile, 100-110 20-22y, with abun-
dant filiform paraphyses; sporidia biseriate, oblong, uniseptate,
strongly constricted at the septum so that the two cells easily sepa-
rate, the lower cell mostly narrower, brown, 20-35 X 12-15.

A. Querceti Cke. & Mass., has larger perithecia and unise-
riate smaller sporidia only slightly constricted.

TEICHOSPORA POPULINA E. & E.

On decorticated weather-beaten limbs of Populus monilifera,
Rooks Co., Kansas. (Bartholomew, 2388.)

Perithecia scattered, semierumpent, subglobose, about 4% mm.
diam., partly covered by the loosened fibers of the wood ; ostio-
lum papilliform ; asci cylindrical, subsessile, paraphysate, 8-spored,
I110-120X8-10; ‘sporidia uniseriate, ovate-elliptical, 3-5-sep-
tate, constricted at the septa, more strongly so at the middle one,
brown, 15-22X7-8y, the inner cells divided by a longitudinal
septum.

LOPHIOSPHAERA RHODOSPORA E. & E.

On the inner surface of cast-off bark, Ohio. (Morgan, no.
1162.)

Perithecia erumpent-superficial, gregarious, ovate-conical, later-
ally compressed, 200-250 diam., submembranous, ostiolum nar-
row, subcompressed or simply papillate, soon perforated; asci
clavate-cylindrical, 70-75 X 10-12 (paraphysate) ? 8-spored, short-
stipitate; sporidia uniseriate and oblique or biseriate, ovoid-
elliptical, rosy-hyaline, uniseptate, scarcely constricted, 12-
14X%5-6p.

The mass of sporidia is distinctly rose-colored, giving by trans-
lucence the same color to the young perithecia which, however,
soon beccme black. On account of the slightly compressed
ostiolum this might be referred to Melanopsamma. The material
was too scanty to decide conclusively. —

279

LOPHIOSPHAERA ZEICOLA E. & E.

On old corn stalks (Zea Mays), Rooks Co., Kansas, May, 1897.
(Bartholomew, no. 2407.)

Perithecia gregarious, ovate-globose, buried, except the apex
and erumpent black shining narrow compressed ostiolum, about
¥% mm. diam; asci oblong-ovate, short-stipitate, obsoletely para-
physate, 8-spored, 35-45X10-124. Sporidia biseriate, ovate,
uniseptate, not constricted, smoky-hyaline, 8-10X 4.

The asci and sporidia resemble those of Sphaerella.

PLEOSPORA JUGLANDIS E. & E.

On dead limbs of /uglans nigra, Rooks Co., Kansas, April,
1897. (Bartholomew, no. 2405.) :

Perithecia gregarious, small, 400-500 diam., whitish inside,
sunk in the bark but raising the epidermis into numerous small
pustules which are barely pierced by the minute punctiform ostio-
lum ; asci cylindrical, 75-85 X10y, short-stipitate, 8-spored, par-
aphysate.; sporidia uniseriate, oblong-elliptical, 3- (exceptionally
5-) septate, the two inner cells divided by a longitudinal septum,
scarcely constricted, but the 5-septate spores sometimes constricted
in the middle, yellow-brown, 15-22 8-10.

Has the habit of Clypeosphaeria Hendersonia Ell.

METASPHAERIA SERIATA E. & E.

On dead herbaceous stems (Umbelliferae)? Deansbury, Colo.,
Apr. 1897. (Bethel 233.)

Perithecia semierumpent, globose, minute (80-100), arranged
in narrow elongated strips, several centimeters long and about
¥% cm. wide, the surface of the stem occupied by these being
slightly blackened; ostiola papilliform, indistinct ; asci clavate-
cylindrical, sessile, 45-50X8-10y, paraphysate, 8-spored. Spo-
ridia crowded-biseriate, fusoid, hyaline, faintly I-3-septate, 25-27
X 3h

METASPHAERIA RUBICOLA E & E.
On dead canes of Rubus deliciosus, Golden, Colo., March, 1897.

(Bethel 179 & 208).

Perithecia scattered or seriate, sometimes in groups of 3-4, con-
nected at base bya thin stromatic crust, globose, 400-500 diam.
slate-color inside, buried in the bark and penetrating to the wood,
with the apex and papilliform ostiolum erumpent; asci cylin-
drical, subsessile, paraphysate, 100-115 X 10-12; sporidia uni-
seriate, oblong or oblong-elliptical, 3-septate, not constricted,
ends rounded and obtuse, hyaline, 15-20 8-Ion.

280

VALSA MACROCARPA E. & E.

On dead limbs of Quercus macrocarpa, Rooks Co., Kansas,
Ap. 1897. (Bartholomew, no. 2393.)

Perithecia ovate-globose, about % mm. diam., 15-30 in a
cortical stroma formed from the unchanged substance of the bark, |
closely packed in a single layer, subangular from mutual pressure;
ostiola erumpent mostly around the margin of a light-brown disk,
black, rounded at the tips, becoming flattened and umbilicate ;
asci clavate-cylindrical, p. sp. 23-30X5-6u; sporidia biseriate,
allantoid, rather strongly curved, hyaline, 6-7X11{-1 4p.

The disk is at first convex, but finally plane, rising but little
above the epidermis which it perforates and raises into slight

pustules.
EuTyPELia TILIAE E. &. E.

In bark of dead 7zia Americana, Canada (Macoun).

Stroma cortical, formed of the unaltered substance of the bark,
not circumscribed; perithecia circinate, ovate-globose, 14 mm.
diam., buried in the inner bark, necks converging and terminating in
an erumpent fascicle of ovate-conical quadrisulcate ostiola; asci
clavate-cylindrical, 40% long (including the slender stipe), p. sp.
22-25 X 3, paraphysate, 8-spored; sporidia biserate above, allan-
toid, hyaline, 4-4% XIp.

The tufts of ostiola are %-34 mm. across, the tips slightly
spreading.

VALSARIA XANTHOXYLI E. &, E.

On Xanthoxylum Clava-Herculis, St. Martinville, La., March, |
1897. (Rev. A. B. Langlois, no. 2500.)

Stromata pulvinate, 2-6 mm. diam. consisting mainly of a
brownish-black subcarbonaceous crust of rather loose texture,
covering the small, ovate-oblong, IX%—l%4y, membranous,
perithecia which are seated in a closely packed group on the un-
altered surface of the wood; ostiola tuberculiform-conical, at-
length broadly perforated or umbilicate; asci cylindrical, p. sp.,
75-80 8-10, with abundant paraphyses; sporidia uniseriate,
elliptical, uniseptate and mostly constricted, brown, 12-14X6-7p-

CURREYA RIMOSA E, & a

On dry hard wood of Arctostaphylus tomentosa (Manzanita),
San Diego, Calif., July, 1896. (Bethel, no. 87.)

Stroma erumpent, -superficial, tuberculo-hemispherical or |
oftener hysteriiform-elongated, 1-2 mm. long, % mm. broad,

flattened above, surface minutely roughened, black or, when pre-. 3

281

maturely dried, reddish and transversely cracked; ascigerous.
cells globose, minute; asci obovate, 75-80X 40-45, subsessile,
paraphysate, 8-spored; sporidia crowded, biseriate, obovate-ob-
long, slightly curved, yellowish, obtusely rounded at the ends, at
first 3-septate, becoming 5-7-septate and muriform, 30-40X
15-204,

DISCOMYCETES.

SARCOSCYPHA ALPINA FE. & E,

On the ground, Nederland, Colorado, May 4, 1897. (D. M.
Andrews.) Comm. Prof. E. Bethel, no. 238.

Stipitate, 2cm. high. Stipe, 114 cm. high, about 2 mm. thick,
clothed with short grayish-white tomentum, enlarged above into
the cyathiform ascoma % cm. high, 3-4 mm. broad with the
margin erect and sublobate, clothed externally like the stipe and
with a few white spreading hairs, substance carnose, with a rose-
colored tint; hymenium orange; asci cylindrical, 210-250X
20-22; paraphyses stout, clavate, thickened above; sporidia
uniseriate, elliptical, subinequilateral, subattenuated towards each
end but obtuse, with one large nucleus and I or 2 smaller ones, 30—
35X13-16p.

Closely allied to S. floccosa (Schw.) but lacks the abundant

spreading hairs of that species and has larger sporidia.

TAPESIA TUMEFACIENS E. & E.
On swollen dead stems of Bigelovia graveolens, Colorado,

Jan., 1897. (E. Bethel.)

Ascomata densely gregarious, or in broad strips erumpent
through cracks in the bark, seated on a thin sporidesmoid subicu-
lum, when fresh orbicular, about 2 mm. diam., mouse-color,
disk concave, margin slightly incurved; substance soft carnose,
cellular, the margin fringed with olivaceous septate straight hairs,
about 75 long, and 3-4» thick at the tips; asci clavate-cylindrical,
70-75 X8-10p, short-stipitate; 8 spored ; paraphyses stout, simple,
subundulate above, about 2» thick, sporidia obliquely uniseriate,
elliptical, hyaline, 8-11 5-6. :

When dry the opposite sides of the ascomata are rolled to-
gether in a hysteriiform manner. The habit is that of Angelina
vufescens Duby. . The.mycelium penetrates the wood and causes
the stems to swell in the same manner as Montagnella tumefaciens

E, & H.

282

CORYNE MICROSPORA.

On decaying logs, Canada (Macoun.)

Cespitose. Ascomata carnose-gelatinous, light liver-color,
1%4-1 cm. across, depressed in the center, contracted below into a
short thick stipe; when dry, almost exactly the color of dried
raisins, and more or less wrinkled and folded; asci cylindrical,
stipitate, paraphysate, 70-75 X 5-6, 8-spored ; sporidia uniseriate,
elliptical, 2-nucleate, hyaline, 5-6 214-3.

Has the general aspect of Coryne urnalis Nyl., but ascomata
larger and sporidia much smaller.

Usti_aco Sroronori E. & E.

On Sporobolus cryptandrus Gray, foothills of the Rocky Moun-
tains, Colorado, July, 1895.. Coll. J. C: Cowen, Comm. Prof. C. 5.
Crandall, no. 156°. -

Investing the culms within the sheaths and completely sur-
rounding them for several cm. in extent with a thin even brown-
ish-black layer of minute globose or elliptical 3-4 spores.

UREDINEAE.
UROMYCES BICOLOR E. & E.

On leaves on Allium rigidum, Tulare Co., California, August,
1891. ‘ Death Valley Expedition,” no. 1499, Coville & Funston.

Aecidia amphigenous, on the tips of the leaves, thickly scat-
tered; pseudoperidia hemispherical and closed at first, then
erumpent and open, about 34 mm. diam., margin coarsely toothed ;
aecidiospores obovate, elliptical or subglobose, 22-3015-204,
smooth ; uredo-sori small (34-2 mm.), oblong or elliptical, soon
naked, light yellow; uredospores elliptical, smooth, pale, mem-
brane 2-3 thick. Teleutospore-sori punctiform, black, densely
gregarious or confluent in crowded groups 34-1% mm. long by
14-1 mm. wide, permanently covered by the epidermis. Teleuto-
spores obovate or pyriform, 20-30X 15—22y, pale brown ; epispore
smooth, scarcely thickened at the apex ; pedicels short (15-25/),
hyaline, easily deciduous.

A well marked species, easily recognized by the difference in
color and structure of the uredo and telentospore sori.
PucciniA EriGerontis E. & E.
On leaves of Erigeron caespitosus Crow Creek, Wyoming, July,
1896. ( Prof. Aven Nelson, no. 2847.)
III. Sori amphigenous, naked, 4-34 mm. diam., mostly clus-

283

tered in patches 2-4 mm. across, sometimes subcircinately ar-
ranged, orbicular, black, seated on pale yellowish spots; teleu-
tospores oblong or oblong-elliptical, broadly constricted, unisep-
tate in the middle, the lower cell paler and rounded below; upper
cell mostly broader and darker, contents granular; epispore
smooth, thickened above, with or without a papilla, 38-60 15—
214 (mostly 40-50X 18-20) ; yellowish-brown, on pedicels mostly a
little longer than the spores, persistent and yellowish above.
Differs from P. doloris Speg., in its amphigenous growth, black

sori and rather larger spores.

PucciniaA DutuisE Ell. &. Tracy.

II., II. Amphigenous; sori small, oval, black, distinct ; uredo-
spores subglobose, epispore thin, slightly echinulate, 30-40 by
35; teleutospores broadly oval, slightly constricted, ends rounded,
not thickened, smooth, dark brown when mature, 40-45 by 26-30;
pedicel with a distinct enlargement at the base of the spore, taper-
ing below, tinted, twice or thrice the length of the spore.

On Andropogon intermedius and A, pertusus, India. Com. by. J.

F. Duthie,
PucciniA NuTTALui E. & E.

On living leaves, petioles and flowers of Cyrtorhyncha Nuttallit.
Foothills of the Rocky Mountains, Colorado, June, 1895. (J. H.
Cowen), comm. Prof. C. S. Crandall.

III. Sori at first covered by the lead-colored epidermis, soon
naked, pulverulent and then nearly black; on the leaves thin and
small, confluent and flat ; on the petioles, elongated, sub-linear ;
spores elliptical, varying to oblong or obovate-elliptical, rounded
at the ends, and mostly crowned with a small flat papilla, epi-
spore thick but not distinctly thicker at the apex, nearly even at
first, but in the mature spore coarsely but not prominently tuber-
cular-roughened, yellowish-brown becoming dark-brown, 25-40x
18-20.

Closely allied to P. Ranunculi (Seymour) and to P. gbberulosa
Schrtr., but the habit and roughening of the epispore is different.

PuccINIA IRREGULARIS Ell. & Tracy.
On Solidago sp, Pike’s Peak, Colo. (Tracy); on Solidago spec-
tabilis var. rigidiuscula, Nebraska (Bates).
III. Amphigenous but more abundant below; sori small,
subhemispherical, clustered or subcircinate on small pallid spots ;

teleutospores elliptical or oblong-elliptical, constricted, 50-70%
20-30, epispore smooth, pale brown, strongly thickened at the

284

apex and prolonged into a subhyaline conical papilla; pedicels
slightly tinted, 80-11om long.

The spores are sometimes quite irregular; sometimes 3-celled,
with upper septum perpendicular or inclined, and the upper cell
with two apiculi. Mesospores (unilocular spores) tolerably
abundant, 30-40 X 18-22.

Differs from P. Sofidaginis Pk. in its much smaller sori, nar-
rower, more pointed spores and longer pedicels.

PuCcCINIA LUDIBUNDA E & E. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1893:
153. N. A. F. no, 3243.

The description of this species is incomplete, no mention being
made of the Uredo. This occurs in minute oblong pale orange-
colored sori, about I mm. long, at first covered by the epidermis,
but soon exposed, though inconspicuous. Uredospores obovate,
16-22X12-14y, pale orange, faintly aciculate. Pedicels decidu-
ous. The teleutosori also occur on both sides of the leaf.

Arcipium Puioscis E, & E.
On Phlox longifolia, near Lewiston, Idaho, Apr., 1896. (Heller,

no. 2992.)

Aecidia hypophyllous, evenly scattered, pustuliform at first,
soon open and shallow cup-shaped with the margin coarsely
lacerate-toothed ; spores globose or sub-elliptical or sub-angular,
orange-yellow, smooth, 15-20» diam.

This is not improbably the Aecidium of Puccinia plumbaria Pk.
which is found on this same host.

AECIDIUM ILICINUM E. & E.

On living leaves of L/ex opaca, Nuttallburg, West Va., Apr. 20,
1896. (L. W. Nuttall, no. 839).

Spots amphigenous, purplish-black above, dirty-orange below,
indefinite. Aecidia hypophyllous, mostly only one in the center
of a spot, hemispherical or tuberculiform and closed at first, then
laciniately dehiscent and margin coarsely toothed; aecidiospores
irregular in shape, globose, ovate, elliptical or subangular, 18-

22» in the longer diameter, epispore more or less wrinkled or
tuberculate-roughened.

AetcipiIum TissakE E. & E.

On leaves atid stems of Zissa macrotheca, San Jacinto, Calif,
March, 1896, (McClatchie, no. 1137.)

Scattered or clustered ; aecidia small; short-cylindrical, margin

285

slightly toothed; spores sub-globose or elliptical, smooth, 14—
18» diam., bright orange, at first soon fading.

Urepo ErrocomarE E. & E.

On leaves of Eriocoma caespitosa, Mojave Desert, Kern Co.,
Calif., May, 1892. Coll. D. W. Coquillett; comm. Miss May
Varney.

Sori mostly epiphyllous, linear, soon naked, dark brown, 1-4
mm. long; uredospores elliptical, pale brown, 20-30% 10-12y,
epispore thick, rather coarsely, but only slightly tuberculo-echinu-
late-roughened, mostly filled with large oil globules; pedicels
weak, slender, hyaline, deciduous, 20~30» long.

SPHAEROPSIDEAE.
PHYLLOSTICYA LIVIDA E, & E,
On leaves of Quercus Douglas, Amador Co., Calif. (Hansen,

no. 1218.)

Spots large (1 cm.), subindefinite, brown below, livid brown
above; perithecia amphigenous, numerous, covered by the livid
epidermis, which is raised into small pustules and only tardily rup-
tured; sporules minute (3XIy), numerous, hyaline.

PHYLLOSTICTA GALLICOLA E. & E.
Parasitic on the fungoid gal! known as “ Riytisma Solidaginis,”

Colorado, 1896. (Bethel, no. 221.)

Perithecia numerous, amphigenous, globose, about 210 diam.,
fringed with brown mycelium, buried except the erumpent apex,
which is rather broadly perforated; sporules elliptical, smoky-
hyaline, 6-15 X6-8p.

Puytiosticta Eucatypti E. & E.
On the dead brown extremities or upper half of the leaves of

Eucalyptus, California. (Bethel.)
Perithecia amphigenous, evenly scattered, innate-erumpent,
globose, 100-120» diam.; sporules oblong, 5-8 XI 14-2 4p.

PHYLLOSTICTA WISLIZENI E. & E.
On leaves of Quercus Wislizeni, Amador Co., Calif., 1896.

(Hansen, no. 1502.)

Epiphyllous,on dirty brown subindefinite spots or dead areas of
the leaf, often terminal or lateral, and subconfluent ; perithecia at
first covered by the blackened pustuliform-elevated epidermis,
which is at length variously ruptured, often by a fissure running
across the pustule, with the aspect of Hysterium, 250-300” diam., —

286

globose or oblong ; sporules oblong-elliptical, hyaline, 10-12
5—6u, sometimes a little bulging on one side.

PHYLLOSTICTA SPHAEROPSISPORA E. & E.

On leaves of Solidago confinis, Pasadena, Calif., Dec. 1895.
(Professor A. J. McClatchie, no. 1051.) :
Spots suborbicular, white, 3-10 mm. diam., with a narrow brown
slightly raised margin; perithecia epiphyllous, hemispheric, prom-
inent, black, 100-1204 diam; sporules obovate-elliptical, 13-I16X
6-7, brownish, on stout pedicels 15X2%4p.
PHYLLOSTICTA FIMBRIATA E. &. E.

On leaves of Arbutus Menztsti, Ashland, Oregon, June, 1895.
(Dr. J. J. Davis, no. 956.)

Spots amphigenous, rusty brown below, cinereous, purple-
margined and slightly raised above, irregular in shape, 2-6 mm.
diam.; perithecia epiphyllous, not abundant, gray, 200-300» diam. ;
hemispheric-prominent, fringed around the base with straight
spreading simple closely septate hyphae 50-75X5y. Sporules

variable in shape, oblong, 3-5X1%, elliptical, 4-6 2-3u, or glo-
bose, 5—6x.

Puoma Tuapsi E. & E.
On dead stems of Verbascum Thapsus, Newfield, N. J., May,
1897.
Perithecia subhysteriiform, covered by the blackened epidermis

which is pierced by the papilliform ostiolum; sporules oblong-
elliptical, binucleate, obtuse, 5-6X 21%.

Differs from P. verbascicola (Schw.) in its differently shaped
perithecia, and larger 2-nucleate sporules.

PuHoma Catirornica E. & E.
On dead and dying stems of Gentiana serrata, San Bernardino
Mts., Calif., S. B. Parish ; comm. A. J. McClatchie.

Perithecia subcuticular, covered by the slightly raised and
blackened epidermis ; sporules oblong, 3X34.

Differs from P. Miesslii Sace. and P. Gentianae J. Kuhn, in its
much smaller sporules.

MACROPHOMA NERVICOLA E. & E.

On the nerves of the leaves of Quercus alba, in company with
Leptothyrium dryinum Sacc., Racine, Wis., Aug., 1896. (Dr. J. J.
Davis, no. 963.)

Perithecia buried with the apex slightly erumpent, 80-1204

diam., sometimes two or three subconfluent; sporules oblong-
fusoid, hyaline, 14-21 X6-8.

287

M. dryina (B. & C). is a ramicolous species with smaller
(15 X6-7,) spores. :
APOSPHAERIA NUCICOLA E. & E.

On old hickory nuts lying on the ground, Newfield, N. J.,
April, 1897.

Perithecia superficial, gregarious, often clustered and subcon-
nate, ovate, smooth and black above, with a distinct papilliform
ostiolum ; sporules elliptical, hyaline, 21%4-314%4 X1Y4-14p.

ASTEROMA SENECIONIS E. & E.

On leaves of Senecio Rawsoniana, Yosemite, California, June,
1895. (Davis, no. 9513.)

Spots orbicular, light yellow, %/-1 cm. diam.; perithecia
amphigenous, 50-Qo» diam., astomous at first, then with a
large opening above, seated on a mycelium like that of the
Erysipheae ; sporules minute, cylindrical, 4-5 less than Ip,

The perithecia are densely gregarious and form a broad black
belt around the margin of the spots, the central portion (2-3 mm.
diameter) being occupied by Gloeosporium Senecionis E. & E.

This is an anomalous Aséeroma, lacking the usual radiating
fibrils.

Fusicoccum PersicaE E. & E.

On dead limbs of peach trees, St. Martinville, La., March,
1896. (Langlois, no. 2466.)

Stroma tuberculiform, 34 mm. diameter, semierumpent through
the epidermis, of coarse cellular structure, multilocular cells small
(150z), white, numerous; sporules oblong-fusoid, hyaline, continu-
ous, 18-226-7», on basidia shorter than the sporules.

CYTISPORELLA CARNEA E. & E.
On dead limbs of Castanea, Nuttallburg, West Va., March,

1896. (L. W. Nuttall.)

Stroma at first tuberculo-hemispherical and covered by the
epidermis, soon erumpent through the transversely or laciniately
ruptured epidermis, brown outside, white and of firm consistence
within (except the central portion), multilocular cells light-colored ;
sporules elliptical, hyaline, continuous, 5-7X2%-3y.

The stroma is about 114 mm. wide and 1 mm. high and finally
shrinks away from the ruptured epidermis and then is more or

less distinctly flesh-colored.

288

CYTISPORA TUMULOSA E, & E.

On dead buds of Magnolia Fraseri, Nuttallburg, West Va.,
March, 1896. (Nuttall, no. 808.)

Stroma cylindric-conical, erumpent, brown, lighter inside,
about I mm. rboad,the upper erumpent part 34 mm. high;
sporigreous cells perithecioid, whitish, globose, sunk in the lower
part of the stroma; sporules allantoid, hyaline, curved, 6-8X
1p.

a -CyYTISPORA ANNULARIS E & E.

On bark of dead Fraxinus Americana, Aberdeen, So. Dakota,
Apr. 1897. (David Griffiths, no. 1.) :

Stroma sunk in the inner bark, ovate-globose, about 300, diam.,
cells obsolete, apex erumpent, with a small round opening sur-
rounded by a white ring, presenting outwardly almost the same
appearance as Stictis stigma C. & E; sporules allantoid, 4-5 *
1%» on fasciculate basidia 12% 1%,» branched above.

Sporules smaller than in C. deucosticta E. & B. or C. albiceps E.
& K. and larger than in C. deucostoma B. & C.; evidently different
from C. Persicae Schw. and from C. leucostoma Sacc.

SPHAEROPSIS COMPTONIAE E. & E.

On dead shoots of Comptonia, Newfield, N. J. Apr. 1897.
Perithecia scattered, globose, 300» diam., buried except the
erumpent apex; sporules oblong-elliptical 15-20X9—I0y.

Dietopia Meise E. & E.

On dead limbs of Media, Louisiana. (Langlois, no. 2446.)

Perithecia scattered, or sometimes 2 or 3 together, at first
covered by the epidermis but soon suberumpent; sporules ob-
long-elliptical, 17-20 8-10, becoming tardily uniseptate.

DIPLODIA PARAPHYSATA E, & E.

On bark of Zi#a, Nuttallburg, West Va., March, 1896. (L. W.
Nuttall, no. 832.) : mre ce

Perithecia sub-cuticular, depressed-globose, pilose-tomentose,
black (white inside) 300-400 » diam., with papilliform ostiolum,
raising the epidermis into pustules and finally rupturing it, thickly
scattered, often 2-3 sub-confluent; sporules ovate-elliptical,
hyaline at first, then brown and uniseptate but not constricted, 22—-
27X12-154, accompanied by stout branching paraphyses 100-
110 long by 114-2» thick and borne on stout basidia mostly
shorter than the sporules. ae ia

Melanconis titacea Ell. was found on the same specimens. —

.

289

ASCOCHYTA FRASERAE E. & E.

On stems of Frasera speciosa, Deansbury, Colo., Apr., 1897.
(Bethel, 234.)

Perithecia scattered, sub-cuticular, depressed-globose, 80-1 10
diam., perforated above, of cellular-membanous texture ; sporules
oblong, obtuse, uniseptate, narrower in the middle, hyaline 1,2—
15X4-5e.

HENDERSONIA CYLINDROSPORA E, & E.

On some coarse umbelliferous plant, Denver, Colo., May,
1897. (Bethel, 247).

Perithecia scattered, minute, subcuticular; sporules cylindri-
cal, obtuse, 3-septate, yellow-brown, slightly constricted at the
septa, 18-22X6-7».

CAMAROSPORIUM CHENOPODI! E. & E.

On dead stems of Chenopodium, Fort Collins, Colorado, March,

1896. (Crandall and Cowen, no. 240.)

Perithecia erumpent, conic-globose, 110-140» diam., coarsely
cellular, perforated above, membranous; sporules oblong-ellip-
tical or subcubical, yellow-brown, 3-septate and muriform,. 10-
20 8-12, mostly on blackened areas of the stem.

SEPTORIA JUSSIAEAE E. & E.

Spots white with a red-shaded border, suborbicular, small
(1-114 mm.); perithecia few (1-6) on a spot, oftener only a single
one and that in the center of the spot, punctiform, black, epiphyl-
lous, semierumpent ; sporules filiform, curved, nucleate-septulate,
30-50X 1-1 Yn.

On leaves of /ussiaea pilosa, Florida. (Geo. V. Nash, no. 2402.)

SeproriA Umi E. & E.
On leaves of Ulmus fulva, Canada (Dearness), and on U/mus

rhombifolia, California (Hansen).

Spots orbicular, light yellow %-1 mm. diam. Perithecia mi-
nute, collected in the center of the spot; sporules lunate, 3-septate,
20-30X 2p.

_ SEPTORIA SIGMOIDEA E. & E,

On leaves and sheaths of Panicum virgatum, Ames, lowa, Oct.,
1895. Coll. Geo. W. Carver, comm. L. W. Pammel.

Spots none. Perithecia covered, evenly scattered or subseriate,
80-110n, lying between the nerves of the leaf and visible as mi-.
nute black specks through the epidermis which is only very,

290

slightly raised; sporules arcuate-fusoid or sigmoid, 3-6 (mostly
5-) septate, sometimes distinctly, but for the most part only
slightly constricted at the septa, 35-52 long, 4144-5 % thick in
the middle, tapering to each end, often bent in the form of the
letter S.

Comes near SS. efigeios Thum. but has sporules more strongly
curved, broader and tapering to each end.

SEPTORIA MyricakE E. & E.

On leaves of Myrica Newfield, N. J., Sept., 1895.

Hypophyllous. Spots rusty-brown, 3-6 mm. diam., often 1n-
terruptedly confluent over the entire leaf, giving it a mottled ap-
pearance ; spots sometimes subconcentrically marked ; perithecia
subcuticular, then erumpent, black, conical, with a broad opening
at the apex; sporules bacillary, hyaline, continuous, 8-IOoXI 4+.

MELANCONIEAE.
MELANCONIUM ARUNDINACEUM E. & E.

On dead canes of Avundinaria, St. Martinville, La., March,
1896. (Langlois, no. 2444.)

Acervuli gregarious, elliptical, 1-1343/-1 mm, lenticular,
covered by the lead-colored epidermis, which finally splits along
the middle; conidia globose, 15-20» diam., or elliptical, 18-22X
13-16; basidia inconspicuous, shorter than the spores.

Differs from JM. hysterinum Sacc. in its larger acervuli, and
mostly obovate-elliptical conidia and inconspicuous basidia.

Myxosporium Corni E. & E.
On bark of dead Cornus florida, near Mich. Ag. College, Jan.,
1892. (G. H. Hicks, no. 154.)
Acervuli subcuticular, convex-discoid, slate-color within, 1-1%
mm. diam., slightly raising and splitting the epidermis; sporules

oblong, hyaline, 2-nucleate, 6-83», expelled in a flesh-colored
globule.

M. nitida B. & C., has acervuli and sporules smaller.

GLorosporium SENECIONIS E. & E.
On leaves of Senecio aronicoides, Wawona, Calif., June, 1895.
(Davis, no. 9513.) :
Spots orbicular, 5-10 mm. diam., often confluent over the

greater part of the leaf, mostly darker around the margin but be-
coming a uniform light yellow; acervuli more abundant below,

291

yellow, about 75 diam.; conidia oblong, 12-23X 3-3 Mu, slightly
curved and obtusely pointed at the ends, continuous.

This can hardly be Cylindrosporim Senecionis B. and Br. Ann.
Nat. Hist. no. 1613; Grev. 5: 58, which “forms white con-
spicuous patches,” with flexuous flocci and cylindrical spores and
belongs apparently among the Mucedineae.

On the California specimens are also small superficial per-
forated perithecia, on a mycelium like that of the Erysipheae.
(Asteroma Senecionts E. & E.)

CYLINDROSPORIUM KeELLoGGI E. & E.

On living leaves of Quercus Kelloggui Amador Co., Calif.
(Hansen, no. 1357.)

Spots numerous, small (1-2 mm.) very dark brown at first,
more or less whitening out in the center with a dark narrow mar-
gin, often confluent, forming irregularly shaped light brown dead
areas 1%4-I cm. or more in extent; acervuli hypophyllous, 110-
150» diam., erumpent in flesh-colored conglutinated heaps be-
coming nearly black; conidia cylindrical, more or less bent,
nucleate, becoming about 3-septate, 40-65 X2%4-3p.

CYLINDROSPORIUM LupPINI E. & E.

On leaves of Lupinus cytisoides and L. latifolius, Yosemite,
Calif., June, 1895. (Davis, no. 9514.)

Spots irregular, suborbicular, 2-4 mm. or often extending along
the side of the leaf or occupying the upper part of the leaf, dull
reddish brown; acervuli amphigenous, pale, about 75. diam.;
conidia fusoid-filiform or spiculiform, nucleate, straight, contin-
uous, I5-23X1 4-1 lp.

Differs from C. Jongispora Ell. & Dearness, in its larger spores
and much shorter continuous conidia. ¢

MarsoniA BAPTISIAE E. & E.

On leaves ot Baptisia leucantha, Ames, Iowa, Oct., 1895.
(Coll. Geo. W. Carver, comm. Prof. L. H. Pammell.)

Spots orbicular, 2-4 mm. diam., yellowish brown, with a
broad almost black border, zonate; acervuli 150-200, diameter,
covered above by the blackened cuticle, finally erumpent ; conidia
oblong-elliptical, obtusely rounded at the ends, 14-18X6-7,, con-
tinuous at first, becoming faintly uniseptate and mostly slightly
constricted at the septum.

292

CORYNEUM PEZIZOIDES E. & E.

On rough outer bark of willow, Golden, Colorado, March,
1897. (E. Bethel, no. 213.)

Acervuli erumpent-superficial, at first punctiform, then orbicu-
lar, 4%-%4 mm. diam., black, mostly plane or slightly concave
above, with the surface roughened as if by minute projecting
ostiola; conidia oblong, 3-septate, constricted at the septa, olive-
brown, 20-25 X6-7, on basidia about 15» long.

CORYNEUM NEGUNDINIS E. & E.

On dead limbs of Megundo aceroides, Denver, Colo., March,
1897. (E. Bethel.)

Acerculi subepidermal, at first separate, soon confluent and
throwing off the epidermis, exposing a black continuous uneven
layer seated on the inner bark; conidia obovate or elliptical, 2-
septate, constricted at the septa or quite as often not constricted,
yellow-brown, 20~30 exceptionally 40X12-I5, on stout (15-20
X4-5), subhyaline, subtorulose, continuous or faintly septate
basidia. .

The absence of erect sterile hyphae separates this from Sep/o-
Sporium, which, in the mature effused state, it much resembles.

HomosTEGIA DIPLOCARPA E. & E. Bull. Torr. Club, 24: 135. 1897.

This should be Phylachora diplocarpa, under which name it was
distributed in N. A. F. 3439 & F. Col.955. The 3-septate spores
mentioned being only stylospores could not enable this to rank
as Homostegia. The stroma too is like that of Pkyl/achora.

: Rarities from Montana.—Ill,

By P. A. RYDBERG.

¥ PEDICULARIS MONTANENSIS.

Stem 3-4 m. high, simple, rather slender, more or less tinged
with dark purple, glabrous; leaves pinnate, glabrous; segments
¥%-1 inch long, lanceolate, doubly serrate; spike short and dense,
3-6 cm., seldom 8 or 9 cm. long; bracts ovate, acuminate, about
half as long asthe flower, puberulent and villous-ciliolate and more
or less purple-tinged as well as the calyx; calyx-lobes subu-
late; corolla 1.5 cm. long, purplish except a part of the lip which
is yellow; galea much longer than the lip, lower portion straight,
the apex cucullate and the tip not rostrate; lip 3-cleft, lateral lobes
rounded and broad, middle one generally truncate and ciliolate at
the margin.

293

A very near relative of P. dvacteata, and perhaps only a variety
thereof. The habit and form of the leaves are the same, except
that P. Montanensis is a much more slender plant and has a shorter
spike. In P. dvacteosa the spike is often 2-3 dm. long, the bracts,
especially the lower, fully as long as the light yellow corolla, the

lateral lobes of lip are smaller.

Type: J. H. Flodman, no. 796, from Little Belt Mountains,
nine miles from Barker, August 18, 1896.

* PEDICULARIS CTENOPHORA.

Stem from a thickened caudex, about 3 dm. high, glabrous,
strict, striate; leaves numerous, especially at the base, glabrous,
rather thickish, pinnately divided into linear-lanceolate serrate
segments; spike about 1 dm. long, rather loose; bracts broadly
Ovate in outline, pectinately divided ; calyx gibbous above, purple-
striate, more or less villous-ciliate at the base; corolla purplish;
galea arcuate, produced into an elongated *incurved beak; lip very
broad, especially the lateral lobes.

It is a near relative of P. contorta, from which it differs in the
color of the flowers, the more gibbous and purple-striate calyx, its
hairiness at the base‘and the much larger and broader bracts.

_ Type: Rydberg, no. 2789, collected on the side of a snowclad
mountain, near Lima, Montana, July 29, 1895.

a

GILIA CEPHALOIDEA N. sp.

G. spicata var. capitata Gray, Syn. Fl. 2; part 1, 144, 1886 (in
part): not Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 274, 1870, nor G. capitata Sims,
Bot. Mag. 53: p/. 2698. 1826.

Jenney’s plant collected in the Black Hills of South Dakota
was included by Gray in the Synoptical Flora in G. spicata
capitata. It is however scarcely the same as Hall & Harbour’s no.
461, the type of the variety. The species, represented by Jenney’s
plant, my own no. 886, collected 1892, in the same region and
no. 2764 collected near Lima, Mont., in 1895, differs from Gilia
spicata not only in the subcapitate inflorescence, but also in the
form and color of the flower. In G. sficata the corolla is greenish
or dull white, has a tube which is fully twice as long as the calyx,
and oblong segments that are only one-third the length of the
tube. In G. cephaloidea the corolla is pure white, tube only % or
¥ longer than the calyx and the segments elliptical and about

294

half as long as the tube. ‘lhe leaves are fully as much divided as
in the former, but the plant is more woolly.

“ LapputaA AMERICANA (Gray).

Echinospermum deflexum var. Americanum Gray, Proc. Am.
Acad: t7< 224.

I think this is quite distinct from the European L. deflexa.
The species of the Mississippi Valley and westward is a much larger
plant, with a many-flowered divergently paniculate-branched in-
florescence and broadly oblanceolate leaves. The European J.
_ deflexa has almost linear leaves. L. Americana was collected by
the author at Deer Lodge, Mont., in 1895 (no. 2775), a point
much further west than the supposed range of the species.

. ERIGERON OBLANCEOLATUS,

Stem from an apparently biennial root, 3-5 dm. high, striate,
finely strigose, branched above; basal and lower leaves oblanceo-
late, tapering into a winged petiole, pointed, the margins ciliolate
and with a few small but sharp teeth; stem-leaves linear, diminish-
ing upward, the uppermost bract-like; heads 1-3, comparatively
large, 15-25 mm. in diameter and about 10 mm. high; bracts
40-50, narrowly linear, acuminate, strigose; rays numerous, gen-
erally about 100, very narrow.

In the size and form of the head and bracts it most resembles
E. speciosus and E. subtrinervis. In general habit it resembles some-
what Z. gladellus Nutt., but differs by the much larger heads, the
toothing of the lower leaves and the weak root system, which indi-
cates a biennial, or a perennial by biennial offsets (the specimens
show no stolons). In the latter case the plant should be placed
nearest E. Philadelphicus, from which it is easily distinguished by.
the thin narrow leaves, the form and size of their teeth and by the
few and larger heads.
Montana: Deer Lodge, July 10, 1895, collected by the author,
no. 2822; Helena, June, 1889, by F. D. Kelsey.

ERIGERON ASPERUGINEuS (D, C. Eaton) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 16:

Ot.. 1682.
Aster asperugineus D, C. Eaton, Bot. King’s Exp. 142. 1871.
This species was collected at Melrose, Mont., July 6, 1895, no.
‘2823.
v ERIGERON SUBCANESCENS.

Diplopappus canescens Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 21. 1834.

295

Evigeron canescens T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 2: 179. 1841-2.
Not Willd.

This was included in £. caespitosum Nutt. by Dr. Gray, but I
believe it to be a fairly good species, differing by the more slender
and erect stems, the longer and narrower leaves, finer pubescence,
smaller heads and narrower bracts.

It was collected by Flodman in the Spanish Basin, July 22,
1896, no. 836.

ERIGERON ANGUSTIFOLIUS (Gray).

Aster salsuginosus var. angustifolius Gray, Bot. Calif. 1: 325.
1876.

£. salsuginosus var. angustifolius Gray, Proc. Am.Acad. 16: 93.
1880,

From the field observations of Mr. Flodmanand myself, I judge
this to be as good a species as most of the group. It was col-
lected by Flodman near the Little Belt Pass, Aug. 10, 1896, alti-
tude 7000 ft., no. 854.

’ ERIGERON MINOR (Hook).

£. glabratus var. minor Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 18. 1834.

E. armeriaefolus Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 648. In part.
1870. Not Turcz. ;

Gray includes in Z. asmeriacfolius two distinct American plants.
Neither agrees with the original description. One of these is
Hooker’s £. glabratus minor, the other his £. lonchophyllus. A
duplicate of the type of the former is in the Columbia herbarium.
There are also the following specimens of the same plant:

Oregon: T. J. Howell, no. 3884. 1884.

Montana: J. H. Flodman, no. 839, 1896; P. A. Rydberg, no.
2824. 1895.

Northwest Territory: John Macoun. 1879.

South Dakota (Black Hills): P. A. Rydberg, no. 786. 1892.

Colorado: M. E. Jones, no. 471. 1878.

All these specimens differ from those cited under the following
species in the following respects: The stem is low, 1-2 dm. high, —
very leafy; basal leaves numerous, the lowest spatulate; stem
leaves linear, without petioles, ciliate at the base; inflorescence ra-
cemose, with heads on very short pedicels. .

296

ERIGERON LONCHOPHYELLUS Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 18. 1834,

E. armeriacfolius Gray, \.c., in part. Not Turcz.

This is generally 3-6 dm. high; leaves rather scattered; basal
leaves rather few and oblanceolate; stem leaves, except the upper-
most, with distinct petioles ; inflorescence more irregular and heads
generally on elongated pedicels. The following specimens are
in the Columbia Herbarium:

Utah: E. Palmer, no. 221. 1877. M. E. Jones, no. 1859.
1880.

Nevada: S. Watson, no. 536. 1868.

Montana: Rydberg, no. 2825. 1895.

- / ERIGERON MONTANENSIS n.n.

E. Tweedyana Canby & Rose, Bot. Gaz. 15: 65. 1890. Not
£. Tweedyi Canby, Bot. Gaz. 13: 17. 1888.

This species has been collected again in Montana by J. H.
Flodman, at the following stations: Elk Mountains, no. 837;
Little Belt Mountains, near the Pass, no. 838.

/ ARTEMISIA GRAVEOLENS.

Perennial, somewhat woody at the base, with numerous simple
branches, these strict and striate, glabrous; leaves twice or thrice
pinnately dissected into narrow divisions, glabrous, or finely gray-
ish pubescent beneath ; heads in a narrow strict panicle, distinctly
_ pedicelled, about 4 mm. in diameter; bracts ovate, glabrous, with
a brownish scarious margin; flowers brown; whole plant heavy-
scented and covered with glutinous dots.

It comes nearest to A. discolor, from which it differs in being
almost glabrous, the pedicelled, not nodding heads, and the heavy
scent.

Type: J. H. Flodman, no. 881, from Long Baldy in the Little
Belt Mountains, Aug. 19,1896. Also collected by Frank Tweedy,
no. 310, in Park county, 1887.

Y ARTEMISIA CANDICANS.

Stem stout, nearly 1 m. high, tomentose, branched; leaves
pinnately or twice pinnately divided into oblong segments, tomen-
tose on both sides, grayish above, white beneath; heads sessile in
clusters in a compound interrupted spike, 5-8 mm. in diameter ;
bracts oval, scarious-margined and tomentose.

It somewhat resembles 4. Zilesi? clatior T. & G. in habit but

297

differs in the leaves, which are tomentose on both sides and have
shorter not acuminate segments, and in the somewhat larger,
strictly sessile heads with tomentose bracts.
Type: J. H. Flodman, no. 882, 1896, from Little Belt Moun-
tains.
‘ARTEMISIA FLOCCOSA.

Stem stout, 5-7 dm. high, striate, tomentose; leaves pinnately
divided into oblong segments, loosely white-tomentose on both
sides; heads 5-6 mm. in diameter, erect, evidently pedicelled, in
an elongated narrow raceme or panicle; bracts oval, scarious-
margined and tomentose.

It is nearly related to the preceding, differing mainly in the
looser tomentum, and the erect pedicelled slightly smaller heads.
From A. Tilesii elatior it differs in the tomentum, the form of the
leaves, and the erect heads with tomentose bracts.

Type: P. A. Rydberg, no. 2942, Lima, Aug. 6, 1895.

ARNICA FULGENS Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 2: 527.. 46i&

I think that this is distinct from A. alpina, differing in the fol-
lowing characters: taller, stem often 3-4 dm. high, shorter pubes-
cence, often 3 or 4 smaller heads, much broader and dentate leaves
and often as many as many as 3 or 4 pairs of stem leaves.

It was collected by Mr. Flodman at Little Belt Pass, no. 891.
1896. My own specimens, no. 823, from the Black Hills, also be-

long here.
“ARNICA GRACILIS., —

Stem slender, 1-2 dm. high; whole plant glabrous, except a
little glandular puberulence on the pedicels and involucre; basal
leaves broadly ovate, petioled, dentate, 3-ribbed ; stem leaves.
about 2 pairs, similar, the upper sessile; heads 1-3; disk 10-15

mm. high; bracts 12-15, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate; rays about a

15 mm. long; achene almost glabrous.

It much resembles the preceding and may perhaps be a form
of it, but differs by the smaller heads, the glandular-puberulent
involucre and pedicels and the glabrous foliage and stem. It ap-
proaches depauperate forms of A. latifolia.

Type: J. H. Flodman, no. go1, 1896, from the Spanish Peaks. |

4 ARNICA PEDUNCULATA.

Stem 3-6 dm. high, finely villous-pubescent, striate ; basal —
leaves broadly oblong to almost linear, entire, 3-ribbed, tapering
into a more or less winged petiole; stem leaves about 2 pairs,

298

similar, but narrower and sessile; head on a peduncle that is often
2-2%% dm. long; bracts 18-20, linear or lanceolate, acute but not
acuminate, villous-pubescent: disk 15-18 mm. high; rays fully
114 cm. long, orange; achenes hirsute, pubescent.

It is somewhat between A. foliosa incana and A. alpina inhabit,
but differs from both by the long-peduncled solitary head and
finer pubescence. It was collected by J. H. Flodman in the
Spanish Basin, July 11, no. 899 (broad leaved) and July 10, no.
900 (narrow leaved), 1896. Also collected in Idaho by A. A. &
Gertrude Heller, no. 3293, 1896, and in Washington during the
Wilkes expedition.

‘ SENECIO SALIENS.

S. inrangularis 8 T. N.G. F: Am. 2&1. 441. 1834.

Periennial from a thick rootstock and numerous matted roots ;
stem stout, 3-5 dm. high, glabrous, striate; leaves fleshy, deltoid-
triangular, with salient teeth, the lower petioled, the upper sessile ;
inflorescence short, corymbose ; heads about 1 cm. high; bracts
linear; rays about 8 mm. long; achenes glabrous.

It is nearest related to S. #iangularis, differing in the lower
stature, the smaller thick and rather fleshy leaves, with fewer
coarser less pointed teeth. The following specimens belong to it:

Montana: J. H. Flodman, no. 919, 1896, from Yogo Baldy in
the Little Belt Mountains, altitude 7000 feet.

Wyoming: Fremont, in the Wind River Mountains, altitude
7000 feet.

Washington: Frank Tweedy, 1883, Yakima Region, altitude,
6700 feet.
ie SENECIO PSEUDAUREUS.

Perennial from a creeping rootstock ; plant perfectly glabrous
except the tips of the bracts; stem 5-8 dm. high; basal leaves
broadly ovate, somewhat cordate at the base, serrate, 4-7 cm.
long, long-petioled ; stem leaves more or less laciniate at the base,
the upper sessile; inflorescence corymbose, flat-topped, of 8-10

heads about 8 mm. high; bracts linear; rays orange, about 8 mm.
long.

It most resembles S. aureus and represents it in the Rockies.
It has the same large basal leaves as that species, but they are |
less cordate at,the base, not quite as wide and serrate instead of
crenate. .S. aureus is a strictly Eastern species.
Se Montana: J. H. Flodman, no. 918, from Little Belt Moun-

299

tains (type), and 918% from Spanish Basin, 1896; Frank
Tweedy, no. 340, Park county, 1887.
Nevada: S. Watson, no. 667, 1868.

Y SENE€IO CROCATUS,

/S. aureus var. croceus Gray, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1863: 68. 1863.
Not .S. croceus DC.

This is well distinct from both the preceding and from S. aureus,
differing in its smaller oval or obovate, coarsely and bluntly den-
tate, somewhat fleshy basal leaves. It represents S. obovatus of
the East. It was collected in Montana by Mr. Flodman in the
Little Belt Mountains, near the pass, no. 9II. ;

CREPIS RUNCINATA ALPICOLA,

Stem scapose, about 1 dm. high, generally only 1-flowered;
Sele entire, or with a few small teeth, and with very short pet-
ioles,
In habit it is very unlike the typical C. runcinata, but I have
been unable to find any essential characters in the heads, involu-
cre, pappus or achenes, by which to separate it as a species. The
short I-flowered stem, smaller and more entire leaves may be due
to the high altitude, 7000 feet, at which it grew. .

Type: Flodman, no 931, August 24, 1896, from Yogo Baldy,
Little Belt Mountains.

Antennaria dioica and its North American Allies.

By P. A. RYDBERG.

In 1892 when I began to determine my Black Hills collection,

I felt that there must be something wrong in the genus Anfennana, —
especially in the group of which A. dioica is the representative _
species. My studies then, my field work in 1895 and 1896, and oe
Mr. Flodman’s collection have made it possible I think to remove at
least a part of the difficulty. What have been named in our her-

baria A. dioica and A. alpina constitute not less than six distinct —
species. I suspected that A. plantaginifola contains more than one _
species, but have not been able to satisfactorily solve the problem.
This seems to have been done by Prof. E. L. Greene in a recent

300

number of “ Pittonia”; I shall, however, add a description of the
prairie plant of Nebraska, Kansas and Dakota, referred to in Prof.
Greene’s paper. As far as] know the species at present, I shall ar-
range them as follows:

Heads sessile at the ends of short leafy branches resembling the stolons.
: A, rosulata.
Heads in cymose or subcapitate clusters, or solitary on evident erect stems.
Basal leaves and those of the stolons narrowly oblanceolate ; bracts generally
rose-color. A, parvifolia.
Basal leaves and those of the stolons spatulate or obovate.
Basal leaves .5—4 cm. long and less than 1.5 cm. wide, one-ribbed or indis-
tinctly three-ribbed.
Heads 5—7 mm. high.
Plants less than 1.5 dm. high; heads in subcapitate clusters.
Bracts of the pistillate plant dark greenish brown, acute or
acuminate. A, alpina.
Bracts of the pistillate plant umber, obtuse.
; A. umbrinella,
Plants generally over 2 dm. high; heads in an open cyme.
Basal leaves 14-1 cm, long; stem leaves linear.
A, microphylia,
Basal leaves 2~3 cm. long; stem leaves spatulate, broadly ob-
long and ovate-lanceolate, A. pedicellata.
Heads about 1 cm. high.

Basal leaves broadly spatulate, with a distinct petiole, generally
tomentose on both sides; bracts of pistillate plant obtuse, or
the innermost seldom acute. A, dioica.

Basal leaves more glabrate above, without distinct petiole; bracts
of pistillate plant acute or acuminate, or the outermost ob-

tuse.
Stem slender, 2-3 dm. high; stolons very tue basal leaves
narrowly cuneate, A, neglecta,
Stem stout, short, about 1 dm. high; stolons short; basal
leaves obovate. A, campestris.

Basal leaves over 4 cm. long and 1.5 cm. wide, prominently 3 ribbed.
Heads cymose; bracts of pistillate plant lanceolate.
Basal leaves waist cuneate without distinct petiole.
A. Howellii.
Basal leaves oval with a distinct petiole. A. plantaginifolia.
Head solitary; bracts of pistillate plant almost linear.

A, solitaria.
Heads racemose or paniculate. A. racemosa.

ANTENNARIA ROSULATA.

Antennaria dioica var. congesta Gray, aye Fi. it: pt. 2, sae
At least in part. 1884. Not DC,

301

oa

The two sheets of the American plant found in the Columbia
University herbarium differ considerably from European specimens
in"the same herbarium. The European is evidently a depauperate
form of A. dioica or at least nearly related to it. The American
plant, besides having a more trailing habit, possesses an almost
turbinate involucre, of which only the innermost row of bracts
have a broadly oblong obtuse papery appendage ; the outer ones
are even destitute of scarious margins. The whole involucre is
densely white tomentose. Specimens seen: E. A. Mearns, no. 40,
1887, from the Mogollon Mountains, Arizona; E, Palmer, no. 109,

1869.
ANTENNARIA PARVIFOLIA Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 7: 406.

A. dwica var. rosea D.C. Eaton, Bot. King’s Exped. 186.

Name only. 1871.

Stems very slender, 114-3 dm. high; pubescence of the whole
plant fine, silky and somewhat yellowish ; leaves of the stolons
narrowly oblanceolate, 2~3 cm. long; stem leaves linear ; heads
small, 5-7 mm. high, in a contracted almost capitate cyme ; bracts
of both staminate and pistillate heads‘in several rows, yellowish,
the scarious portion oblong, obtuse, nearly always tinged with
rose or pink.

It is nearest related to A. dioica, differing in the slender habit,
small heads, narrow leaves and the color of the plant and bracts ;
the staminate plant is very rare. The following specimens are
in the Columbia herbarium :

California: Mrs. R. M. Austin, 1894; J. Torrey, no. 256,
1865.

- Oregon: Wilkes expedition.

Washington: W.N.Suksdorf, no. 2190, 1892.

Idaho: A. A. & Gertrude Heller, no. 3441, 1896.

Nevada; S. Watson, no. 652, 1868.

Utah: M. E. Jones, no. 1390, 1879.

Colorado: Parry; F. N. Pease; Dr. E. Penard, nos. 282 and
284, 1891.

South Dakota (Black Hills): P. A. Rydberg, no. 79, 1892.

Montana: J. H. Flodman, no. 863, 1896.

Vancouver Island: John Macoun, 1887.

Subarctic America: R. Kennicott, 1861-62.

302

ANTENNARIA ALPINA (L.) Gaertn. Fr. & Sem. 2: 410. 1791.

Gnaphalium alpinum L. Sp. Pl. 856. 1753.

A. alpina is characterized by the bracts of the pistillate head,
which are dark greenish brown, lanceolate and acute. The stam-
inate plant is exceedingly rare; in the Columbia herbarium there
are only three small plants, two, both monocephalous, collected by
M. W. Harrington in Alaska, and the third received from Dr.
Hooker, without any reference to locality or collector.

A, alpina has been collected in Montana by J. H. Flodman on
Yogo Baldy, August 24, 1896, no. 861; Long Baldy, August 19,
no. 862, and by Frank Tweedy in the Bozeman Pass, 1883.

¥ ANTENNAKIA UMBRINELLA Nn. Sp.

Stem generally about 1 dm. high; leaves of the stolons spatu-
late, I-1.5 cm. long, those of the stem linear-oblong; heads small,
about .5 cm. high, conglomerated in small subcapitate clusters;
scarious portion of the bracts in the pistillate head oblong, obtuse,
in the outer varying from umber to isabel-colored, in the inner
lighter colored and sometimes almost white; in the staminate
heads all elliptic, obtuse and isabel-colored or yellowish white.

In habit it much resembles A. alpina, from which it differs by
the oblong obtuse bracts of the pistillate plants and somewhat
smaller heads. The staminate plants of the two species are almost
identical in every respect except that the bracts are of slightly
lighter color in A. umbrinella. I describe this species as new,
with some hesitation, not that I have any doubt concerning its
distinctness from A. a/fina and our North American species, but
it is so closely similar to A. Magellanica Sch. Bip.* that if it were
not for the great distance between their ranges and for the slightly
longer leaves and more slender caudex of the latter, I would re-
gard the two as one species. The staminate plants are nearly as
common as the pistillate ones. The following specimens are in the
Columbia herbarium:

Montana: J. H. Flodman, no. 859, August 19, 1896, from
Long Baldy in the Little Belt Mountains (type) and no. 860,
July 18, from Spanish Basin.

Wyoming: Aven Nelson, no. 885, 1894 (labelled A. dwica).

Nevada: S. Watson, no. 650 (A. alpina) and 651, 1868.

* Flora 38: 117. 1855.

303

Idaho: 1. Mulford, 1892 (A. dioica).
Oregon: Wilkes Expedition (A. dioica).
Arctic America: Dr. Richardson, 301 (Guaphalium dioicum).

/ANTENNARIA MICROPHYLLA.

Stem slender, strict, 2-3 dm. high; pubescence very fine; leaves
of the stolons small, .5~-1 cm. long, spatulate; stem-leaves linear-
oblong; heads small, 5-7 mm. high, in a rather open corymb;
bracts of the pistillate heads tinged with greenish yellow, linear-
oblong or lanceolate, mostly acute, those of the staminate head
with oval-oblong white scarious margins.

In the characters of the head and bracts, it is intermediate be-
tween A. alpina and A. plantaginifolia. ‘Tne head is scarcely as
large as that of the former, the stem is much more slender than
in either and the leaves smaller than in any of the group. It has
been variously labelled in collections as A. dioica, A. luzuloides,
A. Carpatica, etc. The following specimens are in the Columbia

herbarium:

Montana: P. A. Rydberg, no. 2831, 1895, from Manhattan
(type); J. H. Flodman, no. 864, 1896, from Bozeman,

Yellowstone National Park: Frank Tweedy, no. 203,.1884; A.
Brown, 1893.

Wyoming : Fremont; A. Nelson, no. 762.

Colorado: C. C. Parry, 1872; Letterman, no. 200, 1884.

' Utah: S. Watson, no. 651, 1869.
Saskatchewan: E,. Bourgeau, 1858.

ANTENNARIA PEDICELLATA Greene, Pittonia, 3: 175. 1897.

Specimens of what I take to be this species were collected by
Mr. Flodman in the Little Belt Mountains, Mont., in 1896, no. 867.
These have large stem leaves about 3 cm. long and I cm.
: wide; the lower ones are cuneate, obtuse, the middle ones broadly
oblong and the upper ones ovate-lanceolate and acute.

ANTENNARIA DIoICcA (L.) Gaertn., Fruct. & Sem. 2: 410. 1791.
Gnaphalium dioicum L. Sp. Pl. 856. 1753.
In the American specimens seen the stem is seldom 1.5 dm.
high, rather stout, with larger heads often over 1 dm. high, the |
scarious portion in the staminate heads elliptic, in the pistillate ob-

long and obtuse, or the innermost rarely acutish, and the leaves of

304

the stolons broadly spatulate, or obovate, about 2 cm. long. In
America it ranges from the Arctic regions to New Mexico and
Arizona, and is the most common species in Montana.

For ANTENNARIA NEGLECTA Greene, A. PLANTAGINIFOLIA (L.)
Hook. and A. Howe. Greene, see Prof. E. L. Greene’s descrip-
tions in Pittonia, 3: 173-4.

/ ANTENNARIA CAMPESTRIS 0. Sp.

Stem low, about 1 dm. high; basal leaves obovate-cuneate, 2-3
cm. long and about I cm. wide, without a distinct petiole, 1-ribbed
or indistinctly 3-ribbed, the upper surface glabrate in age; stolons
very short; pistillate heads about 1 cm. high, bracts lanceolate.
the lower portion greenish, the upper brownish and ending ina
scarious white acute or acuminate tip; staminate heads somewhat
smaller; the white scarious tips of the bracts elliptical and obtuse.

It is nearest related to A. neglecta Greene, from which it dif
fers mainly in the low habit, broader basal leaves, and short
stolons. It is confined to the prairies and plains west of the Mis-
sissippi.

Nebraska: H. J. Webber, 1887; G. D. Swezey ; J. M. Bates,
1891; P. A. Rydberg.

South Dakota: P. A. Rydberg, no. 794, 1892 (Black Hills).

Saskatchewan: Dr. Richardson.

ANTENNARIA SOLITARIA N, Nn.

Gnaphalium monocephalum Carpenter, in Torr. & Gray, Fl. N.
Am. 2: 431. 1843.

Antennaria plantaginifolia monocephala Torr. & Gray, |. c.

Antennaria monocephala Greene, Pittonia, 3: 176, 1896. Not
DC. Prod. 6: 269. 1837.

To the characters given by Prof. Greene, may be added the
exceedingly narrow bracts of the pistillate head.

305

Studies in the Asclepiadaceae,—I,

By ANNA Murray VAIL.

NOTES ON THE GENUS PHILIBERTELLA IN THE
UNITED STATES.

PHILIBERTELLA.

[SarcosTemMA H.B.K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 3: 193. 1818. Asto
the three species described and not R. Br. 1809.]

[ CERAMANTHUS (subgenus) Kunze, Linnaea, 20: 26. 1847. Not
Hassk. 1844. ]

[PHILIBERTIA Benth. and Hook. Gen. Pl. 2: Part 2, 750. In
part, 1876. Not H.B.K. 1818.]

[PHILIBERTIA A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 64. 1876.
Not H.B.K. 1818.]

The genus Pluilibertia, dedicated to J. C. Philibert, author of
- some French elementary botanical works, was established in
H.B.K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 3: 195. /. 230, and founded on one
species, Piilibertia solanoides, from Tomependa on the Amazon
river, a species reduced by K. Schumann in Engler and Prantl,
Nat. Pfl. Fam. 1895, to the genus Oxyséelma R. Br. 1809 where it
seems rightfully to belong.

Most of the North American species have been originally de-
scribed by various authors under Sarcostemma and were reduced by
Dr. Asa Gray to Philibertia in 1876. Sarcostemma is a genus with
leafless jointed stems, and as far as is known does not occur on
the American continent, those of the South American species de-
scribed under that genus belonging either to Philibertella or to
Oxystelma.

_ The genus Philibertella is here accepted as described under Phii-
bertia by K. Schumann in Engler and Prantl, Nat. Pfl. 4: 229,
1895, as follows:

Calyx small, 5-parted, the lobes acute; corolla campanulate or
rotate, deeply 5-parted, the lobes acute or obtuse, with a shallow
entire or undulate ring forming an outer crown in its throat, the
inner or stamineal crown consisting of five turgid fleshy or hard =
et flattish in Oa «Spee inacircle at the base ofthe

164; #859.

306

sessile or slightly stalked gynostegium (column), forming a hollow
entire or undulate spreading surface near the level of the conical
stigmas ; follicles naked, slender, attenuate at both ends or obtuse
at the base.

Twining herbs, or partly shrubby plants, of warm regions, with
opposite glabrous pubescent or woolly leaves and umbellate
sometimes fragrant and showy flowers. Some thirty species are
known from North and South America, according to Schumann,
extending from southern Utah to South Brazil and Argentina.

The following species occur within the limits of the Ue
States:

PHILIBERTELLA CLAUSA (Jacq.).

Cynauchum clausum Jacq. Select. Am. 1: 87. pl.60f. 2. 1763.

Asclepias viminalis Swartz, Prodr. 53. 1788.

Sarcostemma Brown G. F. W. Meyer, Prim. Fl. Esseq. 139.
1818, -

Sarcostemma clausum Roem. & Schult. Syst. Veg. 6: 114. 1820.

Sarcostemma crassifolum Chapm. Fl. 368. 1860. Not De- -

caisne, 1844.

Philibertia viminalis A. Gray, Proc.Am. Acad. 12: 64. 1876.

Very variable. Some of the narrower leaved forms are so
close to Philibertella crassifolia (Decsne) and Philibertella Cumanen-
sis (H.B.K.) as to possibly include them both. Phzlibertella
Palmert (A. Gray), another closely related species, may also, on
further study of the Mexican species, prove to be a more pubes-
cent and broader leaved form of P. clausa.

Original locality, Cartagena, Columbia.

Florida: Key West, Blodgett; Indian River, A. H. Curtiss,
no. 2306, Palm Beach, Webber, no. 68.

Demerara: Jenman, no 4381.

New Granada: Holton, no. 458, 1853.

British Guiana: Jenman, no. 2025.

PHILIBERTELLA CRISPA (Benth.)
Sarcostemma crispum Benth, Pl. Hartw. 291. 184I.
Sarcostemma mndnlai Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv. 161.
1859.
Sarcostemma heterophyllum var? Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. Ours:

»

a é

307

Philibertia undulata A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 65. 1876,

Piulibertia crispa Hemsley, Biol. Centr. Am. 2: 318. 1881. —

Very variable as to the size and undulation of the leaves.
No. 1326, collected by C. G. Pringle in Chihuahua, is undoubtedly
this species, but there is scarcely any undulation on the leaf mar-
gin and no trace, except on a few young leaves, of the whitish
midvein, so prominent on the Texan specimens. Wright, no.
1679, from New Mexico, also belongs here, though the gynoste-
gium is somewhat more sessile than in most specimens. In the
original description by Dr. Torrey of Sarcostemma undulatum
there is reference to its similarity to Sarcostemma crispum Benth.,
doubting, however, its identity with that plant, owing to the latter
being “a humble species only half a foot long, the peduncles
barely equal the petioles;” but as specimens of S. undulatum
have since been collected (Austin, Texas, E. Hall, 1872, no. 518,
in U.S. Nat. Herb.) which measure only 12 cm. in length, and
others again with very short petioles and peduncles, there is little
doubt that this is the species described by Bentham, of which
only one original specimen is known. In other respects the de-
scription of S. crzspum is that of S. undulatum in every detail ex-
cept as regards some of the larger leaved Texan specimens.

Original locality, Aguas Calientes, Mexico. Type in Herb.
Kew. 4

Texas: Tom Greene Co. Tweedy, 1879; Blanco, Wright,
nos. 1678", 547, October, 1849; Mexican Bound. Surv. nos. 1066
and 1068; T. Havard, October, 1881; Dallas, Reverchon, 1881 ;
Austin, Hall, no. 518.

New Mexico: Wright, no. 679.

Arizona: E. Palmer, 1869.

Mexico: C.G. Pringle, no. 1326, 1887.

* PHILIBERTELLA CYNANCHOIDES (Decne.)

Sarcostemma cynanchoides Decne. in DC. Prodr. 8: 540. 1844.

Gonolobus viridifora Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2: 219. 1828.
Not Nuttall, 1818.

Phihibertia cynanchoides A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad 12: 64.
1876.

Philibertia vuidifiora ie & Rewty, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci.
oct Ges | |

308

‘ Original locality, Matamoros, Mexico.
Type in Herb. Mus. Par. Authentic specimens, Berlandier,
no. 2334 in Herb. Columbia University.
Along rivers, southern Utah, New Mexico, Arizona and
Texas to Guatemala.*
Arizona: Fort Verde, Mearns, no. 238.
New Mexico. Rusby, no. 261; Wright, no. 1680.
Texas: San Diego, Mary Croft, no. 70; Mexican Boundary
Survey, below Presidio del Norte; Berlandier, no. 904.
Mexico: Berlandier, no. 2334; Thurber, no. 368, 1851; Paso
del Norte, Chihuahua, no. 1324.

PHILIBERTELLA HARTWEGII. Ns OF | 3

Sarcostemma lineare Decne.; Benth. Pl. Hartw. 25. 1840. Not
Sprengel, 1822.

Philibertia linearis’ A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 64. 1876.

Original locality, Leon, Mexico.

Type, Hartweg, no. 217.

Southern Arizona to Lower California and South Mexico.

Fremont’s Expedition to California, 1849, without locality.

Southern California: Parry and Lemmon, no. 230. 1876.

Lower California: Lieut. Pond, 1889; ae Head, Palmer,
no. 814. 1889.

Mexico: Gregg, 1847; Sonora, Capt. Smith; Sonora, Thur-
ber, 369, 1851.

PHILIBERTELLA HARTWEGII HETEROPHYLLA, (Engelm).

Sarcostemma heterophylla Engelm., in Torr, Pac. R.R. Rep. 5:
Appendix, 362. 1856-57.

Philibertia linearis var. heterophylla A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad.
12: 64. 1876.

Very variable. The broader leaved forms seem to approach
the narrower-leaved specimens of P. crispa, but they are thinner
and much shorter. The gynostegium seenis to be iavatjably
sessile or nearly so, and the lobes of the corolla are always acute-

Original locality, Fort Yuma, California. Type in Herb. Co.

* A specimen of this species labelled Gonolobus viridiflorum Nutt., preserved in
Herb, Columbia University is claimed to have been collected near St. Louis, Missouri, ©
by Dr. “pies

509

lumbia University. California to Arizona, New Mexico and
Mexico.

New Mexico: Wright, no. 1681.*

California: Fort Yuma, Major Thomas; Mexican Boundary
Survey, San Luis Rey, 1850.

Lower California: Palmer, no. 5. 1887.”

Mexico: Pringle, no. 1051.

PHILIBERTELLA HIRTELLA (A. Gray).

Sarcostemma lineare var. hirtella A. Gray, Bot. Calif. 1: 478.
1876.

Philibertia linearis var. hirtella A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 2: Part 1, 88.
1878.

Stems many, in clusters, mostly branched near the base, erect
and twining above from a stout corky-barked decumbent ? or pros-
. trate? stem or rhizome; densely and softly cinereous-pubescent
and pale gray-green throughout; leaves sessile, or very short peti-
oled, I1~3.4 cm. long, narrowly linear, thickish, densely cinereous-
pubescent on both surfaces; peduncles 1-4 cm. long, 8—12-flow-
ered or more; pedicels 5-8 mm. long, slender; calyx-lobes lan-
ceolate, acute; corolla 8-9 mm. broad, the lobes acutish, duil
purple? with a scarious ciliate margin, unequally granulose above,
cinereous-pubescent beneath; outer crown shallow, slightly undu-
late; scales of the stamineal crown flattened, acutish; follicles
usually in pairs, conspicuously diverging, 5—5.5 cm. long, fusiform,
long-attenuate at the apex, less so or obtuse at the base, densely
cinereous-pubescent, 3-4 seeded, possibly more; seeds 7-8 mm.
long, flat and thin, the margin slightly revolute, entire at the apex,

strongly tuberculate on the inside and granulose on the outside;

coma 2~2.5 cm.long. May. —
Original locality, Sandy River, Fort Mohave, California. —
Type in Herb. Harvard University.
Arizona: The Needles, Jones, no. 3815; Palmer, 1884.
California: Colorado River Valley, Palmer, no. 441, 1876; Wil-
low Creek Cafion, Panamint Mountains, Coville and Funston, no.
817, 1891. Said to extend into Texas and Mexico. ws

_ PHILIBERTELLA ToRREYI (A. Gray.) ae
Sovcasieninas os ? ‘Torr. Mex. Bound. Surv. 161. 1859.

Not Decne. ie

310

Philibertia Torreyi A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 64. 1876.

Apparently only collected once. Close to Philibertella
elegans (Decne.); but differing in its slightly less acute corolla
segments, and less conspicuous outer crown, The scales of the
stamineal crown in Piilibertella elegans are vertically flattened,
acute and almost petaloid, whereas those of P. Zorreyi are truncate,
rounded or flat on top.

Original locality, Rocky Hills on the Cibolo, a tributary of
the Rio Grande, southwest Texas.

Type in Herbarium, Columbia University.

The specimens examined for these notes are those contained
in the Herbarium of Columbia University and the U. S. Nat.
- Herbarium at Washington.

Plants from Nez Perces County, Idaho.

By A, A. HELLER,

(PLATES 309, 310.)

Four months of the season of 1896 were spent in northern
Idaho by Mrs. Heller and myself, during which time many inter-
esting species were collected. Among these a dozen or more
seem to be new, and have already been distributed as such,
although not yet described. As soon as possible a complete re-
port on the work will be published, with descriptions of the new
species, and notes on all of the others. The following new and
noteworthy species are discussed in this paper :

POA SCABRIFOLIA n. n.

Poa filifolia Vasey, Cont. U.S. Nat. Herb. 1: 271. Not Schur.

The very appropriate name which Dr. Vasey gave to this
beautiful species, is not tenable on account of the earlier Poa fil-
folia, published by Schur, in Enum. Pl. Transs. 768. 1866. It is
plentiful at the type locality, on the left bank of the Clearwater
river, near the Upper Ferry, east of Lewiston.

RANUNCULUS ARCUATUS N. n.

Ranunculus tenellus Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1: 2 * 1838.
Not Viviani. .

811

Ranunculus Nelsonit var. tenellus A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 8:
7a. 187%:

Ranunculus occidentalis var. tenellus A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad.
21: 373. 1886.

Ranunculus Nelsonu glabriusculus Holzinger, Cont. U. S. Nat.
Herb. 3: 210. 1895. Not &. glabriusculus Rupr.

Ranunculus Bongardi var. tenellus Greene, Erythea, 3: 54. 1895.

A species which is abundant in moist or wet places in the
Craig mountains. It was collected in two localities at Lake Waha,
one at the head of the lake, and the other in the Sweetwater
cafion. It was also noticed about Forest. In this connection it
may be well to call attention to an unjust custom which botanists
have fallen into. Professor Greene, in 1895, published Ranunculus
Longardi as a new species, and at the same time reduced to it as
a variety the Ranunculus tenellus of Nuttall, published in 1838.
In doing this he has merely followed a prevalent custom. Would
it not be better if we, who are working for a stable nomenclature,
would show more justice in such matters. If a new plant is dis-
covered, do we have a right to describe it as a new species, while
reducing to it as a variety, some plant described as a species
years before? The proper way, as it appears to me, is to de-
scribe our own new plant as a variety of the old species, if we
must describe varieties.

SOPHIA FILIPES (A. Gray).

Sisymbrium incisum filipes A. Gray, Pl. Fend. 8. 1849.

Sisymbrium longipedicellatum Fourn. Sisymb. 59. 1865.

This species is very common about Lewiston, and at various
other places in Nez Perces county. It bids fair to become a weed
in wheat fields, as well as in grass lands. The type specimen was
“ from Clear Water, Oregon, by Mr. Spaulding,” but that is a mis-
take, if the Clearwater river is meant, for the Clearwater empties
into the Snake at Lewiston, and no part of it flows near the State
of Oregon.

DoDECATHEON PUBERULENTUM 0. sp.

Crown 1-2 cm. long, covered with the petioles of fallen leaves,
not producing bulblets; leaves spatulate or oblong-obovate, 5-6 —
cm. long, including a margined petiole of 2 cm., glabrous, light

green, thin, but firm, entire or slightly crenate, somewhat pointed, : oo

312

midvein prominent, yellowish; scape 2 dm. high, slender, tinged
with purple, puberulent; umbel usually three-flowered, subtended
by five narrowly lanceolate bracts 3-4 mm. Jong; pedicels 2-4 cm.
long, slender, puberulent, the upper half somewhat striate; calyx
puberulent, 5 mm. long, the five lanceolate lobes equalling or
slightly exceeding the tube; corolla 1 cm. long, rose-purple, the
everted tube marked witha bright band of yellow ; stamens 5 mm.
long, five in number; filaments 2 mm. long, bright yellow, the
connectives lanceolate, half the length of the anthers, with yellow
base and purple tip; style slender,6 mm. long, hence longer
than the stamens; capsule narrowly ovate-oblong, slightly longer
than the calyx, tipped with a knob-like point, which splits into
five segments. (Plate 309.)

The type is no. 2985, collected April 29, 1896, on the left
bank of the Clearwater, near the Upper Ferry. It is not uncom-
mon in that vicinity, growing on grassy hillsides. Some of no.
63, listed in Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 3: 239, as “ Dodecatheon
sp.” was first collected here by the writer, but specimens from
other places were later placed under the same number. It is re-
lated to D. Cusicki. Greene, but pronounced distinct by Professor
Greene. No. 3169, collected at Lake Waha June 3, 1896, and
distributed as D. puderulentum, is probably D. Cusickit.

v FRASERA FASTIGIATA (Pursh).

Swertia fastigiata Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. tor. 1814.

Frasera thyrsifiora Hook. Kew. Journ. Bot. 3: 288. 1851.

The original locality of this species is given by Pursh as “on
the Missouri flats, near the Rocky mountains. JZ, Lewis * * * *
July.” Dr. Gray, in the Synoptical Flora says: “ Idaho and in-
terior of Oregon, on the tributaries of the Columbia, Lewis, Doug-
_ tas, Geyer, Spaulding. Rare and little known. Pursh’s plant, seen
in herb. Lambert, where the true station is recorded: ‘in moist
and wet places on the Quamash flats, June 4, 1806,’ at which
date Lewis and Clarke were on the Kooskooskie (now Salmon)
river, near which the species was collected by Spaulding.”

Dr. Gray’s statement concerning the identity of the Indian
name “ Kooskooskie” is erroneous. The Clearwater, and not the
Salmon, is known bythat name. The “Quamash Flats,” or“ Camas.
Prairie,” is near Mt. Idaho, on the South Fork of the Clearwater.

The species is common on the Craig Mountains, growing |
usually on grassy slopes or open glades, or along streams in mead-_

*

.
¥-¢

313

ows, at elevations of 2000 to 3500 feet. It is also plentiful in-
meadows in the vicinity of Genesee and Moscow, Latah county.
It was collected at Lake Waha, near Moscow, by Sandberg,
MacDougal and Heller, in 1892, while acting as field agents for
the Department of Agriculture. It is their no. 239, erroneously
determined by Mr. Holzinger as /rasera speciosa Dougl.,a species
which belongs to a different section and is easily separated from
F. fastigiata by having the leaves in fours and sixes instead of
threes, by their different shape, and by the more leafy stem.

’ THALESIA PURPUREA 0. Sp.

Rootstock stout, fascicled or sparingly branched, 5-6 cm. long;
scales glabrous, broad, acute, prominently veined; scapes stout,
1-1.5 dm. long, channeled, glandular-pubescent, especially above ;

calyx equally 5-lobed, glandular-pubescent, prominently 3-nerved,

the lateral nerves close to the margin, the lobes twice the length
of the tube, long-acuminate from a triangular base, and reaching
to the curve of the corolla ;-corolla deep violet-purple, 3 cm. long,

curved near the middle, glandular-pubescent, lobes broadly oblong

or obovate, usually notched or sometimes merely rounded, fringed
with short, glandular hairs, marked with three yellowish veins ; _
stamens smooth, the anthers obovate, short, acuminate at the base ;
style flat; stigma flat, broad, 2-lobed, the lobes obovate, somewhat
granular-roughened ; ovary glabrous. (Plate 310.)

The type is no. 3099, collected May 20, 1896, near the coun
of the Potlatch. The species resembles 7: uniflora in the dried
state, but is of an entirely different habit. Instead of growing in
shaded woods, in rich, loose ground, it is found in open, gravelly,
or rocky ground, where it flourishes best. Specimens found near
bushes were always dwarfed and stunted.

The same plant was collected on the rocky hills on the right —

bank of the Clearwater above Lewiston, by Sandberz, MacDougal _

and Heller, in 1892, under no. 11, and determined by Holzinger
as T. uniflora, in Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 3: 245. Although I have
often collected 7: uniflora in the woods of Pennsylvania, this Idaho —
plant, when seen growing, was not for a moment considered iden- |

tical with it.
UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA, MINNEAPOLIS, MINN,

314

Botanical Notes,

The Botanical Society of America—tThe third annual meeting
of the Society will be held in Toronto on Tuesday and Wednes-
day, August 17th and 18, 1897, under the presidency of Dr. John
M. Coulter. The Council will meet at I p. m. on Tuesday and
the first session of the Society will begin at 3 p.m. The address
of the retiring president, Dr. Charles E. Bessey, will be given on
Tuesday evening at 8 o'clock. The British Association for the
Advancement of Science will meet in Toronto August 18th to
25th. The opening address is to be given on Wednesnay even-
ing, August 18th.

A new Botanical Serial—The Royal Botanical Garden of
Palermo, has just issued the first number of its new Bulletin under
the title of Bolletino del R. Orta Botanico diPalermo. It is edited
by Sig. Alberto Reber and is to be published every three months,
the first number consisting of about 40 pages with a few illustra-
tions in the text. A following number is to contain the Annals of
the famous old garden from which the new Bulletin has also taken
its title.

Mosses of the Southern States, issued by Dr. John K. Small.
The first half century of this interesting set of mosses is ready for
sale. The specimens have mostly been collected by Dr. Small,
but he has also had the assistance of other collectors, such as
Professor Wetherby in North Carolina. Dr. Small has made
repeated visits to several interesting localities such as Toccoa, and
Tallulah Falls, and Stone and Grandfather Mountains. The first
half century includes the following rare or interesting species:
Hypnum nemorosum, Hl. Marylandicum, Entodon Drummondi,
Thamnium Alleghaniense, Anomodon Toccoae, Fissidens Raveneli
and F. polypodwwides, Clasmatodon parvulus, Syrrhopodon Floridanus
and Campylopus Tallulensis, There are two new species issued :
Rhynchostegium spinoserratum closely allied to R. serrulatum, and
Dicranodontium innundatum both newly discovered by Dr. Small.
Dicranodontium Millspaughi is also distributed for the first time.
The sets may be had at $5.00 for 50 species. E. G. B:

Fondation Miiller-Argau, 1896. It is due to Ed. Tuckerman
(+ the 15th of March 1886) that libraries accessible to all have been

315

recognized as one of the actual requirements for the development .
of the special branches of botany, at all events for lichenology.
This eminent lichenologist has left his lichenological library to
Amherst College Library, Mass., U. S. A., with the condition that
this library should be preserved and developed as a special de-
partment of this institution. This foundation is known under the
name of “The Tuckerman Memorial Library.” Every student
of lichens who wishes to see his science progress will carry out the
last wishes of Tuckerman.

It is satisfactory to hear that the example of Tuckerman has
found an imitator. At the suggestion of a well known lichenolo-
gist, Dr. A. Minks, of Stettin, the directors of the Boissier Her-
barium have instituted a Hall Miiller-Argau, especially conse-
crated to the lichenological library and exsiccata, the basis of the
works of Miiller-Argau. By an ageeement signed January 6,
1886, the scientific collections of Miiller-Argau have become at his
death, January 25, 1896, the property of the Boissier Herbarium,
under the name of FoNDATION MUELLER-ARGAU.

In a purely scientific interest the directors of the Boissier Her-
barium beg botanists to be so good as to send to the address
below all lichenological publications which have appeared since
the death of Miiller or may appear hereafter. As papers reprinted
for private circulation are and should be found in special libraries
in series as complete as possible, the attention of authors is called
to this point that they may forward their works to the library.

Another not less important desideratum is that creators of
new lichen species, collectors of rare lichens, or of important ma-
terials for morphological and biological researches in the domain
of lichens, be so good as to deposit specimens in the LICHENO-
THECA UNIVERSALIS MUELLER-ARGAU, which contains already the
complete herbarium of the Bernese F. Schaerer (1785-185 3).

A special receipt will be sent for each gift, which will be an-
nually recorded in the “ Bulletin of the Boissier Herbarium.”

We beg botanical societies and editors of botanical periodicals
to kindly help towards the success of this new foundation by mak-
ing it widely known.

EuGENE AUTRAN,

CHAMBESY NEAR GENEVA. Curator of the Boissier Herbarium.

March 20, 1897.

316

Reviews,

Annual Report of the State Botanist of the State of New York.
(48 Regent’s Report.) Charles H. Peck. 4to. Pp. 241. Plates
A, 1-43. 18096.

The familiar but unfortunately too rare report of the State

Botanist appears this time under a new form and as a special sep-
arate in order to accommodate a part of Professor Peck’s work on
the Edible Mushrooms of New York. The body of the work con-
tains the usual report of plants new to the State, including 11 new
species of Fungi (pp. 11-17), followed by a descriptive synopsis of
the New York species of Carex, by E. C. Howe (pp. 20-104). But
the most important portion of the work is the account of «« Edible
and Poisonous Fungi of New York” (pp. 105-238, 42 plates).
After some general discussion of the subject there follow detailed
descriptions of 63 edible species and four that are poison-
ous or unwholesome. Each species is illustrated with a colored
plate. The demand for the report has been so great that the lim-
ited edition was rapidly exhausted. It is to be issued, however, in
the usual octavo form of the reports of the State Museum and can
be purchased from the State Librarian at Albany.
- Mr. Peck’s accuracy of description is too well known to need
any commendation here. The plates, while rendered by the pro-
cess of reproduction in a rather stiff form and lack of artistic spirit,
are recognizable and will readily serve as a guide to the objects
they represent. The plates of the morels and Fistwlina are prob-
ably the poorest of the series, but these are fortunately not likely
to be confused with anything else, In the absence of any work of
the kind obtainable at a low price—Gibson’s artistic volume being
beyond the means of many—the present work will prove a real
help in aiding the rapidly growing number of mycophagists in re-
cognizing the edible species of woods and fields, and introduce
the subject to many citizens who ought to know something of the
valuable food supply that every year goes to waste in prodigious
quantity. LM, VU.

Age of the Lower Coals of Henry County, Missouri. David White.
Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. 8: 287-304. Mr. 1897.

The correlation of these coals with those of other regions, is

317

made by means of an examination of the fossil flora. The species
determined number 123: Fungi, 2; Ferns, 70; Calamariae, 14;
Sphenophyllae, 5 ; Lepidodendrae, 13; Sigillariae, 6; Taeniophyl-
leae, 2; Gymnosperms, 10; doubtful, 1.

It is of interest to note that the one species of doubtful classifi-
cation is Palacoxyris which is placed under Animalia (?) A table
of distribution is given for such species as occur in other Ameri-
can coal basins, also tables showing distribution of the same or
closely related species in Great Britain and Franco-Belgium.

The conclusions from such comparisons are that the coals in
question are about the horizon of the Lower Kittaning of the bi-
tuminous series of the Marcy (D) coal of the northern anthracite
field of eastern North America, the middle and upper coal
measures of Great Britain and the upper zone of the Valenciennes
series, the Geislantern beds of the Saarbriick series ‘of the Rhenish
coal regions in the upper part of the Schatzlar series and in the
Radnitz series of central Bohemia.

re:
An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada and the

Lritish Possessions, from Newfoundland to the parallel of the

southern boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean

westward to the 102d meridian. By Nathaniel Lord Britton,

Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Botany in Columbia University

and Director-in-Chief of the New York Botanical Garden, and

Hon. Addison Brown, President of the Torrey Botanical Club.

In three volumes. Volume II. Royal 8vo. Pp. 643. New

York. Charles Scribner’s Sons. 1897. Price per volume,

$3.00.

The second volume of this admirable work, which has just been
issued from the press, will be gladly welcomed by all those who
have made the acquaintance of the first one. In accurate typog-
raphy, as well as in the keys, descriptions and illustrative figures
of the species, it is fully up to the high standard of its predecessor,
so well and thoroughly reviewed by Dr. Rusby in the BULLETIN
of September, 1896.

The families contained in it occur in the following order :

20. Portulacaceae
21. Caryophyllaceae
22. Nymphaeaceae
23. Ceratophyllaceae
24. Magnoliaceae
25. Anonaceae

26. Ranunculaceae
27. Berberidaceae
28. Menispermaceae
29. Calycanthaceae
30. Lauraceae

31. Papaveraceae
32. Cruciferae

33. Capparidaceae
34. Resedaceae

35. Sarraceniaceae
36. Droseraceae

37- Podostemaceae
38. Crassulaceae
39. Saxifragaceae
40. Grossulariaceae
41. Hamamelidaceae
42. Platanaceae

43. Rosaceae

44. Pomaceae

45. Drupaceae -

46. Mimosaceae

47. Caesalpinaceae
48. Krameriaceae
49. Papilionaceae
50. Geraniaceae
51. Oxalidaceae

52. Linaceae

53. Zygophyllaceae
54. Rutaceae

55- Simarubaceae
56. Polygalaceae

1. Clethraceae
_ 2, Pyrolaceae
3- Monotropaceae
4. Ericaceae
5. Vacciniaceae
6. Diapensiaceae
7. Primulaceae
_ 8. Plumbaginaceae

318

35%
352
354
355

GAMOPETALAE

548
549
554
556
573
582
584
594

CHORIPETALAE (continued) I 546

57. Euphorbiaceae
58. Callitrichaceae
59. Empetraceae
60. Buxaceae

61. Limnanthaceae
62. Anacardiaceae
63. Cyrillaceae
64. Tlicaceae

65. Celastraceae
66. Staphyleaceae
67. Aceraceae

68. Hippocastanaceae

69. Sapindaceae
70. Balsaminaceae
71. Rhamnaceae
72. Vitaceae

73. Tiliaceae

74. Malvaceae
75. Theaceae

76. Hypericaceae
77. Elatinaceae
78. Cistaceae

79. Violaceae

80. Passifloraceae
81. Loasaceae

82. Cactaceae

83. Thymeleaceae
84. Elaeagnaceae
85. Lythraceae
86. Melastomaceae
87. Onagraceae
88. Trapaceae

89. Haloragidaceae
90. Araliaceae
91, Umbelliferae
92. Cornaceae

548-623
9. Sapotaceae
10. Ebenaceae
11. Symplocaceae
12. Styraceae
13. Oleaceae
14. Loganiaceae
15. Gentianaceae
16, Menyanthaceae

319

The two volumes now published afford satisfactory material
for a fair judgment upon the claims of the Flora as a whole, and
every student of the pteridophytes and anthophytes of the region
covered by it cannot fail to admire its excellence and feel surprised
at the large number of new species gleaned from fields already well
explored. The promise is that its appearance will give a fresh and
lasting impulse to the study of systematic botany not only within
the geographical limits chosen, but in other portions of our coun-
try further south and west. Its moderate cost, in view of its great
wealth of illustration, must bring it into general favor and use,
even among those whose interest in the plant-world is not strictly
or purely scientific ; and the wide diffusion of such accurate knowl-
edge is a thing of inestimable value.

The third volume, now in the printer’s hands, will be issued at
an early day, perhaps before the year closes, and will end with the
Compositae, the family to which the highest place in the vegetable

creation has been assigned.
Tuos. C, PorTER.

Proceedings of the Club.

TurEspAyY Eveninc, May I1, 1897.

In the absence of officers, Dr. N. L. Britton was called to the
chair. There were 13 persons present.

Three new members were elected: Robert P. Leslie, George
H. Payne, Miss Harriet M. Denison.

The Chairman of the Field Committee, Dr. John K. Small, re-
ported three excursions held as announced well attended and pro-
ductive of much interest.

The Club adopted the following resolutions presented by Dr.
H. M. Richards, in memory of Dr. Gregory, the late honored pro-
fessor of botany at Barnard College.

« WHEREAS, our esteemed fellow member Miss Emily L. Gre-
gory is lost to us by death, therefore, it is

«Resolved, That in realization of our loss we express our deep
sorrow for this sad event, at this untimely period when she was
just about to enter upon a new era in her career as a teacher, to
which we all, with her, had looked forward with sce anticipa-

tions, and

320

“Resolved, That we have lost in her an accomplished scientist, a
devoted teacher, a warm-hearted, generous friend, and

“ Resolved, That a copy of these resolutions be presented to her
surviving relatives to whom we extend our sincerest sympathy.”

Dr, Britton anuounced that Mrs, Britton had prepared an obit-
uary notice of Miss Gregory, with the aid of relatives and of Dr.
Richards ; to be accompanied by an artotype for publication in
the BULLETIN.

Prof. Underwood announced that an excellent portrait of Dr.
Gregory had been presented by friends to the Department of
Botany at Barnard and to that at Columbia.

Prof. Underwood also announced the recent gift by President
Low to Columbia University of a valuable series of 50 water-color
plates prepared by the late lamented William Hamilton Gibson,
for illustration of his work on mushrooms. It is the intention to
frame them and place them on the walls of the new laboratory
where they will be prized for their unusual combination of artistic
excellence with scientific accuracy.

Prof. Britton made a report relative to the progress of the Bo-
tanical Garden. A beginning is made in planting the systematic
herbaceous garden. Eight acres are set aside for this with the
families grouped in beds; the intention is to get as many of each
genus together as will grow in this climate in the open. Several
hundred species are already in place, and quitea display is already
produced by the beds of the Ranunculaceae, Compositae, Irida-
ceae and Cruciferae. Seeds of some 3,000 different species are
now planted in the nurseries, including 2,240 species generously
sent from Kew.

The paper of the evening was by Mr. Marshall A. Howe, en-
titled, “ A preliminary Comparison of the Hepatic Flora of Cali-
fornia with that of Europe and of the eastern United States.”

Mr. Howe alluded to the distribution of Cephalosia Turner, a
rare hepatic of Europe, frequent in the coast ranges of California,
and occurring in limited numbers in a few localities in Ireland,
England, France and the Mediterranean region. :

Mr. Howe presented the following table aie the com-
parative distribution so far as yet known:

Cal, Gray Manual Region,
Total No. of Species a9 145
In common with the British Isles 34 0r44 % 78 or 54%
In Central and Northern Europe 490152 %& QI or 63%

In Mediterranean Region 45 or 58%% 78 or 54%
Peculiar to Pacific Coast 26 or 34. %
In common with the Gray Man. Reg. 37 or 48 %
Peculiar to Gray Manual Region 40 or 28%
In common with California 32 or 22%

It will be seen that the hepatic flora of California has more in
common with that of northern and central Europe than with the
eastern United States, and is still more allied to that of the Medi-
terranean region. In particular species of Aséerella and Riccia
are better developed in California and southern Europe than in
the eastern United States.

The apparent absence in California of Bazzania and Myla
which are especially characteristic of medial and boreal regions, ©
serves to heighten the similarity to southern Europe. -

The paper was followed by exhibit of photomicrographs of
sections of Cryptomitrium, illustrating the development of the
archegonia.

Discussion by Prof. Underwood, Prof. Britton and others fol-
lowed. Prof. Underwood, in answer to inquiry as to the region
where the Hepaticae are most abundant, suggested the Amazon
region and the eastern slope of the Andes, also Java. Insular
tropical regions have furnished many where examined, as Cuba
and Jamaica, Quite a number are peculiar to Australia. New
Zealand is well supplied with them. Many have been recently
collected in Africa, and have been described by Herr Stephani of
Leipsic, whose industry has doubled the number of described He-
paticae. As a whole the maximum development of the Hepaticae
is tropical, though some genera and certain groups within genera
are wholly high-temperate or subarctic.

Prof. Britton remarking the indications of circumboreal and
circumtropical distribution of certain species, referred to the argu-
ment for an equatorial distribution of flowering plants and of
ferns, and queried if there were anything corresponding among
Hepaticae.

322

Prof. Underwood referred to the influence of the Gulf Stream
in permitting the occurrence of the subtropical genus Leyewnia on
the coast of Ireland, a genus not elsewhere found in Europe.
Comparing the Hepaticae of Florida, they are only in part known ;
a few species are in common with the Appalachian flora; most of
the Florida hepatica are close-creeping forms found on bark, as
Frullania and Lejeunia, having water sacs on their leaves as aids in
resisting drought. Some tropical Marchantiaceae occur in Florida,
and also, especially, species of Azccia and Anthoceros. Thallocar-
pus is known only from Florida and South Carolina.

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Atkinson, G. F. The Preparation of Material for general Class Use.
Bot. Gaz. 23: 372-376. 21 My. 1897.

Beal, W.J. Bromus secalinus germinating on Ice. Bot. Gaz. 23:
204. 24 Mr. 1897.

Britton, E.G. Emily L. Gregory. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 221-
228. fortrait. 29 My. 1897.

Britton, N. L. The Metric System and the ‘Illustrated Flora.”
Bot. Gaz. 23: 204, 205. 24 Mr. 1897.

Burnap, C.E. Contributions from the Cryptogamic Laboratory of
Harvard University—XXXVII. Notes on the genus Calostoma.
Bot. Gaz. 23: 180-191. p/. 79. 24 Mr. 1897.

Three American species are recognized,

Burnett, K. C. Notes on the Influence of Light on certain dorsiven-
tral Organs. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 116-122. pl. 297. 30
Mr, 1897.

Calkins, G. N. Chromatin-reduction and Tetrad-formation in Pteri-

dophytes. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: ro1—-115. pi. 295, 296. 30
Mr. 1897.

Chamberlain, C.J. Contribution to the Life-history of Sa/x. Bot.
Gaz. 23: 147-179. pl. 72-18. 24 Mr. 1897.

Coville, F. V. Bibliography of Aypoxis. Bot. Gaz. 23: 206. 24
Mr, 1897.

328

Coville, F. V. Collomia Mazama, a new Plant from the Vicinity of
Crater Lake, Oregon. Proc. Biol. Society Wash. 11: 35-37. 13
Mr. 1897.

Coville, F. V. The Itinerary of John Jeffrey, an early Botanical Ex-
plorer of Western North America. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 11: 57-
60. 23 Mr. 1897.

Coville, F. V. The technical Name of the Camas Plant. Proc.
Biol. Soc. Wash. 11: 61-65. 21 Ap. 1897.

Davenport, G. E. Botrychium ternatum Swz. var. lunarioides
(Michx.) Milde. Bot. Gaz. 23: 282-287. 22 Ap. 1897.

Davis, B. M. Oversight of American Publications. Bot. Gaz. 23:
205. 24 Mr. 1897.

Davy, J. B. The Sacred Thorn of Arizona. Erythea, 5: 39, 40.
31 Mr. 1897.

Davy, J. B. The Sleepy Grass of New Mexico. Erythea, 5: 40.
31 Mr. 1897.

Davy, J.B. Vegetable Soaps. Erythea, 5: 40. 31 Mr. 1897.

Dewey, L. H. Nut Grass. Circ. Div. Bot. U.S. Dept. Agric. 2: pp.
4. 7.2. a9 O. 1804;
Discusses Cyperus rotundus,

Dewey, L. H. Three new Weeds of the Mustard Family. Circ.
Div. Bot. U.S. Dept. Agric. 10: pp. 6.f. 7. . 15 My. 1897.
Discusses Berteroa incana, Conringia orientalis and Neslia paniculata,

Dewey, L. H. Two Hundred Weeds: how to know them and
how to kill them. Yearb. U. S. Dept. Agric. 1895: 592-610.
1896.

Dietel, P. Uredineae brasilienses a cl. E. Ule lectae. Hedwigia, 36:
26-27. 15 F. 1897.

New species in Uremyces, Puccinia, Aecidium, Uredo, Caeoma, ‘

Ellis, J. B. and Everhart, B. M. New Species of Fungi from various
Localities. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 125-137. 30 Mr. 1897.
New speciesin Polystictus, Cyathus, Meliola, Asterina, Rosellinia, Ceratostoma,

Teichospora, Cucurbitaria, Melanomma, Lophiotrema, Lophidium, Laestadia, Di-

dymosphaeria, Physalospora, Amphisphaeria, Leptosphaeria, Fleospora, Delophia,

Diaporthe, Valsa, Eutypella, Calosphaeria, Diatrype, Melogramma, Nummularia,

Homostegia, Curreya, Phialea, Cenangium, Lasiobelonium and Schizoxylon,

Ellis, J. B. and Kelsey, F.D. New West Indian Fungi. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 24: 207-209. 24 Ap. 1897. :

New species in Asterina, Hypospila, Puccinia, Aecidiella, n. g. and Uredo,

324

Evans, W.H. Botany of Cotton. Office of Exp. Stations U. S.
Dept. of Agric. Bull. 33: 67-80. f. 7-37. 1896.

Fernow, B. E. Southern Pine—Mechanical and Physical Properties.
Circ. Div. Forestry U. S. Dept. Agric. 12. 12. 1896.

Treats of Pinus palustis, F, heterophylla, P. echinata, P. Taeda,

Gain, Edmond. The Physiological Réle of Water in Plants. Exp.
Sta. Rec. S:. 3-22, f 2:.. 1896.

Galloway, B. F. The Pathology of Plants: Lines of Investigation that
might be undertaken by Experiment Stations. Exp. Sta. Rec. 7:
725-735. 1896.

Gilbert, B. D. Note on Dicksonia dissecta Sw. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
24: 262-265. 29 My. 1897.

Gilbert, B. D. Three new Ferns from Jamaica. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 24: 259~261. 29 My. 1897.

New species in Asplenium, Dryopteris and Polypodium,

Gilbert, B. D. Two new Bolivian Ferns of the Miguel Bang Collec-
tion. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 258, 259. 29 My. 1897.

New species in Blechnum and Dryopteris.

. Goodale, G. L. Suggestions for Investigations in Vegetable Physi-
ology, with special Relation to Agriculture. Exp. Sta. Rec. 7: 438-
456. 1896.

Greene, E.L. Concerning an East American Violet. Viola subvestita.
Erythea, 5: 39. 31 Mr. 1897.

Hagenbuck, I. Californian Herb Lore. Erythea, 5: 39. 31 Mr.
1897.

Harshberger, J. N. An ecological Study of the Genus Zalinum with
Descriptions of two Species. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 178-188. /.
299. 24 Ap. 1897. | ee

Hicks, G. H. Pure Seed Investigation. Yearb. U.S. Dept. Agric.

1894: 389-408. 1895.

Hollick, A. A new fossil Grass from Staten Island. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club. 24: 122-124. 4. 298. 30 Mr. ie
Phragmites Aquehongensis n. sp,

Holm, Theo. Some American /Panicums in the Herbarium Beroli-
nense and in the Herbarium of Willdenoy. Bull. Div. Agros. U. S.
Dept. Agric. 4: 17-23. f. 7-15. 6 F. 1897,

Holway, E.D.W. A new Californian Rust. Erythea, 5: +3r- 31
Mr. 1897.

Puccinia cretica n. sp.

325

Howe, M. A. Gyrothyra, a new Genus of Hepaticae. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 24: 201-205. A/. 302, 9037. 24 Ap. 1897.

Gyrothyra Underwoodiana n. sp.

Hubbard, H. G. Insect Fertilization of an Aroid Plant. Insect Life.
Div. of Ent. U.S. Dept. of Agric. 7: 340-345. f. 37. 29 Mr.
1895.

Jepson, W. L. The Explorations of Hartweg in America. Erythea,
5: 31-353; 51-56. Mr.—Ap. 1897.

Jones, J.D. Cork Oak. Bull. Div. Forestry U. S. Dep’t. Agric. 11 :
9-18. pl. 7-3. 240. 1895.

Jones, L. R. and Grout, A. J. Notes on two Species of A/fernaria.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 254-258. p/. 308. 2 figs. 29 My.
1897.

Keffer, C. A. Wattle Tree. Bull. Div. Forestry U.S. Dept. Agric.
ir: 19-22. 34 O. 1895:

Kinney, A. LZucalypfius. Bull. Div. Forestry U. S. Dept. Agric.
Ir: 23-28. 240. 1895.

Leiberg, J.B. Delphinium viridescens and Sambucus leiosperma, two
new Plants from the Northwest Coast. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 41: -
39-41. 13 Mr. 1897.

Lovell, J. H. Fertilization of Alnus incana and Salix discolor.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 264. 29 My. 1897.

MacDougal, D. T. The Curvature of Roots, Bot. Gaz. 23: 307-
366. p/Z. 28. 21 My. 1897.

MacDougal, D. T. The Tropical Laboratory Commission. Bot. Gaz.
23: 291. 22 Ap. 1897.

McClatchie, A. J. A Correction in Nomenclature. Rides montigenum.
Erythea, 5: 38. 31 Mr. 1897.

Nash, G. V. New or Noteworthy American Grasses.—VI. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 192-201. 24 Ap. 1897.

Eight new species of Panicum.

Ogden, E. L. Leaf Structure of Jouvea and of Eragrostis obtusifiora.
Bull. Div. Agrost. U. S. Dept. Agric. 8: 12-20. f/f. 8-9. 6 My.
1897.

Olson, M. E. Acrospermum urceolatum, a new discomycetous Parasite
of Selaginella rupestris. Bot. Gaz. 23: 367-371. pl. 29. 21 My.
1897. |

Parry, Mrs. C. C. List of Papers published by the late Dr. C. C.
Parry. Proc. Davenport Acad. Nat. Sci. 6: 46-52. 1889-1897.

326

Peck, C. H. Mushrooms and their Use. Pamphlet, pp. 80. /. 32.

My. 1897.

Reprint of series of articles in Cu/tivator and Country Gentleman,

Peck, C. H. New species of Fungi. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 137-
147. 3° Mr. 1897.

New species in Amanita, Lepiota, Tricholoma, Armillaria, Clitocybe, Hygro-
phorus, Collybia, Omphalia, Marasmius, Flammula, Galera, LPsilocybe, Boletus,
Polyporus and Cryptophallus, n. g.

Pinchot, G. Three New Jersey Pines. Gard. & For. 10: 192. f. 24.
19 My. 1897.
Preston, C. H. Biographical Sketch of Dr. Charles Christopher Parry.

Proc. Davenport Acad. Nat. Sci. 6: 35-45. fortrait. 1889-1897.
Purdy, C. Quercus lobata at Ukiah, California. Gard. & For. 10:

202. f. 25, 26. 26 My. 1897.

Robertson, C. Seed Crests and myrmecophilous Dissemination in
certain Plants. Bot. Gaz. 23: 288. 22 Ap. 1897.

Roll, J. Beitrage zur Moosflora von Nord-Amerika. Hedwigia, 36:
4-64: © 15 FS 1897:

New species in y/num and several new varieties.

Rose, J. N. Preliminary Revision of the North American species of
Chrysosplenium. Bot. Gaz, 23: 274-277. 22 Ap. 1897.

C. Beringianum n. sp.

Rydberg, P. A. and Shear, C. L. A Report upon the Grasses and
Forage Plants of the Rocky Mountain Region. Bull. Div. Agrost. U.
S. Depart. Agric. 5: 48. f. 29. 19 F. . 1897.

Notes on several species, with descriptions of new ones.

Rydberg, P. A. Rarities from Montana. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:
188-192 ; 243-253}; 292-299. pl. 300, 301, 304-307. Ap.—Je. 1897.
New species in Cardamine, Mitella, Potentilla, Allium, Calochortus, Urtica,

Coridospermum, Artemisia, Senecio, Erigeron, Pedicularis, Arnica.

Schafiner, J. H. Contribution to the Life-history of Sagifraria varta-
bitis. Bot Gaz. 23: 252.-273. p/. 20-26. 22 Ap. 1897.

Schneider, A. Reinke’s Discussions of Lichenology.—IV. Bull. Torr.

Bot. Club, 24: 237-243. 29 My. 1897.

Scribner, F. Lamson. A List of the Grasses collected by Dr. E.
Palmer in the Vicinity of Acapulco, Mexico, 1894-95. Bull. Div.
Agrost. U.S. Dept. Agric. 4: 7-11. f. 7-4. 6 F. 1897.

Scribner, F. Lamson. Miscellaneous Notes and Descriptions of new

Species. Bull. Div. Agrost. U. S. Dept. Saige 4: 36~39. pl. IS:
a F, 1897. Lae

327

Scribner, F. Lamson. New or little known Grasses... Bull. Div.
Agrost. U.S. Dept. Agric. 8: 5-11. f/f. 7-7. 6 My. 1897.
Notes on Loa Turneri, P. Leibergit, Panicum Letbergit, Elymus Brownii, Ely-
mus flavescens, Muhlenbergia flaviseta, and Eragrostis obtustfora.

Scribner, F. Lamson. The Genus /xopfhorus. Bull. Div. Agrost.
U. S. Dept. Agric. 4: 5-7. pf. z-2. 6 F. 1897.
Note on Zrophorus Tringlei.

Scribner, F. Lamson and Smith, J.G. Native and introduced
Species of the Genera Hordeum and Agropyron. Bull. Div. Agrost.
U.S. Dept. Agric. 4: 23-36. 6 F. 1897.

Two new species and one new variety in Hordeum. Nine new species and four-
teen new varieties in Agropyron.

Scribner, F. Lamson and Smith, J. G. Some Mexican Grasses
collected by E. W. Nelson in Mexico, 1894-95. Bull. Div. Agrost.
U..S..Dept. Agric. ’4::: 11-16. pig. 26 Fi atgy:

Notes on Nazia racemosa aliena, Eriochloa Nelsoni, Panicum biglandulare and
Chusguea Nelsont.

Small, J. K. <A new species of C/ematis from Tennessee. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 24: 209. 24 Ap. 1897.

C. Gattingeri n. sp.
Small, J. K. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States.
—IX. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 169-178. 24 Ap. 1897.

Revision of sessile-flowered 7r7//ia with a new species; notes on critical species
and notes on Epilobiaceae.

Small, J. K. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States.
—X. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 228-236. 29 My. 1897.

Revision of 7radescantia with eleven species, of which four are new.

Smith, J.D. Undescribed Plants from Guatemala and other Central
American Republics.—XVIII. Bot. Gaz. 23: 235-251. 22 Ap.
1897.

26 species in various genera.

Smith, J. G. A Note on Experimental Grass Gardens. Circular, Div.
Agrost. U. S. Dept. Agric. 1: 4. 6 Au. 1895.

Smith, J. G. Saltbushes. Circ. Div. Agrost. U. S. Dept. Agric. 3: 4.
f.3. 13 Mr. 1896.

Discusses species of Atriplex.

Sudworth, G. B. Nomenclature of the Arborescent Flora of the
United States. Bull. Div. Forestry, U.S. Dept. Agric. 14: pp. 419.
21 Ja. 1897.

328

Vail, A.M. Anundescribed Species of Xal/stroemia from New Mexico.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 206, 207. 24 Ap. 1897.

K. brachystylis, n. sp.

Ward, L. F. Descriptions of the Species of Cycadeoidea, or fos-
sil Cycadean Trunks, thus far discovered in the Iron Ore Belt, Poto-
mac Formation, of Maryland. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 11: 1-17.
13 Mr. 1897.

Waugh, F. A. | Definiteness of Variation and its Significance in Tax-
onomy. Bot. Gaz. 23: 193-195. 24 Mr. 1897.

Williams, T. A. Grasses and Forage Plants of the Dakotas. Bull.
Div. Agros. U.S. Dept. Agric. 6: 47. f. rz. 12 F. 1897.
Panicum Scribnerianum Leibergii Scribn. new name,

Wittrock, V. Algae exsiccatae. Bot. Gaz. 23: 196-198.
1897...

Repeats descriptions of five American species in Coelastrum, Loefgrenia n. g.,
OLdogonium, and Spirogyra.

24 Mr.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 309.

DODECATHEON PUBERULENTUM HELLER.

Can

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 310.

ses (2 eng ae ge

eens
ie

THALESIA PURPUREA HELLER.

eT ee ee

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

No. 4.
No.
No. 6.

No. 26.

[The numbers omitted from this list are out of print. ]

VoLuME I.
A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By
Neu Battomand iH. BH. Rusby C1887) 6. 67.23 e eas ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
NS ccs We nee SS we Sea Sm he ee i oe 25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.) »

The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
spe te and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N, L.

ritton.

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . .. 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 77Zssa,
Adana. Sy N. 1. Britton (18890), 2 ee pte es . . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
CTORG ig eS es eke eae ge gp gs 25 cents,
A rin List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
OCR CIGQO as le a a ee ee es 25 cents.
New or cenit a North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton

CTBQOFy oe ee a a er Sees 25 cents.
The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

COI ss ea ee ee ee Ss ee 25 cents.
Notes on ‘the North American Species of Eriocauleze. By Thos. Morong
CAST oe ew ee ee eee . . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
CSOOEY ers stl ee a ee ek ee «-. . #5 cents,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus AXyris. By Heinrich
Wiles CIRO) as ok oe is ee ee ee ee ee 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus A/e‘domia occurring in the

United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents

VoLumE II.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospfora occurring in North
Ameen, BY No Lic eon (ieee es ee eS 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
A, Britton ClO9M) ee es a ee a ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton
(IRR) eg a a a ea a ee Ge ee 25 cents,

. Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L.

Britton (1892), 25 cents,
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small

Pc cea, a eee Seas, Wea eran, Meee peetay pes hia Raye Oe Sg em! Yay ac ea

CHROR cars ae ee ee ee ee 25 cents.
A New Species of Zistera, with Noteson Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong
(HOS ce es ae . 25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay,
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance .

Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), .. 0. - + +e eee $1.5
Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small

(1893). Oe ee a ee eee 25 cents,
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton

(1893), os ee ee . . 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, III._Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, .. . . 25 cents,
New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H H. Rusby (1893), . 25 cents.
The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian Mountain Sys
tem. By John K. Small (1893), .......-+.+.- . . 25 cents,
Notes upon various Species of Iridaceze and other Orders. By Thomas

Morong (1893),.«. 6 sss bs Oe OE a ese ss OG COTS,

Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
Ca. oe oe Ge 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum—ll. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, 1. By John K.

DIRE CAEOAN «oe a ie Ge ee oe 25 cents.
Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other
Species, By Aya Heller. (iSoa) 1 oh ae as 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
ie Cie ees ea a a ee 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American
Species of Weissta (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of

Cuscuta, By W. D. Matthew (1893),. ... . 2 ee eee 25 cents.
A Study of the Genus Psora/ea in America, By Anna Murray Vail
lO0R 5 Sie TN ee ee eer oe eee 25 cents.

VoLuME III.
Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.

By NoLGBntton CISG4) 8 a ee en, 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, YI. Western Species of Orthotrichum,
By Elizabeth ‘G, Britton: (i804), 3-3. 25 cents.

New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the Genus /%ys-
comitrium. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), ........ 25 cents.
The Genus Cassia in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
A Revision of the Genus Zechea. By N. L. Britton (1894), . . 25 cents.
New or little known Plants of the Southern States, _ By T. H. Kearney, a es
CO 6 oe ee ee ee . .25 cents.
A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Carlton -C, Custis 41804), a Se ae a 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the. Southeastern United States, II. By John K.
Simall CISOR) os cia eos a ee , . . 25 cents.
Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus
Bruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species, By Elizabeth

(5. Britton CL S04) pa cil 2 og ee ee ee ee 25 cents.
The Smilacez of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894)
25 cents.
A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lathyrus in North America. By
TL UROGMe Gh Whee (IRON ee a 25 cents,
Two Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (1894)... 2. . 25 cents.
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. SBy John K. Small
C190G)y ee ee ae es ee ae es 25 cents.

Some new Florida Plants. By T..H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents.
Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents,
Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895) . 25 cents.
A Revision of the North American Species of the Oe Cracca. By

Anna Murrey Vell (iBQg} 0 6 oe i ek 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, IX. A Revision of the Genus Scoz-

feria with Description of one New Species. By Elizabeth G. Britton.

9 a Pe rs See a 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K.
inal (i068), oe 7 ee a 25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U. S.
A. and others, in Southeastern Arizona during the years 1892-1894. By
N. L, Britton and T. H, Kearney, Jr. (1894)... 2. 3. ss 50 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, X. 1. The Systematic Position of
Physcomitrella patens. 2, On a Hybrid growing with Aphanorhegma
serrata Sull. Abily a ton Hybrid of Physcomitrella potent, By

Elizabeth G. Britton 85); Pe 25 cents.
Some new hybrid Oaks from the Southern States. By John K. Small
(8805) s oe te a oe ea +. . 25 cents.

Notes on some Florida Plants. By Geo. Vv Nash. (1895, wa es conte.
An Enumeration of the Plants collected M. E. Penard in Uotorado during the
summer of 1892. By N. L. Britton Anna Murray Vail (1895). 50 cents.

No.

; th Oe ee
Title-pages for Vols. I., II., III. and IV. can be supplied.

9
. 100.

See ik Ge

- 102,

. 103.
. 104.

. 105.
. 106.
. 107.
. 108,

No.

109.

VOLUME IV.

The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1895), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. L. Britton

PIS a ieee Mee ea bee er 25 cents.
The Genus Cenchrus in North America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, By John K. Small

CIWGEy, gS ce a a Ree . 25 cents,
New or Noteworthy American Grasses—I. By Geo, V. Nash (1895 ).25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1895.)

been ches ce hae we

25 cents,

Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei-
DOr TIS9G ee a CEL oe gh anes - . . 25 cents,
A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail
CIBOE Fee cyt mie pe oe ca bs re ee re nee . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895).
25 cents.

Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents.
Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell.

(iSO), Sy ee ee . . , 25 cents.
A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax-
ifrapaceae. By Wm. EK, Wheelock. (1896),. 14 eae 25 cents,
A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896),. . . . 25 cents.

Notes on some Florida Plants. II, By Geo. V. Nash (1896), . . 25 cents,
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—V. By John K,

ena, (ERO6 I as atc Oe ree Pe | 28s cents,
The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Sisyrinchium).

By Eugene P, Bicknell (1896),. . . aes oo 2 oe Cente,
New or noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), 25 cents.
O£n othera and its Segregates. By John K, Small (1896),. . . 25 cents.
A preliminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae. By A. J.

Grgat{ iSgS) 5 5255 ay ses Sag 25 cents.
Revision of the Genus 4szmznain North America, By Geo, V. Nash (1896).
25 cents,
Notes on So¢entilia,1.,11. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) . . 25 cents.
A neglected Species of Oxa/zs and its Relatives. By John K. Small (1896).
25 cents,
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VI. By John K.
Small LEBOG) eae an ic ete eo oe . . 25 cents.
Notes on /otentilla—III. By P. A. Rydberg (1896)... .. 25 cents.
On a new Species of Scrophularia hitherto confounded with S. Mary-
landica, By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896)... ... _« s « « 25 Cents.
VOLUME V.
The Genus Cep/alozia in North America. By L. M. Underwood ( 1896).
25 cents.
New and Noteworthy Species of Saxifraga. By John K. Small (1896).
25 cents.
Notes on Potentilla—l1V. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) . . 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VII. By John
KB; Small (1896) Sos) eye eee oe ee BA 25 cents.
Notes on Fotentilla—V. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) ..... 25 cents.

Reinke’s Discussions of Lichenology. By Albert Schneider (1896), 25 cents.
Two Nuttallian Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents.
The North American Species of Agrimonia.—Geum Canadense flavum

(Porter) Britton, a valid Species. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), 25 cents.
Terminology among the Orders of Thallophytes. By L. M. oe
. » 25 cents.

Parts tem ee TRE BS OR a ee

The series as above listed will be supplied for $15. :
Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,
may be had for $2. Address

PRoF. L. M. UNDRWOOD, — oe
Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY.

AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA

— OF THE —

NORTHERN STATES AND CANADA,
Westward to the 102d Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA.

By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN,
with the assistance of SPECIALISTs in various groups.

Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and FIc-
URED. Cuts, over 4,000. With Keys to species and genera, the SyNonyMy, the
English Names, the REVISED NOMENCLATURE, and revised SysTEMATIC SEQUENCE
of Families.

The FirsT complete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country.

For Students and all Lovers of Plants.

Vols. I. and II. now ready. Vol. IIL. will appear late in 1897.

Price, $3.00 per Volume.

Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers,

Charles Scribner’s Sons, New. York,
or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York

COMMENTS ON VOL. I.

« The copy of your Illustrated Flora is a delight to me. You should have the
congratulations and thanks of every botanist everywhere.—Pror. Byron D. HALSTED,
Rutgers College.

« Please accept my congratulations at having completed so useful and complete
a work. I am using it with much profit and a great deal of pleasure.”-——-PRor. CHAS,
A. Davis, Alma College.

«J am so much pleased with the first volume of your Flora that I cannot refrain
from expressing my high appreciation of your work, and my congratulations on its fine
appearance.”— Benj. H. SMITH, Philadelphia.

«{ have seen your first volume and am more than delighted with it. It is so
good in every way that I am recommending it to every working botanical friend L
meet.”—Rev. W. M. BEAucHAMP, Baldwinsville, N. Y.

“As we carefully study the beautifully printed pages of this work, we are more
and more impressed with its magnitude and importance. It will give renewed life and
vigor to systematic botany and doubtless will be the means by which many a student .
will be led to the study of the more difficult families”"—Pror. C. E. BrssEy in
American Naturalist.

«There is no work extant in the whole series of American botanical publications
which deals with descriptions of the flowering plants that can for a moment be com-
pared with it, either for a skillful and delightful presentation of the subject-matter or
for modern, scientific and accurate mastery of the thousand-fold mass of detail of
which such a work must necessarily consist.”—- PRor. CONWAY MACMILLAN in
Science.

«In the line of books bearing the stamp of scientific authority, and at the same
time adapted for popular use, this is unquestionably the best work ever issued on the
flora of any part of the United States.’—FrepERicK V. CoviILLE, U.S, Dept. of
Agriculture, Div. of Botany, Washington, D. C.

“It will be no exaggeration to pronounce this the most valuable contribution ever
made to American botany, so far as the area covered by Gray’s Manual—somewhat
extended. 0.) ; ‘The authors deserve the thanks of every botanist for this success-
ful ending of a great task.” —Meehans’ Monthly, Philadelphia.

“This work should be in the library of all lovers and students of flowers; for
while it is the most exhaustive and complete work on systematic botany that has been
published in this country, it affords at the same time an easy introduction to begin-
nets through its illustrations.”’—7he Churchman, New York.

““We cannot too highly commend the volume before us, and no flower-lover can
consider his library complete without it.”— The Advance, Chicago.

_ “The work should find an enthusiastic welcome in the private study, as well as
in the college class-room.””—Chicago Tribune.

“A book of rare excellence, doing on a much enlarged scale for this country what
is accomplished for Great Britain by Bentham’s Illustrated Flora. Besides the accu-
rate description, we here have an authentic portrait of every North American species.
The treatment is popular, but at the same time eminently scientific. A complete cy-
clopaedia of American systematic botany.’’—PROFESSOR W. WHITMAN BAILEY, of
Brown University. :

working appliances of all lovers of North American plants.”’—V. V. Evening Post.

_ ‘The work has finally appeared, and its friends have every reason to be proud of
| Cee The illustrations . . . are remarkably clear and characteristic . . . andshow
the salient features of the plants as well as any small figures can. . . . . This excel-
lent,work will have a most pronounced effect in stereotyping this particular system
of nomenclature. . . . . It puts the student in the proper attitude toward the plant
kingdom, and it is bound to work a genuine reform. We are confident that it isa
great work. It has taken the latest convictions of the methods of ascent of the
vegetable world and has worked them out fearlessly and logically.”,-—New York Sun.

“T have had your first volume in hand for several months, and examined and re-
examined it with the greatest care. The more I use it the more it commends itself
to my favor.”—Hon. Davip F. Day, Buffalo, N. Y.

“The appearance of the first volume of the ‘‘ Illustrated Flora” marks a distinct
advance in systematic botany, and in the literature of that science in America... .
The work should tend to greatly popularize the study of plants. The price. is very
moderate for such a comprehensive volume, and every botanist should subscribe at
once for it.’—American Journal of Pharmacy. ;

“The work is going to do an immense amount of good in popularizing syste-
matic botany, and arousing a greater interest in such study.” PrRor. THOS. A.
WitraMs, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.

. ‘lam delighted with it, and congratulate you on the success ou have achieved
in the issue of this splendid volume. Your work cannot fail to highly appreci-

ated by every botanist in the country, and to make the study of the science more S a

popular than ever.””—Dr. CHas. Mower, Mobile, Ala. _

“The peculiarity of the book is that every species is figured. This, together

with the completeness of scope and inclusion of the latest information on the topic,
makes the voll 1
brings it within the reach of all botanical students. It fills a gap, accomplishing for

ume of extreme value as a book of reference, while its moderate price

American Botany what has already been done for Great Britain and northern Europe. _ a

The mechanical execution of text and drawings is admirable.”— The Congregation-

A Text-Book |
General Lichenology

WitTH DESCRIPTIONS AND Fiscuis OF THE GENERA
OCCURRING IN THE ;
NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES.

BY

ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M.S., M. D.

The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a dis-
cussion of their Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to
the phenomena of symbiosis.

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, $7.80;
in cloth, $4.25.

Sample pages will be sent on application.

Published by
WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY,

BINGHAMTON, N, Y.

Mosses of the Southern United States.

Now READY.
The First 51 Numbers of the Distribution, Price, $5.00.

Address, J. K. STIALL,
41 E. 49th St., New York.

Chapman’s Southern Flora.

Third Edition.
Sent postpaid on receipt of price, $4.00.

Published by

Cambridge Botanical Sinsptis Co.,

1286 Massachusetts Avenue, Opposite College Library,
Cambridge. Mass.

J

ESTABLISHED 1851,

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & an Third Ave,

Corner of 18th Street, | NEW YORK.

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES. :
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR _ Se

EB. March’s Seline Chemical Scone Ee
Ware. a)
Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically
Pure and Common Filter Paper. ae 2
Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- 2
ters (Polariscopes). :
Prof. Jolly’s Specific one Bal-
: ances, etc.

i Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co, ol
| Paris, Platinum.

H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. honicain! :

SPECIALTIES: Biehl Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass-
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure

- Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Se scissor and ae for
SOene Chemists.

LABORATORY OUTFITS |

; FOR Re ee:
FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, ‘UNIVERSITIES | AND COLES: )

~ PUBLICATIONS oF THE CLUB.

(1) THE: BULLETIN.

_ This journal has been published consecutively smce 1870, beginning with four
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with —
many full page illustr-tions were issued. ‘The subscription price is $2 per annum.
‘Terms for Engiand and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for

_ England, Messrs, Du.au & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.

- Back Numpers.—The BuLietin was published from 1870 to 18>+, inclusive
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
five volumes i is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
"run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and ‘were indexed at the end of the five years.
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to.16 have been indexed sepa-

i melee a general index to Vols. 7 to 16 printed in pamphlet form, which may be had -
t for 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 and 23 are indexed
_ separately. Price of each F260. Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied complete.

cz

- (2) THE MEMOIRS. de u ay

: ‘The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers _
_ ean also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Those —
omitted from this list cannot be had separately.

Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hithérto observed on the Coasts:
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. _ =
_ No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in ;
South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce, ieee
75 cents. :
ig “No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 7a Cente: 65s
Volume 2, No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding —
Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents.
No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents, —
ANo, 4.-—A Monograph of the North American Species of, the Genus Polygata, Aste
William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. — ae
Vol. 3.. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous ter:
ritory. By, John K. Small and A. A. Heller. . Price, 50 cents.
“No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadaceze with illustrations of all
species. By Thos. Morong. Price $2.00.
‘No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected. in Bolivia by Miguel Bang.
Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents.

Vol. 4. No. 1.—Index— Spe wenaires Part 5 Bibliography. Bi! Lucien mM.
erwood. — _ Price, 75 cents. 3 : ey

‘By Henry H. Ru: Price, .50 ¢
No. jo Arach 3s ceca at Pe with three e plates.

‘Ociatior Pal ak Ale of aan sy ah Fists
Vol. 6. oe Sie ae of bons Plants collected

Vor. 24. = JULY, 1897.

BULLETIN

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB,

ee ee PAGE.
_ A new fossil Monocotyledon from the Yellow
_. Gravel at Bridgeton, N. J. (Prares 3c1~
313): Arthur Hollick . See So eRse ms on

geome in lyon a Kale ceergaa

po THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

OFFICERS FOR 1897.
Histtied etm
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Presidents, —
7. F. ALLEN, M. D. — HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D.

- Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,
- Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, | ‘Dr. JOHN K. SMALL,
Normal College, New York City. Columbia University, New York City.
a 4 c Eaitor, ; : _ Treasurer,
-_N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D, | HENRY OGDEN,
Columbia University, New York City. Lies ay Bhag Shtoct! New Vouk. Cissy.

os. Committee on Admissions.

_ CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D.,
s aod E. 57th Street, New York City. 64 W. ssth Street, New York City.

. Library and Herbarium Committee,

| JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, © HELEN M. INGERSOLL,
WM. E. WHEELOCK,M.D., — Rev. L. H, LIGHTHIPE,

.

Committees on a Bes ssans Flora,
PHANEROGAMIA, _ CRYPTOGAMIA,

Pros. THOS. C. PORTER, ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
NN. L. BRITTON, Ph.D, = MARIA O, LE BRUN,
HL H. RUSBY, M. D,, | SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M. D.

‘The Club meets regularly at Columbia University, 4gth Street and Madison Ave- i
ns ew York City, on the second Tuesday and last ‘Wednesday of each month —
ares: June, July, Aughet and Mec sesce aS 0005, P, Ms ees

tuivae’ co ‘ran Coie eal please rent thle annual due fr 1857, now
auentage pis sdacag eee thao aaron haar ac hit

: ie “Associate Editors, See:
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, - _ BYRON D. HALSTED, Se. D.
RTHUR | HOLLICK, Ph Byes. "LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD,

BULLI

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
Vol. 24. Lancaster, Pa., July 29, 1897. No. 7.

A new fossil Monocotyledon from the Yellow Gravel at
Bridgeton, N, J,*

By ARTHUR HOLLICK.
(PLATES 311-313.)

ANOMALOPHYLLITES BRIDGETONENSIS N. sp.

Leaf remains consisting of linear, or sub-linear, or broad, par-
allel-margined fragments, varying from two and one-half inches
to three-fourths inch in width; the broader fragments gently wavy
longitudinally and occasionally with a narrow, flattened area,
parallel with one of the margins; the narrower fragments often
longitudinally plicated or folded. Median nerves generally well
defined in the broader fragments, less so, or absent in the narrower
ones, occasionally with a well-defined parallel nerve on each side,
or buried between the central folds. Surface smooth or obscurely
striated longitudinally. Petioles two inches or more in width,
rounded (semicircular ?) in outline, finely striate longitudinally.

Formation and locality: Tertiary (Miocene ?), Bridgeton, N. J.

The fragments figured on the accompanying plates have been
selected from a large number collected, which undoubtedly repre-
sent the remains of a monocotyledon, almost certainly belonging
to the palms.

The first specimens, found many years ago, were of medium size

* Other references to the locality or to the fossil may be found in the following
contributions :

1. Palaeobotany of the Yellow Gravel at Bridgeton, N. J. Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club, 19: 330. 1892.

2. New Species of Leguminous Pods from the Yellow Gravel at Bridgeton, Ny;
4. ¢., 23: 46. 1896.

3. A New fossil Grass from Staten Island. /..c., 24: 122. 1897.

330

and were thought by Dr. N. L. Britton to be portions of grass
leaves, allied to or identical with Zizanza.* Some of these are de-
picted in figs. 1, 2 and 3, plate 313.

A yet smaller fragment, represented by fig. 6, plate 311, was
submitted to Prof. Leo Lesquereux, who identified it as “Cyperites,
spetr tf ;

Material subsequently collected by the late Dr. J. I. Northrop,
by the Geological Survey of New Jersey and by me personally
indicates that the fragments are not parts of single blade-like
leaves, but dismembered portions of palmate leaves, like those of
a fan palm, connected toward the petiole and separated into free
_ divisions toward the margin.

Basal portions I consider to be represented by figs. 2-5, pl. 313,
which are narrow and strongly plicated or folded; median portions
by figs. 1-4, pl. 312, and figs. 1,6 and 7,pl. 313. In figures 1
and 6 of the latter plate the place of separation of the free divi-
sions is indicated atthe summits. Portions of the free divisions are
apparently represented by figs. 1-3, pl. 311, and portions of the peti-
oles by figs. 4 and 5, pl. 311. Leaves of U/mus plurinervia Ung.
and Quercus Klipsteinit Etts., included respectively in figs. 1 and 5, |
pl. 311, have no special significance, except as an indication of the
accompanying vegetation, which, it is hoped, will be described in
full at some future time. The almost total absence of surface stri-
ations I believe may be accounted for by the character of the me-
dium in which the fragments are preserved—a rather coarse, fri-
able sandstone.

Upon examining the literature of tertiary palaeobotany many
fragments similar to ours may be found described and figured by
Gaudin, Heer, Watelet and others, under the genera Cyferites,t
Flabellaria,§ Phoenicites,|| Anomalophyllites,§ etc.—the first one sup-
posed to represent the sedges, the others palms.

* Proc. Am. Assn. Adv. Sci. 31: 359 (1882); Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 4: 31
(1884-85). 2

t Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus, 10: 36 (1887). Museum no, 2314.

$ Cyperites Montalionis Gaud. Mem. Gisem, Feuill. Foss, Toscane, 1: 29. p/. z/,
fg. 7; C. multinervosus Heer, Fl. Tert. Helvet, 1: 76. A/. 28, fig. 6.

§ Flabeliaria (indéterminés) Wat. Plant. Foss. Bass. Paris, 97. p/. 27, figs. 6, 7-

| Phoenicites eocenica, t. ¢.,98. pl. 27, figs. 1-5.

Yi Anomalophyllites tricarinatus, J. ¢., 100. pl. 28, figs. 1-5; A. dubius, 1. c.
figs. 6-8.

331

As I consider the Bridgeton specimens to almost certainly be-
long in the latter family, but without any characters by which they
can be identified positively with any living genus, I have thought
it advisable to include them under Azomalophyllites, with a specific
name to indicate the locality where they were found.

The abundance of these remains is evidence that the plant to
which they belonged was an important element in the flora
of the region and of that of the geological age in which they flour-
ished, and considerably extends our knowledge of the geograph-
ical range of palms in the past.

Explanation of Plates.
PLATE 311.
Figs. 1-3. —Anomalophyllites Bridgetonensis Hollick. Fragments of free divit-
ions; fig. 1 including leaf cf U/mus plurinervia Ung.
Figs, 4and 5.—Fragments of petioles; fig. 5 including leaf of Quercus Klipsteinii
Etts.
Fig. 6.—Fragment of a free division. (« Cyferites, spec?” Lesq.)
PLATE 312.
Figs. 1-4.—Anomalophyllites Bridgetonensis Hollick. Fragments of median

portion of leaf.
PLATE 313.

Figs. 1,6 and 7.—Anomalophyllites Bridgetonensis Hollick. Fragments of
median portion of leaf; figs. 1 and 6 showing indications of separation into free di-
visions at summits.

Figs. 2, 3~5.—Fragments of basal portion of leaf, showing folds.

Studies in the Botany of the southeastern United States.—XI.

By Joun K. SMALL.

I, NOTEWORTHY SPECIES.
SAGITTARIA FILIFORMIS J. G. Smith, Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 6: 46.
pl. 15. 1894.

Mr. A. H. Curtiss has sent me fine fruiting specimens of this
rare species, collected near Jacksonville, Florida. They are ap-
parently the first specimens found with mature achenes ; these are
of the same general outline as the immature achenes figured by
Mr. Smith, but slightly broader. In the center of each face there
is an oblong swelling surrounded by a depression, while the edges

332

are crested, The lengths of numerous achenes vary from 1.5-2
mm.

=

ARENARIA BREVIFOLIA Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N.A. 1: 180. 1838.

I have long suspected the occurrence of this, the rarest of our
eastern American. Avenarias, in North Carolina. In 1890 Mr.
Heller collected fragmentary and imperfect specimens of an
Arenaria in Rowan County. Some years later I found similar
specimens on Dunn’s Mountain, near Salisbury. During the
spring of 1896 I had an opportunity to visit Dunn’s Mountain
and found the species in full bloom just as it occurs on Stone
Mountain, Georgia; the plants from the two mountains are al-
most identical.

RHEXIA Mariana L. Sp. Pl. 346. 1753.

As far as I have observed, Rhexia Mariana prefers sandy places
at no great distance from the Atlantic and Gulf coasts, although
it does occur at many points in the middle districts of the
Southern States, and is said to extend up the Mississippi Valley to
Missouri. The first altitude worthy of note at which I found the
species was at about 300 meters on Stone Mountain, Georgia. The
following year, 1895, I collected a few specimens of a delicate
form, apparently referable to this species, on the mountains near
Ellijay, Gilmer County, Georgia, at an altitude of about 400
meters. The leaves of this form are thin, oval, ovate or elliptic
and short-petioled. Much to my surprise, on reaching the
summit of Table Mountain, South Carolina, last summer, I found

the typical state of the plant thriving at an altitude of almost 1600
meters.

SABBATIA CAMPANULATA (L.) Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 259. 1894.

Dr. Gray has recorded * the mountains of Georgia as an ex-
tension of the range of this normally coast plant. I do not know
to how great an altitude the species ranges in Georgia, but I have
collected it at an elevation of nearly 1000 meters on the summit
of Table Mountain, South Carolina, and the only noticeable differ-
ence between the mountain specimens and those from the low-

* Syn, Fl. 2: Part 1, 115.

333

iands is the proportionate breadth of the leaves, these being wider
in the plants from the higher altitudes.

PHACELIA HIRSUTA Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. (II.) 5: 191.
1833-37.

Although classed as an annual, this Phacelia appears to bea
biennial. Mr. Nuttall, in the original description, says “annual or
perhaps also biennial.’’ On Stone Mountain, Georgia, the species
flowers in the spring, the plants soon die and disappear on ac-
count of the extreme heat, the seeds falling to the ground at once
germinate, producing tufts of spatulate, oblong-spatulate or obo-
vate, short-petioled, sharply serrate leaves which are not in the
least pinnatifid, as are those of the following season.

Vitex Acnus-castus L. Sp. Pl. 637. 1753.

This shrub is fast becoming naturalized in the Southern States.
Miss K. S. Taylor found it about Columbia, South Carolina, in
1891, and I collected it in 1895 at both Darien and near Fort Bar-
rington, in southeastern Georgia.

Cestrum Pargu L’Her. Stirp. Nov. 73. 1783-84.

We have no record of the occurrence of this species on our
eastern sea-board, but it is now doubtless established at many
places in the Southern States. In 1895 I found quantities in and
about Darien, Georgia.

LEONOTIS NEPETAEFOLIA Ait. Hort. Kew. Ed. 2, 3: 409. I8II.

Dr. Chapman reports this introduced plant from Georgia and
Florida. We now have excellent specimens collected by Prof.
Underwood at Auburn, Lee County, Alabama.

FILAGO NIVEA.

Evax multicaulis DC. Prodr. 5: 459. 1836. Not Filage
multicaulis Lam. 1778. .

This is one of the Compositae belonging west of the Missis-
sippi River that has been traveling gradually eastward; in 1895 I
found it very plentiful about Stone Mountain, Georgia.

334

II. New SPECcIEs.
LISTERA RENIFORMIS.

Perennial, fleshy, deep green. Stem erect, 1-3 dm. tall, slender
glabrous or nearly so below, densely glandular-pubescent above,
simple; leaves 2, opposite, about the middle of the stem, reniform
or ovate-reniform, 1-3 cm. in diameter, apiculate or short acumi-
nate, glabrous above, more or less pubescent beneath, cordate or
subcordate, sessile; racemes 2-10 cm. long; flowers greenish;
bracts lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, 3-5 mm. long, acute; pedi-
cels slender, 4-7 mm. long, glabrate, or much less pubescent than
the stem; sepals oblong or linear oblong, about 3 mm. long, ob-
tuse or acutish, reflexed ; lip wedge-shaped, 6-7 mm. long, with 2
prominent teeth on both sides near the base, sharply cleft to near
the middle, the lobes rounded; capsules oval, 4-5 mm. long;
mature seeds not seen.

Damp thickets on the mountains of Maryland, Virginia and,
North Carolina, ranging from about 1000 to 1750 meters altitude.
Spring and summer.

It seems strange that this well marked species should have
been so long associated with the northern Lzstera convallarioides
It is confined to the higher parts of the southern Alleghany
mountains, while Lzstera convallariides appears to have a northern
transcontinental range suggesting that of Polygonum Douglasit.
Listera reniformis differs from its northern relative in its more
slender habit, the reniform type of the leaves, which are apiculate
or short-acuminate at the apex and cordate or subcordate at the
base, and the lip, which is sharply cleft, often nearly to the middle,
by a V-shaped sinus. The leaf of Listera convallarioides is oval
and obtuse at both ends, while the lip is cut by a U-gfaped sinus.

V ASARUM CALLIFOLIUM.

Perennial, deep green, nearly glabrous. Leaves tufted, long-pe-
tioled, the blades ovate, 5-9 cm. long, obtuse or sometimes acutish,
finely undulate or crenulate, rarely mottled, deeply cordate at the
base; petioles 2-3 times longer than the blades, sparingly pubes-
cent; bracts reniform, ciliate; pedicels as long as the calyx, or
much shorter; calyx urn-shaped, 1.5-2.5 cm. long, dark green
without, dark purple within, the segments broadly ovate or
broader than high, the throat slightly contracted; stigmas 2-cleft,
capsule not seen.

In shady woods, Florida. (Chapman.)

335

This is probably the Asarvwm arifolium of Dr. Chapman’s Flora,
but not the plant of Michaux, specimens of which I have never
seen from further south than Georgia. It differs from Asarum
arifollum in both foliage and infloresence. The leaf-blades are
simply ovate, and lack the halberd-shape so characteristic of those
of the Michauxian plant, and the margin instead of being entire
is finely undulate or crenulate. The pedicels are always short,
never elongating like those of A. arifolium, while the perianths
of the two species are entirely dissimilar in shape; that of Asarum
callifolum being larger, much shorter in proportion to the length
and with a rounder base.

“ ARISTOLOCHIA CONVOLVULACEA.

Perennial, slender, bristly-pubescent throughout. Stems erect
or decumbent, 1-3 dm. long, angled, slightly flexuous, simple, or
rarely branched below; leaves thinnish, becoming firm at ma-
turity, broadly ovate to oval, 2-8 cm. long, short-acuminate or
rarely acute, ciliate, deeply cordate at the base, short-petioled ;
petioles .5-1.5 cm. long, hirsute; peduncles slender, 1-2-flowered,
flexuous, angled; calyx densely hirsute, the tube .5-1 cm. long,
the limb 6-8 mm. broad, scarcely lobed; capsule subglobose, 6-7
mm. in diameter, pubescent.

In woods,“ . . . Columbus, Georgia. Grows from Athens
to near this place” (Boykin).

Dr. Boykin noticed the differences between Aristolochia Serpen-
‘ana and the one here described as new, many years ago. Besides
observing the plant in the field, he cultivated it in his garden, and
sent both native and cultivated specimens to Dr. Torrey in whose
herbarium they are preserved.

Aristolochia convolvulacea can readily be distinguished from 4.
Serpentaria by either the pubescence or the foliage. In place of
the soft pilose hairs characteristic of Aristolochia Serpentaria, we
find a bristly-hirsute pubescence on all parts of the plant. The
leaves are much broader in proportion to their length than those
of its relative, resembling closely those of some Convolvulaceae,
whence the name.

PARONYCHIA SCOPARIA.

Perennial, rather slender, the foliage minutely pubescent.
Stem much branched at the base, the branches tufted, erect or

886

ascending, 2-3 dm. tall, simple below, sparingly forked above,
roughish; leaves linear-filiform, I-3 cm. long, acute, grooved on
either side of the midrib, serrulate-ciliate, especially near
the apex, sessile; stipules linear-lanceolate, 1-1.5 cm. long,
attenuate ; branches of the cymes erect or strongly ascending ;
sepals linear-lanceolate, gradually narrowed to the apex, 3-3.5
mm. long, firm, keeled, usually with a short lateral nerve on each
side of the keel, hooded, prolonged into a stout ascending cusp,
which is one-third to one-fourth as long as the body; petals none;
stamens half as long as the sepals; anthers yellowish.

The specimens on which the above species is founded were
collected by Dr. Edward Palmer, in the Indian Territory, between
Fort Cobb and Fort Arbuckle, in 1868. (No. 27.)

As far as I know, Paronychia scoparia has not been referred to
any previously described species. It is related to P. dichotoma,
differing in the more robust habit, the minutely pubescent foliage
and the strict few-flowered cymes. Faronychia scoparia has a
larger calyx than P. dichotoma, the cusps are longer and more
densely spiny-ciliate, and the calyx-segments are more strongly
ribbed on the back.

V PARONYCHIA CHORIZANTHOIDES.

Annual, slender, minutely pubescent. Stem erect, 1-2 dm.
tall, forking from a point 3-8 cm. above the base; leaves linear-
filiform, .8-2 cm. long, acute, with a stout midrib, sessile ; stipules
lanceolate, silvery, acuminate; calyx short-pedicelled, or nearly
sessile, 1.5 mm. long, strigose at the base, finally urn-shaped, the
base much enlarged; sepals ovate or ovate-lanceolate, with a stout
midrib, abruptly contracted into the ascending cusps which are
about one-half as long as the body at maturity; utricle nearly I
mm. broad.

The specimens on which the species here described as new is
founded were collected by Dr. Edward Palmer at Bluffton, Burnet
County, Texas, 50 miles west of Georgetown, October 10-15, 1879,
according to printed ticket, or 1883, no. 1169, according to written
label. Heretofore specimens of thiscollection have been referred to
Paronychia setacea, which species, however, they but slightly re-
semble. Paronychia chorizanthoides, as the name suggests, bears a
remarkable resemblance to some species of Chorizanthe, chiefly on
account of the involucre-like calices. In Paronychia chorizanthoides
the bracts subtending the calyx are shorter than that organ, while

337

in P. setacea they are longer. The calyx of the new species is
sharply diagnostic, being urn-shaped with a much enlarged base,
the calyx of P. setacea being turbinate and narrowed at the
base. The cusps terminating the sepals are much stouter and
only about one-half as long as the very slender cusps of P. setacea.
Mr. Heller’s number 1729, distributed as P. setacea, is Paronychia
chorizanthoides, but, being quite young, it has not yet assumed the
characteristic habit that Dr. Palmer’s specimens exhibit.

SIPHONYCHIA CORYMBOSA.

Perennial, stoutish, the foliage pubescent with recurved hairs.
Stem branched at the base, the branches tufted, 1-3 dm. tall, erect
or ascending, olive-green or brownish, forking, especially above,
ribbed, topped by the corymbosely disposed cymes ; leaves oblan-
ceolate to oblong-oblanceolate, .5-1.5 cm. long, acutish, ciliate,
sessile; stipules ovate, silvery, long-acuminate; inflorescence sil-
very; calyx 2-2.2 mm. long, pubescent at the base, the segments
oblong or ovate-oblong, white, longer than the tube, obtuse, con-
cave, slightly hooded at the apex; stamens included; style ex-
serted; utricle ovoid, 1 mm. long.

The original specimens were collected by Professor L. M.
Underwood on Ship Island, on the coast of Mississippi, in June,
1896.

Siphonychia corymbosa is most closely allied to Siphonychia erecta,
which it simulates in habit. The characteristic difference in ap-
pearance between the two species is in the foliage, that of S. erecta
being glaucous, while that of the new species is clothed with a
pubescence consisting of short recurved hairs; the inflores-
cence of Siphonychia corymbosa is more lax; the calyx furnishes
good distinctive characters: that of the new species is shorter
and stouter, the segments oblong, with converging tips, instead
of lanceolate, with erect tips, as in that of S. erecta.

Vv CLEMATIS GLAUCOPHYLLA.

Perennial, bright green, glabrous. Stem rather slender, 2-5
meters long, climbing over bushes or trees, nearly simple, dark
red, furrowed, much enlarged at the nodes; leaves ovate, 3-10 cm.
long, thickish, acute, often apiculate or acuminate, entire, 3-lobed
or trifoliolate, with conspicuous white nerves above, prominently
nerved and glaucous beneath, cordate or subcordate ; floral leaves
with petioles 1 cm. long, the nerves gradually diverging from the
midrib; flowers reddish purple, glossy, 2-2.5 cm. long; calyx

338

conic-ovoid; sepals lanceolate, acuminate, the tips very slightly
spreading; achenes suborbicular, 6-8 mm. in diameter, puberu-
lent, abruptly narrowed at both ends, with an orbicular impression
in the middle, sometimes slightly inequilateral, the plumose style
erect or slightly oblique, 5-6 cm. long, tawny, lustrous, the hairs
spreading.

Collected by the writer in the Yellow River valley, near Mc-
Guire’s Mill, Gwinnett county, Georgia. In flower July 2, 1895,
in fruit July 11, 1893.

A handsome species between Clematis Addisonii and C. Viorna,
_with foliage somewhat resembling that of the former and with the
habit of the latter. It differs from C. Addtsoni in its much elon-
gated and climbing stem, and the distinctly petioled and acute
floral leaves. It may readily be distinguished from C. Viorna by
its suborbicular achene and longer plumose styles, as well as
by the foliage.

/ LOBELIA FLACCIDIFOLIA.

Perennial, slender, deep green, glabrous or nearly so. Stems
erect, 2-6 dm. tall, solitary, or loosely tufted, usually branched
above, or, in small plants, rarely simple, the branches wire-like ;
leaves thin, the basal or lower cauline obovate or oblong-spatu-
late, the rest linear-oblong or rarely linear-lanceolate, 3-10 cm.
long, obtuse, undulate or crenate-undulate, short-petioled; racemes
interrupted, .5-2 dm. long, recurved; pedicels erect, slightly
curved, 4-5 mm. long, usually exceeded by their bracts; calyx
glabrous, its tube broadly turbinate, becoming globose-hemi-
spheric and strongly ribbed, its segments linear-lanceolate, 4-5 mm.
long, acute, spiny-toothed, auricled at the base, slightly revolute ;
corolla about 1.5 cm. long, blue, sparingly pubescent without, the
segments of the upper lip reflexed, crisped, about % as long as
the tube, the lower lip as long as the tube, its segments acute, the
middle one lanceolate, the lateral ones oblong-lanceolate ; staminal
tube ascending, anthers pubescent; capsule ovoid, 5-8 mm. long,

beaked, the free portion somewhat shorter than the part adnate
to the calyx-tube.

In sand in deep river swamps, southern Georgia. Summer.

The species here described as new is, on the whole, most
closely related to Lobelia Ludoviciana, from which it differs in the
delicate habit, the very thin texture of the leaves and the branch-
ing stems; there are characters in the flower to separate it from

- the Louisiana piant in the narrower calyx-segments and narrower
segments of the lips of the corolla.

339

The original specimens were collected by the writer in the
Ochlockonee River swamp, near Thomasville, Georgia, July 12-
22, 1895.

“ AsTER CAMPTOSORUS.

Perennial, slender. Stems erect, 4~6 dm. tall, finely ridged,
slightly flexuous, green or purplish green, simple or nearly so,
glabrous, or very sparingly pubescent near the top; leaves few,
the blades lanceolate, 6-15 cm. long, resembling the leaves of
Camptosorus rhizophyllus, attenuate from near the base to the finely
acute apex, entire, undulate, sometimes crisped, dark green,
smo th and lustrous above, paler and hispid beneath with a scat-
tered pubescence, the lower ones deeply cordate at the rounded
ear-like base, the upper ones subcordate or truncate, petioled;
petioles ‘slender, villous, the lower ones nearly as long as the
blades, the upper about + as long as the blades; heads usually
few; pedicels angled, bearing minute appressed bracts, scabrous
with short, stiff, spine-like hairs; involucres cylindric-campanu-
late, constricted at the middle (or turbinate in the dry state), 5
mm. high, the bracts linear-subulate, in 4 or § series, incurved, with
a narrow green midrib and green acute tip; corolla about 6 mm.
long; stamens and style glabrous; rays purple, linear-oblance-
late, 1 cm. long, slightly 3-toothed at the apex.

In open woods, in and near the mountains, Georgia and Ala-
bama. September to October.

A very curious and handsome species on account of the close
resemblance of its leaves to those of Camptosorus rhizophyllus.
Compared with its nearest relative, Aster Shortil, the new species is.
more slender and, in addition to the Campéosorus-like leaves, and
the characteristic gradual attenuation from the base to the apex,
these organs are smooth, dark green and lustrous above. The
involucre of Aster Shortii is campanulate, whereas that of Aster
Camptosorus is cylindric-campanulate and constricted at the mid-
dle; the bracts in the new species are rigid, linear-subulate
and incurved, while those of Aster Shorti are rather thin, hardly
rigid and simply linear.

Fine specimens were sent to me by Prof. Carl F. Baker from
Wright’s Mill, five miles south of Auburn, Alabama. They were
collected on October 17, 1896. In addition to these I find an old
sheet in the Columbia University Herbarium on which are two
specimens collected in the mountains of Georgia by Mr. Buckley.

340

Cryptogams collected near Jackman, Maine, August, 1895.

By F, L. Harvey ano O. W. KNIGHT.

In August, 1895, we spent a few days near Jackman, Maine,
where the Canadian Pacific crosses the boundary of Maine, and
collected the following cryptogams which may be interesting for
locality. A few species collected at other points on the route are
included. So far as we know, this region of the state has not
been much explored.

HYMENOMYCETES.

Chitocybe phyllophila Fr. Greenville.

Pleurotus ostreatus (Jacq.) Fr. Jackman.

Hygrophorus parvulus Pk. Greenville. New to Maine.
Russula atropurpurea Pk. Greenville. New to Maine.
Panus stipticus (Bull.) Fr. Jackman.

Trogia crispa (Pers.) Fr. Jackman.

Lenszites sepiaria Fr. Jackman, Greenville and Pamedomcook.
Schizophyllum commune Fr. Decaying wood. Jackman.
Polyporus brumalis (Pers.) Fr. Jackman.

Polyporus simillimus Pk. Jackman. New to Maine.
Polyporus betulinus Fr. Jackman.

fomes pinicola Fr. Jackman.

Fomes applanatus (Pers.) Wollr. Jackman.

Fomes fomentarius (L.) Fr. Jackman.

Fomes carneus Nees. Jackman.

Polystictus perennis (L.) Fr. Jackman.

Polystictus pergamenus Fr. for. pseudopergamenus Thum.
P. cinnabarinus (Jacq.) Fr. Jackman.

P. versicolor (L.) Fr. Jackman.

P. abietinus Fr. Jackman.

Poria attenuata Pk. Jackman.

Trametes mollis Fr. Greenville. New to Maine.
Solenia fasciculata Pers. Greenville.

Tremellodon gelatinosum (Scop.) Pers. Jackman.

CLAVARIEAE.
Clavana aurea Schaeff. Jackman.

341

C. gracilis Pers. Greenville. New to Maine.
C. inequalis Mull. Greenville.
Calcocera carnea Fr. Jackman.

TREMELLINEAE.
Fltrneola Auricula-Judae Berk. Jackman.

THELEPHOREAE.
Pheatura Alni Pk. Jackman.

GASTEROMYCETES.

Lycoperdon eubincornatum Pk. Greenville.
L. gemmatum Batsch. Greenville.

L. molle Pers. Jackman.

Bovista pila. Jackman.

UREDINEAE.

Uredo iridicola DC. On Iris. Jackman.
Puccinia asteris Duby. Jackman.

LICHENES.

Cetraria Junperina Pinastri Ach. On coniferous trees and rail
fences,

C. ciliaris Ach. Rail fenches.

Usnea barbata plicata Fr. Spruce trees.

U. longissima Ach. On spruce trees.

Alectoria jubata colybeiformis Ach. Common.

Parmelia plycodes (L.) Ach. On trees.

Physcia hypoleuca (Muhl.) Tuck. On trees.

Pyxine sorediata Fr. Specimens which Miss Cummings diinks
are this.

Sucta amplissima (Scop.) Mass. Rocks and trees.

S. pulmonaria (L.) Ach. On trees.

Nephroma arcticum (L.) Fr. On rock. Sandy Bay Mt.

Feltigera polydactyla Hoffm.

Stereocaulon paschale (L.) Fr. Ground.

Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Fr. Rotton wood and earth.

C. fimbriata tubaeformis Fr. Ground.

C. gracilis verticillata Fr. Ground. -

C. gracilis hybrida Schaer. Ground.

C. gracilis elongata Fr. Ground.

342

C. sgquammosa Hoffm. Ground.

C. furcata crispata Fr. Ground.

C. furcata racemosa F\. In moss on rocks. Tumble-down-
Dick stream, head of Pamedomcook L.

C. rangiferina (L.) Hoffm.

C. rangiferina sylvatica L.

C. amaurocrea (F1.) Schaer.

Buellia parasema (Ach.) Th. Fr.

Graphis scripta (L.) Ach.

PyRENOMYCETES.
Microsphaera Vaccinii (Schw.) C. & P. Jackman (Harvey). On
V. corymbosum atrococcum Gray.
HHypoxylon coccineum Bull. On beech. Greenville.
Hf, Morsei B. & C. Jackman.

HELVELLACEAE.

Physalacria inflata Pk. =(Mitrula inflata Schw.) Greenville,
Aug. New to Maine.

flelotium citrinum (Hedw.) Fr. Rotten logs. Jackman.

fTelotium aeruginosum. Jackman.

Dasyscypha Agassi (B. & C.) Sace. On dead birch twigs.
Jackman.

Embolus ochreatus Sacc. Jackman. New to Maine.

Calicium tigillare Sacc. Jackman. New to Maine.

HYPHOMYCETES.

Fleydenia, n. sp. Peck, MSS. On Polyporus abietinus. Jack-
man, Aug., 1895. F. L. Harvey.

PROTOPHYTA.

MyxomyYcETES.

Fuligo septica (Link.) Gem]. On moss and rotten logs. Head
of Pamedomcook. Late Oct.

Tilmadoche nutans (Pers.) Rostaf. Jackman, Aug.

Tubulina cylindrica (Bull.) DeC. Rotten logs. Jackman.

Arcyria nutans (Bull.) Grev. Greenville.

Lycogala epidendrum Buxb. Decaying stumps and _ logs.
Jackman.
Trichia subfusca Rex. Jackman. This is newto Maine. _

343

Some rare Washington Plants.

By K. M. WIEGAND.

The writer has recently had the opportunity of studying a set
of several hundred Washington plants collected by Mr. J. B.
Flett during the summer of 1895 and 1896. These were all either
from the vicinity of Tacoma or from Mt. Rainier, and although
many of them are common, some are rather rare or otherwise in-
teresting on account of their distribution. It seemed important
therefore to publish the subjoined list, which includes thirty-three
of the more interesting species together with the localities fur-
nished by Mr. Filett.

Batrachium aquatile (L.) Dumort. (With floating leaves)
ponds Tacoma.

Thlaspi alpestre L. Grassy slopes, Mt. Rainier, alt. 6000 ft.

Cardamine belhidifolia L. Mt. Rainier.

Cardamine Brewert Wats. Wet places, Tacoma. Two forms,
one very weak, leaves thin and flaccid; the other more strict,
leaves thicker and more purplish.

Draba aureola Wats. Rocky ridges, Mt. Rainier, alt. 10,500
ft. (see Piper, Bot. Gaz. 22: 488, 1896).

Arenaria propinqua Rich. Crevasses of rocks, Mt. Rainier.

Arenaria tenella Nutt. Prairies, Tacoma.

Arenaria paludicola Rob. Bogs, Tacoma. (See Piper, Bot.
Gaz. 1. c.)

Silene acaulis L. Mt. Rainier.

Cerastium alpinum L. Mt. Rainier.

Geranium pusillum L. Prairies and Streets, Tacoma.

Saxifraga Notkana Moc. Swamps, Tacoma.

Ocnanthe sarmentosa Nutt. Swamps, Tacoma.

Ligusticum Grayi C. & R. Grassy places, Mt. Rainier, alt.
5000 ft.

Berula erecta (Huds.) Coville. Swamps, Tacoma.

Solidago Canadensis L. Moist rich ground, Tacoma.

Grindelia Oregana Gray. At tide-water on sandy sea-shores.

Apargidium borealeT. & G. Mt. Rainier.

Hemizonia pungens T. & G. Dry waste ground, Tacoma:
probably introduced.

344

Cotula coronopifolia .. Salt marshes on the sea-coast, intro-
duced.

Hypochaeris glabra L. Prairies, Tacoma, introduced.

Luma hypoleuca Benth. Mt. Rainier among talus at 5500 ft.
alt.

Aplopappus Brandegei Gray. Loose rock and sand, Mt.
Rainier, alt. 8000 ft.

Casstope Stelleriana DC. Mt. Rainier, alt. 5000 ft.

Newberrya congesta Torr. Dry hills in partial shade, Tacoma.

Gilia Nuttalli Gray. Grassy places, Mt. Rainier, alt. 5000 ft.

Gia Larsent Gray. Rock piles, Mt. Rainier, alt. 7000-8000 ft.

Romanzoffia Sitchensis Bong. Above snow line, Mt. Rainier.

Pinguicula vulgaris L. Mt. Rainier alt. 3000 ft. -

Polygonum Newberiyi Small. Immediately above timber line,
Mt. Rainier, alt. 6000 ft.

Stenanthium occidentale Gray. On rocks above the snow-line,
Mt. Rainier.

Poa Lettermani Vasey. Loose sand and stones, Mt. Rainier,
alt. 10000 ft.

CORNELL UNIVERSITY.

New or noteworthy American Grasses.—VII.

By GEORGE V. Nasu.

v ERIANTHUS LAXUS n. sp.

Culms erect, stoutish, 2-3 metres tall, pubescent with appressed
hairs, toward the base scanty and short, at the apex longer and
copious. Nodes densely pubescent with appressed grayish hairs ;
sheaths striate, the inner surface spotted and tinged with red-
brown, the outer surface densely hirsute with ascending gray hairs,
the lower sheaths throughout, the upper ones only at the base and
apex, with the intermediate portion but sparingly pubescent; li-
gule 3-4 mm. long, rounded at the apex, irregularly lacerate-.
toothed; leaves flat, 2-5 dm. long, 6-12 mm. wide, long-acumi-
nate at the apex, a little narrowed toward the base, rough on the
margins, hirsute on both surfaces, the upper surface becoming
glabrous when old; panicle gray in hue, 4-5 dm. long, 1 dm. wide
or less, loose, the main axis copiously pubescent with long, silky
appressed hairs, as are also the elongated lax and flexuous ascend-

345

ing branches, the larger of which are 2-2.5 dm. long; internodes
of the rachis densely pubescent with silky hairs,6-8 mm. long, the
lower internodes much exceeding the spikelets; spikelets 4-5 mm.
long, one-half as long as the basal hairs, and about one-half again
as long as the clavellate pedicels, which are pubescent with very
short appressed hairs, and also with fewer long ascending hairs;
outer scales of the spikelet pubescent with long hairs, at least at
first, the first scale slightly 2-toothed at the apex, the second sim-
’ ilar, but not so distinctly nerved, the third scale pubescent on or
near the margins toward the apex, the fourth scale glabrous, or
with a few hairs at the apex, purple on the margins, acuminate
into a scabrous, untwisted, straight or somewhat contorted awn
about 2 cm. long.

Collected by Mr. W. T. Swingle in a wet hammock between
Paola and the Wekiva River, along the J. T. & K. W.R.R., on
Aug. 22, 1894, No. 1732a of my first distribution of Florida plants.

The elongated branches of the panicle, the long internodes of
the rachis, and the longer basal hairs of the spikelet distinguish
this at once from any form of £&. saccharoides, to which it is re-
lated.

PANICUM AGROSTIDIFORME Lam. Ill. 1: 172. 1791.

This name was given by its author to a grass from South
_ America, probably from Cayenne, and its application to the plant
so common in our region, the P. agrostoides Muhl., has never been
Satisfactory, not only because the description failed to fit our
plant, but also on account of the remoteness of the region from
which the Lamarckian plant originally came—a region the flora
of which is tropical and not likely to contain among its members
a grass native and plentiful in the eastern United States. A care-
ful comparison of a fuller description of this plant, in Encycl.
Meth. (4: 748. 1797), with material from northern South Amer-
ica, where this grass was originally secured, leaves little doubt as
to its proper identification. Among the characters given by
Lamarck is that of the ciliate margins of the sheath fissure.
There are three specimens in the herbarium of Columbia Univer-
sity which show this character in a marked degree, one of them
from northern South America, another from Turk’s Island, W. L.,
and the third from Truando Falls, on the Isthmus of Panama, col-
lected by Schott. These specimens agree with the description of
Lamarck, in the height and the jointed and leafy character of the

346

culms, and in the size and form of the panicle, and the arrange-
ment of its spikelets. The culms arise from a creeping base, a
character about which Lamarck says nothing, his specimens
probably not exhibiting this feature. It differs from P. agrostoides
Muhl. in the ciliate margins of the sheaths, in the shorter leaves,
the smaller spikelets, and the creeping base of the stem. In P.
agrostoides Muhl. the leaves are much elongated, the margins of
the sheaths entirely naked, and the culms are caespitose, or at all
events not creeping at the base.

The plants in the herbarium of Columbia University to which
allusion is made, and which are referable to this species, are:

«|. F. Holton, La Paila, April 19, 1853, No. 91,” sent out in
his distribution of plants from “ Neogranadina-Caucana.”

“Graminaceae. Saxicolae. Ripariae. Truandofalls. Schott
II. 858,” and in red ink “ No. 6.”

“Dr. Madiana, Turk’s Island.”

Panicum ATLANTICUM Nf. sp.

Whole plant, with the exceptions noted below, papillose-pilose,
with long white spreading hairs, the hairs on the upper surface of
the leaves and on the summit of the culm scantier, those on the
lower surface of the leaves shorter. Culms caespitose, at length
branched, 3-5 dm. tall, erect or ascending, the nodes barbed with
. spreading hairs, a bare ring about I mm. long below each node;
sheaths shorter than the internodes; ligule a ring of hairs 2-5 mm.
long; leaves erect, rigid, thickish, linear-lanceolate, 3-10 cm. long, |
4-7 mm. wide, acuminate, rough on the margins, 7~-11-nerved, the
middle leaves the longest; panicle broadly ovate to orbicular, 4-6.5
cm. long, 3-7cm. wide, its main axis somewhat pilose at the base,
the remaining portion, as well as the ascending somewhat flexuous
-branches and their divisions, hispidulous, the lower branches
2.5-4.5 cm. long; spikelets many on hispidulous pedicels several
times their length, obovate, about 2 mm. long, about 1.3 mm.
broad, obtuse, the first scale about one-half as long as the spikelet,
broadly ovate, acute, sparingly pubescent, I-nerved, the second
and third scales equal in length, membranous, orbicular when
spread out, 9-nerved, densely pubescent with short spreading
hairs, the third scale enclosing a hyaline palet about one-half its
length, the fourth scale chartaceous, oval to almost orbicular, about

1.75 mm. long, enclosing a palet of equal length and similar tex-
ture.

Type specimens collected by the writer on dry somewhat
shaded knolls in the grounds of the New York Botanical Garden.

347

It has also been secured on Staten Island, New York, by Dr. N.
L. Britton; and also in southeastern Virginia, east of the Dismal
Swamp and south of Great Bridge, by Dr. John K. Small.

This well-marked grass is related in habit and general appear-
ance to P. pubescens Lam. and P. villosissimum Nash, differing
from the former in the larger spikelets and the longer hairs cloth-
ing the sheaths and leaves, and from the latter in the smaller and
differently shaped spikelets and in the smaller panicles.

PANICUM ELONGATUM Pursh.

The longer and acuminate spikelets serve well to distinguish
this from P. agrostoides Muhl. Another equally important and so
far constant character is the distinct stalk to the scale of the per-
fect flower. In P. agvostoides the fourth scale is sessile, or nearly
so, and much broader in proportion to its length.

Dr. Geo. Vasey (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 3: 35, 1892) noted
this feature in what he considered an eastern form of P. agros-

‘ foides Spreng., and which is presumably the plant now known as
P. elongatum.

~PANICUM PARVISPICULUM nN. sp.

Culms 3-5 dm. tall, caespitose, erect, or later decumbent and
creeping at the base, glabrous, or toward the base appressed-hir-
sute, nodes blackish brown, usually more or less pubescent.
Sheaths shorter than the internodes, the lower ones usually ap-
pressed-hirsute, the upper puberulent or glabrous and ciliate on
the margins; ligule a copious ring of hairs 3-4 mm. long; leaves
erect or ascending, rigid, thickish, linear-lanceolate, rough on the
margins, glabrous above, pubescent beneath, usually with short
hairs, acuminate at the apex, rounded at the base, the primary
leaves 3-9 cm. long, 4-8 mm. wide, the later leaves 5-6 cm. long
or less; primary panicle broadly ovate, 8-10 cm. long, its branches
spreading or somewhat ascending, much divided from the base,
the larger 4-6 cm. long and frequently pilose at the base; spike-
lets numerous, 1.5 mm. long, on divergent pedicels 1-3 times as
long as the spikelets, the first three scales membranous, green,
densely pubescent with short spreading hairs, the first scale one-
quarter to one-third as long as the spikelet, orbicular, acute, I-
nerved, the second and third scales about equal in length, broadly
oval and obtuse when spread out, 7-nerved, the third scale enclos-
ing'a hyaline palet less than one-half its length, the fourth scale
chartaceous, elliptic, acutish, white, enclosing a palet of eqal length
and similar texture.

348

Type collected by Dr. John K. Small at Darien Junction, Mc-
Intosh Co., Ga., June 25-27, 1895. Itis related to P. leucothrix
Nash, in habit, but the longer and more robust culms, the sheaths
which are longer in proportion to the internodes and much less
hirsute or glabrous, and the larger panicle and spikelets make
manifest its specific validity.

I would also refer to this species the grass collected by Mr. A.
H. Curtiss, near Jacksonville, Fla., on May 4, 1893, No. 4033, and
distributed as P. mzttdum Lam. The panicle and spikelets are
somewhat smaller, but in other respects it agrees.

Y PANICULARIA BOREALIS N. sp.

Plant glabrous throughout. Culms 6-15 dm. tall, from a
creeping base, smooth, erect ; sheaths loosely embracing the culm,
over-lapping, smooth or roughish, the terminal one often embrac-
ing the base of the panicle; ligule 5-15 mm. long; leaves 9-23
cm. long, 2-10 mm. wide, erect, rather abruptly acuminate, rough
on both surfaces toward the apex, the upper surface also often
rough throughout, the smaller leaves usually conduplicate, at least
when dry; panicle, sometimes nearly simple, 1.5—5 dm. long, its
main axis smooth, with the lowest internode 6-11 cm. long,
branches erect, smooth, single, or in 2’s or 3’s, the lower bearing 3-12
spikelets 4-15 cm. long; spikelets 10-17 mm. long, 7-13-flowered,
appressed, on pedicels shorter than themselves, the empty scales
with a broad scarious margin, [-nerved, smooth and shining, the
first acute or obtuse, one-half as long as the second, which is ob-
tuse and erose at the apex and one-half to two-thirds as long as
the first flowering scale, flowering scales 3.5-4 mm. long, about
three times as long as the internodes of the rachilla, thin, a broad
scarious margin at the obtuse and erose apex, 7—nerved, the nerves
hispidulous, palets hyaline, slightly shorter than the scales, nar-
rowly elliptic, shortly 2-toothed at the obtuse apex, 2-nerved, the
nerves green and narrow!y winged, the wings serrulate ; stamens
about I mm. long.

In water or wet places from Maine to the Catskill Mts., N. Y..
Idaho, California and Washington, and northward.

The smaller spikelets with thin flowering scales, which are
hispidulous on the nerves only, clearly separate this from P.
fluitans (L.) Kuntze, in which the flowering scales are hispidulous
all over the back, and of much firmer texture.

I would refer to this the following specimens :

Fernald, Van Buren, Me., July 25, 1893, No. 193.

Nash, Cairo, N. Y., July 10, 1893.

549

Aiton, Idaho, June and July, 1892, No. 25.

Ballard, Swan Lake, Minn., June, 1892.

Brewer & Chickering, Geneva, N. Y., June 19, 1858.

Dr. Geo. Vasey recognized this plant as distinct from Glyceria
Jluitans, giving it the varietal name of angustata, but I cannot find
that it was ever published. The G. angustata T. Fries would,
however, invalidate its use in this connection.

PANICULARIA BRACHYPHYLLA nN. sp.

Whole plant, except the flowering scales and a slight roughness
on the branches of the panicle just below each spikelet, smooth
and glabrous. Culms simple, from a decumbent and creeping
base, erect, slender, 6-9 dm. tall; sheaths usually longer than the
internodes, closed for nearly the entire length, striate, the upper-
most one elongated, somewhat keeled toward the summit, loosely
embracing the culm, and enclosing the base of the panicle; ligule
6-9 mm. long, lacerated at the apex; leaves linear, acuminate at
the apex, 6-13 cm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, inclined to become con-
duplicate, especially when dry ; panicle narrow and slender, the ex-
serted portion 3-4 dm. long, the lower internodes of the rachis 5-7
cm. long, gradually decreasing in length to the summit, where they
are I-2 cm. in length, the branches appressed, or nearly so, the
lower ones in 2’s or 3’s, one of which is 6-11 cm. long and bears
2-3 spikelets, the remaining one or two being much shorter and
bearing a single spikelet; spikelets 2.2-3 cm. long, compressed-
cylindric, 7-12-(usually 8-10) flowered, on pedicels 1-2 mm. long;
empty scales of the spikelet 1-nerved, acutish, with a broad white
margin, the first scale about one-half as long as the second, which
is 5-6 mm. in length, the flowering scales hispidulous, 7-nerved, the
lower ones a little exceeding twice the length of the internodes of
the rachilla, about 5.5 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide when spread out,
elliptic, the obtuse, not truncate, apex somewhat obscurely and ir-
regularly few-toothed; palets about 6 mm long, alittle exceeding
the flowering scales, acuminate, the margins infolded, the apex
shortly 2-toothed, 2-nerved, the nerves wing-keeled, the wing ser-
rulate and about .3 mm. wide in the broadest part ; anthers purple,
1.5-1.7 mm. long.

Growing in water in large masses in an open swamp near the
N. Y. & Harlem R.R., just north of the northern line of the
grounds of the New York Botanical Garden, in company with
P. fluitans, from which it is markedly different, the shorter and
more slender culms, the shorter leaves, and the much narrower
panicle readily distinguishing it; in addition to these differences,
the flowering scales in P. fluitans are shorter (about 4 mm. long), —

350

truncate, and equal or exceed the palets. P. drachyphylla is really
intermediate between P. fluitans and P. acutiflora, resembling the
latter in habit, but at once separated from it by the smaller flow-
ering scales, which are obtuse and not acuminate as in that species.

Robinson & Schrenk’s No. 221, collected in a wet meadow at
St. John’s, Newfoundland, August 7, 1894, appears to be a small
and simple-panicled form of this; the spikelets are fewer-flowered
and the flowering scales are slightly longer, sometimes about
equalling the palet, but otherwise the plant is the same.

This well-marked species doubtless occurs in other sections,
but, owing to its strong resemblance in habit and general appear-
ance to P. acutiflora, it has been overlooked. I should be exceed-
ingly glad to receive more material.

Reminiscences of Botanical Rambles in Vermont.*

By C. G. PRINGLE.

Erienps: If I can offer to-night for your entertainment only a
dull and dimly outlined story of my early botanical rambles in the
summer fields of my native State, let my excuse be that thronging
memories of treading a thousand desert trails between the Colum-
bia and the Tehuantepec overlie the recollections of those early
glad days,

«« When the feelings were young, and the world was new
Like the fresh bowers of Eden unfolding to view.”

I cannot remember the birth of my love for plants. It must
have been inborn, inherited. And it has been my happy fortune
all my life to have had appointments to botanical work laid upon
me, which I have accepted as in the way of destiny, and oppor-
tunities for such work to open before me, which; improved, have
led on to wider and wider fields. 3

My boyish botanizing about home fields, which made me ac-
quainted with our common plants, may be passed over with bare
mention, as also the rambles with manual in hand on summer

we

* Address delivered before the Vermont Botanical Club. Reprinted from the
Burlington Daily Free Press, Feb, 9, 1897.

351 i
holidays when a school boy at Hinesburgh and Bakersfield and
Dunham,

After some years devoted rather to the culture than to the col-
lecting of plants, it was membership in the Massachusetts Horti-
cultural Society which brought me in touch with the botanists of
Boston and Cambridge. This was in 1873. Twenty years had
elapsed since the publication by Thomson of Oakes’ catalogue of
Vermont plants, with Professor Torrey’s appendix. During this
time little seems to have been done towards enlarging these lists
of Vermont plants. The young Horace Mann, shortly before
wandering away to die in the Sandwich Islands, had visited Mount
Mansfield, and there, in the little tarn which we call the Lake of
the Clouds, had found and communicated to Dr. Englemann Jso-
etes echinospora Durieu var. Braunii Engelm. John H. Redfield,
from the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences, had brought, June 15,
1869, from the highest peak of the same mountain, as a memento
of his visit, Diapensia Lapponiwca L. But these, and such as they,
seem to have come and passed as summer tourists. J. W. Cong-
don, Esq., now of Mariposa, California, then of East Greenwich,
R. I, was something more than this when, on visits to the native
place of his wife at Lyndonville, he diligently made collections of
the rarer plants of that part of the State, including Willoughby
Mountain. Yet I can call to mind but a single addition made to
Oakes’ catalogue by that gentleman, Scirpus paucifiorus Lightf., now
known as Eleocharis pauciflora Watson. Charles C. Frost, the
learned shoemaker of Brattleboro, remained as the one Vermont
botanist, and he was still active, but so absorbed in the mysteries
of cryptogams that he was forgetting the names of our common
weeds; and the hills within view from his home were competent
to supply him with abundant material for his studies to the end of
his life. The times yielded me an opportunity and I was ready to
grasp it, was fitted by possession of leisure and strength and taste,
or absorbing passion, to follow out the task set me. There was at
that time a want, even in the best old herbaria, of good specimens
of the more interesting plants which had been found in Vermont
from the days of Michaux and Pursh to those of Torrey and Frost.
New herbaria were being founded, which lacked them altogether. —
So I was sent out on quests for these treasures. Mr, Congdon, —

who could never gratify his longing to visit our higher mountains
and our lake regions, wrote of a rumor current among botanists
that Dr. Robbins’ station for Astragalus Robbinsii Gray and Ane-
mone multifida Poir., in the chasm of the Winooski, had been oblit-
erated. Someone had tried to find it again and had failed. The
rumor proved unfounded, yet, alas! a prophecy. The obliteration
did not occur, however, till there had been gathered a supply of
these plants sufficient for all the herbaria of the world. The first
fresh specimens taken from there made glad the heart of Asa Gray,
the author of one of the species. So did the sight of ample speci-
mens of Cypripedium arietinum R. Br., and the accompanying in-
formation that it is an abundant species of Vermont pine woods,
swamps and hills. So, too, Orchis rotundifolia Pursh, by means of
fresh specimens, of which he was enabled to refer it back to the
genus in which it truly belongs. And thus began relations be-
tween that great and good master and myself which continued till
his death—-relations which grew ever closer and more tender, until
they became as the relations between father and son. It was often
“tell me this” or “find me that, for you are always helpful to me.”
It was but a few months prior to his death that he sent me away
from his side, for the third time, fully equipped by his kind and
thoughtful care, to explore thoroughly a vast region. Ten years
have since passed, and still my feet falter not in reverent obedience
to his high commission,

In 1873 George Davenport was beginning his study of ferns.
A letter from him asking me to lovuk for Woodsia glabella R. Br.,
started me on a fern hunt. The species had been found on Wil-
loughby Mountain, Vermont, and at Little Falls, New York;
might it not be growing in many places in Vermont? When I
set out I knew, as I must suppose, not a single fern, and it was near
the close of the summer. You can imagine what delights awaited
me in the autumn woodlands. I made the acquaintance of not a
few ferns, though it was too late to prepare good specimens of
them. In this first blind endeavor I got, of course, no clue to
Woodsia glabella. The next summer the hunt was renewed and
persistently followed up. I found pleasure in securing one by one
nearly all our Vermont ferns. At the time I thought it worthy of
remembrance that a single field of diversified pasture and wood-

353

land on an adjoining farm yielded me thirty species. Although
the two common species of Woodsia were near at hand, Woodsza
glabella was still eluding my search. I sent a friend to the summit
of Jay Peak in a fruitless quest for it. Finally, on September Ist,
I joined Mr. Congdon at its old station on Willoughby Mountain
and made myself familiar with its exquisite form.

During the first two years of my collecting in earnest, 1874
and 1875, several visits were made to Camel’s Hump, the peak
most accessible to me. In this way some time was lost, because
its subalpine area is limited, and consequently the number of rare
plants to be found there is small. Yet, with such dogged persist-
ence as sometimes prevents my making good progress, my last
visit to that point was not made till the 2oth of June, 1876. On
that day I clambered, I believe, over every shelf of its great south-
ern precipice and peered into every fissure amongst the rocks.
At last, as I was climbing up to the apex over the southeastern
buttress, my perilous toil was rewarded by the discovery not only
of Woodsia glabella, but of Aspidium fragrans Swartz. There
were only a few depauperate specimens of each which had not
yet succumbed to the adverse conditions of their dry and exposed
situation.

Five days previously, on the 15th of June, 1876, I had made
my first visit to Mount Mansfield, and had recognized its vastly
more extensive field, more alpine in character and admirably
varied, so I never again climbed the Camel’s Hump. On this first
visit to Mount Mansfield my work was restricted to the crest of
the great mountain. About the cool and shaded cliffs in front of
the Summit House were then first brought to my view Aspidium
Jragrans Swartz and Asplenium viride Hudson, for I was still on
my fern hunt. The finding of the former added a species to the
Vermont catalogue; the latter was an addition to the flora of the
United States. Such little discoveries gave joy to the young col-
lector. The north peak yielded me on this visit two or three
phaenogams to add to the list of Vermont plants Vaccinium caes-
pitosum Michx., Polygonum viviparum L., Prenanthes Boottii Gray,
though the last too mentioned must have been met with pre-
viously on Camel’s Hump.

The next extended trip of this busy summer of 1876 was to

354

the Willoughby region for the purpose of gathering in quantity
the boreal plants known there. I wason the mountain on the 4th
of August, and examined the entire length of the cliffs, climbing
upon all their accessible shelves. Among the specimens of
Woedsia glabella brought away were a few which I judged to be-
long to a different species. Mr. Frost, to whom they were first
submitted, pronounced them Woodsia glabella. Not satisfied with
his report, I showed them to Dr. Gray. By him I was advised to
send them to Prof. Eaton, because, as he said, Woodsia is a criti-
cal genus. Prof. Eaton assured me that I had Woodsia hyperborea
R. Br.—another addition to the flora of the United States.

On the 22d of August I was back upon Mt. Mansfield with
my friend, Dr. Varney, thinking and inquiring chiefly about the
cliffs at Smuggler’s Notch, which I could see in part from certain
points of thesummit. From the great cliffs of Willoughby Moun-
tain I had learned the value from a botanist’s point of view of
such situations, and I was eager to see if these exposed ledges
would not yield me something of interest. My expectations were
not high, however, because I knew that two noted botanists had
been in the Notch, Pursh and Frost. The latter had told me of
cartloads of Aspidium aculeatum Swartz, var. Brauni Koch, to
be found there; but he had said nothing of any other rare plants
nor of cliffs. Early on the morning of the 23d my friend and I
set out for the Notch. From a point on the Stowe road a little be-
low the Summit House we descended the mountain side through
the trackless forest. As the masses of broken rock covering the
slope were half hidden beneath the shrubs and mosses, the first
half of our descent was not without its perils. We entered the
highway some distance below the Notch House and followed the
trail through the length of the Notch, turning aside here and
there to inspect the bases of the cliffs or to follow up the side gul-
lies for a short distance. It was but a hasty survey, byt it yielded
me many surprises and showed me that here lay still unexplored
the best botanizing ground in Vermont. I was prepared to take
scarcely a sample of all the plants met with and time was lacking
to do so. It was the middle of the afternoon when we turned
away from the Notch and set out to climb back to the summit by
the brook which descends from the south end of the Lake of the

355

Clouds. Hours passed while we were struggling to regain the
summit and the shelter of the hotel. On all my subsequent visits
I never felt a desire to follow the wild course of that first weary day.

Before the middle of September I was again in Smuggler’s
Notch with an assistant, and this time prepared to camp in the
old Notch House amongst hedgehogs, and botanize the region
day by day. The long list of plants brought out on this visit
caused surprise. Here were found in abundance Asfidium fra-
grans, Asplenium viride, Woodsia glabella and Woodsia hyper-
dorea. On our way home we followed the trail around the south
end of Mount Mansfield, through Nebraska Notch to Cambridge,
and on the cliffs of this Notch were found both the rare Woodsias
mentioned above, and later Woodsia hyperborea turned up about
the north peak of the mountain.

In the following year my delight in this preserve of boreal
plants was shared with not a few genial botanists. Charles Faxon
came before any of us suspected that he possessed undeveloped
talent for a botanical artist of highest excellence. Edwin Faxon
followed his young brother, and with me made the tedious ascent
to Stirling Pond, a day of toil well rewarded. Thomas Morong
came, before the hardships of his Paraguayan journey had broken
him down, and he made a find over us all—a single, puny speci-
men of Primula Mistassinica Michx., possibly the last individual of
_ its species surviving in that field. Our honored president came,
and not to that field alone. In those days, as now, he was every-
Where over these fields, prying sharply into the secrets of our
plants and our rocks. On lake shores, on mountain tops, in
sphagnous bogs and darkest swamps, he was often my companion
to add delight to my occupation and to reinforce my enthusiasm.
Long may his form be seen among you on field days in sedgy
meadows and on wildest mountain heights—unless I can allure
him away to wider, richer fields. The gentle Davenport came at
last to behold for the first time in their native haunts many of the _
objects of his love and study. When I had found for him yet
once more in a fifth Vermont station (this was under Checker-
berry Ledge, near Bakersfield) the fern he at first desired, and,
together with that had discovered within our limits three or four
others quite as rare and scarcely expected, I might feel that I had

356

complied with the request of his letter. But that letter initiated a -
warm friendship between us and association in work upon Ameri-
can ‘ferns; which has continued to the present time. - During
these twenty-three years of botanical travel on my part my hands
have gathered all but 36 of the 165 species of North American
ferns, and from the more remote corners of our continent I have
sent home to my friend for description and publication 16 new
‘ones. Yet I trust that the fern hunt upon which he started me
in 1873 is still far from its close.

After those strange gardens of boreal plants, Willoughby
Mountain and Smuggler’s Notch, had yielded up their treas-
ures we began to search the State to find other places offering
plants peculiar conditions. We enquired first for mountain preci-
pices, which, swept by unobstructed cataracts of cold air from
high summits, would maintain in a measure the conditions of
higher latitudes. I recollect having in my boyhood looked down
from the verge of Checkerberry Ledge in Bakersfield upon the
forest occupying the narrow valley below, and remembered it as
a dizzy height. I could not rest till I could find an opportunity,
June 16, 1880, to explore the base of its cliff. But after the fear-
ful precipices of our higher mountains the place was disappointing
and tame; only Woodsia glabella and a rare lichen rewarded my
search.

People had told me of Hazen’s Notch and its cliff, on the road
between Montgomery and Lowell; and the following morning
our good friend, Mr. Fassett, of Enosburgh, was conducting me
there. This cliff was found to be of but moderate altitude and
to have besides a warm southern exposure. Here Saxifraga
Aizoon Jacq. was growing in greater abundance than I had any-
where previously seen; nothing else of interest.

It is only of phaenogams and ferns that I have yet spoken; it
was not alone my duty between 1874 and 1880 to collect these,
but all the lower orders as well. Charles James Sprague, of Bos-
ton, was then accumulating an herbarium of lichens for presenta-
tion to the Boston Natural History Society, and he set me to col-
lect lichens diligently, wherever I went. If Smuggler’s Notch
offered the rarest of flowering plants, it yielded lichens no less
rare—stragglers left behind, when the species retreated to the

307

- shores of Labrador. So, too, of mosses, which a good authority
of that day was eager to receive from me and name. And nota
few were the new species of fungi found among my gatherings by
Dr. Peck. To search out these classes of plants through the
winter woodlands, when the fall of the leaves of other plants had
made them conspicuous, afforded many a day of rarest pleasure.

It were going beyond the limits of my subject to tell of ex-
tended trips made during these years to the White Mountains, to
join there the Faxons, till we became as familiar with those tem-
pest-swept heights as with our native fields. Or to tell of boat
journeys and the ample fruits of such, made in three successive
years to the cold fir-set shores of the Lower St. Lawrence; to the
Saguenay, low between its palisades of giant cliffs, and through
the lone lakes and unbroken forests of the St. Francis to the St.
John of northern Maine. Experiences of wild life calculated to
fill one with large thoughts, to raise him above fear and to make
the modern world of conventions and fads show paltry.

In the fall of 1880, when our thorough survey of these re-
gions was but half completed, I was sent away on forestry service
to distant States, and I have ever since wandered further and
further on. But year by year I have learned with joy and pride
of the achievements since made in this field of my youthful love
by you, my associates, who began better prepared than I did (for
I was only the first available man). Yet share the secret of suc-
cess of an old collector, quit the broad plain of dull sameness,
seek out every possible situation of exceptional character, and
look to find amidst peculiar conditions rare and localized plants.

Reviews.

Cytologische Studien aus dem Bonner botanischen Institut. Jahr-

bicher fiir wissenschaftliche Botanik, 30: Heft 2 and 3.

In this collection of papers by Strasburger and his students a
powerful impetus has been given to botanical cytology. Through
their efforts mitosis in a large number of plant forms is made :
known, in some cases for the first time. The groups studied in-
clude fungi (Peziza, Erysiphe by Harper, and Basidiobolus ranarum

358

by Fairchild); Algae (fzcus, 3 species, by Strasburger, Stypocanlon
scoparium and Halopteris sp.? by Swingle); Characeae (Chara
Jragilis, by Debski); Equisetaceae (Egzzsetum lmosum, by Oster-
hout); Dicotyledons Podophyllum peltatum, Helleborus foetidus, by
Mottier); and Monocotyledons (Lilium Martagon, L. candidum,
Fritillaria Persica, by Mottier, and Hemerocallis fulva, by Juel).
The chief results obtained were in regard to the formation of the
mitotic figure, the centrosome, and reduction in the chromatin.

All work connected with the origin and structure of the spindle
is based upon Strasburger’s idea of kinoplasm (equivalent to Bo-
veri’s archoplasm) and trophoplasm. Strasburger himself regards
these observations as demonstrating the truth of the idea and he
offers still more definite views in regard to the nature of the two
substances. The active kinoplasm has a fibrous structure, the ac-
tive trophoplasm an alveolar structure (Wabenstruktur), but during
the resting phases both substances may show only the latter
structure. Perhaps the idea of Strasburger’s conception of the
relations of kinoplasm and trophoplasm is given by his comparison
of the former with linin in the nucleus and the latter with chroma-
tin. The nucleolus is regarded as a “ reserve store”’ of kinoplasm
and the relations therefore of nucleus and kinoplasm are considered
very close. Harper’s observation on Pesiza and Erysiphe \ead
Strasburger to regard the cell membrane also as derived from
kinoplasm, while Harper in addition gives to the kinoplasm a
certain physiological réle whereby it acts as a “ middle-man”’ be-
tween the outer world and the nucleus.

The origin of the spindle-fibres from kinoplasm, and the for-
mation of the spindle, as described by Osterhout and Mottier, are
very extraordinary and are certainly not duplicated in any known
animal cells. The kinoplasm, which is indicated by a characteristic
color after the use of orange solutions, is first seen as radial fibres
stretching out in all directions from the nuclear membrane. The
fibrils next become tangential and focussed at various points in the
cell, so that a multipolar spindle results. The various poles grad-
ually fuse together until only two are left, and these form the de-
- finitive poles of the mitotic figure.

Fairchild describes a very different kind of a spindle in the
fungus Basidiobolus ranarum. Here it arises, as in the other cases,

359

by convergence of bundles of spindle fibres, but convergence is
not carried so far as in the bipolar types, and the result is a spindle
with truncated ends. The bundles of fibres end in knob-like en-
largements, which resemble centrosomes. Similar enlargements
were observed by Debski at the ends of the spindle-fibres in Chara
fragilis.

The general upshot of the various observations in regard to the
centrosome is that such a body is absent in most forms of plants.
Strasburger observes that centrosomes can be demonstrated in
thallophytes and bryophytes, but that in pteridophytes and phan-
erogams the most careful search for them was in vain. If Oster-
hout’s and Mottier’s descriptions of spindle formation are correct,
the conception of the centrosome as a permanent morphological
element of the cell must be given up, at least so far as these plants
are concerned. The very interesting observations of Juel add
further evidence in this direction, Juel found that mitoses some-
times occur, in which one chromosome becomes isolated either be-
fore or after division. It forms a small cell by itself, with perfect
cell-plates between it and the large daughter-nuclei. It acts like
a cell in all respects ; forms a nuclear membrane; passes into the
resting state, and even goes so far as to form a complete spindle
and to divide by mitosis. Such a case shows that a centrosome is
not a necessary element in mitosis, and one must agree with Juel
that “those characters which belong to the cell as such are to be
found not only in the totality of the chromosomes, but also in each
single chromosome.”

In several cases the centrosome was very different in form from
that found in most animal cells. Harper observed that the cen-
trosome, if present at all in Pesiza and Erysiphe, must be in the form
of a thin flattened disc stretching across the samewhat blunt pole.
The centrosome nature of the knob-like thickenings in Chara and
Basidiobolus is questioned by Debski and Fairchild.

In regard to the question of chromatin reduction, the most im-
portant observations were made by Mottier on certain Liliaceae.
In accordance with these results Strasburger gives up his former
idea of a purely quantitative division in Lilium by a double longi- —
tudinal splitting of the chromosomes, and now sustains the view
accepted by Haecker, Riickert and others that the second division _

360

is a reducing division in the Weismann sense. The process of re-
duction in Lz/ium is now regarded by Mottier and Strasburger as
follows: the double-spireme of the pollen-mother-cell segments
into 12 chromosomes; each double chromosome bends to form
a U; each chromosome then splits through the plane of longi-
tudinal division during the first mitosis and the daughter-chromo-
somes have the form of a V. During the second mitosis each V
divides transversely at the angle, a reducing division in the Weis-
mann sense thus taking place. Each of the original double
chromosomes has the value of a tetrad, the segregation of the
chromatin into the compact solid tetrad being the only step lack-
ing to make the process correspond wfth Haecker’s description
tion of tetrad formation in certain copepods. Tetrads agreeing
exactly with those of animal reproductive cells were observed and
pictured by Osterhout in the case of Lguisetum, but it is to be re-
gretted that he offers no observations regarding their mode of ori-
gin or their fate. |

In many cases the conclusions drawn from the observations
brought together in this important collection are not wholly satis-
factory. For example, the general denial of the existence of a
centrosome in the higher plants cannot be accepted upon the
mere statement. Evidence to the contrary is furnished by some
of the figures, as in the case of Figure 63, Plate V, where a struc-
ture is pictured at the lower pole of a cell of Hel/eborus, which
agrees very closely with the centrosomes described by Guignard.

: Gary N. Carkins.

A Flora of Northwest America. Containing brief descriptions of all
the known indigenous and naturalized plants, growing without
cultivation, north of California, west of Utah and south of
British Columbia. By Thomas Howell. Vol. 1, Phanero-
gamae, Fasicle 1, Ranunculaceae to Rhamnaceae. Price 50
cents. Portland, Oregon. March 15, 1897. |
One of the most interesting and welcome contributions to

Botany that has recently appeared is, without doubt, the first fas-

cicle of Howell’s “ Flora of Northwest America.”

The author’s remark in his preface, that all the territory of the

United States of America, south of the British boundary, except

Oregon, Washington and Idaho, is supplied with “ Floras,” is

361

in a certain sense true. Although we have no local “ Floras” that
can be called in any sense really good or exhaustive, with the ex-
ception, perhaps, of those covering the northeastern part of the
continent, all parts of the United States, except the States men-
tioned, have some publications concerning their flora.

As being the first local flora of the northwestern part of our
country, Professor Howell's « Flora” is, therefore, doubly wel-
come. The territory covered, as indicated by the title, viz., west
of Utah, should include the western half of Idaho anda small por-
tion of western Montana. It is doubtful, however, if the “ Flora”
can be said to represent this region, especially the mountain dis-
tricts of northern Idaho and western Montana, as their flora is
yet comparatively little known, and it is doubtful if Professor
Howell has had access to the collections made in the last few
years by Sandberg, Leiberg, Heller, McDougal and Henderson, in
Idaho, and by R. S. Williams, Professor Kelsey and Frank
Tweedy, in Montana.

If the region is limited to Oregon, Washington and a small
portion of Idaho, then it is safe to say that none of our local man-
uals and reports, except those of the northeastern United States,
better represents the region covered than does Professor Howell's '
work. It is well known that the author has spent many years in
collecting material for his work, having studied the flora, not only
in the herbarium, but also in the field.

In his preface Prof. Howell makes the following humble re-
marks: “ As the writing of descriptions of plants at this late date
is, to a great extent, writing or copying what others have pre-.
viously done, it is hardly right to claim originality for work done
in that field, I, therefore, wish to acknowledge here, that I have
used the works of Torrey and Gray,. . . and others.’ In the list
given the author has omitted the name of Dr. B. L. Robinson. Itis
perhaps intended to be included in the words “and others,” but
if the most important sources are to be given, Dr. Robinson’s
work, especially as far as the present fascicle is concerned, has
more right to be mentioned than that of several given in the list.

Although the descriptions of several species not seen by
the author are simply copied, the work can in no way said to be
a mere compilation. The individuality of the author shows itself

*

362

in more than one way. The following new species are described
in the present fascicle : Ranunculus cuiosus, Coptis venosa, Delphin-
ium Oreganum, Aconitum bulbiferum, Roripa Columbiae, Arabis
furcata, A. Koeleri, Lepidium reticulatum, Silene Gormani, Alsine
Simcoet, Montia humifusa, Sidalcea virgata, Geranium Oreganum,
Limnanthes gracilis, L. pumila and L. floccosa.

In the whole fascicle, only six varieties are acknowledged.
All others are raised to specific rank. The course taken is,
jn general, in the right direction. A form that can be well be de-
fined is better regarded as a species, but has not Prof. Howell
overdone the matter? If all the rest were made species, why
leave those six as varieties ? .

In raising the varieties to specific rank, Prof. Howell has in
most cases, preserved the varietal names, but Rawunculus occiden-
tahs Lyallii becomes R. Greenei, Nasturtium terrestre occidentalis
Wats. becomes Roripa Pacifica, Silene Douglasit brachycalyx Robin-
son becomes S. Columbia, Arenaria Fendleri subcongesta becomes
A. Burkei, for what reason is not apparent.

The sequence is, with some modification, the same as that in
the Synoptical Flora, and the general arrangement, keys, etc., are
somewhat similar. Synonyms are given whenever the author's
nomenclature differs from the generally accepted one.

P; As mm
Synoptical Flora of North Amerwa: Vol. I. Part I. Fascile Il.

Polypetalae from the Caryophyllaceae to the Polygalaceae. By

Asa Gray, LL.D., continued and Edited by Benjamin Lincoln

Robinson, Ph.D., with the collaboration of William Trelease,

Se.D., Director of the Missouri Botanical Garden ; John Merle

Coulter, Ph.D., Professor of Botany in the University of Chi-

cago; and Liberty Hyde Bailey, M.Sc., Professor of Horticul-

ture in Cornell University. (Issued June 10, 1897.)

The prompt appearance of another fascicle of this important
work is a gratifying reminder of the continuous activity which,
under notably capable direction, steadily draws nearer the goal
sought by the ample enterprise and high abilities of Dr. Gray.

The two sections of the work first issued were published by
Dr. Gray in 1878 and 1884, being part I. of volume II. and part
II. of volume I. comprising the entire Polypetalae. After an in-

363
terval of eleven years the first fascicle of part I. volume I. appeared
in October, 1895 and was reviewed in the BuLLETIN of the following
month. This was edited by Dr. Robinson largely from the manu-
script left by Dr. Gray and by his immediate successor Dr. Watson.
The fascicle now issued is intended to be bound with fascicle I.,
the two forming together a volume of 505 pages furnished with a
complete index and preliminary key to the orders, here so termed.
The whole volume covers forty-five families of Polypetalae from
Ranunculaceae to Polygalaceae. A third fascicle now in prepara.
tion will include the Leguminosae.

The modern principle of codperation has entered into the
making of the fascicle now before us, and the names of President
Coulter, Dr. Trelease and Prof. Bailey add their special authorities
to the exposition of several important families. The text of most
of the families, however, is credited directly to Dr. Gray, and for
the most part appears to have been derived verbatim from his
manuscript, revealing unmistakably his effective handiwork in
technical description. Prof. Coulter has returned to the Hyperi-
caceae and Dr. Trelease to the Geraniaceae, both authors finding
something to add to their former useful monographs, but, be it
said in regard to certain points, curiously exposing themselves to
attack with their guards down. Prof. Bailey has contributed
especially the genus V7ts.

Dr. Robinson’s own contributions to the work, besides the —
multifarious and exacting detail of editing, has consisted in the
treatment of several special genera and minor families, and more
particularly of the extensive and attractive family Caryophyllaceae,
and of the Sapindaceae and Polygalaceae. The descriptions are,
as a rule, admirable, and it is evident that the later hand has —
caught much of the clear-cut facility of the master.

We cannot help observing, however, that here and there the
treatment of species and genera and, what is of less consequence,
their names, seems to betray a proneness to linger within the com-
fortable precincts once occupied by a sound conservatism under
the conditions belonging to a period not yet remote but rapidly
passing back into the domain of botanical antiquity. We are
hence disposed to arraign the editor for a too conscientious ad-
herence in the interest of conformity to the methods and theories

364 ee

which controlled the earlier issues of the work nearly twenty
years ago. The intervening time in its almost revolutionary
upheaval and advance cannot be slighted, and any work of the
present day which does not sufficiently recognize it must fail of
quite the position it might otherwise attain. The attitude regardant
has its graces but alsois not without its dangers. If in the present ~
case it has made it the more difficult to discern the value of recent
advanced work in discrimination it is all the more regrettable since ©
a major part of such work, at least in phanerogamic botany, has
clearly been done in a spirit of conservatism not the less regard-
ful of the truth of nature because moving more freely in the
broader lights of the present day.

It may well be questioned whether the idea that a species is
after all but a conception of the individual mind has not been car-
tied too far. At best the doctrine expresses only a half-truth
and in practice gives a wide range of liberty either destructive or
creative according to the bent of each new systematist. More pro-
found even than the phenomena of change and development result-
ing in intergradation, is the mysterious fact of fixity of type reveal-
ing itself in a certain all but invincible individuality. This in many
an organism we find surviving the most diverse environments and
remaining unperturbed amid a crowding pressure of other types
visually so similar that only a practiced eye and understanding
can perceive them to be different. A clear apprehension of such
facts as these may well give us pause when tempted to discredit
the conclusions of any student who may have had greater advan-
tages or employed greater industry then ourselves in the investi-
gation of any particular group. The too ready reduction of critical
species which the future will only reinstate can only have the
effect of impairing the prestige of an author and limiting the au-
thority of his work.

However inapplicable these strictures may be to very much
in the work before us which is incontestably of a high order of
excellence, we wish particularly to disclaim their application to
the treatment of the genus Vitis. This is truly a piece of con-
structive work of conspicuous merit both in larger modelling and
lesser detail. The simple order which has here been resolved out
of the veritable bacchanalian confusion into which our grapes had

365

fallen furnishes an effective illustration of the utility of latter-
day practice. The descriptions are the most detailed and
lengthy in the volume, perhaps the least technical. It is evident
that the author’s aim has been not alone to set down the species
in formal terms, but to effect in the mind of the intent student
some realization of the individuality of the particular species dis-
cussed. There is here an escape from the trammels of the labeled
sheet to the presence of the living plant, and it is refreshing to
find species kept distinct Jdecause they are so, even though the
herbarium may appear to deny it. Professor Bailey knows his
species and his own convictions help to carry their realizations
into the minds of others.

It must not be understood that here alone in the work facts are
held to be paramount to mellowed dicta concerning facts. Else-
where there is, indeed, a certain inertia of opinion shown here and
there which is perhaps justly censurable in some such termsas these.
But the progressive spirit, if sometimes dormant, shows itself to
be only napping after all and quite capable of an energetic awaken-
ing as, for instance, in the case of the genus Spergularia, here tena-
ciously so called. Whatever sacrifice of consistency is involved
in the treatment of this group will be criticised by no one view-
ing the result, which is well and logically worked out. No con-
sensus of opinion will support the author’s implied view that the
genus represents scarcely more than a single polymorphous
species. But this point of view, however oblique, has not been
allowed to interfere with a direct and essentially true rendering of
the facts. Fourteen species and major varieties are admitted and
several minor varieties indicated. Nevertheless it is probably not
too much to say that the group will have to be still further en-
larged, and that some of the more obscure of the “ oft-recurring
forms,” to use Dr. Robinson’s apt phrase, will some day define
themselves to us in clearer outlines. It is not probable, for in-
Stance, that Professor Greene’s species and subspecies have so little ©
power of resistance that they will consent to remain with their
faces to the wall as several of them in this genus here find them-
selves placed.

In connection with the publication of this work should be

noted the almost coincident appearance of the second volume of

366

Professor Britton’s and Judge Brown’s “ Illustrated Flora of the
Northern States and Canada.” The two works, differing much in
scope and purpose, may be taken together as, in some sort, a
measure of the widely extended interests and activities connected
with the study of our flora which has especially marked the last
decade. More than this, they may be understood as being actually
an organic part of these very movements—the agency through
which a widely diffused subjective interest has found, as inevitably
it must have found, its adequate concrete expression.

It is gratifying to note the large measure of accord between
the two works ; and, after all, most of the points of disaccord may
be taken as evidence that our knowledge is still in a formative
stage and subject to widely different understandings. But later
understandings based on our present lights have so often recently
proved to be the correct ones that the generally forward attitude
of the “ Illustrated Flora” can scarcely fail to make its pages on
many points a final court of appeal.

The “Synoptical Flora”’ covers far the wider field and will be
indispensible outside of the boundaries set down for the “ Illus-
trated Flora.” Within these boundaries the latter will fill a posi-
tion of authority and usefulness such as no other publication
relating to our flora has hitherto enjoyed.

Certainly no previous period of our botanical history has been
enriched with any benefit at all commensurate in proportions and
value to that which these works now confer.

Ne dae

Report on the Coal and Lignite of Alaska. W.H. Dall, 17th Ann.
Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, Part 1, 763-908. /. 48—s58 and il-
lust. in text. 1896.

This report contains numerous references to the fossil vegeta-
tion found at the various localities, and Appendix I. to the report
consists of a complete enumeration of the fossil flora as far as
known, together with a table of distribution for both America and
the Old World, by Dr. F. H. Knowlton. It is almost entirely
of tertiary age. A. H.

367

Proceedings of the Club.
WEDNESDAY EveEnInG, May 26, 1897.

President Brown presided, and there were 43 persons present.

An announcement from the Scientific Alliance of the city
was read, stating that the funds of the Alliance would provide this
year for printing the annual directory and monthly bulletins with-
out calling upon the several societies for contributions.

The scientific program was then taken up. Mrs. Britton re-
peated the lecture given at the Brooklyn Institute on April 20th,
the subject being “The Mosses of the Adirondack Mountains,”
illustrated by lantern slides made by Mr. Van Brunt, and also by
about 150 sheets of mounted specimens collected in the vicinity .
of Adirondack Lodge and Lake Placid in the years 1892, 1894
and 1896. The various locations where these mosses grew were
described, including a climb up Whiteface, and the following list
of rare species was given. From Avalanche Pass, Myurella julacea,
Khabdoweisia denticulata, Schistostega osmundacea and Bryum concin-
naium, the latter having been found only once before in the United
States, by Professor Peck. From the vicinity of the Lodge, Ana-
camptodon splachnoides, Dicranodontium longirostre, Rhabdowetsia
Jugax, Neckera oligocarpa, several forms of Hypnum recurvans, in-
cluding HZ. lazepatulum,the capsules of Dicranum viride, and Zygodon
vartdissimus, sterile, but bearing gemmules. From Mt. Marcy, 2z-
cranum Sauteri, Raphidostegium Jamesi, not previously reported
for the State, Wypnum uncinatum var. plumulosum, Hypnum stram-
ineum, Aulacomnion turgidum, Sphagnum sedoides and Tetraplodon
mnioides, From Moose Id., Lake Placid, Buxbaumia indusiata,
Homalia Jamesti and Onchophorus Wahlenbergu. From the cliffs
at Cascadeville, Blindia acuta, Myurella Careyana, Swartzia mon-
tana, Didymodon rubellus, Bartramia Ocederiana, Encalypia ciliata,
Leptotrichum glaucescens. Duplicates of all of these have been de-
posited at the State Herbarium at Albany, the main collection
having been presented to the Herbarium of Columbia University. —
Partial sets were sent to the Brooklyn Institute, Cornell University,
and various other institutions.

The subject of the lecture was further discussed by Mr. A. 1;

368

Grout and by’Mrs. Britton, followed by an inspection of the many
sheets of mounted mosses displayed on the walls.

The Club then adjourned to the second Tuesday in October,
field meetings to continue Saturdays meanwhile as usual.

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.*

Beach, S. A. Gooseberries. Bull. N. Y. Exper. Sta. 114: pp. 48. f.
Oc Ms 37. . Ja: 1899.

Chamberlin, J. Edible wild Plants. Gard. & For. 10: 239. 16
Je. 1897.

Corsa, W.P. Nut Culture in the United States, embracing native
and introduced species. Bull. Div. Pom. U.S. Dept. Agric. pp. 144-
pl. 16. My. 1896.

Dewey, H. Wild Garlic. Circ. U.S. Dept. Agric. Div. Bot. 9: PP.
Bef ge Fs 1809-

Detmer, W. Botanische Wanderungen in Brasilien. 8vo. pp. 188. .
Leipzig. 1897.

Duggar, B. M. Two destructive Celery Blights. Bull. Cornell Univ.
Exper. Sta. 132: 200-215. /. 6. Mr. 1897.

Durand, E. J. A Disease of Currant Canes. Bull. Cornell Univ.
Exper. Sta. 125: 18=38. 7. 76. F. 1897.

Farwell, O. A. The Nomenclature of Ades. Gard. & For. 10: 239-
16 Je. 1897.

Fernald, M. L. Second Supplement to the Portland Catalogue of
Maine Plants. Proc. Port. Soc. Nat. Hist. 2: 123-137. 1897:

Halsted, B.D. The Sycamore Blight. Gard. & For. 10: 257- 3
Je. 1897.

Halsted, B.D. The Asparagus Rust again. - Gard. & For. 10: 236-
16 Je. 1897.

* This record is compiled by the editors with the codperation of Prof. Conway Mac:
millan and Mr. T. H..Kearney, Jr., under advice from the Committee on Bibliography
of the Section of Botany, American Association for the Advancement of Science.
_ The titles are reprinted on cards by the Cambridge Botanical Supply Company, fur-
nishing a card catalogue since January, 1894. Authors are requested to communicate
omissions from the index to the editor. Under the advice of the Committee, approved

by the Section of Botany, titles of purely baer corm horticultural and agricultural :
papers are ——

369

Hemsley, W, B. Zryngium Deppeanum, E. Schaffneri, £. lepto-
podum and E. Cervantesti. Hook. Ic. Pl. 26: p/. 2544-2548. My.
1897.

Mexican species.

Hitchcock, A. S. Corn Smut. Bull. Kas. Exper. Sta. 62: 168-212.
pl. ro. D. 1896.

Hitchcock, A.S. Kansas Weeds—III. Descriptive List. Bull. Kas.
Exper. Sta. 57: pp. 66. p/. 27. Je. 1896.

Hough, W. The Hopi in Relation to their Plant Environment. Am.
Anthrop. 10: 33-44. F. 1897.

Gives Indian names and uses for many Arizona plants.

Jones, L. R. Report of the Botanist. Rep. Vermont Exper. Sta. 9:
66-116. f. 75. 1897.

MacDougal, D. T. The Tropical Laboratory Commission. Bot. Gaz.
23: 207, 208; 2or.. Mr.—Ap. 1897.

Mell, P. H. Hybrids from American and Foreign Cottons. Bull. Ala.
Exper. Sta. 83: 380-412. p/. 4. f.9. Je. 1897.

Meehan, T. Ca&rysopsis villosa. Meehan’s Month. 7: tor. pé. 6.
Je. 1897.

Newhall, C. S. The Vines of northeastern North America. 8vo. pp.
207. f. or..New York, 1897.

Pierce, N. B. Grape Diseases on the Pacific Coast. U. S. Dept.
Agric. Farmers’ Bull. 30: pp. 15./. 3. 1895.

Pollard, C. L. Studies in the Flora of the Central Gulf Region.—I.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 148-158. 30 Mr. 1897.

Purdy, C. The Flora of Ukiah Valley. Gard. & For. 10: 323. 9
Je. 1897.

Rose, J. N., and Baker, E.G. odinsonel/z, a new Genus of Tree
Mallows. Gard. & For. 10: 244, 245.f- 31,32. 23 Je. 1897.
Three species are described from Mexico and Central America, Rodinsonella cor-

data, R. divergens and R. Lindeniana.

Sargent, C.S. Cladothamnus pyrolaefolius. Gard. & For. 10: 216.
J. 27. 2 Je. 1897. :

Sargent, C. S., Editor. Pinus muricata. Gard. & For. 10:: 232.
J. 30. 16 Je. 1897.

Scribner, FL. American Grasses. Bull. Div. Agrost. U. S. Dept.
Agric. 7: pp. 331. f. 302. 15 My. 1897.

Panicum Columbianum, P. Nashianum, Epicampes ligulata and Agrostis

Pringlei, new.

370

Selby, A. D. Some Diseases of Orchard and Garden Fruits. Bull.
Ohio Exper. Sta. 79: 94-142. f. zo. pi. 9. Ap. 1897. :

Swingle, W.T. Facilities for Botanical Research at the Naples Zo-
ological Station. Bot. Gaz. 23: 278-282. p/. 27 and f. z, 2. 22 Ap.
1897.

Thomas, M. B. Collection of Plants made during 1894. Proc. Ind.
Acad. Sci. 1894: 65. O. 1895.

Thomas, M. B. Root-system of Pogonia. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci.
1894: 123-126. O. 1895.

Tilden, J. E. A Contribution to the Life-history of Pidinia diluta Wood
and Stigeoclonium flageliferum Kg. Minn. Bot. Stud. 1: 601-635.
BL. 31-35. 30N. 1896.

Uline, E. B. Dioscoreae mexicanae et centrali-americanae. Engl.
Bot. Jahrb. 22: 421-432. 1 D. 1896.

Underwood, L. M. Edible Fungi—A wasted Food Product. Bull.
Ala. Exper. Sta. 73: 336-346. 7. 3. O. 1896. :

Underwood, L. M. Notes on the American Hydnaceae.—I. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 205, 206. 24 Ap. 1897.

Kneiffiella substituted for Aneifia, preoccupied.

Underwood, L. M. An increasing Pear-disease in Indiana. Proc.
Ind. Acad. Sci. 1894: 67. O. 1895.

Underwood, L. M. Report of the Botanical Division of the Indiana
State Biological Survey for 1894. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1894: 144-
156. O. 1895.

New species in Vermicularia, Didymaria and Cylindrosporium by J. B. Ellis.

Underwood, L. M. Terminology among the Orders of Thallophytes.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23 : 526-532. 28 D. 1896.

Underwood, L. M. The Variations of Polyporus lucidus. Proc. Ind.
Acad. Sci. 1894: 132. O. 1895.

Urban, I. Ueber die Loranthaceen-Gattung Dendropthora Eichl.
Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. 14: 284-294. N. 1896.

Walcott, C.D. Discovery of the Genus O/dhamia in America. Pree,
U.S. Nat: Mus. 17: 313-315. f. 7. 13 N. 1894.

Walker, E. Some Factors in the Distribution of Gleditschia triacanthos
and other Trees. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1894: 27-33- O. 1895-

Webber, H. J. Sooty Mould of the Orange and its Treatment. Bull
Div. Veg. Phys. and Path. U. S. Dept. Agric. 13: 1897. |

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE Sti:

ANOMALOPHYLLITES BRIDGETONENSIS HOLLICK.

ANOMALOPHYLLITES BRIDGETONENSIS HOLLIC K

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE Bie

_ ANOMALOPHYLLITES BRIDGETONENSIS HOLLICK.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College. —

No, 26.

[The numbers omitted from this list are out of print. ]
VoLuME I.

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
CISBB) ee a ea a ee 25 cents,

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus //icoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N.L.
Britton.

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. .. . . 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American "Specias of the Genus 77ssa,
Adan.’ By NL. Ben fine), ee . +, 25 cents,
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
C1899); o.oo eo ee ae ee 25 cents.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
OCK “CINOD) Gia ee se a ee ee . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
CUBQO}, 5 oe a be ee Re ee ee 25 cents.

The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

CES GD ee er es 25 cents.
Notes on the North American Species of Eriocaulez. By Thos. Morong
C1891) i ee ee . . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, Vv. By N. L. Britton
CID, ee ea eer . . . 25 cents,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich

Ries {80906 6 Se ee ee ae 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus A/eibomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents

VotumE II.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North
America.. By N. L. Britton (1898); oe ae . 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from pice Bolivia. By N.
L. Britton: (1899), soe 3 es ._» 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIL " ByN. L. Britton
(MO gi ae Ba oe ee eee 25 cents,
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L.
Briton (000i a fe a ec ee 25 cents,
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
LOR ee a eg, ee ee ee 25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay,
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of

Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), .. 00. ee ot et ee $1.50
Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
COD oe ee A a es a sk ee 25 cents,
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton

(i008) oe ee ee . . 25 cents.
Contribations to American Bryology, II1I.—Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, ; + . 2§ cents,
New Genera of Plants from Bolwvia. By H_ H. Rusby (1893), . 25 cents.
The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian Mountain Sys

tem. By Jonn See ieee 2 es 25 cents.
Notes upon various Species of iridacez and other Orders. By Thomas
mothe (ING oc a a es a . . 25 cents,
Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
(1893), ere, dies (OO) Feu Sere mele anes Sts ed Beate ae ~ 2§ cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum—II, By Elizabeth G, Britton (1894), . 25 cents.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, 1. By John K.

Small (4494), 2-2 eS, Soe feet . . y ag Cente
Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other
Species, “Dy A. A. Meller (ioe). a ._. . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
We Cite Sy ee Eee rege a er aa 25 cents.

Coscia: iy WD. Matthew (1803) .00 kas ae 25 cents.

A Study of the Genus Psora/ea in America. By Anna Murray Vail

COR a aie 8a Ss 25 cents.
VoLuME III.

Pe ee Fe re &

New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
The Genus Cassia in N, America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
A Revision of the Genus Lechea. By N. L. Britton (1894), . . 25 cents.
New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.

RET be reir garineag hee eer oo ee ae en ye 25 cents.
A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Carlton C, Curtis (i89a)0 2 ee : 25 cents.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.
Bea CkSOR ke rer ee ee ea in 25 cents.
Contribttions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus
Bruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth

RD ee et a

G. Britton (is9a ye oe 25 cents.
The Smilaceze of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894)
25 cents.

A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lethyrus in North America. By

Theodore G. White (1894), ; Deeper Ag Fea ah tate 25 cents,
Two Species of Oxa/is. By John K. Small (1894) ..... 25 cents.
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small

CERO) 5 2 i eee es be: Lois ae Qe Cenk
Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents.
Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents.
Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), . 25 cents.

it sae ae ee ek Sa, aa |

ee a a5 re
Notes on some Florida Plants. By Geo. V Nash. (1895,) . . . 25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in Colorado during the

summer of 1892. By N. L. Brittonand Anna Murray Vail (1895). 50 cents-
VOLUME IV.

The Biological. Status of Lichens, By Albert Schneider (1895), . 25 cents.

ar ed — North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. 'L. Britton
1895), ,

DRO RST eae eee eg or 25 cents.
The Genus Cenchrus in North America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents:
cpr oe in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, sy John K. Small —

With oe <r oes Oe garia oly ros, ag cont |
New or Noteworthy American Grasses—I. B :

sao : y Geo. V. Nash (1 .25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth Gata (1895-) _

25 cents. a

No. 82, Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei-
GOO LINGG ee oo ae eg ee . oi oa 88 conte,

No, 83. A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America, By Anna Murray Vail
(9805 Ho ee ee eS fo ere ee _ 25 cents.

No. 84. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895).
25 cents,

No. 85. Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents.
No. 86. Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell.
(ISQGIS oO Soe Bi hie ag eee eS _. . 25 cents.

No. 87. A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax-
ifragaceae. By Wm. E, Wheelock. (1896), . ....-+.. 25 cents,

No, 88. A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), . . . 25 cents.
No. 89. Notes on some Florida Plants, II. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), . . 25 cents,
No, 90, Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—V. By John K.
Small, (S006 )e i. sy a ; Sara ; ve 7 a6 cents,

No. 91, The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Sisyrinchium).

By Eugene P, Bicknell (1896), . . Ss ay CONES: =

No. 92, New or noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo, V. Nash (1896), 25 cents.
No, 93. On othera and its Segregates. By John K, Small (1896),. ., 25 cents.
No. 94. A preliminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae. By ALF
Grout (9890), Sacca 9% ae Sy 1 28 Cents.

No. 95. Revision of the Genus 4szminain North America, By Geo, V. Nash (1896).
= 25 cents,
0. 96. Notes on Fotentiila,1.,1I. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) .. 25 cents.
No. 97. A neglected Species of Oxa/is and its Relatives. By John K. Small (1896).
25 cents.

No. 98. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VI. By John K.
SMIL CIBOG) 8 Ss ae ee a . . . 25 cents.

No, 99. Notes on Fotentilla—IlI. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) . / . . . 25 cents.
No. 100. On a new Species of Scrophularia hitherto confounded with S. Mary-
landica, By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896)... ....... 25 cents.

VOLUME V.

No. 101. The Genus Cephalozia in North America. By L. M. Underwood (1896).
25 cents,

No. 102. New and Noteworthy Species of Saxifraga. By John K. Small (1896).
25 cents.

No. 103. Notes on Potentilla—IV. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) ., 25 cents.
No. 104. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VII. By John
: a SHOE ESO he ne oe a eo eae 25 cents.
-40. 105. Notes on Fotentilla—V. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) ..... 25 cents.
No. 106. Reinke’s Discussions of Lichenology. By Albert Schneider (1896), 25 cents.
No. 107, Two Nuttallian Species of Oxa/is. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents.
No. 108. The North American Species of Agrimonia.—Geum Canadense flavum
(Porter) Britton, a valid Species. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), 25 cents.

No, 109. Terminology among the Orders of Thallophytes. By L. M. Underwood
(Ge Ce os A ae |. 25 cents.

No. 110. Notes on Potentilla—VI. By P. A. Rydberg (1897),. . . . . 25 cents.

No. 111. New and Noteworthy American Grasses, V. By Geo, V. Nash fais
25 cents.

No. 112, An Apparently Undescribed Species of Frunus from Connecticut. A new
Folygonum from Bolivia. The Relation between the Genera Ziysa-_

nella and Polygonella as shown by a hitherto unobserved character. By

John K. Small (1897), es . - . 25 cents.

No, 113. Some New Fungi, chiefly from Alabama. By L. M. oo a 1897).
No. 114. An undescribed Zechea from Maine. By E. P. Bicknell (1897). 25 cents.
No. 115. Chromatin-reduction and Tetrad-formation in Pteridophytes. By Gary N.
Calkins (1897),. .... Oe ee eg 25 cents.

No, 116. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—IX. By John K.
Saat tber ye ee ee 25 cents.

No. 117. New or Noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo. V, Nash (1897), 25 cents.
No. 118. Gyrothyra, anew Genus of Hepaticae. By Marshall A. Howe (1897).

No. 119. The nature and origin of Stipules. By A. A. Tyler (1897), . . 50 cents.
No. 120. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—X. By John K.
SME CIO ee Se eS 1. . . 25 cents,
Title-pages for Vols. I., I1., III. and IV. can be supplied.
The series as above listed will be supplied for $15.
Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,
may be had for $2. Address

PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD,
Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY.

A Text-Book

General Lichenology

WitH DESCRIPTIONS AND FIGURES OF THE GENERA
OccuURRING IN THE
NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES.

BY

ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M.S., M. D.

The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a dis-
cussion of their Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to
the phenomena of symbiosis.

_ Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, $3.80;
in cloth, $4.25.

Sample pages will be sent on application.

Published by
WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY,

BINGHAMTON, N, Y.

——————

Chapman’s Southern Flora.

Third Edition.
Sent postpaid on receipt of price, $4.00.

Published by

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

1286 Massachusetts Avenue, Opposite College Library,
Cambridge, Mass.

AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA

— OF THE —

NORTHERN STATES AND CANADA,
Westward to the 102d Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA.

By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN,
with the assistance of SPECIALISTS in various groups.

Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and FIc-
URED. Cuts, over 4,000. With Keys to species and genera, the SyNoNyMy, the
English Names, the RevisED NOMENCLATURE, and revised SysTEMATIC SEQUENCE
of Families.

The First complete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country.

For Students and all Lovers of Plants.

Vols. I. and ITI. now ready. Vol. III. will appear late in 1897.

Price, $3.00 per Volume.

Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers,

Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York,
or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York

COMMENTS ON VOL. I.

“The copy of your Illustrated Flora is a delight to me. You should have the
congratulations and thanks of every botanist everywhere.—Pror. Byron D, HALsTED,
Rutgers College. :

“Please accept my congratulations at having completed so useful and complete
awork, I am using it with much profit and a great deal of pleasure.”—PRor, CHAS.
A. Davis, Alma College.

“T am so much pleased with the first volume of your Flora that I cannot refrain
from expressing my high appreciation of your work, and my congratulations on its fine
appearance.”— Benj. H. SmiruH, Philadelphia.

“I have seen your first volume and am more than delighted with it. It is so
good in every way that I am recommending it to every working botanical friend |
meet.”__Rev. W. M. BEAUCHAMP, Baldwinsville, N. Y. é

“As we carefully study the beautifully printed pages of this work, we are more —
and more impressed with its magnitude and importance. It will give renewed life and
vigor to systematic botany and doubtless will be the means by which many a student
will be Ied to the study of the more difficult families,”—Pror. C. E. Brssry in

American Naturalist.

“There is no work extant in the whole series of American botanical publications
which deals with descriptions of the flowering plants that can for a moment be com-
pared with it, either for a skillful and delightful presentation of the subject-matter or
for modern, scientific and accurate mastery of the thousand-fold mass of detail of
which such a work must necessarily consist.” Pror. CONWAY MACMILLAN in

ence,

“In the line of books bearing the stamp of scientific authority, and at the same
time adapted for popular use, this is unquestionably the best work ever issued on the
flora of any part of the United States.”—FREDERICK V. CoviLtz, U.S, Dept. of

Agriculture, Div. of Botany, Washington, D. C.

“Tt will be no exaggeration to pronounce this the most valuable contribution ever
made to American botany, so far as the area covered by Gray’s Manual—somewhat
extended. ». 2. The authors deserve the thanks of every botanist for this success-
ful ending of a great task.”—Mechans’ Monthly, Philadelphia.

‘This work should be in the library of all lovers and students of flowers; for
while it is the most exhaustive and complete work on systematic botany that has been
published in this country, it affords at the same time an easy introduction to begin-
ners through its illustrations.” — The Churchman, New York.

‘‘We cannot too highly commend the volume before us, and no flower-lover can
consider his library complete without it.”,— The Advance, Chicago.

‘The work should find an enthusiastic welcome in the private study, as well as
in the college class-room.’’—Chicago Tribune. :

‘* A book of rare excellence, doing on a much enlarged scale for this country what
is accomplished for Great Britain by Bentham’s Illustrated Flora. Besides the accu-
rate description, we here have an authentic portrait of every North American species.
The treatment is popular, but at the same time eminently scientific. A complete cy-
clopaedia of American systematic botany.”—PROFESSOR W. WHITMAN BAILEY, of
Brown University. :

“As far as the present volume enables us to judge, we have here a treatise
which will exert a wide influence in indycing large numbers of persons to make
botany within these limits a pleasant recreative study, and which will at the same
time afford to those who are fond of systematic botany a convenient work of refet-
ence. . . . A large proportion of the drawings are excellent in all respects, .. . The ©
artificial keys are excellent throughout. All of them appear, so far as our exaiu-
ination has gone, to be carefully prepared. .... The appearance of the whole work
is extremely attractive, and every feature of its mechanical execution will bear strict
scrutiny as regards both workmanship and sound taste. The authors are to be heart-
ily congratulated on their genuine success in securing earnest codpefation from all
their coadjutors and thus making a worthy contribution to the advancement of inter-
est in our native flora..... In this treatise we have an admirable addition to the
working appliances of all lovers of North American plants.”—N. Y. Evening Post.

_ ‘*The work has finally appeared, and its friends have every reason to be proud of —
it. .... Theillustrations . . . are remarkably clear and characteristic . . . andshow
the salient features of the plants as well as any small figures can. . This excel-

el ghee sa

vegetable world and has worked them out fearlessly and logically.”"—New York Sun.

‘IT have had your first volume in hand for several months, and examined and re-
examined it with the greatest care. The more I use it the more it commends itself
to my favor.’’—HOoN. Davin F. Day, Buffalo, N. Y. .

“The appearance of the first volume of the ‘‘ Illustrated Flora” marks a distinct _
advance in systematic botany, and in the literature of that science in America. .--
The work should tend to greatly popularize the study of plants. The price is very
moderate for such a comprehensive volume, and every botanist should subscribe at ~
once for it.”—American Journal of Pharmacy.

“The work is going to do an immense amount of good in popularizing syste-
matic botany, and arousing a greater interest in such study.’”? Pror. THOS, A.
WILLIAMS, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.

_ ‘Tam delighted with it, and congratulate you on the success you have achieved :
oo etree of ue wpa ts volume. Your work cannot fail to be highly appreci- —
ate every nist in the country, and to make th i more

popular than ever.”’—Dr. CHas. Mour, Mobile, Ala. prensa ioe egegamcamye

.., The peculiarity of the book is that every species is figured. This, together |
with the completeness of scope and inclusion of the latest tatoramsicn on the topic, —
makes the volume of extreme value as a ice

. rok book of ref ile i ce
brings it within the reach of all botanical pier pas gg te pabeoangaitnemacerae ee

4 It fills a gap, accomplishing fot —
American Botany what has already been done for Great Britain and northern Eurepe.
phe sanenoe execution of tex. and drawings is admirable.”—- The Congregation-

- ESTABLISHED 1851.

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & a1 Third Ave.

Corner of 18th Street. | NEW YORK. ee

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

E. March’s Saline Chemical Stone _
Ware. ieee

| Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically
Pure and Common Filter Paper. |

| Doctor C.. Scheibler’s Saccharome-
ters (Polariscopes). —s_.
Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bai-

ances, etc.

Le Brun F. Desmontes * £ Coy ob ie.
Paris, Platinum.

H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chem

SPECIALTIES: ules chaetchca il Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glas
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Refeotiess Bohe

Harituccen Platina, Pilsse and Weights, ‘Coppe » |
Burners and Combustion vioieet ak ee and "Chen nic
Sugar Chemists. —

LABORATORY ; OUTFITS. 3

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.
(1) THE BULLETIN.
: This journal has been published consecutively sce 1870, beginning with four
_ ‘pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with
many full page illustr-‘ions were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.

= Terms for Engiund and the Continent of Europe, ro shillings. Agents for
England, Messrs, Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. ;
oe Back Numpers.—The BuLLetIN was published from 1870 to 187°, inclusive
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
__ five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years,
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 16 have been indexed sepa-
rately, and a general index to Vols. 7 to 16 printed in pamphlet form, which may be had
_ tor socents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols, 18, 19, 20,21, 22 and 23 are indexed
- separately. Price of each $2.00. Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied complete.

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers

ean also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Those

omitted from this list cannot be had separately.

Volume 1, No. 2.—-A List of the Marine Algz hitherto ahutived on the Coasts _

Of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. 4

No, 3—An Enumeration of the Hepaticz collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in —
- South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price, —

Tee eedit,
‘ ikeee No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. —
Volume 2, No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding
“Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents, 1
___ No, 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna —
ee Vail and Arthur eee Pelt 75 cents,
o. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Po/; la,
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. vse Ee
"Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and ‘contiguous ter
siry. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents.
No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of all
: the species ay then raises Oana! Sate me ae
ae 0. 3 umeration e Plants collected in Bolivia Miguel Bang.
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. 4 iE
_ Vol. 4. No. 1—Index Hepaticarum bac I, iia By Lucien brs a
_ Underwood. asi ts re
‘o. 2,—Report on Botanical ‘Tipheates of Virginia during the Season
1892. By John K. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Hee 50 cents. — Poe
No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected i in Bolivia by Miguel Bang—I1_
‘Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. _
NOs ie orga estes L. with three — By 1 Anna —— Pettit.
Price, gre cents.

he Price, $3.00.
‘Vol. 6. No, 1.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia Miguel
ete 8 8 Bee By Henry H. oe ‘Price, $1. 25. by
No 3A. Revision of the N ‘orth American Tothecinceae and Brachythecia.

fe} AUGUST, 1897.

BU LE Pia

OF THE

ORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

EDITED BY ae
NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF HE CLUB,

CONTENTS: —
PAGE.

; Revisib Lobeliacearum Bolivicniien bu
__ Susque cognitarum : Alex, Zahloruckner 371
Galium trifdum and its North American:
__ Allies: Karl M. Wiegand .. . fe
Two new Violets : Charles Louts Pollard
(PLATE 314) . . .
The Genus Ozytria of Rafinesque: Charles a8
Kate asta ee me

*

a a

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

OFFICERS FOR 1897.

Presiden?,
HON. ADDISON BROWN,

oe. Vice Presidents,
41. ¥, ALLEN, M. D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D.
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, — e
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, Dr. JOHN K. SMALL,
Normal College, New York City. _- Columbia University, New York City. - as
Editor, Treasurer,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., HENRY OGDEN,

| Columbia University, New York City. 11 Pine Street, New York City.

ore : Associate Editors, f
_. ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D, HALSTED, Se. D.

_ ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. D., LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD, Px. D., —
: Curator, uN, Librarian,
_ HELEN M. INGERSOLL. — _ WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D.

oe N cee ae Committee on Finance,
Jj. L KANE. — WM. E. WHEELOCK, M D.

Covemniehee on lekitiohs

o ie CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D.,
Le Op Rae Sees, Dee. Row Coy, 64 W. 55th Street, New Vork City. —
oie Library and Herbarium Commitice, : ade
_ JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, _ HELEN M. He linet ee
Aue: E. WHEFEOCE. MoD | Rev. kx H. PORTO ES.
gone Commits ote Laat Fore
‘Pror. THOS. (on FORTER, = - BLIZABETH i. BRITTON, -
N L pena ian D., MARIA O, LE BRUN, tes
‘¥ ___ SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M. D.
ses Cia tes F0Gsily > Gabe recs. coms Street and Madison Ave-
New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month
- _ Jay aca tae aac pacinsa M. Botanists are cor

Mr, Hen Opn, Tree, ‘thie we ene oe

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Revisio Lobeliacearum Boliviensium hucusque cognitarum.

AUCTORE Dr. ALEXANDR. ZAHLBRUCKNER,
I. CentTRopoGoN Presl.

I. Flores ad apices ramorum corymboso-conferti vel racemosi. . . .
Flores: axillares, solitarii. . 5... we gop ees ee eet a eee 4
2. Inflorescentia corymbosa, foliis superioribus multoties brevior. . . .... 3
Inflorescentia breviter racemosa, a foliis non superata. C. Yungasensis.
3- Lobi calycini tubi corollae dimidio breviores. C. Bangi.
Lobi calycini tubo corollae subaequilongi vel paulum longiores.
C. amplifolius.

4. Lobi calycini tubum corollae latum subaequantes vel tubo longiores. . . . 5

Lobi calycini tubo corollae multoties breviores. . . . . po a ev 8
5. Folia subtus ad nervaturam breviter adpresse pilosa. C. Brittonianus.
C. Mandonis.

Folia subtus ferrugineo-stellato-tomentosa.
Folia subtus floccoso-lanata, albiora.
6. Planta glabra vel glabrescens.

C. incanus.
C. Surinamensis.

Planta ferrugineo-tomentosa. ......++:5 os: here ths oh mee 7
7. Lobi calycini patentes, antherarum tubus dense hirsutus. C. gloriosus.
Lobi calycini — antherarum tubus sparse pilosus. Cc. erect trite i
1. CENTROPOGON Yonasitests Britt. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 19:
3735.2 1892:

Yungas, 4,000 ft. (Rusby, Pl. Boliv., no. 642!)

A C. gracili Drake del Cass. in Journ. de Botan. 3: 238,
1889, et a C. nutante Planch. et Oerst. in Vidensk. Meddel. naturh.
foren, Kjobenhavn, 1857: 156, A. Zahlbr. in Annal. k. k. natur-
hist. Hofmus. Wien, 6: 438, 1891, differt foliis glabris obtusis,
lobis calycinis patentibus et corolla glabra.

372

2. CENTROPOGON AMPLIFOLIUs Vatke, Linnaea, 38: 716. 1874. A.
Zahlbr. in Annal. k. k. naturhist. Hofmus. Wien, 6: 434. 1891.
f. lobis calycinis paulum brevioribus et angustioribus.
Santa Rosa, 1. O. Kuntze (April—flor. Exemplum incom-
pletum.)

3. CENTROPOGON Bana A. Zahlbr. n. sp. Syn. C. Surinamensis
Britt. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 19: 371. 1892 (quoad no. 1093).
-Herbacea, caules subrecti, virides, in partibus junioribus _hirti,

demum calvescentes et scabriusculi. Folia alternantia, suberecta,

ovata vel ovato-oblonga, in petiolum brevem sensim attenuata,
apice breviter acuminata et plerumque brevissimme mucronutata, -
membranacea, in margine inaequaliter calloso-denticulata ; lamina
supra viridis opacusque, hirta et scabrida, subtus pallidior, glau-
cescens, breviter (adnervaturam densius). hirta ; 11~22 cm. longa
(inclus. petiolo) et 4-6 cm. lata; costa crassiuscula, subtus promi-
nens et albidus, nervi laterales 8-9, patenti-adscendentes. Inflo-
rescentia terminalis, corymbosa, pauci-(5—10-)flora, foliis caulinis
superioribus multo (circa 4) brevior ; bracteae oblonga, hirtae, in
margine denticulata ; pédunculi tenuies, 22-24 mm. longi, bracteis
paulum breviores, hirti. Receptaculum subglobosum, 10-costatum;
lobi calycini anguste triangulares, acuminata, viridis, in margine
integri, 5~6 mm. longi et basi 3 mm. lati, sinubus acutis. Corolla
kermesina, 22-24 mm. longa, e basi parum inflata versus limbum
sensim ampliata, limbo inflato, circ. 1 mm. in diam., limbi lobi tri-
angulari-cuspidati, falcati, 2 posteriores latiores. Staminum tubus
glaber, fere tubo corollae adnatus, sub antheri parum exsertus ; an-

therarum tubus basi et dorso parum pubescens ; antherarum 2 mi-

nores vertice appendice fere cartilaginea alba coronata. Stigma

bilobum, lobis late ovatis obtusisque. Bacca viridis (?), globosa,

circ. I em.-in diam.; semina numerosissima, anguloso-ovoidea, ad
0.5 mm. longa flavido-brunnea, laevia.

Yungas, 4000 ft. (Bang, Pl. Boliv. no. 500! et Rusby, Pl.
Boliv. no. 1093 !).

A proximo C. amplifolio Vatke differt foliis minoribus eorum-
que indumento et praesatim lobis calycinis tubi corollae dimidium
haud aequantibus ; a C. gesneracformi Drake del Cast. in Journ. de
Botan. 3: 239, 1889, corolla aliter formata.

4. CenrropoGon Manponis A, Zahlbr. in Annal k. k. naturhist.
Hofmus. Wien, 6: 438. 1801.

Viciniis Sorata, Gueliguaya, in nemoribus, 2700-2800 mt. s. m.

873

(Mandon, Fl. Andium Boliv. no. 494 ly, prope Yungas (Bang,
Pl. Boliv. no. 738 et 738a! sub Siphocampylo giganteo var. lati-
Solio Britt.

5. CENTROPOGON Britronranus A. Zahlbr. n. sp. :
Syn. Siphocampylus giganteus var. latifolius Britt. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 19: 373. 1892. Non Vatke.

Fruticosa (?). Caules validi, subsulcati, in partibus junioribus
grisco-tomentelli. Folia alternantia, suberecta, petiolata, oblongo-
lanceolata, apice acutata, basi parum inaequali et in petiolum de-
currentia, membranacea, in margine minute denticulata, supra
obscuriora, laevia, opaca, subtus imprimis ad nervaturam brunnes-
centem et in juventute breviter adpresse pilosa (pilis crassiusculis
ramosisque), inclus, petiolo 18-20 cm. longa et 5—6.5 cm. lata;
Nervi secundarii, 20-24, reticulatim connexi. Pedunculi axil-
lares solitarii, suberecti, foliis breviores, 16-18 cm. longi, com-
Pressiusculi et tomentelli, supra basim bracteolis 2 filiformibus,
8-10 mm. longis muniti. Flores magni, post anthesin nutantes.
Receptaculum subhemisphaericum vel oblongum, griseo-tomentel-
lum, ro-nervum, 12-15 mm. in diam.; lobi calycini e sinubus
Totundatis, sat latis assurgentes, lineares, utrinque in margine den-
tibus 5 obtusis callosisque obsita, tubo corollae longiores, 26—30
mm. longi et circ. 3 mm. lati. Corolla rubra extus tomentella,
intus glabra; tubus corollae brevis, amplus, fere rectus, 22-24
mm. longus et 11-13 mm. in diam.; lobi corollae parum inaequa-
les parum falcati. Staminum tubus sub anthesi longe exsertus,
55-60 mm. longus, crassiusculus et pilosus ; antherarum tubus
undique dense et longe fulvescenti-setulosus. Bacca corollae
laciniis haud auctis coronata, circ. 20 mm. in diam., subtomen-
tella; semina minuta, ovoidea, brunneo-lutescentia, laeves, vix 1
mm. longa.

Unduavi (Rusby, Pl. Boliv. no. 638 !) ee

A priori differt indumento, foliis majoribus, petiolis subalatis et
lobis calycinis aliter formatis.

6. CENTROPOGON SURINAMENSIS Presl, Prodr. Monogr. Lobel. 48.
1836; Kanitz apud Martius, Flor. Brasil. 6: Pars 4, 134,
tab. 39. 1878; Britt. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 19: 371. 1892.
Mapiri, 2500 ft. (Rusby, Pl. Boliv. no. 635 !), La Rosa, 2000

mt. April-flor. 1. O. Kuntze! — :

7. CENTROPOGON GLoRIosus (Britt.) A. Zahlbr. :
Syn. : Siphocampylus gloriosus Britt. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 19 :
373- 1892,

374

Unduavi, 8000 ft. (Rusby, Pl. Boliv. no. 647 !)
Planta ob baccam ad genus Centropogon referenda. Bacca glo-
bosa, circ. 2 cm. in diam., 10-nerva, ferrugineo-tomentosa, lobis

calycinis coronata. Species distincta et pulchra. P. Mandonis
A. Zahlbr. affinis.
8. CENTROPOGON UNDUAVENSIS (Britt.) A. Zahlbr.

Syn.: Siphocampylus Unduavensis Britt. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
19 °° 373. ° 1802.

Unduavi, 8000 ft. Octbr.flor. (Rusby, Pl. Boliv. no.
649 !)

' Ex affinitate C. darbatae Planch. in Flore des Serres 6: 16.
1850 (Lobeha barbata Cavan. Icon. et Descript. Plant. 6: 12,
tab. 519. 1801.) corolla brevi et lobis calycinis distincta.

9. CENTROPOGON (?) INCANUs (Britt.) A. Zahlbr.

Stphocampylus ineanus Britt. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 19: 373-
1892.

Ad hoc genus pertinere videtur, fructus attamen ignotus. A
Siphocampylo Dombeyano A. DC. apud DC. Prodr. 7: Pars 2,
406. 1839, cui valde affinis, differt foliis' majoribus obovatis,
basi angustatis. '

Odore foetido (Bang in sched.) .

Yungas, 6000 ft. (Rusby Pl. Boliv. no. 648!) Corvico
prope Yungas ; Sptbr.—flor. [Bang, Pl. Boliv. no. 2474.]

II. StpHocampytus Pohl.

1. Folia verticellata, ternata. S. Orbignianus.

Folia altertig’. .5 ok yess eS re ere sf
2. Tubus corollae amplus lobis calycinis brevior vel subaequalis . .. ~~ = 3
Tubus corollae lobis calycinis multo (1-6-0) longior. . » 2. we eet 4
3. Folia subsessilia, pedicelli foliis breviores, antherarum tubus lanatus.
S. radiatus.
Folia petiolata, pedicelli foliis multo longiores, antherarum tubus glaber.
S. Rusbyanus.
4. Inflorescentia terminalis, racemosa vel corymboso-conferta. . .....- + 5
Flotesquillares, scltWit 3. se aes ae
S. Fiteeeeeee ss id ees te 825 pe re ae ae
SUNG ARGH ke Ve ee es 7
6, Inflorescentia racemosa, elongata, caules crassiusculi, folia ovato-lineares.

S. tupaeformis.
Inflorescentia corymbosa, caules graciles, folia, late ovata. S. ¢ iferus.

375

7. Calycis tubus extus glaber; folia falcata, conduplicata. S. angustifiorus.
Calycis tubus extus pubescens vel pulverulentus; folia plana. ...... 8
8. Calycis lobi receptaculo duplo circa longiores, folia obovato-linearia.
S. oblongifolius.

Calycis lobi receptaculo breviores, folia ovato-oblonga. S. flagelliformis.
9 Plantageretine . 2. kg ci ee ee ee Io
Finnie schelentes of ae oe es ae oe ei ay
10. Tubus corollae amplus lobis corollinis brevior. . . ... . eee Eee ae
Tubus corollae elongatus lobis corollinis multo longior.. . . .....- 12
11. Lobi calycini receptaculo depresso-turbinato breviores. S. Tunarensis.
Lobi calycini receptaculo obconico duplo circa longiores. S. Vatkeanus.
¥2, Folia bast Cordates Ss as Pe ee ee et ee ee 13
Folia basi angustata. . . .. 2... eRe eee See ee ene ae 4 - - 14
13. Folia rigida, subtus pilosiuscula, nervatura prominula. S. bilabiatus,
Folia tenuia, subtus glaberrima, nervatura non prominens. S. argutus. ©
34. Flores Intel so ee Soe ee ere, 15
Flores kermesini vel rubri . 2... : oe eo peer et 16
15. Corollae tubus fauce manifeste “einai vitae staminum sub anthesin tubo
corollae longe exsertus. S. Kuntzeanus.
Corollae tubus fauce non constricta, tubus staminum sub anthesin tubo corollae
inclusus. S. aureus.
16. Caules graciles, folia ovata, calycis lobi ,recepiaculo longiores, arguta dentata.
SS. dubius.
Caules crassi, folia oblongo-linearia, calycis lobi receptaculo vix longiores,
integri. S. Boliviensis.
17. Folia internodiis haud vel parum longioria, reflexa. S. corrioides.
Folia internodiis multo longioribus, erecta vel suberecta. . . . . s+ + > 18
18. Lobi calycis in margine integri. S. Andinus.

Lobi calycini utrinque dentibus 3-4 glandulosis muniti. S. elegans.

1. SipHocamypytus OrsientAnus A. DC. apud DC. Prodr. 7:
Pars 2, 2405. 1839. Planch. in Flore des Serres, 6: 15,
tab. 544, 1850-51. Botanic. Mag. 79: fab. 4773. 1853.
Syn: Siphocampylus volubilis Britt. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 19:

372, 1892, et Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 6: 72. 1896. Non G.

Don.

In Bolivia late distributa videtur. Chuluma Ya [Orbigny no.
469! Hb. Paris]; provincia Yungas, in fruticetis humidis [Weddell,
No. 4320! Hb. Paris], ibidem, 1. Bang [no. 642 !] et Bang [no.
256!]; in vicin. Guanai, 2000 ft., 1. Bang [no. 1593 !] et Rusby
[no. 643 !]; Sierra de Santa Cruz, 3000 mt. s. m. I. O. Kuntze !
Hic spectat etiam verosimiliter planta prope Soratam lecta pony
no. 650].

376

Ad descriptionem adde: capsulae pars inferior 10-costate, pars
superior libera a corolla persistente coronata ; semina minima, fla-
vescentia, nitida, sub-ovoidea ; cellulae testae polygonales.

2, SIPHOCAMPYLUs RADIATUS Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 6:

73. 1896.

Vicin. Cochabamba [Bang, Pl. Boliv. no. 1106!] ibidem
legit etiam plantam cultam O. Kuntze !

Frutex ad 3 m. altus, teste O. Kuntze in schedul. A S. um-
bellato proximo differt foliis angustioribus .rigidiorisque, aliter ser-
rulatis et eorum tomento, dein pedicellis glabris et lobis calycinis in-
tegris, arcuatim reflexis.

var. MINOR A, Zahlbr.

Planta omnibus in partibus minor et pedicelli folia superantes.
Folia 12-16 cm. longa et 2.5—3 cm. lata ; receptaculum calycis 8-10
mm. latum ; lobi calycini 20-24 mm. longi; corolla 25-32 mm.
longa.

Province. d’Atyopaya: Decbr.-flor. [Weddell no. 4178! Hb.
Paris].

Frutex 2—3 metralis. [Wedd. in sched. ]

3. StpHocampyLus Russyanus Britt. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 19:
37a? 18gz2. :
Mapiri, 5000 ft. Apr.—flor. [Rusby, Pl. Boliv. no. 644 !] ;

Corvico, Yungas, in sylvis. Sptbr.—flor. [Bang, Pl. Boliv. no.

2433 !]

4. SIPHOCAMPYLUS TUNARENSIS A. Zahlbr.

Herbacea, lactescens. Caulis partes superiores compressius-
culae et sulcatae, leviter arachnoideae. Folia alternantia, breviter
petiolata (petiolo 5-7 mm. longo) oblongo-lanceolata, approximata
et suberecta, utrinque (basi parum inaequaliter) acuminata, in mar-
gine minute et acute denticulata, tenuia, supra viridia, glaberrima,
nitida, tenuiter reticulata, laevia, subtus opaca, dilutioria et (praeser-
tim ad nervaturam) brunnescenti-subarachnoidea ; costa crassius-
cula, nervis lateralibus 19-21, sat tenuibus, suberecta adscendenti-
bus ; lamina 18—19 cm. longa et 4 cm. lata. Flores cinerascentes,
lobis corollae fuscescentibus (O. Kuntze in sched.), versus apicem
ramorum axillares et solitarii, pedicello longo, foliis tamen

377

breviore, 11-13 cm. longa, compresso, ebracteolato, et suberecto,
subarachnoideo-pubescente ; gemmae floriferae uncinatae, Recep-
taculum calycis depresso-terbinatum, in indistincte navosum, more
pedicellorum vestitum, 13-15 mm. latum et 6-8 mm. altum,
lobis calycinis limbo fere integro, distanter insertis, parvis, triangu-
lari-subulatis, erectis, apice parum recurvis, in margine subintegris,
4 mm. longis et basi 2 mm. latis. Tubus corollae sat latus et
brevis, 13-14. mm. longus et basi 11-12 mm. diam., rectus, e
basi.paulum latiore parum angustatus, 5-nervus, extus pubescens,
intus glaber ; lobi corollae tubo longiores, lineares, tortuosi et pau-
lum falcati, 35-38 mm. longi et (basi) 3 mm. lati. Tubus stami-
num glaber parum curvatus, supra basi sat. alte 5-fidus et basi
corollae insertus ; antherarum tubus glaber, 17-18 mm. longus
et 4 mm. in diam., anthearum omnes in vertice breviter penicillatae.
Ovarium solum parte basali receptaculo adnatum, late conicum ;
stigma bilobum, lobis oblongo-rotundatis, dorso glabrus. Fructus
ignotus.

Tunari, 3600 mt. s. m., April-flor., 1. O. Kuntze!
Habitu et formatione florium distincta species.

5. SIPHOCAMPYLUS VaTKEANUs A. Zahlbr.

Frutex erectus caules validiusculi, in partibus junioribus, fus-
cescentes vel fusco-cinerascentes, floccoso-pulverulenti, compres-
siusculi; dein nudis et cicatricis foliorum dejectorum subcordatis
ornati; medulla alba septata. Folia alternantia, petiolato, petiolo
floccoso-pulverulento, 8-12 mm. longo-erecta vel suberecta, de-
mum reflexa, ovato-oblonga, utrinque (basi inaequaliter) acuta,
subcoriacea, in margine crebre et minute calloso-denticulata, denti-
bus obscurus et falcatis; lamina 8-14 cm. longa et 2.5-3.8
cm. lata, supra viridis vel viridi-rufescens, opaca, glabra et laevis,
subrugulosa, subtus pallida, albido-lutescens, imprimum ad nerva-
turam brunnescentem subfloccoso-pulverulento, nervis secundariis
11~14 subangulo acuto versus marginem fere recte adscendentibus.
Flores axillares, solitarii; pedicelli brunneo-pulverulenti, ebracteo-
lati, compressiusculi, folia aequantia vel paulum superantes, apice
curvatis, 8-12 cm. longi. Receptaculum calycis fere pyriforme,
pulverulentum vel glabrescens, 7-9 mm. altum et 12-12 mm.
latum ; lobi calycini e sinubus latis distanter inserti, lanceolato-
subulati, erecti, 10-12 mm. longi et basi 2 mm. lati, utrinque
glabri, in margine obsolete denticulati, tubo corollae circa duplo
breviores. Corollae tubus virescenti-albidus, 5-nervus, extus scabri-
dulus, intus glaber, e basi latiore (12 mm.) angustatus et versus
paucem iterum ampliatus, rectus, 2 cm. longus ; lobi corollae fal-
cati, 3 minores tubo breviores, 2 majores tubo longiores, usque ad

378

2.5 cm. longi. Staminum tubus basi 5-fidus, basi corollae adnatus,
glaber, validiusculus (2-3 mm. in diam.), paulum curvatus et sub-
anthesi tubo corollae exsertus ; antherarum tubus coerulescenti-
caesius, glaber vel parce et breviter pilosiusculus, antherarum 2
minores vertice pilosi. Stigma bilobum, lobis oblongis. Capsula
demum nutans, pars basalis coriacea, 15-18 mm. alta et 20-22
mm. lata, valvi sublignosi, acuti, 6-7 mm. alti; semina parva,
lutescenti-fusca, oblonga, irregulariter angulosa, vix 1 mm. longa.

Province. Larecaja, viciniis Sorata, inter Laripeta et Tani, in sil-
valis, regione temperata, 3000 mt. s.m. Maj.—flor. (Mandon,
Pl. And. Boliv. No. 497 !)

Ab arcte affini S. scabrifolio Schlecht. apud Lechler, Berberid.
Amer. austr. 58, 1857, et Lechler, Plant. Peruv. no. 2073! dif-
fert indumento ramorum (non glabris), floribus, majoribus et lobis
calycinis tubo corollae duplo breviores.

6. SIPHOCAMPYLUS AUREUS Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 6: 72.

1896.

Habitu Lobeliam persicifoliam fere simulat, attamen ex affinitate
S. virgati A. DC. et S. rosmarinifoli G. Don notis allatis et jam
floribus luteis bene distinguenda.

Vicin. Cochabamba, Espirito Santo (Bang, Pl. Boliv. no. 1234!)
et loco accuratius non indicato, 1. Cumming! (Hb. Vindob.)

Var. LATIOR A. Zahlbr.

Folia ovata vel oblonga (infima angustioria) acuminata, bre-
viter petiolata—petiolo 3-4 mm. longo—in margine plus minus dis-
tincte undulata et minute calloso-denticulata, 5~7.5 cm. longa et
2.5—2.7 cm. lata. © Flores paulum minores, ut in planta typica.

Sierra de Santa Cruz, 2600 mt. s.m. Maj.—flor. et fruct. I.
O. Kuntze !

Capsula hujus varietatis (an etiam plantae typicae ?) chartacea,
valvae receptaculo subaequilongae, oblongae, apice abrupta acumi-

natae, in lateribus profunde sulcatae; semina minima, flavido-
brunnea, nitida, ellipsoidea vel subovoidea, 0.6—0.8 mm. longa.

ie Srpnocampyius Kunrzeanus A. Zahlbr.

Caules teretiusculi, sat crassi (3~5 mm. in: diam.) viridilutes-
centes, nitiduli glabri et striati, dense foliolati et multiflori, Folia al-
ternantia, internodiis multo longioria, subsessilia, linearia, utrinque

879

sensim et longo attenuata, plus minus distincte recurvata, apice ob-
tusiusculo, glaberrima, membranacea, supra viridia, subtus glau-
cescentia, in margine subintegra vel subundulata vel undulato-re-
panda, dentibus minutis, calloris, acutisque munita, 7-8.2-10 cm.
longa et 0.6-0.8 cm. lata; costa subtus distincta, nervis lateral-
ibus 8-11, ante margine arcuatim convexis. Flores versus apicem
ramorum solitarii, axillares, pallide lutei ; pedicelli foliis circa duplo
breviores, filiformes, tereti, suberecti. Receptaculum turbinatum,
10-costatum, glabrum, 4 mm. altum et 5 mm. latum; lobi caly-
cini receptaculo fere duplo longiores, subulati, recurvi, uninervi, in
Margine integri et paulum revoluti, e sinubus latis oriuntes, 8-11
mm. longi et 1-1.5 mm. lati. Corolla glabra, 5-nerva, e basi lat-
10re angustata dein iterum versus faucem sensim ampliatus, 18 mm.
longa et 6 mm in. diam., lobis subulatis, fimbriatis, antico altius
soluto. Staminum tubus glaber, basi 5-fidus et corollae parti an-
gustatae adnatus, sub-anthesin corollae longiuscule exsertus ; tubus
antherarum lutescens, glaber, 8 mm. longa et 2 mm. in diam., an-
therarum 2 minores vertice breviter penicillatae. Capsula sat
parva, chartacea, valvae late ovatae et abrupte acuminatae, in lat-
eribus excavatis. Semina ut in S. aureo.

Sierra de Santa Cruz, 1. O. Kuntze ! loco accuratius non indicato,
1. Cumming ! (Hb. Vindob., Hb. Barbey-Boissier).

A S. aureo Rusby, cui proximus, differt caulibus dense foliatis,
multifloris, foliis angustis et recurvis, floribus minoribus, corollae

tubo fauce non constricto, tubo staminum longe exserto.

8. SrpHocampyLus Botrviensis A. Zahlbr. Annal. k. k. natur-
hist. Hofmus. Wien, 6: 443. 1891. Britt. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 19 ; 372 (errore “ Bolivianus” citatus), 1892.

In province. Larecaja, vallis Tipuani [Weddell! Hb. Paris],
prope Soratam, 8000 ft. s. m. [Rusby no. 645 !], et ibidem in
regione subalpina, 2700-3300 mt. s. m. in sepibus nemoribus un-
dique [Mandon, Pl. And. Boliv. no. 496!], prope Yungas [Wed-
dell, no. 4268! Hb. Paris], Tunari, 3400 mt. s. m. [O. Kuntze !],
loco accuratius non indicato.. [Lobl, Hb. Vindob. ]

9. SIPHOCAMPYLUS ANGUSTIFLORUS Schlecht. apud Lechler, Ber-
berid. Amer. austr. 58, 1857 (nomen!), et Plantae Lechler.
Peruv. no. 2649!

Scandens, ramis gracilibus, striatulis, granuloso-scabridis, fla-
vescenti-brunneis. Folia alternantia, chartacea, falcata et condu-
plicata breviter petiolata—petiolo 2-2.5 mm. longo—ovato-linearia

380

vel ovato-oblonga, basi rotundata, apice acuminata et breviter re-
dunca, in margine paulum revoluta et glanduloso-denticulata ;
lamina 5.3—5.7 cm. longa et 1.72.2 cm. lata, utrinque glaberrima
et sub lente tenuiter punctulata, supra viridis subnitidaque, subtus
pallidior et magis opaca, nervis lateralibus prominulis 5 sub angulo
acuto adscendentibus et ante marginem furcatim divisis et connexis.
Racemi et terminales et dein multi- (circa 20-) flori, unilaterales et
laterales, breves, pauciflori et patentes. Flores rosei (Weddell in
sched.), angusti, nutantes ; pedicelli granuloso-scabriduli, retorti,
basi incrassata bracteolo parvo muniti. Receptaculum obconicum,
glabrum, 5-costatum, 4-5 mm. altum et 5 mm. latum, lobi
calycini fauci receptaculi distanter inserti, parvi, recti, anguste
triangulares, apice obtusiusculi et paulum recurvi, in margine fere
integri vel in‘uno vel altera latere vel utrinque (rarius) denticulis
I—2 parvis obtusiusculisque obsiti. Corolla tubus utrinque glaber
5-nerva, e basi latiore sensim paulum attenuatus et dein iterum
paulum dilatatus et fere cylindricus, 15 mm. longus et 4-5 mm.
in diam., lobi corollae subulati, tortuosi, 12-14 mm. longi, 2 parum
majores. Staminum tubus basi 5-fidus, glaber, sub anthesi tubo
corollae subaequilongus ; tubus antherarum glaber, 5 mm. longus,
antherarum omnes (2 minores tamen longius) pilosae. Stigma
bilobum, lobis ovato-oblongis, obtusiusculis. Capsulae valvae
_triangulares, circa 8 mm. alta et 7 mm. in diam., pars basalis (re-

ceptaculum calycis) nervis 5 validis prominulis et inter eos nervis
5 tenuioribus ornata.

In prov. Larecaja, valli Tipuani (Weddell! Hb. Paris).
10. SIPHOCAMPHYLUS FLAGELLIFORMIS A. Zahlbr.

Syn: Siphocampylus angustiforus Britt. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,

19: 373, 1892, et apud Rusby, Plant. Boliv. exsicc. no. 646. .
Non Schlecht. :

Frutex scandens, ramis flagelliformibus, teretibus, striatis, scab-
ridulis, ochraceo-brunneis. Folia alternantia, internodiis paulum
longiora, brevissime (circa 3 mm.), petiolata—petiolo crassiusculo,
_ subtomentoso—reflexa, plana ovato-oblonga, apice acuminata, basi
subangustata, in margine dentibus 1 1-14 parvis glandulosis acutius-
culis munita, coriacea, lamina 6.8—7 cm. longa et 2.5—3 cm. lata,
supra opaca nervatura impressa et pilis brevissimis obsita, viridis,
subtus pallidior, imprimum ad nervos brunneos hirta, nervi later-
ales 7, subangulo semirecto assurgentes. Racemi et etrminales
longi, laxiflori et haud unilaterales et dein basi folioloses et axillares
nudae ; pedicelli contorti, subtomentosi, 10-12 mm. longi, basi
bracteolo, filiformi dimidium pedicelli vix attingente obsiti. Recep-
taculum calycis obconicum, hirtum, pauce incrassatum, 3 mm.

381

longum et totidem fere latum ; lobi calycini parvi, triangulares, late
distantes, extus hirti, intus glabri, 2 mm. longi et basi circa, 1 mm.
lati, in margine vel utrinque vel in uno latere dentibus 2 (rarius 1)
muniti, Corolla angusta, 25 mm. longa, rosea; tubus corollae e
basi latiore parum constrictus et dein fere cylindricus, lobi corollae
lineares, 6-8 mm. longi. Staminum tubus basi fissus; tubus an-
therarum glaber, flavidus nitidusque ; antherae omnes, sed 2 mi-
nores longius pilosae. Capsulae pars inferior obconica, costulata,
8 mm. alta et 7 mm. lata, valvae subcornutae, 4-5 mm. longae.
Semina parva, oblonga, fusca, circa 1 mm. longa.

Prope Yungas, 4000 ft. s. m. [Rusby, Plant. Boliv. no.
646 !]

Differt a proximo S. angustiflora Schlecht. ramis elongatis
flagelliformibusque, tomento alio, foliis planis, non conduplicatis
nec falcatis majoribus, firmioribus et aliter formatis, floribus
breviter pedicellatis et lobis calycinis non glabris.

II, SIPHOCAMPYLUS OBLONGIFOLIUS Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club,

6:73. 1896.

Guanai-Tipuani, April—Jun.flor. [Bang, Plant. Boliv. no.
1461 !]

12, SrpHocAmpytus Anpinus Britt. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 19:

373. ° 4892.

Unduavi, 8000 ft. s.m. [Rusby, Plant. Boliv. No. 941!]

Sequenti affinis et forma laborum calycinorum species distincta.
13. SIPHOCAMPYLUS ELEGANS Planch. in Flore des Serres, 6: 19, c.

icon, 1850-51.

Var. Bourviensis A. Zahlbr.

Folia apice cuspidata, basi inaequali rotundata vel subrotun-
ta.

Prov. Larecaja, viciniis Sorata, inter Cerro de Chilicca et Alto ©
de Soque, in nemoribus, 2800-3000 mt. s. m. reg. temper. [Man-
don, Plant. And. Boliv. no. 498!] Unduavi, Septbr.-flor. [Bang,
Pl. Boliv. no. 2491 !]

Var. corpatus A. Zahlbr.

Folia basi distincte cordata, apice plus minus abrupte cuspidata.
In valle Rio Tuntas, 2000 mt. s. m. Apr.—flor., 1. O.

382

Kuntze !; Santa Rosa, 2600 mt.s. m. Apr.—flor., 1. O. Kuntze!;
mont. Tunari, 3000 mt. s. m, Aprl.—flor., 1. O. Kuntze !

14. SIPHOCAMPYLUS CORREOIDEsS A. Zahlbr.

Scandens, ramis elongatis, gracilibus (2-3 mm. in diam.), tere-
tiusculis, dense ferrugineo-tomentosis. Folia alternantia, internodia
subsequantia vel iis paulum longiora, reflexa, crassiuscula, sat
parva, petiolata (petiolo brevi 3-6 mm. longo,) ferrugineo-tomentoso-
ovata vel ovato-oblonga, apice acuta, basi paulum angustata vel
rotundata, in margine dentibus utrinque 4—5 tenuibus et falcatis
munita ; lamina 2.5-3 cm. longa et 0.8—2 cm. lata, supra viridis,
opaca, scabrida, subtus albida vel subargentea, nitidula, pilis par-
vis ferrugineis obsita, costa distincta et nervis lateralibus 3 e parte
basali folii oriuntes. Flores solitarii, axillares, longe pedicellata,
pedicello teretiusculo, suberecto, ferrugineo-tomentoso, foliis multo
longiore, ebracteolato, 5.5-6 cm. longo. Receptaculum calycis
obconicum, ferrugineo-subtomentosum, 4—5 mm. altum et 7-8 mm.
latum ; lobi calycini parvi, erecti, anguste triangulares, obtusius-
cula, in margine utrinque denta unico muniti, e sinubus latis fere
rectis adscendentes, receptaculo breviores, 3 mm. alti et basi 2 mm.
lati, ferrugineo-puberuli, Corollae tubus e basi ampla sensim an-
gustatus et dein iterum sensim versus paucem ampliatus, extus
ochraceo-pubescens, intus glaber, 5-nervus. Tubus staminum
glaber, basi alte 5-fidus et tubo corollae adnatus; antherarum
tubus coerulescens, pruinosus, glaber ; antherarum 2 minores ver-
tice penicillatae. Fructus ignotus.

Unduavi, Yungas. Septbr.—flor. [Bang, Plant. Boliv. no.
2483 !]

Planta habitu peculiari. Descriptio ad specimen mancum con-
dita ulterius emendanda.

15. SIPHOCAMPYLUS BILABIATUS A. Zahlbr.

Planta suberecta, caulibus sat crassis, teretibus, breviter pubes-
centibus, lutescenti-viridibus, medulla alba farctis. Folia alter-
nantia (versus apicem ramorum approximata et fere verticillata),
internodiis longiora, breviter petiolata (petiolo pubescente, sig-
moideo, 9-12 mm. longo) ovata vel ovato-oblonga, versus apicem
sensim acuminata, acuta, basi subcordata, in margine inaequaliter
et acute denticulata, rigida, fuscescentia ; lamina 8. 5-9.5 cm. longa
et 2.5-3.5 cm. lata, supra glabra et laevis, nervatura impressa,
subtus molliter pubescens, nervatura prominente, pallidiore, nef-
vis secundariis 6-7 subangulo acuto adscentibus et arte marginem
arcuatim et farcatim connexis ; flores in partibus superioribus plan-
tae axillares, solitarii vel in apice subracemosi, pedicellis. foliis.

383

brevioribus, tortuosis, ebracteolatis, pubescentibus patentibus vel
subnutantibus, 2.5-3.5 cm. longis. Receptaculum calycis late
turbinatum, pubescens, 5—nervum, 4—5 mm. altum et 8-10 mm.
latum ; lobi calcycini subulati, erecti et subfalcati, integri, uninervi,
utrinque (ad extus densius) pubescentes, 16-19 mm. longi et
basi 1.5 mm. lati, sinubus latis fere planis innati. Corollae tubus
extus pubescens, 5—nervus, subrectus, supra basin latiorem pau-
lum angustatus et versus faucem sensim et parum dilatatus, 3.5
cm. longus et ad paucem 7~9 mm. latus ; lobi corollae bilabiati,
2 superiores alte connati, galeiformes, apice breviter liberi et sub-
falcati, 3 inferiores subaequales, falcati vel involuti, undulati.
Staminum tubus basi latiori corollae adnatus, pubescens ; anther-
arum tubus hispidus, antherarum 2 minores vertice longe peni-
cillatae. Stigma sub anthesi paulum exsertum, bilobum. Cap-
sulae receptaculum pauce callosum, 10-12 mm. altum et 12-14
mm. latum, valvae receptaculo breviores, triangulares. Semina
oblonga, fuscescentia, nitida, circa 1 mm. longa.

Corvico, Yungas. Septbr.—flor. [Bang, Pl. Boliv. no.
2464 !]
Ex affinitate S. mfdi Pohl, corolla bilabiata distincta.

16. SIPHOCAMPYLUS ARGUTUs A. Zahlbr.

Herbacea, erecta (?). Caules sat graciles, in partibus superior-
ibus 2.5—3 mm. in diam., teretes, glabri, leviter roseo-suffusi, me-
dulla lutescenti-albida farcti. Folia alternantia, suberecti, inter-
nodiis multo longiora, petiolata (petiolo paulum tortuoso, 9-11 mm.
longo, supra basin bracteolo minuto obsito) ovata vel ovato-oblonga,
apice sensim acuminata vel subcuspidata et breviter falcata, basi
cordata, in margine inaequaliter et acute denticulata, tenuia ; lamina
9.5~10.5 cm. longa et 3—4 cm. lata, supra opaca, viridis, scabridule,
pilis brevissimis sparsis obsita vel glabrescens, subtus glabra, niti-
dula, laevis, costa parum prominente, nervis lateralibus tenuibus 7
subangulo acuto assurgentibus. Flores in apice caulis axillares et
solitarii ; pedicello tereti striatulo, hirto, petiolo longiore, sed foliis
multo breviore, 17~I9 mm. longo. Receptaculum calycis cam-
panulato-obconicum, hirtum, 5-nervum; lobi calycini subulati,
canaliculati, primum erecti demum recurvi, receptaculo duplo circa
longiores, integerrimi, hirti, sinubus latis subplanis distanter inserti,
6~8 mm. longi et basi 1-2 mm. lati. Corollae tubus kermesinus,
extus pubescens, leviter curvatus, e basi subglobosa sensim et parum
angustatus, dein subcylindricus et iterum parum sensimque am-
pliatus, versus faucem angustior, 3.2-3.5 mm. longus, angustus ;
lobi corollae subfalcati, undulati, 1.6-1.8 cm. longi. Staminum
tubus pubescens, sub anthesi tubo corollae inclusus, antherarum tu-

384

bus coeruleus, in commissuris sulcatis albo-pilosa, antherarum 2 mi-
nores vertice penicillata. Capsula non visa.

A Siphocampylo bilabiato A. Zahlbr. differt indumento, foliis
tenuibus, subcuspidato-falcatis, nervatura tenui, floribus breviter
pedicellatis et corolla alia.» Accedit etiam valde ad Szphocampylum
volubilem G. Don, scandentem qui tamen distat foliis minoribus,
longius petiolatis, tubo corollae glabro, lobis calycinis brevioribus,
receptaculum subaequestibus.

Yungas [Bang, Plant. Boliv. no. 2045 !].

17. SIPHOCAMPYLUS TUPAEFORMIS A. Zahlbr. Annal. k. k. natur-

hist. Hofmus. Wien, 6: 440. 1891.

Folia usque ad 12 cm. longa et ad 4 cm. lata, apice acuta vel
rarius obtiuscula.

Late in Bolivia distributa. Prov. Larecaja, viciniis Sorata,
_ colle Quincocuca, via ad Lacatia, in dumosis in regione subalpina,
2650-3700 mt. s. m. [Mandon, Plant. And. Boliv. no. 495 !], in
valle Tipuani, in arvis humidis [Weddell no. 4697! Hb. Paris];
Prov. Tomina (départ. de Chuquisaca) in umbrosis, Decbr.—Jan.—
flor. [Weddell no. 3760! et 3387! Hb. Paris]; Vic. La Paz
1000 ft. s. m. [Bang, Plant. Boliv. no. 77!], Tunari, 3400 mt.
s.m., 1. O. Kuntze !; locis accuratius non indicatis legerunt Cum-
ming no. 109! [Hb. Vindob.] et Bridges! [Hb. Boissier.]

18. SIPHOCAMPYLUS CORYMBIFERUS (Presl.) Pohl, Plant. Brasil. 2:
112. tab. 175, 18313; Kanitz apud Martius, Flora Brasil. 6:
Pars 4, 154. 1878.

Lobelia corymbifera Presl, Prodr. Monogr. Lobeliae. 37. 1836.

Siphocampylus gracilis var. glabris Britt. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, tg: 3742-1852.

Rami et folia glabra. -

Prov. Larecaja, viciniis Ananea, in silvulis [Mandon, Pl. And.

Boliv. no. 499!], Unduavi [Rusby, Pl. Boliv. no. 639 !], Yungas
[Rusby, Plant. Boliv. no. 251, a.].

Var. GRacITIs (Britt.) A. Zahlbr.

Siphocampylus gracilis Britt. Bull. Torr, Bot. Club, 1

: 74.
1892. ti ;

385

Rami et folia utrinque molliter pubescentia. Caeteris charac-
teribus cum planta typica convenit.

Prov. Yungas, in declivibus humidis ; Decbr.-flor. [Weddell no.
4219! Hb. Paris, Rusby, Plant. Boliv. no. 256a! 256b! et 640!]

Planta quoad indumentum valde variabilis. Speciminum ori-
ginalium Pohlianorum in Herb. Vindobonensi asservatorum unum
[no. 2380!] omnino glabrum, alterum foliis utrinque, subtus ad
nervaturam paulum densius, parce et distanter pubescentibus,
caulibus tamen glabris gaudet. Var. gracilis etiam Brasiliae ob-
venit, ubi in provincia Minas Geraés, 1. Regnell [III Ser. no.
824! et 825 pr. p!]

19. SIPHOCAMPYLUs (?) DuBIUs A. Zahlbr.

Herbacea ; caules in partibus superioribus compressiusculi sul-
catique, fuscescenti-hirti. Folia alternantia, internodiis 3—4-plo
longiora, petiolata (petiolo 6-10 mm. longo), ovata vel ovato-
oblonga, apice acuminata, basi in petiolum abrupte angustata, in
Margine dentibus callosis acutiusculis munita; lamina 6-10 cm,
longa et 3-5 cm. lata, supra viridis, opaca, pilis albidis brevissi-
mis et distantibus obsita, subtus glaucescens, nitidulus, excepta
nervatura fuscescenti-hirta glabra; nervis lateralibus 6-8 semi-
erectis. Flores versus apicem caulis axillares et solitarii, pedicellis
compressiusculis, fuscescenti-hirtis, 5.5—7.5 cm. longis, foliis pau-
lum longioribus. Receptaculum subglobosum, hirtum, 10-costa-
tum; lobi calycini triangulari-subulati, late distantes, erecti, in
Margine utrinque 4—5 dentibus callosis, acutis patentibusque muni-
ti, 8 mm. longi et basi 2.5 cm. lati. Corolla kermesina, tubus e
basi parum latiore subcylindricus, leviter curvatus, 4 cm. longus,
lobis corollae longiusculis, ad 15 mm. longis, subulatis et tortuosis,
Staminum tubus glaber, tubo alti adnatus; antherarum tubus
glaber, coerulescens, antherarum 2 minores vertice appendice tri-
angulari coronatae. Ovarium sub anthesi solum basi receptaculi
adnatum, caeterum liberum, fructus ignotus.

Unduavi, 8000 ft. s. m., Octbr.-flor. [Rusby, Pl. Boliv.
no. 637! sub Centropog. surinamenst. |

An potius Centropogonis species, cujus etiam habitum praebet.
Ovarium a receptaculo fere liberum peculiare.

20. SIPHOCAMPYLUS MEMBRANACEUS Britt. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,

19: 372. 1892.
Yungas, 6000 ft. s,m. [Rusby, Pl. Boliv. no. 651]. |
Planta mihi ignota.

386

Ill. LAURENTIA Neck.

LAURENTIA MICRANTHA (H. B. K.) A. Zahlbr. :

Lobelia micrantha H. B. K. Nova Gener, et Spec. Plant. 3
316. 1818, A. DC. apud DC. Prodr. 7: Pars 2, 373. 1830;
Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 19:347. 1892.

_ Lobelia parviflora Mart. et Gal. Bull. Acad. Roy. Bruxelles,
9:41. 1842. Galeotti Pl. Mexic. exsicc. no. 1970!

Calycis lobi tubo corollae sub-cylindrico dorso brevissime fisso
subaequilongi vel dimidium superantes ; staminum tubus basi 5-
fidus sub fauce corollae insertus, antherarum tubus brevis, fere
globosus, antherarum 2 minores hirtellae. Ovarium superum,
fusiforme ; capsulae apice 2-valvata.

Viciniis Sorata, in dumosis, schistosis, ad sepes undique, 2600-
2800 mt. s. m. [Mandon, Pl. And. Boliv. no. 493!]; prope
Mapiri, 5000 ft. s. m. [ Bang, Pl. Boliv. no. 1967. ]

Planta in America centrali et meridionali-occidentali late dis-
tributa et sat variabilis ab corollae tubum cylindricum solum apice
breviter fissum et ab tubum staminum alte insertum ad Lamurentias
ducenda. Valde ei affinis est Laurentia ovatifolia Robins. in Pro-
ceed. Americ. Acad, Boston, 26: 166, 1891; Pringle, Pl. Mexic.
no. 3302! (sub L. Michoacana var. ovatifolia Robins. ), sed dif-
fert foliis inferoribus sat longe petiolatis, basi cordatis. A Lau-
ventia ramosissima Benth. et Hook. (Lobelia ramosissima Matt.
et Gal. ), cui etiam accedit, distet jam floribus multo minoribus,.
Laurentia Michoacana Robins. apud Pringle, Pl. Mexic. no. 3337!
( cfr. 1. s. c. p. 167 ) verosimiliter varietas est Laurentiae muicranthae,
lobis.calycinis parum aliter formatis differens.

IV. RHIZOCEPHALUM Wedd.

Lobi calycini lineares, corollae 12-40 mm. longa, intus villosa. Rh. Candollii.
Lobi calycini triangulares, corolla 7-9 mm. longa, lobi corollae intus glabri.
Rh, pumilum.

I. RHIZOCEPHALUM CANDOLLII Wedd. Chloris Andina, 2: 12.
1857.
a) laciniatum Wedd. |. c.
Syn.: Lysipoma laciniatum A. DC. apud DC. Prodr. 7: Pars
2, 349. 1839.

387

8) vulgare Wedd. |. c. tab. 46, fig. 1.

Varietates ambae in pratis humidis vel paludosis in regione
alpina in provinciis de la Paz, de Chuquisaca et de Cochabamba,
1. Weddell ; prov. Larecaja viciniis Sorata in regione subalpina,
undique in graminosis, 3200-3600 mt. s. m. Apr.-flor. [ Man-
don, Plant. And. Boliv. no. 491 !], loco accuratius non indicato,
1. Pentland [DC. Prodr. 1. s. c.].

2. RHIZOCEPHALUM PUMILUM Wedd. Chloris Andina, 2: 13. 1857.

Province. Larecaja, viciniis Sorata, prope Vancuiri in paludosis,
4500 mt. s. m. [Mandon, Plant. And. Boliv. no. 492!], Unduavi
8000 ft. s. m. [Rusby, Plant. Boliv. no. 2445. ]

V. HYPSELA Presl.

Folia in apice ramulorum subfasciculata ' H. subsessilis.

Folia in ramulis SPArSe obey e ae Cs ideo ne ge wee 0 perl oe et cee ot eee lc a 2

2. Corollae laciniiae circiter longitudine tubi vel eo vix breviores ff. reniformis.
Corollae laciniae dimidio tubi circiter aequilongi #7. oligophylla.

I, HypsELA RENIFORMIS (H. B. K.) Presl, Prodr. Mongr. Lobeliae.

45. 1836.

Lysipoma reniformis H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Spec. Plant. 3:
320. tab. 266, fig. r. 1818. A. DC. apud DC. Prodr. 2: Pars 2,
350. 1839. ‘

Pratia repens Wedd. Chloris Andina, 2: 9. 1857. Non Gan-
dich. teste Benth. et Hook. Gener. Plant. 2: 550. 1873.

In vicinitate de la Paz, 4000 mt. s. m. et in pratis paludosis de
la Lancha [Weddell].

2. HypsELa OLIGOPHYLLA (Wedd.) Benth. et Hook. Gener. Plant.

2: 550. 1873.

Pratia oligophylla Wedd. Chloris Andina, 2: 10. tab. 45,
fig. B. 1857.

Prov. Larecaja, viciniis Achacache, ad ripas lacus Titicaca, in
regione alpina in arenosis, 3920 mt. s. m. Mart. Flor. [Mandon,
Plant. And. Boliv. no. 489 !]

3. Hypseia supsessttis (Wedd.) Benth. et Hook. Gener. Plant.

2: S800 3834, :
Pratia subsessilis Wedd. Chloris Andina, 2: 10. 18 57.

388

In pratis subpaludosis et ad margines rivulorum in provincia
Cinti, 3500 mt. s. m. [Weddell].

Vi. LOBELIA-L.

PiGside repentes fis ea ee a ee a Se 2
ROE SIR ie oes toy iia, Ce 6S Nie 8 ae WOE © Bakes ae 3
2. Folia integra L. nana,
Folia denticulata L. Boliviensis.
3. Ovarium inferum L. Gardneriana.
Ovarium superum vel semisuperum L. Cliffortiana var. Xalapensis.

1. Loperia NANA H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Spec. Plant. 3: 317:
tab. 272. 1818. A. DC. apud DC. Prodr. 7: Pars 2, 379.
1839. Weddell, Chloris And. 2: 13, tad. 46, fig. A. 1857.
Viciniis Sorata, Novbr.—flor. [ Bang. Pl. Boliv. no. 1622 !]

var. FLAGELLIFORMIS Wedd. Chloris Antes, B13 LOGKs

In regione alpestri et alpina provinc. Cochabamba [Weddell];
viciniis Sorata in graminosis 2650-3200 mt. s. m. Febr.—flor.
[Mandon, Plant. And. Boliv. no. 1463!]. Bang, no. 1075 vero-
similiter etiam huc spectat.

2. Lospeia Boriviensis (A. DC.) Wedd. Chloris Andina, 2: II.
£057.
Pratia(?) Bolivensis A. DC. apud DC. Prodr. 7: Pars 2, , 340.

18309.
Sine loco accuratius indicato ; 1. Pentland.

3. Losetta GARDNERIANA Kanitz apud Mart. Flora Brasil. 6: Pars
4, 138. 1878. Gardner, Pl. Brasil. exs. no. 2655!
Provinc. Velasco, 200 mt. s. m. et ad flumen Rio Yapacani_
400 mt. s. m., I. O. Kuntze !

4- LoBELIA CLIFFORTIANA var. XALAPENsIS A. Gray, Synoptic.
Flora North Amer, 2: Part 1, 7. 1886.
Lobelia Xalapensis H.B.K. Nova Gen. et Spec. Plant. 3: 315-
1818. A. DC. apud DC. Prodr. 7: Pars 2, 372. 1820.
Prov. Velasco, ad vias sylvarum et prope Yapacani, 1. O.

Kuntze !; Coripata, Yungas, in sylvis ; Septbr.—flor. [Bang, PI.
Boliv. no. 2162 !]

589

Galium trifidum and its North American Allies.

By KARL M. WIEGAND.

For many years this group of plants has seemed to the writer
one of the most perplexing with which the American botanist has
to deal. Two individuals would appear so distinct as to be at
once taken for distinct species, but all text-books referred both to
the one name G. sifidum, “an exceedingly variable species.”
Distrust was aroused more and more as to the correctness of
this treatment of Gadium since experience shows that species in
other genera very rarely exhibit such a wide range of indefinite
variation. The complexity of many aggregate species is found to
be due to the confusion of distinct but closely related sub-groups,
and not to one single unbroken and highly variable species. To
distinguish and designate these sub-groups when they exist is
unquestionably a benefit to our conception of the group as a
whole, and it was on this account largely that the study was
undertaken which led to the present paper.

It was soon apparent that this was the principal cause of the
confusion in the case of Galium. G. trifidum L. which was desig-
nated as the “highly variable” species, although its components
still exhibit a remarkable amount of variability, readily allows of
Segregation into a number of well defined species and as many
good varieties which are as distinct as most of the other North
Americal representatives of this genus. The following discussion
is an attempt to bring the “ #fidum” group into a more orderly
condition.

There has always been considerable difference of opinion as to
the taxonomic value of different characters in the genus Galium,
We shall concern ourselves merely with those used to separate the
species of the trifidum group. The conception of a species here
as elsewhere, of course necessarily differs with the individual. It
will be readily seen in the synopsis given below that the greatest
importance is placed upon a so-called « internal character,” namely
the form that the seed presents in cross-section. Practically speak-
ing this means the cross-section of the endosperm and does not
include the carpellary coat. This character so far as known to the

390

writer is here used for the first time, and a brief explanation may
be necessary. The endosperm is closely surrounded by the seed-
coat and usually does not fill the entire carpel. In the group with
lunate cross-section the endosperm is more or less grooved upon the
inner face, thus producing the crescent-shaped appearance. In
the other group this groove is greatly exaggerated. Not only is
it very deep, but the sides are extended until they meet at the
inner angle of the carpel, and thus the endosperm becomes a hollow
sphere filled at first with the cellular seed-coat, but at maturity
entirely empty except for the air which it contains, and which
probably aids in floating the seed upon the water. A com-
plete discussion of the fruit characters in the genus Galiwm will
soon appear in a separate paper, and therefore nothing more —
need be said here upon this subject. Curiously enough the type
of inflorescence seems to supplement the fruit characters. In
the writer’s opinion the number of corolla lobes offers a specific
character. The plants are not “either” 3- or 4-merous, but the
small three-parted obtuse lobed corolla represents one group of
species as is shown by the supplementary characters of a smooth
stem and a peculiar general appearance; while the four-parted
large and acute lobed corolla just as accurately defines another
group of species, and the character is here again supplemented
by other characters. Valuable characters have been drawn from
the arrangement of the flowers and the nature of the pedicels,
while the leaves have not as a whole yielded good results. Very
little dependence could be placed upon the number of leaves in a
whorl.

Linnaeus in 1753 described a species of Galium as G. trifidum,
habitat Canada. It is necessary first of all to determine just what
plant this name represents. Many of the earlier botanists were in
doubt as to this point. Most of them, however, decided to in-
clude under it all the obtuse leaved forms treated in this present
paper. Hooker, however, having in hand perhaps mostly ma-

terial from the States, and not having seen the true American — :

type, considered the European form distinct, and to the American
plant gave Michaux’s name G. C/aytoni. After this time the two
forms were again united and have remained so until the present —
time. It becomes evident, however, that the small bog form, the

391

G. trifidum var. pusillum Gray, should be considered the type
rather than the larger more southern plant. That these two
American forms are distinct every one must admit after an exam-
ination of numerous specimens. The habit, inflorescence and na-
ture of the floral pedicels afford abundant characters for their sep-
aration. The G. C/aytoni of Michaux, although somewhat am-
biguous, refers without much doubt to this southern form, as may
be inferred from his description, “ fascicles of the branches ter-
minal, etc.” The writer has therefore adopted this as the oldest
name for the species. Does the G. “ifidum of Linnaeus refer to
the slender bog plant with scabrous pedicels? This can be at
once decided in the affirmative by a careful analysis of his descrip-
tion; “stem procumbent, peduncles often in threes, very slender,
as long as the leaves, one-flowered, flower 3-parted.” Willdenow
says “habitat in Dania, Canada, Kalm,” which makes it all the
more probable that this was Linnaeus’ plant, since Kalm collected
_ only in the North. It also shows that even Willdenow considered
‘ the slender American form identical with the European. This is
without doubt correct. After studying several specimens from
Germany and Lapland, and inspecting OEder’s plate in the Flora
Danica no other conclusion can be entertained ; they are identical
in every essential feature. Very good descriptions are given by
Wahlenburg, Roemer and Schultes and Ledebour.

Two varieties of G. trifidum are here described as new. Var.
facificum, the more distinct, at first sight seems quite different
from our eastern plant. Close examination, however, shows that
the essential characters of the two are the same. Both have the
diffuse habit, scabrous stems, trifid corolla and slender scabrous
Pedicels which in this variety are almost always axillary and
lateral. The difference is mostly in the leaf. Var. Pacificum is
the extreme of the “rifidum series. While the type has but few
lateral pedicels, this variety has those only. Somewhat intermedi-
ate between these two forms, and having a wider range than the
last variety, is the var. subdiflorum, including western forms with
narrower leaves and stouter more often glabrous pedicels than
var. Pacificum. These pedicels often show a tendency to become
2+ or 3-flowered. It has affinities on the one hand with G. C/ay-
Zoni, and on the other in its smaller forms with G. Brandegeet.

392

G. Brandegeei was described by Dr. Gray from material col-
lected by T. S. Brandegee in northern New Mexico. The essen-
tial features separating it from G. crifidum were supposed to be its _
peculiar matted cespitose habit, short stems, small fleshy leaves,
and short mostly axillary pedicels. An examination of the type
shows that many other Rocky Mountain and Pacific Coast speci-
-mens must on this basis be included in this species. Specimens
from California, Wyoming, Colorado, Nevada and the Saskatche-
wan are practically identical with the Brandegee type. G. Bran-
degeei seems to be a good species, although rather closely related
to G. trifidum. Its essential features are as stated above, the ces-
pitose habit, generally smooth stem, broad and slightly fleshy
leaves, and short glabrous one-flowered lateral pedicels. .

G. arcuatum is here described as new. It includes a peculiar
group of plants somewhat related to G. dzfolium Wats., as well as to
G. twrifidum, but it is quite distinct from any described species.
The distinguishing features are the long rather obtusely angled
stem, acute leaves, and short stout recurved lateral pedicels.:
Specimens were distributed by Mr. Howell named G. trifidum var-
cuspidulatum Gray; otherwise this species has never received a
name.

G. tinctorium L. has long been an ambiguous species. Many
botanists have attempted to separate it, but so far with very little
success. From the description given by Linnaeus one can scarcely
tell which plant is meant, but relying upon Willdenow, it is evi-
dent that this name must be applied to our large-leaved smooth
eastern form with four-cleft corolla. G. “inctorium is perhaps the
most variable of any species of this group. A careful comparison
of a great many specimens, however, enables us to separate it into
four well-marked and fairly distinct series, but which are too closely
related to allow of specific distinction. The type is here taken to _
be the ordinary form of the Eastern States, with large leaves vary-
ing from linear to lance-ovate. Descriptions given by the early
authors fit this better than any other, and besides it is the one
most likely to be met with by the early travelers. This type in-
cludes the G. tifidum latifolium of Torrey and later authors.
Specimens intermediate between the broad-leaved form and the
narrower are more numerous than either extreme. A very dis-

393

tinct variety, and one that may in the future allow of specific rank,
is the var. Labradoricum, which toward its southern limit at least
inhabits only sphagnous bogs. It was first thought to be a seed-
ling plant of the ordinary form, but material examined from many
localities shows it to be quite constant and distinct. The var. /i/-
folium includes a well-defined series of Atlantic coast specimens,
distinguished by their diffuse habit, naked inflorescence, large
flowers, and exceedingly narrow, papillose leaves. Florida speci-
mens of G. énctorium differ from the type in being slender and
weak, with spatulate leaves, and a few prickles upon the stem.
They are very close to G. Claytoni, and have been separated as
var. floridanum.

A certain number of American species are distinguished from
those discussed above by the lunate cross-section of the seed.
The most interesting of all of these is G. palustre L. Apparently
very few botanists have suspected that this occurs in America,
and yet specimens are at hand from all parts of the eastern States.
In most herbaria it is labelled G. #ifidum Jatifolium Torr. It grows
abundantly in the marshes about Cayuga Lake, New York, where
the writer has had an opportunity to watch it for several years,
thinking it a new species. It was only recently that it occurred
to him to compare it with the G. pa/usire of Europe, and the sur-
prise was great indeed when it was found that the two correspond
exactly. Material from all parts of the range given below has
been compared with specimens from various parts of Europe, and
there is now no further doubt but that they are identical. Just as
there are few flowered and densely flowered specimens from
America, so also specimens are found in Europe with closely
Cymose infloresence and others bearing only a few flowers.

The question as to whether G. palustre is indigenous in Amer-
ica or not is indeed perplexing. Specimens collected at Ithaca
have always been in open places near lines of traffic, commonly
along roadsides or on the shores of Cayuga Lake. The limited
distribution would also suggest its being introduced. On the other
hand, the earliest specimen observed was collected by Macrae at
Montreal in 1842, and probably the plant referred to by Hooker
as G. tinctorium was also this species. The question can scarcely
be settled at present.

594

Several specimens from the northwest coast have at the same
time a 3-parted corolla, cymose flowers and annular seeds. In
habit they suggest G. aspred/éum, but are really quite distinct from
any described species. They are here named G. cymosum.

There is little to be said about the other species treated in this
paper, viz., G. concinnum, asprellum, asperrimum and ¢triflorum.
They are as a whole quite constant in their characters, and have
already been well treated by Dr. Gray in the Synoptical Flora.

A few words might be said about the relation of these species
to each other. G. palustre, both on account of its fruit and its in-
florescence and method of branching, shows an affinity with G.
asprellum, while the leaves are exactly like those of G. Claytoni. It
is therefore a transition, as it were, from G. trifidum and G. Claytont
to G. asprellum and its closer relatives. G.concinnum stands some-
what alone, its affinity being with G. asprellum. The series then
progresses through G. asperrimum, with slightly hispid fruits to G.
triforum with its large broad leaves and long-hirsute carpels, and
on to G. aparine and its allies.

Below are given the synonomy, description and range of each
species and variety discussed in this paper, together with a list of
the more important specimens studied taken by States. For con-
venience, a synopsis of the species is also given.

The writer wishes to express his sincere thanks to Dr. Robin-
son and Dr. Small, who have kindly loaned him the important col-
lections of Gaiwm in their charge for use in the preparation of
this paper.

Synopsis of the Species discussed.
A. ENDOSPERM ANNULAR IN CROSS-SECTION; FRUIT GLABROUS.

a. flowers in terminal clusters of three, or axillary and solitary.
* Corolla 4-parted, lobes acute ; stem smooth or nearly so.

Leaves linear, acute, mostly in 4’s; plant large, stem long and weak; branches 2 oF 3
at each node; flowers axillary and solitary on short recurved pedicels; corolla
lobes acuminate. Western species, G, arcuatum.

Leaves lance-linear, obtuse, mostly in 4’s, scabrous on the margin and midrib; plant
smaller, stem more strict and (except in one variety) mostly erect; branches com-
monly solitary ; flowers on slender straight pedicels in terminal clusters of three}
corolla lobes acute. Species of the Great Plains and eastward. G. tinctorium.

* * Corolla 3-parted, small (114 mm. or less in diam.), lobes obtuse; stem retrorse-

hispid, or in G. Brandegtd smooth ; branches of the plant commonly in 2’s or 3 "s.

395

Pedicels stout, glabrous; flowers lateral, solitary; plants low and cespitose, stem
4-Io cm. high, mostly glabrous; leaves small, in 4’s, broadly spatulate, slightly
fleshy, glabrous, veins indistinct; flowers of medium size. Western species,

G. Brandegeei.

Pedicels slender, scabrous, often almost capillary, solitary and lateral or in terminal
clusters of three ; stems slender, diffuse, weak and reclining, retrorse hispid ; leaves
narrowly linear or larger and broadly spatulate, commonly in 4’s, scabrous on the
margin and midrib; flowers minute. Northern and western species.

G. trifidum.

Pedicels stout, glabrous, in terminal clusters of three; plants diffusely branched, stem
mostly erect, retrorse-hispid; leaves linear, obtuse, scabrous on the margin and mid-
rib, mostly in 5’s and 6’s, flowers small. Species of the Great Plains and eastward.

G, Claytoni.

b. Flowers cymose ( pedicels irregularly branching); corolla large, 2mm, in diam.,
lobes ovate-triangular, obtuse; leaves commonly in 5’s or 6's, obtuse; branches

Spreading; stem slightly roughened. Western species.
G. cymosum,

B. EnpDosperM LUNATE IN CROSS-SECTION ; FLOWERS WHITE, PURPLISH OR GREENISH,
NUMEROUS IN TERMINAL AND LATERAL CYMOSE CLUSTERS; COROLLA
4-PARTED; BRANCHES OF THE PLANT IN TWOS OR THREES,

a. Leaves obtuse, mostly thin and dull, in 2's to 6's; flowers numerous on slender

pedicels; corolla white, lobes acute; fruit glabrous. Northeastern sfectes.
G. palustre.

b, Leaves acute or cuspidate,

Fruit glabrous, pedicels capillary; corolla white, lobes acute or acuminate; leaves lin-
ear, slightly mucronate, mostly in 6’s; stem low and nearly smooth. Eastern
species. G. concinnum.

Fruit glabrous on slender pedicels in a very large compound cyme; corolla white,
lobes acuminate; leaves short, elliptic-linear, strongly cuspidate, mostly in 6’s;
stem long and ascending, very retrorse-hispid. Northeastern species.

pote G. asprellum.

Fruit minutely uncinate-hispid, pedicels long and capillary; corolla whitish or pur-
plish, lobes acuminate; leaves mostly in 6’s, large, linear to broadly elliptic-linear,
acute at each end, strongly cuspidate; stem long and weak, very rough. Pacific
Coast species. G. asperrimum,

Fruit strongly uncinate-hispid; inflorescence few-flowered, pedicels stout, mostly in —

threes; corolla purplish or greenish, lobes acuminate; leaves mostly in 6’s, large,
broadly elliptic-linear, cuspidate, more flaccid than in the other species of this
section; stems prostrate or rarely ascending, glabrous or hirsute. Distribution —
general. G. trifiorum.

1, GALIUM ARCUATUM 0. Sp.

G. trifidum cuspidulatum Gray, ined.

_ Perennial, very large; stems ascending or reclining, 3-12 dm.
high, glabrous, rather obtusely angled, diffusely branched, branch-

396

es two or three at each node; leaves elliptic-linear, acute at each
end (7-22 mm. by 1-4 mm.), I-nerved, thin, commonly in 4s,
unequal, scabrous on the margin and midrib; flowers axillary
(rarely terminal), solitary at each node, on mostly stout glabrous
recurved pedicels which are much shorter than the leaves (2-7 mm.
long); corolla white, rather large (3 mm. diam.), 4-parted, lobes
acuminate ; fruit glabrous, mature fruit not seen.

A well-defined form quite distinct from other western species.
Specimens distributed by Mr. Howell were named G. drifidum cus-
pidulatum Gray. This species varies considerably in size, some
plants being much more slender than the type.

Northern California.

California, Holder, no. 2580 (1863); Rattan, no. 544b (1866) ;
Trinity Co., Rattan (1883); Siskyou Co., Howell, no. 137 (1886).

2. GALIuM TINCToRIUM L. Sp. Pl. 106. 1753.

DC. Prod. 4: 597. 1830. Torr. Fl. N. & Mid. States, 78.
1826. Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 102. 1814.

G. trifidum (in part) of American authors.

G. trifidum latifolium Torr. Fl. N. & Mid. States, 78. 1826.

G. obtusum Bigelow, Fl. Bost. ed. 2, 55. 1824.

Perennial, erect, 15-25 cm. high, usually rather stiff, much
branched almost to the base, branches commonly solitary, strict
(not irregularly diffuse), several times forked; stem 4-angled,
glabrous or very nearly so; leaves commonly in 4’s, linear to
lanceolate (15-25 mm. long) broadest below the middle, obtuse,
cuneate at the base, I-nerved, margin and midrib slightly scab-
rous, dark-green and dull, not papillose; flowers terminal in clus-
ters of 2-3, pedicels slender, not conspicuously divaricate even in
fruit; corolla white, large (2-314 mm. diam.), 4-parted, lobes ob-
long, acute; fruit smooth; endosperm spherical, hollow, annular in
cross-section,

A form occurs along the coast and in Oswego, Co., N. Y.,
differing from the type in being more slender and weaker, leaves
linear, inflorescence naked and larger flowered; perhaps distinct.

An examination of fresh material obtained at Ithaca, N. Y.,
shows that G. tinctorium differs also from all other species here
treated except G. asprellum (G. arcuatum, Brandegei, cymosum and
asperrimum not examined) in having a much larger disc at the
base of the corolla.

Damp shady places and swamps: Canada to North Carolina

and Tennessee, westward to Michigan, Nebraska, Indian Territory
and Arizona.

397

Canada: Macoun, no. 77 (1877); Scott (1890); Holmes.
| Massachusetts: Oakes.

New York: Petit; Sartwell; Torrey; Ouray (1834); Dudley.

New Jersey: Leggett (1868); Torrey.

North Carolina: Torr. Herb.

Tennessee: Bain, no. 294 (1893).

Kentucky : Short (1831); Peter (1893).

Ilhnois: Patterson.

Ohio : Kofoid (1891).

Michigan :

Minnesota: Ballard (1891).

Nebraska: Clements, no. 2554 (1895). In part.

Kansas: Norton, no. 204 (1895).

Arkansas : Harvey, no. 88.

Lndian Territory: Bush, no. 1134 (1895).

Arizona: Palmer, no. 514 (1890).

“ GALIUM TINCTORIUM FILIFOLIUM N. var.

More slender than the type and often more diffuse; leaves al-
most filiform (2 mm. or less broad), not broader below the middle,
strongly cellular papillose; inflorescence more open, pedicels
slender, bracts minute; flowers in twos or threes, corolla larger.

Sandy places in swamps; Virginia to Florida along the coast.
Type in Herb. Cornell Univ; Bladen Co., N. C., Beadle no.
479 (1896).

Virginia: Curtiss (1855).

North Carolina: Schweinitz.

South Carolina: Hexamer and Maier (1855).

Georgia: no collector.

Flovida: Rugel (1843).

~ GALIUM TINCTORIUM FLORIDANUM DN. var,

A weak slender form decumbent at the base ; leaves spatulate-
linear, of medium size, flaccid ; stem slightly hispid ; flowers 4-
parted (rarely in a few flowers 3-parted), on slender pedicels, oc-
casionally axillary and solitary.

Florida.

Type in Herb. Cornell Univ.; Florida, Nash, no. 152 (1894);

Pierce (1887); Curtiss, no. 4711 (1894); Straub, ne. 104 (1895).

398

GALIUM TINCTORIUM LABRADORICUM DN. var.

Low and strictly erect, 5-25 cm. high; branches few, ascend-
ing, mostly from the upper nodes; stem as in the type; leaves
small (7-8 mm. long), linear, reflexed; flowers large.

In sphagnous bogs; Connecticut, New York and Wisconsin,
northward to Labrador.

Type in Herb. Cornell Univ.; Oswego Co., N. Y., Rowlee and
Wiegand (1895).

Connecticut: Torr. Herb.

New York: Torr. Herb.

Wisconsin: Lapham.

Lake Superior: Lorings.

Newfoundland: Waghorne (1893).

Labrador: Storer.

3. Gatium BranDEGEEI Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 12: 58. 1877-

Perennial and cespitose forming dense mats; stems low and
prostate or ascending (5-12 cm. long), slender and rather densely
leafy, smooth or nearly so; branches when present solitary ; leaves
in fours, unequal, obovate-spatulate, small (10 mm. or Jess), round-
ed at the apex, cuneate at the base, somewhat fleshy, dull on both
surfaces, veins indistinct, margins and midrib glabrous; flowers
lateral, commonly gemmate, on glabrous arcuate pedicels which
are as long or longer than the leaves; corolla of medium size,
white 3—parted, lobes broadly oval, obtuse; fruit glabrous, endo-
sperm spherical, hollow, annular in cross-section.

This species is closely related to G. trifidum subbiflorum, but
is distinguished by its peculiar matted habit, commonly glabrous
stem, thicker leaves and stouter glabrous pedicels. In one of the
Colorado plants the corolla shows a tendency to become 4-parted.
Some California specimens have rough stems,

Northern New Mexico and Arizona to California and the Sas-
katchewan.

New Mexico: Brandegee (1875) type.

Arizona:

California: Lemmon, no. 1217 (1875); Bolander, no. 5025
(1866) ; Parish, no. 3320 (1894).

Colorado: Crandall, no. 281 (1894).

Wyoming : Nelson, no. 1763 (1895).

Saskatchewan: Macoun (1885).

399

4. GALIUM TRIFIDUM L. Sp. Pl. 105. 1753.

Fl. Dan. p/. 48. Wahl. Fl. Lap. 47. 1812. Roem, & Schul.
Syst. Ledeb. FI. Ross. Big. Fi, Bowt,“ea: 2; 0. "16245 BG,
Prod. 4: 597. 1830.

G. trifidum pusillum Gray, Man. ed. 5, 209. 1867.

Perennial from slender rootstocks, very slender and weak, as-
cending, 40 cm. or less long, much branched and intertangled ;
stem sharply 4-angled, rough; branches commonly in twos; leaves
in fours, linear-spatulate, 5-13 mm. long, obtuse, cuneate at the
base, I-nerved, dark-green and dull on both surfaces, scarcely
papillose, margins and midrib retrorse-scabrous; flowers solitary
on lateral‘or terminal pedicels which are capillary, scabrous and
arcuate at the apex, much longer than the leaves, commonly two
at each node or three terminal ; corolla very small, white, % mm.
long, trifid, lobes broadly oval, very obtuse; fruit glabrous; en-
dosperm spherical and hollow, annular in cross-section.

Sphagnous bogs and cold swamps. Maine to southern New
York, Ohio, Nebraska, Colorado and northward.

Maine: Fernald, no. 412 (1895); Parlin (1885). -

Vermont: Grout and Eggleston (1894).

Central New York: Dudley and others; Britton (1886).

Ohio: Werner (1891).

Nebraska: Rydberg, no. 1418 (1893).

Michigan: Britton (1886).

Colorado: Wolf, no. 16-17 (1873).

GALIUM TRIFIDUM SUBBIFLORUM N.. var.

Stems less scabrous than in the type, somewhat stouter ; leaves
larger, very unequal (8-10 mm. by 2 mm.), flaccid and nearly
smooth ; pedicels capillary and as long as the leaves, or sometimes
rather stout; rarely two or even three-flowered, nearly glabrous.

This variety approaches G. Claytoni and G. Brandeegei. The
specimens examined are nearly all much discolored as if the leaves
might be slightly fleshy.

Arizona and California to Oregon and the Saskatchewan.

Type in Herb Cornell Univ. Colorado, Hall and Harbour,
no. 230 (1862).

Arizona: Palmer.

Utah: Watson, no. 485 (1869).

California: Kellogg (1865); Bolander, no. 5348 (1866) ; Parish.
no. 1505 (1882); Eastwood (1894).

400

Oregon: Lyall (1858); Cronkhite (1864); Cusick no. 1397
(1886). :

Colorado: Patterson (1892).

Wyoming: Nelson, no. 1115 (1894).

Saskatchewan: Bourgeau (1858).

GALIUM TRIFIDUM PACIFICUM nN. var.

Larger and stouter than the type; leaves unequal, mostly in
4's, large and broadly oblong-spatulate, obtuse, cuneate at the
base (15-23 mm. by 3-5 mm.), thin and flaccid; pedicels lateral,
capillary, scabrous and arcuate as in thé type, 1-flowered, equalling
the leaves or shorter; corolla minute, 3-parted.

Some Washington specimens have nearly glabrous pedicels.

California to Washington.

Type in Herb. Cornell Univ.; Placer Co., Cal., Carpenter (1892),
Bottom lands of the Columbia River, Suksdorf, no. 1661 (1893).

5. Gatium Crayton! Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 78. 1803.
Roem. & Schul. Syst. Hooker, Fl. Bor. Am.

G. trifidum Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 103. 1814. Torr. Fl. N. &
M. States, 78. 1826. Darl. Fl. Cest.

G. irifidum (in part) T. & G. Fl, N. A. 2: 22. 1841. DC.
Prodr. 4: 597. 1830.

G. tinctorium Bigelow, Fl. Bost. ed. 2,54. 1824.

Perennial; erect or ascending, becoming more diffuse when
old, 15-60 cm. high; stem slender, or in some specimens quite
stout, sharply 4-angled, more or less rough, the diffuse branches in
2’s; leaves of medium size (8-15 mm. long), commonly in 5’s or
6's, linear-spatulate or spatulate-oblong, obtuse, cuneately narrowed
into a short petiole, rather firm in texture, scabrous on the margin
and midrib, dark-green and dull above, not papillose, discolored in
drying ; flowers in clusters of 2’s or 3's, terminal, provided with I
or 2 minute bracts; pedicels straight, in fruit strongly divaricate,
glabrous and rather stout; corolla minute, white 3-parted, lobes
broadly oval, obtuse; fruit glabrous; endos é ‘

, ; perm spherical and hol-

low, annular in cross-section.
This species, heretofore confounded with G. trifidum, embraces

all the eastern forms with trifid corolla and scabrous stems not in-
cluded under G. zrifidum. Although somewhat variable, no varie-
ties can be distinguished. It forms, however, a fairly well defined
species. Its closest relative is G, trifidum, from which it differs in

401

its more robust habit, clustered terminal flowers and stouter gla-
brous pedicels. The southern Atlantic specimens have broader
leaves and more slender pedicels than the type.

Swamps, Massachusetts and New York to North Carolina,
Texas, Michigan and Nebraska.

Massachusetts : Boott (185 3).

New York: Dudley and others.

Virginia: Small (1892); Heller (1893); Britton (1892).

North Carolina: Beardslee and Kofoid (1891); Torr. Herb.

Ohio: Sullivant.

Michigan: Farwell, no. 758 (1890).

Mlinots : Eggert (1891).

Nebraska: Rydberg, no. 1840; Clements no. 2554 (1893). In
part.

Texas: Reverchon (1876).

New Mexico: Wright, no. 1115 (1851).

v6, GALIUM CYMOSUM nD. sp.

Perennial; erect or ascending, 3-8 dm. high; stem 4-angled,
more or less roughened, internodes long (4-6 cm.), diffusely
branched, branches in 2’s or 3’s; leaves in 5’s or 6's, linear, 10-17
mm. long, obtuse, thin, scabrous on the margin and midrib, scarcely
papillose ; flowers numerous, in terminal and lateral cymes; bracts
foliaceous, small ; pedicels short and slender, in flower mostly di-
varicate, in fruit strongly so; corolla white, large (2 mm. diam.),
'3-parted, lobes triangular-ovate, obtuse; fruit glabrous ; endosperm
spherical and hollow, in cross-section annular. :

Plant with an aspect intermediate between G. Clayfoni and G.
asprellum.

Oregon to British Columbia.

Type in Herb. Cornell Univ. Tacoma, Washington, J. B.
Fleet (1896).

Oregon: Hall, no. 232 (1871).

Lritish Columbia: Scouler.

7. GALIUM PALUSTRE L. Sp. Pl. 105. 1753. °
Fl. Dan. p/. 423. G. trifidum (in part) and G. “nctorium (in
part) of American authors.
? G. trifidum bifolium Macoun, Cat. Can. Plants, 202. 1884.

Perennial, erect and rather slender, about 40 cm. high; inter-
nodes very long (middle 6-7 cm. long), short branches mostly in

402

2’s, stem sharply 4-angled, glabrous or slightly scabrous ; leaves in
typical specimens rather small, in 2’s to 6's, linear-elliptic or spat-
ulate, cuneate at the base, obtuse (7-10 mm. by 2~3 mm.), rather
firm, margins and midrib slightly scabrous, not papillose, reduced
to two at the upper nodes ; flowers numerous in terminal and lat-
eral cymes; bracteoles in the inflorescence minute; pedicels in
flower ascending, 3-5 mm. long, in fruit strongly divaricate; corolla
large, white (2144-314 mm. diam.), 4-parted, lobes oblong, acute;
disk at the base almost obsolete; fruit glabrous; endosperm
grooved on the inner face, in cross-section lunate.

Typically with small leaves and densely cymose inflorescence,
but varying into large-leaved forms with few flowers, seemingly
dependent upon the habitat. Many of these latter have most of
the upper leaves in 2’s, and although Prof. Macoun’s type has not
been seen, it seems probable that his var. dzfo/ium is to be referred
here. G. palustre grows mostly in patches, and late in the season
creeping branches are sent out, forming dense green mats which
remain green until covered by the snow. When in flower it is
quite showy, the pure white patches being very conspicuous.

In damp shady or open places along roadsides and ditches, or
in the margins of swamps. Newfoundland, Prince Edward's Is-
land, and Canada to Massachusetts and New York.

Newfoundland: Robinson & Schrenk, no. 214 (1894).

Prince Edward's Island: Macoun (1888).

Canada, at Montreal, Macrae (1842).

Maine: Fernald (1891). .

Massachusetts: Sears (1887).

Central New York: Dudley and others,

8. Gattum concinnum T. & G. Fl. N. A. 2: 22. gies,
Endosperm deeply grooved.

Dry hillsides ; Pennsylvania to Virginia, and westward to Min-_
nesota, lowa and Arkansas.

9. GALIUM ASPRELLUM Michx. Fl. Bor, Am. 1: 78. 1803.

DC. Prod. 4: 598. 1830. T.&G. Fl, me A SS so 1841,
G. Pennsylvanicum Muh. Cat.

G. spinulosum Raf. Prec. Decouv. 4o. 1814.

G. micranthum Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 103. 1814. Except fruit.
Endosperm with a shallow groove,

403

Alluvial river banks and swamps; Newfoundland and Ontario
to Pennsylvania and west to Wisconsin.

10, GALIUM ASPERRIMUM Gray, Mem. Amer. Acad. 4: 60. 1849.
Bot. Calif. 1: 284. 1880.

G. asperrimum asperulum Gray, Bot. Calif. 1: 284. 1880.

Endosperm with a shallow groove. A variable species. The
type and also other specimens from New Mexico and Arizona have
small very scabrous leaves and a very large diffuse panicle. The
type of variety asperulum .Gr. (Watson, Nevada) is nearly glab-
rous with thinner leaves and few flowered inflorescence; other
specimens from Washington, Oregon, California and Arizona
have large and broad rather firm leaves. No distinct variety can
be separated.

Selastine ite to California, Utah, ‘Artooud and New Mexico.

. GALIUM TRIFLORUM Michx., Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 80. 1803.

coe Fl. Am. Sept. 104. 1814. DC. Prod. 4: 601. 1830.
Hooker, Fl. Bor. Am. T. & G. Fl. N. A. 2: 23. 1841.

G. cuspidatum Muhl. Cat.

G. brachiatum Pursh, Fl. Am, Sept. 103. 1814.

G. Pennsylvanicum Bart, Comp. FI. Philad. 83.

Endosperm almost spherical, groove nearly obsolete. Speci-
_mens from Nebraska, New York, Connecticut and Massachusetts
are more or less hirsute. The southern plants are somewhat
smaller leaved, while some of the Pacific coast specimens have
long slender pedicels (114-4 cm.); others from Oregon and British
Columbia have narrower leaves than the type.

Damp shady places; Labrador and Northern Canada to Flor-
ida and Louisiana, across the continent, south to northern Cali-
fornia and Colorado.

CORNELL UNIVERSITY.

404

Two new Violets.

By CHARLES Louis POLLARD.

“VIOLA PORTERIANA Nf. Sp.

Mature plant 2-3 dm. high, robust, acaulescent, from a stout
branching rootstock ; leaves long petioled, evidently exceeding the
peduncles; blade glabrous or besprinkled with scattered hairs, in
the early leaves cordate-oblong, obtuse, regularly but not promi-
nently crenate; in the latter leaves deltoid-triangular, the base in-
clined to be cordate, obviously decurrent upon the petiole; apex
obtuse or more often acute; margin ciliate, remotely and very
irregularly crenate or dentate, the base sometimes with a few
marked incisions; petiole pubescent below, 13-18 cm. long, the
blade in the mature leaves 13 cm. long and 7 cm. wide at the
base; flowers deep purple, as seen in a single withered specimen ;
cleistogamous flowers on ascending or erect peduncles; capsule ob-
scurely 3-angled ; seeds pale, not mottled nor pitted. ' (Plate 314-)

Type specimen collected in the vicinity of Bushkill Falls, Penn-
sylvania, May 31, 1897, by Mr. Joseph D. Crawford and the
writer; additional specimens, in a later stage of development,
were obtained by Mr. Crawford, July 15, near Hamburg, Pa.
The species is dedicated to Professor Thomas C. Porter, who
acted as guide on the very delightful Decoration Day. excursion
of the Torrey Club, and who was among the first to express an
opinion of its distinctness. In fact there was substantial agree-
ment among the botanists then present that the plant could not
well be referred to any known species of the sagittata group,
although the dried specimens may easily deceive those whose
conceptions of lV. sagittata and V. cucullata are of the elastic —
order. It may be distinguished from V. ovata Nutt., an abundance
of which was collected on the same excursion, by its much greater _
size, absence of hirsute pubescence and the relative differences in
the length of petioles and peduncles. From the true V. sagittata
it may be known by the broadly triangular leaves, which are quite
without the characteristic lobes and incisions of that species, and
also by its habitat, which is dry sandy soil. Very probably it~
hybridizes or even intergrades with V. ovata, although I have
never seen anything approaching it in the hundreds of ovata —

plants examined, including the typical specimens in the herbarium :
of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences, :

405
‘
~ VIOLA FLAVOVIRENS 0. sp.

Mature plant 2-3 dm. high, subcaulescent, from a slender root-
stock; leaves of a yellowish-green hue, long-petioled, oblanceo-
late or oblong, very obtuse at apex, tapering at base, and decur-
rent upon the petiole; margins ciliate, remotely and obscurely
denticulate; both surfaces of the blade, particularly along the
veins, clothed with fine white hirsute pubescence, which is also
prominent on both petioles and fpeduncles; flowers borne well
above the leaves (peduncles 1-3 dm. long), bright yellow, faintly
veined with purple, the lateral petals slightly bearded; diameter
of flower 2% cm.; sepals: narrowly linear, finely ciliate ; capsule
not Observed.

Types collected by A. A. Heller, at Lake Waha, Nez Perces
County, Idaho, June 3d and 4th, 1896 (no. 3106), also by Messrs.
Sandberg, Heller and-MacDougal, at the same locality May 22,
1892 (no. 222). In both cases distributed as V. Wuttalli, a
diminutive species to which it is scarcely at all related. Speci-
mens collected by L. F. Henderson, at Julietta, Idaho, and by.
Howell, at Hood River, Oregon, 1880, are evidently referable also
to V. flavovirens.

The Genus Oxytria of Rafinesque.

By CHARLES LoutIs, POLLARD.

There is a small genus of delicate Liliaceous plants in the
South Atlantic and Gulf States, known in our manuals under the
name of Schoenolirion, in which the synonymy is exceedingly
confused, and the species have passed under a variety of generic
appellations. Michaux established the name Phalangium croceum*
for a plant with “pyramidal raceme” and saffron yellow flowers,
native of southern Georgia. As Phalangium Juss. is a synonym
of Anthericum L., it was necessary to give the plant another ge-
neric appellation, and Elliott, having what he supposed to be
Michaux’s plant,+ although the flowers were white, transferred the
species to Ornithogalum with a question mark. (Bot. S. C. & Ga.
I: 397. 1821.) Rafinesque, in Fl. Tell. 2: 26, 1836, established
two genera, Oxytria and Amblostima, basing the former on Pha-

*Fl. Bor. Amer. r: 196, 1803. £
t Dr. Gray has already made this point clear; See Amer. Nat, 10: 427. 1876.

é

406

langium croceum Nutt., not Michx., and the latter on P. croceum
Michx. and Ornithogalum croceum of Elliott which he renamed
Amblostima albiflora. Nuttall calls attention to the incorrectness-
of the term “pyramidal” as applied to the inflorescence, but in
other respects his plant is that of Michaux, as Dr. Gray has al-
ready testified. Rafinesque’s species are thus seen to be conge-
neric, and Oxytria, by priority of place, should stand as the desig-
nation for the genus, which was first named Schoenolirion by —
Durand (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. new series 3: 103, 1855).
who obtained it from Torrey’s manuscript of the Wheeler report.
Durand here also published as Schoenolirion album the Californian:
plant afterward distinguished by Watson as Hastingsia alba.
Revising the genus Schoenolirion for the American Naturalist
in 1876(1.c. p. 427), Dr. Gray disregarded Rafinesque’s Amblosima
albiflora, taking up Dr. Feay’s manuscript name of S. Eliott for
the plant with white flowers. He recognized in addition three
species, S. croceum, S. album and S. Texanum, the latter being
Ornithogalum Texanum of Scheele. The same treatment is ob-
served by Watson in his treatment of the Liliaceae three years
later. The arrangement of species will then stand as follows, ex-

cluding the Californian plant, which seems to be best kept gener-
ically distinct:

OXYTRIA Raf. Fl. Tell. 2: 26. 1836.

[Scuoenotirion Durand, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. (III) 4:
103, 1855, in part] and all later authors. Characters of the genus
as defined by Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 14: 216. 1879.

1. O. crocea (Michx.) Raf. |. ¢,
Phalangium croceum Michx. F1. Bor. Amer. 3: 196. 1803.

Schoenolirion croceum Gray, Amer. Nat. 10: 427. 1876.
Southern Georgia and Florida.

/ 2, O. ALBIFLORA (Raf.)
Amblostina albiflora Raf. 1}. c.
Ornithogalum croceum EN). Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1: 307. 1821.
Schoenolirion croceum Chapm. F1. S, States, 483. 1863.
Schoenolirion Eltiottit F cay ; Gray. 1. ¢.

_ Southern Georgia and Florida, probably also in Alabama.

407

3. O. Texana (Scheele)

Ornithogalum Texanum Scheele, Linnaea, 23: 146.
Schoenolirion Texanum Gray, I. c.
- Texas and Louisiana.

Observations upon a Clearing in July.

Byron D, HALstep.

During the past winter a piece of woodland about four miles
from New Brunswick, N. J., along the trolley line to South River
has been chopped over, the wood removed and the brush left in
large piles. No attempt has been made to clear the field of
stumps or shrubs , and this piece offers a good opportunity for the
study of the effect upon the smaller species of plants of the re-
moval of the larger ones. The lot, of possibly five acres, some-
what irregular in outline, is quite uneven, and being in some parts
high and in others low, with a small stream running through it, a
large variety of conditions obtain and a rich flora results.

In general, it was an ordinary mid-Jersey forest of possibly the
third cutting. Among the trees are oaks, chesnuts, and some
pines in the higher ground, while near the bog, magnolias are
Present and birches and alders. In the lower part the Rhus Ver-
_ mx and a tangle of Smilax rotundifolia \ine the wet portion
where Hadenaria lacera and Osmunda cinnamomea give place to
the skunk cabbage.

The clearing was first visited in May with a class of a dozen
students in quest of specimens for their plant collections. Upon
this trip nothing unusual was noted, only the flowering herbs en-
gaged the attention, and these were found upon the cleared lot, al-
though in less abundance than in the woods, presumably only
because the felling of the trees, and other tramping incident to the |
removal of the wood, had destroyed many of these tender oe
plants. ; :

A second visit was made upon July sth, at the time when in
the low ground an occasional aici viscosa was white with its
highly fragrant blooms.

In the wooded portion the huckleberries of at least three
Species and the squaw berry, Vaccinum stamineum, abounded,

408

and were well laden with green half-grown berries. These shrubs
were few in the cleared land, browned as if sun burned, while the
scattered berries were ripening and some fully ready for the
pickers. The remarkable reduction in the number of these Erica-
ceous shrubs might be largely due to the harsh treatment in con-
nection with the removal of the trees, but there seemed to be un-
mistakable evidence that the specimens that had escaped the
ravages of the woodman were suffering from the added exposure

that the clearing of the trees had brought them. |

Among the herbaceous plants none were more strikingly af-
fected by the removal of the trees than the skunk cabbage.
While in the shade of the trees the leaves were broad and green
as in their wont to be, in the clearing the foliage had a yellow
sickly cast with not more than half the size of the blades of the
shaded plants. A long slender-leaved sedge neither in bloom nor
fruit stopped short at the clearing as if cut down by a scythe. A
sphagnum that had its usual vigor in the shade was brown and
dry-topped in the sun, and gave unmistable signs of disliking tne
new situation. In the clearing many of the oak sprouts were
scalded at the tip. Ferns were much smaller in the sun than in
the shade, and this was particularly true of Ossmunda cinnamomea
which in the shade spread out its great fronds into large “ eagle
nests,” while those in the sun were nearly upright, and besides ~
being dwarfed were browned as if in late autumn. The Ossunda
regalis was found only in the shade.

On the other hand the grape vines, of a slender growth in the
woods, run rampant over the large brush piles, due to the greater
freedom as much perhaps as to the increased sunlight they now
enjoy. The Parthenocissus quinguefolia behaved similar to its
kind in the shade with a striking difference in the shorter
in the sunned plants.

Over all these five acres there was a striking absence of plants
common to the open. At one point about two rods from a public
road there were found two plants of Bidens frondosa and one
small one of Ambrosia artemisifolia. A half-dozen solidagos
not yet in bloom, probably S. Canadensis were taken. The
only striking instance of open air vegetation was two small tufts

of Holcus lanatus upon a knoll, where seed of this velvet grass
got a foothold no one can tell how.

petioles

409

Nomenclatural Notes.

1. Chedlanthes gracilis (Fée) Metten. This specific name,
adopted in the A. A. A. S. “Check-list,” dates only from Fée’s
Genera Filicum, 1850-52, while the name Cheilanthes gracilis was
applied by Kaulfuss (Enum. 209. 1824) to the Preris gracilis of
Michaux (Pellaea gracilis of Check-list, Pellaca Stelleri of Britton
and Brown’s Flora). Moore, to avoid producing a homonym of
Kaulfuss’ name, in transferring Fée’s Myriopteris gracilis to Chet-
_ lanthes, called it C. Feei, which is the oldest available name for this
species. Cheilanthes lanuginosa Nutt. was not published until the
following year. The synonymy of this species thus stands as fol-
lows:

CuertLvantueEs Freer Moore, Ind. Fil. xxviii. Mr. 1857.

Myrwopteris gracilis Fée, Gen. Fil. 150. 1850-52.

Cheilanthes lanuginosa Nutt.; Hook. Sp. Fil. 2: 99. 1858.

Chetlanthes gracilis Metten. Abh. Senck. Nat. re 3: [re-
print 36]. 1859. Not Kaulf. 1824.

2. Epifagus (Epiphegus) Nutt. This name is clearly antedated
by Leptamnium Raf. Rafinesque’s name was published in Febru-
ary, 1818. The date of publication of Nuttall’s Genera is not ex-
actly known, but it must have been later than the middle of May
of that year. The title was deposited to secure copyright on
April 3; the preface is dated May 27; and it is quite certain that
the work was all issued at the same time. It is true that Barton,
in his Compendium Florae Philadelphicae, published before the
end of the same year (1818) repeatedly cites Nuttall’s work, but
in his preface he acknowledges Nuttall’s kindness in permitting
its use, and it is by no means certain which work was offered to
the public first. In any event, it appears to me, the priority of
Rafinesque’s names, published in the January and February num-
bers of the American Monthly Magazine, is unquestionable. The
Synonymy of this monotypical genus is given here.

LEPTAMNIUM Raf. Am. Month. Mag. 2: 267. F. 1818.
[Eptracus Nutt. Gen. 2: 60. 1818.]

Lepramnium Vircintanum (L.) Raf; A. Gr. Syn. Fl. 2: Part
I, 314. 1878. As syn.

416

Orobanche Virginiana L. Sp. Pl. 633. 1753.
Epifagus Americana Nutt. Gen. 2: 60. 1818.
Epifagus Virginiana Bart. Comp. Fl. Philad. 2: 50. 1818.

3. Lepachys Raf. In his paper published in the Journal de— 3

Physique in 1819, Rafinesque erected two species of Rudbeckia into
new genera, under the names of Ratibida and Lepachys. Since
that time nearly all writers have considered these two species dis- _
tinct from Rudbeckia, yet congeneric, and the resulting genus has
been known as Oéeliscaria Cass. (a later name) or Lepachys Raf.
It is indeed strange that no one appears to have noticed that, in
the Journal de Physique, Ratibida is described before Lepachys.
However, Ratibida has a better claim to priority than mere posi-
tion, for it was duly published in the preceding year in the Amer7-

can Monthly Magazine. The synonymy of the entire genus, as
now understood, is appended here.

RATIBIDA Raf. Am. Month. Mag. 2: 268. 1818.
[Lepacuys Raf. Journ. Phys. 89: 100. 1819. ]
[Oseciscarta Cass, Dict. Sci. 35: 372. 1825.]

RATIBIDA PINNATA (Vent.).

Rudbeckia pinnaia Vent. Jard. Cels. p/. 77. 1800.
Lepachys pinnatifida Raf. Journ. Phys. 89: 100. 18109.
Obeliscaria pinnata Cass. Dict. Sci. 35: 373. 1825.
Lepachys pinnata Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. Am. 2: 314.

Ratipipa TAGETES (James).

1842.

Rudbeckia Tagetes James in Long’s Exped. 2: 353. 1823.

Rudbeckia globosa Nutt, Journ, Acad. Philad. 7: 79. 1834-
Obeliscaria Tagetes DC, Prodr.5: 559. 1836.

Lepachys columnans Tagetes A. Gr. Pl. Wright. 1: 106. 1852.
Lepachys Tagetes A. Gr. Pac. R. R. Rep. 4: 103. 1856.

RatIBIDA COLUMNARIS (Sims) D. Don; Sweet,
361. 1838.

Rudbeckia columnaris Sims, Bot. Mag. pl. r60r. 1 813.
Ratibida sulcata Raf. Journ. Phys. 89: 100. 1819.
Oveliscaria columnaris DC. Prodr. 5: 559. 1836.

Lepachys columnaris Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. Am. 2: $15. 1842.

Brit. Fl. Gard If. —

411

Ratipipa PEDUNCULARIS (‘lorr. & Gr.)

Lepachys peduncularis Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. Am. 2: 315. 1842.

Obveliscaria peduncularis Walp. Repert. 2: 979. 1843.

4. Balduina (Baldwinia) Nutt. This name is a homonym of
Rafinesque’s Baldwinia, published a few months earlier in the
American Monthly Magazine (2: 267. F. 1818). Elliot, retain-
ing Nuttall’s name Balduina, proposed to separate one of the two
species as a separate genus, under the name Actinospermum, and
this name must now be applied to both species if they are to be
retained in the same genus, as is done in the synonymy given be-
low. If the two species are held as constituting distinct genera,
as is done by Torrey and Gray, Darby and Chapman (even in the
last edition of his Flora, recently published), the name Actino-
spermum belongs to A. angustifolium, and the other species must
receive a new generic appellation, in which case Exdorima Raf.
seems to be eligible, with Balduina uniflora Nutt. as its type,
though the name was not properly published by Rafinesque.
. Mnesiteon Raf. (Fl. Ludov. 67. 1817) is given by the Kew Index
as a synonym of Bal/dwinia Nutt., but it certainly:is more than
doubtful if this is correct. The only apparent ground for this

view is that Rafinesque notes a resemblance between the type of —

his Mnesiteon and Buphthalmum angustifolium Pursh.

ACTINOSPERMUM EIl. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 2: 448. 1824.

[BaLpuina Nutt. Gen. 2: 175. 1818. Not Baldwinia Raf.
F. 1818.]

[Enporima Raf. Am. Month. Mag. a 195. Ja. 1819. With-
‘out synonymy or description. ]

AACTINOSPERMUM UNIFLoRUM (Nutt.)
Balduina uniflora Nutt. Gen. 2: 175. 1818.

ACTINOSPERMUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM (Pursh) Torr. & Gr, Fl. N. Am.
2: 389. 1842. .
Buphthalmum angustifolium Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 564. 1814.

Balduina multiflora Nutt. Gen. 2: 176, 1818. ‘
_Joun Henptey Barnuart.

Tarrytown on-lvupson, July, 1897.

Local Cryptogamic Notes,

By Henry C. BENNETT AND SMITH ELY JELLIFFE.

From observations made upon the local distribution of diatoms
it would appear that Ammphipleura pellucida is not a common dia-
tom. Its occurrence in a recent gathering from Van Cortland
Lake has prompted the following note upon other forms found in
the same gathering. The following forms have been determined:

Amphipleura pellucida Kg.
Amphora ovalis Kg.
Cocconeis scutellum Ehr.
C. oblonga Kg.
Cymbella cistula Brun,
C. gastroides Kg.

C, leptoceros Kg.
Diatoma tenue Kg.

D. vulgare Bory.
LEpithemia gibba Kg.

E. turgida Kg.

Eunotia lunarts Ehr.
£. monodon Ebr.

£. pectinalis Rab.

E. firma?

£. tridentula Ehr.

Fragilaria construens (Ehr,) Grun.

£. capucina Demaz.

F. virescens Ralfs.
Gomphonema acuminatum Ehr.
G. capitatum Ehr.

G. constrictum Ehr,.

G. cristatum Ralfs,

G. dichotomum Kg.

GC, germinaium Ag.
Melosira granulata Ebr.
M. crenulata Kg.

M. scalaris Grun,
Meridion circulare Ag.
M. intermedium ii LS.
Navicula Anglica Ralfs.
N. ambigua hr.

XN. cuspidata Ke.

N. gracilis Ehr.

NV. rhyncocephala Kg.
LV. spaerophora Kg.

NV. viridis Kg.

Nitzschia scalaris Sm.
Odontidium hyemale Kg.
O. mutabile Sm.
Stauroneis punctata Kg.
S. phoenicenteran Ehr,
Surirella recedens A.S,
Synedra pulchella Kg.

S. radiata (Kg.) Grun,
S. ulna Ehr.

Tabellaria fenestrata Kg.
T. flocculosa Kg.

A number of forms from the same gathering are still under
study. We hope to report these at the earliest opportunity.

New York, April, 1897.

-413

Circular of the Sub-Commission of the Pan-American Medical Con-
gress on Medicinal Flora of the United States,

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
Washington, D. C., July 1, 1897.

AMERICAN MEDICINAL FLORA.

Dear Sir: The Smithsonian Institution has undertaken to
bring together all possible material bearing on the medicinal uses
of plants in the United States. Arrangements have been made
with a body representing the Pan-American Medical Congress
(the Sub-Commission on Medicinal Flora of the United States) to
elaborate a report on this subject, and the material when received
will be turned over to it for investigation.

The accompanying detailed instructions relative to specimens
and notes have been prepared by the Sub-Commission.

All packages and correspondence should be addressed to the
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C., and marked on the
outside Medicinal Plants, for the U. S. National Museum. Franks
which will carry specimens, when of suitable size, together with
descriptions and notes, free of postage through the mails, will be
forwarded upon application. Should an object be too large for
transmission by mail the sender is requested, before shipping it, to
notify the Institution, in order that a proper authorization for its
shipment may be made out.

Respectfully,
4 A S. P. LANGLEY,

Secretary.

INSTRUCTIONS RELATIVE TO MEDICINAL PLANTS.

The Pan American Medical Congress, at its meeting held in the City of Mexico,
in November, 1896, took steps to institute a systematic study of the American Medici-
nal Flora, through the medium of a General Commission and of special Sub-Com-
missions, the latter to be organized in the several countries. The Sub-Commission for
the United States has been formed and consists of Dr. Valery Havard, U. S. A.,
chairman ; Mr. Frederick V. Coville, Botanist of the U. S. Department of Agriculture ;
Dr. C. F. Millspaugh, Curator of the Botanical Department of the Field Columbian
Museum, Chicago; Dr, Charles Mohr, State Botanist of Alabama; Dr, W. P. Wilson,
Director of the Philadelphia Commercial Museums; and Professor H. H. Rusby, of
the New York College of Pharmacy. This Sub-Commission solicits information con-

414.

cerning the medicinal plants of the United States from every one in a position to ac-
cord it. The principal points of study are as follows:

1. Local names.

2. Local uses, together with historical facts.

3. Geographical distribution and degree of abundance in the wild state.

4. Is the plant collected for market, and if so,

(a) At what season of the year?

(b) To how great an extent?

(c)- How prepared for market ?

(d) What is the effect of such collection wpon the wild supply ?
(e) What price does it bring ?

(f) Is the industry profitable ?

5. Is the plant, or has it ever been, cultivated, and if so, give all information
on the subject, particularly as to whether such supplies are of superior
quality, and whether the industry has proved profitable.

6. If not cultivated, present facts concerning the life history of the plant
which might aid in determining methods of cultivation.

7. Is the drug subjected to substitution or adulteration, and if so, give infor
mation as to the plants used for this purpose.

While it is not expected that many persons will be able to contribute information
on all these points concerning any plant, it is hoped that a large number of persons will
be willing to communicate such partial knowledge as they possess.

It is not the important or standard drugs alone concerning which information is
sought. The Sub Commission desires to compile a complete list of the plants which
have been used medicinally, however trivial such use may be. It also desires to
collect all obtainable information, historical, scientific and economic, concerning Our
native and naturalized plants of this class, and, to that end, invites the co-operation of
all persons interested. Poisonous plants of all kinds come within the scope of our in-
quiry, whether producing dangerous symptoms in man, or simply skin inflammation,
‘or, as “loco-weeds,” deleterious to horses, cattle and sheep. In this respect the gen-
eral reputation of a plant is not so much desired as the particulars of cases of poisoning
actually seen, or heard from reliable observers.
knowledge can be obtained from Indians, Mexicans and half-breeds, and that, conse-

‘quently, Indian agencies and reservations are particularly favorable fields for our in- —
vestigation. Such knowledge will be most acceptable when based upon known facts —
or experiments.

In order to assist in the study of the habits, properties and uses of medicinal
plants, the Sub-Commission undertakes to furnish the name of any plant-specimen re-
ceived, together with any desired information available.

Owing to the diversity in the common names of many plants, it will be necessary
for reports, when it furnished by botantists or others qualified to state the botanical
aainek wen scectaiaty, 16 ebsssck ee the same with some specimen of the plant suffi-

nt, it should be appreciated that the labor

of identification is very greatly decreased, and its usefulness increased, by the possession ae
of complete material, that is, leaf, flower and fruit, and in the case of small plants the
= underground portion also. It is best to dry such specimens thoroughly, in a flat con

It is believed that much interesting

415

dition under pressure, before mailing. While any convenient means for accomplishing
this result may be employed, the following procedure is reecmmended: Select a flower-
ing or fruiting branch, as the case may be, which, when passed, shall not exceed six-
teen inches in length by ten inches in width. If the plant be an herb two or three
feet high, it may be doubled to bring it within these measurements. If it possess root
leaves, some of these should be included. Lay the specimen flat in a fold of news-
paper and place this in a pile of newspapers, carpet felting, or some other form of
paper which readily absorbs moisture, and place the pile in a dry place under a pres-
sure of about twenty to thirty pounds, sufficient to keep the leaves from wrinkling as
they dry. Ifa number of specimens are pressed at the same time, each is to be sepa~
rated from the other by three or four folded newspapers or an equivalent in other kinds
of paper,

In twelve to twenty-four hours these papers will be found saturated with the ab-
sorbed moisture and the fold containing the specimen should be transferred to dry ones.
This change should be repeated in from two to five days, according to the state of
the weather, the place where the drying is done, the fleshiness of the specimens, etc..
The best way to secure the desired pressure is by means of a pair of strong straps,
though weights will do. The best place for drying is beside a hot kitchen range..
When dry the specimens should be mailed between a or some other light but
stiff materials which will not bend in transit.

It is a most important matter that the name and address of the sender should be
attached to the package and that the specimens, if more than one, should Le numbered,
the sender retaining also specimens bearing the same number, to facilitate any corre-
spondence which may follow. The Sub-Commission requests that, so far as practi-

cable, all plants sent be represented by at least four specimens.
H. H. RUSBY. M. D.,.

Chairman of the General Commission..

NEW York COLLEGE OF PHARMACY.
VALERY HAVARD, M. D.

Chairman of the Sub-Commission..

Fort SLocum, Davins IsLaAND, New York.

Reviews.

Nomenclaturregein fir die Beamten des Kiniglichen Botanischen
Gartens und Museums 2u Berlin, (Notizblatt. Konigl. Bot. Gart.
1: 245-250. 6Je. 1897.)

The staff of the Royal Botanical Garden and Museum of Ber-
lin have framed a set of rules for their guidance in nomenclature,
and orthography of names, of which the following is a translation

with annotations:
1. The principle of priority in the choice of names of genera

416

and species of plants is, in general, firmly maintained; the begin-
ning of the establishment of priority is considered to be 1753-
54.*

2. A generic name will, however, be allowed to fall, if it has
not been in general use during fifty years from the date of its es-
tablishment. But if the name has been taken up in the elabora-
tion of monographs, or in large floras, in following the “Laws of
nomenclature of the year 1868,” it shall remain in use by us.f

3. In order to obtain unity of form in the designations of
groups of the vegetable kingdom, we will employ terminations as
follows: The orders (Reihen) in a/es, the families in aceae, the sub-
families in ozdeae, the tribes in eae, the subtribes in zzae; the ter-
minations being appended to the root of the typical genus, thus
Pandan(us)-ales; Rumex, Rumic(is)-oideae ; Asclepias, Asclepiad-
(is)-eae; Metastelma, Metastelmat(is)-inae; Madi(a)-inae. (Some
exceptions, as Coniferae, Cruciferae, Umbelliferae, Palmae, etc., re-
main correct.)}

4. Relative to the gender of generic names, we are guided, in
the case of classical designations, by correct grammatical custom

* Priority of publication is to be regarded as the fundamental principle of botan-
ical nomenclature. (Canon I, Rochester Code. )

The botanical nomenclature of both genera and species is to begin with the pub-
lication of the first edition of Linnaeus’s “Species Plantarum ” in 1753. (Canon 1G
Rochester Code.)

The German procedure thus agrees with the American, except in the double date
1753-54; the advantage of the double date is certainly questionable, as it fixes no
definite point of departure, and would lead to different interpretations and consequent
nonuniformity, On the other hand, the selection of the first edition of Linnaeus’
“« Species Plantarum” as the starting point permits no uncertainty.

+ The application of the ideas embodied in this paragraph would lead to great
uncertainty in very many cases, and we do not believe that the Berlin botanists will
long maintain them. How they can consistently decide on what is « general use,” aS
compared with what we may term “special use,” is more than we can imagine; and
who is to determine what descriptive volume is a “monograph”
one is equally difficult to understand; and how are they to determine in many cases,
whether the author has or has not followed the Paris code of 1868? Or will calling @
aa ape a make it one? But it is to be remembered that these rules

ve been framed for the special use of the i : atest
ested in observing the aie, ne ca eee a

} This is, we believe, the first serious attempt to unify group nomenclature, and
we heartily approve it. That anything is to be gained in the end by a deniitins il a
ceptions may be questioned.

or what floraa “large” — :

417

as to later names and barbarisms we follow the “Natiirlichen
Pflanzenfamilien.”’ Alterations in endings or in the word itself
are not, as a rule, approved. Notorious errors in those derived
from personal names must, however, be removed; for example,
Riilingia is to be written in place of Rudingia as used by the English
and imported by us.*

5. Generic names, which have been remanded to synonymy
are better not used again in an altered sense to designate a new
genus, or a section, etc.+

6, Priority is to determine the choice of specific names, un-
less objections to their maintenance have been made in a mono-
graph. If a species is transferred to another genus it must there
retain its oldest specific name.{

7. The author who first named the species even if under another
genus must always remain knowable, and to this end his name
( Zeichen — sign) is to be placed in a parenthesis before the name
of the author who has effected its transfer to the new genus, thus
Pulsatilla pratensis (L.) Mill = Anemone pratensis L. In case the
author of a species has himself later transferred it to another ge-
nus the parenthesis will be omitted. (In continued works where
the parenthesis has not been employed, this rule need not be fol-
lowed.)§

8. As regards the methods of writing names of species the

* «Notorious errors” are likely to be variously understood.

+ The publication of a generic name or a binomial invalidates the use of the
Same name for any subsequently published genus or species respectively. (Canon
IV, Rochester Code. )

In the rejection of generic homonyms the German rule is not as definite and ex-
act as the American, and is thus the more likely to be inconsistently employed and
variously understood, The German rules do not definitely refer to specific homo-
myms, though from the practice of some of the subscribers to them we infer that the
maatter is in mind.

In the transfer of a species to a genus other than the one under which it was
first published the original specific name is to be retained. (Canon III., Rochester
Code, as amended at Madison.)

The German and American principles here agree, save the exception of objec-
tions made in « monographs.” How many descriptions or how scare pages consti-
tute a « monograph >?”

§ In the case of a species which has been transferred from one genus to another,
the original author must always be cited in parenthesis, followed by the author of the
new binomial. (Canon VIII., Rochester Code.)

418

practice of Linnaeus has been introduced into the Botanical Gar-
den and Museum. This will still be maintained, and we therefore
write all specific names with a small initial letter, except those
derived from personal names and those which are substantives
( generic names still or formerly in use); for example, Ficus i-
dica, Circaea lutetiana, Brassica Napus, Solanum Dulcamara,
Lythrum Hyssopifolia, Isachne Buttneri, Sabicea Henningstana.*

g. When generic or specific names are formed from proper
names we add the letter a for the genus to such names ending in
a vowel or in 7, and 7 for the species, thus Glazioua (from Glaziou),
Bureaua (from Bureau ), Schitzea (from Schiitze), Kernera (from
Kerner ), also Glaziout, Bureau, Schiitzei, Kerneri; if the name
ends in a we change this vowel for euphony to ae, thus from Colla,
Collaea; in all other cases we add za or z to the name, thus
Schittzia (from Schiitz), Schiitsi, etc. This applies as well to
names terminating in ws, thus Magnusia, Magnus (not Magni),
FTieronymusia, Hteronymusi ( not Hieronymi) ; the adjective forms
of proper names are formed in a corresponding manner, thus
Schiiizeana, Schittziana, Magnusiana. To make a difference in
the application of the genitive and adjective forms is not practi-
cable at the present time.t

10. In forming compound Latin or Greek substantives or ad-
jectives the connecting vowel between the roots is to be written
7 in Latin, o in Greek; we thus write menthifolia, not menthae-
Sfolia

11. We recommend the avoidance of such combinations of
names as produce tautology, as Linxaria Linaria or Elvasia elvastoi-
des ; it is permitted to deviate from priority in the cases of such
names which have arisen from gross geographical errors by the
author, as, for example, Asclepias synaca L. (which originated in

—

* Specific or varietal names derived from persons or places, or used as the geni-
tive of generic names or substantives, are to be printed with a capital initial letter.
(Committee on Nomenclature, Botanical Club, A. A. A. $.)
The American rule calls for wider capitalization than the German, The matter
is of little consequence as regards nomenclature; the increasing tendency to decapi-
talize all specific names seems to us, however, unfortunate. a
+ We infer from this that specific names such as Schiitsei and Schiitscana would
not be maintained in the same genus, and this is highly desirable,
} This will, we think, be generally approved,

419

the United States), Leptopetalum mexicanum Hook. & Arn. (from
the Liu-kiu Islands).*

12. Hybrids are indicated by connecting the names of the
parents by X, the alphabetical order of the specific names being
preserved, thus Cirsium palustre X rivulare. In the position of the
names, no difference is made as to which is “ father’ and which
“mother.” We do not favor the binary nomenclature for hybrids.+

13. Manuscript names have under no circumstances a right of
maintainance, even if they appear on printed labels of exsiccatae.
This is also true of gardener’s names and those of trade cata-
logues. The recognition of the species requires a printed descrip-
tion, which may, however, appear on an exsiccata label.t

14. An author has no right to change a generic or specific
name once given, except for very 1 ade reasons, such as those
cited in rule no. 11.§

It is very interesting to remark how nearly, after long-contin-
ued discussion, the Berlin botanists have approximated the prin-
ciples of the Rochester code. In fact, their rules for guidance
include practically all the principles enunciated by the American
botanists and zoologists, and differ from them mainly in admit-
ting exceptions ; we believe that they will find in practice that the
exceptions will give them more trouble than if they had not becn

allowed, and we confidently look to their abandonment.
1. See eae 39

* As to “duplicate binomials” (as Cata/pa Catalpa), the German rule is put in
the form of a recommendation, not as a fixed principle, and it may be remarked that
they have been used by several of the monographers of the “Natiirlichen Pflanzen-
familien.” The fact of their being tautological does not seem to us to be a good
reason for abandoning them, and in such names as E/vasia elvasiotdes, who is to de-
termine whether they are tautological or not? Again, the rejection of supposed or
certainly misleading geographical names is open to many objections. A number of
species bearing the names, Canadense, Pennsylvanicum, Missourtense do not occur
in the Canada, Pennsylvania or Missouri of to-day, owing to changes of territorial ex-
tent. It would be as well to reject the name Dioscorea villosa, for example, because
the plant is not villous, and there are many such cases. The recommendations are
not conducive to uniform practice.

+ We think this will meet with general approval,

t Publication of a species consists only (1) in the distribution of a printed de-
scription of the species named; (2) in the publishing of a binomial, with reference to
a previously published species as a type (Canon II, Rochester Code). :

§ Here again we note an unfortunate indefiniteness which is not conducive to
stability.

420

A Text Book of General Lichenology. With descriptions and figures
of the Genera occurring in the Northeastern United States.

By Albert Schneider, M.S., M.D. Willard N. Clute & Co.,

Binghamton, N. Y. 1897. :

There has been a demand for years for a text book on lichens
and, though valuable contributions have been made from time to
time, there has been no complete or general work. In Tucker- _
man’s life-work we have aclassic guide for the learned; but even
the experts admit that the technical difficulties of the “ General —
Synopsis” defeat its end, for the amateur student at least.

The well printed and copiously illustrated volume on the sub-
ject with Dr. Schneider has just brought out is far from popular,
but it is clear, terse and to the point, and will prove a practical —
working hand book for those botanists or amateurs that desire to —
take up the study of these plants.

The historical sketch of the development of the study of
lichenology is the best, we believe, that is to be obtained in Eng- |
lish. From it one gathers a fair conception of the battles of hy-
potheses fought in the European laboratories for the past hundred
years or so, and comes away with a clear idea of the most modern ~
views upon symbiosis and the morphology and physiology of the:
lichens. ae

With reference to the author’s idea that the spores are not ren
productive organs, we fail to see that his arguments win his point;
for the reason that a lichen spore does not develop a lichen is that
it does not find a suitable host. In laboratory work characteristic
growths of other forms of parasitic life cannot be obtained for —
similar reasons.

The teachings of Reinke are strong in the systematic part of
the work, and due attention has been given to the algae. :

The illustrations have been well drawn and, though somewhat
schematic, are a valuable addition to the volume, which is in 5°
many ways to be recommended as a practical text book.

S. E. J.

421

Proceedings of the Botanical Club, A. A. A. ‘S.--Detroit Meeting,
August, 1897, 233

Turspay, AUGUST IOTH.

In the absence of all officers elected at the last meeting, the
Club organized by the election of Dr. J. J. Davis, President, and
Mr. A. F. Woods, Secretary.

Professor C. E. Bessey described an extensive epidemic of
Erysiphe communis on Polygonum aviculare about Lincoln, Neb.
In the ensuing discussion the same occurrence was reported from
Michigan and Wisconsin.

Professor Bessey also described a phosphorescent mosquito
(Chironomus sp.).

Professor Beal exhibited a number of photographs of the
Botanical Garden of the Michigan Agricultural College; also
charts of fungi and mounted sheets of weeds for lecture-room
purposes.

WEDNESDAY, AUGUST IITH.

Mr. Rodney H. True presented “ Notes on the Genus Di-
cranum,”’

Dicranum Spurium in America consists of two forms, the gen-
uine species and a form differing in many important characteristics
from any described; the latter has probably a wide distribution
in eastern America. Dicranum rhabdocarpum in abundant fruit
has been found on Pikes Peak by Professor J. M. Holzinger. Its
affinities ally it closely with D. Bonjeani DeNot. and not, as stated
in the L. & J. Manual, with D. Mihlendeckit. Mr. A. J. Grout
has collected, probably for the first time in America, Dicranum
longifolium var. subalpinum on Mt. Mansfield, Vt. :

Dr. C, E. Bessey spoke on sensitive stamens in Opuntia fragilis ;
in bright sunlight they were very noticeable, quite as much so as
in Portulaca, and were subsequently observed in another species.
Dr. Britton remarked on similar sensitiveness in the stamens of
the eastern Opuntia Opuntia.

Professor C. F. Wheeler remarked on two interesting species
of oaks, discovered by Mr. S. L. Alexander in the vicinity of Bir-
mingham, Mich., deferring critical dftermination of the species.

422

Remarks were made by Professor Britton, Mr. Alexander and Mr.
Moseley.

Mr. Albert F. Woods presented a note on a method of pre-
serving the green color of plant tissues especially to show contrasts
between green tissues and those of other colors. The method is
briefly to soak the material in a dilute glycerine solution containing
a little copper sulphate for several days or weeks, then, after

washing out the extra copper, mount the material in glycerine
gelatine hardened with formalin.

Tsurspay, AUGUST 12TH.

The President appointed a committee to nominate officers for
the ensuing meeting, and on the report of the committee the fol-
ing were unanimously elected: President, Professor Conway
MacMillan; Vice-President, Professor C. B. Waldron ; Secretary,
Mr, A. B. Seymour.

Professor A. D. Selby noted winter injury of plum and peach
trees in Ohio during the past winter. Plum trees that had been
defoliated in summer by Cylindrosporium Padi were severely dam-
aged by freezing ; more than 75 per cent. of three-year-old trees
of certain varieties were killed to the snow line; eight-year-old trees
had the bark separated from the trunk, chiefly on the south and
west sides.

Professor Selby also remarked that leaves of Av/anthus dropped
prematurely in June during and following the severe hot weather.
Angular areas became discolored and subsequently dropped out.
No parasite was found. It appeared referable to secondary effects
of insect puncture.

Professor V. M. Spaulding spoke of the formation of a botan-
ical garden at the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor, on the
campus, where some 300 herbaceous species are now in cultiva-
tion.

Dr. Rodney H. True discussed the causes of the nodding of
moss capsules.

Preliminary experiments directed toward determining the
causes and directive influences controlling the nodding of capsules
showed that in Minum cuspidatum the weight of the capsule has
no noticeable influence. The curvature seems to be a response to :

423

gravitation, and the direction of the plane in which the capsule
falls is determined by the direction of strongest illumination, the
capsule falling toward such source of illumination.

The Club then adjourned to meet next year with the Associa-
tion as usual.

Botanical Notes.

Lhe Plant World, an wdlustrated monthly Journal of Popular Bot-
any. The first number of this new serial will be issued October
1,1897. It will be a 16-page octavo, and will occupy an interme-
diate position between the technical botanical journals and the
smaller amateur publications. It will present the facts of plant life
in simple, popular language, and aim to interest those who desire
acquaintance with plants and their life history, but who have no
inclination for a systematic course of study. The editorial staff is
as follows: Editor-in-chief, F. H. Knowlton, Ph.D., U. S. Na-
tional Museum, Washington, D. C.; associates, Mr. Charles Louis
Pollard, Miss Clara E. Cummings, Mr. Walter Hough, Mrs. N. L.
Britton, Miss Josephine E. Tilden, Mr. A. W. Evans. The sub-
scription price is $1.00 a year. The publishers are Willard N.
Clute & Co., Binghampton, N. Y.

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Britten, J. and Baker, E. G. Houston’s Central American Legu-
minosae. Journ. of Bot. 35: 225-234. Je. 1897.

Brannon, M. A. The Structure and Development of Grinneliia Amer-
icana Harv. Ann. Bot. 11: 1-28. ff. 7-4. Mr. 1897.

Burrage, J. H. The adhesive Discs of Zrcita volubilis A. Juss. Journ
Linn. Soc. 33: 95-102. pl. 5. 1 Jl. 1897.

Call, R. E. Some Notes on the Flora and Fauna of Mammoth
Cave, Ky. Am. Nat. 31: 377-392. My. 1897.

Clarke, C. B. Distribution of three Sedges. Journ. of Bot. 35: 71-
73. Mr. 1897.

Clements, F. E. The Polyphyletic Disposition of Lichens. Am. Nat.
31: 277-284. Ap. 1897.

424

Clifford, J. B. Notes on some Physiological Properties of a Myx-
omycete Plasmodium. Ann. Bot. 11: 179-186. f. 3-5. Je. 1897.

Davis, B. M. The Vegetation of the Hot Springs of Yellowstone
Park. ©. Seience; 63.145-157:. f.. 2-7... 30 Jl. 1897.

Day, R. N. The Forces determining the Position of. Dorsiventral
Leaves. Minn. Bot. Stud. 1: 743-752. f/f. go. 31 My. 1897.

Dean, B. A California Marine Biological Station. Nat. Sci. 11:
98—45. -f. 7g. -jl. 1897.

Dietel, P. et Neger, F. Uredinaceae chilenses.—II. Engler’s Bot-
Jahrbiicher, 24: 153-160. 14 My. 18097.

Fink, B. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Lichens of Minnesota.
—II. Lichens of Minneapolis and Vicinity. Minn. Bot. Stud. 1:
703-725. 3t My. 3897.

Frankforter, G.B. The Alkaloids of Veratrum. Minn. Bot. Stud.
1: 1024-1043. 31 My. 1897.

Harper, R. A. Kerntheilung und freie Zellbildung im Ascus. Jahrb.
wiss. Bot. 30: 249-284. pl. 41, £2... 1897.

Heller, A. A. Observations on the Ferns and Flowering Plants of
the Hawaiian Islands. Minn. Bot. Stud. 1: 760-922. pl. 42-69. 31
My. 1897.

Holzinger, J. M. On some Mosses at High Altitudes. Minn. Bot.
Stud. 1: 739-742. 31 My. 1897. ‘

Holzinger, J. M. On the Genus Coscinodon in Minnesota. Minn. Bot-
Stud. 1: 753-759. pi. gz. 31 My. 1897.

Karsten, G. Notizen tiber einige mexikanische Pflanzen. Ber-
Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. 15: 10-16. p/, 2, 25 F. 1897.

MacMillan, C. Observations on the Distribution of Plants along
shore at Lake of the Woods. Minn. Bot. Stud. 1: 949-1023. fl. 70-
&r. 31 My. 1897.

Magnus, P. Ein auf Berderis auftretendes Accidium von der Ma-
gellanstrasse. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. I5: 270-276. pi. 10-
26 My. 1897.

Massee, G. A Monograph of the Geoglosseae,
906. pr 12, FF. Je. 1897.

Neger, F. W. Die Vegetationsverhiltnisse im nérdlichen Arauca-

nien (Flussgebiet des Rio Biobio). Engler'’s B
382-411. 24 N. 1896. gier's Bot. Jahrbiicher, 23 =

Ann. Bot. 14:225-—

425

Neger, F. W. Zur Biologie der holzgewichse im siidlichen Chile.
Engler’s Bot. Jahrbiicher, 23: 369-381. A/. 6. 24'N. 1896.

Parmentier, P. Recherches anatomiques et taxinomiques sur les
Onothéracées et les Haloragacées. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. (VIII.) 3: 65-
149. pl. 7-6. 1896.

Pound, R. and Clements, F. E. A Re-arrangement of the North
American Hyphomycetes. Minn. Bot. pind. 1: 726-738. 31 -My.
1897. :

Reiche, K. Zur Kenntniss der Lebensthatigkeit einiger chilenischen
Holzgewichse. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 30: 81-115. 1896.

Reinke, J. Untersuchungen iiber die Assimilationsorgane der Legumi-
nosen.—IV.-VII. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 30: 529-614. 7. 8-97. 18097.

Richards, H.M. Die Beeinflussung des Wachsthums einiger Pilze
durch chemische Reize. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 30: 665-688. 1897.

Rowlee, W. W. The Swamps of Oswego County, N. Y., and their
Flora. Am. Nat. 31: 690-699. Au. 1897:

Schneider, A. The Phenomena of Symbiosis. Minn. Bot. Stud. 1:
923-948. 31 My. 1897.

Slavicek, F. J. Morphologische Aphorismen iiber einige Coniferen-
Zapfen. O6esterrich. Bot. Zeitsch. 47 : 18-29. Ja. 1897.

Swingle, W. T. Zur Kenntniss der Kern- und Zelltheilung bei den
Sphacelariaceen. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 30: 297-350. f/. 25,76. 1897.

Urban, I. Additamenta ad cognitionem florae Indiae occidentalis—IV.
Engler’s Bot. Jahrbiicher, 24: 10-152. 14 My. 1897.

Webber, H. J. The two Freezes of 1894-95 in Florida, and what they
teach. Yearb, U. S. Dept. Agric. 1895: 159-174. pi. 7.f.7. F.
1896.

Went, F. A. F.C. Notes on Sugar-cane Diseases. Ann. Bot. 10:
583-600. pi. 26. D. 1896.

Whipple, G. C. Biological Studies in Massachusetts.—I.-II. Am.
Nat. 31: 503-508; 576-581. pl. 237, 4. 1897.

Whipple, G. C. Microscopical Examination of Water, with a de-
scription of a simple form of Apparatus. Science, 6: 85-89. 16 |
Jl. 1897.

426

White, D. The Development of exogenous Structure in the Paleozoic
Lycopods—a summary of the researches of Williamson and Renault.
Science (II.) 3: 754-759. 22 My. 1896.

Williams, F. N. A Revision of the Genus Sizene. Journ. Linn. Soc.
32: 1-196. 1896.

Wilson, G. Flora of Hamilton and Marion Counties, Indiana. Proc.
Ind. Acad. Sci. 1894: 156-176. O. 1895.

Wright, J. S. Botanical Products of ‘the United States Pharmacopoeia,
1890. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1894: 108-119. O. 1895.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 314.

VIOLA PORTERIANA POLLARD.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

No. 5.

[The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ]
VoLuME I,

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
CUBES) fie a en ae ee _. . . . 25 cents,

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L.
Britton.

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7zssa,
Adans. By N.cl: Britton €1880)7 7 2. es ee . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
(1889) 05 3. Sean ease oe eee eee on . . 25. cents.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
ock (1890), .. ea eae pds Sie acuee a4 ja es 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
ROBY ee ee eee 25 cents.
The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.
(6 a a ees 1. . 95 cents.
Notes on the North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
($800 ee ._. _25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
CS a a sy SG as eae oe es '. _. 95 cents,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
Ries (1892), ee eo a eee oo oe
A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus A/eibomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents
Vo.uME II. :
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in Nort
America. By N, L. Britton (1892),. ...--- 1; 4 | 2§ Cents
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
1 Britton. (1894),446 sn apo veer asiaks gia SG. SOs
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. ByN. L. Britton
(ee a 2 Oh aa
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L.
Brittem (i8e@) ioc hab i ee ak ees 25 cents,
A Preliminary List of American Species of /olygonum. By John K. pom
(8899) 3 bes er ee ee _. 25 ce
An aoe of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay,
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N.L. Britton, with the assistance of
Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), -- + - + set ue $1.50
Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John K, Smal
(180 On as 25 cents,
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton
(SI ee ee a wk ._. 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, III.—Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, . , 25 cents,
New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H H. eer (1893); 25 cents,
The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Ap geet
tem. By John K, Small (1893), . . - ++ -.- * 3 * .
Notes sige various Species pi gs ere and other Orders. By Thomas
Morne (1503), 6. 4 es Seeks aes + + +. 25 cents,
Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
eS ee eae ke bk See
Contributions to American Bryolony, TV. Notes on the North American

By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents. — =

_ Species of Orthotrichum—l

No. 45.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K.
Small (1804),..5 53 os Gee ae . 285 cents.
Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other
Species. By A. A. Heller (1894) ..... oes . . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
tons(1604); oa Ge Pe ae a aes . . 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American
Species of Weissia (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of
Cuscuta. By W. D. Matthew (1893),. ...... og, 25 cen
A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America. By Anna Murray Vail
CSO a ee ae es 25 cents.

VoLuME III.
Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.
OY eee ek ee _ 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.
By Hheahetr: G, “briton (i864), 0 ) oe Contes
New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
The Genus Cass¢a in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
A Revision of the Genus Zechea. By N. L. Britton (1894),. . 25 cents.
New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, ibe
COO i a es ee . . 25 cents.
A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By

Small (i804)5 fo 3 3s cae : ai ee 25 cents.
Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus-
Bruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth
OC. SHON TRON ee er Sa 25 cents.
The Smilaceze of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894)
eet = 25 cents.

A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lathyrus in North Asner By
25 cents.
: 3. 25 cents,
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. Sy John K. Smal}
2 eS oe Contes

Y, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents.

eet Sara
ah avn, eee eed See cae a |

An Enumeration of the Plants Collect “ae 5 ioe
A. and others, in Southeastern rani by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U.S.

N. L, Britton and T. H. Kearney, Jr.
Some new hybrid Oaks from the So

(2808), ee ae
Notes on some Florida Plants. By Geo. V Nash,

: ts.
An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. ih hae AE es darts He

Vail (1895). 50 cents.

_ By Albert Schneid ts.
mies! ‘ertheae North American Phanerogams, 1x DPN. ‘Britton
The Genus Cenchrus in North Aimerieg Sohal a 25 cents.

ies i eo. V. ;
wee the Botany of the Southeastern United Shiiea” : ype 2 ‘Smal
New or Noteworthy American Griaiet PRAY ra hein . 25 cents.

ibuti : trasses—I. By Geo. V. N: _2e cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Winsicos ce Bion 21895.) >
25 cents.

Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I, By Albert Sc’inei-

Ger (idee) 6 Ny ee ee See ee eS
A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail
(1396: jc eee cae are rae 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895).
25 cents.

Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896). 25 cents.
Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell.

(IBS0) ee ; 25 cents.
A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax-
ifragaceae. By Wm. E. Wheelock. ( 1896), we 25 cents,
A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), . 25 c' nts.

Notes on some Florida Plants. II. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), 25 cents,
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—V. By John K, —
wane: (3800). ce eos ne ; , oS a5 cents.
The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Sisyrinchium).

By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), . . : -a0 yah Centa,
New or noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), 25 cents.
O£n othera and its Segregates, By John K, Small (1896),. . . 25 cents.

A preliminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae. By A. J.

COME (380G ot ee epee ae 25 cents.

Revision of the Genus Asiminva in North America, By Geo, V. Nash (1896).

25 cents,

Notes on Potentilla,1.,1I. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) . . 25 cents.

A neglected Species of Oxa/is and its Relatives. By John K. Small (1896).

25 cents.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VI. By John K.

cmpead Gcad pe ee Cok? 5a aaa

Notes on Fotentilla—III. By P. A. Rydberg (1896). . ... 25 cents.

On a new Species of Scrophularia hitherto confounded with S. Afary-

landica. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896) .........- 25 cents.
VOLUME V.

The Genus Cefhalozia in North America. By L. M. Underwood (1896).

25 cents.

New and Noteworthy Species of Saxifraga. By John K: Small (1896).

25 cents.

Notes on Potentilla—IV. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) . 25 cents.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VII. By John

B. Sun (1806) os Se Cea BS Reo.

Notes on Fotenti/la—V. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) ..... 25 cents.

Reinke’s Discussions of Lichenology. By Albert Schneider (1896), 25 cents.
Two Nuttallian Species of Oxa/is. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents. —
The North American Species of Agrimonia.—Geum Canadense flavum
(Porter) Britton, a valid Species. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), 25 cents.
Terminology among the Orders of Thallophytes. By L. M. Underwood

CRBGG) oe eee ee . . 25 cents.
Notes on Fotentilia—VI. By P. A. Rydberg (1897),. . -.. 25 cents.
New and Noteworthy American Grasses, V. By Geo. V. Nash Sg Edie

25 cents.

An Apparently Undescribed Species of 7runus from Conneciicut. A new
Polygonum from Bolivia. The Relation between the Genera 7iysa-
nella and Polygonella as shown by a hitherto unobserved character. By —
John K, Smail (18973, : ee ee : ‘

Some New Fungi, chiefly from Alabama. By L. M. perspire. wid ag

An undescribed Zechea from Maine. By E. P. Bicknell (1897). 25 cents.

Chromatin-reduction and Tetrad-furmation in Pteridophytes. By Gary N.

Calkins (1897),. .... pee ta eg ad 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—IX. By John K.
Small (1897), oe 25 cents. ©

New or Noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo. V. Nash (1897), 25 cents.
Gyrothyra, anew Genus of Hepaticae. By Marshall A. gt ‘ 1897).

25 cents.

No. 119. The nature and origin of Stipules. By A. A. Tyler (1897),. . 50 cents.
No. 120. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—X. By John K,
Sinall (1807)i,. 5 ps Se Bd ah . . 25 cents,
Title-pages for Vols. I., [I., III. and IV. can be supplied.
The series as above listed will be supplied for $15. ;
Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,
may be had for $2. Address

PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD,
Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY.

A Text-Book —

General Lichenology

WITH DESCRIPTIONS AND FIGURES OF THE GENERA
_ OCCURRING IN THE
NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES.

BY

ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M.S., M. D.

The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a dis-

cussion of their Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to
the phenomena of symbiosis.

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net,
$3.80; in cloth, $4.25.
Sample pages will be sent on application.

Published by
WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY,

BINGHAMTON, N, Y.

Chapman’s Southern Flora.

Third Edition.
Sent postpaid on receipt of price, $4.00.

Published by

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

1286 Massachusetts Avenue, Opposite College Library,
Cambridge, Mass.

AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA

— OF THE —

NORTHERN STATES AND CANADA,
Westward to the 102d Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA.

By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN,
with the assistance of SPECIALISTS in various groups.

Lvery known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and FIG-
URED. Cuts, over 4,000. With Keys to species and genera, the Synonymy, the
English Names, the REVISED NoMENCLATURE, and revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE.
of Families,

The First complete ILLustRATED Manual of Botany published in this country.

For Students and all Lovers of Plants.

Vols. I. and II. now ready. Vol. III. will appear late in 1897.

Price, $3.00 per Volume.

Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers,

Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York,
or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York

COMMENTS ON VOL. I.

“The copy of your Illustrated Flora is a delight to me. You should have the
congratulations and thanks of every botanist everywhere.—Pror. Byron D, HALsTep,
Rutgers College.

“ Please accept my congratulations at having completed so useful and complete
a work. TI am using it with much profit and a great deal of pleasure.”—PRor. CHAS.
A. Davis, Alma College.

“T am so much pleased with the first volume of your Flora that I cannot refrain
from expressing my high appreciation of your work, and my congratulations on its fine
appearance.” Benj. H. SMITH, Philadelphia. :

“I have seen your first volume and am more than delighted with it, Itis so
good in every way that I am recommending it to every working botanical friend I
meet.”_-Rryv. W. M. BEAUCHAMP, Baldwinsville, N. Y.

“As we carefully study the beautifully printed pages of this work, we are more
and more impressed oie ite magnitude sind tauportatiese It will give renewed life and
vigor to systematic botany and doubtless will be the means by which many a student
will be led to the study of the more difficult families.”.—Pror. C. E. BrssEy in
American Naturalist.

_ “There is no work extant in the whole series of American botanical publications
which deals with descriptions of the flowering plants that can for a moment be com.
pared with it, either for a skillful and delightful presentation of the subject-matter or
for modern, scientific and accurate mastery of the thousand-fold mass of detail of
pire such a work must necessarily consist.” — Pror. ConwAyY MACMILLAN in

cence,

.__ “In the line of books bearing the stamp of scientific authority, and at the same
time adapted for lar use, this is unquestionably the best work ever issued on the
flora of any P< the United States.
Agriculture, Div, of Botany, Washington, D. C.

— FREDERICK V. CoviLtE, U.S, Dept. of

“Tt will be no exaggeration to pronounce this the most valuable contribution ever
made to American botany, so far as the area covered by Gray’s Manual—somewhat —
extended; s.". 4 The authors deserve the thanks of every botanist for this success
ful ending of a great task.”—Meehans’ Monthly, Philadelphia.

“This work should be in the library of all lovers and students of flowers; fot: +3
while it is the most exhaustive and complete work on systematic botany that has been -
published in this country, it affords at the same time an easy introduction to begin-
ners through its illustrations.’’— 7he Churchman, New York.

“We cannot too highly commend the volume before us, and no flower-lover catl
consider his library complete without it.’— The Advance, Chicago.

“The work should find an enthusiastic welcome in the private study, as well as oe
in the college class-room.’’—Chicago Tribune.

“4 book of rare excellence, doing on a much enlarged scale for this country what
is accomplished for Great Britain by Bentham’s Illustrated Flora. Besides the accu-
rate description, we here have an authentic portrait of every North American species.
The treatment is popular, but at the same time eminently scientific. A complete cy-

clopaedia of American systematic botany.”—PROFESSOR W, WHITMAN BAILEY, Of %
Brown University.

_‘‘As far as the present volume enables us to judge, we have here a treatise —
which will exert a wide influence in inducing large numbers of persons to make
botany within these limits a pleasant recreative study, and which will at the same

_ ‘' The work has finally appeared, and its friends have every reason to be proud of

it... .. Theillustrations . . . are remarkably clear and characteristic . . . and show
the salient features of the plants as well as any small figures can... . . This excel-
lent work will have a most pronounced effect in stereotyping this particular system
of nomenclature. ....

“T have had your first volume in hand for several months, and examined and re-
examined it with the greatest care. The more I use it the more it commends itself
to my favor.’”’-—Hon,. Davipb F. Day, Buffalo, N. Y.

“The appearance of the first volume of the “‘ Illustrated Flora ”’ ‘a disti

: , : é arks a distinct

advance in systematic botany, and in the literature of that st ih in Amesibe te

Set het lobe pager to pe | Cag ota the study of plants. The price is veTy

e for such a comprehensive volume, and e : scribe at

once for it."—American Journal of Pharmacy. very botanist should subscri a

“The work is going to do an immense amount of nod i izing syste- oe
matic botany, and arousing a greater interest in ude aude eee eon

WittraMs, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. . 3 .

‘‘T am delighted with it, and congratulate you on the succe hieved —
in the issue of this splendid volume. Your work cannot fant is ls epee g
ated by every botanist in the country, and to make the study of the science more _
popular than ever.’’"—Dr. Cas. Mor, Mobile, Ala. ae

__‘'The peculiarity of the book is that every species i . the e :
beter ag com ae of scope and inclusion oF the latest Sitation hue eee 3
be: cs it rae oc. value as a book of reference, while its moderate price _
: Lateas tay ot =~ of all botanical students. It fills a gap, accomplishing for —
The sical exeention. ferent hag Rind for Great Britain and northern Eurcpe-
alist, Boston. - wings is admirable.”’—- The Congregalion-

ESTABLISHED I851.

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & ai Third Ave,

Corner of 18th Street, NEW YORK. .

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES.”
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

EB. March’s Szline Chemical Stone oo
Ware. Be Lee. . .
‘Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically
Pure and Common Filter Paper.
Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome-
ters (Polariscopes). . eS
Prof, Jolly’s Specific Gravity see
ances, etc. oes
# Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co, ot
i Paris, Platinum.
ae Tronesdorff’s Cc. B Chemicals.
SPECIALTIES: : pacreeealenes Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass-
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate” Mortars, Pure

Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, ‘Copperware, _ iB
Burners and Combustion Pease, get and Chemicals for

Rigi Chemists. bio eka
"LABORATORY ouTFITS: ee . a

FERTILIZERS, “ASSAYERS, “UNIVERSITIES ax ‘COLLEG

| _ Gtass-Browine, ETcHinc, GRINDING. AND REPamRING.

; =r THE BULLETIN.
: ‘This journal has been published consecutively smce 1870, beginning with bin
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with
many full page illustr-tions were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.
Terms for Engiund and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for
England, Messrs. Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.
_ Back Numpers.—The BuLetin was published from 1870 to 1877, inclusive —
‘in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these’
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
-run on as one volume (Vo. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 16 have been indexed sepa- —
- rately, and a general index to Vols. 7 to 16 printed in pamphlet form, which may be had
tor 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 and 23 are indexed _
es ‘separately. Price of each $2.00, Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied complete. ~

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

< “The subscription irate is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers
can. cake be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Ta

omitted from this list cannot be had separately. :
Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Alge ntherths observed on the Coasts

- of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. ae
No. 3—An Enumeration of the Hepatic collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in
‘South sat inaehdeias with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. —
~ No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. é

Volume 2, No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding
Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents.

__ No, 2—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two = By Anna
eae) Vail igh ied rane Price, 75 cents,

_ No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Po/ la,
‘William E. Wheelock, Price, 75 cents. _ Bah i en
ar Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous ter
ritory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents.

au No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacee with illustrations of ali
the 5 ae By Thos. Morong. Price $2.00.

_ No. 3—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Boli I Bang.
By big ame Price, 50 cents. oe <6 Mee
fee. ( 0, 1.—Index Hepaticarum Part 1, Bibli hy. ucien M.
cag titan ‘Price, 75 cents. é bbliagrephe sat ft os
Vo, 2.—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia duri: the Season
Se tar John K. Small and ue Plante Vail. rae 50. Lavine

3 3—An - Enumeration of the ts collected in Bolivia b Migue, Bang—II
By Henry H - Rusby. Price, 50 cents, ney .
ni No. ee ypesee lass with three _—- ay Anna’ Stockton’ Pettit.

Vol. 24: -

SEPTEMBER, 1897.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

CONTENTS:

PAGE.

Revision of the Claopodiums: G. N. Best 427

Mesophyl of Ferns: Mary Elgin Gloss. . 432
A new Species of Bidens: Karl M. Wie-

gand + 436

PEE ee ee Oo wee oe a ee

Shrubs and Trees of the Southern States, 113 :

John K, Smatt ee re eee
fornia as Nictcredaad by Dr. W. idee
and the late Dr. Stizenberger: H.R.

ates

e - PAGE.

Titles of Papers read before the Section of
Botany, A.A.A-S., Detroit Meeting, Au-
gust, 1897 -

ie ae ve et

ners in Botany. 2 - + ee fn >

| Boranican Norss.—Fasciation: Ww

: ee A
Review. a aheianaly ‘Practice fie: ones vs

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

OFFICERS FOR 1897.

fresident,
_ HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Presidents,

1. KF. ALLEN, M. D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D.
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, : Dr. JOHN K. SMALL,
Normal College, New York City. Columbia University, New York City.
._ Editor, Treasurer,
IN. 1. BRITTON, ..Ph;: D_; HENRY OGDEN,

Columbia University, New York City. 11 Pine Street, New York City.

: : Associate Editors,
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Sc. D.

ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph, D., LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD, Px. D.. _
Curator, : Librarian,
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D.

Committee on Finance,
J. L KANE. WM. E. WHEELOCK. M D.

~~

Coasane om Admissions.

CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M.D.

319 E. 57th Street, New York City. 64 W. ssth Street, New York City. j
Library and Herbarium Committee, —
JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, HELEN M. INGERSOLL,
WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D., Rev. L. H. LIGHTHIPE.
; Committees on the Local Flora,

s), FREANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA,

Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, _ . ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,

N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., MARIA O, LE BRUN,

HH. RUSBY, M. D., - SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M. D.

- The Club meets regularly at Columbia University, 4gth Street and Madison Ave-
ee cane, ee ere on Wednesday of each month’ —
ts : except eal Jays — and siren. at 8 o'clock, P. M. Botanists are cor” =

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

vision of the Claopodiums.*

By G. N. Best.

Claopodium as a subgenus under Aypnum was established by
Lesquereux and James+ to include a few species found only in the
northwestern portion of the United States and the extreme south-
western portions of British America.

The Claopodiums occupy a position midway between the
Anomodons on the one hand and the 7huidiums on the other, dif-
fering from the former by their hypnoid capsules, from the latter
by the absence of filamentose paraphyllia and from both by their
thickened-papillate leaf-cells. Although closely related to both of
these genera it seems impossible to connect Claopodium with either
without doing injustice to its affinities. The better way therefore
is to allow it generic rank, as has already been done by Renauld
& Cardot, which it deserves equally as well as either Anomodon or
Thuidium.,

CLAOPODIUM Ren. & Card. Musc. Am. Sept. 50. 1893.
Plant small to quite large, growing on the ground, stones,
rocks or base of trees. Stems creeping, radiculose, stoloniferous ;
Paraphyllia when present squamiform; stem leaves triangular to
broadly ovate, long and narrowly acuminate, margins plane, den-

-* Based chiefly on specimens furnished by Columbia University, the Geological
Survey of Canada and by Mr. M. A. Howe. Iam indebted to Mrs. Britton for val-
—_ assistance in verifying synonyms and citations and in securing types.

__ +t Mosses of North America, 327. 1884. ras a iene

} :

428

tate-serrate, costa translucent; leaf-cells small, round-hexagonal
to rhombic, thickened-papillate on both surfaces; dioicous; pedi-
cels roughened; capsule horizontal; annulus compound; cilia
one to three; operculum long-conic to conic-rostrate; calyptra
cucullate; spores small, smooth.

Key to Species.
Plants small ; leaf-cells rhombic ; leaves not hair-pointed.
Plants dark green; leaves of terminal branches loosely spreading, two-ranked.

1, Whippleanum.
Plants yellow-green; leaves of terminal branches erect-spreading, not tw0-

ranked, 2. leuconeurum. -
Plants larger ; leaf-cells round-hexagonal ; leaves hair-pointed.
Leaf-cells stoutly unipapillate. 3. crispifolium.
Leaf-cells pluripapillate ; papillae small. 4. Bolandert,

1. CLaopopium WuIPPLEANvo (Sulliv.) R. & C.

Hypnum Whippleanum Sulliv. Pac. R. R. Rep. 4: 190. 1856.
Thuidium leskeoides Kindb. Bull. Torr. Club, 17: 277. 1890.

Claopodium Whippleanum R. & C. Musc. Am. Sept. 50. 1892.

In spreading mats, deep to dark green; stem 2-4 cm. long,
creeping, stoloniferous, flagellate, irregularly pinnately branched ;
stem leaves triangular to ovate-lanceolate, narrowly acuminate,
subdecurrent; margins plane, dentate below, sharply serrate
above ; costa subpercurrent; leaf cells linear-rhomboidal below,
irregularly quadrate-oblong at basal angles, indistinctly rhombic
above, usually densely thickened-papillate ; marginal curvilinear,
echlorophyllose; paraphyllia absent; terminal branches complan-
ate-foliate, leaves loosely spreading, narrowly lanceolate, indis-
tinctly two-ranked ; perichetial bracts oblong-lanceolate, filiform
acuminate, flexuous, denticulate-serrate, inner lightly costate;
pedicel roughened, subcygneus; capsule oblong-oval, rough, col-
lum distinct, horizontal, subpendant when empty; annulus early
deciduous; teeth whitish ; cilia 1~3, nearly or quite as long as

teeth ; operculum broadly conic, short beaked : spores .009-.011
matures in spring. 4

Shady clay ground, rarely on base of trees. Vancouver Island

(Macoun) ; California, coast ranges (Bigelow, Bolander, Howe)!
Type from California in Coll, Sullivant, Gray herbarium.
Ittust.—Sulliv. Pacif. R. R. Re

port,4: g.9. In part. 1856.
Exsic.—S, & L. Musc. Bor. Am. ed. 2s = oe a.

429

Rem.—Rudimentary leaves, nearly destitute of papillae, with
leaf-cells linear-rhomboidal and costa vanishing in the middle, are
not infrequent on stolons and flagellae.

2. CLAOPODIUM LEUCONEURUM (S. & L.) R. & C.

Thuidium leuconeurum S. & L. in Sulliv. Icon. Muse. Supp. 104.
1874.

Lypnum leuconeurum 1. & J. Mosses of N. A. 328. 1884.

Claopodium leuconeurum Ren. & Card. Musc. Am. Sept. 50.
1892,

In compact spreading tufts, yellow-green; stems 2-3 cm.
long; leaves of terminal branches appressed when dry, erect-
Spreading when moist, lanceolate, not two-ranked; inner periche-
tial bracts scarcely costate ; pedicel minutely roughened (smooth ?) ;
capsule small, oval; operculum long conic; in other respects as in
Claopodium Whippleanum, of which it appears to be a depauperate
form, growing in drier situations; matures in early spring.

On the ground and base of trees. California (Bigelow, Bolan-
der, Howe).

Type locality California. Type in Coll. Sullivant, Gray Her-
barium.

ItLust.—Sulliv. Pacif. R. R. Report, 4: p/. 9, in part (1856);
Sulliv, Icon. Musc. Supp. f/. 80 (1874).

Exsic.—S. & L. Muse. Bor- Am., 2 ed. No. 407°.

Rem.—A careful study of considerable material, including Nos.
407 and 407° of S. & L. Musc. Bor. Am., and also the types of
C. Whippleanum and C. leuconeurum, kindly loaned me by Dr. B. L.
Robinson, from the Sullivant Collection in the Gray Herbarium,
shows but little ground for their separation. In the notes which
accompany the types Sullivant admits that “they are very simi-
lar,” “they grow mixed together,” “ Hypnum Whippleanum may
have an annulus,” and that “it is difficult to distinguish them
without the fruit.” The character on which he puts most stress
is, as he claims, the rough pedicel of the former and the smooth
Pedicel of the latter, I have been unable to verify the correctness
of this observation, as I find the pedicels in both more or less
roughened, simply a difference in:degree; in the types this differ-
€nce is inappreciable.

Sullivant also claims that the leaves in C. euconeurum are not

430

“ bifariously disposed” as in C. Whippleanum. The leaves of the
stems and primary branches are not bifarious in either, but some-
what evenly distributed ; it is only the true terminal branches that
show this peculiar phyllotaxis. In the less developed forms these
are either absent, which is rarely the case, or so small as to be
easily overlooked, giving them a more strict appearance than they
would otherwise have.

In this connection reference may be made to a letter, which
accompanies the types, from Lesquereux to Sullivant, calling his
attention to the discrepancies to be observed in f/. 9, 4, of the
Pacif. R. R. Reports, suggesting that the lower figures represent
quite closely his Hypnum Bolanderi and the upper something else.
On the back of this letter Sullivant writes that while the four
upper figures do represent his new species, Hypnum leuconeurum,
the others are those of the true Hypnum Whippleanum, “ which
Lesquereux never saw!” It is difficult to decide whether Les-
quereux was right in his contention or not, but one thing is cer-
tain: the figures to which Sullivant refers as the wue Hypnum
Whippleanum are not drawn with his accustomed accuracy.

3. CLAOPODIUM CRISPIFOLIUM (Hook.) R. & C.

HHypnum crispifolium Hook. Musc. Exot. 1818.

HHypnum ramulosum Hampe in Muell. Syn. Musc. 2: 486.
1851. 3

Claopodium crispifolium R. & C. Musc. Am. Sept. 50. 1892.

Thuidium crispifohum Kindberg in Cat. Can. Plants, 6: 186.
1892.

In spreading mats, rufescent below, yellow-green above; stems
5-8 cm. long, creeping, stoloniferous, closely pinnately branched ;
branches simple or pinnate, spreading, attenuate, paraphyllia few,
Squamiform, serrate; stem leaves densely imbricated, when dry
crispate-incurved, when moist erect-spreading, incurved, abruptly
contracted above a broadly ovate auriculate-cordate decurrent base,
linear-lanceolate, crowded with a long serrate hyaline point; mar-
gins serrate-dentate, undulate-rugose; costa narrow vanishing in
the acumen ; leaf-cells small, round- quadrate, stoutly unipapillate
on both surfaces ; branch leaves similar but smaller ; pericheti
bracts loose, scarious, oblong to oblong-lanceolate, abruptly long

loricate-filiform acuminate Margins border
: , ed below by a narrow
band of rhombic-hexagonal celis, lightly costate; pedicel 234-3

431

cm. long, tuberculate, capsule narrowly oval-oblong, horizontal ;
annulus of three rows of cells, deciduous; teeth pale yellow; seg-
ments open; cilia two to three; operculum conic, long rostrate;
spores .O1I—.O0I13 mm.; matures in spring.

On rocks, stones and the ground, from British Columbia (Ma-
coun) southward to California (Howe) and eastward to Idaho
(Leiberg).

Type locality, west coast of North America (Menzies). Type
in the Hooker Herbarium at Kew! pe

Ittust.—Hook. Musc. Exot. 1: g/. 37. 1818. Schwaeg. Supp.

2; pt. 1, pl. 7437. 1824.

Rem.—tIt is impossible to make satisfactory references to
exsiccatae because of the confusion existing between Hypuum
ramulosum and H. crispifolium. Generally speaking, those bearing
the former name are Claopodium Bolanderi, but not invariably so.
In the set at hand, no. 405 S. & L. Muse. Bor. Am., Ed. 2, is this
species. Macoun Can. Musc. no. 275, in two sets, is C. créspt-
Solum.

4. CLaopopiumM BOLANDERI N. sp.

In thin spreading mats, rufescent below, green above; stems 3—
5 cm. long, creeping, stoloniferous, pinnately branched ; branches
simple, spreading, turgid, paraphyllia small, squamiform, serrate ;
stem leaves loosely imbricated, when dry crispate-incurved, when
moist erect-spreading, incurved, contracted above a broadly ovate
or triangular subauriculate-cordate decurrent base, lanceolate,
crowned by a long serrate hyaline point, margins crenulate-serru-
late, costa vanishing in the acumen; leaf-cells quadrate-hexagonal,
indistinct, thickened-pluripapillate on both surfaces, papillae small,
rounded, 2-5 to each cell; branch leaves smaller, ovate-lanceolate,
hair pointed; perichetial bracts erect-spreading, flexuous, oblong-
lanceolate, long loricate-filiform, acuminate, bordered below by a
narrow band of irregular cells; pedicel 1%4-2 cm. long, tubercu-
late ; capsule short, broadly oval to suborbicular; annulus broad,
deciduous; teeth pale yellow; cilia two to three, usually poorly
developed ; operculum conic-rostrate; spores .O10-.012 mm.;
Matures in late winter or early spring.

On rocks, stones, rarely on the ground, from Alaska (J. M.
Macoun) southward to California (Bolander) and eastward to Idaho
(Leiberg).

Type locality, Marin Co., California (Bolander). Type in the
Herbarium of Columbia University!

432

Rem.—A less developed form of the preceding but easily
separated from it by its smaller size, pluripapillate leaf-cells,
shorter pedicel, shorter and broader capsule and imperfect cilia.
The leaves are usually not so abruptly contracted above the base,
broadly ovate-lanceolate, the margins not rugose.

Comparisons kindly made by Mr. Gepp, of the British Museum,
verify the statement of Renauld & Cardot * as to the identity of
Hypnum ramulosum Upe. and H. crispifolium Hook., the types of
both being unipapillate. The type of Leskea /axifolia Hook. (/.
laxifolium Schwaeg.), loaned Mrs. Britton by the authorities at
Kew, is Brachythecium reflexum (W. & M.) Br. & Sch.

Rosemont, N, J.

Mesophyl of Ferns.

By Mary Etcin Gtoss.

While making a comparative study of the chlorophyl bearing
cells of plants, including ferns, I noticed what appeared to me to
be a marked resemblance between the sections of the leaves of two
species of Adiantum. As some species of Nephrolepis, Dryopteris,
and Polypodium show also peculiarities of structure characteristic
of each genus, I have tabulated the results of observations made
from February to May, 1897.

A study of the mesophy]l of ferns made from material from the
greenhouses near Evanston, and from the Missouri Botanical
Garden, affords some characteristic differences and resemblances.
In the species studied these seem to givea means of distinguishing
one genus from another, as the presence of chlorophyl in the
epidermis, the form and arrangement of the cells of the mesophyl,
the size of the air spaces, the number of cells in thickness of the
mesophyl, the presence of palisade tissue, and the number of cells
in its depth, seem to be constant through a genus.

Species were examined from the following genera: Adiantum,
Dryopteris, Asplenium, Nephrodium, Nephrolepis, Polypodium, Pteris,
Scolopendrium, and Blechnum. The sections were cut perpen-
dicular to the smaller veins of the fresh frond, and the comparison

* Muse. Am, Sept. 50. 1892,

433

made of parts midway between two well developed fibro-vascular
bundles.

In five species of Adiantum 1 found no palisade tissue. The
cells of both upper and lower epidermis contain chlorophyl. The
cells of the upper epidermis are irregular in shape toward their
lower side, extending down into the mesophyl. The air spaces
are relatively large and numerous. ‘The number of cells in thick-
ness of the mesophyl is two. I examined six species of Dryopieris
and found a palisade tissue of two layers of cells, sometimes
arranged perpendicular to the epidermis. Both layers of the epi-
dermis contain chlorophyl. The cells of the upper are sometimes
irregular in shape, where the palisade tissue is not arranged with
its longer axis perpendicular to the epidermis as in A. “ipéeron.
The air spaces are very large, extending through a depth of two or
even three cells, There are small air spaces all through the pali-
sade tissue. The number of layers of cells of the mesophy] is five.

In seven species of Nephrolepis the layers of palisade cells
have their longer axes parallel to the epidermis. There is no
chlorophyl in the epidermis except in WV. molle. There are a few
small air spaces in the palisade layers, while the air spaces directly
Over the stomata are not deeper than one cell, and in each case
are covered by one long cell or the protrusions of two. The cells
of the spongy parenchyma are about twice as long as the palisade
cells and lie parallel to them. The number of layers in the meso-
phyl is six, except WV. molle which has two, and JV. Phillipinensis,
five.

Three species of Polypodium have a palisade tissue of two
layers of cells. There is no chlorophy] in the epidermis, almost
No air spaces in the upper layers and very large spaces below,
often extending to the upper layer. There is no sharp distinction
between the upper and lower layers of cells in shape and size.
The number of layers of cells in the mesophy] is four.

In eight species of Pveris there is a palisade tissue of one
layer, in P. Cretica of three layers. In four species chlorophy]l is
Present in the epidermis, and in four there is no chlorophyl in the
epidermis. The air spaces are very large and numerous. The
Cells of the lower layers of the mesophyl are sinuous and very ir- =
regular in shape and size. The number of layers of cells in the

434

depth of the mesophyl is from four to six, except in P. cretica
which has ten.

Scolopendrium has no palisade tissue; has chlorophy! in the
epidermis ; has many large air spaces and irregularly shaped cells;
and nine layers of cells in the mesophyl.

Sachs says, “ According to Stahl the palisade cells constitute
that form of assimilating tissue, which is especially produced by
intense light striking the leaf directly, and leaves grown in the
shade produce chiefly or only spongy parenchyma.” In the ferns
I have examined the form of the cells of the mesophyl does not
seem to depend on the intensity of the light, as most ferns grow
naturally in diffuse light and the cultivated species which I have

sed were grown in the shade. In some of these ferns a marked
palisade structure is apparent as in Dryopteris falcata where it
consists of two layers of cells, of rectangular section; Pteris
aquilina has also two layers; Pteris sagittifolia has one \ayer ; Pteris
Cretica, three and Blechnum serrulatum,two. Intermediate between
this evident palisade structure and none at all, I find some which
have one or more layers of closely placed cylindrical cells, with
axes nearly equal. Polypodium aureum has two layers of these
cells. LPolypodium vulgare, grown in bright sunlight, and Nephro-
lepis exaltata have also two layers. Dryopteris Mexicana, D. Filix-
mas, Asplenium fabianum, Pteris serrulata, and all the five species
of Adiantum which I examined have no palisade parenchyma.
The palisade tissue could not have been formed by intense sun-
light, but rather it seems that the presence or absence of palisade
parenchyma is very nearly constant throughout each genus, that
is, it is a generic characteristic. ;

The ferns which have no palisade cells possess chlorophyl in the
epidermis. It may be that this chlorophyl in the upper epider-
mis takes the place of a palisade layer. Terlitaki in a paper on
Struthiopteris and Preris says that ferns are distinguished by the
presence of chlorophyl in the epidermis, Many of the ferns which
which I examined jhad chlorophyl in the epidermis layers, as the
genus Dryopteris, which had also a palisade tissue, and four spe-
cies of Pteris, Blechnum serrulatum, Scolopendium and Asplenium
There are, howeve?, many which have no chlorophyl in the epi-
dermis, as the genus Nephrolepis, Polvpodi

. Dieigoe These have without exception a palisade structure.

tum and four species of

435

From the species I have examined it appears, first, that in any
one genus the number of cells in thickness of the mesophyl is
constant; Adiantum, 2; Dryopteris, 5; Nephrolepis, 6 ; Polypodium
4. Second, the presence of chlorophyl in the epidermis is char-
acteristic of a genus. Adiantum and Dryopteris possess chloro-
phyl in epidermis and Nephrolepis and Polypodium do not. Third,
the relative size and shape of the air spaces is constant through-
out a genus. Fourth, the shape and arrangement of the cells are
somewhat constant. Fifth, the presence of palisade tissue and the
number of cells in its depth are constant through a genus.

These characteristics taken one with the other appear to form
a means sufficient to distinguish one genus from another.

No, Cells No, Cells Depth Chlor. Air
in in of ag Spaces
Mesophyl Palisade Frond Epidermis
PRES aot merrier meen neceie ——
Adiantum
Capillus-veneris 2 °o 106 Chlor. Large
tenerum 2 ° 27 Chlor. Large
pedatum 2 ° 70 Chlor. Large
trifidum 2 o 77 Chlor. Large
Nephrolepis ‘
molle 2 ° 110 Chlor. Small, very
Phillipinensi 5 2 IIo Chlor. Small, 1 cell
tuberosa 6 2 198 No Chlor. Small, x cell
davalloides 6 2 185 No Chlor, Small, 1 cell
Collengerii 6 2 176 No Chlor. Small, 1 cell
exaltata 6 2 176 No Chlor. Small, 1-2 cells
Polypodium
Bereumi 4 2 176 No Chlor. Large, very
vulgare 4 2 198° | No Chlor. Large
Teptans 4 2 132 No Chlor. Large
Dryopteris
Mexicana 5 2 171 Chlor. Large, very
Filix-mas x 2 146 Chlor. — Large, very
Thelypteris 5 2 143 Chlor. Large, very
triptera 5 2 114 Chlor. Large, very
falcata 6 2 440 Chlor. Large, very

Boranican LABORATORY, NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY,
EVANSTON, ILL.

436

A new Species of Bidens.

By Karu M. WIEGAND.

Field observations convinced me some time ago that there were
at least two distinct species included under 2. connata Muhl. In
order to determine accurately if this was indeed the case, consid-
erable material was collected during the summer of 1896, which
was carefully studied in connection with herbarium material from
various parts of the United States. The original supposition
proved to be correct, and in addition to the difference in general
appearance several less obvious but quite as important distinguish-
ing characters were discovered through the close examination of the
material. It is possible, therefore,at present to separate from 2. con-
nata thé form first noticed long ago by Dr. Gray and named by him
B. connata comosa in the fifth edition of the Manual, but which was
again later abandoned as not being sufficiently distinct from the
type. The difference in general appearance between ZB. connala
and #. comosa is very striking, the stramineous color of the stem,
foliaceous involucre and pale yellow flowers of the former being
quite in contrast to the purple stem, small involucre and orange
flowers of 4. connata. Mr. E. P. Bicknell writes me that he has
observed practically the same differences between the two species,
and I am much indebted to him for the use of his valuable field

notes. The following description has been prepared to bring out
more in detail the characters of this neglected species:

’ BIDENS CoMosA (Gray) n. sp.
’ B. connata var. comosa Gray, Manual, ed. 5; 261. 1867.

Stem 2-10 dm. high, rather strict and stout, stramineous, a
well as the comparatively short simple branches; leaves simple,

lanceolate or elongate-lanceolate, coarsely serrate with mostly
smaller and more ascending teeth than in B. connata
green, gradually tapering toward each :

broadly margined, connected at the base by a narrow ring, the

acute or slightly acuminate apex mostly entire and blunt, glabrous

except the margin, veins parallel, ascending, terminating either in
the teeth or sinuses; heads cymosely a

branches, therefore often appearing ciust

high by 15 mm. broad), densely flowered; outer involucre very

end; petioles short al

pale, dull

tranged on short stout
ered, large (12-15 mm.

437

large, the obtuse bracts spatulate or lanceolate, entire, serrulate or
dentate, 2-4 times the length of the head (in one case 5 cm. long);
corolla 4 mm. long, mostly 4-lobed, pale greenish-yellow, narrowly
funnelform, tapering gradually to the base; stamens and style in-
cluded ; achenes rather large (body 7-9 mm. long by 3 mm. broad),
evenly cuneate, very flat, scarcely carinate, glabrous and smooth
except the margin on which the retrorse hairs extend to the base,
dark greenish-yellow and often minutely dark dotted, flat or con-
vex at the summit; awns commonly three (two long and one
shorter), long, straight and stout (4-34 length of achene), equal-
ing or longer than the corolla.

Eastern States, westward to Illinois.

The stem and more slender branches of B. connataare purplish,
leaves more slenderly petioled, often 3-parted, more acuminate and
darker green; heads smaller, bracts of the involucre fewer, twice
the length of the heads or less, narrower; corolla deep orange
yellow, abruptly contracted below the middle and commonly 5-
cleft; stamens often exserted; achenes smaller, darker, often
strongly carinate, commonly hairy and tuberculate, margins with
mixed upwardly and downwardly directed or entirely erect hairs;

awns 2-4, shorter (1/—1% length of achene).
CORNELL UNIVERSITY.

Shrubs and Trees of the Southern States.—ll.

By Joun K. SMALL,
I. New anp Notewortuy SPECIES.

Tsuca Carotintana Engelm. Coult. Bot. Gaz. 6: 223. 1881.

Last fall I received specimens of this very ornamental hemlock
from two new localities in North Carolina. Mr. A. M. Huger
found groves of it at Banner’s Elk, Watauga County, at an eleva-
tion of 1300 meters and in the Linville Gorge, Burke County, at
about 575 meters above sea-level, the latter station, together with
that at Tallulah Falls, Georgia, and the New River, Virginia, rep-
resenting the lowest altitudes at which the species has been found.

HIcorta GLABRA (Mill.) Britton, Bull. Torr. Club, 15 : 284. 1888.

Among the many unique things that Stone Mountain affords
are some dwarf hickory trees, usually less than two meters in
height, bearing quite an abundance of fruit.

438

~ Quercus minima (Sarg.)

Quercus virens var. dentata Chapm. FI. S. States, 421. 1860.
Not Q. dentata Bartr. 1794.

Quercus Virginiana var. minima Sarg. SilvaN, A. ;101. 1895.

A low shrub forming wide patches by the extensive spreading
of the underground stems. Branches erect or ascending, less than
I meter tall, solitary or several together, simple, or branched
above; leaves firm, obovate or sometimes oblong to oblanceolate,
3-10 cm. long, acute or apiculate at the apex, repand-serrate, or
the upper ones sometimes entire, those of the shoots often lobed,
all glabrous or finely tomentose beneath, gradually or abruptly
narrowed into short petioles which vary from 2-5 mm. in length;
staminate aments very slender, 1-4 cm. long, tomentose; acorns
solitary or several at the ends of peduncles which vary from I-3
cm. in length, or sometimes sessile; cups turbinate-hemispheric,
about 1.5 cm. broad, white-tomentose, the bracts appressed, thick-
ened on the back, except near its edge where they form a fringe;
nuts ovoid or elliptic, 1.5-1.8 cm. long, dark brown, glabrous.

Sandy sterile pine barrens, Florida, chiefly near the coast.
Flowers in March and April; matures its fruit in the fall.

This peculiar oak cannot pose as a variety of Quercus Virgint-
ana under any reasonable considerations, It may be of interest
to note that it bears much the same relation to Quercus Virginiana
as Castanea nana does to Castanea pumila or Castanea dentata.
The habit of Quercus minima, with its underground stems, and
low erect branches which are usually much less than one meter in
height, is enough to separate it specifically from the gigantic forest
tree Quercus Virginiana. In addition to ‘the differences in habit
just mentioned, the leaf types are characteristic and the nerves in
the leaves of Quercus minima are much more prominent than they
are in the live oak. The cups seem to furnish a diagnostic char-

acter, those of the Quercus minima being of a turbinate type, while
those of Quercus Virginiana are hemispheric.

V QUERCUS GEMINATA n. sp.

_ A shrub or small tree, 2-5 meters tall, with a maximum trunk
diameter of about 15cm. Leaves narrowly oblong, elliptic, or ob-
long-oblanceolate, 3-6 cm. long, entire, obtuse or apiculate,
strongly revolute, mostly gradually narrowed at the base, glab-_
rous and parchment-like above, finely tomentose and pe ;
ously rugose by the prominent nerves beneath ; petioles 2-6 mm.

439

long; flowers not seen; acorns usually 2 at the end of a pedun-
cle, which varies from 1-4 cm. in length; cups turbinate, 1 cm.
broad, tomentose, the bracts appressed, slightly thickened near
the base of the cup, fringed at the edge; nuts ovoid or narrowly
oval, I-1.7 cm. long, twice or thrice as long as the cups.

Sandy soil, chiefly in the scrub, Florida. Flowers in spring
and matures its fruit in the fall.

Mr. Nash, who collected and observed this plant during the
Seasons of 1894 and 1895, assures me that it is perfectly distinct
from its relatives. This is doubtless a fact, and both the foliage
and fruit furnish excellent characters. The very prominently ru-
gose lower leaf-surfaces and the strongly revolute leaf-margins have
no parallel in Quercus Virginiana. The acorns are always borne in
Pairs at the ends of short stout peduncles; the turbinate cups
with their constricted bases are diagnostic. :

“ CELTIS GEORGIANA N. Sp.

_A diffuse shrub with slender often 2-ranked branches, the leafy
twigs more or less pubescent. Leaves ovate, 2-5 cm. long, aver-
aging 2.5 cm. in length, or those on vigorous shoots sometimes
6 cm. long, acute, entire or sharply serrate above the middle, in-
equilateral, rounded or truncate at the oblique base, dark green,
Scabrous and occasionally sparingly pubescent above, paler and
glabrous beneath, except for a few hairs on the nerves; petioles
1.5-4 mm. long, pubescent; pedicels usually slightly curved, 1.5—
4 mm. long, pubescent; drupes subglobose, sometimes broader
than long, 6-7 mm. in diameter, tan-color, smooth and glabrous,
Or sometimes glaucous ; seeds obovoid-globose.

Along or near streams, north-central Georgia. Flowers in the
Spring; matures its fruit in September.

Collected by the writer, first in the Yellow River Valley, near
McGuire's Mill, Gwinnette County, in 1893, and in succeeding
years at many points about Stone Mountain and the contiguous
region.

A low species related to Celtis pumila, from which it may be
distinguished by its smaller merely acute leaves, the very short

Pedicels and the smaller tan-colored drupes.

v,
Certtis HELLERI n. sp..

A much branched, wide spreading tree, sometimes 10 meters
tall with a maximum trunk diameter of 1.5 meters. Bark of the

440

trunk and main branches with numerous corky warts; leaves

rather firm, the blades ovate to oblong, 4~7 cm. long, obtuse or

acute, crenate-serrate, especially above the middle, rounded or

subcordate at the base, deep-green and scabrous-pubescent above,

pale and tomentose beneath, slightly inequilateral, oblique at the

base; petioles stout, 3-4 mm. long, tomentose; pedicels sparingly

pubescent, curved, I-1.5 cm. long; drupe subglobose, 7-9 mm. in

diameter, light-brown, translucent, smooth and shining; seeds
globose, strongly 4-ribbed, prominently reticulated.

In dry ground near San Antonio, Texas.

A rather low tree with a short stout trunk varying from .5—I.5
meters in diameter, and a wide spreading top. The branches are
numerous and bulky. The original specimens were gathered by
Mr. Heller from trees growing in a strip of woodland between
the city of San Antonio and the San Antonio River, Texas, no.
1587.

TOXYLON POMIFERUM Raf. Am. Month. Mag. 2: 118. 1817.

Years ago the osage orange was planted on Paris Mountain,
South Carolina, for hedges and for ornamental purposes. For -
many years the settlements have been neglected and deserted and
the tree has spread and established itself in an astonishing manner,
now appearing as if indigenous.

ALBIZZIA JULIBRISSIN Durazz. Mag. Tosc. 3: 11. 1772.

Although not indigenous, this tree now appears as if it were
native in the southern states. It grows along roadsides and here
and there through the pine woods much as the honey locust (Glea-
ttsia triacanthos) does in many localities. It ranges from North
Carolina to Georgia, Florida and Alabama, where Prof. Underwood

collected specimens during the past summer. It is quite abundant
in southern Georgia.

AMORPHA VIRGATA Small, Bull. Torr. Club, ar: 17. pl. 171. 1894-
In the spring of 1896 Dr. Charles Mohr sent me a specimen of
Amorpha virgata from the mountains of Madison county, Alabama, —

thus extending the known geographic range of the species from

Stone Mountain, Georgia, to northern Alabama, Dr. Mohr gives” 3
the altitude of this locality as 350 meters.

different points along the eastern section of the Blue Ridge dur- .

While collecting at —

441

ing the summer of 1896, I was surprised to find the species both
on the slopes and summit of Paris Mountain near Greenville, and
on the slopes of Table Mountain. At the former locality it oc-
curred at an altitude of about 500 metres, and on Table Mountain
it ranged from 800-900 meters. Its characters hold perfectly.

LoniceRA FLAVA Sims. Bot. Mag., p/. 7378. 1810.

About two years ago I recorded* several new localities for this
handsome honeysuckle. Further exploration of the southern end
of the Blue Ridge has revealed additional stations. In the sum-
mer of 1894 I found some bushes on the upper slopes of Currahee
Mountain, an isolated peak near Toccoa, Georgia, and a little later
Noticed several bushes on Stone Mountain. During the past sum-
mer I collected it on Paris Mountain, South Carolina, the original
locality, where it grows at several points along the rocky summit,
and later discovered a new station on the precipitous cliffs of Table
Mountain, in the same state. At the latter place the shrubs were
. More robust and vigorous than at any of the other stations.

The finest flowering specimens I have ever seen were sent me
by Mr. A. M. Huger, who secured them on Tyron Mountain, Polk
County, North Carolina, last spring. Mr. Huger’s discovery ex-
tends the range of the species into another state, but although we
now have specimens showing the species to range from North
Carolina to Georgia, it is not common at any of the localities, a
few bushes only existing at the different places.

II. Tot Genus GAYLUSSACIA IN THE SOUTHERN STATES. ~

During several seasons I have had ample opportunity to study
this imperfectly understood group in the field and have made ob-
Servations on all except one of the species recognized in the ap-
pended revision. As far as I can see, the forms hitherto con-
Sidered as varieties of other species are abundantly distinct and
should be treated as species. Mr. Nash came to the same con-
clusion during his field-work in Florida. The diagnostic char-
acters are brought out in the following key and descriptions.

* Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 305.

442

Corolla campanulate or globose campanulate ; leaves destitute of sticky resin,
Stems horizontal, underground, the branches erect.
Pubescence consisting of gland-tipped hairs.

Twigs and racemes pilose. : I. G. dumosa.
Twigs and racemes bristly-hispid. 2. G. hirtella.
Pubescence consisting of simple non-glandular hairs.
Leaves glaucous, glabrous or nearly so. 3. G. nana,
Leaves densely tomentose, especially beneath. 4. G. tomentosa,
Stems erect, the branches spreading.
Leaves leathery, obtuse or retuse; drupe glaucous, 5. G. frondosa,
Leaves thin, acuminate and apiculate; drupe black. 6. G. ursina.
Corolla conic; leaves sticky with a resinous secretion. 7, G, resinosa,

1. GayLussacia DumosA (Andr.) T. & G.

Vaccinium dumosum Andr. Bot. Rep. 8: 112. 1794.

Gaylussacia dumosa T. & G.; A. Gray, Man. 259. 1848.

A low shrub, 1-5 dm. tall, with underground stems and erect
solitary or tufted branches; the twigs, leaves and inflorescence
glandular-pilose. Leaves leathery, the blades oval, obovate or ob-
lanceolate, rarely linear-oblanceolate, 2-4 cm. long, apiculate at
the apex, ciliate, short-petioled, deep green above, paler beneath ;
calyx glandular, about 5 mm. broad, the segments triangular oF
triangular ovate, acute, about as long as the tube; corolla cam-
panulate, 5-6 mm. long, white or pink, wax-like, the segments —
broadly ovate, more or less recurved and revolute; filaments short,
pubescent; anthers longer than the filaments, prolonged into fili-

form tubes; drupe globose, black, 6-8 mm. in diameter, commonly
somewhat pubescent.

In sandy soil, Newfoundland and along the coast to New
York, south to eastern Pennsylvania, North Carolina, Florida and
Louisiana. Spring; matures its fruit in the summer.

2. GAYLUSSACIA HIRTELLA (Ait.) Klotzsch.
Vaccinium hirtellum Ait. Hort. Kew. Ed. 2. 2: 357. I8ii.
Gaylussacia hertella Klotzsch, Linnaea, 14: 48. 1840.
Gaylussacia dumosa var. hirtella A. Gray, Man. 259. 1848.

A shrub, with underground stems, the branches, twigs and in-
florescence bristly-hispid, the tips of the hairs with minute glands; _
leaves firm, the blades oblanceolate-spatulate or elliptic, 3-6 cm. —
long, apiculate, glandular-ciliate sparingly hispid above, short-—
petioled ; racemes many-flowered ; calyx hispid, 6 mm. broad, the —
segments triangular, rather acuminate, about as long as the tube; —
corolla broadly campanulate, 7-8 mm. long, the segments broader :
than long, the tips recurved, the edges revolute ; filaments short,

443

pubescent; anthers longer than the filaments, prolonged into fili-
form tubes; drupe not seen.

In sand, Florida to Louisiana. Spring; fruit ripe in the
summer.

Certainly distinct from Gaylussacia dumosa, from which it dif-
fers in habit, size and leaf characters. The pubescence is always
diagnostic, the corolla is larger and much thinner than that of G.
dumosa, while the calyx-segments are longer and usually acumi-
nate.

v3. GAYLUSSACIA NANA (A. Gray).

Gaylussacia frondosa var. nana A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. A. Ed. 2.
a: Fe 1, 300. teeo :

A low glaucous shrub 1~4 dm. tall, spreading by underground
stems. Leaves leathery, the blades elliptic, obovate or nearly
spatulate, 2-3 cm. long, obtuse or minutely apiculate at the apex,
glaucous on both sides, becoming bright green above, prominently
Tugose and sprinkled with amber-colored resin beneath, short-
petioled ; racemes few-flowered ; pedicels slender, puberulent when
young; calyx glabrous, 3 mm. broad, the segments triangular,
acute, about as long as the tube; corolla globose-campanulate,
3 mm. long, the segments ovate, acutish, longer than broad; fila-
ments short, glabrous; anthers longer than the filaments, pro-
longed into slender tubes; drupes subglobose, 6-7 mm. in
diameter, rather dry, glaucous.

In sandy pine barrens, Georgia to Florida and Alabama.
March to April; matures its fruit in the summer.

Easily distinguished from Gaylussacia frondosa, with which it
has been associated, by its very glaucous foliage and strongly
rugose and much smaller leaves, besides its peculiar underground
stems.

4. GAYLUSSACIA TOMENTOSA Pursh.

Gaylussacia frondosa var. tomentosa A. Gray. Syn, Fl. N. A. 2:
PL tr, 190 4998. ,

Gaylussacia tomentosa Pursh; A. Gray. Syn. Fl. N. A. 2: Pt.
1,19. Assynonym. 1878.

A low shrub, spreading by underground stems, the foliage
tomentose with brownish hairs. Leaves leathery, the blades
oblong or elliptic, often slightly broadest above the middle, 2.5—7

cm. long, obtuse and apiculate at the apex or sometimes notched,
brown-tomentose on both sides, densely so beneath, short-petioled;

.

444

racemes few-flowered ; pedicels I-1.5 cm. long, much longer than
the bracts; calyx glabrous, about 3.5 mm. broad, the segments
ovate, acute, about as long as the tube; corolla campanulate, 3.5
mm. long, the segments ovate, obtuse, about as long as broad, the
tips recurved, the edges revolute; filaments dilated, glabrous;
anthers longer than the filaments, prolonged into slender tubes;
drupes depressed-globose, 8-9 mm. in diameter, glaucous.

In sandy soil, Georgia and Florida. Spring; matures its fruit
in the summer.

Like the preceding species, Gaylussacia tomentosa has under-
ground stems, but it differs from it in the brown-tomentose foliage,
more robust habit, larger leaves and different leaf-form. The fruit
of G. tomentosa is larger and much more fleshy than that of G. nana.

5. GAYLUSSACIA FRONDOSA (L.) T. & G.

Vaccinium frondosum L. Sp. Pl. 351. 1753.
Gaylussacia frondosa T. & G.; Torr. Fl. N. ¥.,1: 449. 1843

: An irregularly branched shrub 1-2 meters tall, with puberulent
twigs and young leaves. Leaves firm, the blades oblong-oblan-
ceolate, ovate, oval or obovate, obtuse or notched at the apex,
delicately revolute, short-petioled, bright green and glabrate above,
glaucous and sprinkled with minute golden globules of resin be-
neath; racemes loose; pedicels long and slender; calyx gla-
brous, 3-4 cm. broad, the segments triangular, acute or acutish,
about as long as the tube; corolla globose-campanulate, about 4
mm. long, green to purplish, the segments triangular, broader
than long, recurved and revolute; filaments dilated, glabrous; an-
thers longer than- the filaments, prolonged into slender tubes;
drupe globose, 8-10 mm. in diameter, with a pale bloom.

In sandy soil, New Hampshire, south to Florida, Kentucky
and Louisiana. Spring; matures its fruit in the summer.

6. GayLussacIA ursINA (M. A. Curtis) T. & G.

Vaccinium ursinum M. A. Curtis, Am. Journ. Sci. 44: 82. 1843.

Gaylussacia ursina T. & G.; A. Gray, Mem. Am. Acad. (IL)
3: 49. 1840,

A straggling branching shrub, 6-15 dm. tall, with sparingly
pubescent twigs and young foliage. Leaves thin, the blades ob-
long, elliptic or oblanceolate, usually rhomboidal, 4-10 cm. long,
usually short-acuminate; apiculate, ciliate, deep green above, palef
beneath, pubescent on the nerves on both sides, obtuse or rounded |
at the base, short-petioled ; flowers few, in lateral somewhat droop
ing racemes ; calyx with numerous golden glands, about 3 mm.

445

broad, its 5 segments very low, obtuse, several times shorter than
the tube ; corolla globose-campanulate, greenish-white or tawny-
red, about 4-5 mm. long, its segments triangular, acutish, recurved,
revolute; filaments dilated, pubescent, incurved at the apex, longer
than the anthers which have short tubes at the apex; drupe glo-
bose, 10-12 mm. in diameter, black, shining, sweet.

In deep forests on the mountains, North Carolina to northern

Georgia. Spring; matures its fruit in the late summer.

7. GAYLUSSACIA RESINOSA (Ait.) T. & G.

Vaccinium resinosum Ait. Hort. Kew. 2: 12. 1789.

Gaylussacia resinosa T. & G.; Torr. Fl. N. Y. 1: 449. 1843.

A rigid branching shrub 3-12 dm. tall, its twigs and foliage
more or less pubescent and sticky with a resinous secretion when
young, leaves firm, the blades elliptic, oval or oblong, sometimes
broadest above the middle, firm, obtuse or apiculate, entire, cilio-
late, short petioled ; flowers in lateral drooping racemes; pedi-
cels 2-8 mm. long, usually with two narrow bracts; calyx about
2 mm. broad, its 5 segments ovate, obtuse, about as long as the
tube ; corolla obconic, red or reddish-green, 5-6 mm. long, more
or less constricted near the apex, the segments ovate, spreading or
recurved, revolute, obtuse; filaments winged, pubescent, shorter
than the anthers, each cavity of which is prolonged into a tube;
drupes globose, 6-10 mm. in diameter, black or rarely white,
Sweet.

In rocky woods and hillsides, Newfoundland to the Saskatche-

wan, south to Georgia. Spring; matures its fruit in the summer.

New Species of Lichens from Southern California as determined by
Dr. W. Nylander and the late Dr. Stizenberger.

By H. E. HASSE.

PARMELIA SUBOLIVACEA Nyl.

Thallus similar to P. olivacea (L.) Ach., but differing in size of
Spores, these being 8-9 by 5 mic., and also in the spermatia.
On rocks, San Gabriel Mountains at 1500 meters alt. July,

1894.
: HEPpPIA TERRENA Nyl.

Thallus monophyllous, round, olive green, with repand border ;
apothecia single in the fronds, circular, depressed, dull red ; spores
colorless, globular, 4 mic. in diameter.

446

On earth, San Gabriel Mountains, ascending to 1500 meters
alt.; also near Santa Monica. August, 1896.

LECANORA PLEISTOSPORA Ny].

Thallus of separate pruinose rounded squamules light brown;
apothecia from urceolate to open, flat, black or pruinose with
cinerescent-scales that also cover the thick prominent entire or
crenulate margin ; spores minute and numerous; paraphyses thick,
agglutinated, with round light brown apices; hypothecium color-
less. Hym. Gel. J.+ faintly yellow.

On clay soil near Soldiers’ Home, Los Angeles Co. May,
1896.
LECANORA PLEOISPORA Nyl.

_ Thallus of rounded, separate or approximate and angular
squamules, dull brown, with whitish furfuraceous scales; apo-
thecia from urceolate to open, flat, disk dull black and the thick
margin clothed, as is the thallus, with cinerescent scales; spores
about 40 in asci, globular, 10 to 12 mic. in diameter ; paraphyses
slender, separate, with yellowish apices; hypothecium colorless.
Hym. Gel. J. + faintly yellow.

On clay. Original locality San Gabriel Mountains, at 700 :
meters. August, 1896. :

LECANORA REDIUNTA Stiz.

Thallus crustaceous, rimose, areolate, whitish and cinerescent;
apothecia black, pruinose, convex; margin entire, prominent of
finally nearly disappearing; spores fusiform, blunt-po‘nted, color-
less, 3-septate, slightly convex, 24 by 5-6 mic.; hypothecium
brown. Hym. Gel. J. + yellowish.

On various barks. Original locality Santa Catalina Island.

January, 1895. Also on the mainland near the coast on Umbel-
lularia Californica. :

LECANORA OBPALLENS Nyl.

Thallus cartilaginous of small rounded separate rugulose
squamules, light chestnut, K—CaCl—; apothecia flat, black,

with a prominent crenulate thalline margin; spores minute and
numerous,

On earth. Santa Monica Range, near Soldiers’ Home, Los
Angeles Co. November, 1896.
LeEcANoRA (PLACODIUM) SUBPYRACEELLA Nyl.

Thallus pulverulent, ochroleucous scaly, or evanescent; @P*

447

thecia small, disk dull orange, with a thin entire raised margin of
lighter color; spores 20-24 mic., I-septate with approximate cells.

On earth near Santa Monica. November, 1896.

LECANORA STENOSPORA Stiz.

Thallus cartilaginous, in the centre of separate rounded or ap-
proximate, then angular convex squamules; those at the circum-
ference extending into short broad contiguous rounded lobules,
citrine yellow; apothecia small depressed becoming flat and
superficial, immarginate ; spores minute and numerous; para-
physes short, thick, agglutinated. Similar to L. chlorophana
Tuck. but this has a thalline margin and long slender sepa-
rated paraphyses.

On granite, San Gabriel mountains, from 1600 meters upward.
July, 1894.

RINODINA ANGELICA Stiz.

Thallus cartilaginous, rimose-areolate, the areoles ample and
at the circumference lobed, light grayish flesh colored, upon a
black hypothallus; apothecia prominent with a thick entire or
Crenulate thalline margin, disk brown-black; spores I-septate,
brown, blunt, ellipsoid, 28 by 12 mic.; hypothecium colorless.

Rocks, frequent, ascending to 1800 meters altitude.

LECIDEA DOLODES Nyl.

Thallus of small convex distinct squamules, becoming crenate
and imbricated, light chestnut color; apothecia black with a
raised somewhat lighter colored margin, flat to slightly convex
and immarginate; spores simple, globular, in tubular asci, 7-9
mic. in diameter; paraphyses distinct, capillary.

On bark of Aédies, San Gabriel mountains, at 2000 meters alt-
August, 1896.

LECIDEA SUBPLEBIA Nyl.

Thallus pulverulent, rimose-areolate, duli white, K—CaCl— ;
apothecia from flat to slightly convex, black, with a thin crenu-
late black margin, this finally disappearing ; spores 10-12 by
6-7 mic., simple; hypothecium colorless; paraphyses articulate
with small globular heads.

On earth and calcareous pebbles near Santa Monica. Novem-
ber, 1896.

LecipEA CATALINARIA Stiz.

Thallus of subglobular entire or crenulate globules, distinct or
approximate, pale citrine yellow; apothecia small to middling,

448

flat, with a thin entire or slightly sinuate margin, becoming convex,
conglomerate, and the margin disappearing ; spores ovoid, ellip-
soid, 14-18 by 9-10 mic., colorless; paraphyses with dark glob-
ular agglutinated heads; hypothecium brown.

On sandstone, Catalina Island. January, 1895.

LecipEA (BIATORA) PHAEOPHORA Stiz.

Thallus pulverulent, dirty white, rimose; apothecia slightly
convex, contiguous and angular by approximation, dull flesh color,
the thin lighter margin disappearing; spores blunt, ellipsoid,
colorless, 16 by 7 mic.; hypothecium colorless.

Rocks, Catalina Island. January, 1895.

LECIDEA SQUALIDA PERSIMILANS Nyl.

Thallus of turgid convolutions forming rugulose cushions,
light olive green; apothecia prominent, flat and medium
size with a thin margin, becoming large, convex, subglobular, con-
torted and lobed, the margin disappearing, black with a brownish
bloom; spores acicular, thickened at one end, straight or slightly
curved, 60 by 5-6 mic., 5—8-septate, colorless.

Earth on rocks. San Gabriel Mountains at 1800 meters alt -
August, 1896.

ARTHONIA SUBDISPUNCTA Ny].

Thallus whitish, cinerescent, finely furfuraceous; apothecia
roundish or oblong, slightly elevated, black; spores 1-septate,
obovate, colorless, 11 by 4 mic.

On the stalks of Leptosyne gigantea Kellogg, at Point Dumas
near Santa Monica. (This is also a new station for that composite

in Los Angeles county, it being heretofore accredited solely to
Catalina Island.)

VERRUCARIA PLUMBARIA Stiz.

Thallus of white appressed scales, forming an ashy gray,
smooth surface, bordered by a narrow rim of black hypothallus; —
apothecia black, small, shining, subglobular with a minute orifice
at apex; perithecium dimidiate; spores ellipsoid, acute at both —
ends, 14-16 by 5 mic., each spore-cell constricted, colorless, 12
tubular spore-sacs; paraphyses eapillary, distinct.

On Quercus agrifolia and other barks, abundant. Near Santa
Monica.

VERRUCARIA INDUCTULA Nyl.

Thallus smooth, rimose-areolate, dull brownish; apothecia
elevated, pustular, entirely covered by thalline structure ; perithe-

449

cium dimidiate ; spores colorless, muriform 32 by 14 mic; para-
— capillary; hypothecium colorless, K—, CaCl—, J+ ; spores
yellow.

On shale, Santa Monica Range.

VERRUCARIA SUBMURALIS Ny].

Thallus rimose-areolate, dull olive green to blackening; apo-
thecia prominent, the bases covered by thallus; perithecium black,
exposed at apex, with minute aperture, dimidiate; amphithecium
brown ; spores obovoid, ellipsoid, colorless, simple, 32 by 14 mic. -
Hym. Gel. J. + vinous; spores yellow.

On granite, San Gabriel Mountains at 1500 meters alt. July
1884,
VERRUCARIA SQUAMELLA Nyl.

Thallus of small crenate lobulated imbricated dull greenish
squamules ; apothecia innate, one to several in each squamule, the
orifice indicated by a minute dark dot; spores simple, oblong,
ellipsoid, colorless, 20-24 by 8 mic.; paraphyses indistinct.

On shaded earth among moss near Santa Monica. February,

1897.

The Botanical Society of America.

The third annual meeting was held at the University of To-
ronto on Tuesday and Wednesday, August 17 and 18, 1897, under
the presidency of Prof. J. M. Coulter.

The address of the retiring president, Prof. C. E. Bessey, on
“ The Phylogeny and Taxonomy of the Angiosperms,” was de-
livered on Tuesday evening.

The following were elected active members: Bradley Moore
Davis, University of Chicago; Sir William Dawson, Montreal ;
Dr. James Ellis Humphrey, Johns Hopkins University; Prof-
Daniel T. MacDougal, University of Minnesota; Prof. Fred-
erick C. Newcombe, University of Michigan; Prof. Henry H.
Rusby, New York College of Pharmacy; Prof. Harry L. Rus-
sel; University of Wisconsin; Dr. Joseph N. Rose, U. S. National
Museum; Mr. Walter T. Swingle, U. S. Department of Agricul-
ture.

The report of the Treasurer showed a balance of $684.15.

eri

450

Titles of the papers read are as follows:

«A Case of Ecblastesis and Axial Prolification in Lepedium
apetalum,’ by B. 1. Robinson.

“Movement of Protoplasm in coenocytic Hyphae,’ by J. C.
Arthur.

“The Pollen Grain and the Antipodal Region,’ by John M.
Coulter.

« The Transition Region in the Caryophyllales,” by Frederick
FE, Clements, presented by Prof. C. E. Bessey.

«A Revision of the Species of Picea occurring in Northeastern

North America,” by D. P. Penhallow.

: « Account of a recent Visit to the Island of Jamaica, and a
Discussion of the Availability of that Island as a Location for a
proposed Botanical Laboratory,” by D. T. MacDougal and D. H.
Campbell.

« Spermatozoids in Zamia,” by H. J. Webber (by invitation of ©
the Council).

“ Bibliographical Difficulties,’ by Edward L. Greene.

Officers for the next year were elected as follows: President,
N. L, Britton ; Vice-President, J. C. Arthur; Secretary, Charles R. ©
Barnes; Treasurer, Arthur Hollick; Councillors, B. L. Robinson,
F. V. Coville. It was resolved that the next meeting be held in
Boston, Mass., in August, 1898.

Titles of Papers read before the Section of Botany, A. A. A. Sy
Detroit Meeting, August, 1897.

The Section organized with Prof. G. F. Atkinson, Vice: Presi-
dent, in the chair, and Prof. F. C. Newcombe, Secretary.

Trillium grandifiorum (Michx.) Salisb.; its Variations, normal —
and teratological. By Prof. Charles A. Davis, Alma College,
Alma, Mich. =

A Discussion of the Structural Characters of the Order Pezi-
zinae of Schroeter. By Dr. E. J. Durand, Cornell University,
Ithaca, N. Y. (By title.)

The Taxonomic Value of Fruit Characters in the Genus Ga-

tum. By K. E. Wiegand, Cornell athe Ithaca, N. Y. Bae. |
title.)

451

Report upon the Progress of the Botanical Survey of Ne-
braska. By Prof. Chas. E. Bessey, University of Nebraska, Lin-
coln, Neb.

Changes during Winter in the Perithecia and Ascospores of
certain Erysipheae. By B. T. Galloway, Department of Agricul-
ture, Washington, D.C. (By title.)

The Erysipheae of North America: a preliminary account of
the distribution of the species. By B. T. Galloway, Department
of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. (By title.)

Some Contributions to the Life-History of Haematococcus. By
Prof. L. R. Jones, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vt. (By
title.)

Bacteriosis of Carnations. By Albert F. Woods, U. S. Dept.
of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

Wakker’s Hyacinth Bacterium. By Dr. Erwin F. Smith, Dept.
of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

Notes on some new Genera of Fungi. By Prof. George F.
Atkinson, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. (By title.)

Are the Trees receding from the Nebraska Plains? By Prof.
Charles E. Bessey, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Neb.

Reproductive Organs and Embryology of Drosera. By C. A.
Peters, Normal School, Edinboro, Penn.

Development of some Seed-coats. By Dr. J. O. Schlotterbeck,
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.

Contributions on wild and cultivated Roses of Wisconsin and
bordering States. By J. H. Schuette, Green Bay, Wis.

Morphology of the Flower of Asclepias Cornutt. By Fanny E.
Langdon. Reported by Prof. V. M. Spalding, University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.

Comparison of the Pollen of Pinus, Taxus and Peltandra. By
Prof. George F. Atkinson, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

_ Some Characteristics of the Foothill Vegetation of Western
Nebraska. By Prof. Charles E. Bessey, University of Nebraska,
Lincoln, Neb.

On the Distribution of Starch in woody Stems. By gies
Bohumil Shimek, University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. (By title.)

Mechanism of Root Curvature. By Dr. J. B. Pollock. Re-

ported by Prof. V. M. Spalding, University of Michigan, Ann

Arbor, Mich.

452

The toxic Action of Phenols on Plants. By Prof. R. H. True
and C. G. Hunkel, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.

Cellulose-Ferment. By Prof. F.C. Newcombe, University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.

Is the characteristic Acridity of certain Species of the Arum
Family a mechanical or a physiological Property or Effect? By
Chas. Porter Hart, M.D., Wyoming, Ohio.

How Plants flee from their Enemies. By Prof. W. J. Beal,
Michigan Agricultural College, Agricultural College P. O., Mich.

Stomata on the Bud-scales of Adies pectinata. By Dr. Alex. P.
Anderson, Botanist of Exp. Station, Clemson College, South
Carolina.

Comparative Anatomy of the normal and diseased Organs of
Abies balsamea (L.) Miller, affected with Aecidium elatinum (Alb.
et Schwein.) By Dr. Alex. P. Anderson, Botanist of Exp. Station,
Clemson College, South Carolina.

On a new and improved Self-Registering Balance. By Dr.
Alex. P. Anderson, Botanist of Exp. Station, Clemson College,
South Carolina.

The Correlation of Growth under the Influence of Injuries.
By Dr. C. O. Townsend, Columbia University, New York, N. Y.

The Botanical Collection of the Cornell Arctic Expedition of
1896. By Prof. W. W. Rowlee and K. M. Weigand, Cornell Uni-
versity, Ithaca, N. Y. (By title.)

Description of Bacillus Phaseoli n. sp., with some Remarks on
related Species. By Dr. Erwin F. Smith, Vegetable Pathologist,
Washington, D. C.

Notes on Jamaica. By Prof. Douglas H. Campbell, Stanford
University, Cal.

On the Nature of certain Pigments, produced by Fungi and
Bacteria with special reference to that produced by Bacillus solan-

acearum. By Dr. Edward F. Smith, Vegetable Pathologist, Wash-
ington, D. C. : =

453

Reviews.

Laboratory Practice for Beginners in Botany. By William A. Setch-
ell. Macmillan Company. 1897.

The increased attention that has been given to botany in re-
cent years has naturally resulted in greatly adding to our knowl-
edge of plant-life, and the attempt to keep the student in school
and university abreast of this information, has necessitated many
text-books. So rapidly is the science advancing that what is along
the out-post to-day, may become the rear-guard of to-morrow,
and teachers in seeking the best methods of imparting informa-
tion to the students under their charge have often devised plans
of presentation that seemed adopted to wider audiences. This
little book by Professor Setchell is an example of such conditions.
After experimenting with a number of classes of beginners, both
in the preparatory schools and in the university, he has come, as
he tells us in the preface, to the conclusion that botany should be
taught “1. Asa science, to cultivate careful and accurate obser-
vations,.together with the faculty of making from observations
the proper inferences; and 2, As a means of leading the mind of
the student to interest itself in the phenomena of nature for its own
further development and profit.” Along these lines the book
Seems to be fairly well executed. It is devoted almost exclusively
to the higher plants, and, beginning with the seed, follows the
familiar practise of directing the student's attention to the salient
features of plant-organs and plant-phenomena through the com-
plete life cycle. It suggests what the student shall look for, but
does not aim to tell what will be seen. The student must reach
and record the observations for himself, and will of course be
benefited by the process. It will prove a useful book in the grades
for which it is intended.

Botanical Notes,

Hasciation.—Perhaps owing to the unusual amount of rain in
New England, there has been this season a eres manifestation

454

of fasciation. I have observed it in two genera of which I have no
previous record, viz.: Solidago and Saxifraga. A specimen of
Solidago nemoralis so affected was sent me about August 3oth.
It exhibited the usual phenomena of a flattened stem bearing
many branches of abnormal inflorescence. I did not notice that
any individual flowers were affected.

The Saszifraga Virginiensis, similarly fasciated, was collected near
Providence in May.

Wm. WHITMAN BAILEY.
BROWN UNIVERSITY,

Providence, September 7, 1897.

Pods and Seeds of Leguminosae wanted—Prof. L. H.
Pammel asks us to state that he desires to obtain fresh material of
mature or nearly mature pods and seeds of the Leguminosae of
the northeastern United States.

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Abbott, R. G. Electrical Attraction of Trees. Gard. & For. 10: 297-
28 Jl. 1897.

Ashe, W. W. A new Hickory, Hicoria pallida, Gard. & For. 10:
304-305. f. 39. 4 Au. 1887.
From the southern states.

Dock, M. L. Viburnum dentatum. Gard. & For. 10: 332. SI 43:
25 Au. 1897.

Fernald, M.L. An undescribed Antennaria from New England. Gard.
& For. 10: 284. 21 Jl. 1897.

Antennaria Parlinizi.

Galloway, B. T. A Chrysanthemum Disease. Gard. & For. 10: 293:
J. 37- 28 ji. 1897.

Gibson, W. H. The Milkweed. Harper's Month. 95: a
Jigs. S. 1897.

Greene, E. L. Flora Franciscana, Part 4: 353-480. 5 Au. 1897.

Contains Valerianeae, Dipsaceae and Compositae.

Greene, E. L. Corrections in Nomenclature—I. Pittonia, 3: 186-_ :
188. 20 Jl. 1897.

Atamasco as prior to Zephyranthes.

455

Greene, E. L. New or Noteworthy Species.—XVIII. Pittonia, 3:
154-172. Ap.—My. 1897.
New species of Cardamine, Arabis, Sidalcea, Lupinus, seein See Erigeron,
Senecio, Geranium and Geum.
Greene, E. L. New Western Plants. Pittonia, 3: 195-198. 20 Jl.
1897.
New species of Astragalus and Mertensia.

Greene, E. L. Ranunculaceous Monotypes. Pittonia, 3: 188-195.
Jl. 1897.

Kumlienia, Arteranthis, gen. nov. and Cyrtorhynca, with plates.

Greene, E, L. Studies in the Compositae—VI. Pittonia, 3: 172-
185. My.-Jl. 1897.

Species of Antennaria, Eupatorium and Pyrrocoma; Mesadenia Raf., revised.

Greene, E. L. The Winter Hellebore, and other bibliographic Notes.
Pittonia, 3: 151-154. 9 Ap. 1897.

Cammarum prior to Eranthis, and Phyllitis to Scolopendrium.

Hatfield, T. D. The Vitality of Seeds. Gard. & For. 10: 297.
28 Jl. 1897.

Hill, E. J. Occological Notes upon the White Pine. Gard. & For.
IO: 331, 332. 25 Au. 1897.

Jelliffe, S. E. A Report upon some microscopic Organisms found in
the New York City Water Supply. New York Medical Journal, 62:
722-727. 29 My. 1897. Journ. Pharm. 4: 200-208. Au. 1897.

Jelliffe, S.E. Some Moulds and Bacteria found in Medicinal Solu-
tions. Druggists ’Circular, 41: 94, 95. Ap. 1897.

Jelliffe, S. E. Further Observations upon Moulds found in Medicinal
Solutions. Druggist’s Circular, 41 : 210-212. S. 1897.

Jordan, Ll. C. i.” The eels of Seeds. Gard. & For. 10: 326.
18 Au. 1897.

Oliver, G. W. Jfomoea pandurata. Gard. & For. 10: 287. 21
Jl. 1897.

Olmsted, F. L., Jr. The Sycamore Blight. Gard. & For. 10: 288.
21 Jl. 1897.

Purdy, C. Range of Pacific Coast Lilies. Gard. & For. 10: 326.
18 Au. 1897.

Purdy, C. The Madrona at Ukiah. Gard. & For. 10: 283. 21 Jl.
1897.

456

Robbins, M. C. The Dalles of St. Croix, Wisconsin and Minnesota.
Gard. & For. 10: 330-331. 25 Au. 1897.

Sargent, C. S. Rhamnus occidentalis. Gard. & For. 10: 284. f. 36.
21 Ji. 1897.

Sargent, C.S., Editor. Legislation against Plant Pests. Gard. &
For. 10: 281. 21 Jl. 1897. me:

Sargent, C. S., Editor. The Rejuvenescence of old Trees. Gard.
& For. 10: 311-312. f. go-gr. 11 Au. 1897.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. Two southern botanical Worthies. Gard.
& For. 10: 301. 4 Au. 1897.

Notes on Thomas Walter and James McBride.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. The Spruce Forests of Maine. Gard.
& For, 10: 259. 30 Je, 1897. :

Sargent, C.S., Editor. The Douglas Spruce. Gard. & For. 10: 292.
F. 38. 28 Jk 1897.

Sargent, C.S., Editor. The Bermuda Lily Disease. Gard. & For. 10°
297. 28 Jl. 1897.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. The Effect of Wind on Trees. Gard. &
For. 10: 292. 28 Jl. 1897.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. The Wild Flowers of early August. Gard.
& For. 10: 319. 18 Au. 1897.

Sargent, C.S., Editor. Rosa setigera. Gard, & For. 10: 32. f. 2°
18 Au. 1897.

Treat, M. Cruelty of Asc/epias. Gard. & For. 10: 341. 1S. 1897-

Waugh, F. A. The New View of the Aortulana Plums. Gard. &
For. 10: 340. 1S. 1897.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

No. 39.

No. 40,
No. 41.

No. 42.
No. 43.
No. 44.

{The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ]
VoLuME I.

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
C1883) os i ee ee ee 25 cents,

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L.
Britton.

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . _. 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa,
Adans, By N, L. Baton (1680) 6 a 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
(1889) ee 25 cents.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
Ock (1090), ics ae ee ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
Ce ey es ene ger ek mee 25 cents.

The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton,
(1890) ere 25 cents.
Notes on the North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
(861, 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
CGT Le ce ee ee “« .. 25 cents,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
Riek (1809), 5 es ee es + on 9 85 conte,
A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus J/ezdomia occurring in the

United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents
VoiumeE II.

A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North
America, By N. L. Britton (1892),. ...---> . . 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
L, Britton (1892), Eee at ee pti ee . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton
ere eee ce Ar pei micly cra valk tO
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L.
eet CONS a a ew ee eae 25 cents,
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small

Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), . - 0 + - + pet ee $1.50
Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John be here
NOR a en en oe nts,
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton
CHRD eS eis ak . . 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, I1I.—Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, . 25 cents,

tems By John K. Small (1893), . 3) 2-5 + tes 8 25 cents,
Notes ion oak Species of Iridacee and other Orders. By Thomas
Mord (HG ee gc a ee 25 cents,
Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. eager se :
(1909), 3g Gg Se ee . eee ee ee ie es
Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum—Ii, By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents.

No. 45.
No. 46.
No. 47.
No. 48.
No. 49.
No. 50.

No. 5!.
No, 52.
No. 53.
No. 55.
No. 56.
No. 57.
No. 58.
No. 59

No. 60.

No. 61.
No. 62.

No. 63.
No. 64.

No, 65.
No, 66.

No. 67.
No. 68.

No. 69.

No. 70,
No. 71.

No. 73.

No. 74.
No. 75.

No. 76,
No. 77.

No. 78.
No. 79.

No. 80.
No. 81,

Bimal (USO; 5S So ea ee ee Sees . . 3 25 Cpe
Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other
Species. By A. A. Heller (1904) 2 ce. we ; s Soe cena
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
Sil LAGOA 5 go a 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American
Species of Weissia (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of

Cuscuta. By W. D. Matthew (1893),. .... 0s. . « . 25 Con:
A Study of the Genus Psora/ea in America. By Anna Murray Vail
ON oe a Ee ee 25 cents.

Vo.ume III.
Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution,
By N, 3. Britton (1504) 4 ee 3 5 eas fe ace ey ran pet SUN 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.
ey eam vern. tri Ptiton. CLSOAY, oe ge ee a 25 cents,
New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
The Genus Cassia in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
A Revision of the Genus Zechea. By N. L. Britton (1894), . . 25 cents.
New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.

OO ee he oa i a x 25 cents.
A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Carlton C. Curtis (1$04),.. 2 = ee . 25 cents.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.
Small (1894), . . .

Se ee ae Ned

G. Britton PIO a a a ee 25 cents.
The Smilaceze of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894)
25 cents.

A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lathyrus in North America. By

rene Te, VIN TIBOR es a ce 25 cents.
Two Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (1894) .. . . . 25 cents.
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum, Ry John K. Small

Ce nr ae eee . ge + + 25 Conts.
Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents.
Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents.
Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), . 25 cents.

Cie Sasi ORE Sa emg some EEL cho Liauey ele utes i, pale CMe, Saw

CIOS ek ec a ee eee see ee . . . 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K.
Small (1895), . 25 cents.

ee ee aie ie ees coe pect}

eR ER a rR ge EAR eta ie a

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By X. L. Britton
( 1895), Se ee te ee ee ee Pore ha ee ck 25 cents.

The Genus Cenchrus in North ‘America, By Geo. V. Nash (ress 25 cents.

_ 25 cents.

No.

Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei-

Ger (1996). 6 eo ; Pe aS
A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail
(1895)... Wee gd 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895).
25 cents.

Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents,
Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell.

(1900 ee es: és 25 cents.
A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax-
ifragaceae. By Wm. E, Wheelock. (1896), og 25 cents,
A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), 25 cents.

Notes on some Florida Plants. II. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—V. By John K.

Small, (1896), cy ab Cons,
The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Sésyrinchium).
By Eugene P, Bicknell (1896), .. 25 cents,

New or noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo, V. Nash (1896), 25 cents.
O£n othera and its Segregates. By John K. Small (1896),. . , 25 cents.
A preliminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae. By A. J.
Grout (1896),.. ; 25 cents.
Revision of the Genus Asiminain North America, By Geo, V. Nash (1896).

25 cents,

Notes on otentilla,1.,II, By P. A. Rydberg (1896) 25 cents.

A neglected Species of Oxa/is and its Relatives. By John K. Small (1896).

25 cents.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States——VI. By John K.

Small (1896) . . Ret : ee -. -2§ cents.

Notes on fotentilia—III. By P. A. Rydberg (1896)... .. 25 cents.

On a new Species of Scrophularia hitherto confounded with S. A/ary-

landica, By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896) RA
VoLUME V.

The Genus Cephad/ozia in North America. By L. M. Underwood ( 1896).

: 25 cents,

New and Noteworthy Species of Sexifraga. By John K. Small (1896).

25 cents.

Notes on Potentilla—IV. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) 25 cents.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VII. By John

B.. Semel (100) i i oe ee es 25 cents,

Notes on Fotentilla—V. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) ..... 25 cents.

Reinke’s Discussions of Lighenology. By Albert Schneider (1896), 25 cents.
Two Nuttallian Species of Oxa/is. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents.
The North American Species of Agrimonia.—Geum Canadense flavum

(Porter) Britton, a valid Species. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), 25 cents.
Terminology among the Orders of Thallophytes. By L. M. Underwood

(1896). . oe ee ee aS ae Cae,
Notes on Potentilla—VI. By P. A. Rydberg (1897), eae 25 cents.
New and Noteworthy American Grasses, V. By Geo. V. Nash ( ra dat

An Apparently Undescribed Species of Fru#us from Connecticut, A new
Folygonum from Bolivia. The Relation between the Genera 7hysa-
nella and Polygonella as shown by a hitherto unobserved character. By

John K. Small (1897), oa . 25 cents.
Some New Fungi, chiefly from Alabama, By L. M. egestas : cd

An undescribed Lechea from Maine. By E. P. Bicknell (1897). 25 cents.

Chromatin-reduction and Tetrad-formation in Pteridophytes. By page _

' Caliigs (t809)) cg cs ie : is ee

Studies in ne Botany of the Southeastern United States—IX. By John K.
Small (1897), es “< 65 Conte,

New or Noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo. V. Nash (1897), 25 cents.

v . By Marshall A. Howe (1897).
Gyrothkyra, anew Genus of Hepaticae. By ~

No. 119. The nature and origin of Stipules. By A. A. Tyler (1897), 50 cents.
No. 120. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—X. By John K,
Smigll (1897 yo es ee eae . . . 25 cents.
Title-pages for Vols. L., I., III. and IV. can be supplied.
The series as above listed will be supplied for $15.
Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,
may be had for $2., Address

PRor. L. M. UNDERWOOD,
Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY.

A Text-Book

General Lichenology

WitTH DESCRIPTIONS AND FIGURES OF THE GENERA
OCCURRING IN ‘THE
NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES.

BY

ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M.5S., M. D.

The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a dis-

cussion of their Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to
the phenomena of symbiosis.

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net,
$3.80 ; in cloth, $4.25. Soi =
Sample pages will be sent on application.

Published -
WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY,

BINGHAMTON, N, Y.

Chapman’s Southern Flora.

Third Edition.
Sent postpaid on receipt of price, $4.00.

Published by

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

1286 Massachusetts Avenue, Opposite College Library,
Cambridge, Mass.

AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA

— OF THE —

NORTHERN STATES AND CANADA,
Westward to the 102d Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA.

By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN,
with the assistance of SPECIALISTS in various groups.

Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and FIG-
URED. Cuts, over 4,000. With Keys to species and genera, the Synonymy, the
English Names, the REVISED NOMENCLATURE, and revised SYSTEMATIC SEQUENCE
of Families,

The First complete ILLUsTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country.

For Students and all Lovers of Plants.

Vols. I. and II. now ready. Vol. III. will appear late in 1897.

Price, $3.00 per Volume.

Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers,

Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York,

or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York

COMMENTS ON VOL. I.

“The copy of your Illustrated Flora is a delight to me. You should have the
congratulations and thanks of every botanist everywhere.—Pror. Byron LD, HALsTED,
Rutgers College.

“ Please accept my congratulations at having completed so useful and complete
a work. I am using it with much profit and a great deal of pleasure.” —PRor. CHAs,
A. Davis, Alma College.

“I am so much pleased with the first volume of your Flora that [ cannot refrain
from expressing my high appreciation of your work, and my congratulations on its fine
appearance.”— Benj. H. SMITH, Philadelphia.

“I have seen your first volume and am more than delighted with it. It is so
good in every way that I am recommending it to every working botanical friend [
meet.”_Rev. W. M BrEAucHamp, Baldwinsville, N. Y.

“As we carefully study the beautifully printed pages of this work, we are more
and more impressed with its magnitude and importance. It will give renewed life and
vigor to systematic botany and doubtless will be the means by which many a student
will be led to the study of the more difficult families."—Pror. C. E. BEssEy in

American Naturalist. nae

“‘ There is no work extant in the whole series of American botanical publications
which deals with descriptions of the flowering plants that can for a moment be com.
pared with it, either for a skillful and delightful presentation of the subject-matter or
for modern, scientific and accurate mastery of the thousand-fold mass of detail of
which such a work must necessarily consist.” — PRor. CONWAY MAcMILLAN in
Science.

scientific authority, and at the same
bly the best work ever issued on the
U.S. Dept. of

_ “In the line of books bearing the stamp of
time adapted for popular use, this is unquestiona A
flora of any part of the United States.”—FxepeRicK V, CevILLe,

Agriculture, Div. of Botany, Washington, D. C.

"It will be no exaggeration to pronounce this the most valuable contribution ever
made to American botany, so far as the area covered by Gray’s Manual—somewhat
extended... ... The authors deserve the thanks of every botanist for this success-

“This work should be in the library of all lovers and students of flowers; for
while it is the most exhaustive and complete work on systematic botany that has been
published in this country, it affords at the same time an easy introduction to begin-
nets through its illustrations.’— The Churchman, New York.

“We cannot too highly commend the volume before us, and no flower-lover can
consider his library complete without it.”— Zhe Advance, Chicago.

“The work should find an enthusiastic welcome in the private study, as well as
in the college class-room.’'—Chicago Tribune.

“A book of rare excellence, doing on a much enlarged scale for this country what
is accomplished for Great Britain by Bentham’s Illustrated Flora. Besides the accu-
rate description, we here have an authentic portrait of every North American species.
The treatment is popular, but at the same time eminently scientific. A complete cy-
clopaedia of American systematic botany.”—PROFESSOR W. WHITMAN BAILEY, of
Brown University.

“As far as the present volume enables us to judge, we have here a treatise
which will exert a wide influence in inducing large numbers of persons to make
botany within these limits a pleasant recreative study, and which will at the same
time afford to those who are fond of systematic botany a convenient work of refer-
ence. . . . A large proportion of the drawings are excellent in all respects. . . - The
artificial keys are excellent throughout. All of them appear, so far as our exatm-
ination has gone, to be carefully prepared. ... . The appearance of the whole work
is extremely attractive, and every feature of its mechanical execution will bear strict
scrutiny as regards both workmanship and sound taste. The authors are to be heart-
ily congratulated on their genuine success in securing earnest codperation from
their coadjutors and thus making a worthy contribution to the advancement of inter-
est in our native flora... .. In this treatise we have an admirable addition to the
working appliances of all lovers of North American plants.”—WV. Y. Evening Post.

‘‘T have had your first volume in hand for several months, and examined and re-
examined it with the greatest care. The more I use it the more it commends itself
to my favor.”—HOon. Davin F. Day, Buffalo, N. Y.

The appearance of the first volume of the “‘ Illustrated Flora” marks a distinct
advance in systematic botany, and in the literature of that science in America. .- -
The work should tend to greatly popularize the study of plants, The price is very
moderate for such a comprehensive volume, and every botanist should subscribe at
once for it.’—American Journal of Pharmacy.

“The work is going to do an immense amount of good in ularizin st

ic bo i po g syste-
matic botany, and arousing a greater interest in such study.” P ¥. THOS. A.
WILLiaMs, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. yy.” PROF.

_ “Tam delighted with it, and congratulate you on the success you have achieved
in the issue of this splendid volume. Your work cannot fail to ie highly appreci-
ated by every botanist in the country, and to make the study of the science more

_ popular than ever.””—Dr. CHas. Mour, Mobile, Ala.

_. The peculiarity of the book is that every species is figured. ‘This, together
with the completeness of scope and inclusion of the latest information on tise topic,
makes the volume of extreme value as a book of reference, while its moderate price
brings it within the reach of all botanical students. It fillsa gap, accomplishing for
American Botany what has already been done for Great Britain and northern Eurepe- |

ee etait execution of tex and drawings is admirable,’'—- The Congregenoy ms

ESTABLISHED I551.

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & 2u Third Ave,

| Corner of 18th Street | NEW YORK.

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

-E. March’s Szline Chemical Stone
Ware.

Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically
Pure and Common Filter Paper.
Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome-

; ters (Polariscopes).
Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bae
ances, etc.

| Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co., a!
Paris, Platinum.

| H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. -

SPECIALTIES :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- — a
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals fo1
Sugar Chemists. tee

LABORATORY OUTFITS
COR fo hee eh gt eee
FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES 4xp COLLEGn>.

Ctass-BLowine, Ercuinc, GRINDING AND REPAIRING. : Stes

: “gt

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(x) THE BULLETIN.

This journal has been published consecutively smce 1870, beginning with fous
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with
many full page illustr-‘ions were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.

Terms for Engiand and the Continent of Europe, ro shillings. Agents for
England, Messrs. DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.

Back Numspers.—The BULLETIN was published from 1870 to 1877, inclusive
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of tnese
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to a
‘run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years,
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 16 have been indexed sepa-
rately, and a general index to Vols. 7 to 16 printed in pamphlet form, which may be had
tor 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 and 23 are indexed
separately. Price of each $2.00. Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied complete.

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Those
omitted from this list cannot be had separately.

Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents.

No. 3—An Enumeration of the Llepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in —
South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price,

75 cents.

No. 4—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents.
Volume 2, No. 1.—Qn Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding
Parts, with two plates. By sSyron D, Halsted. Price, 50 cents.

No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna
Murray Vail and Arthur Hoillick. Price, 75 cents.

No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala.

By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents.
_ Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous ter
ritory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents.

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of ali
the species. By Thos. Morong. Price $2.00. tae

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. —
By co H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents,

ol. 4. No. 1.—Index Hepaticarum Part 1, Bibli . By Lucien M.
Underwood. Price, 75 cents. * : ep ee

No, 2.—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season
1892. By John K, Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, socents, = a

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Migue Bang—II —
By Henry II. Rusby. Price, 50 cents eee ae

_ No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea L, with three plates. By Anna Stockton Pettit.
Price, 50 cents. te

Ae 5-—Monograph of Piysadis and related Genera. By P. A. Rydberg. Price,
75 cents, es

Vol. 5. List of Northeastern American Plants of the Botanical Club, American _
Association for the Advancement of Science. Price, $3.00.

Vol. 6. No, An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel
_ Bang—III. By Henry H. Rusby. Price, $1.25. ee

_ No. 2—A Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae and Brachythecia.
By Abel Joel Grout. Price, 50 cents. 2

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anihopis yta_and. Pteridoph patel si
= og within one hundred miles of New York, 1888 Price, Loo

VoL. 24 OCTOBER, : No. 10.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY

ed gies TEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

CONTENTS:

PAGE. , : PAGE.
New Species of Fungi from various Localities: Botanicat Notes.—Specimens of Hicoria
#8. Ellis and B. M. Everhart... . 457 | wanted: W. W. Ashe; The Botanical So-
Notes on Plants of New Mexico: A.4. Heller 477 | ciety of Pennsylvania; The Plant World. 48:
Some Cryptogams found in the Air: Smith INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE RELATING TO
TP FOUEO Ee ee Lee gee AmmerCAN BOTANY. 05025. 355 05 5 G83

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB.

| Tne New Baa Prnerine Courane,
sesh tp « Lantasray Fa. get

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

OFFICERS FOR 1897.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Presidents,
T, F. ALLEN, M. D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D.
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,
Pror, EDW. S. BURGESS, Dr, JOHN K. SMALL,
Normal College, New York City. Columbia University, New York City.
Editor, Treasurer,
_N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., HENRY OGDEN,
63 East goth Street, New York City. 11 Pine Street, New Yorb City.

Associate Editors,
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Sc. D.
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph, D., LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD, Pu. D.,

Curator, Librarian,
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D.

Committee on Finance,
J. L KANE. WM. E. WHEELOCK. M D.

Committee on Admissions.

CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. DF

319 E. 57th Street, New York City. 64 W. ssth Street, New York City.
. Library and Herbarium Committee,
JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, HELEN M. INGERSOLL,
WM. E. WHEELOCK,M.D., Rev. L. H. LIGHTHIPE.
- Committees on the Local Flora,
PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA,

Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., MARIA O. LE BRUN, ©
H, H. RUSBY, M. D., SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M. D.

The Club meets regularly at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th Street
New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, =xcept
June, July, August and September, at 8 o’clock, P. M. Botanists are cotally —
to attend,

MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1897,

eeaue haere Henry aii pomata 11 econ New excieherniet :

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

New species of Fungi from various Localities.
By J. B. Extxis anp B. M. EVERHART.

PUucCcCINIA LUTEOBASIS FE. & E.

On some umbelliferous plant, Dillon, Colo., June, 1897.
(Bethel, no. 319.)

On the petioles and on the lower side of the leaves, the parts
aftected being slightly swollen and of a bright, light yellow color.
Sori small, about 1% mm., orbicular, scattered on the yellow spots,
chestnut-color, at first immersed, soon erumpent and surrounded
by the ruptured epidermis which forms a little cup, enclosing them
with the semblance of an Aecidium; spores oblong-elliptical, yel-
low- brown, more or less irregular, rounded or obtusely pointed or
even flattened at the summit, mostly rounded also at the base,
slightly constricted, epispore smooth, not thickened above, con-
tents granular, 20-32X15-20 #; pedicels hyaline, about as long
as the spores.

UstILaGco FUNALIS E. & E.

U. Sporoboli E. & E. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 282. 1897.

Investing the culms with a thin, olivaceous coat of globose
light-brown spores about 5 y diam., extending continuously from
one node to another.

We have changed the specific name “Sporoboli” to ‘‘funalis”
on account of the homonymous U. Sporoboli Tracy & Earle, which
takes precedence, but is a very different thing from this.

This same Ustilago (U. funalis) also occurs on Oryzopsis cuspi-
data in Colorado (Bethel, no. 279).

458

PYRENOMYCETES.
HypocrREA AURANTIO-CERVINA E. & E.

On bark, Louisiana (Langlois), Comm. C. G. Lloyd, no. 3049.

Stroma effused, orbicular, 1-2 cm. diam., thin (1 mm. or less),
orange-red when fresh, stag-color when dry, with a pale-red layer just
beneath the surface, the lower layer slaty black, margin appressed ;
perithecia in a single Jayer, oblong-elliptical, 300200 yp, black,
crowded, seated on the black, carnose basal layer, their minute
punctiform ostiola barely visible under the lens as black dots in
the surface of the stroma; asci slender, p. sp. 50-55X5-6, or
including the slender stipe, 100-110 # long; sporidia uniseriate,
subnavicular, brown, obtuse, 2-nucleate, 7-9X3-3% yp, mostly
overlapping.

From A. bicolor E. & E. it differs in the character of the
stroma and smaller perithecia. |

THYRONECTRIA SAMBUCINA E. & E.

On dead stems of Saméucus, Buena Vista, Colo., June, 1897.
(Bethel, no. 315 a.)

Perithecia 6-12 in a cortical stroma, globose, about 1% mm.
diam., brown and coriaceous, their minute papilliform inconspicu-
ous ostiola united in a flat or slightly concave dark-brown disk —
which raises the whitened epidermis into distinct pustules and
soon bursts through it ; asci cylindrical, p. sp. 130-150 18-20 p,
8-spored, short-stipitate, with abundant but evanescent filiform
paraphyses; sporidia uniseriate, oblong-elliptical, about 7-sep-
tate, and muriform, slightly constricted in the middle, straw-yel-
low, 20-25 X 12-14 pw.

In company with Coryneum sambucinum E. & E. and Tubercu-
lavia Sambuci Cda.

SORDARIA OSTIOLATA E, & E. :
On rabbit’s dung, Rooks County, Kansas, August, 1897. (Bar-
tholomew, no. 2424.)

Perithecia scattered, immersed, then semiemergent, glabrous,
ovate, brown, 200-250 diam., the black, conical or short-cylin-
drical ostiolum erumpent ; asci cylindrical, short-stipitate, paf-
aphysate, 80-190X12 y, 8-spored ; sporidia uniseriate, elliptical, —
12-15 X8-I10 2. 5

Allied to S. leucoplaca B. & R. but asci and sporidia larger: :
MELANOPSAMMA ALPINA E, & E.

On decaying spruce wood, San Juan Mountains, Colorado,
_ July, 1897. (Bethel, no. 352 partly.)

459

Perithecia erumpent-superficial, gregarious, depressed-globose,
Yy to'% mm. diam., thin walled and rather fragile, with an ob-
scure or papilliform ostiolum; asci clavate-cylindrical, 75-85 8-
10”, paraphysate, 8-spored; sporidia overlapping-uniseriate, or
subbiseriate, fusoid-navicular, 3—4-nucleate, hy aline, constricted-
uniseptate in the middle, 15-20X 314-4».

Allied to MZ, éoreale E. & E. and, like that species, having peri-
thecia quite variable in size, but distinguished by its differently

shaped and narrower sporidia.

TEICHOSPORA OPUNTIAE E. & E.

On dead stems of Opuntia arborescens, Pueblo, Colo., July,
1897. (Bethel, no. 3299.)

Perithecia superficial, scattered or gregarious, ovate, small
(14 mm. or a little over), minutely roughened, except the papilli-
form or conic-papilliform smooth, black ostiolum ; asci cylindrical,
short-stipitate, 8-spored, 75-80X9-10 »; sporidia uniseriate,
obovate-elliptical, 3-septate, scarcely constricted unless at the mid-
dle septum, one or two of the cells divided by a longitudinal sep-
tum, brown, 12-14X5 %4-6 p.

The perithecia are about the same as in Cucurbitaria minima
E. & E. but scattered, and the sporidia are smaller and quite con-

stantly only 3-septate.

TEICHOSPORA INFUSCANS E. & E.

On an old cottonwood log, Rooks County, Kansas, August,
1897. (Bartholomew, no. 2422.)
. Perithecia gregarious in elongated groups, blackening the sur-

face of the wood, erumpent-superficial, subhemispherical, collaps-

ing to cup-shape, 110-200 » diam., with a distinct papilliform
ostiolum ; asci clavate-cylindrical, short-stipitate, paraphysate ; spo-
ridia biseriate, narrow, oblong-elliptical, very slightly curved, a
little narrower below, 3-5-(exceptionally 6-7) septate, scarcely or
only slightly constricted, with a longitudinal septum running
through one or more of the cells, pale yellowish brown, 18-22
6-8 p.

Differs from 7: pygmaca E. & E. in its gregarious habit and
collapsed perithecia. :

TEICHOSPORA STRIGOSA E. & E.

On dead branches of Symphoricarpus, Baldwin, Colo., June,
1897. (Bethel, no. 274.) ) te os

460

Perithecia superficial, gregarious, globose, 14 mm. diam., col-
lapsing above, clothed, especially below, with brown spreading
hairs ; asci cylindrical, short-stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored, 100-
110X12-15 #; sporidia subbiseriate, oblong- or ovate-elliptical,
yellow, 5-7-septate, with a longitudinal septum running through
most of the cells, often constricted in the middle but not at the
other septa, 20-27 XI I-13 p.

Differs from 7: crossata E. & E. in its much larger, 5—7-sep-
tate sporidia and strigose coat.

CUCURBITARIA QuERCINA E. & E.

On dead limbs of Quercus undulata, Greenhorn, Pueblo Co.,
Col., July, 1897. (Bethel, no. 337.)

Perithecia gregarious or subcespitose, seated on the bare wood
or erumpent through cracks in the bark, depressed-globose, in-
clining to ovate-globose, 400-500 » diam., minutely roughened,
becoming slightly collapsed around the papilliform ostiolum, so as
to appear flattened above; asci short-stipitate, cylindrical, para-
physate, 8-spored; sporidia uniseriate, ovate-elliptical, 3—5-sep-
tate, sometimes constricted in the middle, yellow-brown, 18-20 X
8-10 p.

CUCURBITARIA MINIMA E. &. E.

On dead stems of Artemisia tridentata, near Gunnison, Colo.,
June, 1897. (Bethel 3112.)

Perithecia subcespitose, 3-6 together, or subseriate, small, about
\% mm., ovate-conical, often with 1-4 furrows or grooves extend-
ing from the apex down; ostiolum’papilliform; asci cylindrical,
short-stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored, 75-85X10-12 »; sporidia
overlapping, uniseriate, oblong, 5-7-septate, scarcely or only
slightly constricted, straight, 18-20X6~7 yp.

LOPHIOTREMA INCIsuM E. & E.

On dead shoots of Rides prostratum? Empire, Colorado, May, — ne

1897. (Bethel, no. 257 a.)

Perithecia thickly scattered, sunk in the bark with the cleft or
quadrisulcate apex erumpent in a small tubercle, white and solid
inside, 300-350 # diam., often 2-3 lying close together and
covered by the same tubercle, not penetrating to the wood ; ostio-

lum subcompressed ; asci cylindrical, 75-100%10-12, short- — =

stipitate, paraphysate ; sporidia uniseriate or quite as often biseri-
ate, cylindrical, obtuse, 3-4-nucleate, constricted between the

nuclei, uniseptate and more deeply constricted in the middle, 15-

20% 5-6 ps.
Approaches Dothidea and Didymella.

461

SPHAERELLA STENOSPORA E. & E.

On dead stems of Sphaeralcea? northern Colorado, July,
1897. (Baker, no. 413.)

Perithecia erumpent, abundant, thickly scattered over the
stems, 100-150y diam., perforated above; asci oblong, 45-55%
10-I5 w, short-stipitate, often swollen on one side towards the
base; sporidia biseriate, oblong-fusoid, uniseptate, scarcely or not
at all constricted, 14-16 3-4 [bs

This comes near S. spinarum Awd., but besides the peculiar
habitat of that species, the sporidia in the fig. in Rab. Mycol. Eur.
are represented as distinctly curved, while in the present species
they are straight. S. Vincetoxici Sacc. has sporidia oblong-clavu-
late.

SPHAERELLA (DERMATOSTROMA) FRIGIDA E, & E.

On bleached limbs and weather-beaten wood, San Juan
Mountains, Colo., July, 1897. (Bethel, no. 361.)

Perithecia globose, subastomous, black, membranous, 100—
110 » diam., seated on a thin white membrane overspreading the
surface of the host; asci clavate-cylindrical, 35-40% 8-10 pt, sub-
sessile, aparaphysate, 8-spored; sporidia biseriate, fusoid-oblong,
uniseptate and slightly constricted, straight or very slightly curved,
obtuse, 12-15 X314-4% w, smoky-hyaline.

Differs from the usual type of Sphaerel/a in the membranous
stroma.

LEPTOSPHAERIA MICROSPORA E. & E.

On dead stems of Lespedeza capitata, London, Canada,
August, 1897. ( Dearness, no. 2474.)

Perithecia scattered or loosely gregarious, subcuticular, de-
" pressed-globose; 150-250 » diam., subcollapsing, with a papilliform
ostiolum ; asci clavate-cylindrical, sessile, paraphysate, 5 5-60 7-
8/4; sporidia subbiseriate, narrow-elliptical, 1-3-septate, slightly
constricted, 10-12 3-34 pu.

The sporidia are oftener only 1-septate, in this respect ap-

Proaching Didymosphaeria.

LEpProsPHAERIA MONTICOLA E. & E.
On dead leaves and petioles of Znfolium Kingii, San Juan
Mountains, Colorado, altitude 10,000 feet, July, 1897. (Bethel, no.
388. ) :

462

Perithecia covered by the epidermis which is raised into dis-
tinct pustules pierced by the papilliform conical or short-cylin-
drical ostiolum, 300-400 » diam., membranous, black ; asci oblong-
clavate, mostly curved, paraphysate, 8-spored ; sporidia fasciculate,
cylindric-fusoid, 5-7-septate, scarcely constricted, second cell from
the upper end moderately swollen, 45-557 yp.

Eutyrecta SarcospaTi E. & E.

On dead stems of Sarcobatus vermiculatus, Alamosa, Colo-
rado, July, 1897. (Prof. E. Bethel, no. 324.)

Stroma cortical, orbicular, 114 mm. diam., circumscribed by a
narrow black line, the surface of the wood being also blackened ;
perithecia 3-8, sunk to the wood, globose, 4mm. diam., with
coriaceous walls, black and shining inside, contracted abruptly
into slender necks enlarged above into the erumpent, connate ~
conical quadrisulcate ostiola ; asci ( p. sp. ) clavate cylindrical, 25—
304-5 #4; sporidia subbiseriate, allantoid, curved, hyaline, 4-5 XI!
—1%, pe

VALSARIA CoLorRADENSIS E. & E. Am. Nat. 342. 1897, 1S
a synonym of V. allantospora E. & E. Proc. Phil. Acad. 343.
1894, and Asteroma ivaecolum E. & E. is the same as A. infuscans
E. & E. Proc. Phil. Acad. 431. 1895, N. A. F. 3359.

In Bull. Torr. Club, 285, 1897, change Phyllosticta Eucalyptt
E. & E. to Phyllosticta extensa E, & E. on account of the homony-
mous species of Thiimen, Contr. Fl. Lusit, no. 374, from which
_ the California species differs in its amphigenous growth and larger
sporules,
HyYSTEROGRAPHIUM INCISUM E. & E.

On dead limbs of Rhus aromatica, Gunnison, Colo., June, 1897;
(Bethel, no. 289.)

Perithecia oblong, partly sunk in the wood, lying parallel, 1-2
XI mm., ends subacute, sides faintly longitudinally striate, lips
closed, leaving a slight furrow between them; asci oblong-cylin-
drical, short-stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored, 75-80X12-I13 #3
sporidia biseriate, ovate-oblong or ovate-elliptical, brown, 3-4-S€P-

tate, with or without a partial longitudinal septum, 18-20X5-7 #- | 3

Many of the perithecia have a transverse furrow across the middle
as if cut across with a knife.

HYSTEROGRAPHIUM INSIDENS (Schw.)

On weatherbeaten wood of spruce, San Juan Mountains, Colo-

rado, July, 1897. (Bethel, 352 partly.)

463

Perithecia gregarious, mostly lying parallel, elliptical, 1X 14 mm.
or sometimes elongated (by confluence ?), 2—3 mm. long, lips parti-
ally open, sides faintly striate; asci oblong, short-stipitate, 75—
90X 15-20 w; sporidia crowded-biseriate, oblong-fusoid, 7~-10-
septate, mostly constricted near the middle, one or more of the
cells divided by a longitudinal septum, 26-40X 8-12 p.

This is certainly Hysterographium and probably not distinct
from /7. elongatum ( Wahlenb.), and was so considered by Fries.

APOSPHAERIA CONDENSATA E. & E.

On dead stems of Bzgelovia, Colorado, July, 1897. (Prof. E.
Bethel.)

Perithecia superficial, densely gregarious so as to form here
and there an almost continuous crust, depressed-globose, 150—
250 #,diam., with a broad-papilliform black shining ostiolum, the
smaller ones collapsing; sporules minute, allantoid, hyaline,
2a-3X Y-Y p.

A. allantella Sacc. has sporules 5-6X1-1% p. A. alpigena E.
& E. has sporules 3-314 X11 » and the perithecia do not collapse.

HypopDERMA ABIETINUM E. & E.

On decorticated limbs of Adzes,San Juan Mts., Colo., July,

1897. (Bethel, no. 351.)

__Gregarious, elliptical, rough, 34-14 X%-34 mm., lips par-
tially closed; asci clavate, 100-110X8-10 #1; paraphyses linear,
mostly curved at the tips; sporidia narrow-fusoid, nucleate, slightly
curved, hyaline, 20-221 %4-2 p.

SPHAEROPSIS COMPTONIAE E. & E.

On dead stems of Comptonia, Newfield, N. J., summer and
autumn, 1897. as

Perithecia buried in the inner bark, ovate-globose, acutely
papilliform, %/-14 mm. diam., either gregariously scattered with
their apices barely erumpent, or crowded in transverse cracks of
the bark, forming rings partly or entirely surrounding the stem with
the perithecia semi-erumpent; sporules oblong-elliptical, brown, 16
—22X8-12 p, occasionally imperfectly septate, but very indis-
tinctly so.

; PyrENOCHAETA GRAMINIS E. & E.

On dead leaves of Chloris verticillata, Rooks County, Kansas,
September, 1897. (E. Bartholomew, no. 2294.)
_ Perithecia mostly hypophyllous, superficial, membranous, ae

464

astomous, 150 » diam., collapsing above, black, clothed, especiaily
below, with short, spreading, continuous, brown, tapering hairs
20-40X 3 4; sporules abundant, globose or ovate, 8-14 (mostly
10-12 y) in the longer diameter, hyaline.

. HAPLOSPORELLA MICROSPORA FE. & E.

On bark of dead Quercus undulata, Greenhorn, Col., July,
1897. (Bethel, 335.)

Perithecia minute, ovate, crowded in a black pulvinate ellip-
tical or orbicular stroma 1-2 mm. diam., their apices slightly
prominent above; sporules oblong-elliptical, subacute, 6-7 X3 yp.

BOTRYODIPLODIA BETULINA Ell. & Dearness.

On birch bark, London, Canada, Aug., 1897. (Dearness, no.
2496.) ;

Perithecia seated on the inner bark and erumpent through the
epidermis in crowded clusters of 4-10 together, or here and there
solitary, depressed globose, 400-500 » diam., with a papilliform
ostiolum; sporules elliptical, slightly constricted at the septum,
15-22 10-12 p (sec, Dearness reaching 25-30 yp long).

B. valsoides (Pk.) also on birch bark, is said to have the perithe-
cia buried in the inner bark, with the ostiola elongated and joined
in an olivaceous stroma and must be different from this.

AscocHyTA Hansenr E. & E.

On leaves of Arbutus Menziesti, Amador Co., Calif. (Geo.
Hansen, no. 1507.)

Spots amphigenous, irregular, definite, 2-10 mm. diam., livid-
purple above, paler and subrufous below; perithecia hypophyl-
lous, erumpent, convex, papillate, 120-150 # diam.; sporules ob-

long-cylindrical, slightly curved, brownish, obtuse, uniseptate, not
constricted, occasionally 2-septate, 15-206 p.

AscocnyTA FraseraE E. & E. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 289.
1897. Specimens from Mt. Richtophen, Colo. (C. F. Baker, no.
414), have the perithecia larger, reaching nearly 1%4 mm. diam.,

and clothed around the base with a fringe of coarse short rudi-
mentary hairs.

CAMAROSPORIUM ROSELLINIOIDES E. & E.

On dead branches of Sigelovia or Gutierresia, Colo., June,
1897. (Bethel, no. 310 partly. )

Perithecia erumpent-superficial, scattered or subseriatein cracks

465

of the bark, globose, papillate, about 44mm. diam.; sporules ob-
long-elliptical, 12-22 8-12 », 3-septate with one or two of the
cells divided by a longitudinal septum.

The perithecia are mostly fringed around the base with pale-
brown hyphae.

CAMAROSPORIUM VETUSTUM E, & E,

On dead stems of Artemisia borealis, Malachite, Colo., July,
1897. (Bethel, no. 327.)

Perithecia scattered or in cespitose clusters erumpent, through
cracks in the bark, hemispherical or subelongated, papillate, %4-
34mm. diam.; sporules 12-20 8-12 », 3-septate, with a longitudi-
nal septum running through one or all of the cells. The smaller
sporules are regularly elliptical or subglobose and not constricted ;
the larger ones more irregular in shape and often constricted in
the middle.

Apparently near C. subfenestratum B. & C.

DicHoMEeRA JuGLaNnpis E. & E.

On dead limbs of /ug/ans cinerea, Ohio ( Morgan).

Stromata densely gregarious, flat, black, suborbicular, about
Imm. diam., closely surrounded by the appressed lobes of the
ruptured epidermis; perithecia monostichous, small (100-120),
entirely buried in the stroma; sporules globose, cruciate-septate
or ovate, 1O~12X7-8 p», 2-3-septate and muriform, brown.

Associated with Diaporthe bicincta(C. & P. ).

SEPTORIA ANGUSTIFOLIA E. & E.

On leaves of Kalmia angustifolia, Newfield, N. J. Erro-
neously issued in N. A. F. 2661 as Septoria Kalmiaecola (Schw.)
B.& C. See Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1893: 454. 1893.

Spots suborbicular, rusty-brown, with a slightly raised border,
2-3 mm. diam., paler below ; perithecia epiphyllous, minute, scat-
tered, not numerous; sporules filiform, curved, septulate and nu-

cleolate, 25-45 X2-+2% p.
ScHIZOTHYRELLA FrRaxini E. & E.
On fallen leaves of Frvaxinus viridis, Rooks County, Kan.,
September, 1897. (Bartholomew, 2439.)
Perithecia epiphyllous, innate-erumpent, membranous, or-
bicular, 300-550 » diam., for a long time closed but finally open-

ing by an irregular slit across the summit, convex when fresh,
collapsing when dry; disk dull orange; sporules cylindrical, fas-

466

ciculate, 80-100 3 p, tardily separating into segments 11-13X3/,
truncate at each end, hyaline.

CRANDALLIA EI. & Sacc.

New genus of Leptostromaceae. Perithecia scutellate, car-
bonaceo-membranous, of nearly homogeneous texture, not radiate-
cellular, pierced in the centre with a single minute round open-
ing; sporules bacillary, catenulate. Has the perithecia of
Leptothyrium with the fructification of Schzzothyrella.

CRANDALLIA JUNCICOLA Ell. & Sacc.

On the dead stems of Juncus Drummondii, Cameron Pass,

Larimer Co., Colo., alt., 11,300 ft., July, 1894. (Prof. C. S. Cran-
dall).

Perithecia 400-500 » diam., wrinkled when dry, often with a
single ridge across the centre, the central opening about § diam. ;
sporules cylindrical, continuous, hyaline, 8-1oX114-2y, at first
concatenate, soon separating.

This appears to be the spermogonial stage of Duplicaria acumt-
nata KE. & E.

_ GLogeosporium Erioconi E. & E.

On Lriogonum umbellatum, Gunnison, Colo., June, 1897.
(Bethel 299.)

Spots indefinite, reddish-brown, 3-4 mm. diam., leaf more or
less tinged with red; acervuli thickly scattered on the spots, sub-
epidermal, punctiform, collapsing ; conidia elliptical, hyaline, 8-
13X5-8 4.

GLOEOSPORIUM SPINACIAE E. & E.

On leaves of Spinacia oleracea, Cote d’ Or, France (F. Faut-
rey).

Spots suborbicular, subindefinite, 2-3 mm. diam., soon conflu-
ent, occupying the greater part of the leaf which becomes of a
light brown color, dead and dry; acervuli punctiform, amphi-
genous, but more abundant above, covered by the epidermal cells
which are raised into conical pustules, pale at first but soon becom- ~
ing black and resembling minute perithecia; sporules oblong,
obtuse, 5~-10X2-2% yp, hyaline, continuous. ;

This is a very different thing from Colletotrichum Spinaciae
Ell. & Halst., though outwardly hardly distinguishable from it
On the same leaves is also a Macrosporium.

467

COLLETOTRICHUM SOLITARIUM E. & B.

On leaves of Solidago radula, Rooks Co., Kansas, Aug.,
1897. (Bartholomew, no. 2426.)

Spots amphigenous, round, dull-white, 1-114 mm. diam., with
a narrow erect border; acervuli amphigenous but mostly hypo-
phyllous, solitary in the centre of the spot or sometimes several
smaller punctiform ones around a larger central one; bristles
rather numerous, 65-75 2-3 y, mostly a little curved; conidia
fusoid-oblong, slightly curved, hyaline, subobtuse, 12-14 214-3 p.

CoRYNEUM SAMBUCINUM E, & E.

On Sambucus (dead stems), Buena Vista, Colo., June, 1897.
(Bethel, 315.)

Acervuli acutely elliptical, black, subcuticular, 3-4 114-2 mm.,
soon erumpent, but still partly covered by the ruptured epidermis,
often containing 3-4 sporiferous nuclei; conidia elliptical, slightly
narrowed towards the ends, 3-septate and generally constricted at
the septa, olive-brown, 35-—45 15-20, on stout, septate basidia
25-35 X%4-5 pt.

Found with Zhyronectria sambucina E. & E., of which -appar-
ently it is the macrostylosporous stage.

DISCOMYCETES.
LACHNELLA ALBOLABRA E. & E.

On dead shoots of Rides prostratum? Empire, Colo., May,
1897. (Bethel, no. 2574.)

Ascomata sessile, 1-114 mm. diam., depressed-globose and
nearly closed at first, finally nearly plane, clothed with a villose-
tomentose dirty olive brown coat, the incurved margin fringed
with dull-white loosely interwoven, smooth septate hairs 300-
400X 3-4 4; disc cup-shaped at first, livid, nearly slate-color ; asci
attenuate-stipitate, oblong-cylindrical, 50-55%X7 ; paraphyses
wanting? sporidia mostly biseriate, clavate-oblong, hyaline, con-
tinuous, with a small nucleus at each end, 6-10X2-2% y. eo

Allied to L. cenangivides Ell. and L. Meleagris Ell., but differs
from the former in its smaller sporidia and from the latter in color ;

differs from L. albido-fusca Sacc., in its cup-shaped ascomata and

broader sporidia, and from Trichopesiza leucostoma, Rehm in its ae

much larger size. ae
Lacunectita Sympuoricarrl E, & E. :

On dead stems of Symphoricarpus, Baldwin, Colorado, June, -
1897. (Bethel, no. 2744.) : =

468

Gregarious, sessile, 3{-114 mm. diam., at first globose, then
expanding to shallow cup-shaped, with the short-fimbriate margin
narrowly incurved, outside dark brown, appressed-hirsute, when
dry the opposite margins are incurved in a hysteriiform manner ;
the substance of the ascoma is carnose-coriaceous; disk concave,
dull white with a distinct rosy tint; asci clavate-cylindrical, 40-45
6-7 4; paraphyses stout, cylindrical, about as long as the asci,
scarcely thickened at the tips; sporidia biseriate, allantoid, hyaline,
continuous, moderately curved, 8-1loX1% p.

CENANGIUM ALPINUM E. & E.

On decorticated limbs of Ades, San Juan Mts., Colo., alt.
10,000 ft., July, 1897. (Bethel, no. 348.)

Ascomata scattered, erumpent, black, 34-1 mm. diam., closed
at first, then with a small round opening, margin permanently in-
curved, fimbriate, disk dull white, urceolate; asci closely packed,
cylindrical, sessile, 50-55X6-7 4; paraphyses filiform, not thick-
ened at the tips; sporidia subbiseriate, allantoid, hyaline, slightly
curved, 2—-3-nucleate, 10-14X2¥% yp.

C. darictnum (Pass.) has asci and sporidia broader.

CENANGIUM AUREUM E. & E.

On dead stems of Ceanothus velutinus Dougl., mountains bor-

dering Bear Valley, Colo., July 13, 1897, alt. 7000 ft. (Prof.
C. S. Crandall, no. 12.)

Erumpent, mostly through transverse cracks in the bark, soli-
tary or 2-3 together; ascoma golden yellow, shallow cup-shaped,
2-3 mm. across, floccose-furfuraceous becoming nearly glabrous,
the paler subfimbriate-floccose incurved margin more tardily so ;
stipe short, stout, 1 mm. long; asci clavate-cylindrical, 90-110
7-8 p, 8-spored, gradually narrowed toward the base ; paraphyses
filiform, about as long as the asci, scarcely thickened above;
sporidia uniseriate, ovate or pyriform, continuous, hyaline, 7-10X
3% v. The hymenium is a little paler than the outside of the
ascoma.

Allied to C. rubiginellum Sacc. (C. rubiginosum Cke.).

ERINELLA CERVINA E. & E.

On decaying birch limbs, Dillon, Colo., June, 1897. (Bethel,
no. 288.)

Gregarious, sessile, subglobose, urceolate, 34 mm. diam., stag-
color, short-tomentose, striate above, with subfimbriate margin
paler; seated on the wood and partly covered by the loosened
bark, margin thin, incurved so as to leave only a small round open-

469

ing; disk pallid; asci cylindrical, short-stipitate, paraphysate,
8-spored, 75-85 7-9 4; sporidia fasciculate, acicular, hyaline, at-
tenuated towards each end, continuous, faintly nucleolate, 50-
60X2~2%% »; paraphyses stout, rather longer than the asci, 2-2%4
thick, tips scarcely swollen but slightly undulate or bent.

Resembles overgrown Solenia anomala Hoff.

Crypropiscus ANDERSONI E. &. E.

On dead stipes of Preris aguilina, Newfield, N. J., May 10,
1890. (F. W. Anderson.)

Ascomata pale flesh-color, elliptical, % mm. long, covered by
the epidermis which is soon split with an acutely elliptical slit
exposing the hymenium; asci clavate-cy!indrical, 27-304 yp, ses-
sile, 8-spored ; paraphyses filiform, subramose at the tips and bear-
ing subglobose hyaline conidia 2 » diam.; sporidia biseriate, fusoid-
cylindrical, 3-septate, 11-141 14-2 p.

STICTIS SERPENTARIA FE, & E.

On decorticated Safx, Mt. Paddo, Wash., alt., 7,000 ft., Sep-
tember, 1894. (W.N. Suksdorf, no. 481.)

Ascomata erumpent, orbicular or elliptical, 1-2 mm. in the
longer diam., cinereous-gray inside, disk slate-color, suburceolate,
margin gray, dentate-lobed, revolute; asci cylindrical, subsessile,
300-350X 15 ws; paraphyses filiform, scarcely thickened, but slightly
colored at the tips; sporidia 8 in an ascus, fusoid-cylindrical, mul-
tiseptate ( 50-60 or more), slightly constricted at the septa, nearly —
as long as the asci in which they lie straight and parallel, but
when free, loosely coiled in a serpentine manner, 4-5 thick.

S. pachyspora Rehm, is on Adies and the ascomata are only
300-400 diam., with asci 220X274, but the sporidia are the
same as in the Washington specimens. What we here propose
as Stictis serpentaria is certainly very near Dr. Rehm’s species, dif-
fering principally in size.

ScuizoxyLon sicotor E. & E.
On decorticated wood of Sa/ix, Empire, Colo., May, 1897.

( Bethel, 360 and 285 .) :
Ascomata erumpent, 1-2 mm. diam., closed at first by a thin,
olive-gray membrane, then with a round opening bordered by the
horizontally incurved, white pulverulent, subfimbriate margin;
disk shallow-urceolate, bright orange-yellow ; asci cylindrical, at-
tenuated above, 200-250X6-8 y, subsessile, with filiform para-
physes ; sporidia filiform, nearly as long as the asci, multinucleate,

470

then multiseptate, involute, 114-2 » thick, separating into semicir-
cular or variously curved segments 15-30 long.

KARSCHIA IMPRESSA E. & E.

On living stems of Symmphoricarpus,San Juan Mountains, Colo-
rado, July, 1897. (Bethel, no. 356.)

Ascomata superficial, gregarious, flat, thin, black, round, about
1% mm. diam., witha thin narrow margin, fringed around the base
with creeping brown hairs; disk marked with minute hemispher-
ical indentations, or papillose ; asci oblong, sessile, 40-45 X 8-10 #;
paraphyses more or less thickened and bent at the tips, sometimes
sparingly branched; sporidia ovate-oblong, uniseptate, the septum
mostly nearer one end, not constricted, yellowish, 8-105 yp.

Near K. patinelloides (S. & R.).

AGYRIELLA Ell. & Everhart. n. gen.

Differs from Agyrium in its linear many-celled sporidia.

AGYRIELLA BETHELI E. & E,

(On dead stems of Aigelovia, mountains of Colorado, July,
1897. (Bethel, no. 3402.)

Ascoma orbicular, convex-discoid, carnose-gelatinous, smoky-
‘gray, lighter inside and around the margin, 4-34 mm. diam., the
entire under surface attached to the matrix; asci cylindrical, ses-
sile, 120-I150X10-12 #; paraphyses filiform, 2 » thick, sparingly
branched above but not thickened at the tips; sporidia linear,
50-60 » long, made up of a series of globose or elliptical cells

about 4 # diam. or 5-6X 314-4 yp, loosely attached to each other
and easily separating even while yet in the asci.

HYPHOMYCETES.
OosPORA HETEROSPORA E. & E.

Parasitic on Xylaria polymorpha, Missouri. (Demetrio, no.
402.)

Effused, thin, white. Sterile hyphae obscure or wanting;
conidia oblong-cylindrical, obtuse, hyaline, 5-7X114-2 p, briefly
concatenate, arising from a larger* globose or short-elliptical, —
6-8 5-6 ys, basal cell, without any distinct fertile hyphae, unless
the large basal cells are to be considered as hyphae.

Differs from O. hyalinula Sacc. in the absence of any true fer-
tile hyphae. a

471

OVULARIA RHAMNIGENA E & E.

On leaves of Rhamnus tomentella, Ashland, Oregon, June, 1895.
(Dr. J. J. Davis, no. 956.)

Spots amphigenous, 1-2 mm. diam.; suborbicular, rusty brown.
with a dark and mostly slightly raised border; hyphae hypophyl-
lous, cespitose, erect, hyaline, continuous, geniculate above, sim-
ple, 35-453 yw; conidia narrow-elliptical, granular, hyaline, suba-
cute below, more obtuse above, 12-20X5-7 y, continuous in the
specc. seen,

OVULARIA BULLATA E, & E,

On leaves of Stachys bullata, Monterey, Calif., June, 1895.
(Davis, no. 9527.)

Hypophyllous, in definite patches bounded by the veinlets, the
leaf on the upper side marked with rusty-brown spots opposite
the fertile areas below; fertile hyphae fasciculate, simple, 10-
12X%3-3% #; conidia ovate-globose, 8-12X6-8 yw, continuous,
with granular contents, hyaline, occasionally oblong-elliptical,
reaching 20-22X8-10O pp,

This is distinct from Ovularia Stachydis Bres. in Kriigers F.
Sax. in the presence of the spots on the upper side of the leaf and
the ovate-globose conidia. The spec. in F. Sax. have oblong

conidia 12~20X 314-4 ps.

OvuULARIA ? GLOBIFERA E. & E,

On leaves of Lupinus Stiversi, Wawona, Calif., June, 1895.
(Davis, no. 951.)

Spots hypophyllous, orbicular, 4 mm. diam., yellowish with a
belt of black erumpent immature perithecia around the margin
and beyond this a narrow pale-yellowish aureole ; the upper sur-
face of the leaf, opposite the spots, is also stained light yellow.
Tufts of hyphae hypophyllous, evenly effused, giving the central
portion of the spots an olive gray color; hyphae clavate, smoky-
hyaline, 20-25 X4-6 y, collected in tufts 75-80 / across ; conidia
globose, 8-12 » diam., with a thick subechinulate epispore.

The conidia somewhat resemble the spores of 7il/etia. An

anomolous species.

Dipymaria SympuoricarPl E, &. E.
On leaves of Symphoricarpus, Gilroy, Calif., July, 1895. (Dr.
J. J. Davis.)

Spots irregular, 2-4 mm. or by confluence more, dirty brown,

472

margin concolorous; hyphae amphigenous but more abundant
below, cespitose, hyaline, simple, continuous, 10-12X3-3}2 /;
conidia terminal, ovate-elliptical, uniseptate, scarcely or but
slightly constricted, hyaline, 15-22X6-9 p.

Much resembles Ramularia Astragali Ell. & Holw., but is read-
ily distinguished by its very short, almost obsolete hyphae. ‘The
Ramutaria referred to is a true Ramularia, the copidia becoming
finally 2-3-septate. By a mistake of the printer the hyphae in
Journ. Mycol. 1: 6, are made 8-4 » thick instead of 3-4 /# as —
they should have been.

RAMULARIA HELIANTHI E. & E.

On leaves of Helianthus exilis, Jackson, Amador Co., Calif,
1896. (Geo. Hansen, no. 1505.)

Hypophyllous on reddish- or yellowish-brown spots 2-3 mm.
diam., often subconfluent, prominent below on account of the
thickening of the substance of the leaf; hyphae subfasciculate,
short, 10-15X3, toothed above; conidia oblong-fusoid, or the
shorter ones obovate, hyaline, 2-3-nucleate, subcatenulate, 10-
20X 3-4 ps.

Allied to R. Heraclet.

RAMULARIA LopHantal E. & E.

On leaves of Lophanthus scrophulanaefolius, Yosemite, Calif.,
June, 1895. ( Davis, no. Q511.)

Spots amphigenous, irregular, subangular and partly limited
by the veinlets, rusty brown above, paler beneath, subconfluent,
definite, 3-5 mm. diam.; hyphae amphigenous, but more abun-
dant below, cespitose, simple, continuous, hyaline, 20-30% 3 /4s
toothed or sublobate at the apex; conidia oblong-elliptical, or
fusoid-oblong, 15—30X5-7 4, hyaline, continuous or uniseptate.

Has the general aspect of Peronospora sordida.

.

CLASTERISPORIUM SIGMOIDEUM E. & E.

On dead limbs of Castanea, Nuttallburg, West Va., March,
1896. (L.W. Nuttall, no. 8109. )

Hyphae effused, crooked, septate at intervals of about 15/4 _
forming an olive-black stratum on the bark for many cm. in €X"
tent, subcespitose, 300-4006-7 »; conidia broad-fusoid, sigmoid —
(ends curved in opposite directions ), 4-( exceptionally 5-) septate
and slightly constricted at the septa, intermediate cells brown, end =
cells hyaline, 40-70% 12-15 /, mostly subtruncate above.

473

HELMINTHOSPORIUM ToMATO Ell. & Barthol.

On decaying fruit of tomato, Rooks Co., Kansas, September,
1897. (. Bartholomew, no. 2433.)

Forming definite round black patches 1%-2 cm. diam.,
scarcely distinguishable externally from Macrosporium tomato Cke. ;
fertile hyphae erect, olive-brown, septate, geniculate and crooked,
often with 1-2 short, rudimentary, hyaline branches ( rudimentary
conidia )? at their tips, 40-60X 34-4 p, arising, in part at least,
from prostrate creeping threads; conidia oblong, brown, 1—3-sep-
tate, not constricted, obtuse at the ends, mostly a little curved,
15-27 X8-13 py.

The well developed erect fertile hyphae indicate Helminthospo-
rium rather than Clasterisporium.

CLASTERISPORIUM PULVINATUM E. & E.

On dead stems of Bigelovia or Gutierresia, Baldwin, Colo.,
June, 1897. (Bethel, no. 309. )

Forming pulvinate, orbicular, black flattened tufts, %—-1 mm.
diam., closely embraced by the margin of the ruptured epidermis ;
conidia erect, sparingly branched, 12—15-septate, scarcely con-
stricted, 100-120 12-15 #, narrowed at intervals.

CERCOSPORELLA HELIANTHELLAE E, & E.

On leaves of Helianthella quinquenervis, Deep Creek Lake,
Colo., August 11, 1894. (Prof. C. S. Crandall, no. 194.) _

Spots light brown, irregular, subangular, subconfluent, 2-3 mm.
diam. ; hyphae epiphyllous, densely tufted, tufts crowded so as to
form a white granular coat on the spots, 20-30X4¥y, simple or
with a short rudimentary branch or nodule near the tip, or sub-
dentate, hyaline ; conidia cylindrical, hyaline, uniseptate, slightly
attenuated towards the ends, 30-60X2™% Ht.

CERCOSPORA MACROCHAETA E. & E.

On leaves of Quercus chrysolepis, Jackson, Amador County,
Calif. (Geo. Hansen, no. 1334.)

Hypophyllous. Hyphae rudimentary, consisting merely of
aggregations of brown cells seated on the stellate hairs scattered
over the lower surface of the leaf; conidia flagelliform, clear,
light brown, 100-190 # long, the lower end for 15-20 in length
swollen and 3-5-septate, often constricted at the septa, the upper —
_ part gradually attenuated to the subobtuse extremity, slightly
curved.

474

Cercospora Sracuypis E. & E.

On Stachys palustris, Ames, Iowa, June, 1895. (Coll. Geo.
W. Carver; Comm. Prof. L. H. Pammel.)

Spots numerous, small, pale rust-color, 1 mm. diam., with a
narrow dark border; hyphae amphigenous, cespitose, few ina
tuft, slender, septate, brown, subgeniculate, mostly narrowly un-
dulate or crisped above, 60-75 X 34-4 2; conidia not well matured
and mostly still attached to the hyphae.

Has the general outward appearance of Cylindrosporium Stach-
ydis EN. J. M., 7: 277. 1893, but is a very different thing.

CERCOSPORA INCARNATA FE, & E.

On leaves of Asclepias incarnata, Oberlin, Ohio, August, 1895.
(Kelsey, no. 880.)

Amphigenous; spots orbicular, 2-3 mm. diam., dirty white
with a dark border above, brown below; hyphae cespitose, short,
18-254 yp, entire or slightly toothed above; conidia slightly

colored, attenuated and often shrivelled above, 5-10-septate, 25—
‘60X 334-4 pe.

CEercosporA GavyopuyTi E. & E.

On Gayophytum diffusum, Yosemite, Calif., June, 1895. (Dr.
J.J. Davis, no. 9510.)

Spots brownish, indefinite, extending along the sides of the
leaf or across the upper part, finally occupying the entire surface
and killing the leaf; hyphae amphigenous, cespitose, subhyaline,
continuous, simple, subdenticulate and subgeniculate above,

20-30% 3%-4 p»; conidia oblong, smoky-brown, nucleate, unisep-
tate, 20-35 X5-6 py.

CERCOSPORA COLEOSANTHI E. & E.

On Coleosanthus Californicus, Jackson, Amador Co., Calif.
( Geo. Hansen, no. 1396. )

Spots suborbicular, grayish brown, 2-4 mm. diam., often con-
fluent, margin narrow, darker; tufts amphigenous, thickly scat-
tered over the spots, gray; conidia cylindrical, sub-obtuse, nucle- —
ate, 30-40X21%4-3 yw, sometimes attenuated above and longer

( 50-60 p*)-
CrrcosporA Tracopoconis E. & E.

On leaves of Lragopogon porrifolius, Emma, Mo., September
22, 1897. (Rev. C. H. Demetrio, no. 613.) Are ea,

475

Spots suborbicular, rusty brown, and finally whitening out in
the centre, 1-3 mm. diam., or by confluence more; hyphae cespi-
tose, short, abundant, 20-30 3 4, smoky hyaline, continuous, sub-
undulate and obscurely toothed above; conidia clavate-cylin-
drical, 30-60 3 y, 1—-3-septate.

STEMPHYLIUM SUBRADIANS E. & E. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia, 1895: 441. 1895.

Specc. on Bigelovia or Gutierrezia from Baldwin, Colo., differ
from the type in the conidia varying from globose, 12-20 4, to ob-
long or oblong-elliptical, 15-30X12-15 y, this latter form of
conidia being most abundant.

STIGMELLA CraTagcI E. & E. N. A. F., 3492; F. Col., 995.
On leaves of Crataegus parvifolia, Newfeld, N. J., Aug.—Sept

1895.

Hypophyllous. Tufts punctiform, subeffused, black; prostrate
hyphae hyaline, branched, bearing the globose, elliptical, or ob-
long-elliptical dark olive-brown 1—3-septate and submuriform con-
idia on short lateral pedicils.

Outwardly resembles Hirudinmaria macrospora Ces. on the same

host (see N. A. F., 373), but is really very different.

IsaRIopsis MExIcANA E. & E.

On dead shrubby stems, Monterey, Mexico, March, 1897. (Dr.
B. F. G. Egeling.)

Hyphae simple, brown, septate at intervals of about 35 y,
loosely compacted into erect stipitiform tufts 300-400 y high and
100 yz thick, thickly scattered over the stems and appearing like
the cylindrical ostiola of some Diaporthe. The tips of the hyphae
are paler above and recurved and swollen, developing at length
into brown, multi-septate, 70-100 10-12 y# conidia.

Differs from 7. gviseola Sacc. in its septate, longer hyphae and
conidia ; from /. Grayiana EIl., in its coarser hyphae and multi-
septate, much longer conidia and from /. Linderae E. & E., only

in its habitat and much longer hyphae.

DENDRODOCHIUM CoMpPRESSUM E. & E.

On rotten wood, Orono, Maine. (Prof. F. L. Harvey.)
Erumpent, tuberculiform, about 1 mm. diam., light, yellow, —

becoming nearly amber color, soft and subgelatinous when fresh, _ a

becoming hard like horn; fertile hyphae slender, 200 # long,1 2
thick, trichotomously or subverticillately branched above, branches a

476

20-30 » long; conidia terminal, compressed, elliptical, 4-444X%3 pL
when viewed in front, 4-414 1% when seen edgewise.

The sporodochia resemble Cylindrocolla, but the structure is
that of Dendrodochium.

HeExicosoporium pitosum E, & E.

On decaying wood, Louisiana. (Langlois, no. 2453.)

Fertile hyphae erect, simple, septate, tapering above, straight
or nearly so, 200-400 long, 5-6 thick below, forming a thin
grayish-black pilose coating on the surface of the wood; conidia
filiform, hyaline, nucleate, forming about 3 coils which incline to
straighten out, about 214 thick and about 100» long, arising
from small (3), hyaline subglobose lateral tubercles on the
hyphae.

Allied to H. fuscum Morgan, but that has the thread of the

conidia thicker and a greater number of coils.

CYLINDROCOLLA BIGELOVIAE E. & E.
On dead stems of Bigelovia, Golden, Colorado, Jan., 1897.
(Bethel, no. 177.)
Sporodochia gregarious, depressed-hemispherical or strongly
convex, yellowish amber-color, %~—34 mm. diam.; sporophores

dendroidly branched, filiform, hyaline, 50-60X1 2; conidia termi-
nal, catenulate, cylindrical, 6-714 p.

DENDRODOCHIUM HELOTIOIDES E. & E.

On dead bark of Kukiu tree, Sandwich Islands (Kauai), 1895.
(A. A. Heller, no. 2678.)

Sporodochia seriately erumpent through cracks in the bark,
crowded, subconfluent, of irregular shape, orange-yellow, finally
concave-discoid, the disk deep orange, the sides whitish; sporo-
phores sparingly branched, erect, slender, 30-40 » long; conidia
oblong-elliptical, hyaline, 5-7X2%4-3% p.

Bears a striking resemblance to crowded forms of Helotium
citrinum (Hedw.) Fr. ae

FusARIUM ALEURINUM E. & E.
On wheat flour spilt on the ground and left exposed four
months, Nuttallburg, West. Va. (LL. W. Nuttall.)

Sporodochia compact, subtuberculiform-effused and subcon-—
fluent, reddish-orange, mycelium white ; fertil hyphae erect, much
branched, branches erect ; conidia terminal, fusoid, slightly curved,
continuous or faintly 1-3-septate, nucleate, 35-45X21%4-3

*

ATT

FusARIUM OxypDENDRI E. & E.

On Oxydendron arboreum, Nuttallburg, West Va., March,
1896. (L. W. Nuttall,no. 827.)

Sporodochia tuberculiform, about 1 mm. diam., slate-color,
subcartilaginous, truncate or concave above, erumpent through,
and closely surrounded by the ruptured epidermis; hyphae
branched, hyaline, nucleolate (olivaceous in the mass); conidia
arcuate, nucleate, continuous (as far as seen), 40-60X 2%-3 ps.

Allied to F/. Schweiniteii Ell. & Hark, but that has conidia
oblong, obtuse, 20-306 p.

Notes on Plants of New Mexico.

By A. A. HELLER.

Nine weeks of the season of 1897, or from May roth to July
17th, were spent in northern New Mexico by Mrs. Heller and
myself. We were located at Santa Fe, the bulk of the collecting
being done in the vicinity of that town. In all, some two hundred’
and forty numbers were collected, among them a dozen or more
n€w species, and many rare ones. Among the latter are a large
number of authentic specimens of the types of Fendler’s plants.
Part of the collection has already been distributed, the new species
bearing on their labels the names under which they will be de-
scribed as soon as a full report can be published. The following
notes are preliminary to this intended report :

EDWINIA nom. nov.

[ Jamesita T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 593. 1840. Not Raf. 1832.]

It appears that the name given to this beautiful shrub is not
tenable on account of the older /amesia of Rafinesque. That the
name of Edwin P. James, who did much to advance the interests
of botany during the first half of the century, should be altogether
dropped, does not seem fair, and with this idea in view, I assign
to the genus the name Adwinia.

{Epwinta Americana (T. & G.).
Jamesia Americana T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 593. 1840.

The specimen upon which the genus was founded was imper-

478

fect and scanty, and the exact locality from which it was obtained
is not known, but it is supposed to have come from “along the
Platte or the Canadian River.” Fendler re-discovered it on the
“banks of Santa Fe Creek, near the water, where the stream is
walled in on both sides by high rocks.” It is plentiful along
Santa Fe Creek in favorable situations, usually growing on rocks
or on talus. No. 3710.

/ Epwinia Wricati (Engelm. & Gray).
Fendlera rupicola var. Wrightti Engelm. & Gray, Pl. Wright. 1:
77, V5.7. 2. 1852.

The two plants figured in the plate referred to above, un-
doubtedly belong to different species. Our plant, no. 3513, was
collected in flower at Embudo, Taos County, on the rocky banks
of the Rio Grande river, on the 10th of May. It is an erect bush,
four or five feet high, covered in the flowering season with an
abundance of large, pink tinged flowers. The original is Wright's
228a, found in “ crevices of rocks on the San Pedro river,” Texas.

OxypoLis FENDLERI (A. Gray).

iors Fendlen A. Gray, Mem. Am: Acad. (II) 2:
1849.

The original of this species is Fendler’s no. 272, collected on
“margins of Santa Fe Creek, in fertile soil.” Our no. 3801 was
obtained in similar situations, always growing on the very edge of
the stream, or in wet, marshy places. It was first noticed at a
point eight miles east of Santa Fe, and is scattered at intervals

along the upper part of the stream, which rises in the mountains
some twenty miles from the town.

/ Prox STANSBURYI (Torr.).

Phlox speciosa var. Stansburyi Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv.
145. 1859.

This species differs in a number of particulars from Phlox longt-
folia, to which it was referred by Gray, as a variety. Its geo-
graphical range is also different, as it belongs to the southwest,
while dongifolia is a northern plant. Collected on the plateau west
of the Rio Grande river, at Barranca, Taos County, no. 3589. The
original localities are ‘‘ gravelly hills near the Organ mountains,

479

New Mexico ; Bigelow,” and “San Luis Mountain; Capt. E. K.
Smith.”

CONANTHUS ANGUSTIFOLIUS (A. Gray).

Nama dichotoma var. angustifolia A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 8:
284. 1870,

This abundantly distinct species does not in the least resemble
the South American plant to which it has been referred as a va-
riety. The original was collected by Fendler somewhere near
Santa Fe, no. 644, but the exact locality is not given. Our speci-
mens, no. 3846, were collected in a meadow nine miles east of
Santa Fe. The meadow in which it was growing had evidently
been under cultivation a year or two ago.

ConanTHus HIspiDus (A. Gray).

Nama hispida A. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 5: 339. 1861.

A species found only in sandy places west and north of Santa
Fe, at about 6,000 feet elevation, no. 3737.

Senecio compactus (A, Gray,) Rydberg, Mem. Torr. Club, 5:
342. 1894.

Senecio aureus var. compactus A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 1: Pt. 2, 391-
1878,

Recent writers have shown that S. aureus is a plant which be-
longs to the eastern part of the United States, and even if it were
found so far west as the Rocky Mountains, the plant under con-
sideration should not be referred to it. .S. compactus is a much
smaller, stouter plant, with thick leaves, of an entirely different
shape. Specimens referable to it, were collected near Colorado
Springs, Colorado, May 8th, no. 3508.

Vv SENECIO MIcRODONTUS (A. Gray).

Senecio Toluccanus var. microdontus A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 1: Pt.
2, 388. 1878.

Apparently distinct from the coarsely dentate leaved Mexican
species of DeCandolle. The obovate spatulate leaves are mi-
nutely serrate or entire in our specimens, no. 3648, collected in a
meadow along Santa Fe creek, nine miles east of Santa Fe.
Fendler’s 437, collected at the same place, was referred to Se
exaltatus by Gray.

480

‘Taraxacum Livipum (Waldst. & Kit.).

Leontodon lividus Waldst. & Kit. Pl. Rar. Hung. 2: 120. 1805.

Taraxacum palustre var. latifolium A, Gray, Mem. Am. Acad. -
(II) 2: 115. 1849.

A large flowered, broad and almost entire leaved plant which
is certainly specifically distinct from the common Dandelion, if in-
deed it be the same as the European plant. No. 3642, collected
along Santa Fe creek, nine miles east of Santa Fe, and also on the
Pecos river. Fendler collected it on the “banks of Santa Fe

creek.”

UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA,
Minneapolis, Minn.

Some Cryptogams found in the Air.

By SmitrH ELy JELLiFFE,

The writer has been studying the yeasts and moulds found as
contaminations upon the bacterial plates in the laboratories of the
College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia University, New
York.

These organisms have been isolated and studied in pure cul-
tures upon Petri dishes and a list of the forms thus far found is
here given. The study here recorded extends over a period of
three months, January, February and March, 1897:

SACCHAROMYCETES.
Saccharomyces certvisiae Meyen. Rare.
S. albicans Robin. Rare.
S. glutinis Fres. Common.
S. niger Marp. Rare.

MUCORINI.
Mucor racemosus Fres. Abundant.
M. circinelloides Van Tiegh. Rare.
M. spinosus Van Tiegh. Rare.
Circinella spinosa Van Tiegh. Rare.
Rhizopus nigricans Ehren. Not rare.

481

HYPHOMYCETES.

Oospora lactis (Fres.) Sacc. Rare.

O. porriginis (Mont. et Berk.) Sacc. Rare.

Monilia candida Bon. Rare.

M. racemosa Pers. Common.

Aspergillus repens DeBary. Common.

A. herbariorum Wiggers. Common.

Sterigmatocystis nigra Van Tiegh. Rare.

S. sulphurea ochracea Will. Common.

S. glauca Bain. Rare.

S. butyracea Bain. Rare.

Penicillium crustaceum Link. Common.

PL. digttatum (Fr.) Sacc. Rare.

Botrytis.

Cephalothecitum roseum Corda. Common.

Lorula.

Flormodendron cladosporioides (Fres.) Sacc. Common.

Alternaria tenuis Nees. Common. —

Macrosporium commune Rab. Rare.

Fusarium roseolum (Steph.) Sacc. Rare.

These forms being still under cultivation, the writer would be
pleased to exchange cultures. Nutrient glycerine agar has been
found to be the best medium for the majority of the forms.

231 W, Jisr Sr. NY,
March 27, 1897.

Botanical Notes.

Specimens of Hiecoria wanted.—An examination of western
fitcoria material has shown that the tree described in Garden
and Forest* as Hicoria pallida Ashe is identical with the A. glabra
villosa of Prof. Sargent,+ or at most a variety of that tree, and the
name should be Aicoria villosa (Sarg.). The tree is common in
eastern Missouri, and is found as far south as northern Mexico.t

*to: 306.
+ Silva, 8: 167. pa -
t A specimen of Pringle’s in the U.S. Nat. Herb, labeled Carya myristicaeformis,

482

It occurs northward to Delaware, and is to be looked for in south-
ern New Jersey in the pine barrens. To more exactly determine
the distribution of the several trees popularly known as pignuts
(including H. microcarpa or odorata) | would be glad to get speci-
mens of these trees, especially from Michigan, central New York,
New Jersey, Pennsylvania and Delaware, and from all of the
southwestern States.

The essential parts of a hickory specimen are vigorous twigs
with well developed buds, and fruit and leaves. I will return any
material sent if desired, and will determine any for persons wish-
ing it. W. W. ASHE.

RALEIGH, N, C.

Lhe Botanical Society of Pennsylvania.—This Society was re-
cently instituted at the University of Pennsylvania. Under its
auspices a fortnightly series of popular meetings and of scientific
meetings will be held during the session, dates will be arranged for
the study of plants in evening classes, while during the next Spring
and Summer a course of laboratory demonstrations and field ex-
cusions will be planned, to all of which members will be freely
eligible.

Programme for the First Regular meeting, Oct. 23, 1897:

1. “The Life-history of some Insects injurious to our Trees.”
(Illustrated by a suite of specimens presented by Mrs. C. C. Har-
rison.) Dr. H. C. Schmucker.

2. “Our minutest Plants.” Dr. A. C. Abbott.

3. “* Native and foreign Pitcher-Plants.” (Illustrated by lan-
tern slides and specimens from the garden and greenhouse.) Prof.
J. M. Macfarlane.

4. “Our Forest Trees.” (Illustrated by lantern slides.) Dr.
J. T. Rothrock.

5. “Seaweeds from New England.” (With microscopic dem-
onstration.) Dr. Adeline F. Schively.

6. “ Microscopic Photography.” Prof. J. F. Macfarlane.

7. “The Micro-Lantern and Its Uses.” Dr. J. W. Harsh-
berger.

The first number of “ The Plant World” was issued in October,
as already announced. Three of the editors contribute articles to

485

this number. Mrs, Britton leads with an account of the Sword
Moss, telling briefly its history, how and where it was first found
fruiting, illustrating its structure, and offering specimens for
study. Mr. Pollard begins a series of short papers on the Families
of Flowering Plants, introduces his readers to the two divisions of
the Angiosperms, and promises for the next number a study of six
families of the Monocotyledons, including the pondweeds, arrow-
heads, and cat-tails. Prof. Knowlton gives some interesting sta-
tistics as to the sensitiveness of the sundew. The ferns of the
Yosemite and the neighboring Sierras are described by S. H.
Burnham, who spent seven weeks with a party of students from
Stanford University collecting in this region. Mr. Clute describes
collecting some sand-barren plants on the Shinnecock Hills, Long
Island, noting the gregariousness and isolation of the patches of
plants that find an ungenerous sustenance in this sandy region.
In his editorial, Prof. Knowlton cordially welcomes all botanists
and those interested in any branch of the vegetable kingdom to
contribute to its pages. The notes and news, which conclude the
number, furnish many items of interest. The journal is published
by Willard N. Clute & Co., Binghamton, N. Y.; the subscription
price is one dollar per year.

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Beal, W. J. The Botanic Garden of the Michigan Agricultural Col-
lege. Gard. & For. 10: 365. 15 S. 1897.

Britton, E.G. The Sword Moss. Plant World, 1:1-5. jig. O. 1897.

Burnham, S. H. Ferns of the Yosemite and the neighboring Sierras.
Plant World, 1: 8-10. O. 1897.

Clute, W.N. Some Sand Barren Plants. Plant World, 1: 11. O.
1897.

Crepin, F. La Question de la Priorité des Noms spécifiques envisagée
au Point de Vue de Genre Rosa. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 129-163.
Mr. 1897.

DeCandolle, C. Piperaceae Andreanae. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 696-
711. Au. 1897,

Dock, M. L. The Chestnut in Bloom. Gard. & For. 10: 372./. 48.
22 S. 1897.

484

Douglas, T. H. The Germination of Conifer-seeds. Gard. & For.
10°} go7F. 2g W.:8893.

Dewey, L.H. The eastward Migration of certain Weeds in America.
Asa Gray Bull. 5: 54. Je. 1897.

Frauchet, A. Jsopyrum et Coptis: leur Distribution Géographique.
Journ. de Bot. rr: 154-158; 159-166; 187-190; 191-195; 218-
226; 227-233. 1 My~16 Jl. 1897.

Garcke, A. Ueber Abutilon erosum Schidl. Notizblatt Kénigl. Bot.
Gart. Berlin, 1: 293-294. 7 Au. 1897.

Gerard, J. W. Romneya Coulteri. Gard. & For. 10: 352. f. 46.
8S. 1897.

Hooker, J. D. Begonia Baumanni. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: p/. 7540. Je-
1897.

Hooker, J.D. Cattleya clongata. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: p/. 7543. Jl.
1897.

Hooker, J.D. Helianthus giganteus. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: p/ 7555:
S. 1897.

Hooker, J.D. Helianthus tuberosus. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: p¢. 7545:
J}. 1897.

Hooker, J.D. Laelia longipes. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: fl. 7542. Je:
1897. ;

Hooker, J.D. Scheelea Kewensis. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: pl. 7552)
7553- 5. 1897.

Hooker, J.D. Zamia obliqua. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: pl. 7542. Ji.
1897.

Jenman, G.S. Selaginella humilis. Gardn. Chron. 21: 210. 25 S-
1897.
A new species from Trinidad,

Jenman, G.S. Se/aginella Mazaruniense. Gardn. Chron. 21: 219,
25S. 1897.

Kains, M. G. Pollen-bearing zs. Plant Vigor. Gard. & For. 10:
380. 29S. 1897.

Kelsey, F.D. The Genus Uncinula. The Observer, 7: 431-432»
538-540. 1896; 8: 53-57, 144-148. 1897.

Knowlton, F. H. Sensitiveness of the Sundew. Plant World, 1:
s. -. 1869.

485

Kranzlin, F. Zuddemannia Sanderiana. Gardn. Chron. 21: 138.
28 Au. 1897.
A new Orchid from Columbia.

Langdon, F. Swarm. spores in Oédogonium and Vaucheria. Asa
Gray Bull. 5: 4. Ja. 1897.

Lehman, F. C. TZvrevoria chioris. Gardn. Chron. 2: 346-347.
J. 128. 29 My. 1897.

The description of a new genus in Orchidaceae from Columbia, with one species

Lindau, G. Acanthaceae Americanae et Asiaticae novae vel minus
cognitae. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 643-681. Au. 1897.

Lloyd, J. U. The California Manna. Am. Journ. Pharm. 69: 329-
338. Jl. 1897.

Loesener, T. Ueber Mex Lavaruayene® St. Hil. und einige andere

Matepflanzen. Notizblatt Kénigl. Bot. Gart. Berlin, 1: 315-319.
15 S. 1897. ;

Mechan, T. Chimaphila umbellata. Meehans’ Month. 7: 7. 9. 5S.
1897.

Meehan, T. Contributions to the Life Histories of Plants—XII.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1897: 27. Ap. 1897.

Meehan, T. Lentstemon barbatus. Meehans’ Month. : Pf 8. AM.
1897.

Meehan, T. The Improving of Native Plants. Gard. & For. 10:
359. 15S. 1897.

Muller, C. Bryologia Guatemalensis ex collectionibus Domin. Ber-
nouilli et Cario (1866-1878), V. Turckheim et aliorum. Bull.
Herb. Boiss. 5: 171-220. Mr. 1897.

Muller, C. Symbolae ad Bryologiam Jamaicensam. Bull. Herb.
Boiss. §: 547-567. Jl. 1897.

Orcutt, C. R. Review of the Cactaceae. Pamphlet, pp. 21. San
Diego, California. 3 Jl. 1897.

Rothrock, J. T. Tree Form and Tree Photography. Forest Leaves,
6: 72. Au. 1897.

Sargent, C. S. Rhus trichocarpa. Gard. & For. 10: 384. f. 49.
29 S. 1897.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. Eivnaaes paniculata, Gard. & For. 10:
362, f. 7. 16S. 1899.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. The Forests of Alaska. Gard. & For. 10:
379. 29S. 1897.

486

Sears, F. C. Some UtahShade Trees. Gard. & For. 10: 356. 8S.
1897.

Shinn, C. H. Baron Von Miiller’s Services to California. Gard. &
For. 10: 381. © 29 S. 1897.
Trelease, W. The Swamps of southeastern Missouri. Gard. & For.
10: 370. 2258. 1897.
Trimble, H. Memoir of Edson Sewell Bastin. Am. Journ. Pharm.
69: 385-391. Au. 1897.

Van Rensselaer, M. G. Wild Flowers of early September. Gard. &
For. 10: 359-361. 15S. 1897.

White, T. Mechanical Elevation of the Roots of Trees. Asa Gray
Bull. 5: 2. Ja. 1897.

Wilson, F. Native Orchids. Asa Gray Bull. 5: 54. Au. 1897.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

[The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ]
VoLuME I.

No. 5. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, By N. L. Britton
(1888), es ae Se a ee! 25 cents,
No. 6. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;

not yet completed. )
No. 7. The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents.
No. 9. A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
’ Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N, L.

Britton.
The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains
and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . _ . 25 cents.
No. 11. Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa,
Adans. By N. 1. Britton (:869)) +25 ny : ase as cents,
No. 13. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
CIBEQ)y so gees ee oe 25 cents.
No. 15. A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera, By Wm. E. Wheel-
ock (1300), i a a in ey ee COLORS
No. 16, New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
(1990), eos oi ey op ae, Si ON tie) Gal 25 cents.

No. 17. The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
No. 20, New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

C8898) win Gee ae, ee ee Se a5 Cents.
No. 21. Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
(1891) oS ae a ae ee 25 cents.
No. 22, New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
(TSQR) 5 ee ee eee _« +. 25 cents,
No. 24. Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
Ries (1893), 6 ie ae ee co ee 25 cents.

No. 25. A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus Meibomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents

VotumeE II. coe

No. 26. A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North
America. By N. L. Britton (1392),.. . . + + 5 : +. 25 cents.

No. 27, Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
L, Britton (8898), Fo ee ae a .. ._. 25 cents.

No. 29. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton
(1892), es eee ey ts ee Ls £5 CRE.

No. 30. Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L.
Britton (1894): 2 Se ee 25 ste

No. 31. A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Smal
C1 re ee ae ee 25 cents.

Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), .. +--+ s+ ++ $1.50
No. 37. Further Notes on (ito Se Species of Polygonum. By John froyiow a
ete) eer ee, Cro er yee ues ee nts,
‘No. 38. New ids Rises North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. “A ees
(igs)is 3 et a nts,
No. 39. Contributions to American Bryology, I1I.—Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, . 25 cents,

_No. 40. New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H H. Rusby (1893), . 25 cents.
No. 41. The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian Mountain Sys

tem. By John K. Smal (1809), «3 se Se ee 25 cents,
No. 42. Notes pity various Swecies of Iridacezee and other Orders. ae
Morong (1 ee ee Ge Poiana se aie arn i
No. 43. Notes Pi es pee of theastern Kentucky. By T. H. pate ie
I . ° . . ee . . . . sof i ae ee i a Re BOR ® ; °
No. 44. Gomera to American Bryology, 1V. Notes on the North American

No. 45.

No. 47.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United: States, I. By John K.

Small (isgd)e 0. ee Doge eee 2 gg eees
Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other
Species. By A. A. Heller (1894) ..... , . 25 cents.

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
HON (EOQ4 os co ne oe, ee ao 60, oe ae
Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American
Species of Weissia (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of

Cuscuta. By W. D. Matthew (1893),. .....-- . . . 25 cents,
A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America, By Anna Murray Vail
CitOR 06s 6 se we ee Pees da tie ec kee * | +25 cents.

VotumE III.
Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.
By N. L. Britton (1894), . Pear rane . 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.
By Pizabeth G, Britton.-( 1894); 2 . 5 oo. 25 Cents,
New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
The Genus Cassia in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
A Revision of the Genus Zechea, By N. L. Britton (1894), . . 25 cents.
New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
RIGA es ap ome _ . 28 cents.
A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Carlton: C; Corts (i80d), 7 2. ane fii gh gk Cena.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.
Small (1894), cee eee OPS eee ee
Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus

G. Britton CIOG4 Te ee a ry aes le pees 25 cents.
The Smilaceze of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894)
25 cents.

Theodore G. White (1894), Se SO oils, Ce a eee 25 cents.
Two Species of Oxa/is. By John K. Small (1894) : . . . 25 cents.
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. Sy John K. Small

CMO oes oo i yk . + «+ 85 Conte.
Some new Florida Plants. By T, H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents.
Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby( 1894), 25 cents.
Family Nomenclature, By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), 25 cents.

A Ae A, REN A ES Mone Nee, SOE Gos fet AM,

SCs Oe

Ce a Oe ee ee

oe Sn eS a BE

The Biological Status of L; Xpenige Sar

1ological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1 , . 25 cents.
vt tiee — North American Phanerogams, x Ek. Oh Britton
, sie piece cong yi be ‘- a eee cinas fee preree 0c | 25 cents.
The Genus Cenchrus in North'America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents.
ere : the Botany of the Southeastern United States. sy John K. Small
, . ieee . . . ts.

New or Noteworthy American Grasses— I. By Geo. V. Nash (1 robo
ar INC u . By Geo. V. Nash (1 .25cents. —
Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth G. ae (1895-)
; 25 cents, ;

. 82,
OF.
. 84.

Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei-
der (1895). . . 25 cents.

A Study of the Genus Ga/aetia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail
CIDOB aie ae re ay 25 cents,
New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895).
25 cents,

Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents,
Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell.

(1896), 3s ge ainda _ . 25 cents.
A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax-
ifragaceae. By Wm. E, Wheelock. (1896), Lote 2 as Conte.
A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), . . . 25 cents.

Notes on some Florida Plants. II. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), . . 25 cents,
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—V. By John K,

Small, (1896), ee eae 2. 25 cents.
The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Stsyrinchium).

By Eugene P, Bicknell (1896), . . : 25 cents,
New or noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo, V, Nash (1896), 25 cents.
O£n othera and its Segregates, By John K. Small (1896),. . . 25 cents.
A preliminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae. By A. J.

Grout ( te ee Senet ; é ait 25 cents,
Revision of the Genus Asiminain North America, By Geo, V. Nash (1896).
25 cents,
Notes on Fotentilla,1.,1I. By P. A. Rydberg (1896). 25 cents.
A neglected Species of Oxadis and its Relatives. By John K. Small (1896).
25 cents,
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VI. By John K,
Small (1606) go Ge ee ee . 25 cents.
Notes on /otentilia—III. By P. A. Rydberg (1896)... .. 25 cents.
On a new Species of Scrophudaria hitherto confounded with 5. Mary-
landica. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896) ........-. 25 cents.
VOLUME V.
The Genus Cephadlozia in North America, By L. M. sane cag
New and Noteworthy Species of Sexifraga. By John K. ae sca
Notes on Potentilla—IV. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) .. , 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VII. By John
SOM CPBUO) ee a ee eS Sen aes 25 cents.

Notes on /otentilla—V. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) . . . . . 25 cents.
Reinke’s Discussions of Lichenology. By Albert Schneider (1896), 25 cents.
Two Nuttallian Species of Oxa/ts. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents.
The North American Species of Shoshana pylori per reg Pp
i i ies, B ene P. Bic F .

(Porter) Britton, a valid Species. Boce Ty ple

i f hytes. By L. M.
Terminology among the stad st x ii . . . 25 cents,

. « 6 « 25 Cents.
New and Noteworthy American Grasses, V. By Geo. V. Nash (1897).

as cents.

An Apparently Undescribed Species of Frunus from Connecticut. A new

Yonreauee haa Bolivia. The Relation between the Genera 7hysa-

nella and Polygonella as shown by a hitherto unobserved character. on

John K. Small (1897), : 25 cents.

Some New Fungi, chiefly from Alabama. By L. M. vagestuts 1897):

Calkins (1 MRLs coor pectatea esr ey Se Se 25 cents.
Studies in ay teas of the Southeastern United States—IX. ag apd a

Cyrehyre, anew Genus of Hepaticae. By as cents.

No, 119. The nature and origin of Stipules. By A. A. Tyler (1897), 50 cents.
No. 120, Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—X. By John K.
ied) (1007 os hee ea ay .. eee
Title-pages for Vols. I., II., III. and IV. can be supplied.
The series as above listed will be supplied for $15.
Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,
may be had for $2. Address

PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD,
Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY.

A Text-Book of General Lichenology

With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern
United States.

By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M.S, M D.

The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their
Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis.

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80; in cloth,
$4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application.

PUBLISHED BY
WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N.Y.

Living Cacti.

$6,000.00 worth (at wholesale prices) for sale in large or small collections, suited
to parks, botanical gardens and private fanciers. Also other plants, bulbs and
seeds,

Books wanted in exchange for above, or for cash, 3,000 volumes for sale.

Review of the Cactacez of the United States: By CHARLES RUSSELL ORCUTT,
Part I. now ready. Price $1.00. To be completed in Four Parts. $3.00 to
subscribers. Original descriptions, synonymy, bibliography, and much new mat-
ter that helps to bring order out of previous chaos in this family.

Orcutt Seed and Plant Co. San Diego, California.

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

Cambridge. Mass.

DEALERS IN

Herbarium and Laboratory Materials and Apparatus,
Microscopes, Books, Specimens.

New Catalogue of Laboratory Note Books and Specime :

i for Laboratory Use, Choice
Material, New Improvements in li : pecimens ry Use,
Moisture, Dust, Scorching. ts in light Herbarium Cases proof Against Insects,

Everything Useful to Botanists.

AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA

— OF THE —

NORTHERN STATES AND CANADA,
Westward to the 102d Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA.

By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN,
with the assistance of SPECIALISTS in various groups.

Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and FIG-
URED. Cuts, over 4,000. With Keys to species and genera, the SyNonyMy, the
English Names, the REVISED NOMENCLATURE, and revised SysTEMATIC SEQUENCE
of Families,

The First complete ILLUsTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country.

For Students and all Lovers of Plants.

Vols. I. and ITI. now ready. Vol. III. will appear early in 1898.

Price, $3.00 per Volume.

Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers,

Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York,

or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York

COMMENTS.

“The technical and common name or names, as well as the description of the
plant, leaves and fruit, as well as its habitat, together with the illustration, give a com-
plete and minute treatise of each species, together forming a most comprehensive ref-
erence book for the student, as well as others interested in Botany.” —/orest Leaves.

“Permit me to express my high appreciation of the work, the exact and beauti-
ful illustrations of which, in connection with the text, now first renders possible a
comprehensive and satisfactory study of the plants of the northern States without the
possession of a very extensive herbarium.”—JoHN H. Lovett, Waldboro, Maine.

“The immensity of the undertaking will probably be fully appreciated by com-
paratively few ; but any one can see that it must involve appalling labor. Certainly
no such general work has been previously attempted. The execution of the under-
taking appears to be thoroughly satisfactory. The possession of this great mine of
exact and elaborate botanical information must prove a constant delight and satisfac-
tion to every one who takes any sort of intelligent interest in the vegetable world.” —
Country Gentleman.

“The volume is to me and will, I think be to all amateurs, more interesting
than Vol. I. That was deeply interesting, but this treats of more flowers that come
within our realm of knowledge. I am exceedingly glad that we have such a book in
America, and I can not speak too highly of its praise.”—-Geo, D. Hutst, Brooklyn,
New York.

“ Last August the first copies of Vol, I. of this work were distributed, and about
the middle of June of the present year copies of Volume II. reached the botanists of
the country, The good opinion of the work formed from an examination of the first
volume is confirmed by even a glance at the second. The outline figures continue to
be most useful.” 7%¢ American Naturalist.

“More than three thousand plants are described, every one of which may be
recognized by a child from the illustrations, and yet each is described and named with
authorities and with synonyms that clear up the vexing questions of identity,” — 7he
Churchman,

* All it it at once, I don’t know how we got along so many years
without rs Pg pine eerie gratitude of all lovers of the plant kingdom,”—Prof.
W, A. KELLERMAN, Columbus, Ohio. :

“Tt will be no exaggeration to pronounce. this the most valuable contribution ever
made to American botany, so far as the area covered by Gray’s Manual—somewhat
extended... ‘i The authors deserve the thanks of every botanist for this success-
ful ending of a great task.”—Meehans’ Monthly, Philadelphia.

“This work should be in the library of all lovers and students of flowers; for
while it is the most exhaustive and complete work on systematic botany that has been
published in this country, it affords at the same time an easy introduction to begin-
ners through its illustrations,” — The Churchman, New York.

“We cannot too highly commend the volume before us, and no flower-lover can
consider his library complete without it.’— The Advance, Chicago.

‘The work should find an enthusiastic welcome in the private study, as well as
in the college class-room.’”’—Chicago Tribune.

‘* A book of rare excellence, doing on a much enlarged scale for this country what
is accomplished for Great Britain by Bentham’s Illustrated Flora. Besides the accu-
rate description, we here have an authentic portrait of every North American species.
The treatment is popular, but at the same time eminently scientific. A complete cy-
clopaedia of American systematic botany.”—PROFESSOR W. WHITMAN BAILEY, of
Brown University.

‘‘As far as the present volume enables us to judge, we have here a treatise
which will exert a wide influence in inducing large numbers of persons to make
botany within these limits a pleasant recreative study, and which will at the same
time afford to those who are fond of systematic botany a convenient work of refer-
ence. . . . A large proportion of the drawings are excellent in all respects. . . . The
artificial keys are excellent throughout. All of them appear, so far as our exam-
ination has gone, to be carefully prepared. .... The appearance of the whole work
is extremely attractive, and every feature of its mechanical execution will bear strict
scrutiny as regards both workmanship and sound taste. ‘The authors are to be heart-
ily congratulated on their genuine success in securing earnest cooperation from all
their coadjutors and thus making a worthy contribution to the advancement of inter-
est in our native flora..... In this treatise we have an admirable addition to the
working appliances of all lovers of North American plants.”—WV. VY. Evening Post.

““T have had your first volume in hand for several months, and examined and re-
examined it with the greatest care. The more I use it the more it commends itself
. to my favor.”—Hon, Davin F. Day, Buffalo, N. Y.

ane appearance of the first volume of the ‘‘ Illustrated Flora”? marks a distinct
advance in systematic botany, and in the literature of that science in America... -
The work should tend to greatly popularize the study of plants. The price is very
moderate for such a comprehensive volume, and every botanist should subscribe at
once for it.’—American Journal of Pharmacy.

“The work is going to do an immense amount of good in popularizing syste-

matic botany, and arousing a greater interest in such study.” PROF. THOS. A.
WiiuiaMs, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. .

_ “Tam delighted with it, and congratulate you on the success you have achieved
in the issue of this splendid volume. Your work cannot fail to be highly appreci-
ated by every botanist in the country, and to make the study of the. science more
_ popular than ever.””—Dr. CHas. MouR, Mobile, Ala.

__“‘The peculiarity of the book is that every species is ted. This, together
with the completeness of scope and inclusion o fie lateue eceniie on the topic,
makes the volume of extreme value as a book of reference, while its moderate price
brings it within the reach of all botanical students. It fills a gap, accomplishing for
American Botany what has already been done for Great Britain and northern Europe.

The mechanical execution of tex: and drawi irable,??——
alist, Boston. wings is admirable.”"— The Congrecatione

ESTABLISHED BLISHED Tt S5i,

EIMER & AMEND.

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & an Third Ave,,

Corner of 18th Street. NEW YORK.

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES

OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR 3

E. March’s Szline Chemical Stone
Ware.

Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically
Pure and Common Filter Paper.
Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome-

ters (Polariscopes).
Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bas
ances, etc.

s Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co.,
Paris, Platinum.

H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals.

_ SPECIALTIES: : —Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass-_
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem.

ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pare.
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s _
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals for —
Sugar Chemists. Ree

LABORATORY OUTFITS

FOR | oe
FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES snp COLLEGES oo
Cu vAss-BLowING, vesbanaaee GRINDING AND REPAIRING. Ae

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(1) THE BULLETIN.

This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with
many full page illustr-tions were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.

Terms for Engiand and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for
England, Messrs, DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. ;

Back NumBErs.—The BULLETIN was published from 1870 to 187°, inclusive
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 16 have been indexed sepa-
rately, and a general index to Vols. 7 to 16 printed in pamphlet form, which may be had

tor 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 and 23 are indexed
separately. Price of each $2.00, Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied complete.

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Those
omitted from this list cannot be had separately.

: Volume 1, No. 2,—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents.
No. 3—An Enumeration of the Hepaticz collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in
South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price, .
_ 75 cents.
No, 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant, Price, 75 cents.
- Volume 2, No. t.—On Reserve Food: Materials in Buds and Surrounding
Fors, with two plates. By syron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents.
No. 2,—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. ae
__No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala.
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents.
Vol. 3. No, 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous ter:
ritory. By John K. Small and A, A. Heller. Price, 50 cents.
No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of ali
the species, By Thos. Morong. Price $2.00. —
No. 3—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang.
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents.
Vol. 4. No. 1.—Index Hepaticarum Part. 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M.
Underwood. Price, 75 cents.
No. 2.—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the ‘Season
1892. By John K. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, 30 cents.
No, 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Migue Bang—II ;
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents.
: No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea L. with three plates. By Anna Stockton Pettit.
Price, 50 cents.
le 5-—Monograph of Physais and related Genera. By P. A. ‘Rydberg. Price, ;
75 cen
Vol. 5. List of Northeastern American Plants of az Botanical Club, American =
"association for the Advancement of Science. . Price, $3.00. — 2s
Vol. 6. No, 1.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Zi
_ Bang—IlI. By Henry H. Rusby. Price, $1.25.
_ No, 2.—A_ Revision of the North. American ‘rotheciaceae and Ba cher
eet ng Sone = Grout. eee 50° cents,

Sees? \ The Preliminary Catalogue of Asis ek Bi
g iio puuited nites ob Nase) rk, 188

= | NOVEMBER,

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF HoT

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

OFFICERS FOR 1897.

President:
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Presidents,

T. F. ALLEN, M. D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D.
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, Dr. JOHN K. SMALL,
Normal College, New York City. ; Columbia University, New York City.
Editor, é Treasurer,
Ae BRITTON, Ph. D., HENRY OGDEN,
63 East 4gth Street, New York City. 11 Pine Street, New York City.

Associate Editors,

ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Se. D.
pil leks HOLLICK, Ph,. D. LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD, Pu. D.
Curator, . _ Librarian,
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D.

Committee on Finance,
J. I. KANE. : WM. E. WHEELOCK, M D.

Committee on Admissions.
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D.,

319 E. 57th Street, New York City. 64 W. 55th Street, New York City.
Library and Herbarium Committee,
JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, | HELEN M. INGERSOLL,
‘ WM: E: WHEELOCK, M. D., Rev. L. H. LIGHTHIPE.
Committees on the Local Flora,
PHANEROGAMIA, : sae CRYPTOGAMIA,
Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, . ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., “MARIA O. LE BRUN,
H, H. RUSBY, M.D, = ~—- SMITH _ELY JELLIFFE, M. D.

i The Club meets regularly at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th Street, —
New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, :xcept

June, July, one ee at 8 o’clock, P. M. Reale ee ee
gaan |

es “Munsens or T= Ciun will please remit their annual dues for 1897,
“weet fo Me bes Spey Eras " vent Se ‘New York City

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States.—XII.
By Joun K. SMALL.
(PLATE 315.)
I. Norewortuy SPECIES.

TRADESCANTIA MONTANA Shuttl.; Britton, in Britton & Brown, III.

Fl. x: 377. fig. O41. 1000;

Mr. C. D. Beadle has distributed specimens of this Alleghenian
Lradescantia from the Biltmore Herbarium, which match the
original specimens of Rugel more closely than any others that
Ihave seen. The plants from Biltmore are somewhat larger and
More advanced than the specimens on which the species was
founded but come from the same general region. The original
Specimens are accompanied by the following record: “In pre-
eruptis reg. med. mont. Broad River Ms., Carolina Sept. legit
Rugel, Jun. 1841.

SISYRINCHIUM GRAMINOIDES Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Club, 23: 133.
1896.

After describing this Sisyrinchium Mr. Bicknell gives a general
distribution for the species, but notes the “ exact distribution not
well made out.” I can now record two definite southern stations:
the first, Stone Mountain, Georgia, where I collected the plant at
an altitude of about 550 meters, in 1895, and Auburn, Alabama,
where Prof. Underwood gathered specimens in 1896.

OXALIS GRANDIS Small, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 474. 1894.
Mr. C. D. Beadle has lately sent me specimens of this, our

488

‘most robust species of Oxalis, from the Biltmore herbarium, col-
lected in thickets at Biltmore, North Carolina. This collection
extends the geographic range of the species somewhat further
southward than was heretofore known.

OxaALIs RECURVA Ell. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1: 526. 1821.

As the exploration of the Southern States progresses, Elliott's
beautiful and delicate recurved-styled O-ralis is being found at
various points. Mr. Beadle has sent me ample specimens, show-
ing the extensive rootstock system, and the first specimens gath-
ered bearing mature fruit. The species grows in woodlands at
Biltmore.

HepDeERA HELix L. Sp, Pl. 202. 1753.

The common European ivy must be admitted to the flora of
the Southern States as an introduced species. It is frequent about
old dwellings and similar places and I have found it perfectly natu-
ralized on the steep, rocky banks of the Ocmulgee River, above

Macon, Georgia, where it has escaped from a cemetery higher up
on the hill.

‘ LIMONIUM AuGUsTATUM (A. Gray).

Statice Brasilense var. augustata A, Gray, Syn. Fl. 2: part I,
54. 1878. .
_ Perennial, slender, acaulescent; leaves basal, few, the blades
linear, 4-7 cm. long, cuspidate, I-nerved, narrowed into petioles
which are somewhat shorter than the blades, their bases dilated ;
scapes erect, about 3 dm. tall, with several scale-like clasping
bracts, sparingly branched above; bracts subtending the flowers
broadly oblong, 4 mm. long, acute; calyx about 5 mm. long, the

tube glabrous, the 5 teeth ovate, the connecting membranes
eroded.

In salt marshes, Pine Key, Florida.

The best treatment of our North American Zimonia that has
thus far appeared is that by Dr. Gray in his Synoptical Flora, 2:
Part 1,54; but one distinct species was there admitted as a
variety and one was overlooked. (See page 491.)

The plant just described is apparently rare and I call attention
to it hoping that some of the botanists of southern Florida may
be able to find it and collect specimens. Heretofore it has been
made a variety of Limontum Brasiliense (Boiss.) (Statice Brasiliensts

.

489

Boiss.), but is readily distinguished by its more slender habit, the’
linear leaf-blades, the oblong acute bracts which subtend the flow-
ers, and the ovate calyx-segments.

GENTIANA QUINQUEFOLIA L, Sp. Pl. 230. 1753.

Mr. A. M. Huger has sent me specimens of this gentian from
the vicinity of Waynesville, North Carolina, noting that the plants
often produce a prodigious number of flowers, he having counted
over three hundred and sixty on some specimens. He has also
observed the extensive altitudinal range of the species, recording
that it grows from the “bottoms” to “balds,” in this case from
about 300 meters to nearly 1500 meters. I have noticed the same
occurrence in northern Georgia.

IPOMOEA BARBIGERA Sweet, Brit. Fl: Gard. p/. 86. 1818.

Dr. Mohr has lately published an interesting note on this
species in this journal ;* the plant has apparently not been col-
lected many times since its discovery and it would be desirable
to know more of its geographic range. Prof. Carl F. Baker has
sent me specimens collected near Auburn, Alabama, in the fall
of 18096. :

Ipomoga PurPuREA (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. 27. 1787.

Prof. Baker has also sent me this morning glory, collected
near Auburn, Alabama, thus giving us a station between the At-
lantic States and Texas; this break in its range is indicated in
the Synoptical Flora.t

MENTHA RoTUNDIFOLIA (L.) Huds. Fl. Angl. 221. 1762.

Only one station in the Southern States, namely, “ near Wil-
mington, North Carolina,” has been recorded for this mint. How-
ever the species is spreading; in 1891 Miss K. A. Taylor
collected specimens in a wet meadow near Columbia, South
Carolina, and in 1895 I found it abundant near Trader's Hill in
southeastern Georgia.

* Bull. Torr. Club, 24: 26.
¢ Syn. FL N. A. 2: 210.
¢ Chapm. Fi. S, St. Ed. 2. 313.

490

Treucrium Nasuu Kearney, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 483. 1894.

Mr. A. H. Curtiss has added another station for Zeucrium
Nashii. ‘The specimens are from near Jacksonville, Florida, and
are numbered 5040.

LONICERA Japonica Thunb. FI, Jap. 89. 1784.

In a former note* I have spoken of the abundance of this
foreign plant in certain localities. Mr. A. H. Curtiss now sends
it from Florida (number 4690) saying, “In moist thickets where
this gets a foothold it grows and fruits more freely than does ZL.
sempervirens on dry land. I do not know that either grow from
seed.” I may add that it has become a very troublesome weed
in many parts of the country. :

II. New SPECcIEs.

Victa HuGert.

Annual, very slender, bright green, minutely and sparsely pu-
bescent, or glabrate in age. Stems ascending, decumbent or re-
clining, solitary or several together, 3-7 dm. long, wire-like, more
or less angled, sometimes branched above, rarely branched below ;
leaves 4-8 cm. long, the tendril simple or forked ; leaflets usually
10-12, linear, 2~3.5 cm. long, mucronulate, straight or slightly
curved, short-petioled; peduncles 5-8 cm. long, ascending;
flowers white or sometimes pinkish, 10-14 in secund racemes,
small ; pedicels 1.5-2 mm. long; calyx campanulate,1.5 mm. long,
the teeth triangular, 4%{-1% as long as the tube, acute; corolla
about 5 mm. long; pods linear-oblong, 2 cm. long.

In open woods, Georgia and Alabama. March to May.

Lately several specimens of this peculiar species of Vicia have
reached me from different points in the Southern States. The
plant first came to my notice on the slopes of Stone Mountain,
Georgia, in 1895. The species stands between Vicia Caroliniana
and V. micrantha,possessing the general habit of the latter and the
inflorescence of the former.

From Vicia micantha it differs in its elongated many-flowered
racemes, longer peduncles and glabrous or glabrate calyx with
the segments as broad as long or broader, while from Vicia Caro-
iniana it can easily be distinguished by its more slender habit,

* Bull, Torr, Club. |

491

narrower leaves and the smaller flowers, these being hardly one-
half as large as those of Vicia Caroliniana. 1 take pleasure in
naming the species for my friend Mr. A. M. Huger, a very thor-
ough explorer of the flora of the Southern States. I have speci-
mens before me as follows:

Georgia: Stone Mountain, May 1-18, 1895, J. K. Small;
Americus, March 1, 1897; Atlanta, April, 1897, and Gainesville,
April, 1897, A. M. Huger.

Alabama: Auburn, March 28 and April 18, 1896, L. M. Under-
wood and F. S. Earle.

be V
SAMOLUS CUNEATUS.

_ Perennial, fleshy. Stems solitary or tufted, 1-3 dm. long,ascend- ©
ing or reclining, simple or usually branched; leaves opposite or
mainly so, obdeltoid-spatulate or broadly spatulate, 4-12 cm.
long, truncate or coarsely mucronate at the apex, the bases de-
current as broad wings; racemes I~3 dm. long, their peduncles
longer than the stems, together with the racemes glandular-pilose ;
pedicels slender, spreading or ascending, 1-3 cm. long; calyx
campanulate, the triangular acute segments longer than the tube,
or at maturity shorter; corolla white, 4*5 mm. broad, the 5 lobes
broadly cuneate, flattish or truncate at the apex, toothed, as
long as the tube; stamens included; capsules depressed-globose,
3-3.5 mm. in diameter ; seeds .4 mm. thick.

On limestone rocks or soil, Texas. Spring.

A study of the genus Samo/us has revealed this hitherto un-
described species; it is related to Samolus alyssoides and S. ebrac-
teatus, from both of which it may be distinguished by the
glandular-pilose peduncles and smaller corollas. The corollas of
specimens of Samolus alyssoides and S. ebracteatus which I have
examined vary from 6-9 mm. in breadth, while those of S. cune-
atus are only 4~5 mm. broad. The corolla-segments of the new
species are broadly cuneate as contrasted with the suborbicular

segments of the two older ones.
The following specimens belong to S. cuneatus :
Texas: Kerrville, Kerr county, May 14-21, 1894, A. A.
Heller, no. 1751 (type); Waco, 1887, Miss Sara Trimble.

’ Limonium Nasuii.
Perennial by branching rootstocks, glabrous. Leaves basal,

the blades oblong or elliptic, sometimes varying to narrowly

492

_ obovate, 4-10 cm. long, rounded or notched at the apex, occasion-
ally mucronate, narrowed into petioles which are shorter than the
blades or longer; scapes erect, 3-7 dm. tall, furnished with scale-
like bracts, widely branching above, the tips of the spreading
branches recurved; bracts subtending the flowers oval, about
4 mm. long, obtuse; calyx 6-7 mm. long, the tube sparingly
pubescent with soft hairs at the base only, the 5 segments tri-
angular, slightly acuminate, more than I mm. long; corolla deep
blue.

In salt marshes, Florida. Summer and fall.

Specimens of a beautiful and previously undescribed species of
Limonium have been in our herbaria for some years; they are from
northern and eastern Florida and represent a species of more
slender and more graceful habit than that of Limonium Carolint-
anum.

The following synopsis and comparison of the diagnostic char-
acters of Limonium Nashii and L. Carolinianum will serve to make
clear the difference between the two species :

Limonium Nashiw. Branches of the panicle spreading, the tips
recurved ; bracts subtending the flowers oval; calyx-tube spar-
ingly pubescent at the base; calyx-segments triangular, slightly
acuminate.

Limonium Carolintanum. Branches of the panicle ascending,
the tips curved upward; bracts subtending the flowers subor-
bicular ; calyx-tube bristly-pubescent ; calyx-segments ovate.

The species has been collected as follows:

Florida: Chapman; St. Marks, Aug. 1843, Rugel; Titusville,
Brevard County, July 31, 1895, Nash. no. 2305.

¥ EupaTorIum PETALODIUM Britton.

Perennial, bright green. Stems erect, 3-7 dm. tall, simple
below, corymbosely branched above, somewhat rough with rigid
hairs; leaves mainly opposite (a few of the upper ones alternate),
oblong to lanceolate, 2-8 cm. long, obtuse or rarely acutish,
bluntly serrate or crenate-serrate, except the entire more or less
cuneate base, glabrous or sparingly pubescent on the nerves be-
neath, sessile; peduncles and pedicels pilose ; involucres trumpet-
shaped, 9-10 mm. high, the bracts linear-spatulate, the outer ones
abruptly acuminate, the inner ones mucronate, slightly surpassing
the flowers, petal-like, white; corolla 3 mm. long, the segments
ovate, spreading; pappus about equalling the corolla; styles ex-
serted; achenes black, nearly 3 mm. long, 5-angled.

In dry pine barrens, Florida. Summer and fall.

493

florida: Chapman; Duval County, N. E. Florida, Curtiss,
no. 1190; near Jacksonville, Curtiss, nos. 4437 and 5162.

A showy species hitherto confused with Eupatorium album and
not yet found without the State of Florida. The general habit
of the species is that of its nearest relative, &. album, but in place
of an acute leaf-blade there is an obtuse apex. However, the
crucial character lies in the inner involucral bracts; these, instead
of being long-acuminate, are linear-spatulate and conspicuously -
mucronate, the dilated portions of a white or creamy-white color.

“ CHrYSOPSIS RUTHII.

Perennial, slender, silvery-pubescent, stoloniferous. Stems dif-
fusely branched, 1-3 dm. long, the branches ascending or decum-
bent, very leafy, densely so above; leaves linear or some linear-
lanceolate, 2-5 cm. long, acuminate, entire, sessile, the old ones
becoming longitudinally ribbed; heads solitary, or corymbosely
disposed, about 1 cm. high; peduncles 1.5-2 cm. long, densely
glandular; involucral bracts linear or linear-lanceolate, in 4~5
series, glandular on the back, the pale edges ciliate, the apex
bearded; rays bright yellow, elliptic-spatulate, 7-8 mm. long,
slightly notched at the apex; corolla 5 mm. long, yellow, the seg-
ments triangular, sparingly ciliate, nearly erect; pappus dirty
white, slightly shorter than the corolla; filaments and anthers
glabrous; style glabrous, except the very sparingly glandular top;
achenes pubescent.

Rocks in the Hiawassee Valley, eastern Tennessee. —

A low stoloniferous species related to Chrysopsis graminifolia
from which it differs conspicuously in being low, diffusely branched
and bushy. Besides the very slender habit, the small acumi-
nate leaves, the glandular peduncles and narrower and more
acuminate involucral bracts distinguish Chrysopsis Ruthu from C.
graminifolia. The species is named for Prof. A. Ruth, of Knox.

ville, Tenn.
’ Sirppium Mouril.

Perennial, coarse, very hispid throughout with shaggy hairs.
Stem erect, 6-12 dm. tall, simple below, branched above, finely
channelled in age; leaves alternate, ovate-lanceolate to narrowly
Ovate, 5-14 cm. long, acuminate, remotely serrate with promi-
nent teeth, except near the base and apex, sessile or nearly
so; heads 3.5-4.5 cm. broad, peduncled; involucres broadly cam-
panulate, the bracts lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, 8-14 mm. long,
acute or somewhat acuminate; corolla about 4 mm. long, the

494

segments ovate, rather obtuse; rays yellow, elliptic-oblong, 10-14
mm. long, undulately 3-toothed at the apex; achenes obovate,
more or less constricted at both ends, about 6 mm. long, winged
(Plate 315).

In dry or rocky soil, Cullman, Alabama, October, 1885.

A very distinct species of the confused genus Si/phium, related
to what I take to be S. asperrimum Hook., hitherto usually called.
S. scaberrimum., It is at once distinguished by the copious shaggy

‘pubescence of its foliage as against the short retrorse pubescence
of its relative. The peculiarly toothed leaves with their less
rounded bases, and the smaller heads with their narrower bracts
and shorter rays are additional distinguishing characters.

The species is named in honor of the veteran botanist of Ala-
bama, Dr. Charles Mohr, who for many years has furnished our
collections with rare and unique plants from that interesting re-
gion.

IlI. THe True Position oF VIOLA TRIPARTITA ELL.

The record of the occurrence of Viola hastata in Florida has al-
ways been a puzzle to me, for that plant is as typical an Alle-
ghenian species as our flora affords.

During my field work in the Southern States I have had oppor-
tunity to study the forms under consideration in their native habi-
tats and have been led to the following conclusions, namely:
That V. tripartita is specifically distinct from its relatives, and that
it is closely related to V. pubescens and V. scadriuscula and not to
V. hastata. It seems strange that Dr. Gray, and even the saga-
cious Le Conte failed to observe the latter fact, for a casual glance
at the foliage and flowers is sufficient to prove this position cor-
rect, the sepals and petals of V. tipartita being much more
similar to those of V. pubescens than to those of V. hastata.

The question that naturally arises is: How was V. #ripartita
ever confounded with V. fastata? As far as I can see this was
brought about through observations on simple-leaved plants of
V, tripartita; it is on simple-leaved specimens of this plant that
V. hastata is admitted to the flora of Florida. The leaf form of
the latter species is so distinct and unique that it need not be fur-
ther considered in this connection. On the other hand the leaf
form of V. éripartita in its simple state, which is quite frequent,

495

closely resembles that of V. pubescens but differs in size, shape,
proportionate width and length and the toothing. It may be of
interest to note that I have seen the type of V. wipartita on
several occasions and have collected specimens almost iden-
tical with it on Stone Mountain, which is no great distance
_ from the original locality, Athens, Georgia. I have also received
excellent and typical specimens from Mr. A. M. Huger, collected
in Polk County, North Carolina, and a series of specimens show-
ing all degrees of gradation from the simple-leaved state to the
trifoliolate leaf, from Mr. E. R. Memminger, who independently
came to the conclusion that the affinities of V. “#ipartita are with
V. pubescens and not with V. haséata.
I append a description taken from living plants.

VIOLA TRIPARTITA Ell. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1: ea6. F847,

Viola hastata var. tripartita A. Gray, Bot.Gaz. 11: 291. 1886.

Perennial by a short rootstock and numerous coarse roots,
usually stoutish, puberulent or minutely pilose and glandular
above, bright but often deep green. Stems mostly clustered,
erect, 1.5-5 dm. tall, usualiy branched above, often purplish and
glabrate below, greenish, glandular, and somewhat glandular near
the top; leaves 3-parted or sometimes entire, 4-10 cm. long, their
petioles 2-3 cm. long; stipules ovate, ciliate, 6-8 mm. long; leaf-
lets usually short-petioled, puberulent, undulate or crenate-serrate,
the terminal one lanceolate or oblanceolate, the lateral ones
inequilateral lanceolate to ovate; flowers golden yellow, 1.2-1.5
cm. broad; pedicels slender, nearly erect, 3-10 cm. long; sepals
lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, nearly 6 mm. long, 3-ribbed, acute
or obtuse, with hyaline ciliolate margins; petals spatulate, about I
cm. long, the upper ones recurved, purplish on the back, with one
conspicuous black vein, the lateral ones with two black veins anda
patch of glands, the lower one with numerous conspicuous black
veins; stigma bearded; capsule oblong, 1-1.2 cm. long, acutish ;
Seeds pale, obovoid, 3 mm. long.

IV. MELOTHRIA GRANDIFOLIA T. & G., AND ITS TRUE POSITION.

Melothria grandifolia, published by Torrey and Gray in 1849,
soon disappeared from the pages of succeeding botanical works
and in Prof. Cogniaux’s Monograph of the Cucurbitaceae* we
find the name in an appended list of doubtful species. The
apparent rarity of the species, or at least the scarcity of speci-

nonin

* DC. Monog. Phanerog. 3: 948.

496

mens in herbaria may account for the way in which the plant was
excluded from botanical literature by later authors; an examina-
tion of the original specimens of the plant in question, however,
shows that it is not a Melothria in the modern sense and hereafter
may be known as

¥ CAYAPONIA GRANDIFOLIA (T. & G.).
_ Melothna grandifolia T.& G. FlLN. A. 1: 541. 1840.
The species is closely related to Cayaponia Boykinii of the
Southern States, but differs in the more robust habit, the larger
leaves and in the larger and more elongated fruit.

The Santa Monica Diatomaceous Deposit with List of References
to Figures of Species.

By E. A. ScHULTZE AND C. HENRY KaIN.

Probably no fossil diatomaceous material ever excited greater
interest than that from Santa Monica, California. A paper upon
the deposit by Mr. Charles Stodder was read before the San Fran-
cisco Microscopical Society, December 5,1878. At that meeting,
Mr. Thomas P. Woodward, who found the original piece of ma-
terial, stated that he discovered it in the tidal refuse left by the
waves at high water mark. The locality was about two miles
south of a lagoon situated several miles southeast of Santa Monica.
He also stated that there were no evidences of any other diato-
maceous earth in the vicinity.

A few years since, Mr. F. H. Dunning, of Battle Creek, Michi-
gan, discovered that the true source of the material was at Re-
donda Beach, some twenty-five or thirty miles south of Santa
Monica. At this place the material occurs abundantly in a bluff
situated on the beach, and pieces of it which have been broken
off by the action of the waves can be picked up at low tide, at the
foot of the cliff.

‘Mr. Silas L. Schumo, of Philadelphia, who has recently visited
the locality, states that the diatom cliffs begin about ten miles
south of Redondo Beach and extend southward for several miles, —
at least as far as San Pedro. There is some difficulty in getting at
the material, however, as the foot of the cliff is only accessible at
low tide. The deposit is so interesting that it is to be hoped |
microscopists on the Pacific coast will explore it more thoroughly.

497

Those who have made a study of the matter are aware of the
extreme difficulty of tracing out the species through the literature
of the Diatomaceae, and will doubtless find of great service the
following list of references to the figures of species contained in
the famous deposit :

Actinoptychus

“ee

ce

ce

Autliscus

splendens
vulgaris

undulatus
glabratus
Spinifer
Molleri
hispidus
Stella

Bismarckit

Griindlert
Asiaticus

laevigatus
nitidus
Clevet
Comberi
angulatus
convexUs

margaritaceus

aMoCnUS

putcher
Oreganus
Kittoni
Huttonit

Crux
Rattrayi
SPectosus

punctatus

Hardmanianus

Biddulphia
Stockhardtii (A. racemosus Ralfs) ie
Bailey. tas, 31, f. 6; 108, f. 10; var, sub-

pruinosus

ovalis
mirabilis —

Grun. Aflas, 37, f. 16; 32, f 6-8. ae

5 Bh -

Rabe. « Veo. 116, 4..%,-2;4.

Schum. V. H., 121, f. 5, 6; var. Monicae,
S20, fo:

Ehr. Atlas, 91, f. 5; Atlas, 232, f- 76.

Grun. Atlas, 154, f. 2, 3,4; V. H., 120, f. 6.

Grun. Atlas, 153, f. 23.

Grun. Aflas, 1372, f. 14.

Gron. .. V. Hf, 227, 7, 2.

A. S. Aélas, go, f- I, 2

AwS. . Atlas, oi, £4.

A--S. Atlas, 100, 1.354

Temp. & Br. Atlas, 156, f- 10; Diatoms of
Japan, p74; aS ve

Gron. V..#., 122, f- 7; Atlas, 172, 7. 75.

Grev. Alas, 7, f- 7.

A. S. Allas, or. f. J

Am, Aélas, 36, f. 11; 103, f- 5:

Grev. Atlas, 34, f. 7, 8; 103,f- 2; 105, f- 7,8.

Gr. & St. J. QO. C., Aug. 87, 12, f. 32.

Ralfs. Adlas, 37, f. 1-8; 92, f. 12; 103, f:
6-9; 1 05; f- I.

Grev. Atlas, 74, f. 6; 40, f: 135 134 f- 77
var. sparsi-radiata, 133, f. 4-6.

Norm. Pritch, 8, f- 28.

Bail. Atlas, 107, f. 7. :

Arn. Adlas, 76, f- 5-7-

Gr. & St. Atlas, 124, f- 6;146, f: 8; ‘f 0. Cry
Aug., 87, 12, f. 31:

Ehr. Aélas, 105, f: 57 124, f: 1-

Gr. & St. f. Q. C., Aug., 87, 11, f: 29.

A. S. Atlas, 108, f. 3; 80, f. 5.

Bail. Atlas, 89, f. 14-17.

Grev. Atlas, 67, f. 1; 89, f. 45 var. Atlas,
108, f. 1. :

Kitt. Atlas, 67, f. 3; var. Atlas, 89, f 2
Jan. Atlas, 67,£. 6.

reticulata Grun., Atlas, 89, f. 5, 6.
Am. Adélas, 30, Ji 16, 17+
Grev. Atlas, 89, f. 13.

Auliscus
“ae

Actinocyclus

ee

ee

se

Arachnoidiscus

Amphora
Asterolampra

66

ee

Amphitetras
Biddulphia

se

Campylodiscus

ee

caelatus
sculptus

subocellatus
radians
incertus
Lhrenbergit

Ralfsii

fasciculatus
subtilis
Lndicus

ornatus
LEhrenbergit
Grevilleanus
crassa

rotula
Brebissonit
Darwinii
variabtlis

Humboldtit
Brooket

Graeffeana
multicornis

pulchella

Tuomeyt
capucina
polyacantha
aurita

longispina
tridentata
Grundlerii
adornatus
Coronilla

498

Bail. Aélas, 92, f. 14, 15.
Ralfs. Aélas, 70, f. 8; 32, f. 21, 22; V. Hi,

117, f, 2
Rattr.
Rattr.
Grune. .V..-H.,. £25, 14:
Ralfs. V. H., 125, f. 1; var. intermedia

Grun,. V. H., 424, f. 5.

Sm. V. H., 123, f. 6; var. Monicae, Grun.
V. H., 124, f. 3; var. Janischii Schum. .
Ma kksy D255 de Se

Cast. Cast, 4, f. 8.

Raise: 1. Al, 1245.) 7

Ehr. Atlas, 68, f.6; vars. ae 68, f: 7-
Peat ae pee

Ehr. Adlas, 73, f. a vars. Atlas, 735
7-10.

Bail. <Adas 68, f. 1; vars. 68, f. 2, 354

Hardm. Aé/as, 68, f. 5; 73, f. 3:

Greg. vars. Atlas, 39, f. 30, 31; 28, f- 128
AUS DPS: Ble Be Re

Grev. TZ. MW. S., 1860, p. 120, 3, f 53 ( Moe-
bius, 32, f: 5).

Grev. 7: IL. S., 1860, p. 114, 3, f. 95 (Moe-
bius, 32, f. 9).
Grev, 7. M. S., 1860, p. 116, 4, fi 12, FZ?
( Moebius, 33, f- 12, £3).
Grev, 7. AL. S., 1860, 111, 3, f. 68; ( Moebius,
32, f. 6-8).

Ehr.

Grev. 7. M. S., 1860, p. 119, 4) f. 163
(Moebius, 33, f. 18).

Witt. Aélas, 79, f. 1, 9 ;

Grun. V. H., 102, f. 7; var. Atlas, 173, £
53, 14.

Gray. V. H., 97, f. 1-3; Atlas, 118, f. 26-
Jas Tae, fees: tad, 4. 2, 2

Bail. Atlas, 119, f. 15.

A. S., Atlas, 113 fy 13, 14-

Brun. ;

Breb. V. H., 98, f. 4-9; Atlas, 120, f. 5-8;
122, f. 1-9; 122, f. 28.

Grun. V. H., 102, £ 6.

Ehr. Deby, p. 41, pl. 3, f. 21.

A.S. Atlas, 178, f. 22-24.

A.S. Atlas, 51, f. 5; 54, f- 3: Mon a

Brun. Deby, p. 42, pl. xiv., £ & also, B .
xiii. ry f. 66,

Campylodiscus

ce

Campyloneis
' Coscinodiscus

<

concinnus
Rabenhorstianus
imperiatis

bimarginatus
Californicus
Pfitzert
ecclestanus
biangulatus
Grevillet
elegans
lineatus
curvatulus

obscurus
debitis
Asteromphalus

Odontodiscus

Gigas
robustus
apiculatus

pilosus
polyacanthus
micans
excentricus
luctuosus
radiatus
concavus
Diorama
borealis
tenuis

’ €YaASSUS

cructata
Sormosa
voluta

Oculus-Catt
costata

dirupta

regalis

pseudo-marginata —

Pant.

eee

499

Grev. Aflas, 18, f. 16, 17; 53, f- 9:

Jan. Atlas, 53, f. 12, 14.

Grev.: Allat, 17%; J. 0°45, J. 27; 5h TS
531 J 5s 7

A. 8S. Atlas, 16, f. 7; 18, f. 15-17.

(Grove) Deby. Deby, 42, pl. xiv., f. 70.

Aa Sie AMIGA J, BO

Grev. Atlas, 16, f. 5, 6, 8-r1.
Grev. Atlas, 14, f. 18-22

A. S.: Vist, p tee, aby f-70, 20.
Grev. Atlas, 58, 7. 7.

Ehi. -V. #., £32, j: gy Anes, Fig, f. 72.

Grun. Adlas, 57, f. 70, 33; var. latius-striata,
Atlas, 57, f. 34.

A.S. Alas, 61, f. 16-18; V. H., 729, f: 4-

Grove. Adlas, 163, f. 4-

Ehr, Atlas, 113, f. 23; var. eximia (Rattray);
Atlas, 63, f. 12.

Grun. Grun, Diat. of Franz Joseph Land
1884, p. 29; 3; fe 23:

Ehr. Adlas, 64, f- 7.

Grev. Atlas 62, f. 5, 6, 16, 17.

Ehr. Aélas, 64, f. 5-10; var. Monicae (Rat-
tray), Atlas, 63, f, Io.

A... Atlas, 148, f. 8.

Grun. Cleve, 1880. 7, f. 127.

A. S.. Atlas, 5395 f #13.

Ehr. Aélas, 58, 7. 49; V. H., 130, f: 4,7, 8

Grove. Allas, 148, f. 3.

Ehr. Aélas, 113, f. 8.

Ehr. 4élas, 59, f- 16.

A. S. > Atlas; 64, & 2.

Bail. Atlas, 63, f. 11.

Grun.

Bail. Alas, 67, f. 19.

Pant. Vol. 1, 16, f. 148.

Brun. Atlas, 197, f- 42-47-

Brun. Var. singularis A. S.; Atlas, 196, f.
25, 26; var. 196, f. 19.

Brun. Atlas, 198, f. 29; Atlas, 198, f- 22, 2}-

Greg. V. H., 30, f. 11-17; Atlas, 189, f.
O, 7.

Greg. Vi H, 29, f. 13-155 Ailas, 197, f-
t,t. ;
Grev. V. H., 28, f. 13, 14; var. 8,9; M.

T-, 1889, p. 156, 7, f. 1= Moebius 21, f. t.
Greg. Alas, 194, f- 8; 196 f5-8; V. Ff,
ta f 20, 21.

Cocconeis interrupta
es cyclophora,
var. Californica
“ nitida
Ceratauius turgidus
es Hlungaricus
* Kinkeri
Climacosphenia
Craspedodiscus coscinodiscus
Lupodiscus argus
re oculatus
ELupleuria.
Luodia JSanischit
as gibba
Endyctia oceanica
Glyphodesmis Williamsonii
Grayia. Probably Grayia Argonauta
Goniothecium odontella
er obtusum
ok Rogerstt
Grammatophora arctica
ty Tabellaris
st stricta
oe robusta
a maxima
Gephyria gigantea
Glyphodiscus stellatus
Lyalodiscus.
Isthmia nervosa
Lithodesmium minusculum
Melosira clavigera
ae radiata
se Sol
- sulcata

polygna

500

Gron. Atlas, 794, f. 17; Vi H., 30, f: 31 Fe

Brun. V. Z., 30, f. 24, 25; var. Atlas, 798,
ji I-3:

Greg: G.D.C.;, p. 20-1, f. 26,5 V. £7., 36;
5 eS aa

Ebr: V. #7.,.104, f. f, 2; Atlas, 116, f. I—
3; var. Atlas 115, f. 12-I4.

Pant. Pant. Vol. Il., 26, f. 375; (a variety
of C. Thumit).

fe Se) Atlas, 101; £37:

Atlas, 66, f. 3, 4-
Ehr. V. 4, 117, f. 3-6; Atlas, 92, f. 7-11.
Grev. Aflas, 117, f. 9.

Gruon. V. H., 127, f. 1-4.

Bail. Prit. 852-8, f. 22 (== Hemidiscus cu-
neiformis) ;T. M. S., 1860, p. 42, 2,f: 3s
4 (= Moebius 31, f. 3, 4).

Ehr. Aflas, 65, f. ro, 73.

W. Sm. V. H., 76, f 24.

Grove and Brun. Afé/as, 172, f, 11.

Ehr. V. H., 105, f. 11, 12; Moebius, 8,f-
47; 48.

Ehr. Microgeologie, 18, f. 95.

Bail. Mic. Dict. 42, f. 30; M. J., 1856, 7,
J. 43; 46; (= Moebius, 8, f. 43, 4).

COPA; 9, OFF:

Brun.

Ehr. Witt. 1888, p. 16, 3, f. 7, 145 Jeremie,
flayti.

Dippel. Pant, Vol. I, 30, f. 312, 315, 316.

Grn. V. H., 53, bis f. 12

Grev. Grev. T. M. S,. 1866, 122, 11, f. 7, 83
(Moebius 74, f. 7, 8); Challenger, p. 42,
ba pig ee de, :

Grev. V. Hi., 138, £3: “Atlas; 1997, f. 29.

Kg. Atlas, 136, f. 5; 135, f. 1-6.

Grun, V. H., 116, f. 76,

Grun. V. #7., 91, f. 1, 2; Atlas, 175, f. 21-24-

Bright.

Kg. V. #,, 91, f. 7-9.

Kg. <Adlas, 178, f. 1-4; 7, 8, 9, 16, 17, 185
19, 22, 23, 24; 25-36; var.

Navicula

ee

ee
“e

“é

Niteschia

Orthoneis
Peponia
Porpeia

“6

Taschenbergt
sideralts
pedalis
Apis

interrupta

Leudoxta
elliptica

aspera
pennata

practexta

Angelorum
Oswaldit
Spectabilis
Lyra |
gelida

Lennedyi

. clavata

Basilica
Dirrhombus
gemmata

ornata
splendida
Crabro

robusta
Californica

. forcipata

Formica

splendida
Barbadensis
quadrata
; quadric iceps

501

A. §. Atlas, 174, f. 8, 9.

Brun. Atlas, 174, f. 3.

Brun. Atlas, 174, f. 15.

Ehr. Atlas, 12, f- 16-25; 69, f: 41, 43, 44
Donkin, p. 48 f. 3.

Kiitz. Aétlas, 12, f. 10, 11; 12, f. 3-7, 8
45,f.72. V. H.,9,f. 7. Donkin, p. 47,7 f: 2:

A. S. Atlas, 8, f. 39, 40; 70, f. 71-

Kiitz. Atlas, 7, f- 27-32) 33) 341 54s 55!
V. H., p. 92, 10, f. £0.

Ebr. Aflas, 48, f, 2-6; var. 8, f. 14, 15.

A. 8S, Adas, 48, f- 41-4}-

Ehr, Adlas, 129, f. 77 35 f- 30-32-34 V.
fl, p. 92> nf 13:

Cleve, Some new and little known Diatoms, p.8, —
2, f- 20.

Jan. Adlas, 70, f. 46.

Grev. vars-Atlas, 2, f: 31; 3, f: 20, 21, 24;
Grun, 1860, p. 533, 1, f- 11 (NV. Grunowii,
Atlas, 70, f. 73.)

Ehr. Atlas, 2, f. 24, 25,32; 3; f: If, 12;
V. H., p. OF, 10, f: I-

Cl. Diat. Franz Joseph Land, 1, f: 27, 28%
Cleve., Vega ex., p. 473s 37 S- 42-

Sm, Atlas, 3, f. 18; V. 0, p. 93) 9 fi It
Greg. Donkin, 2, f. 8; Greg., M. J., 1888,
p. 46, 5, f- 17; (Moebius, pl. 10, f. oF)

Brun.

A. 8S. Adlas, 17, f. 21, 22; 69; f. 9-

Grev. Var. spectabilis, Atlas, 8, f. 38 (N.
Grunowit ); Grev, New species of Naviculae
in Californian Guano, p. 30, 4,f- 7-

A. S. Adlas, 69, f- 5:

Greg. Atlas, 12, f. 31-353 13s Ff: 31-343 69,
fuiae.

Ehr. Var. Atlas, 69, f. 2; vars. Adlas, 69, f-

3, 4: Vi, 9, f. 1 23 Atlas, 129, f. 17, 18." es

Grun. Aélas, 50, f. 7, 2:

Grev. Vars. Atlas, 3, f- 155 £6, 10° 35 f- O24

Grev. Aélas, 70, f. 17; V. H., p- 94) 10s f Eee
Hantzsch. Diat. of Last Indian Archipel- :

ago, p. 21, 2,f. 8.

Gran. V. 77, 28, f- fF, 2-

Grev. Atlas, 144, f. 48, 49:
Grev. Vi HL, 95) bis £ 15.

Bail. Atlas, 142, f. 46-57 5 (Moebius, 68, f.
-g3)s T. M.S., 1865, p. 52, 6, f. 18, fee

Porpeia
Pantocsekia
Podosira.
Pleurosigma
Pyxilla

“ce

Plagiogramma

Raphoneis

Rutilaria

ae

Rhabdonema

ee

Stauronets
Synedra

ce

Stephanopyxts

Stictodiscus

ee

“e
Systephania
Skeletonema,
Stephanogonia

Triceratium
ee

ornata

affine
Americana
dubia
pulchellum

Rhombus

hexagona
longiformis
Adriaticum
faponicum *
valdelatum

_ pulchella

superba
longissima

appendiculata
rudis
Grunowtt
Weissflogit
Corona
Californicus

nitidus
Kittonianus
Corona

actinoptychus

Sormosum
arcticum

Montereyi
constmile
quinguelobatum
parallelum
heteroporum

502

Greve, 7. Mi Su§- 2865 Ps $3, Oy fi 2t-
Grom VAs, o. 775, 185 [.9-

Gran. V.. Hy, 83, bis f. 3.

Geant: Vo AL, 8355 798:

Grev. I J, 1859, p. 209, 10, f 4,6( |l

Moebius, 24, f. 4,6); Prit., p. 7745 45s 32°

Ebr. M. J, 1854, 6, f. 10 ( = Moebius, 4,
f. 10); Microgeologie, 18, f: 84, 855 33+
W3,f: 155 35; A, 11, f: 3:

Grun. V. H., 105; f. 8; Atlas, 183, f. 17-

Temp. & Br.*

Kg, V. #7., 166, 54, f: 11, £3:

Temp. & Br. 7. 53, 2, f- 6; Diat. Japan.

Temp. & Br. 2. 53, 1, f: 45 Diat. Japan.

Sm.= Wav. aspera, which see.

Kg.. O'Meara, p. 199, 28, f 9; S. B.D,
Ge; J: 102.

Smith. O’ Meara, p. 307, 28, f. 27; S. B. D.,
72; 12, f. 95-

Ehr. Several varieties; Atlas, pi. 130.

Grev.. Atlas, 164, f. 9.

it St Adee, 96, fz, §:

A. Se: Atlas, 1275 F2

Grun. Atlas, 123, f. 19, 20.

Grev. Aélas, 74, f. 4,55 vars. pl. 74; pl.
L475 fF: FO:

G. & St. Atlas, 137, f. 7; 8.

Grev. Atlas, 74, f. 16, 18; 131, f. 4-

Ehr. See Stephanopyxis corona.

Ebr. V. H., 83, ter f. 2,f. 4 ;=Mastogonia
actinoptychus

Bright. Atlas, 79, f. 2.

Bright. Atlas, 79, f. 12, 13; vat. Californica, —
Grun., forma tetragona, Atlas, 81, f. 43
var. Californica, Grun., Atlas, 79, f- 5 ©

Bright. Atlas, 94, f. 1, 2, 3.

Grun. V. H., 108, f. 2; Adlas. 84, fi 13,44

Atlas, 79, f. 8.

Atlas, 75, f- 3-5:
PS 3 BAG Ge 28 ee

Grun.
Grev.
Grun.

* Brun & Tempere give 2. epsi/on var. longicornis. Atlas, 183, f. 16; vars. Z}>

414, 15.

503

Triceratium punctatum Bright. <Adlas, 76, f. 19, 20; M. J., 1856,
Dp. 275, 17, f. 18; (Moebius, 9, f. 18;
. Browneanum Gree, OT ME Sy iby B.A, Fp fe
( Moebius, 78, f: 16).
Ny Brightwellii West. 7. AM. S., 1860, p. 149, 7, f. 6; vars,
V. H., pl. rrg. (Moebius, 34 f. 6).
. inelegans Grev. Atlas, 81, f. 16.*
BC elegans Grev. V.H., 109, f. 1; forma pusilla, V. H.,
109, f. 33 Adlas, 99, f- ro-13.
sf favus Ehr. Atlas, 126, f. 5-7; 82, f. 13, 14; V. H.,
107, f. I-4.
bee cellulosum Grev. Atlas, 95, 7. 28-32.
ea ae trisulcum Bail. Atlas, 78, f. 5~8; 112. f. 17, 18.
re guadrangulare Grev. Atlas, 81, f. 3.
*s antediluvianum Rar. i hy 16g, 7d 5
a subcornutum Grun. Aflas, 99, f- 15-18.
2 constellatum Temp. & Br. Diat. of Japan, p. 61, 6, f. 12.
Xanthiopyxis umbonatus Grev. 7: M.S, 1866, 2, 1, f- 5; (Moebius,
70, f- 5):

In addition to the preceding, which are on slides belonging to
J.D. Moller and E. A. Schultze, the following species are figured as
existing in the Santa Monica deposit :

Cosc. marginatus Eh. Atlas, 62, f. 5; 62, f. 7.

ig - “© svar. intermedia. 6a, t.6.

** (apiculatus var.) Monicae Rattray. “G4, £.. 10.
Navicula demta A. S. * 69, f. 34.
Triceratium receptum A, S. ideas <* Pg: Gap ce
Auliscus Grunowii A. S. “89, f. 7; 30, f. 14.

rl Vekbne eS, “t: - 85, 1.9:

‘* incertus A. S. 689, f. 28.
Lupodiscus Californicus Gran., forma dioculata. « 80, f. 20; V. H., 128, f. 7.
Triceratium validum Grun. Me, tS
Actinoptychus Thumii A. S. «102, f, 8.
Aulacodiscus Kinkeri A. S. ss 106, f. 4, 5.
Auliscus intestinalis A. S. “18,1. 2
Campylodiscus trapezoidalis Deby. Deby, pl. xiv., f. 72.
Coscinodiscus oculus iridis Ebr. Atlas, 113 f. 20.
Coscinodiscus floridulus. * <4t3, f. 16.
Stephanopyxis spinosissima Gran. “393, f 36.

Te a ee 138, f. 14.
Cosc. incretus A. S.- «139, f. 1.
Pedosira variegata A. S, «140, f. 3.
Porpeia =? «142, f. 53-56, 57-

* Varieties: V. H., 110, f. 2, var. aracophora Grun.; V. H., Io, f. 3 var.
microphora Grun.; V. H, 110, f. 4, 5, var. Yucatensis Grun.

-

504

Stictodiscus ? «c= ¥47° £.°8.
Pseudauliscus sp. ? 140, f. IO.
Triceratium quadrinotatum A. 5. 80a, h Bt.
Actinoptychus spinulosus A. S. * 153, f, 24.
Auliscus albidus Brun. isos we 4. 3, gs 878, £ Se
‘6 var. doccata Brun.
Chaetoceros Monicae Grun. V. H., 82 bis f. 4
Californicus Grun. “ ‘82 bis f. 8.
Pterotheca ( Pyxilla ?) subulata Grun. ‘6-83 bis f. 6.
Stephanopyxis limbata Ehr. <s —- 83ter, f. 13, 14
Zygoceros circinus Bail. 05) f. Bg
Tric. ( Odoniella) Californicum Grun. 08, La,
Tric. ( Biddulphia) obliguum Gran. «16,055
Actinoptychus ? pulchellus Gran. ite oe Rew
66 ? alienus Grun., var. Californica Grun. ss 125, f.°20.
Coscinodiscus impressus Grun. he Ebay te Se

Key TO REFERENCES.

V. H.=Van Heurck’s Diatoms of Belgium.

Atlas = Schmidt's Atlas der Diatomaceen-kunde.

J. Q. C. =Journal Quekett Club.

M. J. = Quarterly Journal of Micros. Science.

T. M. S. = Transactions of Royal Microscopical Society. London.

Pritch. = Pritchard’s History of the Infusoria. London, 1861.

Cast. = Diatomaceae of the Challenger Expedition by Count Castracane,
1887.

Deby = Analysis of the genus Campylodiscus. Sir Julian Deby.

Pant. = Beitrage zur kentniss der fossilen Bacillarian Ungarns.

Microgeologie Ehrenberg. 1854.

Mic. Dict. = Micrographic Dictionary.

Donkin = History of British Diatomaceae. H. S. Donkin.

O’ Meara = Report on the Irish Diatomaceae. Rev. E. O’ Meara.

Diatoms of Japan = Brun & Tempere.

S. B. D, = Synopsis of the British Diatomaceae. Rev. Wm. Smith. -

Moebius =A reproduction of plates of diatoms, by B, Moebius, principally from
the Transactions of the Royal Microscopical Society.

No attempt has been made to give a complete reference of
species, but to give references preferably to such works as are
generally easiest of access. It will be noticed that most of them
are referred either to Schmidt’s Diatom Atlas, or to Van Heurck’s
synopsis. The references in roman mention Santa Monica as the
locality. The references in italic indicate other localities.

505

Mycological Notes.

By Byron D. Hasstep.

A Pineapple Mould—Some specimens of decayed pineapple
obtained in the market when sliced and placed in moist chambers
in the laboratory developed in 36 hours a profuse and pure culture
of a beautiful mould, which at first sight might have been mistaken
for the common Penicillium. When microscopically examined,
however, it was determined that it was a species of Chalara, and
agrees quite closely with Chalara paradoxa (de Seynes) Sacc.,
described in Sylloge Fungorum, 10: 595, and recorded for de-
caying pineapple in Paris, France.

The fungus as it appears upon the sliced pineapple may be
quite completely divided into two portions. One consisting of
hyaline perpendicular threads giving the mould in its early stages
a frosty appearance not unlike that of Peronospora upon the leaf
surface of their hosts, only much more magnified. Below and
close to and even within the substance of the pineapple there soon
follow a second spore development, which is also profuse, and on
account of the prevailing olive color of the spores the whole ap-
pearance suggests, as before stated, that of the Penicillium.

The two forms of spores are very different, both as to their
size and color and their method of formation. The first form of
spore is usually hyaline, cylindrical, obtuse, and from 4-5 by 6—
10 #, while the second form is ovoid, oblong, olive brown and 8—9
to 16~18 4.

The hyaline form of spore, which may be called the microspore,
is formed endogenously and new spores are pushed out from the
open end of a tip with considerable rapidity, The Cha/ara admits
of easy cultivation in Van Teighem cells and the exogenous forma-
tion of these spores may be readily seen under higher powers of
the microscope.

Before any spores have become separated from the long,
straight tip of the filament there is a rounding off and a separa-
tion of the contents in the upper 10 / of the tip. Following this
there is a rupturing of the cell wall at the end of the hypha, and

506

shortly after a spore pushes its way out and becomes free. This
is followed by the abjunction of masses of the hypha contents so
that usually there may be seen from 3—5 of the double cross walls
in the mother cell. One of the peculiarities noticed in this study
of spore formation was the size of the first spore produced, it be-
ing uniformly, almost, exactly double that of the succeeding
spores that were pushad out of thetube. The rapidity with which
these spores are formed may be judged from the fact that a cul-
ture 18 hours old had on an average of 10 spores at the tip of
each tube, and in many instances the number was as high as 23.
The time required for the production of the hypha themselves is
not known exactly in this case; but by actual timing of the pro-
duction of some of the spores it is determined that from 20 to 30
minutes is all sufficient for the pushing out of a spore and the
taking of its place at the mouth of the tube by its successor, and
in some cases the time required is reduced from 15-20 minutes.
It is not usual for these spores to form and remain in rows after
they have escaped; but under the circumstances under which
they were observed they formed little irregular groups at the ends
of the mother tubes. While this form of spore production is not
new it is nevertheless infrequent. My first personal knowledge of
it was in connection with the study of the sweetpotato black rot
fungus Ceratocystis fimbriata Ell. & Hals. The observation first
being made with this species by Mr. Fairchild, who at the time
was investigating the potato decay in my laboratory. This
method of spore production is treated in a paper upon the
Ceratocystis in the Journal of Mycology, Vol. 7, No. 1, and the
endogenous form of the conidia is given on pages 5 and 6 with
several references to previous articles bearing upon this peculiar
formation of spores. A plate given in Botanische Zeitung, 1847,
there referred to, shows very well this peculiar method of spore
formation. However, I do not observe that any mention is made
of the double size of the first spore, and there is no indication in
the figure of adjunction of the spores within the tube. Dr. Zopf,
in like manner in “ Die Pilze,”’ Figure 61, shows the same method
of spore formation as taking place in 7/elavia basicola Zopf.

The second form of spore has been studied, and there is not e

507

the slightest indication of endogenous form. In this respect it
differs materially from the macroconidia of the Ceratocystis which
Mr. Fairchild demonstrated was produced in the same way by ab-
junction within the mother cell as above demonstrated for the
microconidia. On the other hand, these spores are produced in
chains of remarkable length and beauty in the Van Teighem cul-
tures, there being sometimes 50 or more of the olive browh spores
exceedingly uniform in size and holding together, even when the
chains of spores have been distorted into extravagant shapes.

That these two forms of spores belong to the same plant was
demonstrated beyond question, because sometimes from the same
hypha there was given off upon the right handa branch which de-
veloped endogenously the microconidia, while a few micromilli-
meters above or below and the opposite side a branch segmented
into a chain of the macroconidia.

By taking portions of the Cha/ara from beneath the surface of
the pineapple it was easily demonstrated that spores were pro-
duced from the subterranean filaments, which, while probably be-
longing to the macroconidia, differed from them both in shape and
color, they being much longer and narrower, and of an almost
pale blue color, besides these were formed at the tip of the hypha,
and usually singly or, at the utmost, in chains of two or three
Spores. What was perhaps of more interest still is a form of
spore agreeing in color quite closely with the macroconidia,
but in size more nearly those of the hyaline microconidia. These
were produced in long chains which easily fell apart and were as-
sociated with both the other above-mentioned forms. At first
_ Sight it would seem as if the hyaline, cylindrical, somewhat

abrupt ended microconidia had become rounded and taken on a
thicker cell wall and brown coloration ; but the formation of these
spores is by ordinary fission of the hypha, and agrees in that
tespect with the macroconidia.

It would seem, therefore, that in our Cha/ara there are three
quite well defined kinds of spores, not counting the ones that are
Produced within the mass of the host, and as far as this goes it
well bears out the specific name of the species, paradoxa. With a

metas of the fact that associated with the two forms < CF :

508

nidia in the Ceratocystts there is a pycnidia development, search
was made for this structure in the pineapple cultures; but noth-
ing of the sort has. appeared. It is, however, true that the pyc- |
nidial development in the Ceratocystis was shy and not met with but
a few times during the study of the sweetpotato black rot. There-
fore realizing the great similarity between the microconidia in form
and in method of production in the two genera and of the macro-
conidia in their structures, but not in their origin, one is inclined
to continue the search for a pycnidial form of fungus in the case
of Chalara paradoxa.

‘Notes upon Peach Root Galls—After a study of the root knot
or gall of the peach, chiefly from the standpoint of possible reme-
dies, for the past two seasons, it may be well to put on record the
fact that a fungus similar to the one noted above upon the pine-
apple is associated with the enlargements at the crown and else-
where upon the roots of the peach.

The microconidia are hyaline and 10-15 by 3-4 4, produced
endogenously as for Chalara and Ceratocystis: The microconidia
are olive-brown, oval 10-13 » and formed by ordinary fission, and
in that feature agree with Cha/ara and not with Ceratocystis. In
its habitat it agrees with the latter in that both are soil fungi, the
ceratocystis, as stated in the proceeding note, feeding upon the roots
of the sweetpotato, and this one is upon the roots of the peach.

The fungus has been frequently met with upon crown and roots
of seedling peaches while only ‘a few weeks old and before any
galls had started, and also at the end of the season, when galled
roots were examined closely, the fungus being upon the surface of
- the knots and saseetion dos a dark color on the mnuiGitides of dark
macroconidia.-

It remains to demonstrate, if possible, the causal connection of
the fungus with the formation of the galls.

Natural Enemies of the Asparagus Rust—The season of 1896 —
was the first one in which the genuine rust of the Asparagus
(Puccinia Asparagi DC.) had been observed in this country out-
side of California. Since last year the disease has widened its
range greatly and has become so severe that ‘asparagus ewe
have full cause for alarm.

509

This fungus is one of the Uredineae having its three forms of
spores produced upon the same host and, therefore, the student
does not need to look elsewhere than upon the Asparagus for the
aecidial, uredo, and teleutosporic forms of fruitage. '

During the season now closing the cluster cups were first
found upon specimens sent to the experiment station June 3d)
An examination of these plants showed that the aecidial cups are
in oval clusters. Frequently the cups were arranged as a border
to the oval sorus and all within were spermagonia. Other sori are
entirely spermagonial with no signs of aecidia. The spermagonia
are easily distinguished by their small size and the watery appear-
ance they give to the diseased spot.

The uredo form is frequently associated with the aecidia and
its spores are produced in longitudinal slits in the epidermis in
such abundance as to give the brownish color characteristic of the
trusted plant. When associated with the clusters of aecidia the
uredo sori are usually near to, but just outside of, the eet orange
area devoted to cups and spermagonia.

The teleutospores when with the cluster of aecidia are quickly
distinguished by the dark color due to the spores and their eleva-
tion above the level of the host. The sori of teleutospores occur
anywhere in the aecidial cluster; thus, there may be one dark rift
in the center of the cluster of cups or it may be close to the bor-
der, where it is often quite long.

It is seen from this that the asparagus rust appears in all of its
forms almost simultaneously and often in the same disease spot.
In short, several rust spots exhibited only spermagonia, others a
mixture of these and the aecidia, while others had these two and
the uredo or the teleutospore or both, so that a single diseased
patch half the size of the little finger nail may contain all four
forms. This matter of observation admits of the interpretation
that all forms develop from the same unit of hyphae.

The aecidial form is the first one in the fungus life cycle, it be-
ing met with as early as June 3d, before stated, upon asparagus
plants sent to the station from a center of the asparagus industry
in the State. At that time the cutting of the beds was at its height
and the rust was confined to the young plants that were allowed

510

to form “brush”’ and gain strength for cropping in future years.
The first specimens of all were found upon plants that sprang up
and were allowed to grow in land that had been in asparagus but
rooted out and used for other crops. These vigorous volunteer
shoots were covered with the aecidia, and doubtless produced a
large crop of spores in readiness to inoculate the plants that came
later in the season upon the regular beds.

It is interesting to note that while they were looked for through-
out the season, and upon thousands upon thousands of plants, not
an aecidium was ever met with except upon the volunteer plant,
on those that starting early and unmolested produced brush long
‘before the regular bed plants -had shown above the surface. It

would seem from this that the cluster cups need to form early in
the season or they will not appear at all.

Associated with Puccinia Asparagi DC. there are at least two
natural enemies in which the growers of asparagus may have some
hope of assistance. One of these is associated particularly with
the aecidial form and is the Tubercularia perisicinia Ditt., which is
quickly recognized in the sorus by its purple color. This fungus
is recorded for the Uredineae generally and it is a pleasure to find
it in an economic role. _ :

A second fungus, Darluca filum Cast., quite frequently infests
the puccinia. It produces its mycelium in the rifts sometimes to
the exclusion from view of all the spores of its host, transforming
the sori bearing the orange powder into those filled with blackish,
shining, minute, bead-like bodies. From these pycnidia the spores
at maturity issue in fine white coils and frequently give the whole
asparagus plant an appearance of being the victim of a downy
mildew.

It is not known how much good this parasite may do, but

judging from the present season it has a large field in which to
operate.
OcTOBER 28, 1897.

oll

New southwestern Compositae.

By Epwarp L: GREENE.

The following species, hitherto. undescribed, occur in considera-
ble fascicles of miscellaneous Compositae collected in various parts
of New Mexico and Arizona by Mr. E. O. Wooton, and submitted
to me for determination : :

v COLEOSANTHUS WOOTONI.

Pale with a short cinereous pubescence; leaves coriaceous,
lanceolate, serrate, 2 inches long, longer than the internodes,
Spreading or recurved, short-petioled or subsessile; cymes sub-
sessile in the axils of all the upper leaves and terminal; in-
volucres about five lines high, little imbricated, the short outer
bracts ovate, or oblong-ovate, the others oblong-linear, all finely
striate and less pubescent than the leaves: achenes pubescent ;
pappus very fine, barely scabrous.

Organ Mountains, Dona Ana Co., New Mexico, Sept., 1892.

* ERIGERON CONDENSATUS (Eaton).

Erigeron concinnus von condensatus Eaton. Bot. King Exp.
ES He Se

Perennial, subacaulescent, the subscapiform merely bracted
monocephalous tufted stems only a few inches high; the densely
tufted spatulate but very narrow leaves an inch long ; bracts of the
hemispherical involucre subequal, hispidulous ; rays numerous,
rather broad, white or pinkish; pappus of few and slender bar-
bellulate bristles and an outer series of oblong paleae, these toothed
or lacerate at the rather obtuse summit.

Species not uncommon in southern Nevada and adjacent Ari-
zona, wearing much more the aspect of £. pumilus than of E. con-
cinmnus ; very distinct from either in the character of its pappus.
Mr. Wooten’s fine specimens are from the base of Mt. San Fran-
cisco, Arizona. :

v MACHAERANTHERA LINEARIS.

Perennial, the stem 3 to 5 feet high, puberulent but not vis-
cid, the branches leafy below, narrowly paniculate above ; leaves
linear, or the lowest lance-linear, 3 or 4 inches long, glabrous,
3-nerved, remotely and sharply dentate and scabrous-ciliolate; — _
heads of the somewhat thyrsoid panicle numerous ; | broadly

512

turbinate involucre about 4 lines high, the multiserial closely in-
bricated bracts scarcely glandular, firm and chartaceous, with con-
spicuous short and appressed green tips ; purple rays narrow and
numerous, % inch long.

Sandy fields of the Mesilla Valley, New Mexico, flowering in
autumn. A distinct and beautiful species.

GAILLARDIA MULTICEPS.

Less than a foot high, the numerous very leafy stems from
an apparenty suffrutescent base, whitish and merely puberulent ;
the numerous leaves also puberulent, rather fleshy and deeply im-
pressed-punctate, the lowest narrowly oblanceolate, obtuse, the
others linear, all entire, mostly 2 or 3 inches long; peduncles
short, slender ; bracts of the involucre ovate, caudate-acuminate ;
rays yellow ; teeth of the disk-corolla short and obtuse; ovaries
very villous at base, more delicately pubescent above ; pappus of
elongated lanceolate paleae, and a short awn, but this quite sur-
passing the disk-corolla.

_ South of Woodruff, Arizona. A member of the group to
which belong G. spathulata and G. Parrvi (é. ¢., G. acaults,
Gray, not Pursh).

The North American Species of Porella.

By MARSHALL A. Howe.

The name Porella first appears in the Historia Muscorum of Dil-
lenius,* where it is applied to a genus of ‘‘ Musci”’ from Pennsyl-
vania, falling in his arrangement between Lycopodium and Selagt-
noides. In the generic characterization, the plant is described as
bearing naked ‘“antheraceous” capsules, without operculum of
pedicel, dehiscing by several pores through the sides, and emitting
a farinaceous powder. Following this is a diagnosis of the only
species known to Dillenius, which we quote in the original, inas-
much as there is an opportunity for differences of opinion as to—
the exact translation in one or two particulars, His words are:
“* Cut rami alterni, folia in nervo vigidiusculo alternatim opposita, .

* Historia Muscorum, 459. f/. 68. 1741.

513

obtuse pinnata, pellucida, viridia, altera parte convexa (vid. ram. e.)
altera (vid. ramos religuos) concava, qua parte capsulae ad pin-
narum alas enascuntur parvae, oblongae, turgidae, exiguis aliquot
ad basin squamis cinctae, tenui membrana constantes, quae luci ob-
versae tres in singulo latere globulos ostentant, totidem foraminibus
exilibus (duobus superius, reliquis per latera Iuscentibus) farinam
fundentes ; semina non comparent.” ,

He further remarks that the plant revives when immersed in
water, but in the dry state is contracted and convolute, not show-
ing its structure ; that his figure was made too black in the course
of the work [presumably by the engraver]; and that his speci-
men was sent from Pennsylvania by Jo. Bartram, who had indi-
cated that it grew in humid places.

The principal figure given by Dillenius represents fairly well
what we now know as Porella pinnata, though rather too stout
and with leaves too closely set ; smaller accessory figures show
the leaves in natural size and the “farinaceous capsules” ‘“ aucta
magnitudine.’’ The latter are ellipsoidal or obovoid in form and
exhibit a few perforations.

The identity of the plant thus described and figured long re-
mained a puzzle to botanical writers. In the Species Plantarum
of Linnaeus it appears under the Musci between the genera Ly-
copodium and Sphagnum. Linnaeus here bestows the specific
name pinnata, quotes the ‘ Porella pinnis obtusis’ of Dillenius, re-
fers to description and figure in the Historia Muscorum, gives the
habitat as Pennsylvania, and states that he has never seen the
plant and that Kalm has been unable to find it on its native soil.
Mr. James Dickson was the first to detect that the Pored/a of Dil-
lenius belonged to the Jungermaniaceae, and it may be worth ©
while to quote his narrative of the circumstances, especially as
M. Le Jolis has somewhat recently* given the impression that the
discovery was wholly a chance affair and also that Dickson con- _
sidered his Jungermannia Porella to be different from the Porella —
of Dillenius. Mr. Dickson’s statements are as follows’: f

"the genus: Porella, first established by Ditiehns and from a

*Rev. Bryol. 19: 99. 1892.
¢ Trans. Linn. Soc. 3: 238. 1797-

514

him copied by Linnaeus, who never saw the plant, had long ap-
peared to me to be very doubtful. I had, however, an opportunity,
some time ago, of satisfying myself on this subject. I happened
to receive some mosses as package to plants from America ; and,
upon examining them, found a /umgermannia and a Splachnum in
fructification. I suspected the /ungermannia to be the same with
the Porella of Dillenius ; but this could not be ascertained without
actually comparing the two specimens, which I had an. opportu-
nity of doing by the indulgence of Dr. Sibthorp, of Oxford, who
permitted me to compare my mosses with Dillenius’s original col-
lection; and, upon the most careful examination, I found my
_Jungermannia to agree exactly with his Pored/a, but could find no
fructification upon his specimens.

“ As I have no doubt that my /ungermannia and his Porella are
one and the same plant, I shall next endeavor to trace how Dille-
nius has fallen into this error; for the plant has exactly the habit
of a/ungermannia. This was, probably, by receiving an imper-
fect specimen ; as the vagina, when damaged either’ by. the weather
or by insects, after the tender flower had fallen off, would very
much resemble the capsule which he has figured.

His figure of the plant is too much crowded with leaves ; but
in his original drawings, in the possession of Sir Joseph Banks, the
leaves, so far as they are represented, are placed in the same man-
ner as in the annexed figure. I shall ‘now subjoin a description
of it under the name of Jungermannia porella.”

The subjoined description and “annexed figure,”~ though
somewhat incomplete according to modern standards, are very
clearly based upon the plant of the eastern United States known as
Madotheca Porella Nees, or, more recently, as Porella pinnata L.

In 1822 Dumortier established the genus Madotheca, based upon

Jungermannia platyphylla, J. thuja, and J. laevigata. This name
was taken up by Nees, who included in the genus the Jungermannia
Porella of Dickson, and Madotheca came into general use as the

‘ appellation of this very natural generic group. Lindberg, in
1869, restored the Dillenian and Linnaean Pore//a and has been

followed in this by Stephani (in some, at least, of his papers),

_ Spruce, Massalongo, Underwood, Pearson, Evans, and others. —

515

Schiffner,* however, though rejecting Madotheca, considers Porella
of Linnaeus a nomen nudum and adopts Bellincinia, Raddi (1818),
reinstated by Otto Kuntze.

Lindberg supposed the “antheraceous capsules’ to be the ¢
branches, but we are inclined to accept Dickson’s explanation of
the Dillenian error. We are assisted to this view by detecting in
the larger figure+ given by Dillenius what we believe to be two or
three ‘‘antheraceous capsules,” which have the general appear-
ance of perianths, and also by the form of the detached and en-
larged ‘‘ capsules.” M. Le Jolis has somewhat lately, in a secondt
paper on the nomenclature of the Hepaticae, expressed the opinion
that the figure in the Historia Muscorum would apply to a Se/ag7-
nella as well as to one of the Jungermaniaceae and that it is easier
for him to believe that a MJadotheca has by some chance been fast-
ened to the sheet previously occupied by the enigmatical Pore//la
than that Dillenius could have made such blunders in interpreting
its morphology and affinities. Against this view may be urged a
portion of the Dillenian description concerning which M. Le Jolis,
in his two elaborate papers, is silent. The “ Aguae immersa planta
reviviscit, sicca contracta et convoluta est, structuram non monstrans’
is not applicable to any Se/aginella of the eastern United States,
but does apply in a significant way to the hepatic in question, a
form of which, with leaves strongly convolute.and stem subcir-
cinate in drying, was given the specific name ixvoluta by Hampe.
Moreover, Dickson’s statement that in the “ original drawings in
the possession of Sir William Banks, the leaves, so far as they
are represented, are placed in the same manner as in the annexed
figure’ should have much weight. Neither M. Le Jolis nor any
one else will question the meaning of Dickson’s “ annexed figure.”

The objection that Porclla is a nomen nudum with Linnaeus
would apply equally well to Zargionia hypophylla or Blasia pusilla,
so far as any “‘ specific Leica in sg eh macs is con-

*Engler & Prantl, Nat. PA. Fam. 1: Abt. 3, 115. 1895.

+ We have had access to the Edinburgh reprint of the Historia Muscorum (1811)
and the abridged edition of 1763. Of these, the figures in the 1763 enn op in the
Columbia University copy, at least, are much the clearer.

$Mém. Soc. nation. Sci. nat. et Math. seagate 29: 142-147. thos. ‘

.

516

cerned. These had the good fortune to have been more accu-
rately figured and described by the predecessors whom he quotes,
to be confessedly European, and to be understood by his contem-
poraries. But now that there is not the least manner of doubt as
to what the Porel/a of Dillenius and Linnaeus was, there seems to
be no good reason why it should not stand as the name of the
genus. Professor Underwood has this last summer examined the
specimen in question in the Dillenian Herbarium at Oxford and
adds his testimony to that of others to the effect that the plant is
congeneric with the traditional /ungermannia platyphylla of Lin-
naeus and clearly identical specifically with the common hepatic
of the eastern United States, known to Nees and his followers as
Madotheca Porella.

PORELLA L. Sp. Pl. 2: 1106. 1753. Ex. Dill. Hist. Musc.
459. pl. 68. 1741.

Plants large, dark-green to yellowish-brown, mostly somewhat
regularly bi- or tri-pinnate, rarely subsimple ; root-hairs in tufts at
the base of the underleaves, usually sparingly developed. Leaves
very deeply 2-parted ; the dorsal lobes large, incubous, obliquely
orbicular-ovate to oblong, entire, repand or somewhat dentate ;
ventral lobes much smaller than the dorsal, sometimes nearly dis-
crete, ovate, lingulate, oblong, linear, or lanceolate, nearly parallel
with the stem, entire or toothed, margins plane or revolute. Un-
derleaves large, somewhat similar in form to the ventral lobes but
usually broader, entire or dentate, often long decurrent on both
sides. Antheridia spherical, very short-stalked, single in the axils
of saccate, densely imbricate, nearly equally bilobed opposite leaves,
these connate with the underleaves and forming short, lateral, oval
to linear-oblong spikes. Archegonia generally numerous, terminal
on very short (most rarely a little elongated) lateral branches. —
Perianth oval to obovate, flattened dorso-ventrally toward the
mouth, from, a more or less obconical base, much longer than the
bracts, two-lipped after elevation of the capsule or sometimes ir-
regularly torn, mouth ciliate, dentate, or subentire. Bracts usually
a single pair with a single bracteole in addition to the underleaf
at the base of the branch, the latter underleaf united with the sub-
tending cauline leaf and functioning as its ventral lobe, or free,
leaving the cauline leaf unlobed. Capsule spherical to oval-oblong,
on a short seta, yellowish-brown, opening, usually not quite to the
base, by four often irregularly split valves; cell-walls of the

517

valves mostly with irregular nodulose thickenings. Elaters com-
monly 2-(1-—3-) spiral; spores several times broader, more or less
echinulate.

Key to the Species,
Stems subsimple or somewhat fasciculately branching, short, tumid; underleaves cau-
date-lacinulate at base. 8. P. Bolanderi.
Stems more or less regularly 1-3-pinnate.
Ventral lobes lingulate-oblong to linear-oblong, often somewhat falcate, closely
appressed to stem or to dorsal lobes.
Dorsal] lobes and underleaves entire, length of ventral lobes 1g—9¢ the width

of the dorsal. 1. P. pinnata.
Dorsal lobes entire, underleaves cillate-dentate at base, length of ventral

lobes 14-24 the width of the dorsal. 2. P. Swartziana,
Leaves and underleaves repand-dentate. 3. £. Wataugensis.

Ventral lobes broadly ovate to oblong.
Usually shining. :
Ventral lobes more or less spurred outwardly at base, mostly linguiform
or ovate-oblong, margins plane or lightly recurved. 7. P. Roellit.
Ventral lobes regularly rounded outwardly at base, ovate, margin re-

curved, 6. P. navicularis.
Usually dull.
Rather flaccid, dorsal lobes subimbricate, ventral lobes long-decurrent,
underleaves distant. 4. P. rivularis.

Somewhat rigid, dorsal lobes rather densely imbricate, ventral lobes
scarcely decurrent, underleaves approximate or subimbricate.

- 5. £. platyphylla.

I. PORELLA PINNATA L. Sp. Pl. 2: 1106. 1753.

Porella pinnis obtusis Dill. Hist. Musc. 459. p/. 68. 1741.

Jungermannia Porella Dicks. Trans. Linn. Soc. 3: 239. 1797.

Jungermannia distans Schwein. Spec. Fl. Am. Sept. Crypt. 9.
1821.

Madotheca Porella Nees, Naturgesch. Eur. Leberm. 3: 201.
BD. p. 1838. 7

Madotheca involuta Hampe, Lehm. & Lindenb. in Lehm.
Pugillus, 7: 10. 1838. es

Madotheca Sullivantiti Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 3: 15.
1872, ae ) :
Dark or yellowish-green, rarely whitish, dull: stems usuall}
bipinnate, sometimes tripinnate or subdichotomous, 4-II cm. —
long, rather laxly matted; branches obtuse, often subfastigiate :
dorsal lobes of leaves somewhat distant, contiguous, or slightly

518

imbricate, horizontal, commonly deflexed or convolute in drying,
oblong or ovate, rounded-obtuse, 1-2.5. mm. x .65—-1.7 mm., mar-
gins plane or the inferior slightly inflexed, entire, cells mostly
with inconspicuous trigones; ventral lobes minute, closely ap-
pressed to the stem or to the dorsal lobes, very nearly or wholly
discrete, lingulate-oblong or subfalcate, flat, with plane margins or
slightly concave ventrally, obtuse, entire, not decurrent, .25-.68
mm. x .I—.27 mm., length usually equaling 1-2? the width
of the dorsal lobe ; underleaves subquadrate or short-oblong, dis-
tant, appressed, scarcely decurrent, equaling stem in width or oc-
casionally twice as broad, margins plane, entire, apex rounded or
rarely repand-emarginate: dioicous: perianth obovate-pyriform,
4-5 times the length of the bracts, slightly crenulate at mouth ;
lobes of bracts entire or subrepand-crenulate ; bracteole oblong,
entire ; spores 30-42 yp, papillate; elaters 2-(3-4-) spiral, 170-
—240 BXQ-14 p.

Exsicc. Drumm. Musc. Am. (Southern States) 167, 168
(both as Jungermannia platyphylla).

Musc. Allegh. 264.

Hep. Bor-Am. 92, 92°, 93 (as Madotheca involuta), 94 (as
Madotheca Sullivantii). é

Hep. Am. 9, 115 (as Porella involuta), 175.

Can. Hep. 85.

On banks of shaded streams and on rocks and logs subject to
overflow. Common in eastern North America from Nova Scotia
to Louisiana. Owen Sound, Ontario (Macoun); Indiana (Under-
wood) ; Illinois (Schneck) ; Missouri (Demetrio) ; Arkansas (Co-
ville) ; Cuba (Wright).

Type from Pennsylvania—in the Dillenian Herbarium at Ox-
ford, England.

Usually collected in a sterile condition. Jungermama distans
Schwein. is a form with rather remote leaves, found especially in
the Southern States. Madotheca involuta Hampe differs from the
typical form only in unimportant and wholly inconstant charac-
ters. The leaves are a little more imbricate, their inferior mar-
gins sometimes more inflexed ; in drying, the leaves are closely
wrapped about the stem or decurved and the branches often sub-
circinate. It produces sporogonia more freely than the type and —
evidently grows in somewhat drier situations. What is apparently

519

a portion of Hampe’s original plant is to be found in Herb. Under-
wood. All the specimens from the Rocky Mountain region and
the Pacific coast that have been referred to Porella pinnata belong,
so far as we have seen them, to Porella rivularis.

2. PoRELLA SwArTzIANA (Web.) Trevis. Mem. r. Ist. Lomb.
Ill: @ 3-407. 4877:

Jungermannia Swartziana Web. Prod. 18. 1815.

Madotheca Swartziana Lindenb. G. L. N. Syn. Hep. 271. 1845.

Sordid-green or slightly fulvous, dull, opaque: stems procum-
bent, irregularly pinnate or subbipinnate, 3-5 cm. long; branches
obtuse, mostly short : dorsal lobes of leaves subimbricate, circum-
volute when dry or spreading, ovate, obtuse, I-1.7 mm. x .7—1.2
mm., entire or slightly repand, inferior margin decurved or sub-
inflexed, occasionally a little undulate-crisped, the leaf-cells with
prominent trigones ; ventral lobes narrowly falcate or linear-oblong,
erect, or commonly with the falcate apex introrse and appressed
to the underleaves, flat with plane margins or somewhat concave
ventrally, obtuse, ‘rarely acuminate, entire or subrepand above,
bearing at the base 1-3 cilia on the inner margin and sometimes a
single cilium on the outer, not decurrent, .5—.85 mm. x .08—.17
mm., length %4-% the width of the dorsal ; underleaves oblong,
erect-appressed, rarely exceeding stem in width, obtuse, truncate,
or emarginate-repand, margins plane, entire above, ciliate-dentate
at base, subdecurrent. .

In low ravines, Opelousas, Louisiana (Rev. A. B. Langlois, no.
228 and, in part, no. 529).

The Louisiana plants agree very Soacly with a West Indian
specimen of P. Swartziana in Herb. Underwood. Mexican speci-
mens referred to this species differ in several respects. Weber
supposed his original (which we have been unable to locate) to
have been collected in Jamaica. We have seen no perianths or 3
branches and these parts are not described by authors.

3. Poretta Wataucensis (Sulliv.) Underw. in herb.
Madotheca Porella var. ? Sulliv. Musc Allegh., no. 265. 1845.
Madotheca ee | Sulliv. in A. Gray, Man. Bot. 700.

1856. [2d ed.] |
Similar to Porella seri of which it is perhaps a variety —dif-

520

fering in being smaller and more delicate (dorsal lobes of leaves
.85-1.2 mm. X .5—.85 mm.), and in the subrepand-dentate margins
of dorsal and ventral lobes and underleaves.

Exsicc. Musc. Allegh. 265.

Adhering to decayed logs, bank of the Watauga River, near
the base of Grandfather Mt., North Carolina (Sullivant). Col-
lected but once. The ventral lobe often appears to be inserted a
little lower upon the stem than the dorsal. The fascicles of root-
lets mentioned by Sullivant as a distinguishing character are some-.
times better developed in the true Porella pinnata than in this.

4. PoRELLA RIVULARIS (Nees) Trevis. Mem. r. Ist. Lomb. IT. 4:
407. 1877.

Madotheca rivularis Nees, Naturgesch. Eur. Leberm. 3: 196.
1838.

Porella dentata Lindb. Act. Soc. Scien. Fenn. 9: 342. 1869.

Dull, or very rarely a little polished, opaque, commonly dark
green, sometimes yellowish, mostly soft and flaccid: stems irregularly
pinnate or subdichotomous, 3-10 cm. long, prostrate or ascending,
forming loose or more dense mats, branches somewhat obtuse,
scarcely diminishing in width toward apex : dorsal lobes of leaves
usually subimbricate or approximate, sometimes distant, rarely
closely incubous, obliquely ovate to orbicular-ovate, rounded-ob-
tuse, I-2 mm. x .8-2 mm., entire or subdenticulate, flat or slightly
concave beneath, only a little decurved at the apex, trigones mostly
small; ventral lobes small, obliquely ovate, acute, .35-.7 mm.
X.12~.4 mm., length ze the width of the dorsal, about one-half
as broad as the underleaves, margins, especially the outer, for the
most part broadly revolute, often giving the lobe a twisted appear-
ance, long decurrent, usually dentate or subciliate at base inter-
nally and sometimes unindentate externally but scarcely spurred ;
underleaves distant, quadrate, orbicular to broadly ovate, about
twice the width of the stem, apex rounded-obtuse, sometimes re-
flexed, margins repand-undulate, very long decurrent, the wing
sometimes exceeding the free portion in length and usually acutely
dentate or subciliate: dioicous: ¢ spikes oval to oblong, 1.5-2-5
mm. in length; ¢ branch short ; ventral lobes of the single pair of
bracts acute or subobtuse, entire or repand, the dorsal obtuse,
bracteole ovate-linguiform, repand; perianth ovate, with lateral
margins deflexed, deeply bilabiate, the lips subentire or repand-

dentate, usually plane : spores 27-45 p, papillate-echinulate ; ela-
ters 180-290 x 8-10 y, rather obtuse, 2-(3-) spiral. ;

521

Exsicc. Hep. Bor-Am. 91 b.

Hep. Am. 96 (as Porella platyphylla), 150 (as Porella Roellii,
var.).
Can. Hep. 99 (as Porella dentata).

On moist rocks, stones in streams, and bases of trees in densely
shaded places. Widely distributed and extremely variable accord-
ing to habitat. Apparently rare in eastern North America, but
common on the Pacific Coast. Connecticut (Eaton) ; Ohio (Sul-
livant) ; Texas and New Mexico (Wright); Montana (R. S. Wil-
liams) ; Idaho (Leiberg) ; British Columbia (Macoun) ; Alaska
(Miss Grace E. Cooley) ; California (Bolander, Parish, Howe).

Our determination is based upon the drawing (acccompanying
G. & R. Hep. Eur. no. 371) of the original plant from the bed of
the river Bober, near Hirschberg, Silesia, and upon European
Specimens and the descriptions of authors.

The name dentata, applied by Hartman in 1832 (Skand. Fl. —
354, 2d ed.) to what he considered a variety of Jungermania
platyphylla was taken up for the above species by Lindberg in
1869, but was abandoned by him ten years later without explana-
tions. Hartman’s description of his variety dentata is quite inade-
quate for its proper identification and as we have failed in our
efforts to see his original specimens, if such exist, we prefer to
adhere to the first name which was accompanied by an intelligible
diagnosis.

5. PoreLLa pLatypHyLia (L.) Lindb. Act. Soc. Scien. Fenn.
9: 339. 1869.
Jungermannia platyphylla L. Sp. Pl. 2: 1134. 1753.
Jungermannia platyphylloidea Schwein. Spec. Fl. Am. Sept.
Crypt. 9. 1821.
Madotheca platyphylla Dumort. Comm. Bot. 111. 1822.
Madotheca navicularis Nees, Naturgesch. Eur. Leberm. 3: 176
Pp: P1838. 4
Porella thuja Lindb. Act. Soc. Scien. Fenn. 9: 337. 1869.
Dull or most rarely with a slight lustre, opaque or a little pel-

lucid, yellowish to very dark green, rather rigid: stems somewhat
regularly or irregularly 1—-3-pinnate, 3-8 cm. long, procumbent,

522

usually in compact mats, branches obtuse, very rarely subatten-
uate: dorsal lobes of leaves rather densely imbricate, appressed,
or with the superior margin ascending or slightly reflexed, ob-
liquely ovate to obliquely orbicular-ovate, rounded-obtuse, .85-2.1
mm. x .65—-1.7 mm., apex more or less decurved, superior margin
repand-dentate or subentire, the inferior sometimes a little undu-
late-crisped, cells at inferior basal angle scarcely smaller, trigones
distinct ; ventral lobes somewhat obliquely ovate to oblong, ob-
tuse, rarely subacute, .4-I.2 mm. x .25—.85 mm., length about
8 the width of the dorsal, nearly equaling underleaves in width
or only one half as broad, margins, especially the outer, recurved,
entire or with a single acute tooth at base, scarcely decurrent ;
underleaves approximate or subimbricate, semiorbicular to quad-
rate-oblong, rounded-obtuse, margins reflexed especially at apex,
long-decurrent, sometimes repand or sparingly denticulate at base,
otherwise entire: diocious: ¢ spikes oval to oblong, 1.2-3 mm.
in length; 9 branch short; dorsal lobes of bracts obtuse, more
rarely acute, the ventral lobes usually acute, margins of both en-
tire or denticulate ; perianth oval, inflated ventrally along median
line especially when young, narrowed above, the lips denticulate
or subciliate, plane, or often lightly revolute, especially toward the
_ lateral margins: capsule oval, light brown, the valves often irregu-
larly split ; spores 32-45 y, echinulate, elaters 180-250 # x 7-10 #,

2-(1-) spiral.
Exsicc. Drumm. Musc. Am. (Southern States) 169.
* Musc. Allegh. 263.

Hep. Bor-Am. 89, 90, and 91 c (as Madotheca rivularis var. ?).

Hep. Am. 29.

Can. Hep. 9.

On tree-trunks, logs, rocks, and soil. Very common in east-
ern, northern, southern and central North America. Wyoming
(Mayhew) ; Idaho (Leiberg, no. 8, 1888) ; Vancouver Island,
near Victoria (Macoun, May 15, 1893, on young fir trees, no. 29);
Ontario (Mrs. Roy, Macoun); Quebec (Faxon); Nova Scotia
(ex. herb. James, collector unknown).

Extremely variable. Most of the American specimens belong
to Porella thuja, as defined by Lindberg, characterized by the
somewhat regular pinnate branching, closely appressed obliquely _
rotund-ovate dorsal lobes, and oblong ventral lobes, the latter
nearly or quite as broad as the underleaves. This appears to be 4

523

identical with the Jungermannia platyphylloidea of Schweinitz, of
which we have seen authentic specimens both in his own her-
barium preserved at Philadelphia and in that of Torrey at Co-
lumbia University. The more common European form of 2
platyphylla, marked by irregular branching, yellower color, ob-
liquely ovate dorsal tubes with the superior margins ascending or
reflexed, and by the obliquely ovate ventral lobes, which are only
about half as wide as the underleaves, is rare in America, but as
such may be cited specimens collected by Mr. Faxon on Owl’s
Head, Canada (near Lake Memphremagog), June 27, 1885, and
by Professor Underwood at West Goshen, Conn., July, 1887, and
at Natural Bridge, Va., Sept., 1887. Transitional conditions occur
so frequently that we believe nothing is gained by an attempt at
separation.

6. PorELLA Navicucaris (Lehm. et Lindenb.) Lindb. Act. Soc.
Scien. Fenn. 9: 337. 1869.
Jungermannia navicularis Lehm, et Lindenb. in Lehm. Pugill.
6: 38. 1834.
Madotheca navicularis Nees, G. L. N. Syn. Hep. 277, p. p.

1845.

Shining or more rarely dull, brownish-yellow, large: stems
somewhat regularly bipinnate, 4-12 cm. long, procumbent-caespi-
tose, or subpendulous with apices ascending when moist, branch-
lets gradually narrowed, subacute, convex on drying and slightly
deflexed : dorsal lobes of leaves densely imbricate, appressed, for
the most part closely wrapped about the stem when dry, obliquely _
Orbicular-ovate to ‘oblong-ovate, 1.2-2.5 mm. x I-1.8 mm.,
rounded-obtuse, apex decurved, subcucullate, inferior margin
slightly undulate-crisped, the superior decurrent, its wing some-
times laciniate-crispate, otherwise very entire, the inferior basal
angle composed of numerous small thick-walled cells 4-™% the
diameter of the remainder, trigones conspicuous throughout ; ven-
tral lobes ovate, obtuse, most rarely subacute, regularly rounded ©
outwardly at base, .5—1 mm. x.33—.75 mm., a little smaller than
the underleaves, length somewhat more than ¥%4 the width of the
dorsal, margins entire, recurved, decurrent, apex often deflexed ;
underleaves approximate, quadrate-oblong, rounded-obtuse, mate:
gins entire, recurved, long-decurrent, apex occasionally deflexed e*
dioicous : $ branches oval to oblong, 114-2%4 mm. in length i

424

2 branch short, lobes of the single pair of bracts minutely dentic-
ulate or entire, the ventral usually acute, the dorsal obtuse, brac-
teole wide ; perianth broadly obovate from an obconic somewhat
inflated base, scarcely narrowed above, deeply bilabiate, the lips at
first subciliate-denticulate, later obsoletely crenulate-dentate or
nearly entire, strongly revolute, giving perianth the appearance of
being squarely or obliquely truncate : capsule ovoid, yellowish-
brown, exserted by about its own length ; spores 50-85 4, echinu-
late, bright yellowish-green ; elaters 275-325 #x 9-10 #, obtuse,

2-(3-) spiral.

Exsicc.: Hep. Bor-Am. 91.

Hep. Am. 30.

Can. Hep. 7.

Common on trunks and branches of trees and more rarely on
rocks throughout the Pacific Coast from California to Alaska ; as
far east as Idaho (Leiberg) ; Mexico (fide Gottsche).

The original specimens were collected by Menzies on the wes-
tern coast of North America, exact locality unknown. The Euro-
pean plants referred by some authors to Porella navicularis prob-
ably all belong with P. platyphylla or P. laevigata. This species
in a fertile condition can always be very easily distinguished from
any simulating form of P. platyphylla by the broadly obovate peri-
anth, scarcely narrowed at the mouth, and by the twice larger
spores. When sterile, if more obvious characters fail, the numer-
ous, small, thick-walled cells filling the inferior basal wing of the
dorsal lobe are of importance ; these are %{—14 the diameter ot
the cells in the middle of the lobe while in P. platyphylla the cells

are nearly of a uniform size throughout the lobe or slightly
smaller at the basal margin.

7- PoreELta Roetxi Steph. Bot. Centralb. 45: 203. 1891.

Green or yellowish-brown, usually shining: stems procum-
bent, rather flaccid, densely depressed-caespitose, 4~8 cm. long,
subdichotomous below, the primary branches for the most part
simply and remotely pinnate, branchlets short, often attenuate-
deflexed : dorsal lobes of leaves densely imbricate, appressed, ob-
liquely ovate, patent-divergent, .85-1.7 mm. x .6 5-1I.5 mm., apex
narrowed, subtruncate, obtuse, or most rarely apiculate, inferior
margin more or less undulate-crisped, the superior repand, cells at —

525

basal angles slightly smaller, all with evident trigones; ventral
lobes ovate, linguiform or ovate-oblong, usually much narrowed
toward the obtuse or subacute apex, suberect or patent, scarcely
connate with the dorsal, commonly about % as wide as the un-
derleaves, length 24 the width of the dorsal, somewhat concave
ventrally, margins plane or slightly recurved, a little decurrent,
very rarely dentate above, more or less strongly spurred at the
base, especially at the outer angle, the spur entire or dentate,
rarely subciliate; underleaves approximate, ovate-linguiform,
rounded-obtuse, the margins recurved, long-decurrent, entire or
most rarely subdentate, the wings sometimes crisped: dioicous:
g spikes 1-2 mm. long; ? branch somewhat elongated, bearing
3-8 leaves (or ‘“bracts’’) (usually 2 pairs) nearly similar to the
cauline ; inmost bracts a little larger, the lobes subacute, entire,
repand-dentate, or sparingly denticulate, bracteole ovate, subentire
or denticulate ; perianth large, somewhat goblet-shaped or broadly
obovate, undulate-concave ventrally, here and there inflated,
scarcely narrowed or lobed at the wide truncate dentate mouth,
the oral margins plane or slightly deflexed at the sides.

Exsicc. Can. Hep. +4 (as Porella Bolanderi var.).

Under shelving rocks and on moist shaded cliffs, rarely on tree-
trunks. Washington: Kitchelos Lake (Roell, June 12, 1888) ;
Olympia (Henderson, 1892, no. 2594). British Columbia (Ma-
coun) : Cascades, Yale (May 1875, also at Yale, May 17, 1889,
no. 61); Mt. Benson, Vancouver Island, June 8, 1887; near
Victoria (May 12, 1893, no. 7,and May 30, 1893, no. 63). Ore-
gon (Pringle, 1881, no. 502, in part). California (Howe): Mill
Valley (no. 1168) and Mt. Tamalpais (no. 1171), Marin Co. ;
near Cazadero (no. 1170), Sonoma Co.; Ukiah (no. 759) and
Navarro (Miss Edith S. Byxbee), Mendocino io. % Blue Lake
(no. 994) and Deer Creek (nos. 1068 and 1073), Humboldt Co. ;
Hay Fork (no. 1109), Trinity Co.

Type from Kitchelos Lake, Washington (Roell, June 12, 1888)
—in Herb. Stephani, Leipsic. Type duplicate in Herb. Under-
wood, .

Porella Roellii is closely related to the forms of the European
P. laevigata with obtuse dorsal lobes and subentire ventral lobes

and underleaves, as represented, for example, in Carrington and

Pearson’s no. 275 Hep. Brit. Exsicc., from Scotland. This is —

525

especially true of British Columbia specimens (Macoun : Cascades,
Yale, May, 1875; no. 63, near Victoria, May 30, 1893), and of
our no. 1068, from California. These latter differ, however, from
P. laevigata in the smaller, narrower, more pointed, and more
strongly calcarate ventral lobes, and in the usually more slender
fronds. They are forms like these, we take it, that have been re-
ferred by Mr. Pearson * to P. /aevigata, but in the predominating
forms in Washington, Oregon and California the plant is much less
suggestive of P. /aevigata, and we prefer to maintain Stephani’s
species, and to associate with it the British Columbia specimens
alluded to and our no, 1068, even though, as must be admitted,
they make a near approach to certain conditions of the European
plant. Perianths occur only on our no. 994 from Blue Lake,
Humboldt Co., California. We have been unable to compare the’
perianths of Porella laevigata, inasmuch as these organs are uni-
formly’ wanting in the somewhat extended series of European
specimens that we have been privileged to examine, but the perianth
of P. laevigata is described by Nees + as ovate, inflated, and trun-
cate-bi-trilobed, while in P. Roe/lii the perianth is broadly obovate
or goblet-shaped, and scarcely lobed at the wide truncate mouth. -

No. 150, Hep. Am. (issued as Porella Roellii, var.) belongs
with P. rivularis, as is evidenced by the form of the ventral lobes
and underleaves, the short 9 branches, the characters of the peri-
anth, etc.

Professor Macoun’s specimen from Yale, British Columbia,
May, 1875, was labeled “ Madotheca Macounii n. sp.” and ‘ M7.
_ laevigata, var. integrifolia,”’ by Austin in herd. .

8. PorELLa BoLaNnpERI (Aust.) Pearson, List. Can. Hep. 7. 1890.
[excluding specimens cited (?)]
Madotheca Bolanderi Aust. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 3: 14. 1872.
_ Dark- or yellowish-green, dull: stems 114-6 cm. long, sub-
simple or with a few somewhat fasciculately disposed obtuse tumid
branches, often subpendulous, more or less vaulted or flexuous
when dry : dorsal lobes of leaves densely imbricate, appressed or
subsquarrose, dimidiate-ovate to oblong, 1.5-2.9 mm.x.67-1.8
mm., sometimes considerably narrowed toward the obtuse apex,

arava Wiss

* List of Canadian Hepaticae, 7, 1890.
: t Naturgesch. Eur. Leberm, 3 : 165. 1838.

527

slightly decurved when moist, circumvolute-deflexed in drying,
rather distinctly margined by somewhat inflated subrectangular
cells, the inferior margin more or less undulate, often narrowly in-
flexed, the superior repand or here and there caudate-dentate, the
base long drawn out and projecting beyond the stem, trigones
small ; ventral lobes and underleaves approximate or more often
imbricate, sometimes entirely concealing the stem; ventral lobes
ovate-lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, rarely almost subulate, acute
or occasionally somewhat obtuse, subfalcate, canaliculate, slightly
twisted, long-decurrent, nearly discrete, .4—I mm. x .08—.4 mm.,
about 1% as wide as the underleaves, length 2-3 the width of the
dorsal, undulate-repand above, sparingly caudate-lacinulate on in-
ner side at base, often also on the outer ; underleaves ovate-lingu-
late to oblong, a little wider than the stem, apex obtuse, subacute,
rarely emarginate or slightly cleft, often deflexed, margins plane
_or recurved, undulate-repand, long-decurrent, the wings with com-
monly 2 or 3 cauda-like laciniae on either side toward the base:
dioicous: $ spikes oblong to almost linear, 2-4 mm. in length ; 9
branch short ; dorsal lobes of bracts subobtuse or acute, the ven-
tral acute or often subulate-pointed, margins of both subentire or
denticulate above, ciliate-caudate at base, bracteole large, ovate,
usually acute, denticulate above, caudate-lacinulate below ; under-
leaf subtending @ branch acutely emarginate or bifid ; perianth
‘broadly ovate from a shortly obconic base, somewhat compressed,
lightly undulate-plicate dorsally, often furnished ventrally with 2
or three rarely winged carinae, narrowed at the ciliate, subtruncate,
deeply bilabiate mouth : capsule oval or oval-oblong, exserted by
about its own length ; spores 29-40 /, minutely echinulate ; elaters
180-310 #x 10-12 p, 2-(3-) spiral.

Exsicc. Hep. Am. 31. a

On stones, under shelving rocks, and on the bark of living
trees, especially of Quercus agrifolia. California, apparently
throughout the state (Bolander, Underwood, McClatchie, Howe).

Type in Herb. Pearson, Knutsford, Cheshire, England. We :
have seen no specimens of Porella Bolanderi from any station out- 3
side of California. Can. Hep. no. to (distributed as P. Bolan-
deri) is, so far as we have seen it, Porella rivularis—in one pocket a
mixed with P. wavicularis. Can. Hep. no. 11 (issued as Pordla
Bolanderi var.), from Mt. Benson, Vancouver Island, is Pored/a
Roellii Stephani. Be :

In moist, densely shaded places, Porella Bolanderi assumes:a
more lax, flaccid habit, resembling certain forms of P. rivularis pte

528

Such conditions, however, when the characteristic ciliate perianths
are wanting, can usually be distinguished from any state of P.
rivularis by the more oblong, more distinctly marginate, dorsal
leaf-lobes, and by the longer and narrower ventral lobes and un-
derleaves, which are more pronouncedly caudate at the base.

The above revision is based, outside of our own collcctions in
California, chiefly upon the rich representation of this genus in the
herbarium of Professor Underwood, and upon the specimens in
the herbarium of Columbia University. We further gratefully
acknowledge our indebtedness to the Philadelphia Academy of
Sciences, for the loan of the Schweinitz collection; to Dr. A. W.
Evans for the privilege of examining specimens in his own her-
barium and that of Yale University, and to W. H. Pearson, Esq.,
of Knutsford, Cheshire, England, for the loan of the type of Po-
rela Bolanderi.

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY,
November 13, 1897.

A new Species of Wild Ginger hitherto confounded with Asarum
Canadense L,

By Evucene P. BICKNELL.

(PLATES 316, 317.)

It has certainly much significance in its bearing on the study of
our common flora that a plant so noteworthy as the familiar wild
ginger, and supposedly so well understood, should now reveal
itself as embracing two perfectly distinct species. Both plants are
common and widely distributed, but they are so much alike in
general appearance that it is scarcely a matter of surprise that they
have held their secret so long. Agreeing in main features through-
out, they share the same general form of rootstock, leaf and flower,
are similar in habit of growth, and bloom at the same time. The
differences between them are, in fact, no greater than might fairly
measure the variation of a single species, and that they are of

higher import has been learned only by careful field study con-
tinued through several seasons,

529

While the determination of dried specimens is not always easy,
living plants may always be distinguished instantly by a glance at
the flowers, and further comparative study cannot fail to lead to
their recognition as beautifully similar yet beautifully distinct
species.

The most obvious differences between these plants reside in
the flowers. In one the calyx-lobes are spreading and revolute
passing gradually into a slender upcurved acumination, and the in-
terior of the tube is purple nearly down to the base ; in the other
species the calyx-tube is white within and the flat and reflexed
lobes aré abruptly acuminate at the apex into a straight obtuse point.

Fortunately there need be no uncertainty as to which one of
these plants should bear the name Asarum Canadense L. Al-
though the description in Species Plantarum is diagnostic of neither
species the citations there given establish conclusively that the
Linnaean plant was the one with gradually acuminate calyx-lobes.

The following references enter into the foundation of the Lin-
nean species :

“Gron. Virg. 52.

Moris. hist. 3. p. §11. 8.13. 7.0 ¢

Corn: Can, 34, % 25."

The specimen of Gronovius is perhaps no longer in existence,
nor is it of any great consequence in view of the sufficiency of the
remaining citations. I am indebted to Mr. Edmund G. Baker for
the information that this particular type is not to be found among
the Gronovian specimens in the British Museum. I have also
to thank Mr. Baker for a tracing of the illustration in the rare
work of Morison. This figure proves to be merely a reduced

copy of the plate of “ Asaron Canadense” in Cornuti’s “ Canaden- -
sium Plantarum,” published in 1635, which is a crude but quite =~

unmistakable illustration of the plant with gradually acuminate
calyx-lobes, establishing perfectly the significance of the Linnaean
name. |
The synonomy of this plant is as follows :
AsAaRuM CANADENSE L. Sp. Pl. 1: 442. 1753.
A. Carolinianum Walter, Fl. Car. 143. 1788.
A. latifolium Salis. Prodr. 344- 1796.

530

A. Canadense 8 obtusum Muhl. Cat. 1813.

A. acuminatum Muhl. Cat. ed. 2. Nomen nudum, 1818.

A, parviflorum Raf. New Fl. 2: 20. 1836.

A. furcatum Raf. |. c.

A. medium Raf. 1. c.

“4. willosum Muhl. Cat.’ vide Duchartre in DC. Prodr. 15:
424. 1864.

It is quite possible that one or more of these names had at
least partial reference to the neglected species here discussed, but
there is nothing in the definition of any one of them to justify its
present revival. :

The three names of Rafinesque are together passed into the
synonomy of A. Canadense L. by this remark of Rafinesque him-
self in connection with his descriptions: “The A. Canadense dif-
fers from all these by smooth reniform leaves, calyx reflected,
etc.” These words evidently refer to our new species, and show
that Rafinesque really knew both of our plants but made the mis-
take of renaming true Canadense, assuming that to be the one
which was undescribed.

It appears probable that Muhlenberg earlier fell into the same
error. His nomen nudum, Asarum acuminatum, may well have
referred to true Canadense, allowing the inference that his further
catalogue names, A. Canadense and its variety odtusum, really
stood for the undescribed plant. This, however, is only conjec-
ture, and as the leaves of true Canadense are either acute or ob-
tuse no warrant it found for now taking up Muhlenberg’s varietal
name. ‘There is little doubt that Salisbury’s name, Asarum lati-
folium, is asynomym. The description of this plant as quoted by

Willdenow (I have not seen the original publication) correlates 1 it
sufficiently with the Linnean species.

Walter’s plant was doubtless based on a malformed example of
one or the other of our species, both of which sometimes occur
with “‘folius * * emarginatus,” apparently the result of accident to
the growing bud; nothing in Walter’s description is distinctive of
: either plant. It would thus appear that there is no sufficient evi-
_ dence that the new plant has ever had a name. It may now there- _ E

531

fore be called Asarum reflexum in allusion to its characteristically
reflected calyx-lobes.
The two plants agree in the following characters :

Rootstock horizontal, branching, jointed, each internode mark-
ing one season’s growth, and throwing out long ‘fibrous roots ;
leaves two, rising on long, erect, pubescent petioles from the ends
of the new shoots, appearing opposite by suppression of the axis ;
leaf-blades reniform, the innermost in the bud commonly more
acute than the outer one and often with a shallow indentation on
either side giving it a slightly three-lobed outline; new shoots
provided with three large, membranous, alternate scale-like bracts
subtending minute axillary buds which may or may not develop
into branches; flower solitary, peduncled in the fork of the
petioles ; calyx coherent below with the six-celled, many-seeded
Ovary, campanulate, three-parted with spreading limb, pubescent,
the tips of the valvate sepals inflexed in the bud ; stamens twelve,
alternating in a longer and shorter series subequal with the united
styles and inserted at the base of the column, at first recurved
against the surface of the ovary, each series finally rising in turn
against the column, the longer series first ; filaments longer than
the adnate, extrorse anthers, the connective terminating in a subu-
late projection ; styles coherent in a column 6-lobed at the apex,
separating and spreading at maturity, the cells of the Ovary Open
ing loculicidally ; capsule bursting irregularly and dissipating in
loose mealy tissue ; seeds ovoid, prominently carunculate.

ASARUM CANADENSE L.

Rootstock short, stout, 2.5-15 cm. long, 6-10 mm. thick,
short-jointed, constricted at the nodes, its branches short, spread-
ing or reflexed, sub-opposite, often approximate, usually developed —
only from joints of the preceding season on rhizomes of several
years’ growth ; joints or internodes puberulent, 1.5-4 cm. long,
the lower end of each joint contracted, and narrowly scarred from
the insertions of the fallen bracts ; roots numerous, mostly clus-

tered at the lower ends of the internodes, often densely matted |

together ; bracts broadly ovate, more or less puberulent, obtuse, :
approximate or overlapping, finally loosely spreading and decidu- ~
ous ; leaves commonly reniform-cordate, little, if at all, broader

than long, with a deep, often partly closed sinus, acute or ob-
tuse at the apex, rugose-veiny, the hirsutulous-puberulent upper
surface with a satiny lustre, the lower surface somewhat shining
beneath the close pubescence of minute white hairs ; petioles 3-6
mm. thick, at first canescent throughout or densely white-pubes-

cent with short, spreading or slightly reflexed hairs, becoming

532

more loosely pubescent, or puberulent, often with cinereous or
somewhat rusty hairs; leaves at first 4-7 cm. broad on petioles,
2.5—5 cm. long, later becoming much larger, and reaching an ex-
treme size of 21 cm. wide by 19 cm. long on petioles 32 cm. in
length ; flowers at anthesis usually reclining on the ground on
short, spreading or declined peduncles, at maturity often erect or
raised on ascending or erect peduncles 13-40 mm. long ; freshly
opened flower about 1.3 cm. long, the tube of the calyx about
twice the length of the ovary, when fully grown, often 2.5 cm.
long and 12-15 mm. wide, the ovary and tube of about equal
length ; upper half of the erect calyx-lobes spreading or ascend-
ing, somewhat crescentic in outline with revolute margins which
pass into an upcurved tubular acumination 4-8 mm. long ;
spread of the flower across the acuminate lobes 2-3.8 cm.,
the opening of the tube circular; rudimentary petals almost
always present as filiform bodies 2-4 mm. long, rising from the
surface of the ovary opposite the sinuses of the calyx ; peduncles
and calyx villous-pubescent, or in age nearly canescent, the
spreading purple segments densely erect-puberulent with thickish
purple hairs, or sometimes greenish and nearly glabrous, probably
through abrasion; inflexed tips of the calyx-lobes in the bud
coherent and extending down to the tip of the column ; exterior
of the calyx hexagonal, the six faces plane, dull-whitish to
greenish-purple, the interior of the tube deep purple more than
half-way down to the white base which surrounds a hexagonal
purple band enclosing the stamens; surface of ovary at maturity
somewhat pyramidal, rising into the short, thick terete column
which is 2-4 mm. high and rather deeply six-lobed at the summit ;
stigmas prominent, at anthesis pale pink and densely spiculate ;
stamens dull pinkish-purple, anthers dull pink ; prolonged tips of
the filaments slender-subulate, from one to three times the length
of the anther in the longer series of stamens. (Plate 316.)

Specimens examined indicate a range from Quebec and On-
tario to western Massachusetts, southeastern New York and Penn-
sylvania and southward in the Alleghanies to Virginia. Mr.
Pollard tells me that the species is frequent about Washington.

The plant grows in rich hilly woods often in rocky situations.
It begins to flower at New York from the third week in April to
the first week in May; in some seasons flowers are still to be
found at the end of June.

After the flower has fallen the bud for the next season’s
growth appears at one side of the cicatrix left by the peduncle, or _

533

sometimes an opposite bud also forms, but fails to develop. In
late summer the primary bud is well developed and encloses the -
next season’s flower and leaves perfectly formed.

Two instances of dimerous flowers have been observed, and
it is recorded by Decainse (D.C. Prod. 15: 424), that tetramerous
flowers are not rare. Occasionally the plant develops undersized
leaves which are oblong with rounded or slightly cordate base, or
even decurrent into the petiole.

“ ASARUM REFLEXUM N. sp.

Rootstock slender and elongated, 1.-4.5 dm. long, about 4
mm. thick, or shorter and stouter in one form of the plant, its
branches usually slender and remotely alternate, often elongated
and again branched; internodes 4-10 cm. long, little if at all
contracted at the joints, glabrous, the bract scars prominent, the
uppermost distant ; roots fewer and more slender than in Cana-
dense, more scattered, or borne mainly at the forward ends of the
internodes ; bracts narrower and more acute than in Canadense,
less pubescent, more or less separated or distant, early spreading
and deciduous ; leaves broader than long, varying from reniform
and lunate-reniform with a shallow open sinus to suborbicular
with a deep sinus, obtusely pointed, broadly acute or rounded at
the apex, darker green, thinner and less rugose than in Canadense,
commonly nearly glabrous above and with a satiny lustre, some-
what shining on the lower surface through the thin or sometimes
close pubescence of minute hairs; a common size of the leaves
is 10 cm. wide, by 8 cm. or less long on petioles 1.5 dm. long, an
extreme size 1.7 dm. wide on petioles 2. dm. long ; at vernation
the petioles are relatively longer than in Canadense ; petioles slen-
der, 3~4 mm. thick, loosely or thinly tortuose-pubescent with
slightly longer and softer hairs than in Canadense, somewhat shin-
ing on the outer surface and mostly glabrous towards the base
except along the villous-pubescent inner margins, often nearly glab-
rous throughout in age; flowers smaller than those of Cana-
dense, 8-20 mm. long, 7-14 mm. wide, spreading 16-26 mm.
across the extended lobes, the tube 4-8 mm. high, at anthesis on
slender ascending or erect peduncles, at maturity mostly spreading
or reclined on peduncles 3.8-5 cm. long; the ovary from the first
about the length of the calyx-tube ; limb early réflexed, in age
sometimes ascending, the lobes 8-10 mm. long, about the length
of the tube, flattish and rather brittle, triangular in outline, ending
abruptly in a straight obtuse point 2-4 mm. long ; opening of
the flower commonly more or less triangular ; rudimentary petals

534

usually wanting; peduncle and calyx densely cottony-villose,
_ much less so in age, the outer surface of the sepals loosely pilose-
pubescent, the reflected brownish-purple segments somewhat shin-
ing and minutely puberulent with dull purple hairs and faintly
parallel-veined ; inflexed tips of the sepals in the mature bud ex-
tending only half-way to tip of column; interior of tube white
or greenish-white below the rim, the disk surrounded by a purple
band as in Canadense ; exterior of flower white to greenish-purple,
the hexagonal base with prominent rounded angles and interven-
ing depressions ; surface of ovary plane or nearly so; column
slender, columnar, longer than in Canadense,4—7 mm. long, strongly
grooved to receive the longer series of stamens, the stigmas green-
ish and purple, rather smaller than in Cavadense and often merely
granulose ; stamens deeper purple than in Caxadeuse with shorter
anthers, the filaments slightly longer and closer to the column,
their tips shorter and less attenuate, often less than half the length
of the anther. (Plate 317.)

Rich low woods along streams or river valleys, often forming
extensive beds; more rarely in upland woods; flowering at the
same time as A. Canadense. Southeastern New York, and doubt-
_ less Connecticut, to Iowa, south to the mountains of North Caro-
lina, Missouri and Kansas.

Aside from the notable differences of the flowers which has
already been emphasized, Asarum reflexum differs generally from
A. Canadense in more slender habit, sparser pubescence of rather
longer hairs, and more broadly reniform leaves. The plant is also
much less aromatic.

The typical form of the plant which occurs in rich woodland
along the banks of streams and rivers is particularly characterized —
by slender elongated rootst »cks loosely interlaced on and near the
surface of the ground, long internodes, and broad leaf-blades with
divergent sides and wide openly graduated sinus. The occasional
form of drier upland woods is rather stouter and more pubescent
with shorter internodes and rootstocks, the leaf-blades commonly
suborbicular and more or less rounded at the apex, the sides par-
allel or approaching rather than divergent and rounding into Or =
even overlapping at the sinus, which is very wide at the insertion
of the petiole ; the opening of the flower is nearly circular instead
of more or less triangular as in the type.

535

*

This plant has been especially studied in Van Cortlandt Park,
New York City, where the typical form is found in abundance in
the woodland along Tibbit’s Brook and the upland form also
occurs. Through the kindness of Prof. Trelease I have been
enabled also to examine fresh material from the vicinity of St.
Louis.

A single plant bearing a 4-merous flower was collected in Van
Cortlandt Park.

Type material from Van Cortlandt Park will be deposited in
the Herbaria of Columbia University and the New York Botanical
Garden, the Gray Herbarium and the Herbaria of the Missouri
Botanical Garden and the U. S. Department of Agriculture.

The foregoing description of Asarum reflexum has been drawn
to cover only the typical plant and its causal variations. It would
appear that a geographical variety must also be recognized. Liv-
ing specimens were sent to me in May, 1897, collected on the bank
of the Desplaines river at Maywood, Illinois, near Chicago, which,
though essentially like the type, show characters apparently never
developed by the more eastern plant. As in the case of A. reflexum
and A. Canadense here again the most evident differences are found
in the flower, which shows especially a notable elongation of the
strongly reflexed calyx-segments as denoted in the accompanying
illustration (Plate II., a, b).

The variety may be characterized as follows:

ASARUM REFLEXUM AMBIGUUM DN. var.

Slender, the leaf-blades short and very broad with a deep wide
sinus and mostly abruptly pointed at the apex, the lower surface
rather densely, even softly, pubescent; flowers often longer and
narrower than in reflexrum; exterior of calyx nearly white, very
woolly tomentose, the tube 8-10 mm. long, the reflexed lobes
longer and narrower than in the type with much longer points,
8—9 mm. wide at the base, 12-17 mm. long, the straight slender
points 4-8 mm. long, sometimes extending back to the base of
the calyx and closely appressed against it; surface of reflexed
lobes light brownish-red, distinctly parallel-veined, glabrate ; col-
umn short, 3-4 mm. high; hexagonal band on surface of ovary
narrower than in the type and of a bright purplish-red color.

In one specimen the calyx-lobes are almost pointless, but are

longer than normally and evenly graduated to the apex,

536

The type will be deposited in the Herbarium of the New York
Botanical Garden.

A comparative histological study of Asarum reflexum and Asa-
rum Canadense has been undertaken by Dr. Albert Schneider, now
ot Northwestern University, the results of which will shortly be pub-
lished. Dr. Schneider tells me that his preliminary examination
shows that the histological elements are structually almost identical
in the two plants, but that their arrangement and relative abun-
dance are strikingly different. In A. reflexum the annular and
spiral vessels are much more numerous than in Canadense, in
which tracheids predominate. The usual reaction tests for Cana-
dense meet with a weaker response from reflerum very much as
with A. Europaeum. Dr. Schneider is of the opinion that the
new plant should probably be excluded from the Pharmacopaeia
owing to the apparently deficient medical principle. A careful
chemical analysis is necessary to decide this.

The drawings are reduced in engraving to about two-thirds
natural size. :

* The proofs of this article came to hand a few days after the receipt of a privately
printed paper by Mr. W. W. Ashe, entitled ‘The Genus Asaram in Eastern America,”
in which is described Asarum Canadense acuminatum nov. var. The points of dis-
tinction indicated for this new variety are ‘‘Calyx-lobes gradually acuminate, longer
than the tube,”’ Canadense itself being credited with calyx-lobes ‘‘as long as or some-
what longer that the tube, abruptly. acuminate.”’

As already shown in the present paper, the one of our two common eastern plants
having the longer more gradually acuminate calyx-segments is the authentic Asarum
Canadense of Linnaeus, and the very plant, in all probability, to which Muhlenberg
afterwards applied the name acuminatum, now again used by Mr. Ashe.

There occurs in Minnesota a form of Asarum having very long, slenderly acumi-
mate calyx-lobes and apparently occupying a position between A. Canadense and A.
caudatum. Having seen but a single specimen of this plant allusion to it was de-
ferred until further material should be forthcoming. Minnesota is one of the localities
named by Mr. Ashe for his new variety, which may very possibly represent a plant not
found at all farther east. The matter cannot be followed to a conclusion at the present
time, when this paper goes at once to press.

587

Botanical Notes.

A correction. In some way, a mistake was allowed to pass
in my article in'the October BULLETIN on “ Plants of New Mexico.”
On page 478 the readingis ‘ Edwinia Wrightii,’” when it should
be as follows :

FEeNDLERA Wricutt (Engelm. & Gray).

fendlera rupicola var. Wrightii Engelm. & Gray, Pl. Wright.

Lt 29. pt. S50 c 2, Ae
A. A. HELLER.

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Anderson, A. P. Stomata on the Bud Scales of Adies pectinata. Bot.
Gaz. 24: 294, 295. f. 2, 2. 30 O. 1897.

Atkinson, G. F. Some Fungi from Alabama. Bull. Cornell Univ.
3: 1-50. 25 Je. 1897.
Describes numerous new species and Zolysforel/a, new genus.

Bailey, W. W. Fasciation. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 24: 453, 454-
30S. 1897.

Bailey, W. W. Vernation of Carya. Bot. Gaz. 24: 292, 293. fig-
30 O. 1897.

Baker, J. G. Agave Bouchei. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: pl. 7558. O. 1897.
A native of Mexico.

Barnhart, J. H. Nomenclatural Notes. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:
409-411. 29 Au. 1897.

Bennett, H. C., and Jelliffe, S. E. Local Cryptogamic Notes. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 412. 29 Au. 1897.

Bessey, C. E, Order and Family in Botany. Amer. Nat. 31: 532—
534- Je. 1897.

Bessey, C. E. Phylogeny and Taxonomy of the Angiosperms. Bot,
Gaz. 24: 145-178. 26S. 1897.

Best, G. N. Revision of the C/aofodiums. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:
427-432. 30S. 1897.

Brandegee, K. Notes on Eriogoneae. Erythea, 5: ak 23 ji.

1897.
Describes Z. peninsulare from Baja California,

538

Brannon, M. A. The Structure and development of Grinnellia Ameri-
cana Harv. Ann. Bot. 11: 1-28. f/. 2-¢.. Mr. 1897.

Burrage, J.H. The adhesive Discs of Zrciila volubilis A. Juss. Journ.
Linn. : Soc.:33: 95-102. p75. 1 Jl. 1897.

Burt, E. A. The Phalloideae of the United States—III. On the
Physiology of Elongation of the Receptaculum. Bot. Gaz. 24: 73-
92. 31 Au. 1897.

Campbell, J. E. Some Californian Ferns. Fern Bull. 5: 62,63. 9.
1897.

Cheney, L. S. A Contribution to the Flora of the Lake Superior
Region. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Lett. g: 233-254.

Cheney, L. S. Hepaticae of the Wisconsin Valley. Trans. Wis.
Acad. Sci. Arts and Lett. 10: 7o-72. Jl. 1894.

Cheney, L.S. North American Species of Améblystegium. Bot. Gaz.
24: 236-291. pl. 17-137. 30 O. 1897.

Cheney, L. S. Parasitic Fungi of the Wisconsin Valley. Trans.
Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Lett. 10: 69. Jl. 1894.

Cheney, L. S. Sphagna of the Upper Wisconsin Valley. Trans.
Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Lett. 10: 66-68. Jl. 1894.

Chodat, R. On the Polymorphism of the Green Algae and the Prin-
ciples of their Evolution. Ann. Bot. 11: 97-121. Mr. 1897.

Clute, W.N. The creeping Selaginei/a. Fern Bull. 5: 60, 61. f. J-
$. Oz 4897.

Cockerell, T. D. A. Abnormal Leaves and Flowers. Bot. Gaz. 24:
293, 294. f. 7, 2. 30 O. 1897.

Cockerell, T. D. A. Notes on New Mexican Flowers and their Insect
Visitors. Bot. Gaz. 24: 104-107. 31 Au. 1897.

Collins, F.S. Some perforating and other Algae on Fresh-water

Shells. Erythea, 5: 95-97. f/. 4. 19S. 1897.

Gomontia Holdeni and Tolypothrix Setchellii are new species.

Coulter, J. M., e¢ a/., Editors. Botanical Society of America. Bot.

Gaz. 24: 179-193. 26S. 1897.

Abstract of papers read at 3rd meeting. Description of Bacillus roe E.F
Smith, n. sp.
Coulter, J. M., and Rose, J. M. Revision of Lilaeopsis. Bot. Gaz.

24: 47-49. f. 1-4. 31 Jl. 1897. =
Coulter, J. M., Chamberlain, C. J. and Schaffner, J. H. Contri- _

bution to the Life History of Lilium Philadelphicum. Bot. Gaz. 23: —

412-459. pl. 32-39. 28 Je. 1897.

539

D[avy], J. B. The southern Range of Lawson’s Cypress. Erythea,
5: 99. 19S. 1897.

Earle, F.S. New Species. Bot. Gaz. 24: 58,59. 31 Jl. 1897.

Eastwood, A. The Coniferae of the Santa Lucia Mountains. Ery-
thea, 5: 71-74. 30 Je. 1897.

Ellis, J. B., and Bartholomew, E.. New Species of Kansas Fungi.
—Il. Erythea, 5: 47-51. 30 Ap. 1897.
New species in Puccinia, Cytispora, Sphaeropsis, Diplodia, Stagonospora, Ma-

<rosporium, Monilia, Botrytis and Toruda.

Ellis, J. B., and Everhart, B. M. New Species of Fungi from various
Localities. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 457-477. 30 O. 1897.

' Describes 70 new species and Crandallia and Agyriella n. g.

Ellis, J. B., and Everhart, B. M. New Species of North American
Fungi from various Localities. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 24: 277-292.
29 Je. 1897.

New species in many genera,

Engler, A. Rutaceae novae, imprimis americanae. Beibl. Engl.
Bot. Jahrb. 21: 20-30. 12 My. 1897.

Foerste, A. F. Curious Leaves. Bot. Gaz. 23: 460-463. f. Z-4. 28
Je. 1897.

Gloss, M. E. Mesophyl of Ferns. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 432-
435. 30S. 1897.

Gotz, H. Zur Systematik der Gattung Vaucheria DC. speciell der
Arten der Umgebung Basels. Flora, 83: 88-134. /. 1-55- 1897.
Hagenbuck, I. Californian Herb Lore. Erythea, 5: 97,98. 195.

1897.

Halsted, B. D. Observations upon a Clearing in July. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 24: 407, 408. 29 Au. 1897.

Harvey, F. L., and Knight, O. W. Cryptograms collected near
Jackman, Maine, August, 1895. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 24: 340-
342. 29 Jl. 1897. .

Hasse, H. E. New Species of Lichens from Southern California as
determined by Dr. W. Nylander and the late Dr. Stizenberger. Bull.

Torr. Bot. Club. 24: 445-449. 30 S. 1897.

New species in Parmelia, Heppia, Lecanora, Rinodina, Lecidea, Arthoniaand
Verrucaria,
Haviland, G. D. A Revision of the Tribe Wauclae. Journ. Linn.
~ Soc. : 1-94. pl. r-g. 1 Jl. 1897.

A pees of Pd I fe sttadls Breonia, Cephalanthus, Andina,
Nauclea, Mitragyna, Uncaria and FParacephaelis.

540

Heller, A. A. Notes on Plants of New Mexico. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
24: 477-480. 30 QO. 1897.

Heller, A. A. Plants from Nez Perces Conaty; Idaho. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 24: 310-313. f/. 3709, 370. 29 Je. 1897.

New species in Dodecatheon and Thalesia.

Hennings, P. Beitrige zur Pilzflora Siidamerikas—II. Hedwigia,
36: 190-192. pl. 5. 25 Je. 1897; 193-246. 1 A. 1897.

Includes numerous new species,

Hollick, A. A new fossil Monocotyledon from the Yellow Gravel at
Bridgeton, N. J. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 24: 329-331. pi. 311-313:
29 Jl. 1897.

Holm, T. Obvolaria Virginica L.: A morphological and anatomical
study. Ann. Bot. 11: 369-383. g/zg and /. 6. S. 1897.

Holway, E. W.D. Mexican Fungi. Bot. Gaz. 24: 23-38. 31 Jl.
1897.
New species in Uromyces, Puccinia, Coleosporium, Pucciniosira, Ravenelia,

Aecidium, Podosordaria n, g., Bulgaria.

Hooker, J. D. Calathearufibarba. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: Al. 7560. O.
1897.

A native of Brazil ?

Howe, M.A. Notes on California Bryophytes.—III. Erytliea, 5:
87-94. pl. 3. 31 Au. 1897.

Jeffrey, E.C. The Gametophyte of Botrychium Virginianum, Ann.
Bot. rr: 481-486. S. 1897.

Jeeliffe, S. E. Some Cryptogams found in the Air. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 24: 480, 481. 300. 1897.

Jepson, W.L. Biographical Sketch of Dr. W. P. Gibbons. Erythea,
5: 74-76. 30 Je. 1897.

Jepson, W. L. Boschniakia strobilacea Gray. Erythea, 5: 63-66.
pl. 7-2. 31 My. 1897.

J{epson], W.L. The North American Species of Chrysosplenium.
Erythea, 5: 99. 19 S. 1897.

Extension of range of C. Scouderi southward,

Kozlowski, W. M. Contribution to the Theory of the Movement of
Diatoms. Bot. Gaz. 24: 39-46. 31 Jl. 1897.

Krug und Urban. Diagnosen neuer Arten. Notizblatt. Konigl. Bot.
Gart. Berlin, 10: 319-328. 15 S. 1897.

Numerous new species are described from ada American continent and the West
Indies,

541

Lutz, M.L. On the Presence and Localization in certain pomaceous
Seeds of the Principles producing Cyanhydric Acid. Bot. Gaz. 24:
54-56. 31 Jl. 1897.

MacDougal, D. T. A convenient Potometer, Bot. Gaz. 24: I10—
114. fig. 31 Au. 1897.

Merritt, A. J. Notes on the Pollination of Some Californian Moun-
tain Flowers — II. Erythea, 4: 147~149. 10. 1896.

Merritt, A. J. Notes on the Pollination of Some Californian Mountain
Flowers — V. Erythea, 5: 56-59. 30 Ap. 1897.

Meehan, T. Polygonum Acs ramp Meehans’ Month. 7: £/. zo.
O. 1897.

Morgan, A. P. Synonymy of Mucilago spongiosa (Leys.). Bot. Gaz.
24: 56,57. 31 Jl. 1897.

Mott, F.T. Color in Plants. Bot, Gaz. 23: 466. 28 Je. 1897.

Miller, C. Musci Venezuelenses novi. Flora, 83: 327-341. 1897.

Muller, C. Prodromus Bryologiae Argentinae atque regionum vicina-
rum—tlIIT. Hedwigia, 36: 84-128. 30 Ap. 1897; 129-144.,25 Je. 1897.

Murrill, W. A. Chetlanthes lanosa. Fern Bull. 5: 62. O. 1897.

Nash, G.V. New or noteworthy American Grasses — VII. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 344-350. 29 Jl. 1897.

New species in Erianthus, Panicum, Pani cularia.

Nott, C.P. Some parasitic Florideae of the California Coast. Erythea,
5:81-84. 23 Jl. 1897.

Peck, C. H. Annual Report of the State Botanist of the State of New
York. Reg. Rep. 49: 1-69. pi 44-49. 1896. [Distributed N. 1897.)
New specias in Clitopilus, Eccila, Hebeloma, Polyporus, Hydnum, Hymenula

Coniothecium, Haplosporella, Stegia, Rosellinia and Chaetomium. Synopsis of the

N. Y. species of Collybia.

Pollard C. L. The Genus Oxyfria of Rafinesque. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 24: 405~407. 29 Au. 1897.

Pollard, C. L. Two new Violets. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 404,
405. 29 Au. 1897.

V. Porteriana and V. flavovirens, new species,

Pringle, C. G. Notes of Mexican Travel—XII. Gard & For. 10:
32. 1897.

Pringle C. G. Reminiscences of Botanical Rambles in Vermont. Bull.

Torr. Bot. Club. 24: 350-357- 29- JI. 1897-

542

Richards, H. M. The Evolution of Heat by wounded Plants. Ann.
Bot: 11 :° 29-63. Mr. 1897.
Robinson, B. L. A case of Ecblastesis and axial Prolification in Le-
_ pedium apetalum. Bot. Gaz. 24: 209-212. fi. 9g. 26S. 1897.
Robinson, B. L. The official Nomenclature of the Royal Botanical
Garden and Museum of Berlin. Bot. Gaz. 24: 107-110. 31 Au.
1897.

Rowlee, W. W. The Swamps of Oswego County, N. Y., and their
Flora. Amer. Nat. 31: 690-699. Au. 1897; 792-800. O. 1897.
Rydberg, P. A. Antennaria dioica and its North American Allies.

Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 299—304. 29 Je. 1897.
Describes three new species.
Rydberg, P. A. Rarities from Montana—III. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
24: 292-299. 29 Je. 1897.
New species in Pedicularis, Gilia, Erigeron, Artemisia, Arnica and Senecio.
Sargent, C. S. Spiraca arbuscula, Gard. & For. 10: 412. f. 53.
20. 1897.
Saunders, C. F. The common Polybody. Fern Bull. 5: 63. O.
1897.
Schaffner, J. H. The Development of the Stamens and Carpels of
Typha latifolia, Bot. Gaz. 24: 93-102. pf. 4-6. 31 Au. 1897.
Schrenk, H. von. Oecdema in Roots of Salix nigra. Bot. Gaz. 24:
52-54. f.. 2-2. 31 Ji. 1897. ;
Setchell, W. A. Laminaria sessilis Ag. in California. Erythea, 5:
98,99. 19S. 1897.
Setchell, W. A. Sphaeroplea annulina. Erythea, 5: 84. 23 Ji.
1897.

Shaw, W. R. Parthenogenesis in Marsi/ea. Bot. Gaz. 24: 114-
117. 31 Au. 1897.

Small, J. K. Shrubs and Trees of the Southern States — II. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 437-445. 30S. 1897.
New species in Quercus and Ce/tis and revision of Gaylussacia.

Small, J. K. Studies in the Botany of the southwestern United States
— XI. Bull. Torr. Bot. Glub, 24: 331-339. 29 Jl. 1897.
New species in Listera, Asarum, Aristolochia, Paronychia, i aac te Cle-

matis, Lobelia and Aster.

Smith, R.E. The ‘soft spot” of iis Bot. Gaz, 24: 103, 104.
pl. 7. 3% Au. 1897. : :

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. PLATE 315.

SILPHIUM MOHRII SMALL.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. PLATE 316.

ASARUM CANADENSE L.

_

5438

Tilden, J. E. On some Algal Stalactites of the Yellowstone National
Park. Bot. Gaz. 24: 194-199. pl. 8. 26S. 1897.

-Thaxter, R. Further Observations on the Myxobacteriaceae. Bot.
“az, 29: 305—att. 2.30, JF. 967m teeT-
New species in Chondromyces, Cystobacter and Myxococcus.

Thaxter, R. New or peculiar Zygomycetes. 2. Syncephalastrumand
Syncephalis. Bot. Gaz. 24: 1-14. pl. 2,2. 31 Jl. 1897.

Tonduz, A. Herborizations au Costa Rica. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5:
15-30. Ja. 1897. ;

Underwood, L. M. Species of Botrychium. Bot. Gaz. 23: 464-
466. 28 Je. 1779.

Underwood, L. M. Suggestions to Collectors of Fleshy Fungi. 8vo.
pp. 14. Jl. 1897.

Underwood, L. M. The Ferns of Scolopendrium Lake. Fern Bull.
5: 53,54. O. 1897.

Underwood, L. M., and Earle, F. S. A preliminary List of Ala-
bama Fungi. Bull. Ala. Agric. Exp. Sta. 80: 113-283, i—xvii.

1897.
List of 1110 species with bioliographic and historical matter.

Vail, A. M. Studies in the Asclepiadaceae—I. Notes on the Genus
Philibertella in the United States. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 305-
310. 29 Je. 1897.

Wanrnstorf, C. Beitrage zur Kenntniss exotischer Sphagna. Hed-
wigia, 36: 145-176. 25 Je. 1897.

Waters, C. E. Differences in Fern Stems. Fern Bull. 5: 58, 59-
O. 1897.

Webber, H. J. Notes on the F ecundation of Zamia and the Pollen
Tube Apparatus of Ginkgo. Bot. Gaz. 24: 225-235. f/. 70. 30 O.

_ 1897. ,

Webber, H. J. Sooty Mold of the Orange and its Treatment. Bull.
Div. Veg. Physiol. and Path. U. S. Dept. Agric. 13: 1-34. pl. I-5.
17 Je. 1897.

Webber, H. J. The Development of the Antherozoids of Zamia. Bot.
Gaz. 24: 16-22. f. 7-5. 31 Jl. 1897-

Wiegand, K. M. A neglected North American Zuphorbia. Bot.
Gaz. 24: 49-52. pl. 3. 31 Jl. 1897.

Wiegand, K.M. A new Species of Bidens. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,

24: 436, 437. 30S. 1897.
B. comosa (Gray) n. sp.

544

Wiegand, K. M. Galium trifidum and its North American Allies.
Bull. Torr, Bot. Club, 24: 389-403. 29 Au. 1897.

Two new species.

Wiegand, K. M. Some rare Washington Plants. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 24: 343, 344. 29 Jl. 1897.

Whipple, G. C. Biological Studies in Massachusetts, No. 1. Amer:
Nat. 31: 503-508. p/. 73, TZ. Je. 1897. No. 2. Ibid. 576-
581. Jl. 1897. oe
List of organisms occurring in water supply.

Woods, A. F. ‘Bacteriosis’? of Carnations. Bot. Gaz. 24: 200-
209. 26S. 1897. ;

Woods, A. F. The Bermuda Lily Disease. Bull. Div. Veg. Physiol.
and Path. U. S. Dept. Agric. 14: 1-15. 1897.

Zahlbruckner, A. Revisio Lobeliacearum Boliviensium hucusque
cognitarum. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 24: 371-388. 29 Au. 1897.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. PLATE 317.

Sake

ASARUM REFLEXUM BICKNELL,

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

No. 29,
No. 30,
No. 31,
No. 35.

No. 37.
No. 38.
No. 39.

No. 40.
No, 41.

No. 42.
No. 43.
No. 44.

[The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ]
VoiuME I.

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, By N. L. Britton
(TORS) ee es 25 cents,

The Genus /icoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Briton ( 1838), . . 25 cents.

A. List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the

isch and San Francisco Mountains, Arizotna, 1884-1888. By N. L.
ritton.

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . _ . 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7Zissa,
Adan. By N. 1. Bitten (iM ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
CSOD cc ee ee i 25 cents.
A Descriptive List ~~ — ecies of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
ock (1890), . ce SR es, ee RO paar ne ie er ee 25 cents.
Nw or Noteworthy . American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
W1RIO ine oar Geue en on eas a ae ee aera 25 cents.

T fe Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
Nhw or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.
O1OEN i ey ee ee ee . . .25 cents,
Netes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
OCISgT), se Sg EE acta yar oe aa Gane 25 cents.

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
CERQU eo ere ea ee i ek 8 ie es 25 cents,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
WE LAGOS es ee re Lee aes 25 cents.

A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus J/e¢somia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.

Vo.tume_E II.

L. Bitien C10 ee ee Sie dnc: yo) 8G COnte,
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. ByN. L. Britton.
(1892), eee Fe ne ig Sigg
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L.
Writ LAROR Nic fe koh ae 4 ey Pee at er oe 25 cents,
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By ape —_

Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), .. ++ +s +++: $1.50
Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John a —_—
CBOS)s es ee ee ._. 25 cents,
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. oe omen

(1893 Be a ee ae aati gaan a IOS are ’
Chetctieoions to American Bryology, III.—Notes on the North American

New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H H. Rusby (1893), _ 25 cents.
The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appal: Mountain Sys-
tem. By John K. Small (1893), .-.. ++ > - sss ._. 25 cents.
Notes upon various Species of Iridacee and other Orders. By Thomas
Martti ee 25 cents,
Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
1 a ai i ee :
ebsites to American logy, IV. Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum—. aa

No. 45.
No. 46.
No, 47.
No. 48.
No, 49.
No, 50.

No, 51.
No, 52.
No. 53:
No. 55-
No, 56.
No, 57-
No. 58.
No. 59

No. 60,

No. 61.
No. 62.

No. 63.
No. 64.

No, 6c.
No, 66.
No. 67.
No. 68.

No. 69.

No. 70.
No. 71.

No. 73.

No. 74.
No. 75.

No. 76.
No. 77.

No. 78.
No. 79.
No. 80.
No, 81.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K.

CME CIOR I ce ee . . . 25 cents,
Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other
Species. By A. A. Heller(1894) ....- +20 ees 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
ONG SES ORES Sen te eee eee 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American
Species of Weissia (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of
Cuscuta. By W. D. Matthew (1893),. . 2. -- ee eee 25 cents,
A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America. By Anna Murray Vail
CIRO eo dk ke Rok ee (ok ale SS ee

Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.
Be Tiisabeth G, Briton (1904), 6. Se i ee es 25 cents.
New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
The Genus Cassia in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
A Revision of the Genus Lechea. By N.L, Britton (1894), . . 25 cents.
New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
CREO 66 aes Be ae eo eo 25 cents.
A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Carlton C. Corus (1804), 2, ee, ne 2 CRIs
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.
Se eee a a ee 25 cents.

Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus
Bruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth
G. Britton CLDOA NS ee ee re ee 25 cents.

The Smilacez of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894)

a 25 cents.

A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lathyrus in North America. B

Theodore G. White (1894), . . ECE et eer tae a 25 pains

Two Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (1894) .. ... . 2§ cents.
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. Sy John K. Small
OMe ois A Oe . . 25 cents.

ye with Description of one New Species. By Elizabeth G. Britton.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K.

hits orice eh Mee PRL ORY Skee pas ape eat ee Eis

The Biological Status of Lichens, By 2

e Biologi tus of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1 nts.

rs seca North American Phanwiowalig. 1x. BP YL Britton

The Genus Cenchrus in North America, By Geo. V. Nash (189) ‘ a oouita:
y he K. Small

At Be ee ea . 25 cents.

. 98.
. 99.

OF,
. 102,

. 103.
. 104.
. 105.

. 106,
. 107,

108.

. 10g.

. FIO,
os SEE,

SiS.

113.

ate
. 298.

. 116,

117.
118,

Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Schnei-

MOEN oi : eo Spy ~ >. 25 -cents:
A Study of the Genus Ga/actia in North America. By Anna Murray Vail
11805 ie a ERS Sia rae 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy American Grasses—II-III. By Geo. V. Nash (1895).
25 cents,

Two new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents,
Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell.

Ee) aR rie hod ee ee : . . . 25 cents.
A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North America Sax-
ifragaceae. By Wm. E, Wheelock. (1896), Veit. 2a Cente,
A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), . ut ep Cents.

Notes on some Florida Plants. II. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), . . 25 cents, |
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—V. By John K,
mal, (9806), °4 2 ee eae : . < t. 25 cents;
The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Sisyrinchium),
By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), oe a 25 cents,
New or noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo, V. Nash (1896), 25 cents.
O£n othera and its Segregates, By John K, Small (1896),. . . 25 cents.
A preliminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae. By A. J.
Groat (1806) ap eee es 25 cents,
Revision of the Genus 4siminain North America. By Geo, V. Nash (1896).

25 cents,

Notes on Fotentilia,1.,11. By P. A. Rydberg (ieee) 25 cents.
A neglected Species of Oxa/is and its Relatives. By John K. Small (1896).
25 cents,

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VI. By John K.
mimall (1896) © 0 27g : . 25 cents.
Notes on Fotentilla—III. By P. A. Rydberg (1896)... ._. 25 cents.
On a new Species of Scrophularia hitherto confounded with S. Mary-
landica. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896). .........- 25 cents.

VoLUME V.

The Genus Cepha/ozia in North America. By L. M. Underwood Pcs
25 cents.

New and Noteworthy Species of Saxifraga. By John K. Small (1896).
25 cents.

Notes on Potentilla—IV. By P, A. Rydberg (1896). . . . . 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VII. By John

K. Small (1666) O80 a, EO Ea
Notes on Fotentilla—V. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) . . . . . 25 cents.
Reinke’s Discussions of Lichenology. By Albert Schneider (1896), 25 cents.
Two Nuttallian Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents.
The North American Species of Agrimonia—Geum Canadense flavum

(Porter) Britton, a valid Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), 25 cents.
Terminology among the Orders of Thallophytes. By L. M. Underwood

CS ees Se areca a
Notes on Potentilla—VI. By P. A. Rydberg (1897),. . . . - 25 cents.
New and Noteworthy American Grasses, V. By Geo. V. Nash ( ee

25 cents,

An undescribed Lechea from Maine. By E. P. Bicknell (1897). 25 cents.
Chromatin-reduction and Tetrad-formation in Pteridophytes. By Gary N.

Calkins (1897),. . ... ae 25 cents.
Studies in re fais of the Southeastern United States—IX. By John K.
SOAR CMGI; =e es ak a i se 4 a
V. Nash (1897), 25 cents.

i 5 By Geo. 3
New or Noteworthy American Grasses. By A Gove tie ). =

f Hepaticae. B:
Gyrothyra,anew Genus 0! wise | y ae

No. 119. The nature and origin of Stipules. By A. A. Tyler (1897),. . 50 cents.
No. rohed Studies in the Boteny of the Southeastern United States—X. By John K.
Small (3897 )) 2.5 ke lw Se ee ee os SG COR
Title-pages for Vols. I., II., III. and IV. can be supplied.
The series as above listed will be supplied for $15. :
Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,
may be had for $2. Address

Pror. L. M. UNDERWOOD,
Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY.

A Text-Book of General Lichenology

With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern
United States.

By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M.S, M D.

The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their
Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis.

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80; in cloth,
$4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application.

PUBLISHED BY
WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N.Y.

Curtiss’ Second Distribution of

Southern U.S. Plants.

__ SERIES V.—Consisting of 200 Phaenogams and Ferns, collected in Florida
will be ready early in February. Also the third and last series of my

ALGAE FLORIDANAE,

which will comprise about 30 Species. On packages shipped via New York freight

charges will be prepaid to that point. Lists furnished on applicati Orders so-
licited for any or all of the series. Address, application,

A. H. CURTISS, Jacksonyille, Fla.

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

Cambridge, Mass.

DEALERS IN

Herbarium and Laboratory Materials and Apparatus,
Microscopes, Books, Specimens.

New Catalogue of Laborato Note Books and Speci :
Material, New rtsaeens ce in li pecimens for Laboratory Use, Choice

ht H i :
Moisture, Dust, Scorching. . erbarium Cases proof Against Insects,

Everything Useful to Botanists.

AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA

— OF THE —

NORTHERN STATES AND CANADA,
Westward to the 102d Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA.

By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN,
with the assistance of SPECIALISTs in various groups.

Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and FIG-
URED. Cuts, over 4,000. With Keys to species and genera, the SyNonyMy, the
English Names, the REVISED NOMENCLATURE, and revised SysTEMATIC SEQUENCE
of Families.

The First complete ILLUSTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country.

For Students and all Lovers of Plants.

Vols. I. and ITI. now ready. Vol. III. will appear early in 1898.

Price, $3.00 per Volume.

Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers,

Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York,
or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York

COMMENTS. .

“The technical and common name or names, as well as the description of the
plant, leaves and fruit, as well as its habitat, together with the illustration, give a com-
plete and minute treatise of each species, together forming a most comprehensive ref-
erence book for the student, as well as others interested in Botany.”—Forest Leaves.

“ Permit me to express my high appreciation of the work, the exact and beauti-
ful illustrations of which, in connection with the text, now first renders possible a
comprehensive and satisfactory study of the plants of the northern States without the
possession of a very extensive herbarium.””—JoHN H. Lovett, Waldboro, Maine.

** The immensity of the undertaking will probably be fully appreciated by com-
paratively few; but any one can see that it must involve appalling labor. Certainly
no such general work has been previously attempted. The execution of the under-
taking appears to be thoroughly satisfactory. The possession of this great mine of
€xact and elaborate botanical information must prove a constant delight and satisfac-
tion to every one who takes any sort of intelligent interest in the vegetable world.”—
Country Gentleman,

“The volume is to me and will, I think be to all amateurs, moré interesting
than Vol. I. That was deeply interesting, but this treats of more flowers that come
within our realm of knowledge. I am exceedingly glad that we have such a book in
rs and I can not speak too highly of its praise.’—Gro. D. Hutst, Brooklyn,

ew York.

“ Last August the first copies of Vol, I. of this work were distributed, and about
the middle of June of the present year copies of Volume II. reached the botanists of
the country. The good opinion of the work formed from an examination of the first
volume is confirmed by even a glance at the second. The outline figures continue to
be most useful.”—7he American Naturalist.

“More than three thousand plants are described, every one of which may be
recognized by a child from the illustrations, and yet each is described and named with
authorities and with synonyms that clear up the vexing questions of identity. — The
Churchman, . :

“ All who see it want it at once. I don’t know how we got along so many years
without it. You are reaping the gratitude of all lovers of the plant kingdom.”—Prof, _
W. A. KELLERMAN, Columbus, Ohio.

“It will be no exaggeration to pronounce this the most valuable contribution ever
made to American botany, so far as the area covered by Gray’s Manual—somewhat
extended. . . . . The authors deserve the thanks of every botanist for this success-
ful ending of a great task.”—Meehans’ Monihly, Philadelphia. j

“This work should be in the library of all lovers and students of flowers; for
while it is the most exhaustive and complete work on systematic botany that has been
published in this country, it affords at the same time an easy introduction to begin-
ners through its illustrations.’"—7he Churchman, New York.

““We cannot too highly commend the volume before us, and no flower-lover can
consider his library complete without it.’—7ze Advance, Chicago.

_ “The work should find an enthusiastic welcome in the priyate study, as well as
in the college class-room.’’—Chicago Tribune.

‘A book of rare excellence, doing on a much enlarged scale for this country what
is accomplished for Great Britain by Bentham’s Illustrated Flora. Besides the accu-
rate description, we here have an authentic portrait of every North American species.
The treatment is popular, but at the same time eminently scientific. A complete cy-
clopaedia of American systematic botany.”"—PROFESSOR W. WHITMAN BAILEY, of
Brown University.

‘As far as the present volume enables us to judge, we have here a treatise
which will exert a wide influence in inducing large numbers of persons to make
botany within these limits a pleasant recreative study, and which will at the same
time afford to those who are fond of systematic botany a convenient work of refer-
ence. .. . A large proportion of the drawings are excellent in all respects. . . . The
artificial keys are excellent throughout. All of them appear, so far as our exam-
ination has gone, to be carefully prepared... . . ‘The appearance of the whole work
is extremely attractive, and every feature of its mechanical execution will bear strict
scrutiny as regards both workmanship and sound taste. The authors are to be heart-
ily congratulated on their genuine success in securing earnest codperation from all
their coadjutors and thus making a worthy contribution to the advancement of inter-
est in our native flora... .. In this treatise we have an admirable addition to the
working appliances of all lovers of North American plants.’—V. ¥. Evening Post.

_ ‘The work has finally appeared, and its friends have every reason to be proud of
it... .. Theillustrations . . . are remarkably clear and characteristic . . . and show
the salient features of the plants as well as any small figures can... . . This excel-
eg work will have a most pronounced effect in stereotyping this particular system
ras nomenclature. . . . . It puts the student in the proper attitude toward the plant

ngdom, and it is bound to work a genuine reform. We are confident that it isa
great work. It has taken the latest convictions of the methods of ascent of the
vegetable world and has worked them out fearlessly and logically.’"—New York Sun.

‘“‘T have had your first volume in hand for s i
2 ye ha everal months, and examined and re-
examined it with the greatest care. The more I use it sre i i
: se it th elf
to my favor.”—Hon. Davin F. Day, Buffalo, N. Y. series Dive a

“The appearance of the first volume of the “I isti
: , 0 } llustrated Flora” marks a distinct
ht ag sreematie botany, and in the literature of that science in America... -
8 cole l pncapess gact fed array pupiilarize the study of plants. The price is very
= C ensive volume, and e ani i t
once for it."—American Journal of Pharmacy. BEE) SorMaS RB ODIE gape ie

“The work is going to do an immense amount of good in popularizing syste-

matic botany, and arousing a greater interest i
y; in Be
WILLIAMS, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. ee abe Se:

“‘Tam delighted with it, and congratulate i
: : t, you on the succ have achieved
idee Epi fig Petts og Sah volume. Your work cannot fail ns peg es appreci-
in the country, and to mak i
popular than ever.”—Dr. CHas. Mour, Mobile, Ra. Oe ee

“The peculiarity of the book is that every species is figured. This, together

with the completeness of scope and inclusion of th i i i
‘ e latest information on the topic,
— al Marea of extreme value as a book of reference, while its moderate price
sai i bye ae e —_ of all botanical students. It fills a gap, accomplishing for
can ny what has already been done for Great Britain and northern Eurepe-

apesngchanical execution of tex and drawings is admirable.”"—The Congregation-

ESTABLISHED 1851.

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & 2m Third Ave,

Corner of 18th Street. NEW YORK.

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

E. March’s Szline Chemical Stone
Ware. :

Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically _
Pure and Common Filter Paper. —

Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome-
ters (Polariscopes). |
Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bas
ances, etc.
Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co., af
| = Paris, Platinum. .
H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. —
SPECIALTIES :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass-
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Boheme ‘
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure =
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s __
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, ca gadeay and courage for ao

Sugar Chemists.
LABORATORY OUTFITS -
| FOR” ea
FERTILIZERS, ASSAVERS, UNIVERSITIES ‘AND. , cone
te ass-Blowine, Ercuve, Gauxpine + AND ND REPAIRIN 2

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(x) THE BULLETIN.

This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with fou —
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over 44 pages monthly with —
many full page illustr-tions were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum. =~

Terms for Engiund and the Continent of Europe, ro shillings. Agents for

_ England, Messrs. Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. ee

Back NumBers.—The BULLETIN was published from 1870 to 187°, inclusive
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these —
‘five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to

run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
_ The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 16 have been indexed sepa-
rately, and a general index to Vols. 7 to 16 printed in pamphlet form, which may be had —

tor 50 cents, The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 and 23 are indexed —
separately. Price of each $2.00, Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied complete.

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

ee subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbe
_can also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Those
omitted from this list cannot be had separately.
Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algze hitherto observed on the Coasts
New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents.
No. —An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in
, with descriptions of many new species. _ By Richard Spree ie,

No. 4—On Secilless Fruits By E. Lewis Shuflenrai Price, 75 cents.
_ Volume 2, No. t,—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrou ndi

. two plates. : , Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents, 4
—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, wah two plates. By
Art . 75 cents,

om ,50cents as,
ve Le wth thee plates, ‘By Aon Stockton Fett

75 Vol. te ee ae ee
Hse S oO Reins Plants a Botanic
Association: for the Advancement of Science. Price, th sad cu,
Vol. 6. No, 1.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia +s M gt
Pang—Itl, By Bis lS cal Price, $t.2g,0° ae
: oO. vision of the N 2 thecinc Brach th,
B Abel ee sis Pe 5° cents. ee Ist ene and

( octoser, a (No. 10. )
Ps ae ~ne
é BULLETIN
OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

Pinar

EDITED ae
NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON, -

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF ITHE CLUB.

4| “CONTENTS:

2 | ‘PAGE. i
New Siacsee of of ungi from various Localities: Boranicat Ne
FB. Ellis B./M. Everhart... . 457'| wanted: W.
Notes on Plants of Néw Mexico: A.A. Heller 477 | _ Ciety of P, ylvagi
Sen Pe ee ‘Smith —_| Inpex To RecenT Lipagature
Mie a8 ees eas, ater a , 480! Amertcan Borayy. Ms...

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

OFFICERS FOR 1897.

| President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN,

Vice Presidents,

T. F. ALLEN, M.D. HENRY H. RUSBY, ™. D.
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,
Pror. EDW. S. BURGESS, ah Dr. JOHN K. SMALL,
Normal College, New. York City. Columbia University, New York City.
be Editor, : Treasurer,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., HENRY OGDEN,
63 East 4gth Street, New York City. 11 Pine Street, New Yorb City.

| Associate Editors.
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON D. HALSTED, Se. D.
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. D., LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD, Pur. D.,

Curator, Librarian,
HELEN M. INGERSOLL. “WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D.

Committee on Finance,
J. L KANE. WM, E. WHEELOCK. M D.
Committee on Adabsions.

CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, JEANNETTE B. GREENE, M. D.,
329 E. 57th Street, New York City, 64 W. 53th Street, New York City.

Library and Herbarium Comnitird :
JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, HELEN M. INGERSOLL, —

. _ WM. E. WHEELOCK, M. D., Rev. L. H. LIGHTHIPE. —
. Committees on the Local Flora,
, " PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA, |
Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, ‘ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
N. L, BRITTON, Ph. D., MARIA 0. LE BRUN,
H. H. RUSBY, M. D., _ SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M. D.

_- The Club meets regularly at the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th Street
New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month, :xcept
June, July, August and September, at 8 o' "clock, P.M. Botanists are hepiaiss invited
to attend, ee
MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their pee dyiel. for 1897, now ow
en to es a ee Ir Pine os New York san ar

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

_ A Revision of the North American Species of Ophioglossum,
(PLATES 318-319.)
By ELizABETH G. BRITTON.

The Fourth of July excursion of the Torrey Botanical Club in
company with the Philadelphia Botanical Club and the Washing-
ton botanists, took place at Wildwood, New Jersey, a flourishing
seaside colony about 12 miles from Cape May. On the afternoon
of the 3d, Mr. Joseph Crawford, in company with Mr. Pollard, and
Dr. Valery Havard, founda patch of Ophioglossum, between Holly
Beach and Wildwood, growing in open woods under holly and
oak trees (Q. nana and Q. falcata), in sandy soil where the grass
had been cut. This single colony was the only one found in the
region, and contained hundreds of plants, all in mature condition
and beginning to turn yellow, thus making the patch a conspicu-
Ous object, All of us who had seen O. vulgatum growing, felt
positive that this was not that species nor any other with which
we were familiar. I was delegated to describe and name it and
decided to call it, from its habitat, O. arenarium. I sent a speci-
men to Prof. Underwood, then at Kew, for comparison; after
consulting with Mr. Baker, it was decided that it belonged to the
section with O. dusitanicum, which has a similar gregarious habit,
but differs in its much smaller size and narrower frond.

Prof. Underwood has called my attention to a monograph of
the genus by Prantl (Jarhb. d. K. Bot. Gart. Berlin, 3: 297-350.
1884), in which two new North American species are described,
thus far not included in our text-books, O. Engelmanni and O. Cal-

546

jfornicum. These are perfectly distinct, and O. Engelmannt has a
wide range, having been found in all the larger herbaria, such as
those of Torrey and Gray, Eaton and Underwood, Canby and Gil-
bert, Engelmann and the National Herbarium. O. Calfornicum
has thus far been seen only from the type locality at San Diego,
California, where it was originally discovered in 1850, and speci-
mens sent to Dr. Torrey by Dr. Parry, and from two other stations.

Through the kindness of Dr. Evans, Dr. Robinson, Dr. Rusby
Prof. Underwood, Mr. Pollard, Mr. Davenport and Prof. Trelease I
have been able to see a large number of specimens of this genus
and have been particularly interested in studying the variations
of O. vulgaium. Seven different forms of the sterile lamina can be
named as follows: 1. Ovate-amplexicul,acute. 2. Ovate-sessile,
obtuse. 3. Ovaland elliptical,acute and obtuse. 4. Oblanceolate
or obovate with tapering base. 5. Lanceolate and smaller. 6.
Rotundate (immature). 7. Linear-lanceolate, occasional.

It seems a little difficult to tell some of the young fronds of O.
vulgatum from the mature ones of O. arenarium, and yet the ex-
tremes are so different, and the habit and habitat so distinct, that
I have concluded to maintain them as separate species. That O.
arenarium has originated from O. vulgatum, and that intermediate
forms may be found in young or poorly developed forms of O. vul-
gatum does not alter the view from the modern standpoint of evo-
lution.

Young and immature specimens of what have been supposed
to be O. vulgatum have been collected by a number of American
botanists. In the Torrey Herbarium, unnamed, there is a sheet

with six small immature specimens, two bearing fertile spikes and
the following note by Dr. Gray:

Ophioglossum n. sp. I send you % I have and probably shall —
not be able to procure any more very soon. 15 or 20 specimens
were found on a dry hill at Exeter (Otsego Co.) 12 of them in
fruit. : A few specimens are in the hands of a friend who first no-
ticed it, Dr. Hadley has a specimen and I sent some to Beck 2. —
years ago (the same summer it was discovered). ‘He has never —

given an opinion or said a word about it. Ido not know thatO.
vulgatum or any other species has been found in this section. It

appears to come near O. pusillum Nutt. but that species has
“ frond cordate acute ”—this has the frond acute at the base and

547

obtuse at the extremity. These specimens are as large as any
that have been found,

If you think it new suppose you publish it. AG:

Dr. Robinson sent for comparison from the Gray Herbarium
the remainder of this same collection. They agreed perfectly with
Dr. Torrey’s in their immature condition and are labeled by Dr.
(Gray.

‘“ Depauperate O. vulgatum, Exeter, Otsego Co. Dr. Curtiss.”
Inside the packet are two labels ; one reads in Dr. Gray’s handwrit-
ing.

Rp Ophioglossum. Can it be O. vulgatum? 1am informed it is
constantly of this size.”

The other reads “ It looks different, but still may be small var.
of O. vulgatum. It would be desirable to see more specimens.

In searching Dr. Gray’s letters I find in his autobiography an
account of his early botanizing and collecting from 1828-1830, and
that he speaks of showing plants that puzzled him to Dr. Hadley,
and of beginning a correspondence with Lewis C. Beck, of Albany,
and Dr. Torrey. While at Utica he spent one summer vacation
collecting “ down the Unadilla to Pennsylvania.” The Unadilla is
one of the northern tributaries of the Susquehanna, and forms the
western boundary of Otsego County, where these ferns were col-
lected by Dr. Curtiss. From the letters it would seem to have
been about 1830. None of these specimens are more than 7 cm.
high, the petioles 3-5 cm., the blades 2-3 cm. long by 5-10 mm.
wide, lanceolate or oval, and the fertile spike is still so undeveloped
that it is not more than half the length of the blade, and nearly
sessile. Only two specimens at all like these have been seen from
Europe, and they were found in Dr. Gray’s and Prof. Eaton’s
herbaria, collected by Blytt at Christiania, Norway, and are la-
belled O. vulgatum. Some of them resemble the young sterile
fronds of O. arenarium, especially those which do not bear any
fertile spikes, yet the probability is that they are immature O. vu/-
£aium, as similar specimens have been collected in May and June
by Stewart H. Burnham at Vaughns, N. Y., and Alvah A. Eaton
at Seabrook, N. H.

In the Herbarium of William H. Leggett, there were two sets
Of specimens collected by Mrs. Lucy A. Millington and a letter

» from her dated from Glens Falls, October 17, 1873, in which she

Says: , iS

548

«J have always wished to botanize in North Elba on the sand
plains and along their swamps. The sand is nearly white in some
places and curiously énough there are heavy forests of deciduous
trees there as well as some of larch and stunted Balsams. I en-
close all the specimens of Ophioglossum 1 happen to have at pres-
ent. The smallest are very poor ones, for which you may blame
our growing village which runs streets into the very hiding places
of our shyest plants, MJitella nuda, Antigramma, and this small
fern nestling in the grass. I might, perhaps, have given you bet-
ter ones. There is one more form of it which I wished you to
see with the rest, where the frond is thick and clumsily shaped as
if unfinished. It seems to lack the delicacy and grace of other
ferns in a remarkable degree. The North Elba specimen is the
first Ophioglossum 1 ever sawand I found buttwo. The specimens
from Glens Falls are poor, as the ground having been constantly
travelled over in consequence of a street being opened.”

The small, immature specimen from North Elba has a broad
oval frond, 2 cm. long by 1 cm. wide, and agrees with the
broadest of the small ones collected by Dr. Gray. The speci-
mens from Glens Falls are five in number; the tallest of them is
11 cm. in height with a fertile spike and pedicel 7 cm. long, and
they resemble fruiting specimens of O. arenarium. She also sent
Mr. Leggett a large specimen of O. vulgatum from Elizabethtown,
N. Y., and she says she has found it more common than she ex-
pected.

Various intermediate stages of young O. valgatum have been
found in the collections examined. One of these dwarfed speci-
mens was collected by Prof. Eaton at Brattleboro, Vermont;
it is mounted with seven others, grading up in size to the normal
form. Mr. Canby had one small specimen collected at Gilmanton, _
New Hampshire, by Joseph Blake, and two others from Norway,
Maine, collected by S. I. Smith, which are much smaller than —
normal. Prof. Engelmann had specimens collected by E. Durand
at Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, in 1853, with small lanceolate fronds, ©

most of the plants, however, were immature; and Mr. Newlin _

Williams has collected in low damp woods with Hadenaria lacera,
at Solebury, Bucks Co., Pa., two specimens which are taller and

larger than O. arenarium, but have the lanceolate leaves and nar-

row venation of that species. Prof. Macoun has collected on Prince
Edward Island, in wet pastures near the sea, four small leathery spe-_
cimens, which approach O. arenarium in size and shape, but five

549

others from the same locality show them to be O. vulgatum. Prof.
Underwood has collected at Baldwinsville, N. Y., a set of young spe-
cimens of O. vulgatum, on June 14, 1890, part of which he
pressed and the rest he cultivated in the laboratory until they ma-
tured. The smallest ones, with the shortest petioles and pedicels,
had the blade almost round, like those of Dr. Gray and Mrs. Mil-
lington. He also has specimens from White Lake, Jamesville,
New York, and West Goshen, Connecticut, which might well be
taken for O. arenarium, but at the latter station he found all the
intermediate forms which connect with O. valgatum. In fact, his
herbarium is rich in uncommon and intergrading forms of this
species. I have seen one set of small European specimens which
are intermediate between O. vu/gatum and O. arenarium, and these
were collected near Venice by Rigo, and have small ovate-lanceo-
late blades, and none of them exceed 14 cm. in height.

Mr. Willard N. Clute called my attention to the notes in the
Linnaean Fern Bulletin, and told me that at the time that O. vulga-
Zum was distributed to the members of the Fern Chapter, he had
been struck by the great variation in the size of this fern. I wrote
to Mr. Stewart H. Burnham, of Vaughns, N. Y., who kindly sent
me a very interesting series of variations, the youngest of which,
collected in May, 1896, are the exact counterpart of Dr. Gray’s
small specimens from Exeter. He also collected on July 7th, in
a limestone pasture, small double specimens very closely ap-
proaching the Italian specimens collected by Rigo. Other speci-
mens from the edge of the swamp and from beech woods are the
large elliptical and oblanceolate forms of O. vulgatum. One of
them is remarkable for the extreme elongation of the fertile Spike
beyond the sporangia.

One of the most marked characteristics of O. arenarium, aside
from its habitat, is its habit of growing with usually two fronds
from the same rootstock. This has also been observed in speci-
mens of what appear to be O. vulgatum, though, in four out of
seven cases noted, the blades of the sterile frond, whether bearing
fertile spikes or not, are much reduced in size and venation, be-
coming either short or oval, as in Chapman’s specimens from
Florida, and Canby’s from Pennsylvania, or else bearing one nor-
mal frond and another much narrower. Prof. Eaton, however, had

550

one double plant from Brattleboro, Vermont, with two large nor-
mal fronds, and Austin collected similar specimens at Closter, New
Jersey. Prof. Macoun, however, found two and three fronds to-
gether on grassy banks at Hastings, which are quite unlike 0.
vulgatum, and yet are larger than O. arenarium.

All these variations suggested an inquiry as to what might be
considered typical O. vaigatum. The description in Gray’s man-
ual reads: “ Sterile frond (in the N. American form) obovate or
ovate with a tapering sessile base and mostly borne below the
middle of the stalk of the fertile spike.” The figures given in the
Manual show a large ovate-lanceolate sterile frond, 6 cm. long by
3 cm. wide. Very few American specimens have been seen
which agreed with this figure, but they have been collected by
Alvah A. Eaton in New Hampshire, Alfred Commons in Dela-
ware, McCulloch in New Brunswick and Austin in New Jersey.
The commonest form throughout the Northern and Eastern states,
however, is like the figure given by Prof. Eaton in his Ferns of
North America, which he describes as “sterile segment fleshy,
sessile near the middle of the plant, ovate or elliptical, one to three
inches long.” His figure shows an oblanceolate frond, blunt at
apex and tapering to a long narrow base. Elliptical fronds also
are common, and the figure given in the Linnaean Fern Bulletin
for October, 1896, fairly represents a common American variation.
None of the oblanceolate fronds have been seen from Europe,
though shorter and broader oval fronds occur on both continents,
as well as the longer elliptical ones; a broad; blunt and distinctly
ovate form is also common to both. Linnaeus describes the frond
as ovate and cites Plumier’s figures, which, unfortunately, I have
not been able to see. The common European form, however,
seems to be more acute and ovate-lanceolate, with an amplexicaul
base, and is, therefore, often carinate; in American specimens it
is very rare to find a leaf that is keeled owing to the tapering flat
base. Specimens seen from England, France, Germany, Hungary
and Switzerland are all broadest just above the base, and taper to
an acute apex,

The venation varies according to the size and shape of the
frond; in the ovate and oval forms the short marginal areolae, 2
each with a single short, free veinlet, are more numerous; in the

551

elongated elliptical or oblanceolate forms the long narrow central
areolae without any free veinlets, are more numerous. The im-
mature and smallest fronds are more fleshy and the venation less —
distinct, the areolae much smaller, with seldom any free veinlets.
In some fronds there is rarely a distinct or continuous midvein,
somewhat stronger than those on either side, but in most fronds
the central part of the leaf is marked by the extremely elongated
and approximate narrow areolae. |

In size Prof. Eaton says they vary “ from two to twelve inches.”

Two inches would only include such very young forms as those
collected by Dr. Curtiss at Exeter and Blytt’s from Christiania.
The usual size varies from 6-16 inches and the relative length of
‘the stalk above and below the leaf also varies, the younger ones
being longer below; for, as the plant matures, the fertile spike
elongates and often exceeds the common petiole below the leaf.
In O. arenarium it is 2-3 times longer, the petiole being quite
short and immersed; this is true also of the small European speci-
mens in the Gray Herbarium collected near Venice by Rigo, and
of Macoun’s multiple specimens from Hastings.

Prantl admits that the spores vary in size and the number of
meshes, the largest specimens bearing the largest spores with the
greatest number of meshes, but he says he has found similar spores
on smaller double specimens. I have not found any American
spores having as few areolae (6-12) as he describes in O. vulgatum;
ours often have as many as 25-30 areolae on one surface of the
spore, and the outline appears as a series of indentations rather
than a papillose surface, as seen in the European specimens. I
have found that in O. avenarum the surface is marked by irregular

warty protuberances, almost all traces of the polygonal areolae of
O. vulgatum being lost, and the surface less regularly pitted like a
thimble as it is in O. vadgatum. I have also seen small forms of
O. vulgatum approaching O. arenarium which had the spores like
the former.

O. vulgatum has a wide geographical range, having been
collected at various stations in Europe, and also showing much
variation according to Prantl. It has been found in Western
Asia; Prantl has not credited it to Japan, but there is a specimen :
in the Gray Herbarium collected in 1891 in Japan, which certainly

552

resembles the smaller, ovate-lanceolate forms of Europe. Prof.
Eaton gives the range as follows: “Canada and New England to
Texas and Arizona, also Unalaska, Europe, Asia, Madeira and the
Azores.” All the specimens from Texas and Arizona thus far
seen have been found to be O. Exgelmanni. I have not seen any
of the Madeira specimens which Prantl describes as smaller, and
approaching O. usitanicum. The Azores specimens sent to me by
Prof. Trelease and listed by him as O. valgatum polyphyllum (8th
Rept. Mo. Bot. Gard., 175. 4. 6g) have been variously recognized
as a good species under the names of O. polyphyllum and O. Azori-
cum. They resemble our O. pusillum and are certainly quite as
distinct. O.vulgatum has been collected in four Canadian stations
by Macoun and Dawson; it is common in New England, and be-
comes rarer southward, through New York, New Jersey, Penn-
sylvania and Maryland, overlapping the range of O. Engelmannt
in Virginia, Tennessee, Kentucky and Indiana. Several smaller,
ovate forms have been collected in Louisiana and Florida by Hale
and LeConte, and Blasdale has collected what appears to be this
species in California. The specimens from Unalaska are either
some unknown Asiatic species, or a new species of the O. reticu-
latum group, in which I here describe them as O. Alaskanum.

In habitat the North American stations vary from open woods,
dry pastures, worn out mowing fields to boggy places with
Arethusa and Pogonia ophioglossoides. In dry pastures it is stunted,
in wet grassy places it is larger and less rigid. It is likely that
most of the stations recorded in the Fern Bulletin by Miss Price
from Kentucky, in dry open cedar woods belong to O. Engelmanni,
as do all those from sterile and rocky hillsides in the Central and
Southwestern States.

Prantl, in his monograph, recognizes 29 species, of which 8
have thus far been found in the United States; 27 of these are in
the Luophioglossum section with entire sterile fronds, and all
our species except O. palmatum of Florida belong to this sec-
tion. The following key has been modified and adapted from his
to include only the North American species :

I, EVOPHIOGLOSSUM.—Sterile frond simple, fertile spike I.

PARANEURA.—Sterile frond with several equal parallel veins at base, midvein _ |

seldom if at all branched, though generally anastomosing with the lateral veins by © a
short oblique veinlets, often disappearing below the apex. -

5538

A. Vulgata.—Frond large, ovate to elliptic, basal veins 9-13,

Apex obtuse; areolae narrow with few veinlets, I. O. vulgatum.,

Apex mucronate ; areolae broad with many veinlets. 2. O. Engelmanni.
B. Lusitanica.—Frond small, lanceolate; basal veins 3-7.

Plants 5-18 cm. high; peduncle 5-9 cm.; veins 7. 3. O. arenarium.

Plants 2-6 cm. high; peduncle 5—15 mm.; veins 3. 4. O. Californicum.

PTILONEURA.—Sterile frond with few or several unequal veins at base, midvein
branching and generally continuous to apex.
C. Reticulata.—Rootstock not thickened; plants 10-30 cm. high.
Sterile lamina ovate or cuneate at base, thin. 5. O. Alaskanum.
Sterile lamina reniform or cordate at base. 6. O. reticulatum.
D. Macrorhiza.—Rootstock thick or globose; plants 3-8 cm. high. _
Peduncle from base of the cuneate lanceolate sterile lamina; rootstock tuberous.
7. O. pusillum.
Peduncle from petiole; sterile lamina cordate ; rootstock globose.
8. O. crotalophoroides.
II, CHEIROGLOSSA,.—Sterile frond palmately divided, fertile spikes 5-14.
9. O. palmatum.

I. OpHIOGLOssuM vuLGATUM L. Sp. Pl. 2: 1518. 1753. Eaton,
Ferns of N. Am. 2: 261. 2. 87. figs. 1-3. 1880. Gray’s Man-
ual, 6th Edition t. 20. 1889.

Plants 1-4 dm. high; rootstock cylindric, ‘sometimes quite
large and tuberous, bearing 1—3 leaves; petiole partly subterranean,
3-16 cm. long; sterile lamina ovate or ovate-lanceolate, oval or
elliptic, most trequently oblanceolate or spatulate, 3-12 cm. long,
I-5 cm. broad; base long and narrow, tapering into the petiole,
rarely broad and clasping; apex obtuse or acute, not cuspidate;
basal veins 9-11, midvein sometimes slightly stronger, lateral
veins approximate and parallel, connected by short oblique vein-
lets, forming long narrow areolae in the middle of the leaf, and
shorter hexagonal ones near the margin and apex with usually one
short straight free veinlet; epidermis fleshy and wrinkled in
young plants, becoming pellucid when old, with numerous stomata ;
peduncle arising from the base of the sterile lamina, 10—30 cm.
high; spike 1.5-5 cm. long, apex prolonged beyond the sporangia
which are in 11-52 pairs; spores .03-.05 mm., reticulated with
angular areolae, the ridges between narrow and thickened, making
an irregular outline.

Preferring loamy soil in woods or open meadows, occasionally
in boggy places or dry hillsides; usually a few scattered plants are
found in one locality. Ranging from Quebec and Ontario, south
to Florida; also in California. Widely distributed in Europe,

Madeira and the Azores and Western Asia, and Japan.

554

2. OpHiocLossumM ENGELMANNI Prantl.

O. vulgatum Eaton, Ferns of the Southwest, U. S. Geol.
Surv. 340. 1878. :

QO. Engelmanni Prantl, Jahrb. d. K. Bot. Gart. Berlin, 3: 318.
pl. 8. fig. 17. 1884.

Plants 8-22 cm. high; rootstock cylindric with long brown
roots, often bearing 2-3 fruiting and 1 sterile leaf on the same
plant with the sheathing base of the old leaves frequently per-
sistent ; petiole subterranean or partly exserted, 4-10 cm. long;
sterile leaf elliptic or lanceolate-elliptic, obtuse but sharply apicu-
late, 3-9 cm. long, 1.5-5 cm. broad; fleshy, becoming pellucid
when old and dry, slightly paler beneath ; basal veins 13 or more,
median one slightly stronger and unbranched below the middle of
the frond, forking and anastomosing with the lateral ones above ;
lateral inner veins parallel and approximate, outer ones arcuate-
erect; transverse veinlets oblique and large, forming broad ob-
long-hexagonal areas with numerous anastomosing or free vein-
lets included; cells of the epidermis flexuous, much elongated in
the middle beneath, stomata numerous; peduncle starting from
the petiole or the base of the sterile lamina, 3-9 cm. long; spike
1.5-2.5 cm. long, apiculate, sporangia 12-27 pairs; spores
045-050 mm. in diameter, areolae 15-20, angular, striae not
elevated.

Easily distinguished from O.vualgatum by the apiculate sterile
frond, its broad areolae with numerous anastomosing veinlets
and its shorter peduncle. Type locality in damp sterile places in
the higher valleys at Comanche Spring, Texas, Lindheimer, May,
1849, no. 53. Also common on stony prairies, but very rare there
with spikes; on rocks, in cedar woods near New Braunfels,
Texas, Lindheimer, May, 1850, 414. It was distributed as O. vud-
gatum var. in E. Hall's Plantae Texanae, from low grounds Hous-
ton, April 16, 1871, no. 858. It had first been collected on arid
rocks near the Mississippi at Jefferson Barracks, Missouri, by |
Riehl, May, 1841, 242; Allenton, Mo., G. W. Letterman,
June, 1875; Springfield, Mo., E. M. Sheperd, 1879; Rocky
hillsides, Eggert, May 31, 1887; Independence, B. F. Bush,
May, 1894; 813-822; Calcareous soil, Natchitoches, Louis-
iana, April, Dr. Hale; wet and shady ground, 4500 ft. alt.
Sanoita Valley, Arizona, Dr. Rothrock; on lime rocks, Tan-
ner’s Canyon, Huachuca mountains, Arizona, J. G. Lemmon,

August 29, 1882; damp places on mesas around Mustang moun-— : :

555

tains, Arizona, C. G. Pringle, September 13, 1884. It was also dis-
tributed as O. valgatum mucronatum by G. D. Butler, in 1875, from
Indian Territory below the Arkansas and Red River and is abundant
at the highest elevations of the Sierra de San Francisquito, Lower
California, T. S. Brandegee, October 18, 1890; on the flat top of
a limestone ledge in northwest Arkansas, April, 1880, F. L.
Harvey ; moist spot in the cedar glades at Lavigne, Tennessee,
A. Gattinger, May 16, 1882; dry open woods and cedar groves,
Bowling Green, Kentucky, Sadie F. Price. An unusually large
and deformed specimen was collected by Prof. Underwood on
the campus of Indiana University at Bloomington, Indiana, June,
1893, and W. Alphonso Murrill has collected it this year at
Staunton, Virginia.

3. OPHIOGLOSSUM ARENARIUM N. sp.

Plants 5-18 cm. high, rootstock slightly thickened, bearing 1
or often 2 fertile plants and large fleshy roots; petiole 1-4 cm.
long partially or rarely entirely subterranean; sterile lamina 2-5
cm. long, 5-12 mm. wide, lanceolate with a long tapering base,
apex obtuse, rarely acute or apiculate, fleshy becoming wrinkled
when dry, not pellucid; basal veins 5-7, the median straighter and
distinct almost to apex, the lateral more or less parallel and con-
nected by short oblique veinlets, forming long narrow areolae in
the centre of the leaf with a few faint free or anastomosing vein-
lets, and much shorter irregular areolae toward the margin;
epidermal cells sinuous, stomata numerous; peduncle arising from
the base of the sterile lamina, 5-9 cm. long; spike 1-3 cm. long,
often twisted, apiculate with 12-26 pairs of sporangia; spores .04—
-O5 mm. in diameter, reticulations indistinct or completely obliter-
ated in the ripe spore by numerous minute irregular thickenings,
forming a warty surface.

Gregarious in a single colony of hundreds of plants, forming a
patch five feet in diameter, of a yellow color when mature, grow-
ing not far from the beach, under oaks, cedar and holly in sandy
soil at Holly Beach, New Jersey, July 3, 1897, discovered by

Joseph Crawford and Charles L. Pollard.

4. Opuioctossum CALIFoRNICUM Prantl.

O. vulgatum Cleveland, Bull. Torr. Club, 9: 5 5. 1882. :
O. Californicum Prant\, Jahrb. d. K. Bot. Gart. Berl. 3: 315.

4.7. fig. 11. 1884.

556

O. nudiwcaule L. fide Davenport, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 9: 71.
1882.

Plants small, only 2-6 cm. high; rootstock cylindric, tuberous,
elongated with numerous large roots; leaves 1-2, sheathed at base
by the old ones of the previous year; petioles entirely subter-
ranean, 1-2 cm. long; sterile lamina 1-2 cm. long; .4—-.7 mm.
wide, lanceolate or ovate-acute, rarely obtuse, or apiculate ; fleshy,
rugose when dry; basal veins 3, median the stronger, lateral ones
branched; transverse veinlets oblique, forming long narrow
areolae with few or no free veinlets near the margin; epidermis
wrinkled, cells flexuous, stomata straight; peduncle arising from
the base of the sterile lamina, only 5-15 mm. long; spike 5-10—
mm. long; sporangia 10-15 pairs, apex short; spores .05 mm.
reticulate, areolae 20-25, rounded, striae unequal, not elevated.

In grassy, stony spots upon the high mesa near San Diego,
California, Cleveland and Parry, March and April, 1882; also”
Mesas near San Diego, C. R. Orcutt, no. 212, March 25, 1882.
Moist mesas, Lower California, April 10, 1882, C. G. Pringle; near
Enemada, Mexico, April 10, 1882, M. E. Jones.

_ In the herbarium of D. C, Eaton there is a specimen collected
by D. Cleveland, ex Herb. George E. Davenport which is labelled
O. nudicaule, «« Rediscovered by Dr. C. C. Parry in March, 1882,
after a lapse of thirty-two years. A specimen in the Torrey Her-
barium labelled simply “ Ophioglossum Dr. Parry,” is evidently one
of the original collection, as Dr. Torrey was not living in 1882,
and his specimens differ from the later collections in age and con-
dition. Prof. Eaton had one of Dr. Parry’s 1882 specimens, which
is very interesting, as the sterile frond is bleached and thin, show-
ing the venation perfectly, and the fertile spike is foliaceous and
flattened, also bleached and thin, showing the veins and the cells
from which the sporangia originate, with a flat, apical prolonga-
tion and immature spores, each with three ridges, radiating like
spokes, as figured for other species by D. C. Eaton.

5. OPHIOGLOSsUM ALASKANUM Nn. sp.
O. vulgatum Eaton, Ferns of N. Am. 2: 261. 1880. ex. p.

_ Plants 6-12 cm. high; rootstock not seen ; petiole subterranean
in part, 2-8 cm. long; sterile lamina 2.5-6 cm. long, 2—3.5 cm.
wide, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, suddenly dilated above the cuneate
clasping base; apex obtuse or acute, not apiculate; frond thin or

slightly fleshy, venation distinct ; basal veins 9-11, midvein slightly

557

stronger at base, distinct to apex, usually giving off 1-4 branches ;
lateral veins divergent from the base, forming regular hexagonal
areolae, connected by short oblique veinlets, including several free
or anastomosing veinlets ; peduncle arising from petiole at the base
of the sterile lamina, 3-9 cm. long; spike 5-20 mm. long, apicu-
late, sporangia 8-21 pairs, spores .027-.035 mm, trivittate, with
irregular broken areolae, giving the surface a warty appearance ;
striae not elevated.

On hillsides in rather well-drained situations, Unalaska Id.
Alaska, L. M. Turner. 1878. Distributed as O. vulgatum by
George E. Davenport from the Massachusetts Horticultural So-
ciety, ex herb. J. Schneck. Mr. Davenport has recently sent us
some fine specimens showing considerable variation in size and
shape, stating that he had long been intending to re-examine this
species, as he felt that it was intermediate between O. vulgatum and
O. reticulatum, and that his specimens are marked “ probably O.
veticulatum.” They differ from O. vulgatum in the branching mid-
vein and divergent lateral veins as well as in the larger areolae with
more numerous included veinlets ; from O. reticulatum, which has not
been reported north of Mexico, in the shape of the sterile frond,
which is neither cordate nor reniform. Mr. Baker writes from Kew
that he cannot separate the Unalaska plant in any way from O. vu/-
gatum and that he looks on O. pedunculosum as a mere variety
of that species. I cannot agree with him in either of these opinions.

6. OPHIOGLOSSUM PUSILLUM Nutt. Gen. : 248. 1818.

O. nudicaule Sturm in Mart. FI. Bras. fasc. 23. 144. In part, .
not L.

O. tenerum Mett. fide Prantl. l.c. 322. 4 8. fig. 23. 1884.

Plants 2-9 cm. high; rootstock short, slightly thickened, bear-
ing 2-7 fronds; petiole very short, 5-15 mm. long, subterranean ;
sterile lamina small, 5-15 mm. long, 5-9 mm. broad, cuneate-lan-
ceolate or ovate, acute or acuminate, rarely broadest at the base ; :
basal veins 3, midvein distinct to apex, branching by lateral vein-
lets which form narrow areolae with no free veinlets; epidermis
wrinkled when dry, stomata numerous; peduncle arising from
the base of the sterile lamina, 2-6 cm. long; spikes 5-10 mm. api-
culate, sporangia 6-14 pairs; spores .030-.032 mm., 3-ridged,
slightly and indistinctly roughened.

Type locality in South Carolina, Nuttall; sandy hills near the
‘Savannah River, Georgia, Beyrich; sandy pastures near Mobile. _
Alabama, Charles Mohr, October and November; Apalachicola _

558

and Campbellton, Florida, Chapman; on damp sand along the
margins of pine barren ponds, Levy Co., 1877, and near Rose-
wood, Florida, A. P. Garber, November, 1877; Ocean Springs,
Mississippi, S. M. Tracy; New Orleans, Louisiana, Drummond,
1833. ;

A minute species ranging through the Southern and Gulf
‘States to Mexico and Cuba, also in Guiana and Brazil, though
many of the larger specimens in the herbarium of D. C. Eaton
and probably at Kew, are referable to other tropical American
species. A specimen in the herbarium of Prof. Underwood, col-
lected in “Moist places in the Sierra Madre Mountains, Chi-
huahua, Mexico, by C. G. Pringle, Oct. 21-30, 1887,” is certainly
not this species. It is much larger and the venation is quite differ-
ent. It is probably undescribed. There has been much confu-
sion as to the proper name for this species. O. uudicaule L. be-
longs to an African species collected at the Cape of Good Hope
by Thunberg, and Prantl enumerates five authors who have applied
the name to seven different species, and concludes that our North
American specimens should be known by a manuscript name 0.
tenerum of Mettenius. Eaton and-other American authors have
discarded O. pusilléum Nutt., because he describes the frond as cor-
date. Some notes by J. H. Redfield in the Eaton Herbarium made
from Nuttall’s types at the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences,
prove, however, that his specimens of OQ. pusillum are what we
have been calling O. nudicaule, and he says that it is “ scarcely
ever more than an inch high.” Besides he enumerated Q. dud-

bosum, of which O. pusillum has been considered a synonym, as 4
distinct species.

7. OPHIOGLOSSUM CROTALOPHOROIDES Walt. Fl. Carol. 256. 1788.
O. bulbosum Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 276. 1803. :

_ Plants 3-12 cm. high ; rootstock globose, large, often 1 cm.
in diameter, bearing few slender roots, and several fronds; petioles
subterranean, I~3 cm. high; sterile lamina 1~3 cm. long, .5-2 em.
broad, concave or carinate, broadly ovate and cordate at base,
apex acute; basal veins 5, midvein slightly stronger, rarely
branched and continuous nearly to apex; lateral veins freely anas-
tomosing, forming short hexagonal areolae with no or rarely one
free veinlet ; peduncle slender, 1-9 cm. long, arising from the

petiole; spike short, broad, 3-10 mm, long, apiculate ; sporangia :

4-II pairs; spores .05 mm. diam., reticulate with raised ridges.

559

Carolina, Walter, |. c.; and “ Bosc. Hb: Willd., no. 19422” fide
Prantl; South Carolina, Michaux; Summerville, S. C., Constance
G. DuBois, April, 1889; Fernandina, Florida, C. E. Faxon, 1873;
Manatee, A. P, Garber, March, 1878; Apalachicola, Chapman,
February, 1883; New Orleans, Louisiana, Drummond, 1832;
Alexandria, Dr. J. Hale; Jackson, Dr. Ingalls, 1835; Mobile,
Alabama, Chas. Mohr, 1844; Auburn, L. M. Underwood, March,
1896; Enterprise, Miss., S. M. Tracy, March, 1897; Houston,
Texas, E. Hall, March, 1892. This species ranges south into
Mexico, Caracas, Bolivia, Chile to Argentina, and has been cred-
ited to « Wet Pine barrens of New Jersey’’ (“ Pursh’’), in Barton’s
Flora N., of N. America, and Wood’s Class-Book, though this is
probably a mistake.

8. OPHIOGLOssuM PALMATUM L., Sp. Pl.1518. 1753; Eaton, Ferns
of N. Am. 2: 269. «# 8&7. figs. 11-14.

Chetroglossa palmata Pres|. Suppl. §7. ?

Plants 2~3 dm. high, bearing several fronds from a thick scaly
rootstock; petiole 6-20 cm. long, blade 10-20 cm. long, usually
palmately divided into 2-9 broadly spreading segments, rarely
simple and lanceolate; basal veins 5-8, repeatedly branching and
anastomosing, forming long hexagonal areolae without any free
veinlets; peduncles arising from the petiole and the base of the
sterile lamina, 1-16, short, 1-2 cm. spike I~3 cm. long; sporangia —
15-40; spores .06 mm., reticulations angular, striae slightly ele-
vated.

A tropical species usually found on palms and palmettos in
Florida, Caloosahatchee River, Chapman, 1875 ; hummocks of the
Caloosa River, A: P. Garber, 1878; Indian River, Mary C. Rey-
nolds, 1879; Chuckalaskee, E. W. Reasoner, 1887; Manatee, L.
M. Underwood, 1891. Ranging through Mexico, and the West
Indies, to Brazil.

Description of Plates.
Plate 318, Drawn by Mr. Walpole under the supervision of C. L. Pollard.
Ophioglossum arenarium, n. sp., E. G. Britton.
Plate 319. Drawn by F. Emil under the supervision of E. G. Britton. Vena-
tion of fronds inz1. O. vulgatum. 2. O. Engelmanni. 3. 0. arenarium. 4. 0.
Californicum, 5. O, Alaskanum, 6. O. reticulatum. 7. O. pusillum.

560

New or otherwise interesting Plants of Eastern Tennessee.

By T. H. KEARNEY, JR.

The following notes relate, for the most part, to a collection
made by the writer during August and September, 1897, in Cocke
county, Tennessee. Most of the material was collected about
Wolf Creek Station, and between that point and Lemon’s Gap, as
well as along the French Broad between Paint Rock and Del Rio.
The highest elevations visited were The Bluff and Max Patch
Mountains, both about 1400 m. high. Along the French Broad
near Wolf Creek the height above sea-level is probably not much
over 600 M.

TRADESCANTIA MONTANA Shuttlw.; Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. 1:
377. 1896. :

Common about Wolf Creek, and the only species observed
there. Two well-marked forms were noted, both growing on
rather fertile soil in open, hillside woods. In one the stems are
several from one root, slender, rather flexuous (but not strongly
zigzag as is usually the case in 7: pilosa), about 3 dm. high, and
the largest leaves are 15 cm. long and about I cm. wide. In the
other form the stems are usually solitary, stout, not flexuous,

attaining a maximum height of 9 dm., and the largest leaves
measure 25 cm. long and 2 cm. wide.

DISPoRUM sp.

Fruiting specimens of a Disporum were collected near Wolf
Creek Station (no. 917) but whether of D. maculatum (Buckl.)
Britton or of D. danuginosum (Michx.) Nichols., I am unable to —
decide. Distinct as the two species are when in flower, I can no-
where find any characters given for differentiating them when in
fruit. Careful study of the two species in the field, localities for
each having first been accurately marked while the plants are in

flower, may bring to light characters that will serve to distinguish
them later in the season.

CELTIS PUMILA Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 200. 1814.
Grows on dry sandstone cliffs along the French Broad River.

ATES hae nt

561

near Wolf Creek (no. 886), accompanied by Philadelphus hirsutus
Nutt. and Pentstemon Smallii. Heller. The fruit, at that time
(Aug. 25) apparently quite mature, was of a tawny yellow, and
did not darken at all in drying. The largest stem noted was
about I cm. in diameter just above the ground. The maximum
height was about I m. The leaves do not agree in one particular
with Pursh’s description: they are extremely scabrous above,
while Pursh says “ foliis utrinque glabriusculis.”

BUCKLEYA DISTICHOPHYLLA (Nutt.) Torr. Am. Journ. Sci. 45:
170. 1843.

A number of plants were encountered during the past season
growing in rather dry soil on a wooded bluff on the French Broad
River between Wolf Creek and Paint Rock, fully 30 m. above the
river. I have not before seen Buckleya growing so high above the
surface of the water. “The plants were less vigorous than those
nearer the bank. The bushes everywhere fruited abundantly last
season, while in 1896, I was told, scarcely any fruit could be
found.

_ SILENE ovaTA Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 316. 1814.

Quite abundant in places near Lemon's Gap, Cocke County
(alt. about 1200 m.) growing in fertile soil in a thicket of Rudus
villosus Ait. at the roadside, elsewhere in open woods (no. 617).
In full flower Sept. 3-8. The plant has a strong and rather dis-
agreeable odor. The largest specimen seen was 16.5 dm. high
and the maximum diameter of the stem was very nearly I cm.

_ The root-system is strongly developed, many of the fibers being

much thickened and thus giving the plant an unusually firm hold

on the soil.
/CIMICIFUGA RUBIFOLIA Nn. sp.

Cimicifuga cordifolia Torr. & Gray Fl.N.Am.1: 36. 1838-40,
in part ?—Not Pursh.* — :

A tall long-lived perennial, with hard knotted rootstocks and
solitary wand-like stems bearing one, or more often two, large
biternate leaves near the base. Rootstock thick, horizontal, at-
taining a maximum length of 8 cm., bearing numerous strong root-
fibers; stems 6-14 (mostly 10-12) dm. high, erect, rather stout

* Fl, Am. Sept, 373. 1814.

562

at base, but diminishing rapidly towards summit, usually dark brown-
purple, rather acutely 4-angled below, almost terete towards summit,
more or less sulcate on the faces, especially below, smooth and glab-
rous or with a few lax delicate hairs up to the inflorescence, there
very sparsely to rather densely puberulent or short-pubescent;
petioles 2-4 dm. long, rather stout, straight or somewhat arcuate
below, angled, rather deeply sulcate on the upper face towards
base, rather densely pubescent in the groove, otherwise nearly
glabrous or sparsely pubescent, with lax hairs especially towards
summit, somewhat dilated at apex, much enlarged and with thin
wing-like margins clasping the stem at base; leaves biternate,
the terminal division usually consisting of a single leaflet much
larger than the others, but occasionally trifoliolate, the lateral di-
visions always trifoliolate ; petiole of terminal division 10-12 cm.
long, angled and sulcate like the main petiole, sparsely pubescent
with lax delicate hairs, the groove densely so ; petioles of lateral
divisions 6-9 cm. long, equal or one as much as 2 cm. longer than
the other; petiolules of lateral leaflets of terminal division (when
present) about 5 mm. long, deeply sulcate on the upper face, very
pubescent, especially in the groove; petiolules of leaflets of lateral
divisions shorter, otherwise similar ; terminal leaflet of terminal di-
vision 10-20 (mostly 15-16) cm. long, 12-20 (mostly about I 5)
cm. wide between the apices of the two largest lobes, very broadly
obovate in outline, equilateral, sharp acuminate at apex, deeply
cordate with a sinus of equal width throughout or widening to-
wards the mouth, coarsely and irregularly dentate, deeply and
acutely palmately three-lobed, the primary lobes themselves less
deeply 2-3-lobed and the secondary lobes in turn slightly 2-3-
lobed, thin, dark green above, paler beneath, smooth and glabrous
above, sparsely short-ciliate, sparsely to rather densely pubescent
along the veins beneath with rather long, appressed, delicate, lus-
trous hairs, very veiny, the veins prominent, especially below,
strongly tending to anastomose, the two largest lateral ones nearly
as strong as the midvein ; other leaflets smaller and inequilateral,
otherwise similar ; inflorescence a simple panicle of 2-4 slender
racemes, the terminal and much the longest one 15-30 (usually
about 20) cm. long; rhachis and pedicels sparsely, or the pedicels
occasionally rather densely pubescent with short straight hairs;
pedicels (in flower) about 2 mm. long, rather slender, much thick-
ened at summit, subtended by a lance-subulate bract about 2 mm.
long, bearing at base 2 laterally disposed, ovate-triangular, acute,
.ciliolate bractlets about I mm. long, pedicels (in fruit) 4-5 mm. long ;
sepals 5, fugacious, 4.5-5 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, rounded at
apex, narrowed at base, concave; the three outer obovate-oblong, —
with about 7 distinct longitudinal veins and obscure cross-veins ;

the two inner broadly obovate, more deeply concave, thinner in

texture and whiter in color, with 5-7 longitudinal veins and dis-

a

~..,

5638

tinct, somewhat reticulated cross-veins; petals none; stamens 35—
65 ; filaments about 4 mm. long, flattened especially towards sum-
mit; anthers about .5 mm. long; pistil solitary, sessile, about 2
mm. long from base of ovary to summit of stigma, the style and
stigma only slightly differentiated from the body of the ovary;
ovary about .7 mm. in greatest transverse diameter, perfectly glab-
rous, strongly compressed latterly, the sides irregularly oblong in
outline; style slightly recurved, very short ; stigma minute ; pods
8-10 (commonly 8) mm. long, very nearly sessile, strongly com-
pressed laterally with sides irregular oblong, rounded towards apex
on the dorsal face, rounded towards base on the ventral face, beaked
by the short, blunt, hardened, apically somewhat enlarged, ascend-
ing style which departs from the ventral side of the pod, just be-
low the summit,at an angle of about 45°, pale green, walls thin, be-
coming almost chartaceous, veins prominent, somewhat reticulated ;
seeds usually 6, the four middle ones in two rows, the other two
solitary, about 3 mm. long, about 1.5 mm. wide, lenticular, some-
what flattened laterally, the sides oblong in outline, chestnut brown,
covered with pale brown thin chaffy scales, especially along the
edges where they form a well-developed deeply lacerate wing.

In rich soil on a wooded bluff along the Tennessee River,
near Knoxville, Tennessee, where it was collected in flower by the
writer early in September, 1890, and 1891, and in fruit by Prof. A.
Ruth in October, 1897. The large terminal leaflet suggests the
leaf of Rubus odoratus L.

A very distinct species of the Section Actimospora, most nearly
allied to C. Americana Michx. though apparently slightly ap-
proaching C. racemosa (L.) Nutt. (Section JZacrotys) in its solitary,
sessile ovary, short style and partially two-ranked seeds. How-
ever it is most abundantly distinguished from that species by its
bibracteolate and much’ shorter pedicels, much fewer stamens with
filaments one-half as long and anthers one-half as large, thin-
walled pods about twice as large and chaff-covered, lenticular
seeds. From C. Americana our plant -is differentiated by the fol-
lowing characters: bractlets of pedicel always basal (in C- Amer
cana usually borne near middle of pedicel); pubescence of inflor-
escence rather sparse and straight, not glandular (in C. Americana
dense, glandular, almost granular); petals none (in C. Americana
the usually two, obovate, deeply lobed, cucullate petals are char-
acteristic) ; shorter filaments (about 7 mm. long in CG. Americana);
smaller anthers (7 mm. long in GC: Americana); sessile, solitary a
ovary; much shorter and straighter style; much shorter beak to

564

the pod ; and partially two-ranked seeds. From both of our well-
known eastern species C. rudzfolia differs in its biternate leaves
with commonly unifoliolate terminal division, in the cut of the
large, very broad, deeply cordate leaflets and in the characteristic
appressed pubescence along the veins on the under leaf-surface.

Cimicifuga cordifolia Pursh is almost certainly a form of C.
Americana Michx. Pursh’s description is clearly meant for that.
species and he cites Michaux’s name as a synonym. It is not
probable that Pursh would have omitted from his Flora a plant
that must have been so familiar to him as this common species of
the Southern Mountains. The plant figured in Curtis’ Botanical
Magazine,* has much the leaf of C. rudifolia, but is described as
having “the nauseous smell of its relatives” and “ flowers in June
and July.” C. rudifolia is like C. Americana in its total lack of
odor and its autumnal flowering. It is more likely that Curtis had
a form of C. racemosa with broad, cordate leaflets, such as is repre-
sented in the National Herbarium by a specimen from East Ten-
nessee, of C. C. Parry’s collecting. It was doubtless some such
form that Dr. Gray had in mind when he reduced C. cordifolia to
C. racemosa as avariety. The description of C. cordifolia in Torr.
and Gray may possibly include C. rudifolia, although this is not
probable. Indeed, it is not easy to imagine upon what that descrip-
tion was based. Pursh’s characters certainly give no warrant for
the assumption that his — had sessile ovaries.

HeEpatica acuta (Pursh) Britton, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 6: -
18901.

A specimen collected near Wolf Creek bears one normal leaf
and another with rounded lobes, exactly as in our second Ameri-.
can species. Dr. Gattinger collected a similar plant on the Big
Frog Mountain, in Polk County. Dr. Charles Mohr informs me
that he finds such plants occasionally in the mountains of Alabama,
and that they are referrable to H. acuta. In East Tennessee the ©

color of the sepals affords a good character, those of HY. acuta —

being pale rose-purple or lavender, while in the other species they a
are always some shade of blue. 2

icctiansiacncanely

* 46: p1. 2069. 1819,

. 565

CARDAMINE PARVIFLORA L, Sp. Pl. Ed: 2,914. 1763.

Common in dry upland woods about Knoxville, often appear-
ing where the woods have been burnt over.

Itza Virornica L. Sp. Pl. 199. 1753.

Collected near Wolf Creek Station (no. 720), growing on a
shaded ledge of sandstone along the French Broad River, an un-
usual habitat for this plant, which ordinarily makes its home in low
swamps. The specimens were small, the largest not more than
I m. high, but seemed otherwise typical.

’ AGRIMONIA MOLLIS BICKNELLII n. var.

Agrimonia mollis (Torr. & Gray) Britton var., Bicknell, Bull.
Torr. Club, 23: 517. 1896.

Collected in the neighborhood of Wolf Creek, September 2d,
(no. 691) where it grew in similiar situations with the type, but
was more common. Mr. Bicknell’s excellent characterization
leaves nothing to be added, and certainly indicates that this plant
should have a varietal name. As Mr. Bicknell points out, the de-
velopment of tubers is stronger than in A. mollis, and the tubers
form on shorter roots. It is rather difficult to secure specimens of
A. mollis that show completely the tuber development, but with
var. Bicknell’ a vigorous pull is enough to bring the plant up with
a number of tubers attached. The two forms are much more ob-
viously distinct in the living state than in herbaria. It does not
seem that the existence of intergradations should be regarded as
an obstacle to the publication of a variety, when the majority of
the specimens are so well-marked. :

Geum FLavum (Porter) Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Club, 23: 523.
1897.

A few specimens with nearly mature fruit were found in deep
rich mountain woods along Wolf Creek, August 23, 1897
(no. 686), growing with Agrimonia hirsuta (Muhl.) Bicknell.
This easily recognizable and very distinct species is here reported
for the first time from the Southern States.

STYLOSANTHES RIPARIA N. Sp.

A perennial herb, with few or several (sometimes 8) stems froma =
deep, strong, woody root, which attains a maximum lengthof3dm.

566

Stems 1-3.5 (commonly 2-2.5) dm. long, decumbent, wide-spread-
ing, much branched, slender, the somewhat elongated internodes
with a usually well-defined line of rather tomentose pubescence
decurrent from the base of the stipules; petioles very pubescent,
only slightly exserted from the stipular sheath, the exserted por-
tion about 1 mm. long; stipules large, the tube 3-5 mm. long, in-
flated, thin, membranous, brownish, appressed-pubescent, termi-
nating in two subulate, aristate, more or less reflexed teeth about
half as long; leaves spreading, pinnately trifoliolate, rhachis 1-2
mm. long, pubescent, petiolules very short; terminal leaflet (of
leaves of main stem) 10-18 (commonly 12-15) mm. long, 4-8 mm.
wide, broadly or narrowly elliptical, oblanceolate or even cuneate-
obovate, usually rounded at apex (sometimes truncate or even
slightly retuse), conspicuously subspinescently cuspidate, acutish at
base, entire, thickish, dark green above, pale beneath, smooth and
glabrous, with a very few short marginal hairs; midrib impressed
above, prominent beneath, veins prominent on both surfaces but
especially beneath, 10 or 12 in the larger leaflets, departing from
the midrib at a very sharp angle, veinlets obscure ; lateral leaflets
somewhat smaller; inflorescence consisting of leafy bracted com-
pound spikes, composed of 1-flowered bracted spikelets; spikes
usually terminating the main stems and most of the branches,
about 6 flowered, the two or three uppermost and one or two lowest
flowers ordinarily abortive; lower primary bracts commonly uni-
foliolate, the teeth and leaflet sparsely cilate with long rather weak
setose red hairs, otherwise like the foliage leaves; upper primary
bracts with gradually reduced and finally almost aborted leaflet.
Secondary bract borne upon the short secondary axis,* which is
adnate to the midnerve of the primary bract, 3-4 mm. long, entire,
lance-subulate, usually broadest near middle and tapering thence
to base and acutish apex, subhyaline, whitish, conspicuously ciliate ;
prophyllum borne on the tertiary axis,+ closely approximate to
the secondary bract and usually not obviously raised above it,
about 3 mm. long, deeply cleft to or below the middle, two-nerved
(the second nerve smaller and extending into the lobe), lobe as
wide as blade but much shorter, both blade and lobe narrowly
linear, rather obtuse or subacute, otherwise like the secondary
bract ; flower terminating the tertiary axis, short-pedicelled, very
slightly raised above the prophyllum; calyx glabrous, conspicu-
ously greenish-veined; tube slender, 3-4 (usually 4) mm. long;
limb (from base to apex of lowest (longest) tooth) about 4mm. —
long ; lowest tooth ovate-oblong, acutish, 1.5 mm. wide, the other _
teeth shorter and narrower, more obtuse ; corolla orange-yellow; _

* The “ Seitenaxe erster Ordnung ” of Taubert.

{ The « Seitenaxe zweiter Ordnung” of Taubert, who regards it as arising from 3
the axil of the secondary bract. Co -

567

vexillum nearly or quite 5 mm. long, 4.5-5 mm. wide ; wings nearly
3.5 mm. long, nearly 2mm. wide, obovate, much narrowed towards
base, tooth on vexillar side near base nearly 1 mm. long, oblong,
very obtuse, straight ; keel about equalling the wings; lower seg-
ment of loment very small, infertile; upper segment 3-3.5 mm.
long (excluding beak), nearly to quite 3 mm. wide, inequilaterally
obovoid, somewhat compressed laterally, strongly gibbous on ven-
tral face, curved toward base and apex on dorsal face, pubescent
(rather sparsely when mature) with short curved white hairs, tri-
costate on both lateral faces (less often bicostate, or tricostate on
one face and bicostate on the other), the cross-veins few, reticu-
lated, all strong and dark-green; beak .5-.7 mm. long, stout,
strongly hooked (sometimes twice hooked in shepherd’s crook
fashion), almost central on the summit of the loment; seeds not
seen,

In groves of Pinus rigida Mill, on the banks of the French
Broad River near Wolf Creek, growing in dry, sandy soil, accom-
panied by Lechea racemulosa, Meibomia vinidifiora, etc.; collected
by the writer in August, 1894, and again September 1, 1897 (no.
674).

Belongs to the section Zustylosanthes Vog., and is most nearly
related to S. diffora (L.) B.S.P., from which it is readily distin-
guished, however, by its more slender, more decumbent culms,
smaller leaves with shorter and comparatively broader leaflets,
more conspicuously veined calyx with longer tube, vexillum almost
always longer than broad (in S. difora almost always broader than
long), and longer, broader, obtuse and straight basal tooth to the
keel petals. In S. J:fora this tooth is about one-half as long,
slender, acute or acutish and often somewhat uncinate. The best
characters, however, are afforded by the prophyllum and the
loment. In S. djfora some thirty specimens examined showed a
prophyllum always perfectly entire, while in S. 7#paria the deep
lobing of that organ is equally constant. In S. dora the upper
segment of the loment is as long as in S. riparia, but it is only
about 2.5 mm. wide, and has an irregularly triangular outline in
strong contrast to the semi-orbicular outline of the segment
in S. riparia. Moreover, in S. diflora the segment is much more
gibbous on the ventral face, but is straight on the dorsal face,
thus throwing the beak quite to the dorsal edge of the summit.
The beak is usually considerably shorter in S. bifora and less

568

strongly curved. The general aspect of S. 7paria is much more
suggestive of that of a 77folium than in the case with S.. diflora.

In the terminology of the above description I have followed
that of Taubert’s excellent Monographie der Gattung Stylosanthes*
and have adopted his ingenious view of the morphology of the |
rather complicated inflorescence. In his generic description (p. 4).
Dr. Taubert distinguishes the lower primary bracts from foliage
leaves by the absence of lateral leaflets, and notes no exception.
In S. riparia the lowest bract, even when flower-bearing, is occa-
sionally trifoliate. In one case I found only one of the lateral
leaflets present.

ILex Beapier W. W. Ashe; Coult. Bot. Gaz. 24: 377. 1897.

Collected in flower near Wolf Creek in May, 1893, and in
fruit during the past season (633, 633%). Also on Chilhowee
Mountain, Blount County, in June, 1893. Seems to be widely
distributed and abundant at low elevations in the mountains of
East Tennessee.

Mr. Ashe rightly segregates this plant from J. mcnticola mollis
(A. Gray) Britton,} but does not point out the characters by which
his species can readily be distinguished. Jer mollis A. Grayt
must be regarded as based upon the northern plant, although
Gray confused with it the southern species, //ex Beadlei, however,
does not apparently extend into the region covered by Gray’s
Manual. Hence we must regard as the type of /. mollis the plant
of the Pennsylvania mountains, which, so far as herbarium speci-
mens show, is a mere pubescent variety of J. monticola A. Gray.
This, too, may range southward along the higher mountains with
the smooth form of J. monticola, but is not to be mistaken for /.
Beadle. The latter species, as I know it, is found only on the
lower hills or down near the river-banks, always in rather dry soil,

*Verhand. Bot. Ver. Prov, Brandenb. 23: 1-34. 1891.—S. hamata (L.)
‘Faubert is here cited (p. 23) as occurring in Tennessee (no. 609 of A. H. Curtiss’
distribution). As it did not seem likely that this almost strictly tropical plant should
be found so far north and nowhere in the intervening region, I made inquiry of Dr.
Robinson, who informs me that two species of Stylosanthes collected by Curtiss are
deposited in the Gray Herbarium, one (no. 609) being typical S. difora from ‘Ten-

nessee, while the other (no. 609*) is S. Aamata from Umbrella Key, South Florida.
¢ Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 217. 1894.

} Man. Ed. 5, 306, 1867.

569

often growing with Castanea pumila Mill. It is distinguished from
any form of /. monticola by its smaller size (usually about 2 m. high);
and smaller leaves which are proportionately broader, shorter,
and more abruptly pointed, thicker, firmer in texture, almost
tomentose beneath, and of a characteristic light, almost yellow-
green color. /. monticola, as it occurs in East Tennessee, prefers
a rich, comparatively moist soil in deep, shady ravines at higher
elevations (1000-2000 m.), where it usually grows as a small tree
with slender trunk some 5~7 m. high, and thin, long-pointed
leaves of a fine, deep green. It is often accompanied by such
plants as Viburnum alnifolium, Cornus alternifolia, etc. The pubes-
cence on the under surface of the leaf in all specimens of /. sont-
cola mollis that I have seen is never so dense as is constantly the
case in J. Beadlet.

Evonymus AMERicanus L. Sp. Pl. 197. °1753.
Specimens collected along the French Broad, near Wolf Creek
(no. 636) have broadly ovate leaves not exceeding 3.5 cm. in length,
and mostly about 2 cm. wide. The plants were erect and some 12-15
dm. high, however, and none of the leaves were at all obovate.

VIOLA EMARGINATA (Nutt.) Le Conte, Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2: 142.
1825.

Specimens of an extreme form of this species, with deeply cut
leaves, were obtained near Wolf Creek. I am not aware that this
violet has been heretofore reported as belonging to the Southern
Flora.

RHODODENDRON MAXIMUM L, Sp. Pl. 392. 1753.

Growing among rocks at the summit of Bluff mountain is a
peculiar form, only some 1.5 mm. high, with small leaves about
1 dm. long and 2 cm. wide, the margins inclined to be involute
{in the living plant) and the under surface pale brown.

LrucoTHoE RACcEMoSA (L.) A. Gray Man. Ed. 2, 252. 1856.

As far as I know this shrub of the low country swamps has not
been reported from the mountain region of the Southern States.
I found it last season on the sandy banks of the French Broad
River near Wolf Creek (no. 814) and have also collected it along
the Emory in Roane County. L. recurva (Buckley) A. Gray is

ey

570

likewise frequent about Wolf Creek, but is confined to rather dry
hillside woods.

VACCINIUM MELANOCARPUM C. Mohr, n. sp.

Vaccinium stamineum melanocarpum C. Mohr, Bull. Torr. Club,
42: 25. 1897.

At the summit of Bluff Mountain on the Tennessee-North
Carolina line just south of the French Broad River, I collected
during the past season (no. 811) specimens of a Vaccinium in young
fruit, which Dr. Mohr identifies as his V. melanocarpum. The
Tennessee plant differs from typical Alabama specimens, however,
in its shorter, less pointed and thicker leaves with more promi-
nent and strongly reticulated veins, and in its larger bracts. It is
a shrub some 4 dm. high, with gnarled, ascending branches, and
grows on the open summit of the mountain, accompanied by such
plantsas Prunus Pennsylvanicaand Sambucus pubens. So different
is tts aspect from that of /. stamineum that it did not occur to me
at first that it was related to that species.

VACCINIUM HIRSUTUM Buckley, Am. Journ. Sci. 45: 175. 1843.

Dr. Small, in a recent number of the BULLETIN,* reported his
find of this little-known species at Tallulah Falls, Georgia, as
“the first collection since the original discovery by Buckley.”
But flowering specimens were secured in June, 1891, in the Cade’s
Cove Mountains of Blount County, Tennessee, by Prof. A. Ruth
and the writer. There it grew in some quantity on the dry south
slope of the ridge, along with Bapiisia tinctoria, Sericocarpus solida-
gineus, etc. Dr. Gattinger, in his catalogue,} reports this plant as
occurring in the “ High Mountains of East Tennessee.”

LysImacuiA Fraser Duby; DC. Prodr. 8: G5. 1844

Found at two or three points along the French Broad River
near Wolf Creek (no. 829). About one mile above Wolf Creek
quite a number of plants were discovered, growing in a tangled
undergrowth of Kudus villosus Ait., and Vitis rotundifolia Michx.,
on the river-bank. Many of the plants measured 1.5 dm. in height.

* Bull. Torr. Club, 24: 64. 1897.
+ Tennessee Flora 61. 1887.

571

STEIRONEMA ‘TONSUM (Wood) Bicknell; Britton & Brown, Ill. FI.
N.U.S. 2: 590. 1897.

S. intermedium Kearney, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 263. 1894.

Specimens collected on the banks of the French Broad River
near Wolf Creek, Sept. 1 (no. 830), growing in shaded sandy soil,
depart from the type of .S. zutermedium not only in habitat but in
having the petioles sparsely ciliate their entire length with short
lax hairs. Nevertheless they are unmistakably 5S. tonsum, having
the slender habit, smaller leaves with less conspicuous veins, much
reduced upper leaves which give the inflorescence the aspect of a
bracted panicle, comparatively longer peduncles, and sare Stes
nearly twice as long as the capsule.

STEIRONEMA TONSUM SIMPLEX MN. Var.

Stems simple, 2-3 dm. high, slender ; petioles short, not more
than 15 mm. in length, slender, naked except at the base where a
few ciliae occur; leaf-blades 1-4 cm. long, 1.5-2.5 cm. wide,
broad ovate, the lowest very small and orbicular, subcordate at
base, rather abruptly pointed at apex, thin and bright green; in-
florescence a four or five-flowered leafy terminal panicle, oc-
casionally with scattered peduncles from the axils of the upper
foliage leaves; calyx-lobes only slightly exceeding the mature
capsule (in one case merely equalling it).

A few plants collected on the shaded margin of a mountain-
brook near Wolf Creek (no. 831), growing: in rather moist, sandy

soil, accompanied by Haédenaria clavellata (Michx.) Spreng.

PERILLA FRUTESCENS (L.) Britton, Mem. Torr .Club, 5: 277. 1894.

Abundant about dwellings at Wolf Creek (no. 874). It was
formerly cultivated as a foliage plant, but is now thoroughly nat-
uralized and is spreading rapidly. In this form the leaves are al-
ways purple underneath, but it does not agree with Bentham’s
characterization of P. ocimoides crispa* (P. frutescens Nankinensis
(Lour.) Britton), in that the leaf margins are neither crisped nor

fimbriate-lacerate.
SCUTELLARIA VENOSA Nn. Sp.
Scutellaria saxatilis pilosior Benth.; DC, Prodr. 12: 424. 1848?
"SDC. Prodr. 12: 164. 1848. s

572

Scutellaria versicolor minor A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2: Pt. 1,
378. 1878.* In part, not of Chapm.} nor S. wnor L.

A small plant. with usually solitary stems from a slender creep-
ing rootstock. Stems 5-12 cm. long, erect or ascending, rather
acutely 4-angled, pubescent with short, mostly retrorse or recurved
white hairs, the pubescence towards the summit glandular, denser
and more spreading; petioles slender, pubescent with retrorse ap-
pressed hairs, those of lowest leaves 1.5—3 cm. long, spreading or
recurved, those of uppermost foliage leaves 1 cm. long or less, as-
cending ; largest (often the uppermost) leaf-blades 3-6 (usually 5)
cm. long, 2-3 cm. wide ; smallest (usually the lowest) considerably
reduced; all broadly ovate, obtuse, cordate with a rather open
sinus, coarsely crenate, rather sparsely ciliate with short spread-
ing hairs, pubescent with short appressed hairs on both surfaces,
but especially along the veins beneath, thin, bright green above,
paler beneath, conspicuously veiny, the veins prominently reticu-
lated and almost rugose beneath; inflorescence a simple solitary
terminal raceme (less often a much-reduced, simple panicle) 2-4
cm. long, mostly 10-20-flowered; pedicels 2-3 mm. long, rather
stout, glandular-pilose, ascending ; bracts barely equalling the pedi-
cels, ovate, obtusish, glandular-pubescent; calyx (in flower) about
3 mm. long, rather densely pubescent ; (in fruit) about 5 mm. long,
sparingly pubescent, light green; corolla about 15 mm. long, pale
blue and white, puberulent; anthers minutely ciliate; nutlets 1
mm. in greatest diameter, globose, strongly depressed.

Growing with Circaea alpina L. just below the summit of Bluff
Mountain, where it was collected August 28 (no. 873). S. venosa
is closely related to S. cordifolia Muhl. (S. versicolor Nutt.) from
which it differs in its smaller size, much shorter pubescence of
leaves and inflorescence, much reduced bracts and considerably
smaller calyx and corolla. S. cordifolia is mainly a campestrian
species preferring much lower elevations, and is not known to occur
anywhere in the region where S. venosa was collected. S. saxatilis
puosior Benth. may be the same plant, but is not identifiable with

any certainty from Bentham’s meagre description. It may very
well be only a form of S. saxatilis.

MELAMPYRUM LATIFOLIUM Muhl. Cat. 57. 1813.

Both this species and MZ. dineare Lam. occur near Wolf Creek,

*S. rugosa Wood,Class Book, Ed. 2, cited here by Gray as a synonym of S.ver-
stcolor minor, is unquestionably a form of S. saxatilis Riddell, to which Wood him- |
self referred it in subsequent editions of the Class Book, | :

+ FLS. U.S. 323. 1860,

573

Cocke County, and there exhibit a wide difference in habitat and
period of flowering. JV. /atfolium was collected in May, 1893,
growing in deep, rich, moist woods along a mountain brook, and
was then in full flower. In September, 1897,1 sought for it in
the same place, but not a vestige was to be found. At that time,
however, MZ. /ineare was in full flower, growing on dry soil on the
top of Brushy Mountain.

VipurNum cassinotEs L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 384. 1763.

Along a brooklet near the summit of Max Patch Mountain,
(no. 730). The specimens are hardly typical, but differ from V.
nudum VL. in their distinctly crenulate dentate leaves with dull
upper surface and peduncles distinctly shorter than the cyme.
The same form grows on the summit of Thunderhead, Blount
County (alt. about 2000 m.), where it was collected by the writer
in June, 1891.

SYMPHORICARPOS RACEMOSUS Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 107. 1803.

In waste-ground near a house at Lemon’s Gap, Cocke County,
where a large patch of it is well established and was loaded with
its white fruit on Sept. 8 (no. 733).

SoLIpAGO ARGUTA CAROLINIANA A. Gray. Syn. Fl. N. Am. 1:
Part 2,155. 1884.
Numerous specimens of a form of S. arguta, probably refer-
able to this variety, collected near Wolf Creek in August (nos.
759, 760) are entirely destitute of rays.

Aster Curtis Torr. & Gray, Fl.N. Am. 2: 110. 1841-43.
This beautiful plant is the most common As¢er near Lemon’s
Gap, at an elevation of about 1000 m., beginning to flower about
the last week in August. It varies from about 5 dm. high, with
slender, unbranched stems bearing two or three heads, to a tall,
stout, much-branched plant 15 dm. high, bearing as many as 150
heads.

Gnapuatium Hetier! Britton, Bull. Torr. Club, 20: 280. 1893.

dn ve illsi i Ameri-
On very dry hillsides, with Gyrostachys simplex, Buchnera
cana, Silphium compositum, etc., near Wolf Creek, collected Sep-

574

tember 6 (no. 781). This is a well-marked species when growing,
although somewhat difficult to characterize. It is a much lower
and more slender plant than G. odtusifolium L., of greener aspect,
with looser inflorescence and fewer heads. In habitat it is strik-
ingly different from G. odtusifolium, which, in East Tennessee and
in the mountains of Kentucky, confines itself to low fields and fal-
low ground, where introduced weeds are most frequent, while G.
Helleri is found upon the dry ridges, sometimes even on arid sand-
stone outcrops, amid a purely indigenous vegetation.

XANTHIUM SPECIOSUM 0. Sp.

A stout much-branched leafy annual herb, about 1.5 m. high.
Stem about 2.5 cm. in diameter just above the tumid base, erect,
straight below, zigzag above, four-angled, obtusely below, rather
acutely above, striate above between the prominent angles, hard
and almost ligneous in texture, with greenish cortex, sparsely
papillose below with white, rather conspicuous papillae that are
often extended into short stout appressed antrorse prickle-like
trichomes, strongly hispidulous above with similar trichomes, in-
terspersed with minute ones; petioles rather slender, striate,
deeply grooved on upper face, especially towards the enlarged base,
strongly hispidulous, minutely pubescent along the groove, the
lower ones 10-15 cm. long; leaf-blades (the larger ones 17-20 cm.
long, 19-22 cm. wide) very broadly triangular-ovate, rather deeply
cordate with a wide rounded sinus which is interrupted by a small
triangular portion of the blade included between the two primary
side-veins, rather acute at apex, obtusely and not deeply 3—5-lobed,
with the primary lobes themselves slightly lobed, obtusely and not
conspicuously dentate, rather thick, dull green, paler beneath,
strongly papillose, scabrous on both surfaces, hispidulous along
the veins and margins, especially beneath, with appressed antrorse
prickle-like trichomes, rather thickly besprinkled on both surfaces
with minute shining resinous granules, veins and larger veinlets
prominent, especially beneath, divergent at a wide angle, the mid-
nerve and the almost equally strong primary side-veins broad,
somewhat flattened, strongly striate; flowers not seen; fruiting in- —
volucres 2.5-4 cm. long, 2.5—3 cm. wide (including prickles), ovoid,
light brown in color, sparsely besprinkled with shining resinous
granules, rostrate at apex with two or three very stout, more or
less incurved, uncinate or biuncinate beaks 10-12 mm. long,
densely aculeate with long stout strongly uncinate prickles (the
hook nearly horizontal to very strongly incurved), 8-9 mm. long,
the lower retrorse, the middle horizontal,the upper antrorse; both _
beaks and prickles densely hispid (the former to near the apex,

575

the latter for %~-% of their length from the base), with broad,
flat, sharp-pointed, rather lax, spreading or slightly retrorse hairs,
which are elongated-triangular in outline, and gradually diminish —
in size upward.

Collected by the writer September ‘6, near Wolf Creek Sta-
tion (no. 785) where it grows on the sandy bottom-lands near the
French Broad River and is almost certainly indigenous.

X speciosum finds its nearest relative in X. Canadense Mill.,
from which it is distinguished by its great size, larger and propor-
tionately broader fruiting involucres, longer stouter and more
closely set prickles, longer and stouter beaks, which are more
nearly erect and more strongly incurved towards apex, and longer
and larger trichomes on the beaks and prickles. X. macrocarpum
DC.,* a species not certainly known to occur in the United States,
is described by the author as having an oval-oblong fruiting in-
volucre twice longer than broad, which would certainly not apply
to X. speciosum. Moreover, all probably authentic specimens of
X. macrocarpum examined showed a strong glandular puberulence
upon the involucres. None of the species described by Wallroth
and others from North America can be identified with the Ten-
nessee plant.

The whole genus is in need of thorough revision, and souleins
more so than in the United States. The most cursory glance at
the material in our larger herbaria is enough to show that Y. Cana-
dense, X, strumarium and X. spinosum are by no means the only
species in this country. But until the Old World species are bet-
ter understood, a satisfactory treatment of the genus here is im-
possible.

SENECIO SMALLI Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, 4: 132. 1894.

Rather abundant on dry banks near Wolf Creek Station, Cocke ©
County, Tennessee, where it was collected by the writer in May,
1893. Here reported for the first time as occurring in Tennessee.

HigRACIUM PANICULATUM L. Sp. Pl. 802. 175 3.

The maximum height of this species as given by Gray in the
Synoptical Flora is three feet. A plant collected at Lemon’s Gap,
where it grew indry upland woods, has a stem-length of 17 dm.

* Prodr. 5: 523. 1836.

576

A new species of Eucalyptus from the Dakota Group of South-
western Kansas,

By Lester F. WARD.

In a small collection of fossil plants from the Dakota group
of Clark County, Kansas, which was made by Mr. C. N. Gould and
myself on October 3, 1897, there occur several leaves that belong
to the genus Lucalyptus. One of these is entirely different from
any of the rest and presents a nervation.which at once marks it as_
anew species. Although it is not generally advisable to name
species from single specimens, especially from one incomplete leaf,
nevertheless, so exceedingly clear is the nervation in the present
case, that there is no room to doubt either its generic affinity or
its specific distinctness from all other species of the genus. So much
of the material that has been called Eucalyptus, which has been
reported from various deposits throughout the world, is of a doubt-
ful character that it is desirable that any case involving no uncer-
tainty be brought to the attention of botanists and geologists. I
regard this as such a case and therefore venture to describe it is-a
new species of Eucalyptus, which I take pleasure in naming for
Mr. C. N. Gould of Southwest Kansas College, Winfield, Kansas,
who not only accompanied me on this expedition, but served as
my companion and guide throughout the entire region, with which
he has made himself intimately acquainted.

EucaLyrtus GouLpII n, sp.

Leaves slightly falcate, about 7 cm. long and 12 mm. wide 2 cm.
above the base, from which point they diminish in both directions,
being drawn out into a long point above (tip and base wanting in

the only specimen found). Substance of the leaf firm and thick; on

nervation very distinct, midrib strong, secondaries about 10 on @
side, rising at a very acute angle, proceeding in a zigzag course SO
as to meet one another and anastomose, forming elongated angu-
lar areas in two rows, the outer row smaller and bounded on the
outer side by a connected series of gentle arches forming a con-

tinuous nerve generally parallel to the margin and less than I mm.
distant from it.

_Ofallliving species of Excalypius this approaches most closely
in its nervation to that of £. largiflorens, first described by Baron —

577

von Mueller in the Transactions of x
the Victoria Institute, 1: 24,1854, iy
and figured in his Eucalyptographia,
Decade V, 1880.

In the accompanying cut, Fig. 1
represents the fossil leaf and Fig. 2
is a copy of one of the leaves of
approximately the same size of £,
largiflorens Muell., from the plate
accompanying the description given
in the work already referred to.
The substantial identity of the ner-
vation is apparent ata glance. In
describing that species in the same
work, Baron von Mueller devoted
only. two lines to the nervation as 7
follows: “Lateral veins extremely Ve

fine, diverging at a very acute angle / I

2
i
H
a
W
4
Ui

uN /

or not very spreading nor quite
close, the circumferential vein some-
what removed from the edge.” This description is, of course,
very inadequate, but it is well known that botanists pay scarcely
any attention to nervation and do not take the trouble to acquaint
themselves with the proper terminology of the subject.*

We thus have another link in an already long chain of evidence
which goes to prove that the Australian Fever Tree has had a long
history, and was widely distributed over the globe in Cretaceous
and Tertiary time, millions of years before man made his appear-
ance.

Two new Species of Sanicula from the Southern States. —

. By EuGeEnE P. BIcKNELL.

_ Ina paper published in 1895,* describing two new species of
_ Sanicula from the Eastern States, I hinted my belief in the exis-
tence of still a third unrecognized species. The single plantwhich =~
'* This may be found summed up, with illustrations, in the Century Dictionary, arti;

_ * Bull. Torr. Club, 22: 351-361.

578

gave support to this view, more strongly held than expressed, had
been found in an afternoon’s visit to Lookout Mountain, Tennes-
see, on June 21, 1894, duringa short delay of the train on the way
up the mountain. Since that time more complete material has
come to hand which shows that the plant is entirely distinct from
both Sanicula Marylandica L. and Sanicula Canadensis L., its nearest
allies, with either one of which, however, it might easily be con-
fused by anyone not possessing a true understanding of those
species.

From the specimens newly in hand it appears that a year be-
fore the Lookout Mountain plant was discovered, Dr. John K.
Small had collected precisely the same thing at the base of Little
Stone Mountain in middle Georgia, and it now gives me pleasure
to connect Dr. Small’s name with this new species, more especially
since he himself would doubtless have shortly distinguished it had
it not been described here.

It seems that a still earlier collection of the plant was made by
Mr. S. M. Bain at Jackson, Tenn., in May, 1892 (« No. 302, Plantae
Tennessei Occidentalis”). This specimen, although differing
somewhat from all the others, is unquestionably to be referred to
the same species. The east Tennessee and Georgia plants are
closely matched by specimens collected by Mr. George V. Nash in
August, 1895, at Tallahassee, Florida, the southernmost point at
which the plant has been found.

SANICULA SMALLII n. sp.

Root perennial, or possibly biennial ; stem 1 14°—2° tall, smooth,
somewhat striate, simple below, or with one lateral branch, above
forking into two widely spreading or ascending naked branches
sometimes 8’ long, each bearing an umbel of 2-6 rays; lateral
branch sometimes 12/ long, like the stem supporting two slen-
der ray-like umbel-bearing branches; stem-leaves 3-4 up to the
involucral pair, slender-petioled, two of them sub-basal on pe-
tioles 4’-6/ long; leaf-blades rather small, mostly 3/-4’ wide and

2’3’ long, sub-coriaceous, dull green, paler on the lower surface

and often above along the veins, which are distinctly in relief,
reniform in general outline with a deep or shallow sinus, 3-divided
or nearly 3-foliolate, the segments close together, the lateral pair =.

deeply cleft or rarely parted; segments obovate or the lateral pair

broadly rhomboid, dentate-serrate with short-aculeate teeth, Or :
slightly incised, often cleft into three short lobes at the obtuse

579

or sometimes acute apex especially on the lower leaves ; involucral
leaves very short-petioled, 3-cleft or 3-parted, the segments nar-
rower and more acute than in the lower leaves ; involucels minute,
or sometimes 14’ long; rays of umbel slender, often divaricate,
34’-114’ long, jointed to their attachment, sharply striate, the striae
often subserrulate-scabrous; a solitary ray or peduncle arises from
the fork of the stem bearing a single flower cluster; fruit sessile,
subglobose, somewhat compressed, 214-3” high to tip of calyx-
segments, spreading across bristles 3-4”; bristles slender, at the
base of the fruit minute but perfectly formed, longer above, the up-
permost 1/1” long, surpassing the nearly erect calyx-segments
which are 1%4’’-3/”’ long, linear-subulate, rigid and separated by
distinct intervals; styles slender, diverging or slightly recurved,
little longer than the calyx-segments; pericarp thin; commis-
sural scar narrow, 1%” wide, usually covered witha whitish incrus-
tation ; oil-tubes 5, arranged nearly as in Marylandica but smaller ;
seed in cross-section suborbicular, not furrowed dorsally or but
slightly so, the inner face medially concave or sulcate; sterile flowers
mixed with the fertile, most numerous in the inter-rameal cluster,
on pedicels 1’’-1 14” long, the sepals 34’’-1” long, linear-subulate or
cuspidate, with a strong medial nerve especially noticeable on the
inner side, at full maturity rigidly spreading; petals obovate-ob-
long, apparently shorter than the calyx segments; roots clustered,
very thick or sub-tuberous.

Specimens examined:

Tennessee: Jackson, rich woods, May, 1892, S. M. Bain; in
flower. Lookout Mountain, June 21, 1894, E. P. B., rocky
woods; in immature fruit.

Georgia: Base of Little Stone Mountain, June, 1893, John K.
Small; in fruit. Type.

Florida: Tallahassee, August 7-9, 1895, George V. Nash; in
fruit.

This plant, although occupying a position somewhat interme-
diate between Sanicula Marylandwa and Sanicula Canadensis, is in
no way involved with either of these species. From the former it
may be distinguished by its smaller size, three-divided coriaceous
leaves, the cauline slender-petioled, widely bifurcate stem, shorter-
pedicelled sterile flowers, never in separate heads and having diva-
ricate segments, smaller fruit with thinner pericarp and shorter
styles.

From S. Canadensis it may be known by its mostly simple stem
terminating in two elongated branches, each bearing a long-rayed

580

umbel, thicker leaves and much larger sessile fruit with longer
styles.

With Sanicula gregaria the species has no close affinity. The
minute campanulate calyx of gregaria separates it sharply from all
our species, while its 5-divided thin leaves, umbellately branched
stem and branches, trifoliolate involucral leaves and much smaller
longer-styled fruit distinguish it radically from Small. The
branching of Salli is more like that of Sanicula trifoliata than —
any other one of our species, and selected leaves of the two may be
closely matched in general shape, but the larger and thinner leaves
of tvifoliata and its oblong short-styled fruit with the remarkable
arrangement of the oil-tubes denote its wide difference.

Sanicula Smalli differs from all other eastern species by styles »
of medium length, frequently styliferous sterile flowers and thick-
ened roots.

In point of this new southern Sanicula I have carefully read
Rafinesque on his alleged new genus and species “ 77iclinum odora-
tum,” published in 1817 (Fl. Lud. 79). Taken by itself, Rafinesque’s
specific description would apply with tolerable exactness to our
new species, but his generic definition and added remarks, insisting
on long styles recurved to the base of the ovary, positively ex-
cludes this new species and, strictly taken, all other known eastern
species as well. Allowing for possible exaggeration, however, it
may be well here to take the opportunity of considering further
our long-styled species Marylandica and gregaria. The specific
description alone scarcely bars Marylandica unless by the terms
“folius longe-petiolatus,” which is distinctly not the case with the —
stem leaves of this species. The same objection holds against
gregaria, while the further characterization of “ foliolus lateralibus
bipartitus,” untrue for gregaria, describes exactly the condition in’
Marylandica and nearly that ia Smallii. On the other hand, there
are points in the description which apparently could have applied ie

only to gregana. In perhaps the most important of these, how- a
ever, viz. “calyx urceolatus 5-fidus, Rafinesque is himself contra- é a

dictory, for he concludes by declaring that his genus “differs from
Sanicula by divided calyx * * *!” Here is a distinction abso-
lutely without a difference, and it would actually seem to require US _
to believe that Rafinesque’s conception of the genus Sanicula as

581

distinct from Zriclinium was based on the species Sanicula gre-
garia.

So far asis known, gregaria is the only one of our species hav-
ing odorous flowers, but the fragrance is of the faintest and quite
unworthy to be compared with the sweet scent of Reseda odorata
with which “ 7riclinium odoratum” is credited.

Upon the whole, therefore, we have every reason to believe that
“ Iriclinium odoratum’ was a composite production pretty certainly
containing elements of gregaria and, not improbably, of Marylan-
@icaand Smalli, one or both. On this understanding it might be
held that the name Samcula gregaria should give place to Sanicula
odorata (Raf.), and it would certainly be difficult to show that
“ Triclinium odoratum” was not, in part, the plant now known as
Sanicula gregaria. To my own way of thinking, however, a res-
urrectionist acting under the law of priority can rightly proceed
only on the authority of facts so unequivocal as to admit of no
conflict of opinion whatever.

SANICULA FLORIDANA Nf. sp.

Nearly allied to Sanicula Canadensis but commonly smaller.
Stem-leaves more numerous and closer together, the basal ones
especially shorter petioled, small, mostly under 2 inches wide, 3-
divided, the lateral pair of leaflets parted nearly to the base ; leaf-
ets thickish, obovate-cuneate, abruptly narrowed below with con-
cave or excavated sides, adjoining leaflets thus often enclosing
lenticular spaces, very acutely dentate-serrate and more or less
openly cut-lobed or cleft above, the spiny-cuspidate teeth relatively
fewer and larger than in Canadensis, their margins pale, callous
and thickened and passing gradually into the rigid yellowish spine ;
involucral leaves and involucres usually small and laciniate; panicle
widely branched and slenderly dichotomous; fruit often smaller
than in Canadensis and more nearly sessile, the bristles, especially
below the middle, rather shorter and somewhat less spreading ;
styles sometimes longer ; commissural scar broader, pinched out
at the contracted base of the fruit instead of continuing through
the pedicel as in Canadensis ; pedicels of sterile flowers stout and
very short, usually not longer than the calyx,

Specimens examined:

_ South Carolina: Santee Canal, W. H. Ravenel.
Georgia: Savannah, June, 1895, John K. Small. — |

Florida : Duval Co., open Oak Woodlands, A. H. Curtiss. Type. |

582

Lake City, Columbia Co., July 11-19, 1895, George V. Nash—
Plants of Florida, no. 2244; Eustis, Lake Co., Hammock Land,
June, 1894, George V. Nash—Plants of Central Peninsular Florida,
no. 988.

Alabama: Auburn, Lee Co., July 8, 1896, F. S. Earle and L.
M. Underwood.

Mississippi: Ocean Springs, June, 1896, L. M. Underwood.

This plant at once approves itself to the eye as different
from S. Canadensis, notwithstanding a seeming absence of such
crucial characters as subsist between other eastern species. Its
distinctive appearance comes mainly from the leaves, the segments
showing a marginal pattern which greatly accentuates the style of
cutting characteristic of the more northern plant.

In giving to this plant the formal designation of a species, I
do not wish to be understood as holding that it is totally discon-
nected organically from Canadensis. Whether it is or is not I do
not know, nor is the question one which need affect the right of
this positively individualized plant to bear its distinctive name.
Undoubtedly, its species quality is of lower grade than that of S.
Small or any other one of our explicit eastern species ; neverthe-
less the quality in marked degree is there. It is doubtless a geo-
graphical derivative of Canadensis, and is so nearly related to it
that interrelation may be expected where the ranges of the two
adjoin. Certain specimens of Canadenszs from South Carolina and
Georgia appear to show an approach towards it, although typical
Canadensis extends into Florida, as attested by several specimens,
and as far south as Southern Texas as shown by Mr. A. A. Hel-
ler’s “ No. 1713, Plants of Southern Texas, San Antonio, May 5,
1895,” which closely matches many northern specimens.

Affinities of Caulinites Ad. Brong.
By ARTHUR HOLLICK.

(PLATE 320, )

In Science 1: 725, 726 (June 28, 1895) may be found an 2
abstract of the proceedings of the Biological Society of Washing- _
ton for June Ist of that year, in which Dr. Lester F. Ward calls

583

attention to the similarity in appearance between the rhizomes of -
Tripsacum dactyloides L.. and the fossil organisms known under the
generic name of Caudinites Ad. Brong.

Recently Dr. Ward sent to me the rhizomes upon which he
based his conclusions, with the suggestion that I make drawings
of them and reproductions of some figures of Cau/inites, for closer
comparison, and prepare a brief article on the subject.

Authorities have differed in opinion regarding the probable
affinities of this genus. Desmarest, who was the first to figure
and name a specimen referable to it (Nouv. Bull. Soc. Phil. Sci.
Nat. 2: 272. pl. 11, f. g. 1811.)* supposed the specimen to be a
polyp and called it Amphitoites Parisiensis, under which name it
was reproduced by Cuvier and Alexander Brongniart. (Essai
Géog. Minéral Envir. Paris, in Mem. Inst. Imp. France, Cl: Sci.
Math. et Phys. 1810. Part 1. 165. p/. 2, figs. ro A, 10 B. 1811.)
Desmarest subsequently decided that it belonged in the vegetable
kingdom and compared it with Zostera. (Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris. 1:
334. 1824.) Adolph Brongniart likewise recognized the botani-
cal characters of similar organisms under the generic name of
Culmites. (Descr. Géol. Envir. Paris, 359. 1828.)* He also com-
pared Amphitoites with Caulinia DC. (Posidonta Kon.) and renamed
the genus Caulinites, placing it under the Naiadaceae. (Prod,
Hist. Vég. Foss. 115. 1828.) In this view he was followed in
part by other authorities and finally the several described species
of Culmites and Caulinites were apportioned among a number of
different genera and families. Heer considered similar organisms
to belong with the grasses, placing them under the genera Arundo
L. and Phragmites Trin. (Fl. Tert. Helvet. 1: 62, 64. 1855.) while
Lesquereux described and figured specimens from Clear Lake, Cali-
fornia, under the name Cawulinites Beckeri (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.
10: 36. pl. 1, f.3; 2, figs. 2-4. 1887), placing them with the
Naiadaceae. In connection with this description, however, is a
footnote, consisting, in part, of a letter from the collector, Mr. G,
F. Becker, suggesting that they are probably silicified fragments _
of “Tule” (Scirpus lacustris L.), which grows abundantly on the
borders of the lake.

* These two references I have not been able to verify personally, I am in-

debted to Mr. David White, of the United States Geological — for assistance in
this connection. i

584

In Dr. Ward’s paper (/. c.) the above description is noted, but
“Tule” is referred to Phragmites Phragmites (L.) Karst., an error
which Dr. Ward writes me arose from the fact that he believed
Becker’s specimens to belong to that genus and not to Scirpus.

In this connection a note of interest may be found in the Am-
erican Naturalist, 31: 227. 1897, in relation to stolons of Phrag-
mites from islands in the Platte River, Nebraska, where it is stated
that the long trailing stems, which are at first under ground, have
become exposed by the erosion of the surrounding sand and now
run over the surface as jointed stolons, with fibrous roots at the
joints.

A paper relating to the same subject may also be found ina
recent number of the BULLETIN, in which is described and figured
the culms and rhizomes of a supposed fossil grass.* A compari-
son between certain of the figures which illustrate that paper and
those now given are of interest and significance.

Taking all the facts into consideration there seems to be but
little doubt that most of the organisms described under the genus
Caulinites should be regarded as belonging to the rhizomes ot
grasses, sedges or rushes, and it is unfortunate that the generic
name implies relationship with the Naiadaceae.

Explanation of Plate 320.
Figs. 1 I, 1a, Rhizome of 7rifsacum dactyloides L., from Great Falls of the Po-
tomac, Maryland side, collected by Dr. Lester F, Ward, April 27, 1895.—Fig. 1,
upper surface ; fig. I a, under surface of same.

Figs. 2, 3. Caulinites digitatus Wat. Plant. Foss. Bass. Paris, £2. 79, figs. 71 9-

Fig. 4. Arundo (Donax) Goepperti (Miinst.) Heer, Fl. Tert. Helvet. 1: /. 23+
FE: 5:

Proceedings of the Club,

Turspay EVENING, OcTOBER 12, 1897.

The first meeting of the Club, after the summer vacation, was
held in its new quarters at the College of Pharmacy. The Presi-

dent occupied the chair and 24 persons were present. Inthe ab-
sence of the Secretary, Mr. Willard N. Clute was elected Secretary

pro-tem.

* A new Fossil Grass from Staten Island. Arthur Hollick, Bull. Torrey Bot Gaby
24: —— ph. 298. 1897. :

585

No regular program had been prepared for this meeting, but
notes detailing some results of the summer's work were presented
by Drs. Rusby and Underwood, Mr. C. Van Brunt, Mrs. E.G. Brit-
ton, Judge Brown, Mr. Eugene Smith, Mr. M. A. Howe and Miss
Ingersoll.

Dr. H. H. Rusby spoke of his work at the Kew Herbarium in
identifying scme 2,000 plants of two Bolivian collections. As an
indication of how the Columbia University has grown in the last
few years, he noted that in working upa similar collection four
years ago, he was able to determine but 5 or 6% by comparison -
with the plants in this herbarium, while of the present collection
nearly 50% were identified by this means. He added that the
herbarium at Kew is also growing rapidly and in four years has
added to its collections nearly half as many specimens as are in
the Columbia Herbarium.

Dr. L. M. Underwood supplemented these remarks by an ac-
count of his experiences at Kew during the summer. One of the
objects of his visit to Kew was to see the type specimens of Berke- |
ley’s fungi, which he said were mostly described in two brief lines
of Latin, and in the majority of cases the specimens were even
briefer than the descriptions, and were in a very unsatisfactory
condition. He was also able to clear up some vexed points in
reference to common species of fungi, which had been described
in England without reference to the species’ nearest allies, and
were wrong in consequence.

An investigation of the distribution of the ferns given by the
Synopsis Filicum showed the allowance of such wide distribution,
that under one name there are often several species, and in some
cases as many as eight. Dr. Underwood remarked that the Kew
Herbarium is superior to the Paris Herbarium even in the plants
of the French provinces. Of these, many are represented at Kew
and not at all at Paris.

Mr. Cornelius Van Brunt spoke of his journey to the Selkirk
and Rocky Mountains of British America, during which he made
many photographs of new or interesting plants.

Mrs. E. G. Britton remarked upon the abundance of Botrychium
ternatum obliquum and B. t. dissectum on the Berkshire Hills of

Mass., and mentioned the frequency of the fronds forking. She

586

also described a new Ophioglossum, found by Dr. Crawford and
Mr. Pollard, near Cape May, N. J., growing in dense, isi
patches.

President Brown spoke of his summer at Sam’s Point in
the Shawangunk Mountains. It is a wild region with many
precipitous ledges. He described one precipice with an altitude
of 2200 feet, bearing pine trees on its summit only six inches
high, but with perfectly developed cones. Throughout the region
Arenaria Groenlandica was abundant in bloom from June to Sep-
tember, most copiously in July. He remarked upon the abund-
ance and profuse bloom of Gentiana quinquefoha, Kalima latifolia,
_ Rhododendron maximum, Ilex montana, Gaylussacia resinosa and
Rhodora.

Mr. Eugene Smith recorded the finding of Woodwardia areolata
in Bergen Co., N. J.

Mr. M. A. Howe recorded the occurrence of Pogonia pendula
near Battleboro, Vt. This is the only known station for that plant
in the state.

Mrs. Britton reported two mosses new to the local flora, Zam-
nium Alleghaniense from Bedford, Westchester Co., N. Y., and
Bryum concinnatum, the third time collected in America, now from
Bashbish Falls, Copake, N. Y.

Miss Bertha Swalb and Miss Bernice Mayers were elected ac-
tive members.

WEDNESDAY EVENING, OCTOBER 27, 1897.

There were 23 persons present; Vice-President Dr. Allen pre-
siding. :

Mr. Wm. L. Riddell was elected an active member. hee:

The scientific program included two papers. The first paper
by Mr. P. A. Rydberg, entitled «Botanical Explorations in Mon-

tana during the Summer of 1897,” discussed the alpine flora of

Montana, exhibiting herbarium specimens and drawings. Mr. _
Rydberg described a collecting trip made by him and Mr. Ernest —
A. Bessey to Old Hollow-top, a mountain of 10,000 feet altitude —
in the Pony or South Boulder Mountains. In aswampat the foot
of the peak, they had found Ledum glandulosum, Kalmia micro-
. phegla, Cassiope tetragona and three species of Bryanthus. These

587

finds were remarkable, as ericaceous plants are rather rare in Mon-
tana. In aspect the place resembled bogs of Michigan and of
Sweden.

The paper further contained a list of the more remarkable plants
collected on Old Hollowtop, followed by a short description of
the general nature of its flora and that of the other alpine peaks of
Montana. Their characteristic plants, like those of other alpine
regions, are remarkable for their small size and their brightly col-
ored flowers. Most of them are but 2 to 3 inches high; few ex-
ceed 5 inches. The mountain side of Old Hollowtop presents a
mixture of golden yellow, indigo-blue, the richest magenta, the
most delicate pink, violet and snowy white, with a mat of the
brightest green for a background.

The forage plants of these alpine peaks are chiefly small ces-
pitose clovers, and include but few grasses. During the summer
four or five such clovers were collected, one or two of which are
undescribed. Among the trees and shrubs of the alpine peaks,
the most remarkable were the five small alpine willows collected,
forming a light green mat covering the mountain-side above tim-
ber line. The smaller willows of the White mountains and of the
Alps and of Siberia are giants compared with these dwarfs of the
Rockies. Four of these Montana willows, with Sa/ix rotundifolia
from the island of Unalaska, are the smallest shrubs of Salicaceae
in the world. Two of these pygmies are new to science; one of
which, growing often only half an inch high, is believed to be the
smallest species of willow known.

In the discussion following, Dr. Britton inquired regarding the
similarity or difference of circumboreal willows.

Mr. Rydberg said that S. herbacea apparently remains the same
in both hemispheres; so does S. arctica; and S. Brownit does so
through a wide range in North America.

Dr. Britton remarked that Mr. Rydberg’s Montana trip was the
first expedition sent out officially by the New York Botanical
Garden.

Prof. Burgess referred to a supposed age of 34 years fora
dwarf willow of about 6 inches stem from Alaska, and Dr. Ryd-
berg mentioned 12 years as perhaps the age reached by the dwarfs _
of his present paper, their stems dying along the rooting base too”
rapidly to permit Brest age. ae

588

Dr. Rusby spoke of arctic willows as part of the food of beavers
and of reindeer in northern Russia. :

The second paper was by Dr. John K. Small, «« On the genus
Exiogonum north of Mexico,’ a genus founded by Michaux upon _
a single species in 1803, and increased by Pursh and Nuttall.
Bentham issued its first monograph in 1837, with 28 species, and
a second with 81 in 1856; Torrey and Gray ina third monograph
in 1870 left the number unchanged, but with many reductions and
additions. A fourth monograph by Dr. Sereno Watson in 1870,
presented 95 species, since which many have been described by
others, as Greene, Jones and Eastwood.

In discussing this paper, Dr. Allen contributed an entertaining
description of his difficulties in bringing growing specimens of
Eriogonum Alleni from near White Sulphur Springs to the Botan-
ical Garden. Dr. Britton reported that the specimens then se-
cured have done well in cultivation at Bronx Park, and have ma-
tured seeds. :

Dr. Allen spoke of finding two or three species of Eviegonum
in the Grand Canyon of the Colorado last summer, and described
his descent of the Canyon by mule trail, and also his journey to
California in search of Characeae. ‘ies

Dr. Britton reported two cases of naturalization of escapes from
greenhouses; The first that of a creeping form of Oxalis COYRICU-
/ata, now becoming a weed at Whitestone, L. I.

The second case is that of a fern, apparently an Asplenium from
a temperate habitat, thrown out with other things as useless, four
or five years ago from a greenhouse, growing discolored and sickly
in the greenhouse, but now thrifty and spreading under trees on a
lawn. .

Other cases of fern naturalization which have been previously
reported include that of an Adiantum in Rhode Island, by Mr.

Davenport, and a Previs in a rock-cut near the New York Central

Railroad tunnel in our own city; noted by Mr. W. A. Clute.

2 Turspay Eventnc, NoveMsEr 9, 1897.

Vice-President Rusby presided. There were 17 persons pres-_ : :
e a

The following were elected active members:

589

Miss Margaret A. Johnston, Mr. L. W. Pinneo, Miss Carolyn
M.Grambo, Miss Emilie O. Long.

The paper of the evening by Mrs. E. G. Britton, “A Description
of two new Species of Ophioglossum,” is printed in this BuLLE-
TIN, The paper also discussed the affinities, range and type char-
acters of our eastern species of Ophioglossum, with keys and specific
descriptions and with exhibition of tracings and numerous mounted
specimens.

In the discussion following, Dr. Rusby spoke of the srowk of
Ophioglossum vulgatum among sedges on a salt marsh at Great Is-
land, N. J. The other nearest collections reported were those of
Austin at Closter, N. J.,and of Miss M. Sanial at Rockaway, L. I.

Dr. Underwood sketched the characteristics of the four distinct
types of Ophioglossum as: Ist, the section typified by O. vulgatum
and discussed in the paper; 2d, that by O. palmatum of tropical
America, which extends into Florida, there growing directly under
the crown of the palmetto trees, nestled among the leaf-stubs;
3d, that typified by O. pendulum, found in the Hawaiian Islands
and Pacific regions, which is also pendulous from trees and pro-
duces a spike attached almost to the middle of the leaf. In the
4th section, with growth not over 1 inch high, the sterile and
fertile fronds are distinct to the rooting base.

Dr. Underwood further remarked the necessity of experience
to find forms of Ophioglossum, especially such as O. crotalophoroides
only one inch high, collected by him in Alabama.

Mr. Clute spoke of the great diversity in size ee, en by O.
vulgatum in a single locality.

Professor Burgess referred to the occasional occurrence of O.
vulgatum with its namesake Pogonia ophioglossoides, and to other
companion plants with which he finds Ophioglossum associated in
growth, as Chiogenes and especially the orchids Microstylis ophio-
&lossoides, Habenaria hyperborea and H. dilatata:

Dr. Underwood then exbibited. photographs of the Kew Gar-
dens, with reminiscences of his visit of last summer. He spoke
particularly of their formal decoration, dating back to royal use,
and the photographs shown included one of “ Queen Mary’s Elm,” :
planted by her about 1555, once 25 feet in girth, now ‘ponies ae
chiefly by a series of shoots. | poe

590

After remarks by Dr. Rusby appealing to the Club to secure
the membership of all who are interested in botanical science, the
Club was adjourned.

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Anderson, A. P. Comparative Anatomy of the normal and diseased’
Organs of Adies balsamea affected with Aecidium elatinum. Bot. Gaz.
24: 3090-344. pl. 14,15. 17 N. 1897.

Ashe, W. W. Notes on the woody Plants of the South Atlantic
States. Bot. Gaz. 24: 373-377. 17 N. 1897.

Fothergilla monticola n. sp. .

Bailey, L. H. The Improvement of our Native Fruits. Yearb. U. S.
Depart. Agric. 1896: 297-304. 1897. 7

Baker, J. G. Agave Schottii. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: p/. 7567. D.
1897.

Native of Arizona.

Beal, W. J. How Plants flee from their Enemies. Plant World, 1:
26-28. N. 1897.

Berry, E.W. ‘The Pine Barren Plants of New Jersey. Asa Gray
Bull. 5: 71-75. 2f. 25 O. 1897.

Bessey, C. E. Are the Trees receding from the Nebraska Plains?
Gard. & For. 10: 456. 17 N. 1897. ;

Chestnut, V. K. Aédrus Poisoning. Asa Gray Bull. 5: 35-36. 11

= Je, 609, .

Chestnut, V. K. Some common poisonous Plants. Yearb. U. S.
Dept. Agric. 1896: 137-146. f. 24-28. 1897.

Cockerell, T. D. A. On the Value of Section Names. Bot. Gaz. 24:
478... 17 N. 1897;

Coville, F. V. Notes on the Plants used by the Klamath Indians of
Oregon. Cont. U.S. Nat. Herb. 5: 87-108. 9 Je. 1897.

Coville, F. V.and Leiberg, J. B. Two new Plants from Mount
Mazama, Oregon. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 11: 169-171. 9 Je: 1897-
Arenaria pumicola and Cardamine bellidifolia pachyphylia described. :

De Candolle, C. The latent Vitality of Seeds. Pop. Sci. Month.
51: 106-111. My. 1897. a
Translated from Revue Scientifique,

591

Dewey, L. H. The Camphor Tree (Cinnamomum camphorum Nees
& Eberm). Circ. Div. Bot. U. S. Depart. Agric. 12: 8 pp. 2/.
1897.

Dietel, P. Einige neue Uredineen. Hedwigia, 36: 297-299. 25 O.
1897.

New species in Uromyces and Puccinia,

Dodge, C. R. A descriptive Catalogue of Useful Fiber Plants of the
World. Rep. Fiber Investigations (U. S. Depart. Agric.) 9: 361 pp.
102 f. 12 pl. 1897.

Fawcett, W. The Public Gardens and Plantations of Jamaica. Bot.
Gaz. 24: 345-369. 17 N. 1897.

Heller, A. A. Two Botanists in New Mexico. Plant World, 1: 21~-
24. N. 1897.

Herrick, B. F. Wild Flowers of the California Alps. Pop. Sci.
Month. 51: 348-357. elustrated. Jl. 1897.

Hicks, G. H. Passion Flowers. Asa Gray Bull. 5: 51-54. ©7f.5
Au. 1897. if

Hicks, G. H. and Dabney, J. C. The Vitality of Seed treated
with Carbon Bisulphid. Circ. Div. Bot. U.S. Depart. Agric. 11: 5
pp. 24 Je. 1897.

Hooker, J.D. Mammea Americana. Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: p/. 7562.
N. 1897.

Native of the West Indies.

Hooker, J. D. Odontoglossum retusum, Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: pd.
7569. D. 1897.

Native of Peru.

Hooker, J.D. Quillaja Saponaria, Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: pl. 7568.
D. 1897.

Native of Chili.

Hooker, J.D. Scoltopus BA sinten Curt. Bot. Mag. 53: pf. 7566.
N. 1897.

Native of California.

Knowlton, F. H. Amos Eaton. Plant World, 1: 17, 18. portrait,
N. 1897.

Leiberg, J.B. General Report on a Botanical huaney of the Coeur d’
Alene Mountains in Idaho during the summer of 1895. Contr. U. S.
Nat. Herb. 5: 1-85. 2 p/. (map). 25 Ja. 1897.

Ficice,..G. J The Scope of Botany. Pop. Sci. Month. 51: 662- — :
Pleat S. ee : ee

592

Peirce, G. J. Variation in Leaf Arrangement in a Maple. Bot. Gaz.
24: 370-372. 17 N..1897. :
Piper, C.V. An undescribed Black-cap Raspberry. Erythea, 5 : 103.

. 29 O. 1897. .

Purdy, C. New West American Lilies. Erythea, 5: 103-105. 29 O.
1897.

Rattan, V. Exercises in Botany for the Pacific States. 12 mo. pp.
120. fig. 84. San Francisco. 1897.

Rose, J. N. Studies of Mexican and Central American Plants. Cont.
U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: 109-144. p/, 2-77 and f. 1-6. 27 Au. 1897.

Shaw, W.R. Hygrometer made with Zrodium Awns. Bot. Gaz.
4372) 37. 1897

Thom, C. A Method of preserving Algae. Bot. Gaz. 24: 373. 17
N. 1897.

Webber, H. J. Influence of Environment in the Origination of Plant
Varieties. Yearb. U. S. Depart. Agric. paces 89-106. f. 16-23.
1897.

Webber, H. J. The Water Hyacinth and its Relations to Navigation
in Florida. Bull. Div. Bot. U. S..Depart. Agric. 18: 20 pp. 4 /:
7 Je. 1897.
Discusses Piaropus crassipes (Mart.) Britt.

Williams, M. E. Edible Boferty. Asa Gray Bull. 5: 75-76. 25 O.
1897.

Williams, T. A. The Soy Bean asa Forage Crop. Farmers’ Bull.
U.S. Depart. of Agric. 58: 1- -19, 5f. 1897.
Discusses Glycine hispida,

Williams, T. A. Where Lichens Grow. Asa Gray Bull. 5: 77-79+
25 O. 1897.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 318.

OPHIOGLOSSUM ARENARIUM E. G. BRITTON.

VENATION OF OPHIOGLOSSUM.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.— PLATE 320.

GRASS RHIZOMES, LIVING AND FOSSIL.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

.

Species. By A. A, Heller (1894) ..~....-.-.--- + +95 cents

. [The numbers omitted from this list are out of print. ]

rds VoLuME I.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
C1888) 953 pas ek ire See hee ne cias ys oy 25 Conte:
An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886~-1887. By N. L. Britton = ..,4.54% ee pet

The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Briton (1888), .25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizotna, 1884-1888. By N. L.
Britton.

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),”. . 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus, 7issa,
Adans, By N. L. Britton (1889), eer 2 ae Conte:
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
C1880) pe Sg ee eg . . 25 cents.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
Ock (1806) 6 io lg se ee ee 25 cents.

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton

C1800)" © aes 2 sep ae is 25 Cents,
The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

(1891), 5. et ea coe . . , 25 cents.
Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocauleez, By Thos. Morong
(1891),, 2. yet ogaty Rw ee ee ede .. 25cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
(0 ee aS doit 2 ees og ee ee
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyrts. By Heinrich
Ride (15948) 6 6s PE ee oe 25 cents.
VoiumE II.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpusand Rynchospora occurring in North
America. By. N. L. Brittow (1892),. 2... 6 et ess 25 cents,

L. Britton (1892), . . ae eg ; : ; .. 25 cents,
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Alles. By N. L.

Britton (1892), cies Par ‘ ‘ Danese” aol GAR 25 cents,
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
(3899) s8 iS ee 25 cents.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay,
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of _
Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), . - eee or igre,

Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
go? ee eg en eee Peace > 5 ee nts.

New = ae North American Phanerogams; VII. By N. L. Britton
(6804) eso be ec ee a ee . . 25 cents.

Ceettctias to American Bryology, I1I.—Notes on the North American

tem. By John K. Small (1893), .. . . . “ °° spent =

Notes upon various Species of Iridacesze and other Orders. By Thomas

Morong (1893), - nee ihe a ee 25 cents.
Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.

(1893), a See ee ageonts.
- Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American

Species of Orthotrichum—II, By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K. —

= Small (1894 ee eee bra ie pee ee ae eee Ge : eicre . 25 cents. |
Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other

37. A List of Species of the smaller herbaceous Genera of North ica Sax-

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
TON CIS98) ‘ pe as eee ea 25 cents.
A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of
Cuscuta. By W. D. Matthew (1893), . . . . . . 2§ cents,
A Study of the Genus Psora/ea in America, By Anna Murray Vail
IBA ee a a ee a a a 25 cents.
Voiume III.
Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.
By N. L. Britton (1894), Ae, eee ee oe een en 25 cents.

A Revision of the Genus Lechea. By N. L. Britton (1894),. . 25 cents.

New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
ONO i pies ean) pee oe yr ratee 25 cents.
A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Carlton C, Curtis (1894),..0. 20... me ol Uae 25 Cente
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.
Small (1894), Bo sae eiccae co . 25 cents.
The Smilacez of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894)
25 cents.

A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lethyrus in North America. By
Theodore G. White (1894), Eo vole eae te ets 25 cents.
Two Species of Oxa/is. By John K. Small (1894) . . 25 cents.
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
(1894), .. . soa ee ee .. . . 25 cents.
Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents.
Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents.
Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), 25 cents.

A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. By
Anna Murray Vail (1895), BES Sere ais oe a 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, IX. A Revision of the Genus Scow-
feria with Description of one New Species. By Elizabeth G. Britton.
Oishi 4 a ae ee
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K.
Small (1895), MRSA cael, : 25 cents.
An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U. S.

N. L. Britton and T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894),. . 2... . . cents.
Some new hybrid Oaks from the Southern States. By John K. Small
(1 895), PC gaa art ae Sale oe Seka, op ee ee lana F) oe 25 cents.
Notes on some Florida Plants. By Geo. V Nash. (1895,) © 25 cents.

VoLuME IV.

The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Sehneider (1895), 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. L. Britton
(1895), ; eee ase . 25 cents.
The Genus Cenchrus in North America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States. By John K. Small
(1895), Se ae thy aie ee as 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy American Grasses—I. By Geo. V. Nash (1895).25 cents."
Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth G, ‘Britton (1895.)
: 25 cents,

Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens—I. By Albert Sehnei-
Mbt (3896). i wee oe Ss ae
A Study of the Genus Ge/actia in North Ameriea. By Anna Murray Vaid

ss : 25 cents.
wo new Genera of Saxifragaceae. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents.

Carex vulpinoidea Michx., and allied Species, By Eugene P. Bicknell.
BE co ad 25 cents.

_ ifragaceae. By Wm. E, Wheelock. (5896), .. |... 25 cents.

No. 100.

No. Io1.
No. 102.

No. 103.
No. 104.

yo. 105.
No. 106.
No. 107.
No. 108.
No. 10g.

No. rio.
No. 111.

No, 112,

No. 113.

No. 114.
No. 115.

No, 116.

No. 117.
No. 118.

No. 119.
No. 120.

No. 121.

No. 122.

No. 124.
No. 135,

A neglected Carex. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896),. . . . 25 cents
Notes on some Florida Plants. II. By Geo. V. Nash (1896), . . 25 cents,
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—V. By John K.

Small, (1896), . . Bed sa coe. Se Cente.
The Blue-eyed Grasses of the eastern United States (Genus Stsyrinchium).

By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), . . . 25 cents,
New or noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo, V. Nash (1896), 25 cents.
O£n othera and its Segregates, By John K, Small (1896),. . . 25 cents.
A preliminary Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae. By A. J.

Grout (1896),. . oe 25 cents.
Revision of the Genus Asiminain North America, By Geo, V. Nash (1896).
25 cents.

Notes on Porentillia,1.,1I. By P. A. Rydberg (1896). 25 cents.
A neglected Species of Oxa/is and its Relatives. By John K. Small (1896).
25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VI. By John K,
SOMETI OOO) ae wh ee .. 25 cents.

Notes on /otentilla—III, By P. A. Rydberg (1896). . . . . 25 cents.
On a new Species of Scrophularia hitherto confounded with 5. Aary-

landica. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896) ......... 25 cents.
VoLuME V.

The Genus Cepadozia in North America. By L. M. Underwood (1896).

25 cents.

New and Noteworthy Species of Sexifraga. By John K. Small (1896).

25 cents.

Notes on Potentilla—lV. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) 25 cents.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—VII. By John

K. Small ( 1896) Gk ne eae eek 25 cents.
Notes on fotentilla—V. By P. A. Rydberg (1896) ..... 25 cents.
Reinke’s Discussions of Lichenology. By Albert Schneider (1896), 25 cents.
Two Nuttallian Species of Oxa/is. By John K. Small (1896), 25 cents.
The North American Species of Agrimonia.—Geum Canadense flavum

(Porter) Britton, a valid Species. By Eugene P. Bicknell (1896), 25 cents,
Terminology among the Orders of Thallophytes. By L. M. Underwood

£58906) 6 hee es PRS FARIA SOR Te BS pit 4s i ont
Notes on Potentilla—VI. By P. A. Rydberg (1897), _. . . . 25 cents.

New and Noteworthy American Grasses, V. By Geo. V. Nash ( 1897).
25 cents.

An Apparently Undescribed Species of Frunus from Connecticut. A new
Polygonum from Bolivia. The Relation between the Genera 7hysa-
neila and Polygonella as shown by a hitherto unobserved character. By

john KK. Samll (iter), oe : in oo, Os Con:
Some New Fungi, chiefly from Alabama. By L. M. Underwood (1897).
25 cents,

An undescribed Zechea from Maine. By E. P. Bicknell (1897). 25 cents.
Chromatin-reduction and Tetrad-furmation in Pteridophytes. By Gary N,

Calkins (1597), .. . ae eae 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—IX. By John K.
Small (1897), . 25 cents.

New or Noteworthy American Grasses. By Geo. V. Nash (1897), 25 cents.
Gyrothyra, anew Genus of Hepaticae. By Marshall A. Howe (1897).
25 cents. |
The nature and origin of Stipules. By A. A. Tyler (1897), . 50 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States—X. By John K.
CIT) 5 oo ee see ee ee wo ae Cane.
Rarities from Montana—I, II, III. Amtennaria dtvica and its North
American Allies. By A. P. Rydberg (1897), . . - + -_- _. 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the re lai States—XI. By J, K.

SME CIO ye ome co eee ss ek tt <2 2 5S Oe ;

VoLuME VI.

No, 126. The North American Species of Fore/laz. By M. A. Howe (1897),
25 cents,
Title-pages for Vols. I., 1I., III. IV., and V. can be supplied.
The series as above listed will be supplied for $15. *
Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,
may be had for $2. Address

PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD,
Columbia University, NEW YORK CITY.

A Text-Book of General Lichenology

With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern
United States.

By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M.S, M D.

The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their
Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis.

Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80; in cloth,
$4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application.

PUBLISHED BY
WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N.Y.

Curtiss’ Second Distribution of

Southern U. S. Plants.

__ SERIES V..—Consisting of 200 Phaenogams and Ferns, collected in Florida
will be ready early in February. Also the third and last series of my

ALGAE PLORIDANAE,

which will comprise about 30 Species. On packages shipped via New York freight
charges will be prepaid to that point. Lists furnished on application. Orders so-
licited for any or all of the series. Address,

A. H. CURTISS, Jacksonville, Fla.

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

Cambridge, Mass.

DEALERS IN

Herbarium and Laboratory Materials and Apparatus,
Microscopes, Books, Specimens.

_ New Catalogue of Laboratory Note Books and Specimens for Laboratory Use, Choice —

He Moisture, Dust, Scorching.
Se Everything Useful to Botanists.

aterial, New Improvements in light Herbarium Cases proof Against Insects, ae .

AN ILLUSTRATED FLORA

— OF THE —

NORTHERN STATES AND GAN ADA,
Westward to the 1024 Meridian, including KANSAS and NEBRASKA.

By Prof. N. L. BRITTON and Hon. ADDISON BROWN,
with the assistance of SPECIALISTs in various groups. ;

Every known Species, from the Ferns upward, separately described anew and FIG-
URED. Cuts, over 4,000, With Keys to species and genera, the Synonymy, the
English Names, the REVISED NOMENCLATURE, and revised SysTEMATIC SEQUENCE
of Families. .

. The First complete ILLUsTRATED Manual of Botany published in this country.

For Students and all Lovers of Plants.

Vols. I. and II. now ready. Vol. III. will appear early in 1898.

Price, $3.00 per Volume.

Subscriptions may be sent to the publishers,

Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York,
or to Prof. Britton, Columbia University, New York

COMMENTS.

« The technical and common name or names, as well as the description of the
plant, leaves and fruit, as well as its habitat, together with the illustration, give a com-
plete and minute treatise of each species, together forming a most comprehensive ref-
erence book for the student, as well as others interested in Botany.”— Forest /.eaves.

«« Permit me to express my high appreciation of the work, the exact and beauti-
ful illustrations of which, in connection with the text, now first renders possible a
comprehensive and satisfactory study of the plants of the northern States without the
possession of a very extensive herbarium.””—JoHN H. LOvELL, Waldboro, Maine.

«« The immensity of the undertaking will probably be fully appreciated hy com-
paratively few; but any one can see that it must involve appalling labor. Certainly
no such general work has been previously attempted. The execution of the under-
taking appears to be thoroughly satisfactory. The possession of this great mine of
exact and elaborate botanical information must prove a constant delight and satisfac-
tion to every one who takes any sort of intelligent interest in the vegetable world.” —
Country Gentleman.

«The volume is to me and will, I think be to all amateurs, more interesting —
than Vol. I. That was deeply interesting, but this treats of more flowers that come |
within our realm of knowledge. I am exceedingly glad that we have such a book in >
America, and I can not speak too highly of its praise.” —Gro, D, Hutst, Brooklyn, —
New York. ‘ : ;

“« Last August the first copies of Vol, I. of this work were distributed, and about _
the middle of June of the present year copies of Volume II. reached the botanists of -
the country, The good opinion of the work formed from an examination of the first —
volume is confirmed by even a glance at the second. The outline figures continue to —
be most useful.” — 7he American Naturalist. e

“More than three thousand plants are described, every one of which may be —
recognized by a child from the illustrations, and yet each is described and named with —
authorities and with synonyms that clear up the vexing questions of identity.”—7he _
Churchman, eae
All who see it want it at once. I don’t know how we got along so many years
without it You are raping the gratitude of all lovers of the plant kingdom.””—Prof.

Ws KELLERMAN, Columbus, Ohio. ae ge Arne

THE PLANT WORLD.

A POPULAR JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY

F. H. Knowtron, Exvizaseru G. Brirron, CLarA E. CuMMINGS,
ALEXANDER W. Evans, WALTER HouGH, CHARLES LouIS
POLLARD, and JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN.

AN ILLUSTRATED MAGAZINE FOR PLANT LOVERS.

Susscription Price, $1.00 per YEAR.

FOR SAMPLE COPIES, ADDRESS

WILLARD N. CLUTE & CO.,
BINGHAMTON, N. Y.

ESTABLISHED I851].

EIMER & AMEND.

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & au Third Ave,,

Corner of 18th Gree ~NEW YORK.

a SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR
E. March’s Szline Chemical Stone
Ware.

Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically
Pure and Common Filter Paper.
Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome-

ters (Polariscopes).

Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bas
HB} = ances, etc.

Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co. at is
Paris, Platinum. .

H. Tronesdorff’s Cc; * Chemicals. -

SPECIALTIES: Sg recoil. Apparatus, Normal Graduated Gia.
ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem — .
jan and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s —
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, meee and. a nemieat Sood
bec Chemists. . oy ee

LABORATORY ouTF ITS”
oy FERTILIZERS, “ASSAVERS,, "UNIVERSITIES AND COLLEG
- ‘Ercuinc, GRINDING AND. REPAIRIN

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(1) THE BULLETIN.
This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with fou
"pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1895 over. 44 pages monthly with
many full page illustr~‘ions were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.
Terms for Engiand and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for
» England, Messrs, DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.
_. Back Numpers.—The BuLLeTiIn was published from 1870 to 187°, inclusive
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed a’.*he end of the f,e years,
The price of thic voleme js $5.0. Worumes 7 to 16 have been indexed sepa-
‘tel;, nda general .udex to Vols, 7 to 16 printed in pamphlet form, which may be had
tor 50 cents. The price of each is $1.00, Vols. 18, 19, 20,21, 22 and 23 are indexed
separately. Price of each $2.00, Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now b&# supplied complete.

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

The subscription price is fixed at $ 3-00 per volume in advance. The numbers
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Those
omitted from this list cannot be had separately. :

at Volume 1, No. 2——-A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts

a of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents.

a No. 3—An Enumeration of the Hepatic collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in

_ South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. - ees

75 cents.

No, 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. —

--Yolume 2, No. 1.—OQn Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrot

Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted, Price, 50 cents.

No, 2,—Contributions to the y of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna
ae Murray Eye — Arthur Hollick. Price 75 cents, Ke

he 4.—A onograph of the American Species of the Genus lygala.

By Williatn E, Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. —

co Vok S.No; 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous ter
ry: ‘By John K. Small and A, A. Heller. Price, 50 cents. ewer

"No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Neladaners with illustrations of ali

Price, ae ee eiration of Vis ing the Sea cn noe
mall and Anna mee : nf igi x .
Snumeration ofthe Plants collecied in Boli ia by Mi
H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. es ty
ania usa fries ith three = By Anna